1  JL* 
 
 »Mit 
 
 s>  v,  ^ 
 
 suvmsB: 
 
 sap 
 
 3    .XIV    3 
 
 3,  X3  3 
 
 >  3m  3  : 
 
 »o5l>3« 
 
 !3>  :>£»  J>  3  JJ 
 
 i  mm 
 
 o  3>^  3} 
 ^  3>  >  >: 
 
 £  33  3  >^ 
 3  33  3  3  J 
 X  »  >.OjE 
 3  £3  )  .>  J>: 
 3  33  >3  3 
 
 333  »2> 
 
I- 
 
> 
 
s 
 
 SHOT    VIE  % 
 
 O  F     T  H  E 
 
 CHRONOLOGY 
 
 OF     THE 
 
 Old   Testament, 
 
 AND     O  F  '  T  H  E 
 
 HARMONY 
 
 OF      THE 
 
 Four  Evangelists. 
 
 By  WILLIAM  Will  S  TO  N;  M.  A. 
 Profeflbr  of  the  Mathematicks  in  the 
 Univerfity  of  Cambridge. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: 
 
 Printed  at  the  U  n  i  v e  r s i  t  y-P r  e  s  s,  for  B.  Tooke 
 at  t\&Middle-Temple-GateyFleetfireet)London>  1702. 
 
TO      THE 
 
 Right  Reverend  Father  in  God? 
 JOHN,  LordBifliopofiV^iD/^ 
 
 My  Lord, 
 
 "^  ~JL  T HE  N  I  ferioufy  confider  with  what  dili- 
 y  V/    gence  and  fuccefs  Criticks  have  examirCd 
 the  Ancient  Trofane  Hiftories  ;    and  how 
 nicely  Chronologers  have  fiated  and  adyufted  the  exact 
 Times  of  the  fever  al  famous  Actions  therein  related-, 
 I  cannot  but  lament  the  hard  fate  of  thofe  nobler  Me- 
 moirs  which  the  good  Providence  of  God  has  preferv'd 
 to  us  relating  to  thejewifh  and  Chriftian  Church.  For 
 give  me  leave  to  fay,  that  the  lefs  confider  able  Exploits 
 of  an  Alexander  or  a  Cae far have  commonly  been  more 
 fully  underftoodi  and  better  fated  than  the  infinitely 
 more  important  Actions  of  our  Bleffed  Lord  himfelf  de- 
 livered to  us  by  the  four  Holy  Evangelifts,  For  altho* 
 the  Sacred  Hiftorians  under  a  feeming  carelefnefs  and 
 inaccuracy  have  really  been  more  exact  in  their  accounts 
 than  any  of  thofe  we  callTrofane,  as  will  hereafter  ap- 
 pear -3  yet  neither  have  the  Chriftian  Criticks  and  Com- 
 mentators had  the  like  fuccefs  in  the  Examination  and 
 Explication;  nor  the  Chronologers  in  the  determina- 
 tion of  the  Times  and  Order  of  the  fever  al  Hiftories. 
 As  to  the  Occa/wns  of  this  uncertainty  and  confufton 
 in  moft  of  thofe  who  have  formerly  treated  of  the  Chro- 
 nology of  the  Old  Teltament,  and  of  the  Harmony  of 
 the  Four  Evangelifts*  Ijhall  not  here  pretend  to  ajfign 
 any  of  them :  But  that  in  fact  the  Obfervation  is  true, 
 will  not  be  doubted  by  thofe  who  have  confulted  the 
 
 A.  2  various 
 
The  Epiftle  Dedicatory. 
 
 various  Opinions  of  the  Jewijh  and  Chriftian  Writers 
 on  thefe  Subjects.  Thus*  for  inflame,  till  that  Great 
 Man  AB.  V flier  publiftid  his  Annals  and Chronology, 
 it  was  reckoned  a  high  piece  of  prefumption  to  pretend 
 to  affign  the  Year  of  the  World;  nay  not  over  eafy  to 
 determin  the  bare  Century  when  the  Chriftian  JEra. 
 began.  Thus  till  the  laft  Age  the  Birth  of  s>ur  Saviour 
 was  fuppos'd  to  have  but  a  flingle  Week  preceded  the 
 beginning  of  that  Vulgar  ./Era  -3  tho*  ytis  evident  from 
 authentick  Hiftories  that  Herod  the  Great,  in  whoje 
 Reign  he  was  Born ,  had  then  been  dead  above  three 
 compleat  years.  So  that  this  moft  remarkable  Epocha 
 from  the  Birth  of  Chrift,  which  has  fo  long  been  the 
 only  Meafure  and  Standard  of  the  Accounts  of  Time  over 
 ^//Chriftendom,  certainly  takes  its  date  between  three 
 and  four  years  after  he  was  born .  Thus  alfo  even  at  this 
 day  the  remarkable  Periods  and  cDiftinc~lions  of  our 
 Saviour's  Life  and Miniftry  j  Such  as  the  ExacJ  time 
 of  his  Birth  j  of  the  beginning  of  his  T reaching  \  of 
 his  Baptifm ;  of  his  Election,  and  MhTion  oft  he  twelve 
 Apoftles^  and  of  his  Transfiguration  j  nay  the  Dura- 
 tion of  his  Miniftry  it f elf,  with  its  folemn  'Period  at 
 his  Taffton  and  Death,  are  Jo  far  from  being  agreed 
 on  among  the  Learned,  that  'tis  generally  fupposd  ex- 
 treamly  difficult ,  if  not  abfolutely  impojftble  to  arrive 
 at  any  clear  fdtisfac~tio?i  about  them.  And  this  to  the 
 great  dijhonourof  the  Sacred  Hiftorians ;  the  ftumbling 
 and  fall  of  the  Scepticks  and  Unbelievers  -,  and  the 
 mighty  discouragement  of  the  Virtuous  andlDiligent  in 
 their  careful  Enquiries  into  the  Hiflory  of  our  Blejfed 
 Sa  viour  j  which  yet  are  exceeding  necejfary  to  the  right 
 tinder  [landing  of  the  Prophetick  Books  oftheOld,  and  ■ 
 the  Hiftorical  of  the  New  Teftament.  And  truly  fuch 
 have  been  the  Wide  miflakes  both  of  Ancient  and  Modern 
 
 Harmo- 
 
The  Ejpiftle  Dedicatory. 
 
 Harmonizers  of  the  E  vangelifs,  that  till  the  noble  At- 
 tempt of  Bijhop  Richard  Ton,  which  we  meet  with  in 
 A.  B.  UiherV  Annals,  there  was  fmall hopes  of  any  fa- 
 iisfa&ion  as  to  the  true  Times  or  Or  o'er  of  the  fever  al 
 Branches  of  our  Saviour's  Hi/lory.  Neither  do  I  bioiv 
 that  any  thing  cmftderable  has  been  fine  e  advanced  to- 
 the  more  "c  cur  ate  adjuftment  of 'the Four Evan- 
 geltfls  in  then  ft  veral  accounts  of  our  Lord  and  Savi- 
 our. 1  do  wot  e  take  notice  of  Mr.  Le  ClcrcV  Har- 
 mony ho1  den  in  tl\  nfrom  Bijhop  Richardibn  V 
 Foundation  s  B<  ■■  xufehe  fo  widely  errs  where  he  offers 
 to  coiictt  him:  ittho',  on  other  accounts.  He  may  de- 
 ferve  more  confederation  j  yet  as  a  Chronologer,  or  one 
 who  fhould  ajjijl  us  in  the  more  accurately  fating  the 
 Times  of  our. Saviour's  A ffsy  and  the  applying  them  to 
 the  true:  Tears, and  Months  of  the  ChriftianyEra,  He 
 is  of  little  or  no  ufe  at  all  to  m :  as  will  be  made  apjpear 
 in  its  proper  plf  r  ieiLajter. 
 
 As  to  the  prefent  Attempt,  My  Lord,  I  Jh all  venture 
 to  fay  thus  much  -,  That  as  I  have  fat  is  fed  my  felf  in 
 the  general  St  ate  of  the  Chronology  both  of  the  Old  and 
 New  Teftament)  fo  far  as  it  is  contained  in  the  fol- 
 lowing Tages ;  fo  I  think  I  have  done  that  which  has 
 not  hitherto  been  thought  pojfible,  I  mean  have  adjufted 
 the  fever  al  Accounts  fo  agreeably  to  all  the  Notes  and 
 Characters  of  Time  thereto  relating,  that  Jam  not  aware 
 of  any  authentick  Evidence  that  is  to  be  oppofedto  them. 
 Ana JI  am  per fwaded  that  the  prefent  Series  both  of  the 
 Chronology  and  Harmony  is  not  any  where  to  be  confi- 
 derably  altered,  unlefsfome  certain  AJfert ion  of  either 
 a  Sacred  or  Trofane  Hiftorian  be,  without  fufficicnt 
 reafon,  fetafide  to  make  way 'for it.  'Tis  true,  that  as  I 
 have  made  nfe  of  fever  a  I  of  the  beft  Authors  upon  oc- 
 cafion,  fo  I  have  bet n  forced  not  feldom  to  take  [an  un- 
 trodden 
 
The  Epiftle  Dedicatory. 
 
 trodden  path,  and  to  rely  on  my  'ownTkought  sand  Ob- 
 servations.  But  this  however  I  .way  venture  to  affirm, 
 That  where  I  recede  from  common  Opinions,  vulgar  Tra- 
 ditions, and  the  Sentiments  of  former  Commentators,  I 
 ft 'ill,  for  a  compenfation,  endeavour  So  keep  cloferto  the 
 Letter  of  the  Scripture:  1  follow  the  exafi eft  Rules  as 
 to  its  Numbers  andThrafes:  andladlow  theTeftimo- 
 nies  of  all  Authentick  Hiftorians,  not  only1  oft  he  Sacred, 
 but  of  all  fuch  alfo  as  may  be  certainly  Jepende     m 
 among  the  'Profane :  fuch  as  the  Mathematical'  Canon 
 for  the  OldTeftamentj  and  Ariftobulus,  Philo Jud 
 Jofephus,  Dio,  Suetonius,  Tacitus,  and  Eufebius  for 
 the  New.    And  I  cannot  but  own  my  fat  is  fact  ion,  that 
 upon  a  review  of  my  pre fent  Scheme  1  do  not  find  t 
 fion  to  confront  any  Authentick  Trofane  Hiftorian  i 
 the  contrary  Teftimony  of  a  Sacred  one:  nor  indeed  m 
 obliged  above  once  to  fuperfede  the  certain  Evidence  of 
 any  one  Ancient  Writer,  who  is  generally  eft e em' d  wor- 
 thy of  credit  s  and  in  that  fingle  inftance  ytis  becaufe  the 
 Evidence  is  unqneftionable  on  the  other  fide.    Neither 
 do  I  think  IJhall  be  often  accused  of  interpreting  or  cri- 
 ticizing away  the  plain  and  obvious fenfe  of  fome  of  the 
 Sacred  Writers,  for  fear they  Jhould  other  wife  be  at  va- 
 riance with  the  reft  of  them  :  which  has  been  but  too 
 frequent  a  fault  in  thofe  who  have  hitherto  attempted 
 to  reconcile  the  feeming  Contradictions  oft  he  Holy  Scrip- 
 tures. Let  but  the  Reader  bring  fuch  a  pious,  teachable, 
 and  virtuous  difpofttion  of  Soul  as  is  fut able  to  a  modeft 
 Inquirer  into  ^Divine  Truths  -,  together  with  fuch  a  free . 
 and  unprejudiced  Mind,  as  is  def irons  of  knowing  rather 
 what  the  Sacred  Writers  themfelves,  than  what  any  of 
 their  Expofitors  have  ajferted  in  thefe  Matters,  and  I 
 ffiall  not  fear  the  accuracy  of  his  Examination  as  to  the 
 fever al  new  Aft ert  ions  which  are  advanced  in  the  fol- 
 lowing 
 
The  Epiftle  Dedicatory. 
 
 lowing  Tapers.  I  thmk  I  have  generally  light  on  what 
 is  true,  f olid,  and I  fat  <is factory :  If  not,  Ifhall,  I hope, 
 always  be  ready  to  exchange  it,  on  better  information, 
 for  what  has  greater  Evidence  to  recommend  it  to  the 
 IVorld  under  thofe  Characters.  . 
 
 My  Lord,  *Did  not  I  know  TourLardftiip  to  be  a  fa- 
 vourer  ofallcaref  d  and  generous  Inquiries  into  the  Sacred 
 Writings,  where  they  proceed  from  a  hearty  Veneration 
 of  thofe  Infpired  Volumes,  and  are  intended  for  the  clear- 
 ing and  illufirating  the  great  Truths  therein  contained} 
 {as  I  am  fur  e  the  following  Tapers  are  3)  Ifhouldnot 
 take  the  boldnefs  of  addrejfing  them  thus  to  Tour  Lor d- 
 lhip.  But  fine  e  I  venture  again  to  appear  in  publick-,  The 
 Relation  to  Tour  Lordfhip  /  have  been  feveral Tears  ho- 
 noured withal ;  the  Favours  Tou  have  already  beftow'd 
 upon  me  -}  the  hearty  ExpreJJions  of  Tour  confirmed  good 
 opinion  of  and  kindnefs  for  me ;  together  with  Tour  con- 
 ft  ant  readinefs  to  encourage,  afjift,  and  patronize  not  only 
 This,  butallfuch  other  Attempts  alfo  as  may  be  for  the 
 promotion  of  Learning  and  Religion  $  to  fay  nothing  of 
 Tour  Lordfhip\r  concern  for  the  Reputation  andTrefer- 
 v  at  ion  of  this  Church ;  Tour  known  Trudence  and  Con- 
 duct in  the  Management  of  Affairs  j  Tour  Affability  and 
 Obliging  Reception  of  all  Addrejfers ;  and  Tour  uncom- 
 mon Condefcenfwn,andcharitableAJfiflance  to  the  Lame, 
 the  Sick,and  theAfflicJed  i  The  foregoing  Confiderations, 
 I  fay,  Oblige  me  to  prefix  no  other  than  Tour  Lord(hipys 
 Name  to  thefe  Tapers,  even  when  the  Statutes  of  that 
 Honourablelmploymentlam  call' d to  in  the  Univerfity  do 
 not  permit  me  to  continue  under  Tour  Lordfhip\f  immedi- 
 ate Tatronage  any  longer.  IJhall  conclude  this  myAddrefs 
 to  Tour  Lordfhip  with  my  hearty  Wifhes,  that  Divines 
 would  learn  not  altogether  to  depend  on  the  Authority  of 
 fallible  Men  in  their  Enquiries  into  Sacred  Matters,  but 
 
 more 
 
/ 
 
 The  Epiftle.  Dedicatory]. 
 
 clofiy  and  impartially  to  Search  the  Scriptures  them* 
 J  elves :  where  they  may  be  ft  difcerrs  that  which  is  of  the 
 higheft  importance  for  all  to  know,  what  is  pure  and  un- 
 dii^uis'd  Religion  in  general*  as  weU  as  what  is  pure 
 and  undifguis'd  Chriitianity  inpartu:iilar :  and  whence 
 a  rational  and  unbiafis'd  Enquirer,  whether  he  live  in 
 Italy  or  in  England  >  whether  he  was  born  at  Rome  or  at 
 Geneva,  would  J  doubt  not,  if freed 'frowithe  Trepoffeffi- 
 ons  of  Education,  and  the  Authority  of  "Parties  and  Sy^ 
 ft  ems,  be  able  to  f rid  out  the  main  fir  ekes  of  thr  Revealed.,  • 
 f Fill  of  God  both  as  to  the  jDocJrines  andlDuties  of  Ctli  s- 
 ftianity  i  and  that  with  greater  Advantage  to  himfelf 
 and  Charity  to  others,  than  is  ordinarily  found  in  thojc 
 who  have  taken  up  their  Notions  in  Religion  upon  Truft 
 from  others.  And  I  have  long  thought  this  to  be  the  only 
 proper  method  of  preventing  or  curingthofie  fatal  Errors, 
 Herefies,  andT>iverfities  of  Opinions  which  havefio  long 
 been  the  difhonour  and  the  hindrance  of  Chrifiianity ; 
 and  one  fad  occafwn  of  the  Infidelity,  Immorality,  and  . 
 Trofanenefs  of  the  prefent  Age.  And  herein  I  am  con- 
 fident Tour  Lordfhip  will  fully  agree  with  the  Ttefires 
 and  Sentiments  of 
 
 Your  Lordihip's  Obedient  and  Obliged  Servant, 
 
 Will.  Whiston- 
 
 ThePlaces  of  our  Saviour's  abode  till  Chap.V.  §.  3d.  of  the 
 Harmony  Epitomiz,'4 ,  having  been  either  wholly  omitted  , 
 or  generally  miftaken,  are  thus  to  be  reflor'd. 
 
 Chap.       §. 
 IV.     1,  2,  2.   Cbrijl  in  Judxa. 
 V.  1,  2.    Cbrijl  in  Samaria. 
 
 Chap.       §. 
 II.       4,  5-.  Cbrifi  hi  Judxa. 
 6.  Cbrift  in  Egypt. 
 7, 8.  Cbrifi  in  Judxa  &  Galilee 
 III..  1,2,5,4.  Cbrifi  in  Judsea. 
 
 j , ',  6.  Cbrifi  beyond  Jordan. 
 
 1  6,  7.  Cbrift  in  Galilee. 
 
 Alfo  Page  f  2 2.  /^474f,  read  4746 
 3*  53 
 
A 
 Short  View  of  the  CHRONOLOGY 
 .       OF    THE 
 
 OLD  TESTAMENT, 
 
 AND 
 Of  the  HARMONY  of  the 
 
 FOUR  EVANGELISTS. 
 
 POSTULATA   Or   AXIOMS. 
 
 I.  The  Obvious  or  Literal  fenfe  of  Scripture  is 
 the  true  and  real  one,  where  no  evident  Rea- 
 (on  can  be  given  to  the  contrary. 
 
 II.  Of  two  or  more  fenfes  of  any  Text,  equally 
 finable  to  the  Original,  that  is  ever  to  be  pre- 
 ferr'd  which  agrees  with  the  reft  of  the  Holy 
 Scripture,  and  with  the  Teftimonies  of  An- 
 cient Authors. 
 
 III.  Every  Writer  is  to  be  fiippos'd  to  ufe  the 
 common  ftile ,  year,  an4  computation  of  the 
 
 A  Age 
 
Age  and  Nation  in  which  he  lives  5  unlefs  there 
 be  particular  evidence  to  the  contrary. 
 
 IV.  If  moft  of  the  great  difficulties  in  Scripture 
 which  have  long  appear'd  infuperable  do  at 
 length  prove  to  be  no  real  difficulties  at  all, 
 'tis  reafonable  to  expecl:,  that  the  remaining 
 difficulties  may*likewife  upon  farther  inquiries 
 be  found  capable  of  as  clear  folutions  hereafter. 
 
 V.  In  the  moft  ancient  ages  of  the  World,  when 
 the  long  lives  of  Men  fhew'dthem  to  be  gene- 
 rally more  ftrong ,  healthy  and  vigorous,  the 
 time  of  Mens  ability  for  Procreation  muft  be 
 fuppos'd  to  begin  full  as  foon,  and  to  conti- 
 nue proportionably  full  as  long  as  in  thefe  lat- 
 ter ages  -y  when  the  fhortnefs  of  Mens  lives  ar- 
 gues their  conftitutions  to  be  much  more  weak 
 and  infirm.  Thus  if  from  14  to  (Jo  be  the 
 time  for  Procreation  in  Males  now,  when  the 
 years  of  Mens  lives  are  generally  about  80  at 
 the  moft;  from  the  fame  14  to 600  at  leaft, 
 will  be  the  time  for  Procreation,  when  Mens 
 lives  were  about  800 years:  and  fo  proportio- 
 nably in  other  cafes. 
 
 yi.  The  Hebrew  Text  of  the  Old  Teftament, 
 being  the  Original  it  (elf,  is  as  reafbnably  to 
 be  allow'd  our  rnoft  authentic  Guide  in  the 
 
 Chrono- 
 
Chronology  of  the  Old  Teflament;  as  the 
 Greek  Text  of  the  New  Teflament,  being  ge- 
 nerally the  Original  it  felf,  is  allow'd  to  be 
 our  moll:  authentic  Guide  in  the  Harmony  of 
 the  Four  Evangelifts.  Neither  is  it  more  rea- 
 {enable  to  prefer  the  LXXII's  Tranflation  of 
 the  one,  than  the  Vulgar  Latin  Tranflation 
 of  the  other  to  the  Original  Hebrew  and  Greek 
 Copies  of  the  Sacred  Scriptures. 
 
 Hypotheses  or  Observations. 
 
 I.  The  whole  Conduct  of  the  Divine  Providence  in 
 the  feveral  methods  of  Revelation  is  twofold,  and 
 at  once  carries  on  two  very  different  defigns,  *om. 
 the  Inftru&ion  of  the  Meek,  Teachable,  Diligent, 
 and  Virtuous  >  and  the  Concealment  of  fuch  In- 
 ftru&ion  from  the  Proud,  Obftinate,  Slothful  and 
 Profane :  or  m  other  words,  it  aims  as  well  at  the 
 Humbling  and  fall  of  the  Bad  and  Vicious,  as 
 the  Improvement  and  Edification  of  the  Good  and 
 Religious. 
 
 II.  It  ought  not  therefore  to  feem  ftrange  if  that 
 Book  which  contains  the  ReveaPd  Will  of  God 
 be  fo  fram'd  in  purfuance  of  the  beforemention'd 
 deiignsj  as  to  have  diverfe  feeming  contradictions 
 in  it  for  the  perplexing  the  Ungodly ,  and  the 
 exercife  of  the  Pious  •,  tho*  no  real  ones  for  the  fe~ 
 curing  the  divine  Veracity  therein. 
 
 A  i  Thesis 
 
T 
 
 H  e  s  e  two  Hypothefes  will  appear  foftrange,  and  yet  are, 
 I  think ,  fo  certainly  true  in  themfelves,  fo  necejfary  to 
 the  underftanding  of  the  reafons  of  the  many  difficulties  in 
 the  Sacred  Writings ;  and  perhaps  fo  exactly  agreeable  to  the 
 Divine  Goo dnefs  alfo ,  if  rightly  underftood,  that  they  well  de- 
 ferve  a  farther  conlideration.  I  mall  in  this  place  therefore  at- 
 tempt thefe  two  things,  (i )  To  prove  that  the  defign  of  Divine 
 Revelation  is  as  well  the  {tumbling  and  fall  of  the  Ungodly, 
 as  the  Improvement  and  Salvation  of  the  Pious :  and  this  from 
 the  plain  and  repeated  aflertions  of  the  Sacred  Writers  them- 
 felves.  (  2  )  To  fliew  how  this  conduft  is  agreeable  not  only 
 to  the  Divine  Juftice,  but  to  the  Divine  Goodnefs  alfo.  The 
 firft  branch  is,  I  think,  evident  from  the  texts  following, 
 which  I  fhall  barely  repeat,  and  leave  to  the  judgment  of  the 
 impartial  Reader. 
 Ifa..vi.-p>  io.        Go  and  tell  this  People,  Hear  ye  indeed,  but  underftand  not ; 
 and  fee  ye  indeed,  but  perceive  not.  Make  the  heart  of  this  Peo- 
 ple fat,  and  make  their  ears  heavy,  and  ftmt  their  eyes:  left  they 
 fee  with  their  eyes,  and  hear  with  their  ears,  and  underftand  with 
 their  heart,  and  convert  and  be  healed. 
 Dan.xij.  10.         Many  flail  be  purify' d,  made  white,  and  try  d:  but  the  wic- 
 ked fhall  do  wickedly  :  and  none  of  the  wicked  fliall  underftand  y 
 but  the  wife  Jh all  underftand. 
 Matt.xi.  2j-,i6.      jff  tfoat  time  Jefus  anfwerd  and  /aid,  I  thanks  thee,  O  Fa- 
 Lukexij. zi.  tyY  ^  Lorcl  0f  Heaven  and  Earth,  becaufe  thou  haft  hid  thefe 
 things  from  the  Wife  and  Prudent ,  and  haft  reveal  d  them  unto 
 Babes.     Even  fo,  Father ;  for  Jo  it  feemed  good  in  thy  fight. 
 Matk-xiij.  io.      The  Difciples  came  and  faid  unto  Jefus,  Why  fpeaizeft  thou  to 
 lf •  them  in  Parables  ?  He  anfwered  and  faid    unto  them  ,   Becauft 
 
 tt  is  given  unto  you  to  know  the  Myfteries  of  the  Kingdom  of 
 Heaven,  but  to  them  it  is  not  given.  For  whofoever  hath,  to  him 
 JJjall  be  given,  and  he  fall  have  more  abundance  •'  but  whofoever 
 hath  not,  from  him  pall  be  taken  away,  even  that  he  hath.  Tlxre- 
 Jore  fpeal^  I  to  them  in  Parables :  becaufe  they  feeing  fee  not ,  and 
 hearing  they  hear  not,  neither  do  they  underftand.  And  in  them 
 is  fuljtlled  the  Prophecy  of  EJaias,  which  faith,  By  hearing  ye  pall 
 hear,  and  ft)  all  not  underftand;  and  feeing  ye  ft]  all  fee ,  and  (hall 
 
5 
 
 . __— — -^_____________ . _ 
 
 not  perceive.  For  this  peoples  heart  is  -waxed  grofs,  and.  their  ears 
 are  dull. of  hearing,  and  their  eyes  they  have  do  fed;  left  at  any 
 time  they  fl.wuld  fee  with  their  eyes,  and  hear  with  their  ears,  and 
 fhould  underftand  with  their  heart,  andfliould  be  converted,  and 
 I Jhottld  heal  them. 
 
 And  when  he  was  alone  ,  they  that  were  about  him  with  the  Mar.iv.  \  o,  i  r , 
 twelve,  asked  him  of  the  parable.   And  he  faid  unto  them,  Vnto  »*•• 
 you  it  is  given  to  know  the  myflery  of  the  Kingdom  of  God :  but  Lu'"e  vlij*  x  ° 
 unto  them  that  are  without,  all  thefe  things  are  done  in  Para- 
 bles: that  feeing  they  may  fee ,  and  not  perceive.;   and   hearing 
 they  may  hear,  and  not  underftand',  left  at  any  time  they  fiottld 
 be  converted,  and  their  fins  fould  be  forgiven  them. 
 
 If  any  man  will  do  the  will  of  God,  he  floall  know  of  the  Do-  j0h.vij.T7. 
 Brine s    whether  it  be  of  God3  or  whether  I  fpea\_of  my  felf. 
 
 Jefus  faid,  For  Judgment  am  J  come  into  this  world:  that  chap.  ix.  20. 
 they  which  fee  not ,  might  fee ;  and  that  they  which  fee  might  be 
 made  blind. 
 
 Tho'  Jefus  had  done  fo  many   works  before  them,  yet  believed  Chap,  xij.37-- 
 they  not  on  him  :  That  the  faying  of  Efai as  the  Prophet  might   be  4°- 
 fulfilled,  which  he  fpake ,  Lord,  who  hath  believed  our   report  ?  sfe Aft.xxvuj. 
 and  to  whom  hath  the  arm  of  the  Lord  been  reveal' df.  Therefore  %*' 
 they  could  not  believe ,  becaufe  that  Efaias  faid  again ,  He  hath 
 blinded  their  eyes,  and  hardened  their  heart ;  that  they  ftoould  not 
 fee  with  their  eyes,  nor  underftand  with  their  heart,  and  be  con- 
 verted, and  I  fhould  heal  them. 
 
 What  then?  Iftrael  hath  not  obtained  that  which  he  feeketh  for  ;  Rom.xi.7,&c- 
 but  the  election  hath  obtained  it,  and  the  reft  were  blinded:  ac- 
 cording as  it  is  written,   God  hath  given  them  the  fpirit  of  flum- 
 ber;  eyes  that  they  fould  not  fee,  and  ears  that  they  ftoould  not 
 hear  unto  this  day,   &c. 
 
 With  all  deceivablenefs  of  unrighteoufnefs  in  them  that  peri/h  ;  2  Theft  ij.  1  a*--, 
 becaufe  they  received  not  the  love  of  the  truth, .  that  they  might  be  1 1 . 1 2. 
 faved.  And  for  this  caufe  God  ft ■  all  fend  them  ftrong  deluftons, 
 that  they  fhould  believe  a  lie.     That  they  all  might  be  damned, 
 who  believed  not  the  truth,   but  had  pleafure  in  unrighteoufnefs. 
 
 The  2d  Inquiry  is,  how  fuch  a  Conduct  is  agreeable  to  the 
 
 Divine  Juftice  and  Goodnefs?  Which  will  be  difpatch'd  by 
 
 fhewing  Firft,  that  Mens  own  wickednefs  is  the  proper  <xca- 
 
 A  3  ficn 
 
fion  and  meritorious  caufe  of  this  Severity  of  the  Divine  Provi- 
 dence towards  them.    And  Secondly,  that  this  Conduct  is  the 
 moft  merciful  and  gracious  treatment  they  are  capable  of;  and 
 Juch  as  will  render  them   lefs  miferable   for    ever.     As  to  the 
 Firfi  point. ;  that  fuch  an  evil  temper  of  mind  as  unfits  Men 
 for  receiving  Benefit  by  Divine  Revelation  is  wilful,  and  Mens 
 own  fault ;  is  evident,  and  agreed  on  by  all  :  and  fo  I  need 
 not  infill  on  the  proof  of  it.     And  that  accordingly  it  de- 
 fences fuch  a  concealment  of  divine  Truths  from  them,  yea 
 and  much  higher  inftances   of  God's   anger   and  vengeance, 
 no  Chriftian  Man  can  doubt.     The  great  difficulty  therefore 
 is  in  the  fecond  place,  How  to  fuppofe  it  confident  with  the 
 Divine  Goodnefs,  not  only   to  conceal  his  Truths   from  the 
 Ungodly,  but  alfo  to  put  great  difficulties  and  feeminj?  con- 
 tradictions into  thofe  Writings,  which  are  the  only  Authen- 
 tic Records  of  his  reveal'd  Will :  and  upon  the  Belief  where- 
 of, and  obedience  whereto  the  Salvation  of  Men  was  intirely 
 to  depend.     But  now,  if  it  can  be  prov'd  that  thofe  ill-dif- 
 pos'd  Perfons,  who  are  not  perfuaded  by  the  great  and  gene- 
 ral defign  of  Scripture  to  promote  Holinefs  in  the  World,    in 
 concurrence  with  the  evident  external  demonftrations  that  it 
 comes  from  God,    notwithstanding  the  difficulties  therein  con- 
 tain'd,  would  not  be  any  more  perfuaded  altho' thofe  difficul- 
 ties  were  remov'd  ;  the  prefent  doubt  will  immediately  vanifh  : 
 and  it  will  appear  that  this  method  of  God  in  the  Revelati- 
 on of  his  Will,  is  fo  far  from  being inconfiflent  with  his  Good- 
 nefs, that  as  far  as  we  can  conceive,  it  is  the   befl  he  could 
 poifibly  have  taken,  andmoftfor  the  intereft  and  advantage  of 
 all  Mankind.     For  befides,  that  the  Faith  and  Obedience  of 
 the  Good  are  hereby  more  exercis'd  and  improv'd ,    and  fo 
 made  capable  of  greater  Reward  ;     the  Unbelief  and    Dif- 
 obediencc  of  the  Wicked  are  alfo  in  part  extenuated,  andren- 
 dred  lefs  inexcufable;  and  confequently  their  future   punim- 
 ment  will.be  proportionablylefs  forever.     Now  that  this  fup- 
 pofition  it  felf  is  very  probable  at   leait,    if  not  certain,  do's 
 appear  from  our  Savior's  own  affcrtion,  by  the  mouth  of  the 
 Patriarch  Abraham,  concerning  the  Brethren  of  Dives.     That 
 miferable  Wretch,  in  the  place  of  Torment,   when  he  could 
 
 not 
 
7 
 
 not  prevail  for  the  leaft  eafe  or  refrefhment  for  himfclf,  be^s 
 at  leaft  of  Abraham  t\\zt  he  would  fend  Lazarus  to  his  Father 's  Luk.xvi.  17, 
 houfe,  to  tefltfy  to  his  five  Brethren  the  certainty  and  greatnefs  of &c* 
 thepunimmentsof  the  Impenitent  in  the  other  World.     Sure- 
 ly believing,  that  tho'  they  had  hitherto  difregarded  not  on- 
 ly the  Voice  of  Confcience,  and  the  Law  of  Nature,  but  the 
 exprefs  Revelation  by  Mofes  and  the  Prophets  ;  yet  if  one  were 
 fent  unto  them  from  the  dead,  they  would  repent,    and  hearken 
 to  fo  much  more  aftonifhing  and  unexceptionable  Admoniti- 
 ons.    But  obferve  the  Patriarch's  anfwer  ;     If  they  hear  not 
 Mofes  and  the  Prophets,  neither  will  they  be  perfuaded  tho*  one 
 rofe  from  the  dead.      And  certainly,    by  a  parity  of-Reafon, 
 if  Men  be  of  fuch  wicked  and  obftinate  difpofitions,    as  to 
 reject  the  ftrongeft  evidence  for  the  Divine  Authority  of  the 
 Sacred  Scriptures,  under  pretenfe  of  difficulties  in  fmaller  mat- 
 ters therein  contain'd,  becaufe  their  main  defign  is  directly  con- 
 trary to  their  own  ungodly   Courfes;    that  fame  contrariety 
 would  alfo  occafion  their   Infidelity    and    Impenitence,   tho' 
 the  difficulties  themfelves  wereremov'd.     For  if  themoftfur- 
 prizing  evidence  in  the  World,  the  warning  of  one  fent  from 
 the  dead,  would  not  conquer  the  wicked  perverfenefs  of  Un- 
 believers, as  our  Saviour  exprefly  allures  us  it  would  not ;  how 
 can  it  be  imagin'd  that  the  removal  of  a  few  difficulties,  which 
 are  but  the  pretenfes  for,    not  the  true  caufes   of  their  unbe- 
 lief, mould  be  able  to  effect  it  ?     No,  If  they  hear  not  Mofes 
 and  the  Prophets,    Chrift  and  his  Apoftles  fpeaking  to  them  in 
 the  Books  of  the  Old  and  New  Teftament,   as  we  now  have 
 them :  neither  would  they  any  more  be  per  funded  or  ■  drawn  to 
 repentance  by  them;  tho'  the  fame  Books  were  intangled  with 
 no  fuch  difficulties,    and  thereby  rendred  more  unexception- 
 able. 
 
 III.  The  Sacred  Hiftorians  date  the  Reign  of  every 
 King  from  the  jirfl  exercife  of  his  Supreme  Power, 
 tho'  it  happen'd  in  the  lifetime  of  his  PredecefTor, 
 contrary  to  the  Cuftom  of  Profane  Writers  j  as 
 we  fhall  fee  in  the  Chronology. 
 
 IV.  The 
 
IV.  The  Sacred  Hiftonans  exactly  diftinguifh  be- 
 tween the  imperfect  Reign  of  a  King  which  was 
 generally  before^  and  his  compleat  Reign  which  was 
 generally  after  his  obtaining  the  Royal  City.  In  the 
 former  cafe  thePhrafes  are,Such  an  one  barely  reign- 
 ed,or  reign'd  ovcrIfraelyor  over  Judah.  In  the  latter 
 cafe  either  the  Royal  City  is  nam'd,  and  the  Phrafe  is, 
 Such  an  one  Reign'd  in  Jernfalem-,  in  Tirzah  or 
 inSamaria  -3  or  heReign'd  over  all  Ifrael,  or  over  all 
 Judah,   as  will  hereafter  appear  in  the  Chronology. 
 
 V.  The  fame  interruptions  of  Governments  Inter- 
 regna) and  double  Epochal  of  Reigns,  are  fome- 
 times  to  be  expected  in  the  Annals  of  the  Kings 
 of  Ifrael  and  Judah,  that  appear  in  the  An- 
 nals of  other  Nations.  Thus  in  'Ptolom/s  Canon 
 of  the  Affyrian  Monarchy,  we  find  two  Interreg- 
 na. And  in  Jofe/jhus's  Hiftory  of  Herod 'the  Great, 
 we  find  a  double  Epocha  of  his  Reign.  Thus  e- 
 ven  in  our  own  Hiftory  of  King  Charles  II.  his  Fa- 
 ther's Death,  and  his  own  Return  twelve  years  af- 
 terwards, are  fufrkient  foundations  for  a  double 
 Epocha  of  his  Reign  alfo.  If  therefore  we  ob- 
 ferve  the  like  examples  in  the  Sacred  Annals  of  the 
 Kingdoms  of  Ifrael  and  Judah,  they  ought  to  be 
 no  more  furprizing  to  us  than  the  other. 
 
 VI.  Even  numbers  of  Years  in  the  Chronology  of 
 Scripture  are  us'd  with  great  exadtnefs,  and  com- 
 prehend no  more  than  fix  Months  on  either  fide  j 
 /'.  e.  they  imply  the  fpace  mention'd,  to  be  nearer 
 to  that  number  than  to  the  next,  either  over  or 
 under  j  according  to  the  mo  ft  natural  and  ftri£b 
 fignification  of  the  words  themfelves.  Thus  40 
 Years  for  inftance,  in  the  Sacred  Stile  of  Chrono- 
 logy, 
 
logy,  denote  only  the  fpace  between  35^  on  the* sra.fi.  u. 
 one  fide,   and  40 I  on  the  other.  fchitn/S, 
 
 Corollary.  Where  therefore  the  Particle  about  is  added,  and 
 not  elfewhere,  the  numbers  may  be  extended  fomewhat  farther. 
 Thus  *<*<  about  30  years  of  Age  will  fairly  extend  from  29  on  Luk.iii.  23. 
 one  fide,  to  3 1  on  the  other.  But,  confideringtheexatlnefsoftloe 
 Sacred  Accounts,  ought  not,  without  particular  evidence,  to  be 
 extended  any  farther* 
 
 VII.  This  exa£tnefs  of  numbers  in  the  Chronology 
 of  Scripture,  or  in  thofe  places  whence  the  Ac- 
 counts of  the  Times  are  to  be  deriv'd,  do's  by  no 
 means  hinder,  but  that  the  common  liberty  which 
 all  other  Writers  take  of  ufing  large  and.  round 
 numbers  without  fuch  accuracy  may  be  allow'd  the 
 Sacred  ones  alfo,  upon  other  occafions,  where  a 
 greater  exacinefs  was  no  way  neceflary  to  the  mat- 
 ter in  hand.  Thus  400  years,  a  large  and  round  Gen.  xv.  n 
 number,  may  occasionally  be  us'd,  tho'  it  appear 
 
 by  the  Chronology,  deliver'd  in  other  places  more 
 exactly,  to  be  40  f,  and  this  without  any  prejudice 
 to  the  accuracy  of  the  Sacred  Accounts  of  ancient 
 Times. 
 
 VIII.  The  gradual  decreaie  of  the  length  of  Mens 
 Lives  did  not  flop,  and  the  Age  of  Man  was  not 
 redue'd  to  the  prefent  ftandard  of  70  or  80  years, 
 till  the  daies  of  King  T)avid.  This  is  evident 
 from  the  following  Table  of  the  Ages  of  all  the. 
 Perfons  which  are  mention'd  in,  or  can  be  collecl:- 
 ed  from  the  Scripture,  flnce  the  Flood,  till  the 
 Death  of  David. 
 
 B  Scm 
 
IO 
 
 Gen.xi.  io,n. 
 12,13. 
 14,  if. 
 
 16, 17. 
 
 18,19. 
 20.  21. 
 
 22,  23. 
 24,  25". 
 
 3* 
 
 Chap.  xxv.  7. 
 
 xxi.   1. 
 
 xxxv.  28. 
 
 xxv.  17. 
 
 xLvii.  28. 
 
 l.  26. 
 
 Exod.  vi.    16. 
 
 18. 
 
 Jobi.i— 4,  with 
 XLii.  16. 
 
 Num.xxxii1.39 
 Deut.xxxiv.  7. 
 
 Jof.xxiv.  29. 
 
 iSam.  iv.  if. 
 
 2Sam.xix.  32. 
 Chap.  v.  4. 
 See  UJfer.Chxo- 
 nol.  Sac.  c.  8. 
 &  1 2.8c  Anna!. 
 A.M.  iffi. 
 
 Sem      
 
 Arphaxad 
 Salah  — 
 
 Heber 
 
 Thaleg  — 
 
 Rett  - 
 
 Seruq  — 
 
 Nahor 
 Tera/j 
 9  Abraham 
 \  Sarah  — 
 
 C  Ifaac  — 
 
 £  Ifmael 
 Jacob 
 SJofeph 
 
 2.  Levi  — 
 
 Cxohath 
 -^  iJp/row  about 
 CJob  about 
 r*  Amram 
 \segub  about 
 «^j£^r  about 
 yPallu  about 
 \Jfocebeda  about 
 Miriam  about 
 Aaron  - 
 
 Mofes  — 
 
 Co>vr£  about    — 
 Dathan  about 
 Abiram  about 
 C"  Jofhua 
 \  Rahab  about 
 
 i?<»ox  about 
 5"  0^<?</  about 
 
 !*/<       _ 
 
 J#  about 
 BarxMlai  above 
 David  _ 
 
 600 
 438 
 433 
 464 
 239 
 239 
 230 
 148 
 205- 
 
 '75- 
 
 127 
 180 
 *37 
 '47 
 no 
 
 »37 
 '33 
 '33i 
 180 
 
 *37 
 137 
 *37 
 '37 
 '37 
 130 
 123 
 120 
 
 I2r 
 
 125- 
 125- 
 no 
 
 *lf 
 n  f 
 
 no 
 
 98 
 
 5>f 
 
 80 
 7o 
 
 Cor- 
 
1 1 
 
 Coroil.   i .  The  90th  Pfalm,  where  the  lives  of  the  Ifrnchtesjeem 
 to  be  fiated  at  70    or   80  years,  if  it  was  compos' d  by  Mofes, 
 as  the  Title  informs  us,  had  regard  only  to  the  Jhortning  the  lives 
 of  the  Murmurers  in   the  Wildernefs  by  a  Divine  Judgment ;  Numb.xiv.20, 
 (when  all  thofe  were  to  perifij  in  the  fpace  of  40  years,  who  were  --3/-. 
 grown  2Wen  at  the  Exodus  out  of  Etrypt)  without  any  refpetl  to 
 the  common  period  of  Human  Life  at  that  time.     Barzillai  in 
 the  daies  of  David,   is  the  firfi  mention  din  Scripture,  who  was  zSam.xix.  ?<% 
 reckon  d  fo  old,  as  not  likely  to  live  long  at   80  years   of  Age ; 
 and  David  himfelf  is  the  firfi,  that  is  jaid  tohavedy'd,  and  that 
 in  a  good  old  age  ,     and  full  of  daies,    fo  foon  as  70  years  ;  Chap.v.^with 
 which  are  the  particular  numbers  mention  d  in  that  Pfalm,    and;*  Chron.  xxix. 
 the  Standard  of  Human  Life  in  all  fucceeding  Ages.  2^* 
 
 Coroil.   2.  Job  was  nearly  contemporary  with  Jacob'/  imme~ 
 diate  Sons,  the  twelve  Patriarchs,  or  at  lea fi  the  Generation  fol- 
 lowing ;   about  the  former  part  of  the  Ifraelites  abode  in  the  Land 
 of    Egypt.      Job  liv'd     140 years  after  the  conclufion    of  his  JobxLii.  \6. 
 Afflitlions ;  and  yet  at  the  beginning  of  them  many  of  his  Child-  chaP-  '•  4>  f- 
 yen  were  grown  up-     So  that  180  years  are  as  little  as  we  can  a-  *$' 
 fcribe  to  him  :  which  great  longevity,    tho'  we   fuppofe  his   life 
 to  be  confiderably  longer  than  the  general  fiandard,  on  account  of 
 a  peculiar  Blefjing,  and  as  an  extraordinary  Reward  of  his  Vir- 
 tue and  Patience,  as  we  ought  to  do  y  will  yet  certainly  oblige  us 
 to  place  him  no  lower  than  is  here  done.     And  that  he  cannot  be 
 placed  higher,  the  Names  and  Families  of  his  Friends  do  abun- 
 dantly affure  us.     His  Friends  are  fiyl'd  Eliphaz  the  Temanite,  Job  ii.  n.  and 
 Bildad  the  Shuite,  Zophar  the  Naamathite,  and  Elihu  theSon^^11'1- 
 of  Barachiel  the  Buzite,  of  the  Kindred  of  Ram.     From  which 
 Notations  One  thus  gathers  the  Age  in  which  Job  liv'd.    "Eli-Gen.xxxvi.'u. 
 <cphaz  the  Temanite,  feems  to  proceed  from  Teman  theGrand- 
 "fonofEfou.     And  Bildad  the  Shuite,    is  probably  of  the  J^_  Chap.  xxv.  2. 
 "mily  of  Shuah,  one  of  the  Sons  0/ Abraham  ^Keturah.  -^^chap.xxii.20, 
 t(  Hhhu  was  the  Son  of  Barachiel  the  Buzite,  of  the  Kindred  of  21. 
 "  Ram.     Now  Buz  was  the  Son  of  Nzhor,  Abraham'/  Brother; 
 "and  Ram  was  probably  the  fame  with  Aram,  the  Son  of  Ke- 
 "muel,  who  was  Brother  to  Buz.     Thus  he;  to  which  he  adds Jobxui. u. 
 "  in  confirmation,  that  the  fame  fort  of  Coin  which  was  current  Gen.xxxiii.19, 
 
 B  z  "in 
 
A  Jhort  nt&w)  of  the  Chronology 
 
 in  Job'j  time,  is  us'd  too  by   Jacob,    not  pajl   $2  years  before 
 his  defcent  into  Egypt. 
 
 Propositions. 
 
 I.  T^HE  fureft  and  moil  ufeful  guide  of  ancient 
 Chronology,  where  the  Sacred  Hiftorians 
 are  lilent?  is  Ttolemy's  Mathematical  Canon. 
 
 The  Reafons  of  the  preference  of  this  Canon  before  anyo- 
 ther  of  the  ancient  Accounts,  are  thefe : 
 
 1.  The  Author  of  it  was  the  raoft  learned  Aftronomer  of 
 all  the  Ancients;  and  has  all  along  apply'd  his  Accounts  to 
 the  uncontefted  l/£ra  of  Nabonajfar,  and  confirm'd  them  by 
 the  Ecltpfes,  mention'd  by  fhe  mod  ancient  Aftronomers.  be- 
 fore him,  (the  fureft  x&cW&<«  and  Characteriftics  of  Chrono- 
 logy in  the  World.)  'Tis  therefore  evident  on  its  own  ac- 
 count, that  its  authority  is  better  eftablifh'd  than  the  autho- 
 rity of  any  other  Monument  of  profane  Hiftory  befides. 
 
 1.  This  Mathematical  Canon  is  particularly  accommodated 
 to  the  continuation  of  the  Sacred  Chronology  of  the  Old  Te- 
 stament, and  its  connection  with  that  of  the  New  ;  and  in  gene- 
 ral, to  the  comparifon  of  the  Sacred  with  the  Profane  Accounts 
 of  ancient  Times;  becaufe  it  begins  a  confiderable  time  be- 
 fore the  Old  Teftament  Hiftory  ends,  and  reaches  beyond  the* 
 times  of  the  New  Teftament  alfo.  It  contains  an  intire  Se- 
 ries of  Reigns;  and  fo  an  uninterrupted  Chronology  from  its 
 beginning  till  its  conclufion  :  and  this  particularly  thro'  the 
 whole  Interval  between  the  Old  and  New  Teftament  Hifto- 
 ries,  which  otherwife  were  chiefly  liable  to  Difputation.  Be- 
 iides,  it  contains  the  Kings  of  thofe  four  Monarchies,  and  no 
 others;  which  the  Old  Teftament  Hiftory  is  chiefly  concern'd 
 ■  withal,  and  which  are  fo  famous  in  the  Prophecies  both  of  the 
 i  Old  and  New  Teftament.  It  alfo  gives  a  much  more  exact 
 and  certain  account  of  thofe  Affytian  and  Babylonian  Kings 
 I  mention'd  in  Scripture,  than  is  any  where  elfe  to  be  met  with 
 /  in 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament.  1 3 
 
 W  Pro  lane  Antiquity.  And  in  particular,  by  cornparifon  of 
 this  Canon.with  Xenophon,  and  with  the  Sacred  Writers,  we 
 have  an  exact  account  of  the  fpace  during  the  70  years  Cap- 
 tivity of  the  Jews  under  Nebuchddncz&ar,  and  his  Succeffors 
 in  Babylon-,  and  of  the  time  of  its  folution  under  Cyrus, King 
 of  Perjia  afterwards:  which  otherwife,  we  had  been  but  very 
 imperfectly  acquainted  withal  till  this  very  day. 
 
 3.  This  Canon  do's  exactly  agree  in  every  thing:  with  the 
 t  Chronology  of  the  Old  Teftament;  confirms  the  fulfilling  of 
 ancient  Prophecies;  and  particularly,  that  famous  one  of  the 
 70  Weeks  in  Daniel ;  fixes  the  years  of  Artaxerxes  and  Tibe- 
 rias, on  which  it  chiefly  depends;  and  for  its  exact  corre- 
 fpondence  with  the  Sacred  and  Infallible,  juftly  deferves  the 
 firft  place  among  the  profane  Hiftorians. 
 
 4.  This  Canon  do's  alike  exactly  agree  in  every  thing  with 
 the  accounts  of  thofe  profane  Hiftorians,  who  wrote  the  Hi- 
 ftories^Df  their  own  Times.  This  certainly  is  the  fureft  Tefi 
 imaginable  of  the  truth  of  the  Canon  before  us ;  that  when- 
 ever it  differs  from  any  Hiftorian,  it  do's  it  only  then  when 
 the  Hiftorian  wrote  of  foregoing  Ages,  wherein  he  might  ea- 
 fily  be  miftaken.  But  whoever  writes  the  Hi  ftory  of  his  own 
 Age,  and  fo  had  opportunity  of  knowing  certainly  the  Truth 
 ©f  what  is  related,  alwaies  agrees  with  this  Canon.  This  ad- 
 mirable obfervation,  which  is  owing  to  the  moft  Learned,  the 
 prefent  Lord  Bifhop  of  Worcefter,  is  of  very  great  ufe  in  the 
 cafe  before  us.  For  whereas  hitherto  ,  we  have  alwaies  been 
 in  perplexity  which  of  the  ancient  Hiftorians  we  were  to  ad- 
 here to,  in  their  feveral  contradictory  accounts  of  thefe  times,  we 
 are  now  fecure,  and  have  this  Authentic  Record  ever  to  rely 
 upon  in  ancient  Chronology.     Which  Mathematical  Canon 
 
 f  Canon  itaque  Nabonaflarxus,  ab  Aftronomis  primum  ufurpatus,  &ccc- 
 leftibus  characteribus  fancitus,  maximam  tandem  Audtoritatem  apud  Hiftori- 
 cos  non  immerito  oltinuit.  Cujus  quidem  tanta  eft  cum  facris  literis  con- 
 gruent^, ut  fine  illo  vix  eflet  ullus  ab  Hiftoria  Sacra  ad  exoticam  tranfitus. 
 Neque  iatis  notus  eflet  primus  ille  Cyri  Annus,  quo  foluta  eft  feptuagenaria 
 Judaeomm  G  ptivit.  s.  Sane  Canon  ifte  multis  ct>mpaginibus  cum  facroTex- 
 tu  aptifl'ime  connectitur.     Marfhami  Chronicon,  p.  foj,  fc6. 
 
 B  3  therefore 
 
14  A  Jhort  view  of  the  chronology 
 
 therefore  fliall  be  Reprinted  at  the  end  of  this  Book,  and  fhair 
 never  be  receded  from  in  this  whole  Chronology,  or  the  en- 
 fuing  Harmony ;  that  fo  there  may  be  no  more  occafion  for 
 that  complaint,  which  has  been  fometimes  made,  *  that  many 
 upon  trifling  Conjectures  6f  their  own,  and  in  order  to  maintain 
 their  fever al  H ypothe/cs,  have  ventur'd  to  recede  from  this  fureft 
 Rule  and  Standard  of  ancient  Hiftory.  As  if  they  imagin'd 
 the  difficulties  of  the  Sacred  Chronology  ;were  not  to  be  af- 
 foil'd  in  confidence  with  it. 
 
 Scholium.  It  will  not  be  here  improper  to  confider  the  nature 
 
 and  method  of  this  Canon  beforehand,  that  fo  we  may  be  the 
 
 better  prepar'd  to  underftand,  and  make  ufe  of  it  hereafter ; 
 
 which  I  fliall  do  in  the  words  of  a  learned  Friend,  to  whom 
 
 I  am  particularly  obliged  for  his  care  and  pains  in  the  review 
 
 Mr.  Alljn,  Fcl-  0f  thc  prefent  Chronology.     "This  Canon  computes  the  be- 
 
 1<nTi  °f  mq^  "  §mn^nS  °^  any  °f  tne  years  °^  eacn  King's  Reign  ,  from 
 
 Chrofology.    "  the  firft  Day  of  the  firft  Month   (caird  Thoth">  °'   ^  Na~ 
 
 vid.Lloyd  Ser.c 'bonajfarean  year,  which  falls  out  in  that  refpeclive  year   of 
 
 Chronolog.      «  his  Reign.     And  tho'  any  King  fhould  die  immediately  af- 
 
 andf£°in1L  "tcr  the  firft  of  Thoth>  Yet  a11  the  reft  of  that  year  till  the  next 
 
 volum.6eogr!^  &&  of  Thoth  is  attributed  to  his  Reign  in  the  Canon.     And 
 
 Grsec.  minor.   "  if  any  King,  whofe  Reign  was  lefs  than  a  year,    had  never 
 
 /.Si.  "a  firft  of  Thoth  within  the  compafs  of  his  Reign,,  that  King 
 
 "  v/as  omitted  in  the  Canon,  and  his  Reign  added  to  the  Reign 
 
 "of  his  PredecefTors.     Now  the  JVabonaffarean  year  was  juft 
 
 "  565  daies  long,    without  the  intercalation  of  a  day  every 
 
 "  fourth  year.     So  that  after  every  four  years,  the  firft  of  Thoth 
 
 "  would  run  back  in  the  Julian  year  in  fuch  a  manner  as  that 
 
 *'  i^6iJVabonoJfarean  years  fhould  be  equal  to  1 460  Julian  ones  t 
 
 "  The  firft  of  Tlwth  in  that  time  coming  to  its  old  place   in 
 
 "  the  Julian  year.     According  to  which  obfervations  I  fliall 
 
 fet  down,  together  with  the  Canoa  of  Kings,  the  day  of  the 
 
 Julian  year  on  which  each  of  their  firft  Thothsfell,  thro' the 
 
 whole  Series  of  that  Chronology. 
 
 *  Chronographi  Chriftiani,  futilibus  conje&uns  nimiumindulgentcs3miris 
 modis  Canonem  hunc  caftigarunt,  vel  potius  conturbarunt.  MarJJmm.  p.  fo6. 
 
of  the  Old  Te (lament.  1 5 
 
 II.  That  Jewifh  year  by  which  the  Sacred  Writers 
 reckon  the  feveral  Intervals  fince  the  Deluge,  or  at 
 lcaft  fince  the  Exodus  out  of  Egypt •>  was  either  the 
 true  Solar  year,  or  a  Lunar  one  fo  adjufted  by 
 proper  Intercalations  to  the  Solar,  as  to  be  in  a 
 manner  equivalent  to  it. 
 This  is  evident,  becaufe  their  year  by  the  exprefs  Law,  of 
 
 God  was  to  be  commenfuiate  to  their  Seafons,    and  to  begin 
 
 alwaies  a   few  weeks   before    Barly  Harveft.     And  the  Lord  Exod.xii.  1,2. 
 
 /pake  unto  Mofes  and  Aaron  in  the  land  of  -Egypt,  faying,  This  Exod.xiii.4. 
 
 month   fof  A  bib"]  /ball  be  unto  you  the  beginning  of  months ;    it  amjxx»V  If- 
 
 si     11    1         1       £    n  1         r      1      J  S  ^aJL-L       and  XXXIV.   1 8 
 
 Jball  be  the  fir/I  month  of  the  year  unto  you.  And  this  by  and  Deutj  xvi 
 the  confent  of  all  has  been  the  conftant  computation  of  the  t. 
 Jews  ever  fince  Mofes  to  this  very  day.  Whether  the  Jews 
 us'd  the  Lunar  year  before  the  Babylonifl  Captivity,  as  they 
 have  done  fince,  tho'  it  wants notits probabilities,  yetisit  by 
 no  means  certain  ;  and  in  my  prefentdefignisof  fo  fmallcon- 
 fequence  either  way,  that  I  mail  not  fpend  any  time  here  in  the 
 inquiry  about  it.  The  Julian  year,  tho' beginning  ftill  about 
 three  Months  before  it,  is  yet  fo  near  to  the  JewifJo  year  (whe- 
 ther it  were  Solar  or  Lunar)  with  which  we  are  concern'd, 
 that  it  will  fupply  its  place  well  enough  in  the  following  Chro- 
 nology. 
 
 Scholium.  It  is  here  to  be  obferv'd,  that  I  fay  this  is  the  year 
 Jince  the  Deluge  only;  for  I  fhall  have  occafion  to  prove  here- 
 after,    if  ever  the  New  Theory  come  to  another    Edition, 
 that     the     year     before    the    Deluge     was    of    a    fliorter 
 duration,     and  contain'd  but  360    Antediluvian  daies ;      as 
 appears  particularly  from  the  Mofaic  account  of  that  year  where-  Gen.vii  u  za 
 in  the  Waters  were  upon  the  Earth.     It  is  alfo  to  be  obferv'd,  andxii,  3,4. 
 that  I  am  not  abfoluteiy  pofitive  in   this  proportion,  as  to 
 the  Interval  between  the  Deluge  and  the  Exodus  out  of  Egypt. 
 For  tho'  the  natural  year  was  then  of  the  fame  duration  with 
 that  ever  fince  ;     yet  becaufe  it  will  be  prov'd  by  our  great 
 Chronologer  in   his  Dijfertation  concerning  Daniel's  weeks,  Bp.0f  wwceft- 
 which  the  Learned  World  has  fo  long  expeded,  that  the  mod  er. 
 ancient  Civil  Year,  of  which  any  footfteps  remain  in  Hi ltory, 
 
 for 
 
k;  A  Jhort  view  of  the   Chronology 
 
 for  a  long  time  after  the  Flood  was  no  other  than  that  of  560 
 daies  alfo  :  It  may  poffibly  be  fuppos'd  that  the  Poftdiluvi- 
 an  Patriarchs  before  the  Exodus  us'd  the  fame  year;  and  that 
 Mofes  alfo  refers  to  the  fame  in 'the  Hiftory  of  thofe 
 times,  till  the  Divine  Law  interpos'd,  and  alter'd  the  accounts 
 upon  their  deliverancG  out  of  Egypt.  Thefe  fuppofitions  I  fay, 
 are  poifible,  and  not  at  all  abfurd  ;  and  fo  make  it  neceffary 
 to  fpeak  with  caution  in  the  prefent  cafe.  In  the  meantime, 
 becaufe  we  have  no  pofitive  Evidence  of  the  ufe  of  a  diffe- 
 rent year  fince  the  Flood,  before  and  after  the  Exodus,  in  the 
 ftile  of  Mofes ;  and  becaufe,  if  the  Patriarchsdidufe  the  year 
 of  360  daies,  yet  the  Sacred  Hiftorian  might  reduce  thofe 
 years  to  that  natural  one  which  was  us'd  afterward,  and  give 
 us  the  whole  period  fince  the  Flood  in  the  fame  method  of 
 computation;  becaufe  laftly,  all  Chronologers  have  hitherto 
 fuppos'd  the  year  in  M&fes,  before  and  after  the  Exodus  to  be 
 the  fame  :  I  therefore  (hall  not  venture  without  more  .exprefs 
 evidence,  to  difturb  the  fetl'd  Accounts  of  thefe  times,  but 
 mail  fuppofe  the  year  fince  the  Deluge,  in  the  Sacred  Wri- 
 tings, to  be  conftantly  the  fame,  and  therefore  equivalent  to 
 the  Julian  year,  by  which  I  all  along  ftate  the  Chronology 
 -of  the  Sacred  Scriptures. 
 
 III.  The  year  ordain'd  by  Jeroboam  when  he  drew 
 
 off  the  ten  Tribes  to  Idolatry,  and  fb  us'd  in  part 
 
 of  the  Annals  of  the  Kingdom  of  Ifrael,  was  a 
 
 Month  fliorter  than  that  of  Judah,  containing  but 
 
 eleven  Months  only.     And  this  year  continued  till 
 
 the  Revolution  by  Jehu,  but  no  longer. 
 
 This  AfTertion  will  be  thought  by  many,    as  ftrange  and 
 
 paradoxical,  as  it  is  new  and  Jingular.     But  to  obviate    Mens 
 
 prejudices  in  this,  and  fuch  like  cafes,  I  muft  beg  leave  to  fay 
 
 that  a  common  Opinion  without  a  folid  Foundation,  is  of  no  great 
 
 value  in  thefe  matters.     If  upon  a  diligent  inquiry  into  the 
 
 Annals  of  the  Kingdoms  of  Ifrael  and  Judah,  and  a  careful 
 
 adjuftmentof  both  accounts,  the  propofition  appears  to  be  well 
 
 grounded,  as  I  hope  to  fhew  that  it  is;  I  think  the  novelty 
 
 of  it  ought  to  be  no  objection  againft  it ;    and  that  it  ought 
 
 not 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament.  j  7 
 
 not  to  be  rejected  merely  becaufe  it  is  not   to  be  met  with 
 
 in  Commentators.     Every  body  knows  what  great  variety  of 
 
 years  there  has  been  in  ancient  times.      Our  Julian  year  is  365  \ 
 
 days :  the  Solar  3  65 .  $h  49'.  JVabonaJfar's  3  6  $.  the  mod  a*ncient  of 
 
 all  3^0.  the  Arabian  Lunar  year  354.  8\  48'.      The  year  of  Vid.  Herodot. 
 
 fome  Cities  mention'd  by  Herodotus  360  and  390  alternately.  1  i.e.  32. 
 
 The  ancient  Roman  year  before  Nnma  PompiliKS,  according  c    r  ■      . 
 
 to  the  beft  Authors,  of  only  ten  Months!     To  fay  nothing  die  NataU.  c. 
 
 of  fome  other  very  ancient  Computations,   where  ftill  ferver  20. 
 
 Months,  nay  fometimes  a  Jingle  one  feems  to  have  had  the  de-  Langiumde 
 
 nomination  of  zyear  given  to  it.     At  the  fame  time  itcannot  ap-  ,Anms  thrift:. 
 
 pear  a  ftrange  fuppohtion,  that  Jeroboam,    when  he  began  a 
 
 feparate    Polity,    contrary  to  the  Law  of  God,  fhould  make 
 
 an  alteration  in  the  Accounts  of  Time;  efpecially  where  fuch 
 
 an  alteration  by  changing  the  feafons  of  all  the  jewift  Feajis, 
 
 or  Public  Worfhip,  did  not  a  little  contribute  to  the  change  of 
 
 the  Wbrfljip  it  felf  alfo.     Now  that  he  not  only  might,  but  really 
 
 did  alter  the  year ,  and  that  in  the  proportion  above-mention'd, 
 
 will  appear  by  the  following  considerations. 
 
 1,  By  this  change  he  would  not  introduce  a  new  thing,  (I 
 mean  a  moveable  year,  whofe  head  would  wander  thro'  all 
 the  feafons,)  but  only  reftore  the  ancient  way  of  reckoning, 
 and  imitate  all  the  neighbour  Nations  round  about.  There 
 is  very  good  reafon  to  doubt,  whether  in  the  days  of  Jero- 
 boam, almoft  any  other  Nation  but  the  Jews,  who  were  there- 
 in guided  by  Divine  Revelation,  knew  and  made  ufe  of  a  fixt 
 Solar  year,  or  its  equivalent.  'Tis  rather  very  probable  by  the 
 old  Teftimonies,  as  well  as  by  the  difcovery  of  the  true  length 
 of  the  Solar  year  long  afterwards,  that  the  general  Computa- 
 tion of  the  World  was  360  days,  and  no  other;  which  was 
 certainly  a  vagrant  year,  and  within  the  duration  of  the  life 
 of  one  Man,  in  the  fpace  of  70  years,  its  head  run  backward 
 to  the  fame  place  it  had  before.  Since  therefore  a  vagrant  year 
 was  fo  common  in  the  World,  it  may  eafily  be  fuppos'd  that 
 Jeroboam  might  appoint  one  of  this  fort  to  the  People  of  IfraeL 
 2.  That  Jeroboam  not  only  might  but  really  did  takeaway 
 a  month  from  the  year,  is  evident  by  the  Records  of  Ifrael 
 and  Judah,  compar'd  together  all  along  in  the  Interval  before 
 
 C  us; 
 
i  8  A  Jhort  wienu  of  the  Chronology 
 
 us ;    whilft  eleven  years   in    the  Annals  of  Judah  conftantly 
 correfpond  to  twelve    years  in  the  Annals  of  Ifrael.     Thus 
 fromthe  beginning  of  Rehoboam,  till  the  common  (laughter of 
 j&azjah  zn&Jehoram  by  Jehtt,  is  accounted  in  the  Jewifk  An- 
 nals but  90  years,  and  about  fix  months,  whereas  the  fame  interval 
 isintheAnnalsof//?7*e/p7  years,  and  about  feven  months,as  will 
 appear  in  the  Chronology,  and  is  according  to  the  proportion  of 
 eleven  to  twelve  affign'd  in  the  prefentpropofition.     Thusal- 
 fo  in  the  adjufting  of  the  particular  Reigns  of  each  King  of 
 Ifrael  and  Jttdah  during  this  interval,  which  are  otherwife  in- 
 explicable., all  is  eafy  upon  this  fuppofition ;  and  every  Text 
 of  Scripture  thereto  relating  falls  in   of  its  own  accord  :  as 
 will  appear  in  the  Table  of  this  period  hereafter.     And  the fe 
 are  to  me  little  lefs  than  demonflrations  of  the  truth  of  the 
 Hypothecs  before  us.     But  that  the  force  of  this  reafoningmay 
 be  the  better  perceiv'd,   let  us  fuppofe  that  an  inquifitive  Per- 
 fon,  who  knew  nothing  of  the  difference  between  the  Julian 
 and  Saracen  years,  in  the  midft  of  his  Travels,   light  upon  a 
 celebrated  Hiftory  of  the  Emperors  of  the  Eaft  at  Conftanti- 
 aople,  and  of  the  Saracen  SuccefTors  to  Mahomet  in    Arabia^ 
 .carefully,  and  without  the  leaft  variation  extracted  from   the 
 Authentic  Records  of  each  Empire,  and  containing  the  feve- 
 ral   Reigns,    particularly  adjufted   and  interwoven  together. 
 Now  'tis  plain  that  this  Perfon,  while   he  imagin'd  the  Epo- 
 cha's  and  years  of  both   Empires  to  be  the  very  fame ,   he 
 -would  undoubtedly  be  furpriz'd  and  puzzl'd    at  every  thing; 
 and  perhaps  upon  the  fuppos'd  difagreement  of  the  Accounts, 
 would  be  ready  to  condemn  the  Hiftorian,  as  an  ignorant  and 
 fabulous  Writer.     But  then  ,    if  he  once  got  a  hint  of  the 
 different  Epochas  of  the  years  of  Chrifr,   and  of  the  Hegyra 
 of  Mahomet,  and  of  the  different  years  made  ufe  of  in  the 
 fcveral  Empires;  and  if  hereupon  he  a  frefh  con  fider'd  the  Ac- 
 counts, and  compar'd  them  over  again ;     he  would  certainly 
 conclude  t.hat  the  Hiftorian  was  an    exacl  and  faithful  one; 
 and  be  convinc'd  that   the  defect  of  his  obferving  the  diver- 
 fity   of  the    Epocha's  and    years   of  the   two   Empires  was 
 the  alone  caufe  of  his  difficulties.      He  would,,   as  he  went 
 on,  be  flill  more  and  more  fatisfy'd  in  the  proportion  of  the 
 
 feveral 
 
of  the  Old  Teftarneut. 
 
 feveral  years ;  and  conclude  for  certain,  that  the  Grecian  Em- 
 pire reckon'd  by  Julian  ot  Solar  years,  from  the  Birth  of 
 Chrift;  and  the  Saracens  by  Lunar  years,  from  die  Flight 
 of  Mahomet ;  and  that  thence  fuch  feemingly  different  numbers 
 were  all  along  deriv'd  into*  the  Hiftory  before  him.  And 
 this  I  take  to  be  ;uft  the  cafe  before  us,  and  as  there  the  exact 
 agreement  of  every  thing  alter  the  Inquirer  once  had  an  inti- 
 mation of  the  difference  beioremention'd,  would  by  degrees 
 render  him  fecure  of  their  Truth ;  fo  here  the  intire  accord 
 of  the  Annals  of  the  two  Kingdoms  of  Jfrael  and  Judah,  up- 
 on the  fuppofition  that  the  year  of  the  former,  was  a  month 
 fhorter  than  that  of  the  latter,  ought  to  render  it  at  leaft  high- 
 ly probable,  that  this  fuppofition  it  felf  is  true  alfo  :  which 
 will  be  ftill  farther  confirm'd  by  the  next  Argument. 
 
 3.  The  contrary  fuppofition,  which  has  hitherto  prevail'd, 
 forces  us  on  very  great  Abfurdities;  namely,  that  the  fix  firft  ^d-  u$v' 
 Kings  oflfrael,  after  the  divifion  of  the'Kingdoms  (not  account-  rono  ' 
 ing  Zimri  for  one,  who  Reign'd  but  feven  days)  did  every 
 one  Reign  even  numbers  of  years,  with  about  a  fortnight  q- 
 ver,  continually \  and  that  alfo  that  fortnight  is  in  everyone 
 of  them  reckon'd  a  whole  year  in  the  Sacred  Hiftory.  Thus 
 Jeroboam  muft  Reign  but  2 1  years  and  about  fifteen  days,  tho' 
 the  Scripture  fays  he  Reign'd  12.  Thus  Nadab  mult  Reign 
 but  one  year  and  about  fifteen  days,  tho'  the  Scripture  ftys 
 he  Reign'd  two  years,  and  the  like  o£:Baafba>  Elah,  Omri.  arid 
 -^/?^fucceffively.  Now  that  fo  many  Kings,  one immediate- 
 ly after  another,  fhould  die  juft  after  even  years  were  over, 
 all  in  the  firft  month  of  their  Reigns,  is  it  felf  fo  ftrange,  and 
 I  believe  fo  unparalleFd  in  any  Hiftory,  that  I  account  ltal- 
 moft  incredible  in  the  prefent  cafe.  But  that  befides  thisftrange 
 ccrrefpondence  of  Accidents,  a  part  of  one  Jingle  mo, ?tb  ihould 
 every  where  be  ftil'd  a  year  alfo,  is  in  it  felf  fo  inaccurate, 
 fo  abhorrent  from  the  Cuftom  of  all  Hiftorians,  much  more 
 from  the  exa&nefs  of  the  Sacred  ones,  that  'tis  by  no  means 
 to  be  believ'd  •  efpecially  fince  there  is  no  manner  of  cccafion 
 for  any  fuch  Suppofitions,  if  we  dobut  allow  for  that  diffe- 
 rence of  the  years  in  the  different  Kingdoms  of  IJrach.a6.Jn- 
 dah.>  which  is  averted  in  this  Proposition,  as  will  eppear  in  the 
 Chronology.  C  2  4.  This 
 
2.0 
 
 A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Chronology 
 
 4.  This  is  confirm'd  alfo  from  that  paflage  in  the  Hiftory 
 of  Jeroboam^  that  he  chang'd  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  from 
 iKingsxij.3*,  the  feventh  to  the  eighth  month;    even  the  month  that  he  de- 
 53-  vis' d  of  his  own  heart.     The  meaning  of  which  alteration  may 
 
 fcem  to  have  been  this,  that  fince  the  feventh  month,,  that  of 
 Tifriy  was  the  moft  famous  month,  for  the  Jeivifb  Feafts  andSo- 
 lemnities  in  the  honour  of  the  true  God,  of  the  whole  year, 
 as  well  as  the  firfi  month  in  their  civil  Computations  :    (For 
 therein  was  the  Feaft  of  Trumpets  on  the  firft  or  New-years- 
 day ;  the  great  day  of  Expiation  on  the  tenth,  and  the  Feaft  of 
 Tabernacles  from  the  fifteenth  to  the  twenty  fecond.)  Therefore 
 to  take  as.much  as  poffible,  fuch  things  out  of  the  Thoughts 
 of  the  Jfraelites,  he  abolifh'd  and  eras'd   that  whole   month 
 for  the  future,  and  conftituted  the  next  month  Marhefvan,  to 
 fupply  its  place ;  and  appointed  it  the  beginning  of  his  new 
 year,  and  the  principal  feafbn  for  his  new  Idolatrous  Solemni- 
 ties alfo.      And  thus,  As  Alttharram,  after  the  heart  of  Maho- 
 met, became  the -firft  and  moft  Superftitious  month  of  the  va- 
 grant Arabic  year.     So  did  Aiarhefvan,  the  month  that  Jero- 
 boam devis'd  of  his  own  hearty   become  in  the  fame  manner 
 tihe  firft  and  the  moft  Idolatrous  month  in    the  like  vagrant 
 year  of  the  Israelites ;  till  the  Revolution  by  Jehtt,   put  a  fi- 
 nal Period  thereto  afterwards, 
 
 IV.  Thofe  apparent  inconfiftencies  which  arife  only 
 from  the  Hiftorical  Books,  which  were  written  af- 
 ter the  Captivity ;  I  mean  the  two  Books  of  Chra- 
 nicies,  Ezra,  and  Nehemiah,  arenottobeefteem- 
 ed  real  difficulties,  originally  belonging  to  the 
 Chronology  of  the  Old  Teftament,  but  the  bare 
 miftakes  of  our  prefent  Copies. 
 
 This  Propofition  depends  on  an  Obfervation  very  obvious 
 to  make,  w*.  That  thefe  Books  have  a  great  many  more  mi- 
 ftakes in  Names  and  Numbers  than  any,  nay  than  all  the  other 
 Books  of  the  Old  Teftament;  and  that  confequently,  thofe 
 apparent  Inconfiftencies  which  arife  from  them  alone,  are  not 
 
 generally 
 
of  the   Old  Tejiament.  zi 
 
 gencrafly  to  be  accounted  for,  as  the  reft;  but  rauft  be  own- 
 ed to  be  the  plain  Over- fights  of  the  Tranferibers  of  them.  To 
 clear  this  Propofition,  I  fhall  firfi  demonftrate  its  truth,  by  a 
 plain  and  nunerous  Induction  of  Particulars.  And  fecondly,  I 
 fhall  attempt  fome  account  of  the  occasions  of  it,  or  how  it 
 has  come  to  pafs  that  thefe,  and  only  thefe  Books  of  Scripture 
 have  fo  many  miftaken  Names  and  Numbers  in  them.  Now 
 as  to  the  firfi  point,  I  muft  premife  this,  that  Tranferibers  are 
 much  more  liable  to  mi  (lakes  in  Names  and  Numbers  than  in 
 other  things,  becaufe  thefe  do  not  generally  affect  the  cohe- 
 rence of  the  difcourfe,  which  is  the  great  means  of  prevent- 
 ing or  correcting  Errors.  The  Tranferibers  therefore  are  both 
 very  eafily  miftaken,  and  alfo  have  no  fuch  hints  and  means  of 
 difcovering  and  correcting  their  Miftakes  afterwards,  as  they 
 have  in  other  cafes.  This  being  premis'd,  I  come  to  give  an 
 Induction  of  particular  Miftakes  in  the  Names  and  Numbers 
 of  the  prefent  Copies  of  thefe  Books,,  which  a  comparifon 
 with  other  Books  of  Scripture,  the  plain  reafon  of  things,  or 
 ancient  Verfions  and  Teftimonies  difcover  to  us.  As  to  the 
 miftaken  Names,  I  fhall  only  inftance  in  the  firft  Chapter  of 
 the  firft  Book  of  Chronicles ;  it  being  endlefs  to  go*  thro'  all 
 the  examples  of  this  kind;  and  as  to  the  other  Miftakes,  re- 
 lating chiefly  to  Numbers,  I  fhall  inftance  in  fome  of  the 
 principal,  and  leave  the  reft  to  the  Reader's  own  obfervation. 
 And  in  the  whole,  I  fhall  barely  fet  down  the  miftaken  places, 
 with  the  parallel  ones,  which  correct  them;  or  the  evident 
 Reafons  to  prove  they  are  Miftakes,  without  any  farther  In^ 
 ferences  or  Reflections* 
 
 €  5  I'Chron, 
 
2.2. 
 
 A  Jhort  <vienjo  of  the  Chronology 
 
 i  Chron.  i. 
 
 j  7.  Meftech. 
 30.  Hadad. 
 l6.  Zephi. 
 l^.Homam. 
 qo.Alian. 
 
 —  She  phi. 
 ^i.Amran. 
 qz.Jakan. 
 50.  Hadad. 
 
 —  Pai. 
 
 1  Chron.  i.  1 7-      The  fons  of  Shem,  Vz,, 
 
 andHul,  andGether,  and  Me- 
 JJjech. 
 iij.  22.  .  The  fons  of  Shemaiah,  Hat- 
 tujh,    and  Igeal,    and    Bariah, 
 and  Neariah,  andShaphat.  fix. 
 
 vj.  f4--6o.  Now  thefe  are  their  dwelling 
 places  throughout  their  cajllesin 
 their  coafis  of  the  fons  of  Aaron, 
 of  the  families  of  the  Kohathites  : 
 fox  theirs  was  the  lot. 
 
 And  they  gave  them  Hebron 
 in  the  land  of  Judah,  and  the 
 fuburbs  thereof  round  about  it. 
 But  the  f  elds  of  the  city,  and 
 the  villages  thereof  they  gave  to 
 Caleb  the  fon  of  Jephunneh. 
 
 And  to  the  fons  of  Aaron 
 they  gave  the  cities  of  Judah, 
 namely,  Hebron  the  city  of  re- 
 fuge, and  Libnah  with  her  fub- 
 urbs, and  Jartir,  and  Ejhte- 
 moa,  with  their  fab  ;rbs, 
 
 And  Htlen  with  her  fuburbs-, 
 
 Gen.  jo. 
 
 28.  MaJJj. 
 Chap.  25.  i^.Hadar. 
 36.  11.  Zepho. 
 22.  He  man. 
 
 2  3 .  Alvan. 
 
 —  Shepho. 
 
 26.  Hcmdan. 
 
 27.  Akan. 
 
 3  p.  Hadar. 
 
 —  Pau. 
 
 The  fons  of  Aram,  Vz,,  and 
 Hul,  and  Gether,  and  Mafb. 
 Gen.  10.  23. 
 
 One  of  the  Sons  ofShemaiah 
 is  here  omitted  ;  for  there  are 
 but  five,  recounted,  and  yet 
 fumm'd  up  fix. 
 
 Here  are  but  eleven  Cities 
 reckon'd  up,  and  yet  the  fum 
 is  thirteen;  two  of  the  names, 
 which  were  Gibeon  and  Juttah 
 being  omitted  by  the  Tranfcri- 
 ber,  who  a!fo  has  fufftciently 
 p?rplex'd  the  whole  Period,  as 
 we  learn  from  the  parallel  place 
 in  the  Book  of  Joflma,  Chap. 
 21.  9—19.  whence  this  feems 
 to  have  been  taken. 
 
 DC. 
 
of  the  Old  Tejfament. 
 
 *3 
 
 Debir  'with  her  juburbs, 
 
 And  Ajhan  with  her  fuburbs, 
 and  Beth-Jhemejh  with  her  fub- 
 urbs. 
 
 And  out  of  the  tribe  of  Ben- 
 jamin ;  Giba  with  her  fuburbs, 
 and  Alemeth  with  her  juburbs, 
 and  Anathoth  with  her  fuburbs. 
 All  their  cities  throughout  their 
 families  were  thirteen  cities. 
 
 And  unto  the  fons  of  Kohath, 
 which  were  left  of  the  fami- 
 ly of  that  tribe  ,  were  ci- 
 ties given  out  of  the  half  tribe, 
 namely  out  of  the  half  tribe  of 
 Adanaffeh,  by  lot,  ten  cities. 
 i  Chron.vj.6i. 
 
 The  fons  of  Iz,rahiah ',  Mi- 
 chael, and  Obadiah,  and  foel, 
 Ifhtah,  five.      vij.  3. 
 
 In  two  Chapters  imme- 
 diately fucceeding,  we  have 
 the  very  fame  Genealogy  of 
 King  Saul's  Family  twice  re- 
 peated ;  only  in  the  latter 
 the  name  of  Ahaz,,  is  omit- 
 ted in  the  Original,  and  fo  for- 
 ced to  be  fupply'd  by  our  Tran- 
 slators,   viij.  3  3-38.  ix  29—44. 
 
 Of  the  fons  of  Hebron ;  Je- 
 riah  the  firfi,  Amariah  the  fe- 
 cond,  Jehaz^iel  the  third,    and 
 
 Here  are^#Citiesgiven  out 
 of  the  half  tribe  of  ManafTeh  ; 
 whereas  in  truth  there  were 
 four  given  out  of  Ephraim, 
 four  out  of  Dan,  and  but  tw» 
 out  of  the  half  tribe  of  Ma- 
 naffeh ,  ten  in  all ;  as  we  learn 
 from  the  particular  and  exact 
 account  in  Jo/bua  Chap,  a  1 . 
 zo-26".  whence  this muft  cer- 
 tainly have  been  taken. 
 
 Here  the  number  in  general 
 is  five,  tho*  the  particulars  a- 
 mount  to  no  more  than  four, 
 one  name  being  loft  in  the 
 Tranfcribing-. 
 
 Of  the  fons,  yeriah,  Ama- 
 riah the  fecond,  Jahaz,iel  the 
 third ,     Jekar,  earn    the  font  1 7. 
 
*4 
 
 A  Jhort  vienv  of  the  Chronology 
 
 iChron.  xwyjekameam  the  fourth. 
 19. 
 
 xxv.  3.  The  fons  of  "Jeduthun ;    Ge- 
 
 daliah,  and  Zeri,  and  Jeftai- 
 aht  Hafiabiah,  andMattithiah, 
 fix. 
 
 xxij.  14-  Now    behold  in  my  trouble, 
 
 [or  of  my  poverty]  I  have  pre- 
 pared for  the  houfe  of  the  Lord 
 an  hundred  thoufand  talents  of 
 gold,  and  a  thoufand  thoufand  ta 
 ients  of  filver. 
 
 1  Chron.  24.  2$.  Where,  be- 
 fides  the  repetition  of  the 
 fame  Catalogue  in  two  fuccef- 
 five  Chapters,  as  before,  the 
 Father's  name  Hebron,  and  the 
 Order  of  Jenah,  who  ought 
 to  have  been  ftil'd  the  firfi, 
 are  both  omitted  in  the  Ori- 
 ginal; and  are  only  fupply'd 
 in  the  Engltfl)  Tranflation. 
 Nay,  the  Verfes  before,  and 
 after  this,  on  a  comparifon 
 with  the  foregoing  Chapter, 
 will  appear  to  be  bare  Repeti- 
 tions,and  thofe  fufficiently  con- 
 fus'd  alfo. 
 
 Here  the  fum  contains  one 
 morethan  the  particulars.  The 
 name  Shtmei  being  omitted,  as 
 appears  by  the  1  yth  Verfe  fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 A  ftrange  fum  !  and  this  not 
 all  that  was  provided  for  the 
 Temple  by  David and  Solomon 
 both ;  but  by  the  former  on- 
 ly. Nay,  and  this  in  his  dif- 
 ficulties of  affairs,  or  of  his  Po- 
 verty, as  being  but  a  fmall  mat- 
 ter of  what  he  intended,  in 
 cafe  his  affairs  had  been  more 
 profperous,  andhimfelf  in  bet- 
 ter Circumftances.  The  Sum 
 in  our  Engli/Jj  Money  amounts 
 to  above  feven  hundred  milli- 
 ons of  Pounds,  fterling ;  that 
 is,  to  near  as  much  as  the  fo- 
 lid  content  of  the  whole  Tem- 
 ple and  Porch  withal],  had  it 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament. 
 
 z-5 
 
 Ezraij.  Now  the fe are  the  chil- 
 dren of  the  province  that  went  up 
 out  of  the  captivity,  ofthoje  which 
 had  been  carried  mv ay, whom  Ne- 
 buchadnezzar the  king  of  Ba- 
 bylon had  carried  aivay  unto  Ba- 
 bylon ,  and  came  again  un- 
 to Jerufalem  and  Judah,  eve- 
 ryone unto  his*  city; 
 
 Which  came  with  Zerubbabel : 
 ycfjjua,  Nehemiah,  Seraiah, 
 Reelaiah,  Mordecai  ,  Bil/han, 
 Mifpar,  Bigvai,  Rehum,  Ba- 
 anah.  The  number  of  the  men 
 of  the  people  of  Ifrael. 
 
 been  all  Silver:     nay  to  more 
 
 Gold  and  Silver  than  the  whole 
 
 Earth  had  upon  it,  till  the  late 
 
 difcovery  of  the  Mines  of  A- 
 
 merica.     'Tis  in  Jofephus  but 
 
 the  tenth  part  of  this  mm,  and  Jofep    Antl* 
 
 in  the  Syrtac,  no  more  than  a 
 
 thoufandTalents  of  each  kind.  I 
 
 need  fay  no  more  to  mew  the 
 
 groffnefs   of  the  Tranfcriber's 
 
 miftake  in  this  place. 
 
 Nehemiah  vij.  My  God  put 
 into  my  heart  to  gather  together 
 the  nobles,  and  the  rulers,  and 
 the  people,  that  they  might  be 
 reckoned  by  genealogy :  and  I 
 found  a  regifler  of  the  genealogy 
 of  them  ivhich  came  up  at  the 
 firfi,  and  found  written  there- 
 in, 
 
 Thefe  are  the  children  of  the 
 province  that  went  up  out  of  the 
 captivity,  of  thofe  that  had  been 
 carried  away,  whom  Nebuchad-  • 
 nezzar  the  king  of  Babylon  had 
 carried  away,  and  came  again 
 to  Jerufalems  and  to  Judah, 
 every  one  unto  his  city; 
 
 Who  came  with  Zerubbabel : 
 Jcfljua,  Nehemiah,  Azariah, 
 Raamiah,  Nahamani,  Aforde- 
 cai,  Bilfoan,  Mifpereth,  Bigvai, 
 Nehum,  Baanah ;  the  number, 
 I  fay,  of  the  men  of  the  people 
 of  Ifrael)  was  this; 
 
 D 
 
 The 
 
z6 
 
 A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 E%KA. 
 
 The  Children  of  Parojft 
 
 of  Shephatiah 
 of  Arah         — 
 
 2I?i 
 
 37* 
 77* 
 
 of  Pahath  Moab   2812 
 
 of  Elam      —        12.54 
 
 of  Zattu      —         945 
 
 of  Zaccai      —         760 
 
 of  Bani  —      642 
 
 of  Bebai  —     623 
 
 of  Azgad       —      1222 
 
 of  Adomkam     -     66d 
 
 of  Bigvai         —     205-6 
 
 of  ^<//»  —      45-4 
 
 of  -4ttr  -         98 
 
 of  Bezai  —      32} 
 
 of  jforaA        —  1 1  r 
 
 of  Hafhum       —       222 
 
 of  Gi^^r         —         95- 
 
 of  Bethlehem     —     123 
 
 The  Men  of  Netophah         -     5-6 
 
 of  Anathoth       -.      128 
 
 The  Children  of  Azmavtth     —    42 
 
 of  Kirjatharim,&.c.  743 
 
 of  Rama,  8cc.     —  621 
 
 The  Men  of  Michmai      -     122 
 
 of  .Bef£<?/  8c c.     —    223 
 
 The  Children  of  Nebo  -         5-2 
 
 of  Magbijh         .-       i^o" 
 
 of  £/#;#  —    125-4 
 
 of  Harim  —       320 
 
 of  Lod,  Sec.         -     725- 
 
 of  Jericho         —         345- 
 
 'of  Senaah  —  3630 
 
 Tne  Priefts 
 
 The  Children  of  Jedaiah         -     973 
 
 of  Immer         —     105-2 
 
 of  Pafhur         —    .1247 
 
 of  Harim       —       1017 
 
 The  Levites 
 
 The  Children  of  Jefiua,  &c, 
 The  Singers 
 The  Children  of  Afaph         -        I2.& 
 The  Porters 
 
 The  Children  of  Shallum,  &c.       1 3  9 
 
 The  Kethinims  and  Solomon's  fervantj 
 
 39* 
 
 74 
 
 N  E  H  E  M  I  A  H. 
 
 The  Children  of  Parofh  —  2171 
 of  Shephatiah  --  374 
 of  -<4/v^  —  6f  2 
 of  Bah  nth  Moab  2818 
 of  Ii»w  —  125-4 
 of  Z«««  —  845* 
 of  Zaccai  —  760 
 of  Binnui  —  648 
 of  JBe^i  —   628 
 
 of  Azgad  -  2322 
 of  Adonikam  —  667 
 of  Bigvai  —  2067 
 of  Adiry  -_  6j j 
 of  Ater  -_        98 
 
 of  Hnjloum  —  328 
 of  Bezai  —  324 
 of  Hariph  .-  112 
 of  Gibeon  •-  95- 
 The  Men  of  Bethlehem  7 
 
 and  Netophah  $        -      x88 
 
 of  Anathoth     -      128 
 
 of  Beth-Az.mai>eth  42 
 
 of  Kirjatfyearim,  6cc.  743 
 
 of  Rama,  8cc.       621 
 
 of  Michmas     —      122 
 
 of  £«/?e/,  Sec.        123 
 
 of  .Nefo  —       5-2 
 
 The  Children  of  Z/«w.        —       125-4 
 
 of  Harim  —         320 
 
 of  Jericho  .-  345* 
 
 of  ZW,  &c.         --  721 
 
 of  Senaah      •-       3930 
 
 The  Pf  iefts 
 
 The  Children  of  Jedaiah       -       973 
 
 of  lmmer         —       105-2 
 
 of  Pa/bur         —      1247 
 
 of  Harim        —       10I7 
 
 The  Levites 
 
 The  Children  of  Jejhua,  &c.     ~    74 
 The  Singers 
 
 The  Children  of  ^/*^>         -        148 
 The  Porters 
 
 The  Children  of  Shallum,  &c.        138 
 
 The  Netbimms  and  Stlomoyfs  fervants 
 
 39* 
 
 Un 
 
of  the  Old  Teflameut. 
 
 2-7 
 
 Uncertain  multitude  —        tfj-i 
 
 The  whole  Congregation  together  was 
 
 42360 
 
 Whereas  the  particulars  amount  to  no 
 
 more  than  29818 
 
 Deficient  therefore  in  the  particulars 
 
 125-42 
 
 Uncertain  multitude         -  $^x 
 
 The  whole  Congregation  together  was 
 
 42360 
 
 Whereas  the  particulars  amount  to  no 
 
 more  than  31089 
 
 Deficient  therefore  in  the  particulars 
 
 11271 
 
 That  thefe  are  the  very  fame  Catalogue,  is  abundantly  e- 
 vident  by  the  very  fame  beginning,  -the  fame  order  or  feries 
 of  Families,  moft  of  the  fame  numbers  in  the  particulars  5 
 and  chiefly  by  the  very  fame  Sum  of  the  whole  Congregati- 
 on in  both  the  Copies.  Yet  how  widely  different  each  of 
 them  are  from  truth,  and  from  one  another,  the  numbers  a- 
 bove  compar'd  together,  and  the  general  Sums  compar'd  with 
 the  particulars  do  abundantly  declare  ;  and  need  not  be  farther 
 infifted  on  here.  This  laft  is  fy  full  and  complicated  an  in- 
 fiance  of  abundance  of  miftakes  of  Tranfcribers  in  thefe  Hi- 
 ftorical  Books,  written  after  the  Captivity,  that  I  fhall  fearch 
 for  no  more ;  but  proceed  to  the  ftcmd  point  I  propos'd  to 
 confider,  swe.  What  have  been  the  Occaiions  of  fo  many  mi- 
 stakes in  thefe  Books,  or,  How  it  has  come  to  pafs  that  the 
 Hiftorical  Books  after  the  Captivity,  and  no  others,  havefo 
 many  miftaken  Names  and  Numbers  in  them.  Now  I  think 
 in  this  cafe,  the  Reafon  is  pretty  Obvious.  All  the  former 
 Sacred  Books  were  not  only  written  and  publifh'd,  but  tran- 
 fcrib'd  and  fpread  abroad,  while  there  was  a  fuccellion  of 
 Prophets  a^mong  the  Jews;  who  had  all  along  fufhcient  Au- 
 thority to  review  them,  and  to  correct  the  miftakes  of  Tran- 
 fcribers. Thus  for  inftance,  Ez,ra,  Nehemiah,  Haggai,  Ze- 
 chariah  and  Malachi,  were  able  after  the  Captivity  to  review 
 the  Holy  Books ;  to  corred  the  miftakes  in  any  Copies ;  and 
 upon  any  Doubts,  to  determin  the  true  Readings.  Where- 
 by the  intire  number  of  the  Copies  of  the  former  Scriptures 
 might  be  pure  and  uncorrupt,  and  fo  the  true  Readings  a  great 
 while  convey'd  down  to  Pofterky.  But  who  muft  correct 
 the  laft  Prophets,  and  Sacred  Writers?  Their  own  Autograph* 
 were,  no  doubt,  every  one  true  and  exact.  But  they  were  no 
 more  than  (ingle  Copies ;  and  all  the  following  ones  muft  come 
 
 D  z  from 
 
23  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 from  therri,  with  the  miftakes  of  every  Tranfcriber  afterwards. 
 Becaufe  no  body  durft  pretend  to  correct  a  miftake,    tho'  it 
 were  never  fo  plain,  for  fear  of  the  Curfe  to  thofe  who  added 
 Deut.iv.2.and/o,  or  took^  aw  ay  from  the  word  of  God.     The  different  cafe 
 xij.  32.  of  the  old  Books,  and  of  thefe  laft,  is  juft  like  that  of  anyo- 
 ther  Author,  as  Horace  and  Cicero,  for  inftance  :    the  one  of 
 which,  athoufand  years  ago  had  all  his  Copies  every  where 
 review'd  and  corrected  by  the  Autographon  it  felt ;  and  the 
 other  had  only  then  its  Autographon  in  the  World.     For  cer- 
 tainly, by  that  time  the  Copies  of  each  of  them  became   e- 
 qually  numerous ;  thofe  of  the  former  deriv'd  down   by   the 
 means  of  a  great  multitude  of  exad  ones'  fo  lately  corrected, 
 would  be  much  freer  from  Errors  and  Miftakes  than  thofe  of 
 the  other,  where  ftill  the  Errors  of  every  flngle  Copy  after 
 the  Autographon  was  gone,  would  fpreadthemfelves  to  all  thofe 
 that  were  Tranfcrib'd  from  it.     Suppofe  all  the  other  Copies 
 of  this  fingle  Autographon  deriv'd  from  one,  and  that  this  one 
 had  only  ten  Errors  in  it ;  thefe  ten  will  propagate  themfelves 
 to  all  the  future  Copies   without   poffibility  of  correction. 
 And  if  every  Copyer  ftill  commitsas  many  Miftakes  afterward, 
 the  Errors  will  in  time   become  very  numerous :    while  the 
 .many  Perfect  Copies  of  the    other  will  both  prevent  the  ne- 
 ceffity  of  many  more  for  a  long  time;  and  the  difference  of 
 the  miftakes  in  the  different  Copies  taken  from  the  feveral  ex- 
 act ones,  will  help  to  correct  each  other  continually :  which 
 feems  to  me  to  be  the  very  cafe  before  us,  and  to  afford  a  ve- 
 ry probable  account  why  the  ancient  Books  of  the  Old  Te- 
 ftament  have  {o  few,  and  thofe  after  the  Captivity   fo    many 
 Errors   and  Miftakes   in  their  Copies,  which  remain  at  this 
 day, 
 
 Co  roll.  Since  there  are  fo  many  miftakes  in  Numbers  in  thefe 
 Books,  'tis  no  -wonder  that  fome  of  them  have  caus'd  difficulties 
 in  Chronology.  Before  we  come  therefore  to  the  feveral  Periods 
 of  the  Old  Teftament  Series  of  Times,  it  is  proper  to  corretl  thofe 
 apparent  inconfiftencits  of  this  kind ,  which  are.  owing  to  the  mi- 
 ftakes of  Tranfcribers  in  the  Books  before  us  :  that  Jo  we  may  not 
 afterward  be  difturbed  by  them*     Thus  Baaiha  King  of  Ifrael  is 
 
 faid 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlamcnt.  z? 
 
 faid  to  come  up  againft  Judah  in  the  thirty  fixth  year  of* tne*Chron.xvrj.i. 
 reign  of  Afa  :*  whereas  'tis-  certain  that  Baallia  dy'd  in  the  16th  i  Kingsxv.  33' 
 year  of  Afa,  ten  years  before.     Thus  alfo  Ahaziah  is  [aid  to  be 
 fourty  two  years  old  when  he  began  his  reign,    uppn  his  Fa-  2Chron.xxij.2r. 
 ther's  death:  whereas  'tis  evident  but  two  verfes  before,     that  Chap.xxj.  ult. 
 his  Father  was  no  more  than  40  when  he  dfd ;  and  no  body  will 
 imagin  the  Son  two  years  elder  than  the  Father.     But  befldes  the 
 plain  reafon  of  things,  the  Book^  of  Kings  in  the  Hebrew,     as  2Kingsviij.26. 
 well  as  this  Book^in  the  Syriac  Per  (ton  from  the  Hebrew,    con- 
 fpire  to  afure  us  that  Ahaziah  was  but  22  years  old  at  his  Fa- 
 ther s  Death,  and  the  beginning  of  his  own  Reign.     Thus    alfo 
 Jehoiachin  is  faid  to  have  been  but  eight  years  old  when  he  be-  2Chron.xxxvj , 
 gan  to  reign,  in  the  prefent  Copies  of  the  Chronicles;      where- 9. 
 as  the  Boo\of  Kings  affures  us  heivas  eighteen  :  and  this  latter  2  King,  xxiv, 
 muft  certainly  be  in  the  right ;  for  it  appears  that  at  this  time,  8- 
 heisaccus'd  of  doing  evil  in  the  fight  of  the  Lord;  and  that  in  v.  9. 
 three  months  time  afterward,  upon  his  going   into  Captivity,  hev,lS- 
 had  more  Wives  than  one ;  which  are  certain  demonfirations  that 
 the  number  in  the  Chronicles  is  corrupted  in  our  prefent  Copies. 
 Thus  alfo  even  in  the  Boolzfof  Kings,  we  find  one  miflake  in  our  a  Kings  i.  17.  ■ 
 prefent  Copies,  which  I Jhall  take  leave  to  correct  upon  this  occa- 
 fion.     Jehoram,  King  of  Ifrael,  is  faid  to  begin  hisreign  in  the 
 fecond  year  of  Jehoram,  the  fon  of  Jehofaphat,  king  of  Ju- 
 dah .     Whereas  'tis  evident  by  the  Chronology, that  Jehoram,.  King  of 
 Ifrael,  began  to  reign  long  before  Jehoram,  King  of  Judah,  e- 
 ven  in  the  eighteenth  year  of  his   Father  Jehofaphat.     And  the 
 reafon  why  1  venture  to  call  this  a  miftake  in  our  prefent  Copies, 
 even  in  a  Book^  which  generally  has  come  very  exalt   and  uncor-  $ 
 
 rupt  to  our  hands-3  is  riot  only  becaufe  the  fame  Bool^  in  another 
 place  afcrtbes  the  beginning  of  Jehoram  of  IfraelV  Reign,  to  the  2K_inesiji,  E4 , 
 eighteenth  of  Jehofaphat;  but  alfo  becaufe  the  LXXII  in  one  of 
 their  befi  Copies  do  fo,  even  in  the  place  before  us  ;  and  thereby 
 give  us  jufi  occajion  to  conclude,  that  fo  it  was  alfo  in  that  He- 
 brew Copy  from  which  they  made  their  Tranflation.  Thefe  diffi- 
 culties therefore  are  not  to  be  accounted  for,  as  if  they  were 
 really  truths ;  but  corrected,  as  the  evident  miftahes  of  Tranfcri- 
 bers  only. 
 
 D  z  V.  Th? 
 
3  o  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 V.  The  intirefum  of  years  from  the  Creation  till  the 
 Chriilian  zyEra>  is  not  concern'd  in  the  greateft 
 number  of  the  Chronological  difficulties  of  the 
 Old  Teftament. 
 
 'Tis   evident   that   moit  of  the  difputes  about  the  Chro- 
 nology ofe  the  Old  Teftament,  arife  from  the  particulars   of 
 three  of  its   moft  famous  Periods,  viz,,  i.  From  the   Ingrefs 
 to  the  Exodus  out  of  zsEgypt.     z.  From  the  Exodus   to    the 
 foundation  of  Solomon's  Temple.     3.  From  the  foundation  of 
 the  Temple  till  the  Captivity.     And  itmuftbeown'd  that  the 
 difficulties  under  thefe  Periods  have  been  fo  many,  andfocon- 
 fiderable ;    that  if  the  intire  fum  of  years  were  alone  to   be 
 drawn  from  their  Solution,  we  muft  have  rernain'd  very  un- 
 certain as  to  the  exact  number  of  years  thro'  the   Hiftory  of 
 the  Old  Teftament.     But  in  this  cafe  it  has  pleas'd  the  Di- 
 vine Providence  moft  feafonabiy  and  happily  to  prevent  the 
 ill  confequences  of  any  miftalves,  *nd  to  fecure  the  intire  fums 
 to  us  by  exprefs  and  exad  numbers  ,•  even  where  feveral  of  the 
 lefTer  fubdivifions  will  ftill  be  liable  to  Doubts  and  Exceptions ; 
 and  this  by  three  exprefs  Texts  of  Scripture  accommodated  to 
 thefe  three  Intervals  refpe&ively.     Thus  the  firfi  of  thefe  Pe- 
 riods, from  Abrahams  departure  out  of  HaraniAl  the  Exodus 
 out  of  Egypt,  is  punctually  430  years  in  the  Text  following. 
 V  ■  d    ii  so    Now  the  fojourning  of  the  [children  oflfrael,  -who  dwelt   in  E- 
 ii.gypt,  was  430  years.    And  it  came  to  pa/sat  the  end  of  the  430 
 years,  even  the  /elf  fame  day  it  came  to  pafs  that  all  the  Hofls 
 ef  the  Lord  went  out  from  the  land  of  Egypt.     Thus  the  fecond 
 Period,  from  the  Exodus  till  the  foundation  of  Solomon's  Tem- 
 *Kingvj.  1.     pie,  is  exactly  480  years  current,  in  the  Text  following.     It 
 came  to  pafs  in  the  q.$oth  year  after  the  children  of  Ifr'ael  came 
 out  of  the  land  of  £gypt,  in  the  fourth  year  of  Solomon  s  reign 
 over  Ifrael,  in  the  month  Zif,    which  is  the  fecond  month,    that 
 he  began  to  build  the  houfe  of  the  Lord.     Thus  alfo   the  main 
 part  of  the  third  Period,  from  the  beginningof  the  Idolatry  of 
 Jeroboam,  till  the  laft  Captivity  of  the  Relics  of  the  ten  Tribes 
 ID  the  z\d  year  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  is  exprcfly  390  years  in 
 
 that 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament. 
 
 that  Hiflorical  Prophecy  of  Ez,el^iel  following.  Lie  thou  upon  Ezek.  iv.  4,  f 
 thy  left  fide,  and  lay  the  iniquity  of  the  houfe  of  Ifrael  upon  it ; 
 according  to  the  number  of  the  days  that  thou  fijalt  lie  upon  it > 
 thou  /halt  bear  their  iniquity.  For  I  have  laid  upon  thee  the 
 years  of  their  iniquity,  according  to  the  number  of  the  days,  390 
 days  ;  fo  JJjalt  thou  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  houfe  of  Ifrael.  And 
 accordingly  thefe  remarkable  Texts  of  Scripture  are  to  be  e- 
 fceem'd  the  great  Meafures  and  Standards  of  the  Chronology 
 of  tkefe  Periods. 
 
 VI.  Abraham  was  born  when  his  Father  Terah  was 
 130  years  of  age. 
 
 This  appears  from  the  plain  words  of  Adofes,  and  is  con^ 
 firm'd  by  the  fuffrage  of  Sr.  Stephen.  The  former  declaring, 
 that  when  Terah  dy'd  in  Flaran  he  was  Z05  years  old ;  and 
 that  Abraham  departing  thence  immediately  thereupon,  was 
 75  years  old  alfo;  whence  by  fubtracting  75  from  105,  we 
 have  the  age  of  Terah,  at  the  birth  of  Abraham,  150.  The 
 latter  teeming  us  againft  the  only  poffible  evalion,z'/.c.that7>r^^,s 
 death  might  have  happen'd  after  Abrahams  departure  out  of 
 Haran,  tho'  by  a  prolepjis  it  be  recorded  before  it  ;  by  aifu- 
 ring  us  that  Abrahams  departure  was  not  till  his  Father  was 
 dead.  The  words  of  them  both  are  thefe.  The  days  of  Terah  Gzn.ii.uli. 
 were  205  years,  and  Terah  dy'd  in  Haran ;  and  the  Lord  faid™1^1  xiJ-  '-4- 
 unto  Abraham,  Get  thee  out  of  thy  countrey,  &c.  So  Abraham 
 departedy  as  the  Lord  had fpoken  unto  him',  and  Lot  went  with 
 him  z  and  Abraham  was  7  5  years  old  when  he  departed  out  of 
 Haran.  Thus  Alofes.  St.  Stephens  words  are  the  fc,Then  came  Aft.  vij.4. . 
 Abraham  out  of  the  land  of  the  Chaldeans,  and  dwelt  in  Charran  ; 
 and  from  thence,  when  his  Father  was  dead,  he  removed  him  in- 
 to this  land  wherein  ye  now  dwell.  This  reafoning  is  fo  plain 
 and  evident  at.  firft  fight,  that  one  may  juftly  wonder  how  a- 
 ny  Difpute  could  ever.arife  about  it.  But  becaufe  this  is  one 
 of  the  moll  material  points  thatisftill  in  queftion  with  many 
 excellent  Chronologers ;  and  becaufe  two  famous  Objections 
 are  rais'd  againft  it  :  I  lhall  here  confider  them  both  particu- 
 larly. The  firft  is  this.  Tisfaid  before  by  Mofes,  that  Te-  G™-  xj.  26 
 rah  lived,  'jo  years,  and  begat  Abraham,  Nahor  and  Haran . 
 Whence  it  has  been  commonly  imagin'd   that  Abraham  was 
 
 the 
 
^2.  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 the  firft-born  of  thofe  three  Sons  of  Terah,  and  born  when 
 Terah  was  70  years  old.  Now  in  anfwer  to  this  I  lliall  firft 
 (hew  from  an  exactly  parallel  inftance,  that  the  priority  of  A- 
 braham's  name  do's  not  imply  that  he  was  the  eldeft  Son.  I 
 mail  fecondly  ihew,  that  not  Abraham,  but  Haran  was  the  eldeft 
 Brother;  and  fo  born  when  Terah  was  70  years  old.  And 
 laflly  I  (hall  (hew  for  what  reafons  Abraham  is  here  firft  nam- 
 ed, tho'  he  were  not  the  eldeft  Son.  1.  As  it  is  here  faid 
 that  Terah  was  70  years  old,  and  begat  Abraham,  Nahor  and 
 Haran :  So  is  it  faid  by  the  fame  Author  before  the  Deluge, 
 'Gen.v.ult.  tnat  Noah  was  500  years  old,  and  begat  Sem,  Ham  and  Ja- 
 phet.  If  therefore  it  may  appear,  that  in  this  other  cafe,  Sem, 
 who  is  firft  mention'd.,  was  not  the  eldeft  of  the  three  Sons 
 of  Noah ;  it  will  be  highly  probable,  that  neither  in  the  pre- 
 fent  cafe  do's  the  priority  of  his  name  oblige  us  to  efteem 
 Abraham  the  eldeft  of  the  three  Sons  of  Terah.  Now  that 
 Sem  was  not  the  eldeft  of  the  three  Sons  of  Noah,  but  Ja- 
 phet,  is  not  only  Jomewhat  probable  by  the  order  of  each  of 
 Gen.x.  their  pofterity  in  Genejis,  and  the  Chronicles,  where  Japhet  is 
 
 1  Chr. j.  fet    the   lirft  ;     and  by  the  beft  rendring   of    the    Hebrew 
 
 Gcn.x.  21.       words     concerning     them    in     Genejis  ,     where     'Japhet     is 
 ftil'd  the  eldeft  Brother;    but  evident  by  the   exprefs  Chrono- 
 logy of  Mofes  before  and  after  the  Deluge,  compar'd  together  : 
 which  ought  to  determin  us  in  the  prefect  cafe.     Noahwasjuft 
 500   years  old  whec  the  eldeft   of  his   three  Childreo  were 
 born,  as  we  are  afllir'd  by  that  Text  we  are  now  upon.     But 
 Gen.>j.  10.     Sem  was  not  born  till  Noahwas  502  yearsold.     Fortwo  years 
 with  vij.    it  ajFter  the  Flood,  when  Noah  was  602  years  old,  Sem  was  but 
 vhj.  1.3.    'a  bare  100,  viz,,  at  the  birth  of  his  Son  Arphaxad:  as  is  plain 
 from  a  comparifon  of  the  Texts  hereto  relating.     So  that  fince 
 Japhet,  who  is  laft  -mention'd.,    and  not  Sem,    who   is  firft, 
 was  certainly  the  eldeft  of  the  three  Sons  of  Noah  ;     'tis  e- 
 vident,  that  in  this  exactly  parallel  place,  not  Abraham    who  is 
 firft  mention'd,    but  Haran  who  is  loft,  may  probably  enough 
 be  the  eldeft  of  the  three  Sons  of  Terah.     I  mall  now   (hew 
 ftecovdly,  that  Haran,  who  is   laft   nam'd,    not  only  probably 
 might  be,  but  artainly  was  elder  than   Abraham ,   and   in  all 
 probability,  than  Nahor  alfo.     Haran  was  undoubtedly  the  Fa- 
 ther 
 
of  the  Old  Teflameut.  3  3 
 
 ther-in-Law  of  JSfahor;  and,  as  is  generally  believ'd,  of  Abra-  Gen.  xj.  z§. 
 ham  alfo.     For  Sarai  is  fuppos'd  to  be  the  fame  with  Ifcah, 
 the  Daughter  of  Haran  (and  how  ihe  could  otherwife  be  ftil'd 
 Abraham  s  fifler,  the  daughter  [or  grand-daughter] of  his  father, Chzp.xx.  n. 
 is  hard  to  conceive.)     The  firfi  of  which  Obfervations  makes 
 it  probable  that  Haran  was  elder  than  Nahor,  to  whom  he  gave 
 his  Daughter  in  Marriage ;   and  the  lattery   if  it  be  allow'd, 
 makes  it  certain  that  Haran  was  elder  than  Abraham -,    fince 
 his  Daughter  Sarah,  Abraham's  Wife,  was  but  ten  years  youn-  Chap.  xvij.  17: 
 ger  than  her  Husband.     But  befides,  Haran  was  certainly  el- 
 der than  Abraham,  which  is  the  main  point  we  are  concern'd  . 
 to  prove,  becaufe  Lot,  the   Soa   of  Haran,  appears    to    have 
 been  nearly  as  old  as  Abraham.     For  about  the  fame  time  that 
 Abraham  begat  Ifaac,  at  the  age  of  100,    (which,  confider- 
 ing  the  length  of  Human  Life  then,  was  but  the  beginning 
 of  old  Age)  Lot ,     the  Son  of  Haran,   is  ftil'd   Old  by  his 
 Daughters  alfo ;   [Our  father  is  old,  and  there  is  not  a  man  /'»chap.  xix.  \\l 
 the  earth  to  come  in  unto  us,  after  the  ?nanner  of  all  the  earth ; 
 fay  they  one  to  another.]     And  to  this  agrees  verjr  well  alfo 
 the  time  of  Harass  death,  which  happen'din'LVof  the  CW- chap.  xj.  i& 
 dees,  before  the  removal  of  his  Father  and  Brethren  from 
 thence,  and  therefore  before  Abraham  was  7  5   years  of  age. 
 Now  he  that  confiders  that  we  have  no  inftances  of  any  body 
 dying  young,   till  long  after  this  time,  will  hence  alfo  very  vid.  #y^k 
 eafily  conclude  that  not  Abraham,  but  Haran  was  the  eldeft  VHI.prius. 
 of  the  three  Sons  of  Terah,  and  born  when   his  Father   was 
 no  more  than  70  years  old.     I  fhall  now,  thirdly,    fhew  why 
 Abraham,  a  younger  Son  is  nam'd  flrft  in  the  Text  before  us. 
 Now  the  reafons  of  this  Precedence,   I  take   to  be  the  very 
 fame  as  of  the  like  Precedence  of  Sem  in  the  parallel  place,  and 
 to  be  thefe  two.     1.     Tie  dignity  of  his  Perfon.      2.  The 
 continuation  of  the  Chronology  by  him  afterwards.     1 .  The 
 dignity  of  the  Perfon  of  Abraham,   the  Friend  of  God,   and 
 Father  of  the  Faithful:  and  the  dignity  of  Sem,  the  Progeni- 
 tor of  Abraham,  the  Father  of  all  the  children  of  Ebtr,  and  of  Gen.x.ar, 
 the  Holy  Seed  and  Church  of  God,  are  fufficient  reafons  for 
 that  priority  of  Order,  in  which  they  are  nam'd.     Thus  Ifaac  Chap.xxv.  9. 
 and  IJJjmael,  the  Sons  of  Abraham,  Jacob  and  Efau,  the  Sons  chap.xxviij./. 
 
 E  of 
 
34 
 
 A  Jhort  <view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Micah  vj.  4.   of  Jfaac,    Mofes,  Aaron  and  Aliriam,  the  Children  of  Am- 
 ram,  are  fo  far  from  being  constantly  nam'd  in  Scripture  ac- 
 cording to  the  order  of  their  Birth,     that  they  are  gene- 
 rally fet  in  a  quite  contrary  method,  and  only  in  the  order 
 of  their  refpe&ive  Dignity.     2.  The  continuation    of    the 
 Chronological  Series  of  years  by  Abraham,  and  not  by  Na- 
 hor  or  Haran  here,  as  well  as  the  like   continuation  of  the 
 Chronological  Series  before  the  Flood  by  Sem,  and  not  by 
 Japhet  afterwards,  is  another,  and  perhaps  the  more  proper  oc- 
 casion of  their  being  named  firffc  in  thefe  places.     And  indeed 
 'tis  very  obfervable  in  both  thefe  parallel  cafes,. that  the  Sacred 
 Hiftorian  feems  on  purpofe  to  give  us  a  hint  of  the  alteration  of 
 the  Chronological  Series  at  each  of  thefe  Epochal,  that  we  might 
 in  each  Text  look  for  a  new  Period  of  Time  afterwards.  Thus 
 Gen.  v.  from  Adam  to  Noah,  the   Chronology  is    all  along  deriv'd 
 down  by  the  year  of  each  Patriarch  when  he  begat  his  Son : 
 to  which  is  conflantly  added,  how  many  years  that  Patriarch 
 liv*d  afterwards ;  and  then  after  all,  the  whole  number  of  the 
 y.  M>/«  years  of  the  life  of  fuch  Patriarch  is  fumm'd  up  together,  e.g.  A- 
 dam  livd  130  years,  and  begat  Seth.     And  the  days  of  Adam 
 after  he  had  begotten  Seth,    -were  800  years,   and  he  begat  fons 
 and  daughters.     And  all  the  days  that  Adam  lived  were  930 
 years,  and  he  died.     This  is  the  conftant  method  of  the  firfi 
 Period 'of  the  Sacred  Chronology,  till  the  days  of  Noah.  But 
 then  to  direct  our  Inquiries  elfewhere  for  its  continuation, 
 the  method  is  alter'd ;  and  inftead  of  telling  us  in  what  year 
 of  his  age  Noah  begat  Sem,  inftead  of  recounting  how  many 
 years  Noah  liv'd  afterwards,  and  then  of  fumming  up  all  his 
 years  together,  as  was  conftantly  done  before,  the  Sacred  Hi- 
 ftorian only  tells  us  the  name  of  that  Son  of  Noah,  by  which 
 the  Chronology  would  afterward   be  continu'd ;   and  of  the 
 other  Sons  who  furviv'd  the  Deluge,  with  the  year  of  Noahs 
 life,  when  the  eldeft  of  them  was  born,  without  any  regard 
 V.  3*-  to  the  feniority  of  Birth  in  the  placing  of  them.    Noah  was 
 500  years  old,  and  Noah  begat  Sem,  Ham  and  Japhet*     Where- 
 by we  are  plainly  referr'd  to  another  place  for  the  continua- 
 tion of  the  Chronology,  which  is  here  broken  off  abruptly, 
 Which  Obfervation  falls  true  accordingly  afterward  5  for  when 
 
 the 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament.  3  5 
 
 the  Chronology  for  another  Period  was  to  be  continu'd  after 
 the  Flood,  and  that  by  Genealogies,  as  before ,  yet  'tis  not 
 dated  from  the  year  wherein  Noah  begat  Sem,  but  the  two 
 years  after  the  flood  when  Sem  begat  Arphaxad.  In  like  man- Gen.xj.  i* 
 ner,  the  Genealogy  after  the  Flood,  by  which  the  Chronolo- 
 gy is  deduc'd,  contains  the  age  of  each  Patriarch  when  he 
 begat  his  Son,  and  the  number  of  years  each  Patriarch  fur- 
 viv'd  afterward,  without  the  fum  of  all  the  years  together; 
 and  this  in  a  conftant  Series  from  Sem  till  Terah,  the  Father 
 of  Abraham,  e.  g.  Sem  was  100 years  old  and  begat  Arphax-  y.  ie,  1 1. 
 ad,  and  Sem  lived  after  he  begat  Arphax  ad  500  years,  and  be- 
 gat forts  and  daughters.  And  this  is  the  conftant  method  of 
 the  fecond  Period  of  the  Sacred  Chronology  till  the  days  of 
 Terah.  But  then  to  give  us  a  hint,  as  before,  of  a  new  E- 
 pocha,  and  a  new  method  ibr  the  continuation  of  the  Chro- 
 nology; the  Sacred  Hiftory  inftead  of  telling  us  the  year  in 
 which  Terah  begat  Abraham,  and  inftead  of  recounting  how 
 many  years  he  liv'd  afterwards,  as  was  done  all  along  this  Pe- 
 riod hitherto ,  it  only  tells  us  that  Terah  had  three  Children 
 after  he  was  70  years  of  age  ,  and  names  him  firft  by 
 whom  the  Chronology  was  to  be  continu'd.  Terah  lived  70  Vt  ltf. 
 years,  and  begat  Abraham,  Nahor  and  Haran.  Whereby  we 
 are  again  plainly  referr'd  to  another  place  for  the  continuation 
 of  the  Chronology,  which  here,  as  well  as  in  the  cafe  of  Noah 
 and  his  Sons,  is  alfo  broken  offabruptly.  And  this  Obfervation 
 falls  true  accordingly  afterward.  For  when  the  Chronology  for 
 another  Period  was  to  be  continu'd,  and  connected  with  the  fore- 
 going, it  is  not  done,  as  hitherto,  by  the  age  ofTerah  when  he 
 begat  Abraham,  but  by  his  age  when  he  dy'd,  or  by  the  whole 
 fum  of  his  years  together;  (  a  thing  on  purpofe  omitted  ever  fihee 
 the  Deluge  to  this  time)  andfo  connects  the  205  years  of  Terah 
 when  he  dy'd,  with  the  7  5  years  of  the  age  of  Abraham  at  the  fame 
 time,  when  he  departed  out  of  Haran  :  that  thence  we  might  at 
 once  collect  what  age  Terah  was  of  when  he  begat  Abraham, 
 and  whence  the  next  Chronological  Period  was  to  commence. 
 All  which  correfponding  Circumftances  in  thefe  two  parallel 
 cafes  are  very  obfervable,  and  do  mutually  give  light  to  each 
 other,  and  to  the  Chronology  of  thefe  ancient  times, 
 
 E  z  The 
 
3  6  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 The  other  Objection  againft  our  affixing  the  birth  of  A- 
 braham  to  the  i^oth  year  of  Terah,  is  taken  from  the  im- 
 probability of  Terah's  having  a  Son  fo.  late,  as  130  years  of 
 age  1  efpecially  fince  fo  fmall  a  time  afterward,  as  the  Promife  of 
 1 faac •)  Abraham  zndSarah  appear  fo  much  furpriz'd  at  the  thoughts 
 of  their  having  IfTue  at  the  ages  the  one  of  100  years,  and  the 
 
 £en.xvij.  17-  other  of  <?o.  Then  Abraham  fell  upon  his  face  and  laughed, 
 and  [aid  in  his  hearty  pall  a  child  be  bom  unto  him  that  is  an 
 hundred  years  old  ?     and  pall  Sarah  that  is  ninety  years  old  bear  .? 
 
 Chap.xviij.ia.  Therefore  Sarah  laughed  within  her  felf,  faying,  afterlamwax- 
 ed  old  pall  I  have  pleafure,  my  lord  being  old  alfo  ?    Abraham 
 
 Rom.iv.  19.     confidered  not  his  own  body,  noiv  dead,    neither  yet  the  deadnefs 
 
 Jkb.  xj.  12.  of  Sarah's  womb.  Therefore  [prang  there  even  of  one,  and  him 
 as  good  as  dead,  fa  many  as  the-  fiars  of  the  sky  in  multitude. 
 Now  as  to  this  Objection,  it  cannot  be  of  very  great  force 
 in  the  cafe  of  Terah;  for  fince  he  liv'd  205  years,  it  can  ne- 
 ver be  unfutable  to  fuppofehim  to  beget  a  Son  at  130.  'Tisno 
 more  ftrange  than  that  Men  now*  who  can  hardly  expect  to 
 reach  8o3  beget  Children  at  50,  than  which,  nothing  is  more 
 common.  Befides,  after  this  we  find  fo  many  inftances  of 
 Mens  begetting  Children  at  as  great,  or  greater  an  age  than 
 that  of  Abraham  at  the  birth  of  Ifaac,  as  wholly  take  away 
 the  force  of  this  Objection.  To  fay  nothing  yet  of  Abra- 
 ham himfelf,  who  tho5  he  was  fo  furpriz'd  at  the  Promife 
 of  Jfaac,  had  notwithftanding,  feveral  Children  by  Keturah 
 long  afterward  :  'tis  evident  that  the  lives  of  Men  for  many 
 Generations  after  Abraham,  were  long  enough  to  admit  of 
 their  having  Iffue  at  100  years  old,  as  the  Table  of  the  ages 
 
 Mppotk.  VIII.  of  the  Poftdiluvians  will  evidently  mew.  Particularly, 
 Jacob  was   104  years  old  at  the  birth  of  Benjamin,   and  fe- 
 
 UJfer.  Chronol-  veraj  Q£  the  Progenitors  of  David  appear  to  have  had  Chil- 
 
 &?i.  ^  X° '^ren  £°mQ  a  ^tth  before,  and  fome  a  little  after  the  fame  age, 
 and  this  at  a  ftill  much  longer  diftance  from  the  days  of  A- 
 braham.  So  that  whatever  was  the  occafion  of  Abrahams 
 and  Sarah's  Surprize  it  could  not  be  caufed  by  this  con- 
 fideration,  that  they  were  abfolutely  too  old  to  have  Child- 
 ren ;  fince  nothing  was  more  common  in  thofe  days  than  to 
 have  Children  at  a  ftill  greater  age.    The   cafe  feems   to 
 
 tave 
 
of  the  Old  Tefament.  3  7 
 
 have  been  this,  Abraham  had  been  now  Marry'd  to   Sarah  a 
 great  while,  without  any   appearance  of  IfTue.     Nay,   fince 
 it  ceafed  to  be  with  Sarah  after  the  manner  of  women*,  there  was  Gen.  xvirj.  n." 
 not  the  leaft  hope  of  Children  by  her.     Befides  all  this,  Abra- 
 ham himfelf,  who  fourteen  years  before  had  IfTue  by  Hagar,  Chap.  xvj.  >& 
 found  that  he  muft  now  expect  no  more   by  any  one  elfe, 
 fince  not  only  barren  Sarah  had  never,  but  fruitful  Hagar  had 
 but  once  conceiv'd  by  him,    and  now  for  fourteen  years  to- 
 gether was  barren  alfo.     Add  to  this  the  apparent  weaknefs 
 and  infirmities  of  his  own  Conftitution,   which  now  might 
 be  daily  creeping  upon  him ;  and  which  might  in  fome  mea- 
 fure  be  occafion'd  by  the  change  of  his   Countrey,    and  his 
 wandring  toilfom  way  of  living  in  a   ftrange  Land.      By  all 
 which  he  found  himfelf  decaying,  and  his   Body  abfolutel)r 
 dead  as  to  Generation,  efpecially  with  regard  to  Sarah.     All 
 thefe  things  confider'd,  we  need  not  be  ftartl'd  at  the  furprize 
 which  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  under,  at  the  thoughts  of  the 
 birth  of  IJaae;   (for  'tis  evident  in  thefecircumftances,  that  no- 
 thing lefs  than  a  Divine  and  Miraculous  Power  could  enable 
 them  to  beget  and  bear  a  Son)    notwithstanding  others,   who 
 were  their   Contemporaries,  might  have  and  frequently  had 
 Children  at  a  much  greater  age,  as  even  Abraham  himfelf  had 
 after  his  ftrength  and  vigour  were  reftor'd,  above  40  years  af- 
 terward.  And  thisihall  fuffice    in  anfwer  to  the  prefent  Ob- 
 jection. 
 
 VII.  The  Period  of  the  430  years  foj  owning  of  the 
 Children  of  Ifrael,  is  not  to  be  confln'd  to  the 
 fpace  of  their  continuance  in  the  Land  of  Egypt. 
 only  5  but  includes  alfo  all  the  time  antecedent 
 from  the  firft  entrance  of  Abraham  into  the  Land 
 of  Canaan, 
 
 It  muft  here  be  own'd  that  the  words  of  the  original  Text 
 are  ambiguous  and  concife,  and  fo  capable  of  a  double  Inter- 
 pretation,    Now  the  fojourning  of  the  children  of  Ifrael  who  exoji  xi;    ^p; 
 fijourned,  or  which  they  fojourned  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  was  430 
 
 E  3  years. 
 
,3  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 years.     But  that  thefe  430  years  include  ail  the  fojourning  of 
 the  Ifraelites  and  their  Anccilors  in  a  firange  Land*    the  fol- 
 lowing Arguments  will  prove,     1 .  The  Paraphraftical  Tran- 
 slations of  the  Samaritan  and  Septuagint,  give  very  clear  light 
 to  this  Text,  and  mew  us  the  content  of  the  moft  ancient 
 Jews  therein.     The  fojourning  of  the  children  of  Ifrael,   which 
 they  fojourned  in  the  land  of  Egypt,  and  in  the  land  of  Canaan, 
 they  and  their  fathers,  -was  430  years.     2.    The  fmall  number 
 of  Generations  interpos'd  between  the  Entrance  into,  and  the 
 Exodus  out  of  Egypt,  are  certain  Demonftrations  that  this  In- 
 terval alone  coula  not  be  430  years,  nor  indeed  in. probabili- 
 ty more  thanjialf  that  fpace,  as  'tis  exactly  (rated  by  the  bell 
 *Exod.  vj.  20.  Chronologers.     Thus  *  Jochebed  was  the  immediate  Daughter 
 ■Num.xxvj.j-9.  of  Levi,  (who  was  50  years  old  at  the  defcent  into  Egypt,) 
 wnhujfer.       ancj  ^  immedjate  Mother  of  Mofes,   .who  was  80  years  of 
 andExod?vij*.  a§e  at  tne  Exodus  out  of  it.     Thus  b  Hebron,  one  of  thofe 
 7.  that  went  down  with  Jacob  into  Egypt,  had  a  Grand-fon  Jair, 
 
 *iChron.ij.*i.an  active  Man  about  40  years  after  the  Exodus,  as  appears 
 Num.xxxij.  Dy  fas  filing  Upon  the  villages  and  countrey  of  Bafan  at  that 
 Va.  Gen.  xLvj.  time.  Thus  a\{oc Sheerah  the  Daughter,  or  perhaps  Grand- 
 I2!  daughter  of  Ephraim,  was  alive  at  the  divifion  of  the  Land  of 
 
 c  t  Chron.  vij.  Canaan  by  Joftua,  above  40  years  after  the  Exodus.  Thus 
 J4-  a\fod  Corah,  Dathan  and  Abiram,  the  Ring-leaders  of  the   S§- 
 
 ai.Num.xv>'  dition  againft  Mofes  in  the  Wildernefs,  were  no  more  than 
 1.  andxxvj.  8.  Grand-fons  to  fome  of  thofe  Perfons  who  were  of  the  num- 
 5>.  ber  of  the  firft  Defendants  into  £gj/??.     All  which  inftances, 
 
 considering  that  the  general  Period  of  Human  Life  was  then 
 not  more  than  140  years  of  age,  is  undoubted  evidence  that 
 .  the  Interval  between  the  entrance  into,  and  the  exit  out  of 
 Egypt,    could  not  contain  this  whole  Period  of  430  years. 
 3.    This  is  ftill  farther  demonftrated  by   the   Anceftors  of 
 Mofes  himfelf,    whofe    particular  ages    are   exprefly   recor- 
 'G:n.xLvj.n.ded  in  Scripture.     Levi,  ^  his  Great-grand-father,  was  50  years 
 Excd.  vj.  16,  old  at  the  defcent  into  Egypt,    and  liv'd    but   137   years  in 
 iS,  ac.andvij.gu.     Kohath,  his  Grand-father,  liv'd    but  133  years,  and  his 
 Father  Antrum  but  137  years  ;    and   Afofes  himfelf  was   no 
 more  than  80  ycr.rs  old  at  the  Exodus,  as  we  faw  above.     So 
 'that  tho'  we  fliould  allow  every  fuccecding  Perfontobe  born 
 
 as 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament.  3  o 
 
 as  late  in  the  Father's  life  as  the  time  for  Generation  would 
 
 permit,  yet  will  there  want  a  great  many  years  of  thofe430, 
 
 of  which  this  whole  Period  do's  confifr.     4.  Which   Afler- 
 
 tion  is  ftill  farther  confirm'd  beyond  reafonable  contradiction 
 
 by  the  Interpretation  of  St.  Paul,  in  his  Epiftle  to  the  Ga- 
 
 latians,  where  he  reckons  thefe  430  years  from  afolemnpro- 
 
 mife  of  the  Meffias,  the  Seed  of  Abraham,  in  whom   all  the 
 
 families  of  the  earth  pould  be  blejfed,  till  the  giving  of  the  Law, 
 
 juft  after  the  Exodus  out  of  Egypt.     This  I  fay,   that  the  c0-Gal.iij.17.. 
 
 venant  which  was  confirmed  before  of  God  in  Chrifi,  the  Law, 
 
 which  was  430  years  after,  cannot  difanul,  that  it  Jhould  make 
 
 the  promife  of  none  ejfett.     Now  God  frequently  made   this 
 
 Promife  of  the  Meffias  to  Abraham,  snd  that  originally  at  his 
 
 departure  out  of  Haran.     But  that  any  fuch  Promife  was  made  Gen. »;.?." 
 
 to  Jacob  at  his  defcent  into  Egypt,    whence  we   might  date 
 
 thefe  430  years  in  St.  Paul,  there  is  not  the  leaft  evidence  or 
 
 probability  in  the  World.     And  therefore  the  great  Period 
 
 before  us  could  not  commence  from  the  defcent  of  Jacob -into 
 
 Egypt,  but  mult  take  its  rife  from  the  fojourning  of  Abraham 
 
 in  the  land  of  Canaan  long  before. 
 
 VIII.  The  fame  430  years  commence  exactly  when 
 Abraham  was  7^  years  old,  and  departed  out  of 
 Haran. 
 
 Some  Chronologers  who  are  convinced  by  the  foregoing  Ar- 
 guments that  thefe  430  years  take  their  date  from  the  days 
 of  Abraham,  are  yet  willing  to  fix  the  Epocha  of  them  up- 
 on fome  other  year  than  that  we  have  alfign'd.     Againft  whom 
 we  mall  prove  that  it  could  be  in  no  other  year,  by  the  Argu- 
 ments following.     1.  This  year  of  the  life  of  Abraham,  and 
 this  alone  is  connected  with  the  death   of  his  Father  Terah,Gtft.x\.u\t*. 
 at  205  years  of  age,  agreeably  to  the  way  of  continuing    the  withxij.4,. 
 Chronological  Series  in  the  facred  Hiftory.     We  were  before 
 told  that  Terah  was  70  years  old  when  he  begat  Haran  s     as  Chap.xj.  %&> 
 we  have  feen ;  but  we  were  not  told  how  old   he   was  when 
 he  begat  Abraham,  on  which  yet  the  feries  of  Chronology 
 was  to  depend*    This  was   referv'd  for  another  place  hereaf- 
 ter : 
 
40  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 ter  :  and  accordingly  when  Terah  dy'd  at  205,  we  are  inform'd 
 that  Abraham  was  then  75  years  old,  for  the  connexion  of  the 
 former  feries  of  years  to  the  age   of  Abraham ;   and  that  at 
 the  fame  time  he  departed  out  of  Haran  into  Canaan,  or  be- 
 gan to  fojourn  in  a  ftrange  land,  for  the  date  of  the  next  fuc- 
 ceeding  Period.     Whereas  the  70th  year  of 'Abraham ,  which  is 
 the  only  one  befides  that  can  with  any  reafon  be  pretended  to 
 be  the  date  of  this  Period,  is  not  fo  much  as  once  mention'dm. 
 the  whole  Hiftory  of  his  life   in   the  Book  of  Genejis.     A 
 very  ftrange  thing  this!  That  the  famous  promife  of  the  Mef- 
 Jias ,  from  which  St.  Paul  dates  thefe  430  years,    and  the 
 beginning  of  Abraham's  fojourning  in  a  ftrange  Land,  a  thing 
 of  no  fmall  importance  in  it  felf,  and  the  Epocha  of  a  famous 
 Period,    lliould  belong  to  a  year  of  the  life  of  Abrahamy 
 which  was  wholly  paft  over  in  filence  in  the  Sacred  Hiftory  ! 
 2.  'Tis  generally  granted  that  this  Period  takes  its  date  from 
 the  primary  fojourning  of  the  Progenitors  of  the  Children  of 
 Exod.x1j.40.   jfraei  in  a  ftrange  land,  as  the  words  themfelves  of  the  prin- 
 cipal Text  hereto  relating  do  imply;    and  therefore  it  mull: 
 .    take  date,  not  from  the  departure  of  Terah  and  Abraham  from 
 Vr  to  Haran  ;  but  from  Abraham's  departure  from  Haran  to 
 Canaan  (if  indeed  there  were  any  confiderable  fpace  between 
 thofe  two  journeys.)     For  as  to  Haran,  it  was  fo  far  from  being 
 A&.vij.  i.U/"-  z  ft  range  land  to  Abraham,  that  it  was  in  the  fame  Country  of 
 fir.  Chronol.    ^j^^  wjth  yr  lt  felf ;     it  was  the  habitation  of  his 
 '^'  Brother  Nahor,  and  his  Pofterity,  and  that  in  all  probability  be- 
 
 fore Abrahams  removing  from  Vr ;  and  is  accordingly  ftil'd  ex- 
 <}en.xxi\r.  10.  pretty  the  city  of  JVahor.  It  is  call'd  by  Abraham  himfelf  his  own 
 v-*'  Country,  in  fo  many  words.     And  his  Son  Ifaac,  as  well  as 
 Cha^xxiv^and  ys  Grandfon   Jacob,  were  particularly  obliged  afterwards  to 
 'apply  themfelves  thither  for  Wives,  as  to  their  own  Country 
 and  Kindred.     And  all  along  in  Scripture  'tis  not  Mefopota- 
 cl,'aP-xxvll>4-  mia  but  Canaan,  that  is  ftil'd  the  Country  of  their  fojourn- 
 andxxxvi'j. \Jn&  an<^  &  ftrange  land,  and  in  which  Abraham  and  his  Pofte- 
 Exod.vj.4.     rity  for  a  long  time  are  fo  often  faid  to  be  ft  rangers  and  pil- 
 Hcb.xj.9.13.  grims,  till  it  was  given  them  for  a  PofTeflion  afterwards.  Nay 
 Gen.xj.uk.       tls  evident  from  the  feries  of  the  Mofaic  Hiftory,    that  this 
 witixij.  i,  6cc.  command  concerning  his  leaving  his  country,  his  kindred,  and 
 
 hif 
 
of  the  Old  Te (lament.  41 
 
 his  father  s  hmfe,  was  either  originally  given,  or  at  leafl:  fo- 
 lemnly  renew'd,  at  the  very  fame  time  that  he  was  in  Haran. 
 So  that  in  truth,  thofe  who  begin  the  fojourning  of  Abraham 
 in  a  Jirange  land  before  his  departure  out  of  Haran  into  Ca- 
 naan, do  plainly  contradict  the  conftant  phrafe  of  the  Sa- 
 cred Writers  ,  accounting  him  to  have  already  left  his  own 
 countrey,  and  his  kindred,  and  his  fathers  houfe ;  nay,  and  to 
 have  been  a  firanger  and  fojourner  in  a  foreign  land ;  while  the 
 Scripture  aflures  us  he  was  then  in  his  own  countrey ,  among  his 
 own  kindred,  in  his  father's  houfe,  and  flood  in  need  of  a  Di- 
 vine Revelation  to  remove  from  them  all  into  the  Land  of  Ca- 
 naan. 3.  This  Propofition  is  exceedingly  confirm'd  alfo  by 
 that  remarkable  Text  in  St.  Paul,  quoted  before,  wherein  the  Gal. iij»  17. 
 date  of  thefe  430  years  is  exactly  fix'd  in  a  folemn  promife 
 of  thcAfefiias,  or  the  Covenant  confirm* din  Chrift  to  Abraham . 
 Now  fince  'tis  certain  that  the  original  Promife  of  this  kind 
 was  made  to  Abraham  that  in  him,  or  in  his  Seed  all  the  fami-  Gen.xij.  3,4. 
 lies  of  the  earth  jloould  be  blejfed,  when  he  was  75  years  old, 
 at  his  departure  out  of  Haran,  and  that  there  is  not  theleaft 
 colour  for  any  antecedent  mention  of  that  promife  :  'tis  evident 
 by  St.  Paul's  computation  that  this  year,  and  no  other  is  the  date 
 of  this  famous  Period. 
 
 Corollary.  Since  Ikzc  was  born  25  years  after  Abraham'*  ^-chap.xxj.jO 
 parture  out  of  Haran,  and  Jince  from  thence  therefore  to  the  de- 
 liverance out  of  Egypt,  was  at  the  utmofi  no  more   than  405 
 years ;     'tis  no  wonder  if  in  a  place  where  the  Chronology  is  not 
 deliverd  nor  concern  d,  that  fpace  befiated  by  a  round  number  at 
 400  years,  as  it  is  in  the  promife  which  God  made  to  Abraham 
 of  a  Son,  Know  of  a  furety  that  thy  feed  fhall  be  a  ftranger  chap.xv.  13. 
 in  a  land  that  is  not  theirs,     and  fhall  ferve  them,  and  they 
 fhall  afflict  them  400  years.     This  ufi  of  round  and  even  num- 
 bers, efpecially  when  they  are  large  alfo,  upon  occajions  where  there 
 is  no  greater  accuracy  requird,  as  has  been  already  obfervd,    is  Hypoth.  VII. 
 very  common  with  all  Writers,  and  fo  not  to  be  wondred  at  in 
 the  Sacred  ones. 
 
 F  IX.  The 
 
4i  A  Jhort  mew  of  the  Chronology 
 
 IX.  The  fpace  between  the  Exodus  out  of  Egypt* 
 and  the  Foundation  of  Solomon's  Temple  was  480 
 years  current. 
 
 iKinssvi.  1.        This,  as  we  have  already  feen  is  exprefs  Scripture.     It  came 
 ^^     '        to  pafs  in  the  q%oth  year  after  the  children  of  Ifrael  were  come 
 oat  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  in  the  fourth  year  of  Solomon's  reign 
 over  Ifrael,  in  the  month  Zif,  which  is  the  fecond  month,    that 
 he  began  to  build  the  houfe  of  the  Lord.     The  LXXII  in  this  place* 
 by  what  ftrangemiftake  Iknow  not,  inftead  of  480  have  only 
 440  years,  which  is  univerfally  own'd  to   be   utterly   falfe, 
 the  difficulty  Jying  in  the  Teeming  fmallnefs   of  the  number, 
 even  in  the  Original.     But  all  the  other  ancient  Verfions  per- 
 fectly agree  in  the  fame  number;    fo  that  Sir  John  Afarftam, 
 a  moil  Judicious  and  Learned  Chronologer,  might  very  juftly 
 Marfmnti        fay,  in  fo  clear  a  cafe  as  this,  Frufira  font  qui  contra  tarn  ex- 
 Chron.  />.  2-91-  preffa  contend 'u nt.     They  that  attempt  to  enlarge  a  Period  fo  ex- 
 aclly  flated  as  this  is  here,  cannot  but  lofe  their  labour.     Andin- 
 Mypotk  VIII.   ^eec*  a  ^tt:^e  consideration  of  the  Table  of  the  decreafe  of  the 
 Period  of  Human  Life,  and  of  the  fmafl  number  of  Genera- 
 tions from  the  Exodus  till  the  death  of  David,    (which    was 
 but  about  three  years  before  the  concluiion  of  this  Interval,) 
 Ruthiv.  21,22.  Rahaby    Booz,,    Obed,    Jeffe,    David,    will    certainly  fecure  us 
 Ivlatt.i.  $■.        from  the  temptation  of  enlarging  this  Period.     Nay  as  it  is* 
 Lukeiij.31.32.  We  mould  be  a  little  fbrtled  at  the  fewnefs  of  the  Generati- 
 ons ftill,  did  not  we  know  from  Scripture  that  two,  at  leaft 
 Ruthiij.  10.     of  thefe  Fathers  were  old  Men  before  the  birth  of  their  Sons, 
 1Sam.xv1j.12.  in  tne  prefent  feries;  as  indeed  they  all  were  in  probability, 
 withxvj.  11.    or  ejjfe  we  mollicl  have  had  more  Generations  in  this  Interval 
 than  thofe  five  before-mention'd.     So  that  to  be  fure  this  Pe- 
 riod, fo  accurately  ftated  in  the  Text  before  us,  ought  by  no 
 means  to  be  lengthened  on  any  pretence  or  consideration  what- 
 fbever. 
 
 Coroll.   i.  Hence  we  learn  that  a  compleat  feries  of  Chrono- 
 Ugy  is  not  to  be  colletled  from  the  Bool^  of  Judges,     'Tis  evi- 
 dent 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament.  45 
 
 dent  that  the  feveral  particular  numbers  of  years  afcribed  to  the 
 feveral  Judges,  and  the  fucceed'mg  Kings,  together  with  thofe  be- 
 longing to  the  Intervals  of  Reft  if  they  be  interpos'd,  taken  all  fuc- 
 cejjively  one  after  another,  do  much  exceed  the  intire  number  be- 
 fore us  of  480  years.     As   therefore   in  the  Period  foregoing^ 
 where  the  exacl  total  fum  of  45  o  years  is  particularly  fet  down  ; 
 the  feveral  fubdivifions  are  not  intircly  made  up  in  Scripture,    nor 
 could  we  have  known  the  juft  duration  of  the  whole  by  the    col- 
 letlion  of  its  parts,  but  are  obliged  to  collecl  one  of  the  parts  from 
 a  comparifon  of  the  reft  with  the  whole  fum,  as  will  appear   in 
 the  Chronology  :    fo   it   is  alfo  in  the  prefent  Interval.    Where 
 the   Book^  of  Judges  do's  not  make  us  up   an   intire  feries    of 
 fucceffive  Chronology:  but  leaves  us  to    collect   the   nature   and 
 duration  of  its  fubdivifions  from  a    comparifon   of  the  particu- 
 lars therein  mention  d,  with  the  general  fum   exprefs'd  in  the 
 Text  before  us.     And  this  matter  has  been  of  late  fet   in  fo 
 €lear  a  light  by  the  above-mention  d   Sir  John  Marihamr  who 
 moft  rightly  obferv'd  that  Jome  of  the  years  of  ftavery    or    reft 
 in  one  Region,  were  collateral  to  others  in  different  quarters  of 
 the  Land;  and  that  the  Judges  were  not  univerfal  Monarchs 
 of  the  whole  People  of  Ifrael,  but  occaftonal  Deliverers  offome 
 parts  of  them  only ;  and  therefore  fometimes  Contemporaries  to 
 one  another.     This  matter,  I  fay ,  which  formerly  was  full  of 
 infuperable  Perplexities,  has  been  fet  in  fo  clear  a  light  by  that 
 wife,  and  juft,  and  happy  Obfervation,  that  'tis  become  one  of 
 the    eajieft  Branches  of  the  Sacred   Chronology,    as  will  appear 
 in  due  place  hereafter. 
 
 Coroll.  z.  Hence  we  fee  the  meaning  of  thofe  words  of  St. 
 Paul,  which  alone,  at  prefent  do  difturb  us  in  the  ftating  of 
 the  Period  before  us.  And  when  God  had  deuroy'd  feven  A&.xiij.  k. 
 Nations  in  the  land  of  Canaan,  he  divided  their  land  to  them 
 by  lot,  and  after  that  he  gave  them  Judges  about  thefpaceof 
 450  yea rs,  untill  Samuel  the  prophet.  If  the  years  of  the 
 Judges  before  Samuel  be  450,  'tis  certain  this  whole  Period 
 will  be  much  more  than  480,  contrary  to  that  exprefs  Text 
 on  which  the  prefent  Propofttion  do's  chiefly  depend.  Now  in 
 anfwer  to  this  very  material  Objetlion,  I  muft  own  it  to  be 
 my     Opinion     that    St.     Paul    in    thefe    words ,    did  not   de* 
 
 F  i  fiqn 
 
44  A  Jhort  mew  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Jitrn    to    determin    the   exalt  number,  of  years  belonging  to  the 
 Judges ,     but    only  in  general   to  fpecify  fo  many  as  were   u- 
 ftually  afcrib'd  by  the  Jews  in  his  days  to  them.     Now  'tis  e- 
 vident  from  t  JofephusV  account  of  this  Period ,    who   wrote 
 fion  after  the  time  of  St.  Paul,  that    he  s     and  in  probability , 
 the  reft  of  his  Nation  with  him,  efteemd  the  Book^  of  Judges 
 the  proper  meafture  of  this  Period  ;     that    in  their  Opinion   the 
 years  of  the  Judges  and  of  Reft,  were  alwaies  diftincl  andftuc- 
 cefftve ;  and  that  every  fum  was  to  be  ftill  added  to  the  forc~ 
 going   to    make    up    the   intire    Chronology    of    this    Interval. 
 'Tis  alfo  evident  that  St.  Paul  only   occasionally    mentions   this 
 number,     without     any    necejjity  of  exatlnefs,     and   that    al- 
 fo  as  a  note  of  inaccuracy,  he  adds  an    »s  as-it  were  450  years. 
 'Tis  moreover  evident   that    both   Names   and   Numbers   then 
 SeeLuk.iij.     commonly  receivd  are  in  the  New  Teftament,  quoted  from  the 
 36.A6t.vij.14.  LXXII,    even  where  they  were  grofty  miftaken  in  them  ;     be- 
 caufte  that  was  the  only  Bible  generally  us'd,  and  becaufe  then 
 was  no  neceffity  of  corretling  fuch  harmlefs   Errors.     'Tis   be- 
 Aft*  xiij.  x\.M*s  widen*  that  in  this  very  place  St.  Paul  afcribes  40  years 
 '  to  the  Reign  of  Saul,  from  lefts  Authority    than    the    LXXII ; 
 even  from  fome  common    Hiftory  or  Tradition  among  the  jews; 
 for  how  long  he  Reign  d  is  no  where  mention  d  in  the  Old  Te- 
 ftament.    'Tis  laftly  evident  that  the  exact   number  from    the 
 beginning  of  the  Judges  till  the  days  of  Samuel,  accounted  ac- 
 cording to  the    method   above-mention  d,  amounts  punctually    to 
 450  years,  according  to  the  Text  before  us,  as  the  Table  fal- 
 lowing will  demonftrate. 
 
 liq.1.8. 
 
 Slavery 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament. 
 
 45 
 
 years. 
 
 Slavery  under  CuJJjan    —         8. 
 
 SeeChronol. 
 
 Othniel  Judge               40. 
 
 Period  4., 
 
 Slavery  under  Eglon     18. 
 
 Ehud  Judge               80. 
 
 Slavery  under  Jabin    20. 
 
 Deborah  Judge           — -          40. 
 
 Slavery  under  the  Midianites     7. 
 
 Gideon  Judge               4a. 
 
 Abimelech  King         — —              5. 
 
 Tola  Judge              23. 
 
 J  air  Judge               22. 
 
 Slavery  under  the  Ammonites    1 8. 
 
 Jeptha  Judge             6. 
 
 Ibz^an  Judge               —             7. 
 
 Elon  Judge            » to. 
 
 Abdon  Judge               —            & 
 
 Slavery  under  the  Philifiins       40. 
 
 Samfon  Judge            20. 
 
 £t/;  Judge                40. 
 
 /><?;&  <*//'  which  confederations  I.  am  tnclind  to  thinks  that 
 St.  Paul  only  us'd  the  number  which  was  then  commonly  af> 
 crib'd  to  the  Judges,  without  any  intention  of  ftating  the 
 Chronology,  or  of  prejudicing  that  exatter  account  of  this  Pe- 
 riod which  we  have  here  taken  from  exprefs  Scripture. 
 
 X.  The  fpace  between  the  beginning  of  the  Reign 
 of  Rehoboam  King  of  Judah,  and  the  common 
 flaughter  of  Ahaziah  King  of  Judah,  and  Jeho- 
 ram  King  of  Ifrae/,  by  Jehu,  was  90  years,  and 
 about  fix  months, 
 
 F  3  The: 
 
4£  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 The  particular  nnmbers  of  years  afcrib'd  by  the  Scripture 
 to  the  Kings  of  Judah  during  this  Interval,  if  they  were  all 
 even  and  exact  years,  and  all  fucceifive,  amount  in  the  whole 
 to  95,  as  we  iliall  fee  hereafter.  But  fince  Jehoram  o£  Ju- 
 dah began  his  Reign  in  his  Father  Jehojaphat's  lifetime,  as 
 aKingsviij.  the  Sacred  Hiftory  exprefly  aflures  us,  In  the  fifth  year  of 
 16.    *"  Jehoram,  the  [on  of  Ahab  king  of  Ifrael,  Jehofaphat  being  ftill 
 
 king  of  Judah,  Jehoram  the  fon  of  Jehofbphat  king  of  Judah 
 began  to  reign  :  fince  withal  the  fame  Text  informs  us  that 
 he  began  it  about  three  years  before  his  Father's  death ;  (for 
 fo  long  before  it  did  the  fifth  of  Jehoram  of  Ifrael  fall)  and 
 fince  moreover  the  allowing  for  feveral  deficient  months  will 
 take  away  about  a  year  and  fix  months,  as  will  appear  after- 
 ward in  the  Chronology,  there  will  at  hit  remain  but  90 
 years  and  fix  months  compleat  for  this  Interval.  The  parti- 
 cular numbers  of  years  afcribed  by  the  Scripture  to  the  Kings 
 of  Ifrael,  during  this  Interval,  as  we  ihall  fee  hereafter,  amount 
 to  98,  or  allowance  being  made  for  five  deficient  months  to 
 97  and  feven  mouths ;  which  number  of  years  con  lifting  on- 
 ly of  eleven  months  each,  as  we  have  prov'd  thofe  of  Ifrael 
 did. when  redue'd  to  the  JewiJ/j  years,  which  confifted  of 'twelve 
 months  each,  will  amount  to  the  former  fum  of  90  years  and 
 fix  months,  and  fo  agrees  exactly  with  the  former  computa- 
 tion. 
 
 Coroll.  Seeing  the  Chronology  of  this  Interval  requires  but 
 me  Jingle  allowance  of  the  commencing  of  a  Sons  reign  before 
 his  Father  s  death,  and  feeing  this  Jingle  inftance  is  Jo  particular- 
 ly taken  notice  of  by  the  Sacred  Hiftory:  It  will  be  reafonable  to 
 expctl  generally  Jbme  kind  of  intimation  in  Scripture  wherever 
 a  like  accident  happens  hereafter.  JVor  ought  we  upon  every  dif- 
 ficulty to  admit  of  double  commencements  of  Reigns,  Interregna, 
 vr  the  like,  unlefs  we  find  fome  footfteps  of  them  in  the  Hifiories 
 or  Prophecies  of  thofe  times ;  which  Rule  /ball  accordingly  be  pun- 
 'hudly  obfervd  by  me  in  the  following  Chronology, 
 
 XI.  The 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament.  47 
 
 XL  The  fpace  between  the  common  beginnings  of 
 the  Reigns  of  Jehu  King  of  Ifrael,  and  of  A- 
 thaliah  Queen  of  Judah>  immediately  fucceeding 
 the  flaughters  before-mention'd,  and  the  Captivi- 
 ty of  the  ten  Tribes  by  Shalmanefar>  is  163  years 
 and  two  months. 
 
 The  particular  numbers  of  yea'  vafcrib'd  by  the  Scripture 
 to  the  Kings  of  Judah  during  this  Interval,  amount  to  165.  % 
 But  fince  the  commencements  of  two  of  the  Kings  Reigns- 
 fome  time  before  their  Fathers  death,  do  cut  off  two  years 
 from  the  feries  of  Chronology;  and  fince  the  deficient  do  an- 
 fwer  the  redundant  months  within  two,  as  will  appear  here- 
 after, the  juft  number  of  years  will  be  16$  years  two  months. 
 The  particular  numbers  of  years  afcrib'd  by  the  Scripture  to 
 the  Kings  of  Ifrael  during  this  Interval,  amount  to  no  more 
 than  143,  and  fome  odd  months.  But  becaufe  (as  will  be 
 prov'd  prefently)  Hoftea  had  an  imperfect  Dominion,  or  was 
 ftrugling  for  the  Kingdom  between  eight  and  nine  years  be- 
 fore his  complete  Dominion  began,  when  he  obtained  the  Roy- 
 al City,  and  becaufe  there  was  withal  an  Interregnum  of  full 
 twelve  years  after  the  death  of  Jeroboam  II.  (as  fhall  by 
 and  by  be  prov'd)  the  complete  Chronological  years  will  be 
 here  itfj,  and  two  months  alfo.  That  Hojlna  began  his  firft 
 imperfecl:  Reign  upon  his  murder  of  his  Predeceffor  Peka,  eight 
 or  nine  years  before  his  real  Dominion  and  the  true  date  of 
 his  Reign  in  the  Royal  City  commene'd,  is  evident  by  the  follow- 
 ing Texts  compar'd  together:  And  Hofiea  the  fin  of  Elah,  2 Kings xv. 30* 
 made  a  confpracy  againft  Peka  the  fin  of  Remaliah,  and  fmote 
 him  and  flew  him,  and  reigned  in  his  ftead  in  the  twentieth  year 
 of  Jotham  the  fin  of  Vz,z,iah,  i.  e.  the  fourth  of  Ahaz, : 
 for  Jotham  himfelf  reign'd  but  fixteen  years  in  all,  as  appears 
 three  verfis  afterward.  But  becaufe  there  had  been  yet  no 
 mention  made  of  Ahaz,'$  Reign,  therefore  the  old  Epocha  of 
 his  Predeceffor  Jotham  is  ftill  made  ufc  of.  The  other  Text 
 is  this.     In  the  twelfth  year  of  Ahaz,   kl»g  of  Judah,  began  Chap,  xvi;.  n. 
 
 Hojbea. 
 
48  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Hojbea  the  Jon  of  Elah,  to  reign  in  Samaria   over   Ifrael  nine 
 years.     That  there  was  alfo  an  Interregnum  after  the  death  of 
 Jeroboam  II.  is  probably  gather'd  from  the  deficiency  of  feve- 
 ral  years  in  this  place  ;  and  ftill  more  probably  from  the  two  very 
 fhort  Reigns  afterwards,  which  being  over  in  feven   months, 
 and  both  the  Kings  coming  to  untimely  deaths,  are   fufficient 
 Indications  of  a  very  unfetled  ftate   of  Affairs.      But  that 
 which  makes  this  Interregnum  moft  probable,  and  almoft  cer- 
 tain, is  that  Divine  Threatning  in  the  following  words  of  Ho- 
 Hofeai.  i.       fea,    who  Prophecy 'd  in   the   Reign   of   Jeroboam  II.     Now 
 (or  'ere  long)   they  pall  fay,  w-e  havenoKing,  becaufe  we  fear- 
 Chap.x.  3-        e4  nat  the  Lord.     What  then  pould  a  kmg  do  to   us  ?     Which 
 Prophetical  intimation  of  this  Interregnum  I  look  upon  as  ve- 
 ry obfervable,    and    almoft  equivalent   to  an  Hiftorical  one. 
 For  tho'  fome  parts  of  this  Prophecy  were  written  afterward, 
 yet   fince   in  the    title    of    the   Book   Jeroboam  of    Ifrael 
 is  only  nam'd,     it  cannot  be  unreafonable  to  interpret  fo  per- 
 tinent a  Text  of  the  times  immediately  fucceeding  him,  and 
 fuppofe  it  fpoken  a  little  before  his  death. 
 
 XII.  The  fpace  between  the  Captivity  of  the  ten 
 Tribes,  and  the  Conflagration  of  the  Temple, 
 was  134  years,  and  about  two  months. 
 
 This  is  the  exact  fum  of  the  years  of  the  Kings  of  Jn- 
 dah  added  together,  if  they  be  taken  with  a  few  redundant 
 months,  as  mail  be  ftated  hereafter.  And 'tis  likewife  fo  con- 
 firm'd  in  moft  cafes  by  collateral  Evidence,  as  will  appear  in 
 the  Chronology,  that  no  doubt  can  be  made  concerning  the 
 accuracy  of  this  Period. 
 
 XIII.  The  famous  70  years  Captivity  of  the  Jews 
 commenc'd  From  the  beginning  ot  the  Reign  of 
 Nebuchadnezzar  King  of  Babylon-*  in  the  fourth 
 year  of  Jehoiakim  King  of  Judah. 
 
 The  Rea'fons  of  this   Propofition   ar:  thefe  which  follow, 
 s.This  firft  Captivity  under  Jehoiakiw  was  the  main  and  prin- 
 cipal 
 
of  the  Old  Teftarnent.  45? 
 
 cipal  Captivity   of  all  ;    and    by  confequence   the  70  years 
 ought  to  be  dated  from  thence.     This  is  a  new,  but  I  think 
 withal  a  very  true  and  certain  Obfervation.     For  1.  'tis  faid 
 with  relation  to  this  Captivity,  or  the  gleanings  of  it  after- 
 wards in  Jehoiakhris,  own  Reign,  before  either  of  the   other 
 Captivities,  This eame  upon  Judah  to  remove  them  out  of  God's  2  K.iaes  xxir. 
 fight  for  their  fins :  implying  that  not  only  fome  of  the  Seed  3. 
 Royal,  with  a  few  others,  but  the  body  of  the  People  alfo 
 were  already  led  into  Captivity.     1.  This  is  alfo  evident  from 
 the  HiftorLes  of  both  the  other  Captivities  afterwards.     'Tis 
 certain  that  the  main  body  of  the  two   Tribes  were  carry'd 
 Captive  to  Babylon.     5Tis  alfo  plain  that  the  number  of  the 
 Captives  under  Jehoiakim  are  no  where  fet  down  in  Scripture. 
 'Tis  farther  evident  that  the  number  of  the  Captives   under 
 Jehoiachin  are  there  recorded,  and  are  plainly   no  more  than 
 a  mere  remnant  of  the  whole  People.     For  at  this  time  the 
 whole  number  of  the  Captives  in   all  Jerufalem  and   Judah 
 was  no  more  than    10000,    (the  bare  Relics  of  the  aricient  ^  Kings  xxir. 
 Inhabitants.)     And  the  laft  Captivity  under  Zedekias,  when  14. 
 the  Temple  was  burnt,  was  chiefly   confin'd  to  three   ftrong  Jer-  xxxivr«  7* 
 Holds;  as  being,  it  feems,  the  only  places  of  note  and  ftrength 
 then  remaining ;  and  therefore  fuppofes  that  the  body  of  the 
 Nation  was  already  remov'd   to  Babylon.     So   that   upon  the 
 whole,   the  principal  of  thefe  Captivities  rniift  have  been  the 
 firfi  under  Jehoiakim.     2.  The  70   years  mud:  begin  at  this 
 fourth  of  Jehoiakim,  becaufe  then  we  find  the    Original  Pro- 
 phecy  hereto  relating  deliver'd.     The  words  of  the    Prophet 
 Jeremiah  are  thefe.     The  word  that  came  to  Jeremiah  concern-  Jer.  xxv.  r. 
 ing  all  the  people  of  Judah,  in  the  fourth  year  of  Jehoiakim  the 
 fon  of  Jojiah  king  of  Judah.     That  was  the  firfi  year  of  JVe- 
 buchadnez,z,ar  k[ng  of  Babylon.  —  This  whole  landjhall  be  a  de-  V.  1  r,  1  »• 
 folation,  and  an  afiomfrment ,  and  thefe  nations  [of  which  Ju- 
 dah was  one]  fijall  ferve  the  king  of  Babylon  70  years.     And 
 itjhall  come  to  pafs  when  70  years  are  accomplifiied,  that  I  will 
 pfintfij  the  king  of  Babylon,  and  that  nation,  faith  the  Lord,  for 
 their  iniquity,  and  the  land  of  the  Chaldeans,  and  will  make  it 
 perpetual  deflations,      3.    This  70  years     fubjeclion  to  the 
 King  of  Babylon,  was  not  peculiar  to  the  Jews ,    but  com- 
 
 G  mon 
 
.  0  A  Jhovt  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 mon  to  them  with  all  the  other  Nations   about  them,   as  we 
 fee  in  the  Chapter  lafl:  mention'd.     Now  'tis   evident  from  a 
 known  t  Fragment  of  Berofus,    that  the   famous  Expedition 
 of  Nebuchadnezzar,  in  which  he  conquered  all  thefe  Nations, 
 was  before  his  Father's  death,  in  the  beginning  of  his  Reign, 
 and  not  at  either  of  the  following  Captivities.     This  Argu- 
 ment feems  to  me  to  be    decretory  in  the  difpute   before  usj 
 and  fince  .the  correspondence  is  exact  from  this  Captivity  ta 
 the  beginning  of  Cyrus's  Monarchy,  when  its  Solution  hap- 
 SeeProP.  if.    pened,   (it  being  by  Ptolomys  Canon  compar'd  with  Xenopbon, 
 Lem.  i,  and*,  juft  the  fpace  of  70  years,)     we  need  feek  no  farther,    but 
 and  Se&.  7.     rnay  acqmefce  in  the  Propofition  before  us,  that  The 70 years 
 captivity   began  in   the  fourth  year  of  Jehoiakim  king  of  Ju- 
 dah. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  Tho'  this  be  the  date  of  the  principal  Captivity r 
 and  of  the "joyears foretold  ^Jeremiah ;  yet  it  hinders  not,  but 
 the  other  Captivities  might  be  Epochal,  from   which,  thofe  who 
 
 then  went  into  Babylon,  or  others,  upon  proper  occajions,    might 
 
 at  this  firfi 
 ehap.ix.  t,  2.    time,  mentions  no  other  Captivity  but   that   with  which    he  was 
 
 Dan.i.  i,&c.    reckon.     Thus  tho'  Daniel,  who  went  into  Captivity  atthi 
 
 V.-  k  '      mft  concern  d ;  yet  Ezekiel,  who  was  carry 'd   away  under  the  next 
 vaii,  V.    '        with  Jehoiachin,  reckons  ftill  by  the  years  of  that  fecond  Capti- 
 vity, and  foretels  the  utter  deftru&ion  of  the  Jewifh  Polity  at  the 
 third  and  laft  under  Zedekiah.     Thus  alfo  the  delivery   of  Je- 
 hoiachin  himfelf  out  of  prifon  by   Evil-merodach,  is  fitly  dated 
 
 'AiyizFTzi,  <£  t»(S  '?§&.  7Jjv    "Ev£/!ew  twj   lyiXiou,    x,  rlc/)  <bawix.1t/j  ttjtojs   ^j73$W7Jj4 
 
 «T9f®-  nS  txzrt&fly,  »£  '7r&t>ym%d  fy®*  ■,  cw(svti  o*.vg/.<ii<rs,  <£  tIw  %J&v  cm.  ruu~ 
 Ttti  ??  T^WS  '■szr»  TV*  uufev  (ZamXtia*  tTnfaiTB.  TZ-n  YlcC\^  »v%S  owiQvi  N«- 
 ?e5JT>2fcaewf*i  x.ot?&  tvv&ii  T  xeufyv  UppapicrKvZ,  ci  rjf  BxGvXotvi'wv  irixi>  ft>i&X- 
 ->.«!«/  T  Gov,  \m>  (iiZxnXdjKoUtmsoi.cvvicc.      Ai&6[opl&j  JV  {*/)'  x-xvXu  7jjV  X  Hx- 
 
 $•  7>jy  XotTniv  %J&v,  £  ^115  diZfi^Xu^ve,  'Ig&sdav  it,  £  OeuYwwv  <?  "Zvgav,  v$4 
 T   xc.fd  7tj».  A/j^wSv  iStiuv  (rvv'&iots  Tttn  T?      <p(Xuv,  jK/S&s  1s  ^iwctfjuswc  yjj  £  Xoi- 
 
 A|«(5.  -j?   typsv.  m   BzGvXwa,     Apud  Jofeph.  Antiq.  1.  1  o.c .  1 1 . 
 
 from 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament,  5  1 
 
 from  his  own  Captivity,  both  by  the  Author  of  the  fecond  B ook^r Kings xx\r. 
 
 of  Kings,  and  by  Jeremiah,  without  the  leafi  impeachment    of  27* 
 
 the  foregoing  Proportion.  Jer"  L1J-  3 1« 
 
 Coroll.  2.  T^o'  the  deft ruttion  of  Jerufalem,  and  of '  the  Tem- 
 ple under  Zedekiah,  are  [aid  to  be  in  order  to  the   fulfilling  of 
 the  70  years  Prophecy  of  Jeremiah ;  yet  it  do's  not  thence  fol- 
 low that  they  are  not  dated  till  that  time.      The  words  of  Ezra 
 are  thefe.     Thefe  defolations  under   Zedekiah  happen  d  to  fulfil  aChron.j.-xxv-. 
 the  word  of  the  Lord  by  the  mouth  of  Jeremiah,   until  the  ii. 
 land  had  enjoy d  her  Sabbaths:  for  as  long  as  fhe lay defolate, 
 (he  kept  Sabbath,  to  fulfil  70  years.     For  tho  the  great eft  Cap- 
 tivity and  the  moft  general  ftroke  was  in  the  fourth  of  Jehoi- 
 akim,  as  we  have  feen  ;  yet  the  utter  Defolation  of  the  Land,  and 
 .  the  final  Captivity  of  the  remnants  of  the  people  was  brought  about 
 by  degrees,  and  not  completely  fini/b'd  till  the  endm  of  the  years  of 
 God's  Patience  foretold  by  Ezekiel,  to  be  ftated  hereafter,  concluded  Ezek.iv.  $= 
 all.     Every  ftep  therefore  of  this  Defolation  iisas  a  farther  degree 
 of  the  fulfilling  of  the  Original  Prophecy  hereto  relating ;  tho'  the 
 exalt  number  70  years  take  their  date  from  the  firft  and  princi- 
 pal Captivity  in  the  days  of  Jehoiakim. 
 
 Coroll.  3.  Tho'  this  Interval  from  JehoiakimV  Captivity  till 
 its  Solution  under  Cyrus,  was  exactly  70  years,  yet  this  is  no 
 prejudice  to  a  like  number  of  years  from  the  beginning  of  the 
 jiege  of  Jerufalem  under  Zedekias,  till  the  fecond  year  of  Da-  Zech.i.;.-!;. 
 rius,  nor  to  the  duration  of  two  of  the  famous  Annual  Fafts  of  chmvij.  i~r. 
 the  Jews,  both  of  them  feverally  taken  notice  of  in  Scripture. 
 For  tho  thefe  periods  are  conjiderable,  and-  of  a  like  duration 
 with  that  famous  one  before  us  ;  yet  are  they  wholly  different, 
 and  are  neither  Prophecy' d  of  by  Jeremiah,  nor  do  they  terminate 
 at  the  Solution  of  the  Captivity  by  Cyrus,  (the  undoubted  Cha* 
 ratters  of  the  period  concern  d  in  this  Proportion)  and  therefore 
 ought  by  no  means  to  caufe  any  difficulties  about  it. 
 
 Coroll.  4.  Here  we  may  obferve  the  importance  of  the  three  lef- 
 fer  Captivities  of  the  Jews,  mention d  by  the  Prophet  Jeremiah, 
 which  have  been  fo  unreafonably  by  fome  expounded  of  the  three 
 greater  under  Jehoiakim,  Jehoiachin  and  Zedekiah.  The  words 
 arc  thefe.  This  is  the  people  whom  Nebuchadnezzar  carried  jenuj. i* . 
 captive.     In  the  feventh  year  3023  Jews.     In  the  eighteenth  go. 
 
 G  2.  year 
 
5  z  A  Jhort  view  of  tjoe  Chronology 
 
 year  of  Nebuchadnezzar  he  carried  away  captive  from  Jerufa- 
 lem  832  perfons.     In   the   twenty  third  year  of  Nebuchad- 
 nezzar, Nebuzaradan  captain  of  the  guard,  carried  away   cap- 
 tive of    the    Jews  74$     perfons.       Ali    the  perfons     were 
 4600.      The   great   Captivities   were   in  the   firfi ,     the  eighth, 
 Dan. i.  1,2.       atfd  f^s  nineteenth  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  therefore,  to  be  fare 
 with  Jer.  xxv.  -were  wholly  different  from  thefe  which  were  in  the  feventh,    the 
 t.   2  Kings     eighteenth,  and  the  twenty  third  refpetlively.     Nat  to  obferve  that 
 J5L.'*o    '         the  fmalnefs.  of  thefe  numbers  fuffcicntly  diflinguifhes  between  thefe 
 lefler,  and  thofe  greater  Captivities.     The  firir.  of  thefe  Captivi- 
 ties therefore  in  the  feventh  of  Nebuchadnezzar,    was  of  5023. 
 perfons:   {three  years  after  Jehoiakim,  by  breaking  the  League  he 
 had  made  with  him,  had  expos  d  himfelf  to  his  fury  ;  and  Bands- 
 iKingsxxiv.2.  0f  Chaldeans,  Syrians,  Moabites  and  Ammonites   came  upon, 
 him:)  and  was  out  of  the  whole  body  of  the  Jews,  andnot  con- 
 ..     fined  to  the  Inhabitants  of  Jerufalem.     The  fecond  of  thefe  lef- 
 andxxxviii.     fer  Captivities  0/832  perfons  was  during  the  fiege  of  Jerufalem, 
 which  happen  d  in  the  eighteenth  of  Nebuchadnezzar,   and  was 
 accordingly  made  up  of  the  Inhabitants  of  Jerufalem  only,  or  of 
 fuch  as  fell  away  to  the  Chaldeans,  according  to  the  counfel  of 
 God,  and  had  their  lives  favd  by  them.     The  third  of  thefe  lef- 
 fer  Captivities  was  of  745  Jews,     i.  e  fuch  Relics  of  the.  ten, 
 Tribes  as-  at  this  time  remain  d  in  their  own  Land.     Thefe  were 
 carried,  away  Captive  by  an  Officer  of  Nebuchadnezzar,    while 
 Wer-  Annal.     he  himfelf  was  be/ieging  Tyre,  in  their -Neighbourhood ;  of  which 
 **       34 Z0,    more  under  the  next  Proportion.. 
 
 XIV.  The  Chronology  of  the  Kingdoms  of  Ifrael 
 and  Judah  is  abundantly  eftablilh'd  and  fecur'd, 
 and  that  in  conformity  to  the  foregoing  Ac- 
 counts, by  the  famous  Prophecies  of  Ezekiel, 
 touching  the  utmoft  extent  of  God's  Patience  to 
 Ifrael  and  J,udah. 
 
 Ezek,  iv.  4>  f,      The  words  are  thefe,.  Lye  thou  upon  thy  left-fide,    and   lay 
 
 •  the  iniquity  of  the  houfe  of  Ifrael  upon  it,  according  to  the  num- 
 
 far  of  the  days  that  thou  Jbalt  lye  upon  it  thou  ftalt  bear  their 
 
 iniquity 
 
of  the  Old  Te (lament,  5  3 
 
 iniquity.      For  I  have  lata  upon  thee  the  y.ars  of  their  iniquity, 
 according  to  the  number  oj~  the  days,   390  days.     So  Jhalt   thou. 
 bear  the  iniquity  of  the  houje  of  IJrael.       -dnd  when   thou   haft- 
 accomplijhed  them,.  Lye  again  on  thy  right-fide,  and  thou flmlt  bear 
 the  iniquity  of  the  houfi  of  fudah  forty  days ;  I  have  appointed 
 thee  each  day  for  a.  year.     The  pain  meaning  of  which  Hifto- 
 rical  Prophecies,,  as  I  may  call  them,  is  this,    that  the  longeft 
 time  of  the  uninterrupted  Idolatry  of  the  Ifraelitcs,    and  of 
 God's  patience  with  them  from  the  firft  Idolatrous  Feaft  of 
 Jeroboam,  till  the  final  Captivity  of  the  laft  remains  of  the 
 ten  Tribes  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  lhould  be    390  years.      And 
 that  the  longeft  time  of  the  uninterrupted  Idolatry  of  Judah, 
 and  of  God's  patience  with  them,  from  the  death  of  good 
 King  Jofiah,  till  the  final  Captivity  of  the  laft  remains  of  the. 
 two  Tribes  by  the  fame  Nebuchadnezzar,  lhould  be  40  years.. 
 Now  fince  both  thefe  numbers  are   exactly  agreeable    to   the 
 prefent  ftating  of  the  Accounts  of  thefe  two   Kingdoms,    as 
 will  be  fhewn  prefently,  it  thence  appears  that  they  are  exact- 
 ly ftated.     All  that  can  be  here    queftion'd,    is  whether  the 
 Captivity  of  that  remnant  which  happen'd  in  the  i^d  year  of 
 Nebuchadnezzar,  and  which  I  aflign  as  the  conclusion  of  the 
 390  years  of  the  Houfe  of  Ifrael,  was  of  the  remainder  of  the 
 ten,  or  not  rather  of  the  two  Tribes.     For  as,  if  it  belong  to  the 
 ten  Tribes,  we  have  what  we  defire  :     So  if  it  be  only  of  the 
 two  Tribes,  we  are  at  a  mighty  lofs, ,  and  cannotby  any  means 
 find  a  period  belonging  to  the  390  years  of  the  houfe  of  Ifr ad, 
 diitinct  from  thofe  40  years  which  belong  to  the  houfe  ofju- 
 dah;     as  it     certainly  ought  to    be,   from  the   plain  words 
 of  the  Prophecy  foregoing.      The  reafon   of   this  doubt  is, 
 becaufe  they  are' ftil'd  Jews  by  the  Sacred  Hiftorian,    in  the 
 words  already  quoted.     In  the   z^d  year  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  j^.tij.  59* 
 Nebuzaradan  captain,  of  the  guard,  carried  away^  captive  of  *  the 
 Jews  q^perfons.     Now  in  order- to  our  fatisfaction   in   this 
 matter,  we  muft  obferve  that  all  the  remnants   of  the    twelve 
 Tribes  have,  been  ftil'd  Jews  in  common,  ever  fince  the  Ba- 
 bylonifl)  Captivity,  and   are  fo  ftil'd   at  this  day.     And  that 
 this  is  true,  and  that  alfo  thefe  Jews  (as  they  are  herecaJl'd) 
 were  really  Ifraelitesr   remaining   in  thofe  parts  of  the  Land 
 G  3.  which. 
 
54  A  Jhort  <vienx)  of  the  Chronology 
 
 which  belonged  to  the  ten  Trues,  wid  oe  tiemonhrated  by 
 the  Arguments  following.  i.  In  the  threatning  touching 
 this  final  deftru&ion  of  thefe  Remnants,  which  was  madeaf-. 
 ter  all  the  Captivities  of  Judah  were  over  ,  they  are  ftil'd 
 "Ezck.  xxxiij.  the  Inhabitants  of  the  wafts  of  tlx  land  of  Ifrael;  and  the 
 21,  24.  Mountains  belonging  to  them  are  nam'd  the  Mountains  of  If- 
 
 Uffer  AnnaL  ' rae^'     a-  This  Captivity  happen'd  at  the  time   when  Nebu* 
 ^.iW.uio.    chadnez,z,ar  was  belieging  Tyre.     Now  'twas  the  land  of  Jf- 
 rael,  and  not  of  Judah,  that  adjoin'd  to  Tyre,  and  fo  was  the 
 likelieft  to  afford  him  an    opportunity  of  carrying  its  Inha- 
 bitants into  Captivity.     3.  But  this  Proposition  is  not  only 
 probable  from  the  foregoing  Arguments,  but  certain,    becaufe 
 we  are  fure  that  all  the  Jews,  or  the  Relics  of  the  two  Tribes, 
 were  not  now  in  the  Land  of  Judah,  but  in    Egypt,    and  fo 
 could  not  poifibly  be  led  into  Captivity  till  the  Conqueft  rof 
 Egypt  afterwards.     The  words  of  the  Sacred  Hiftory  relating 
 to  this  matter  are  fo  exprefs  and  frequent,  that  they  leave  no 
 jer.xLiij.  4,  $•,  room  for  any  farther  doubt  in  the  cafe.      So  Johanan  the  fon 
 6i  7*  of  Kareah,  and  all  the  captains  of  the  forces,    and  all  the  peo- 
 
 ple obeyed  not  the  voice  of  the  Lord,     to  dwell  in  the  land  of 
 Judah.     But  Johanan  the  fon  of  Kareah,  and  all  the  captains 
 of  the  forces  took^  all  the  remnant  of  Judah  that  were   return- 
 ed  from  all  nations,  whither  they  had  been  driven,  to  dwell  in. 
 the  land  of  Judah,  even  men,  women   and  children,    and    the 
 kings  daughters,  and  every  perfon  that    Nebuz^aradan    captain 
 of  the  guard,  had  left  with  Gedaliah  the  fon    of  Ahikam,    the 
 fon  of  Shaphan,  and  Jeremiah    the  prophet,     and   Baruch    the 
 fon    of   Neriah ',   fo    they    came    into  the  land  of  Egypt.     The 
 ■Chap.  xuv.  1.  word  that  came  to  Jeremiah   concerning    all   the    Jews  which 
 dwell  in  the  land  of  Egypt ,    which   dwell  at  Migdol,  and  at 
 Tahpanhes,    and  at  Noph,  and  in  the  country  of  Pathros,  fay- 
 ing, Thus  faith  the  Lord  of  Hofts,  the  God  of  Ifrael,  Te  have 
 feen  all  the  evil  tftd?  I  have  brought  upon  Jerufalem,  and  up- 
 on all  the  cities  of  Judah ;  and  behold  this  day  they  are  a  de- 
 V.  n.folation,  and  no  man  dwelleth  therein.     Tour   land   is   a  def- 
 lation, and  an  aftoniftrment,  aud  a  curfe  without  an  inhabitant, 
 aKingsxxv.     as  at  this  day.     And  all  the  people  both  fmall  and  great,  and 
 *6'  the  captains  of  the  armies  arqfe  and  came  to  Egypt,   for    they 
 
 were 
 

 
 of  the  Old  Tejiament.  5  5 
 
 were  afraid  of  the  Chaldees.  So  that  'tis  certain  that  Nebu- 
 zaradan  could  carry  no  other  Jews  Captive  in  the  z^d  year 
 of  Nebuchadnezzar  than  thofe  remnants  of  the  ten  Tribes 
 which  inhabited  the  wafs  of  the  land  of  Ifrael,  which  Cap- 
 tivity therefore  is  the  full  term  and  period  of  the  390  years 
 forbearance  of  God  with  thofe  Tribes,  and  the  fet  time  for 
 their  final  deftruction. 
 
 • 
 
 XV.  The  fpace  between  the  Conflagration  of  the 
 Temple,  and  the  beginning  of  the  Chriftian  <^/E- 
 ra  is  587  years,  and  about  four  months. 
 
 Here  we  muft  connect  the  years  of  the  World,  drawn 
 down  all  along  hitherto  from  Scripture,  with  the  years  of 
 Nabonaffar  in  the  Agronomical  Canon,  and  by  fuch  connecti- 
 on fix  the  years  of  the  World  to  thofe  of  the  Julian  peri- 
 od ;  and  thereby  finifh  the  Series  of  years  from  the  Creati- 
 on to  the  Chriftian  zs£ra,  and  our  own  times.  Now  before 
 we  can  accomplish  this  part  of  our  work,  we  muft  premife. 
 the  following  Lemmata  or  Proportions  preparatory  to  our  fu- 
 ture obfervations. 
 
 Lemma  1 .    Nebuchadnezzar  began  to  Reign  during  his  Fa- 
 ther's lifetime,  ntar  two  years  and  a  half  before  his  firft  Thoth 
 in  the  Canon,  and  his  Reign   is  dated  in  the  Scripture  (ac-  HytotL  III, 
 cording  to  its  conftant  cuftom  in  like   cafes)    from  its  origi- 
 nal commencing  before  his  Father's  death.      That  Nebuchad- 
 nezzar was  made  Co-partner  in  the  Kingdom  with  his  Father 
 Nabopollajfar ,    upon    his   coming  General  of  his   Army  into 
 Syria,  is  generally  and  juPly  collected  from  two  or  three paf- 
 fages  in  Berofus,  a  Fragment  of  whofe  Hiftory  hereto  relating,  vid  s~»    .  . 
 is  extant  at  this  day,  and  is  before  in  part  tranferib'd.       But  Frag,  ad cai-1 
 we  need  not  infift  on  dark  Conjectures;  for  a  comparifon   of  cem  Emcndat, 
 the  Sacred  and  Profane  numbers-  of  years  of  his  Reign,   and  TcmP» 
 the  certain  period  of  them  both,   together  with  the  frequent 
 connections  of  his  years  with  thofe  of  the   Kings  of  Judah, 
 in  the  Bible,  do  put  this  matter  paft  doubt,  as  may  be   fecn 
 in  the  moft  learned  Author  quoted  in  the  Margin.     We  muft  ufer.  ChrcmoL 
 therefore,  remember  all  along  that  Nebuchadnezzar  began  to  Sac.  rhef. £ 
 
 reign  and  *• 
 
5  6  A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Lhro?wiogy 
 
 reign  in  the  Sacred  ftile  about  Augufi,  A.  P.J.  4107.  tho  his 
 firft  Thoth  in  the  Canon  be  not  till  Jan.  21.4110,  afterwards. 
 
 Dan.  ij.  1.31.  Only  it  muft  be  obferv'd  that  Daniel,  after  fee  was  in  Chal- 
 dea,  ufes  the  Chaldean  Computation,  and  reckons  the  years  of 
 
 Poftulat. 3.  JVcbuchadnez,z,ar,  after  the  way  of  that  Country,  from  his 
 Father  s  death,  and  not  from  his  firft  Sovereign  Power  in  his 
 Father's  lifetime. 
 
 Lemma  2.  The  two  firft  years  afcrib'd  to  Cyrus  in  the 
 Canon,  are  by  the  Scriptures  afcrib'd  to  Darius  the  Medey 
 and  that  agreably  to  Xenophon's  exact  account  of  the  fame  Cj- 
 rus.  'Tis  well  known  from  the  Book  of  Daniel,  that  after 
 the  Conqueft  of  BelJJjaz,z>ar  or  Nabonadius  King  of  the  CW- 
 deans-i  and  the  taking  of  Babylon  by  Cjaxares  or  Darius  the 
 
 Ban.  v.  30,  31.  Mede,  and  Cyr//^  the  Perjian,  that  the  faid  Darius  took^the 
 kingdom  for  fome  time  before  his  death,  and  the  fucceftion  of 
 Cyrus.  'Tis  alfo  evident  that  the  Canon,  taking  no  notice  of 
 Darius,  afcribes  all  the  fpace  after  the  taking  of  Babylon,  or 
 the  death  of  Nabonadius  to  the  Monarchy  of  Cyrus,  and  ac- 
 cordingly gives  him  nine  years.  'Tis  alfo  as  certain  that  Xe~ 
 nophon,  who  was  perfectly  acquainted  with    the   Hiftory   of 
 
 K«fc*iW./.8.  Cyrus,  do's  yet  afcribe  but  (even  years  to  his  Monarchy. 
 All  which  confider'd,  'tis  highly  reafonable  to  fuppofe  that 
 Darius  reign'd  about  two  years  after  the  taking  of  Babylon, 
 and  that  thofe  two  added  to  thefeven  of  Cyrus's  complete  Mo- 
 narchy in  Xenophon,  do  make  up  thofe  nine  which  we  find  in 
 the  Canon. §     So  that  wherever  we  are  to   fix  the  firft  year 
 
 ■aChron.xxxvj.  of  Cyrus's  univerfal  Monarchy,  when  The  Lord  God  of  heaven 
 
 "'1?*  had  given  him  all  the  kingdoms  upon  earth,  and  when  he  made 
 
 the  Decree  for  the  return  of  the  Jews  from  their  Captivity, 
 we  muft  reckon  it  the  third  year  of  his  Reign  in  the  Canon, 
 and  that  its  firft  Thoth  was  Jan.j.  417?. 
 
 Lemma  3.  Since  the  firft  year  of  every  King's  Reign  in 
 the  Canon,  and  fo  all  thofe  fucceeding,  if  they  be  dated  from 
 their  firft  Thoths,  and  continue  to  the  fucceeding  ones,  are  .  (ac- 
 
 J'rot.  1.  Schol.  cord'n£  to  the  nature  of  this  Canon  formerly  obferv'd,)  ge- 
 nerally later  than  the  real  correfponding  years  of  their  true 
 Reigns;  we  muft  remember  that  what  points  of  time  are  in 
 the  Canon  fix'd  to  any  year  of  a  King's  Reign,  efpccially  the 
 
 latter 
 
of  the  Old  Te (lament.  5  7 
 
 latter  part  of  it  might  really  be!on<uo  the  year  following,  and  be 
 fo  accounted  in  any  other  Hiftoiy  that  was  not  confm'd  to  the 
 fame  method  with  the  Canon.  Thus  the  firft  Thoth,  or  be- 
 ginning of  the  firft  year  of  Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  Canon  is 
 Jan.  21.  4110.  But  how  many  months  before  this  his  Fa- 
 ther dy'd,  and  his  fingle  Reign  in  Chaldea  began,  we  cannot 
 hence  tell,  becaufe  the  method  of  the  Canon  takes  no  notice 
 of  his  Reign  till  the  next  firft  of  Thoth  after  his  Father's 
 death.  So  that  the  true  Chaldean  years  of  Nebuchadnezzar 
 ftill  begin  and  end  before  thofe  in  the  Canon,  but  how  much 
 before  cannot  be  colle&ed  from  it.  And  the  fame  thing  is  true 
 of  all  the  other  Reigns  in  the  whole  Canon.  When  therefore 
 we  mention  the  year  of  any  King's  Reign  in  the  Canon,  we 
 mean  thereby  the  fpace  between  the  Thoths  that  begin  and  end  See  Pr6(t  r. 
 it  in  the  Canon,  and  not  the  real  year  from  the  commencing 
 thereof,  till  the  commencing  of  the  ¥ext  in  the  true  fuccefTi- 
 on  of  the  Kingdom,  unlefs  it  be  otherwife  particularly  ex- 
 prefs'd.  Thefe  things  being  premised,  I  come  to  the  feveral 
 Connections  of  the  Sacred  and  Profane  Chronology. 
 
 1.  Jehoiakirns  Captivity  happen'd  in  the  fourth  year  of  his 
 Reign,  or  near  the  middle  of  A.  M.  1$$%.  And  the  fourth 
 of  Jehoiakim  was  the  firft  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  was  near- 
 
 ly commenfurate  thereto,  as  we  are  fure  from  Scripture.     Now 
 
 the  firft  year  of  Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  Scripture  ftile,  reaches    ithfer  xxv  1 
 
 from  near  the  middle  of  the  laft  but  two,  to  near  the  mid-  LemLt.h 
 
 te  firft  year  of  Nebt 
 
 om  near  the  middle 
 die  of  the  laft  but  one  of  his  Father  Nabopollajfar,  in  the 
 Canon.  So  that  the  middle  of  A.  M.  3398  falls  about 
 two  months  after  the  Thoth  of  the  142^  of  the  ts£ra  of  Na- 
 bonaffar.  i.  e.  about  the  end  of  March  A.  P.  J.  4108.  cor- 
 refponding  thereto.  So  that  hereby  we  find  that  A.  M.  3398. 
 is  coincident  with  the  laft  quarter  of  A.  P.  J.  4107.  and  the 
 former  three  quarters  of  A.  P.  J.  4108-    Q^E.D. 
 
 2.  Jehoiachin's  Captivity  happen'd  about  the  beginning  of 
 July  A.  M.  3405.  and  towards  the  conclulion  of  the  eighth 
 year  of  Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  Scripture  account, ;.  e.  near  the  iKingsxxm 
 middle  of  his  fixth  year  in  the  Canon,  which  is  therefore  in  i-*a 
 the  149?^  of  Nabonajfars  zs£ra,  correfponding  to  the  very 
 middle   of  A.  P.  J.  4115.      So   that  hereby  we  find   that 
 
 H  ,  A. 
 
r  g  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 A.  M.  3405  is  coincident  with  the  laft  quarter  of  A.  P.  J.  41 14, 
 and  the  three  former  quarter$*of  A.  P.  J.  41 15,  agreeably  to 
 the  former  coincidence  alfo.  Q.  E.  D. 
 
 3.  Zedekiah's  Captivity,  and  the  Conflagration  of  the  Tem- 
 ple happen'd  about  Augufl  A.  M.  341 6,  at  the  end  of  the 
 aKings  xxv.8.  nineteenth  year  of  Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  Scripture  account, 
 and  fo  pah:  the  middle  of  his  17th  in  the  Canon,  which  is 
 therefore  in  the  i6otb  of  Nabonaffars  <t^Era,  correfpondingto 
 a  little  pair  the  middle  of  A.  P.J.  4126.  So  that  hereby  we 
 find  that  A.  M.  341 6  is  coincident  with  the  laft  quarter  of 
 A.P.J.  4125,  aftd  the  three  former  quarters  of  A.  P.J.  4126 
 agreeably  to  the  former  coincidences  alfo.  QJk.D. 
 k'  4*  The  beginning  of  £*ff^/W's  590  years  of  God's  Patience 
 
 with  the  ten  Tribes  was  at  Jeroboam 's  Idolatrous  Feaft,  about 
 the  middle  of  November,    towards  the  beginning  of  A.  M. 
 3030,  and  fo  their  conclufion  was  towards  the  beginning  of 
 Trop.14.         A.M.  3420.      Now  that  Captivity  of  the  remnant  of  the 
 Jcr.uj.  30.      Jfraelites,  which  put  a  period  to  thefe  390  years,  was  in  the 
 i^d  of  Nebuchadnezzar,  in  the  Scripture  account,  or  towards 
 the  end  of  his  20th  or  beginning  of  his  217?  in  the  Canon; 
 that  is   towards  the   end  of  the  itf^,   or  beginning  of  the 
 i6qtb  of  Nabonajfars  zs£ra,  correfponding  to  the  latter  end 
 of  A.  P.  J.  4129,    or  the  beginning  of  A.  P.  J.  4130.     So 
 that  hereby  we  find  that  A.  M.  3420  is  coincident  with  the 
 laft  quarter  of  A.P.J.  4129,  and   the  three  former  quarters 
 of  A.  P.  J.  4130,  agreeably  to  the  former  coincideaces  alfo. 
 QJB.  D. 
 Ezek.iv.6.  !•  The  beginning  of  Ezekiel's  40  years  of  God's  Patience 
 
 with  the  two  Tribes  was  at  the  death  of  King  Jojtah,  to- 
 ward the  latter  part  of  A.M.  3394,  and  fo  their  conclufion 
 was  towards  the  latter  part  of  A.  M.  3434..  Now  it  appears 
 Mr.Allin  MS. by  tne  profane  Chronology  that  Nebuchadnezzar  conquer d 
 Egypt,  and  fo  carry'd  away  with  him  the  remnants  of  thenw 
 Tnbes  that  were  retir'd  thither,  (which  was  the  completion 
 Ir&p.  14.  °f  this  Prophecy)  A.P.J.  4144.      So  that  hereby  we  learn 
 
 ♦    '  '  that  A.  M.  3434  is  coincident  with  the  laftqunrterof  A.  P.  J. 
 
 4143,  and  the  three  former  quarters  of  A.P.Ji  4144,  agree- 
 ably to  the  former  coincidences  alfo.  Q.  E.D. 
 
 6.  Ne- 
 
of  the  Old   Tejlament.  5  5 
 
 6.  Nebuchadnezzar's  death  and  his  Son  Evil-merodach's,  or  iKingsxxv  27, 
 Jlvarodamus's  fucceffion  happen'd  about  March,  in  the  37/^ 
 year  of  Jehoiach'in's  Captivity,  or  A.  M.  3441,  and  fo about 
 ten  months  before/Zz^r^^WsfirftT/W/nn  the  Canon,  i.e. in 
 the  i%6th  of  Nabonajfar's  <ts£ra,  correfponding  to  the  former 
 part  of  A.  P.  J.  4152.  So  that  hereby  we  find  that  A.  M. 
 3442,  is  coincident  with  the  laft  quarter  of  A.  P.  J.  41  51, 
 and  the  three  former  quarters  of  A.  P.  J.  4152,  agreeably 
 to  the  former  coincidences  alfo.     Q..E.  D. 
 
 7.  The  Solution  of  the  Captivity  in  the  beginning  of  Cy-  2chron.xxxvi. 
 raj's  Monarchy  happen'd  70  years  after  the  main  Captivity  it  22,  23.  and 
 fclf,  and  fo,  near  the  middle  of  A.M.  3468,  by  the  Scripture  Ezra>  «.*• 
 accounts,  and  by  the  Canon  in  the  third  year  of  Cyrus,    i.  e.  Lemma  1. 
 
 in  the  212^  year  of  Nabonajfars  <is£ra,  correfponding  to 
 A.  P.  J,  4178.  So  that  hereby  we  find  that  A.  M.  3468  is  co- 
 incident with  the  laft.  quarter  of  A.  P.  J.  4177,  and  the 
 three  former  quarters  of  A.  P.  J. 4178.  Q^  E.  D. 
 
 8.  The  beginning  of  the  70  years  (current;  for,  this  is  ike  Seejer.xxv.3. 
 70//?  year,  is  the  Phrafe  in  the  Original,)     of  God's  indignation  Zech.  j.  7,  12. 
 againfl  jferptfalem   and  the  cities  of  Judah  ,    was  at    trie  re-  Jer-xxxjv. 
 turn  of  the  Chaldeans  to  befiege  thofe  Places  after  the  flight nTflc^T' 
 of  the  Egyptians,  about  the  end  of  Afay  A.M.  3415,  and  foxhefiFoi 
 their  conclufion  muft  be  between  the  fame  time  of  the  year 
 
 A.  M.  3484,  and  3485.  Now  the  time  of  the  mention  of 
 thefe  70  years  (current)  was  towards  the  end  of  February  in 
 the  fecond  year  of  Darius  Hyftafpis  in  the  Canon  ;  which  is 
 towards  the  beginning  of  the  zi8th  year  of  Nabonajfars 
 *ALra,  correfponding  to  A.  P.  J.  4194.  So  that  hereby  we 
 learn  that  the  firft  quarter  of  A.  M.  3484,  is  coincident  with 
 A.P.J.  4105,  and  the  three  laft  quarters  of  the  fame  year 
 are  coincident  with  A.P.J.  4194,  agreeably  to  the  former  co- 
 incidences alfo.     Q.  E.  D. 
 
 9.  The  commencing  of  the  70  years  (current)  duration  ofseethe8th 
 the  two  Jewifh  Annual  Fails  for  the  deftruc~tion  of  the  Temple  Conneftion. 
 in  the  fifth  month,  and  for  the  murder  of  Gedaliah  in  the  feventh^^'^'  *>& 
 following  was  at  thedeftructlonand  murder  themfe Ives  in  the  laft 
 month  but  one  of  A.M.  3416",  and  the  firft  of34i7:  and  fo  their 
 conclufion  muft  be  between  thefametimes  of  A.M.  3485,  and 
 3486,  for  the  one,  and  of  A.  M.  3486,  and  3487  for  tr  2 
 
 H  2  other 
 
6o  A  port  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 other.     Now  the  time  of  the  mention  of  thefe  70  years  (cur- 
 rent) was  about  the  middle  of  November  in  the  fourth  year  of 
 Darius  Hyfiafpis :  which,  becaufe  every  one  of  his  true  years  be- 
 ll    '  gan  full  four  months  foonerthan  their  refpectiveT/W/tf  in  the  Ca- 
 andij.  1,10.     non,  is  towards  the  latter  part  of  the  119th  of  Nabonajfarsis£ra, 
 Zech.j.  1,7,     corresponding  to  A.  P.  J.  4 195.  So  that  hereby  we  learn  that  the 
 Scf  VS°*'&'      three  laft  quarters  of  A.  M.  348  5,  and  the  firft  quarter  of  A.  M. 
 i«w.  ??'         3485,  are  coincident  with  A.  P.J.  4195,  agreeably  to  the  for- 
 mer coincidences  alfo.     Q^E.  D. 
 
 From  any  of  which  concurring  Connexions  of  the  Sacred 
 Chronology  with  the  Aflronomical  Canon,  the  fjxice  defin'd  in 
 this  Proportion  is  eafily  colleded.  Thus  in  particular,  the 
 Conflagration  of  the  Temple  was  about  the  end  of  Augufl, 
 A.  P.  J.  41 26;  to  which  add  587  years  and  four  months,  and 
 we  come  to  the  end  of  A.  P„J.  4713,  which  was  the  very 
 year  preceding  the  Chrifiian  i/£ra,  as  is  known  by  all  Chro- 
 nologers.  And  the  very  fame  number  will  arife  from  a  like 
 procedure  with  any  other  of  the  fore-going  Connections. 
 
 XVI.  The  CbmefeChronology,  when  rightly  under- 
 
 flood,  is  exactly  agreeable  to  that  which  we  have 
 
 drawn  from  the  Hebrew  Text  of  the  Old  Teftamentm 
 
 Before  I  can  come  to  prove  this,  I  mull:  again  premifefome 
 
 Lemmata,  or  preparatory  Fropoftions. 
 
 Lemma.  1.  The  Founder  of  the  Chinefe  Monarchy  Fohi, 
 
 was  the  fame  with  Noah.     This  AfTertion,  which  I  former- 
 
 vindic  Theor.  ]y   propos'd    as  a    Conjecture,   depends    on    the    following 
 
 Append.  Observations.      1.  The  Chinefe  Hi ftories  fay,  Fohi  had  no  Fa- 
 
 Martmu  Hift.   t{ier .  which  agrees  well  enough  with  Noah,  becaufe  the  me- 
 
 mica.p.  21.     mory  0£-  hjs  patner  might  be  loft  in  the  Deluge,  and  fo  give 
 
 occafion  to  this  Fable,  that  he  had  no  Father  at  all.     1.  The 
 
 ihid.  lame  Hiftcries  affirm  xhztFohi's  Mother  conceiv'd  him  as  me 
 
 was  encompafs'd  with  a  Rain- bow,  which  feems  an  imperfect 
 
 Tradition  concerning  the  firft  appearance  of  the  Rain-bow  to 
 
 Gen. ix.  12-17.  Noah  after  the  Flood.     3;    The  Character   and   Appellation 
 
 of  Fohi  among  the  Chinefe,   agrees  mighty  exactly  with  what 
 
 Memoirs  of     the  Scriptures  affirm  of  Noah.     Fohi,  fays  Le  Compte,  the  firft 
 
 China,  p.  3 1 3.  Emperor  of  Chin?,  carefully  bred  up  feven  forts  of  Creatures, 
 
 ii'hkh 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament. 
 
 which  he  usd  to  [acrifice  to  the  [upreme   Spirit  of  Heaven  and  f^tf^ 
 Earth.     For  this  reafon  fome  call'd  him  Paohl,  that  is,    Oblati- _    „  ^ 
 on.     Noah,  fays  Mops,  Took  into  the  Ark  of  ever)  clean  Beafi  Gen.'vij.'i,  V 
 by  [evens,  of  Fowls  alfo  of  the  Air  by  [evens,  the  Male   and  9. 
 his  Female,  to  keep  feed  alive  upon  the  face  of  all  the  Earth. 
 And  after   the  Flood  Noah  builded  an  Altar  unto  the  Lord,  chip.  viij.  10- 
 and  took^  of  every  clean  Beaft,  and  every  clean  Fowl,    and  of- 
 fer d  Burnt*  offerings  on  the  Altar.     4.  The   Chine  ft  Hiftpries  Maytinws  ufai 
 affirm  that  Fohi  fetled  in  the  Province  of  Xenfi,  which  KtheF^  ^^ 
 moft  North-weft  Province  of  China,  and  very  near  to  Mount  Can-  nolJg>  in  I(jhL 
 cafus,  upon  which  the  Arkrefted,  and  from  which  Noah  muft 
 defcend  to  go  thence  into  China.     For  other  Arguments  the 
 Reader  is  referr'd  to  the  Conjecture  before-mention'd,  which 
 taken  together  do,  I  think,  make  it  very  probable  that  Fohi^ 
 the  Founder  of  the  Chinefi  Monarchy,     was  the  fame  Perfon 
 with  Noah  in  the  Scripture. 
 
 Lemma  2.  The  intire  Series  of  the  Annals  of  China  taken 
 together  as  they  ftand  at  prefent,  all  fucceffive  one  to  another, 
 are  falfe  ;  and  reach  too  high  from  our  Times.  Thisis  prov- 
 ed by  the  Arguments  following.  1.  The  Chintfe  Hiftorians  Martimist- 
 relate  a  remarkable  Conjunction  of  the  five  Planets  in  one  o£CmPlet' 
 their  Signs,  the  fame  day  that  the  Conjunction  of  the  Sun 
 and  Moon  alfo  happen'd,  in  the  Reign  of  their  fifth  Monarch 
 Chuenhio.  Now  this  Agronomical  Character  has  been  accurate- 
 ly examin'd  by  the   famous  Caffini,     and  found  to  have  hap-  LjubcrcUA.  or 
 
 J     ,  1  1       n    J.  ,11  r  c      ■  rSiam.  p.  2CZ, 
 
 pend  at  leaft  about  500  years  later  than  the  prefent  Series  or  &c_ 
 their  years  do's  fuppofe.     2.  The  fame  Hiftorians  relate  that 
 in  the  Reign  of  their  feventh  Monarch  Tao,  the   Winter  Sol-  Minimus. 
 itice  wasobferv'd  tobeabout  50  Degrees  diftant  from  its  place 
 where  it  is  at  prefent ;  whereas,  if  that  Obfervation  was  ex- 
 a*fr,  it  muft  have  been  made  near    500   years  later   than    'tis 
 now  fet  in  their  Chronology,  and  if  it  was  not  fo  accurate- L<,uber:.y.'i$&- 
 ly  made  may  be   fuppos'd  two  or  three    hundred  years  ftill 
 nearer  to  our  own  times.     3.  Theduration  of  the  Reigns  and 
 Lives  of  the  firft  Monarchs  of  China,  do  by   no   means  agree 
 to  the  ftandard  of  Human  Life  in  thofe  Ages,  to  which   the 
 prefent  Series-  of  their  years  do  affix  them.     This  will  appear 
 prefently  from  the  Table   of  the    Reigns   and    Lives  of  the 
 H  * 
 
6 1  A  foort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 ^ — 
 
 firft  Kings  of  China, ,  compar'd  with  the  ftandard  of 
 Human  Life  at  the  fame  time,  even  according  to  the  LXXII 
 themfelves,  to  whofe  longer  Chronology  their  Accounts  have 
 been  thought  (o  favorable  hitherto.  For  Sem  and  Arpbaxad 
 alone,  in  the  Scripture  accounts,  liv'd  as  long  as  nine  or  ten 
 of  the  immediate  SuccefTors  of  Fobi ,  to  the  firft  two  of 
 which  only  they  ought  to  have  been  Contemporary,  by  the 
 prefent  Series  of  the  Chinefe  Hiftory. 
 
 Thus  much  being  premised,  I  come  to  ftate  the  Chinefe  Ac- 
 count ,  fo  as  may  be  agreeable  to  Rcafon,,  and  to  the  Hebrew 
 Chronology  alfo.  And  the  Hypothefls  I  go  upon,  is  this, 
 that  the  years  of  the  firft  Family  of  their  ancient  Kings  were 
 not  fuccejjive,  but  collateral  to  thofe  of  fome  of  the  firft  Em- 
 perors, and  that  the  fecond  and  third  Families  began  about  the 
 fame  time.  'Tis  very  probable  that  thus  it  was,  as  appears  by 
 the  following  Reafons.  i.  Other  Nations,  as  well  as  the  Chi- 
 nefe^  have  carry 'd  their  Antiquities  too  high  by  erroneoufly 
 fetting  ancient  collateral  Families  in  fuccejjion  one  to  another. 
 This  made  the  ancient  Egyptian  Chronology  fo  vaftand  ex- 
 extravagant,  till  Sir  John  Marfoam  found  out  the  miftake, 
 and  reduc'd  it  within  a  more  reafonable  compafs.  The 
 great  difficulties  in  the  Sacred  Hiftory  of  the  Judges  ,  have 
 been  occafion'd  by  a  like  miftake  of  Interpreters,  which 
 the  fame  Perfon  obferving  clear'd  them  to  us.  And  this 
 L.  i.p.  17.  by  Martin'ms  himfelf,  is  allow'd  in  the  Chinefe  Hiftory  be- 
 fore Fob'h  to  have  been  a  great  occafion  of  the  exceffive  and 
 unreafonable  large«efs  of  their  moft  ancient  Accounts.  So 
 that  'tis  likely  enough  that  this  fo  common  and  eafy  an  Er- 
 ror, has  been  the  caufe  of  the  too  great  length  of  their  Com- 
 putation Jince  Fohi,  as  well  as  before  him.  2.  This  is  confirm- 
 ed by  an  exce'lent  Obfervation  to  this  purpofe,  the  firft  hii  t 
 Mr.  Allln.  whereof  I  had  from  my  Worthy  and  Learned  Friend  before- 
 mention'd,  viz,,  that  the  number  of  Generations  who  arc  nam- 
 ed from  the  fame  common  ftock  to  the  third  Family,  is  but 
 Couplet  Tab.  two  more  than  to  the  fecond,  altbo'  in  the  prefent  Series  of  their 
 Gonc^o^.poft  chronology  there  be  no  fewer  than  644  years  diftance  bc- 
 Hutor.Sin.  twecn  them.  It  muft  be  obferv'd  that  after  the  firft  nine  of 
 the  Chinefe  Emperors,   the  Dominion  came  into  the  hands  <  £ 
 
 three 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament.  6$ 
 
 three  famous  Families,  the  Head  of  every  one  of  which  was 
 defcended  from  Hoam  ti  the  third  Emperor.  The  Head  of 
 the  firft  Family  Yu,  began  not  to  reign  till  390  years  after  the 
 death  of  Hoam  ti,  and  the  Monarchy  is  fuppos'd  to  continue 
 in  this  Family  for  feventeen  Reigns,  and  441  years.  He  is 
 but  the  fifth  by  name  from  Hoam  ti  in  the  Genealogy.  The 
 Head  of  the  fecond  Family  Chim  tarn,  began  to  Reign  at  the 
 end  of  thofe  441  years,  i.e.  831  after  Hoam  ti,  and  is  in  the 
 Genealogy  the  feventeenth  Perfon  by  defcent  from  Hoam  ti, 
 and  the  Monarchy  is  fuppos'd  to  continue  in  this  Family  fon 
 28  Reigns,  and  644  years.  But  then  the  Head  of  the  third 
 Family  Vh  Kam,  who  began  not  to  Reign,  by  thefe  accounts, 
 till  a  fucceffion  of  the  fore-men tion'd  28  Reigns,  and  644 
 years  were  over,  i.e.  1475  years  after  Hoam  ti,  is  ftill  in  the 
 Genealogy  but  the  nineteenth  Perfon  by  name  from  him, 
 whereas  it  was  to  be  expected  that  he  had  been  as  remote  a- 
 gain,  both  by  the  number  of  years  themfelves,  and  by  the  o- 
 ther  Succeffions.  This  being  fuppos'd,  'tis  reafonable  to  be- 
 lieve that  both  Th,  the  Founder  of  the  firft  Family,  and  Vn 
 Vam  of  the  third,  were  nearer  their  common  Progenitor  than 
 they  are  here  plac'd  :  and  at  fuch  diftances  as  fhall  naturally 
 correfpond  to  five  and  nineteen  Generations  refpectively.  For 
 as  to  that  pretence,  that  thofe  only  are  nam'd  who  were  fome 
 way  remarkable,  tho'  there  were  in  reality  many  more  Gene- 
 rations; which  Father  Couplet  alledges  from  the  Chinefe  Hifto-  Couplet  Gene- 
 ries ;  it  looks  like  a  mere  Subterfuge  and  Evafion.  For  nei-al.p.  7.  A. 
 ther  do's  it  any  way  appear  that  one  half  of  thofe  nam'd,  were 
 any  way  remarkable,  nor  is  it  likely,  that  if  they  had  known  the 
 names  of  any  more  they  would  have  conceal'd  them  from  us. 
 Genealogical  Tables  do  not  regard  the  merits  of  Perfons,  butthe 
 Perfons  themfelves ;  and  fince  we  have  but  five  Defcents  be- 
 fore the  firft  Family,  fixteen  before  the  fecond,  and  but  eighteen 
 before  the  third  nam'd  in  thofe  Tables,  we  may  wellfuppofe 
 that  fo  many,  and  no  more  there  really  were.  Only  when 
 it  was  deem'd  ftrange,  that  no  more  Defcents  appear'd  before 
 the  firft  and  laft  Family,  it  was  pretended  that  there  were  more 
 indeed,  but  that  they  had  not  been  nam'd  by  their  Hiftorians. 
 When  any  more   appear  we  will  admit  them.     But  in  the 
 
 mean 
 
6»4  A  Jhort  mew  of  the  Chronology 
 
 mean  time  we  are  at  liberty  to  content  our  felves  with   fuch 
 as  are  recorded  in  their  Hiftories. 
 
 From  all  which  Lemmata  and  Obfervations,  we  may  at  lad: 
 probably  conclude  that  fince  Fohi   was  the  fame  with  JVoab, 
 and   fince  he  Reign'd  in  China    115  years  before  his  death ; 
 that  235  years  after  the  Deluge  A.  P.  J.  2601,  he  defcended 
 from  the   higher  Regions  at  Caucafus   to  the  lower  of  China ; 
 that  then  he  took  upon  him  the  Government  of  fuch  of  his 
 Pofterity  as  were  already  planted  there;  and  that  he   held   it 
 during  all  the  reft  of  his  life,     and  tranfmitted   the  fame  to 
 his  Succeffors,  mention'd  in  the  Chinefe  Annals.     That  a  con- 
 iiderable  time  before  the  period  of  thefe  firft  nine  Emperors,  Tu, 
 the  Founder  of  the  firft  great  Family,  began  a  Succeffion  of 
 Kings  in  a  different  Province;  and  that  alfo  about  the    time 
 that  Chim  tarn   the  Head  of  the  fecond  great  Family,  fuc- 
 ceeded  to  the  firft,     Vu  Vam  the  Head  of  the  third,    began 
 a  Succeffion  of  Kings  in  a  different  Province;  which  third 
 therefore  was  not  fucceffive  to,  but  collateral  with  the  fecond, 
 and  accordingly  their  feveral  Founders  were  about  the    fame 
 number  of  Defcents  from  Hoam  tit  as  they  appear  really    to 
 have  been  by  their  refpeftive  Genealogies.     And  what  is  here 
 chiefly  remarkable,  and  the  principal  Character  we  have  where- 
 by to  diftinguifh  what  pretended   Antiquities   are  really  ge- 
 nuine, is  this,  that  if  the  Chinefe  Annals  be  thus   underftood 
 and  adjufted,     the  'length  of  the  Reigns  and  Lives  of  their 
 firft  Monarchs,  will  very  exactly  agree  with  the  duration  of 
 the  Lives  of  Men  in  the  fame  Ages  recorded  in  Scripture,   as 
 -appears  by  the  following  Tables  compar'd  together. 
 
 LiVes 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament. 
 
 Lives 
 
 Reigns 
 
 Lives 
 
 Noah         
 
 "5 
 
 Abraham     
 
 '75 
 
 Ifaac     
 
 180 
 
 Jacob      -— — 
 
 *47 
 
 Jofcfh^        
 
 no 
 
 Kohath     — — 
 
 M5 
 
 Amram     — — 
 
 M7 
 
 Mofes         
 
 120 
 
 Jojhuah     
 
 no 
 
 Booz.  about  
 
 125 
 
 Obed  about   
 
 no 
 
 Jejfe  about  
 
 95 
 
 David       
 
 7° 
 
 "5 
 
 — ■- 
 
 O 
 
 •  140 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 - 100 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 84 
 
 
 
 109 
 
 -78 
 
 
 
 9i 
 
 70 
 
 — — 
 
 lOf 
 
 ■d)  8 
 
 
 
 0 
 
 1 00 
 
 — — 
 
 118 
 
 50 
 
 — ui. 
 
 no 
 
 10 
 
 ~_^_ 
 
 100 
 
 9 
 
 L 
 
 0 
 
 -   *9 
 
 
 
 t> 
 
 -30 
 
 -— 
 
 0 
 
 65 
 
 Fohi  
 
 Xin  nnm  - 
 Hoam  ti  - 
 Xao  hao  — 
 Chuen  hio- 
 
 Tico    
 
 Chi  (depos1 
 
 Tao     
 
 Xnn  
 
 Th     
 
 Tiki  — 
 Tai  cam  — 
 Chum  cam 
 
 And  as  after  David  the  Lives  and  Reigns  in  the  Bible  were 
 generally  of  the  fame  length,  as  at  this  day ;  fo  are  they  e- 
 ver  after  in  the  Chinefe  Hiftories  correfponding  to  them. 
 
 XVII.  The  Computation  of  the  prefent  numbers  of 
 Mankind  on  the  Earth,  and  of  the  fpace  necefla- 
 ry  for  their  amounting  to  fuch  a  number,  accord- 
 ing to  the  ufual  proportion  of  their  increafe  and 
 doubling,  do's  alike  confirm  that  Chronology^ 
 which  the  Hebrew  Text  of  the  Old  Teftament 
 do's  exhibit  to  us. 
 
 'Tis  now  generally  own'd  that  the  number  of  Souls  upon 
 the  face  of  the  whole  Earth  at  prefent,  do's  not  exceed  four  SecDr.Nichoh'i 
 thoufand  Millions,  tho'  I  imagin  it  may   come  nearer  to  that  Conference, 
 fum  than  many  fuppofe.     'Tis  alfonow  generally  own'd,  and**  ■•  ?*7f'76, 
 this  from  good  Obfervations,  that  Mankind  do  double  them- 
 felvcs  at  the  longeft  in  400  years ;  which  therefore  is  to  be  SeeNewTheo- 
 fuppos'd    the    proportion    ever   fince    the    prefent  Period  of Ty ^puTf 
 
 Human  Life  was  fix'd  in  the  days  of  David. 
 
 I 
 
 'Tis  alfo  e- 
 
 videntp.5-97. 
 
 Tranf.N.  ip6. 
 
66 
 
 A  Jhort  view,  of  the  Chronology 
 
 See 
 
 Hyp.  VIII.  vident  that   from   the  Deluge  till  the   days  of  Davidy  the 
 lives  of  Men  at  a  mean  were  fix,  if  not  feven  times  as  long  as 
 they  have  been  fince,     (tho*  much  more  and  lefs    than    that 
 proportion  at  the   earlieft  and  lateji  timea  of  that  Interval.) 
 Tis  therefore   evident    that  the  Period  of  the  doubling  of 
 Mankind   from   the  Deluge    till   the  days   of  David,   in  a 
 mean,  muft  have  been  at  the  leaft   fix  or  feven  times  fhorter 
 than  that  which  has  fince  obtain'd,  by  reafon  of  their    anci- 
 ent longer  lives  in  that  proportion,  (tho*  ftill  this  period  of 
 doubling  muft  have  been  much  fhorter  and  longer  in  the  ear- 
 liest and  latefi   times   of  the   faid  Interval.)     So  that  if  we 
 have  a  Series  of  numbers  beginning  at  eight,    (for  fo  many  Souls 
 furviv'd  the  Deluge)  and  doubling  themfelves  in  60  years  at  a 
 mean  from  the  Flood  till  David,  i.  e.  for  about  1 500  years, 
 and   thence   forward    to   our  own  times  in  400  years,    i.  e. 
 for   about   2700    years  ;     we  fhall  pretty  nearly  obtain  the 
 Sum  total  of  Mankind  in  every  correfponding  year  after  the 
 Start* 
 
 Number 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament. 
 
 *7 
 
 . 
 
 -d 
 
 -0 
 
 #c 
 
 0 
 
 15 
 
 £       & 
 
 c 
 
 E  .5 
 
 s 
 
 •5   a 
 
 <*« 
 
 £   ° 
 
 0 
 
 ft   •* 
 
 J-l 
 
 ^   ** 
 
 0 
 
 CS      O 
 
 6 
 
 a  2   £ 
 
 a 
 
 0   s   "H 
 
 £ 
 
 !*   Jh    ft 
 
 l5 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 c  0 
 
 52 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 ( 2) 
 
 54 
 
 M 
 
 5 
 
 ( 3) 
 
 128 
 
 a3 
 
 8 
 
 (4) 
 
 255 
 
 35 
 
 12 
 
 c  5) 
 
 5IJ 
 
 5° 
 
 M 
 
 (6) 
 
 1024 
 
 70 
 
 20 
 
 (7) 
 
 2048 
 
 95 
 
 25 
 
 C  8) 
 
 4095 
 
 125 
 
 30 
 
 (9) 
 
 8192 
 
 i5o 
 
 35 
 
 (10) 
 
 1^384 
 
 200 
 
 40 
 
 (") 
 
 327*8 
 
 245 
 
 45 
 
 (1*) 
 
 55535 
 
 295 
 
 50 
 
 d3) 
 
 131072 
 
 35° 
 
 55 
 
 (H) 
 
 262144 
 
 410 
 
 5o 
 
 Ci  5) 
 
 524288 
 
 475 
 
 *5 
 
 (i5) 
 
 1*048575 
 
 545 
 
 70 
 
 ('7) 
 
 2*097152 
 
 520 
 
 75 
 
 (18) 
 
 4*194304 
 
 700 
 
 80 
 
 (19) 
 
 8*388508 
 
 800 
 
 100 
 
 (20) 
 
 1 5*7772 1 5 
 
 1000 
 
 200 
 
 (^) 
 
 33*554432 
 
 1300 
 
 300 
 
 C*jO 
 
 57*108854 
 
 1700 
 
 400 
 
 (^3) 
 
 134*217728 
 
 2100 
 
 400 
 
 (24) 
 
 258*43  5455 
 
 2500 
 
 400 
 
 CM) 
 
 535*870912 
 
 2900 
 
 400 
 
 (2  5) 
 
 1073*741824 
 
 3300 
 
 400 
 
 (27) 
 
 2147*483548 
 
 3700 
 
 40© 
 
 (28) 
 
 4294 '957295 1 
 
 4100 
 
 400 
 
 (29) 
 
 I 
 
 2 
 
 We 
 
6  8  A  Jhort  'view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 We  fee  by  this  Table  that  the  number  of  years  accord- 
 ing to  the  Hebrew  Chronology,  will  very  naturally  account 
 for  the  prefent  number  of  Souls  upon  the  face  of  the  Earth. 
 I  think  it  will  alfo  afford  as  many  in  every  Age  preceding  as 
 any  Authentic  Accounts  of  ancient  Times  do  require.  But 
 then  let  us  fuppofe  that  inftead  of  about  1300  years  in  the 
 firft  Interval,  we  have  with  the  LXXII  above  1000.  This 
 addition  of  above  600  years  at  a  time  when  Mankind,  in  a  mean,, 
 doubled  in  69  years  time,  will  produce  above  a  thoufand 
 times  as  many  as  this  Table,  or  the  Earth  for  certain  do's  con- 
 tain at  prefent.  So  that  if  that  longer  Chronology  were  al- 
 low'd,  the  Earth  in  all  probability  muft  have  had  many  more 
 Inhabitants  in  the  days  of  David,  than  it  has  in  our  days, 
 contrary  to  the  certain  Obfervations  of  the  increafe  of  Man- 
 kind. And  the  like  is  to  be  faid  in  due  proportion  of  the 
 Samaritan,  or  any  other  Chronology,  which  lengthens  the 
 %ace  fincc  the  Deluge. 
 
of  the  Old  Tejiament.  69 
 
 A  Chronological  Canon  from  the  Beginning  of  the 
 World  to  the  Chrijlian  ALrz. 
 
 years,  months,  days 
 
 I.  TT'rom  the  Autumnal  Eo 
 
 J/      quinox  next  after  the^  ^   -  -     o         o 
 Creation  of  Adam  to  that  at£     '     " 
 the  end  of  the  Deluge.  3 
 
 II.  Thence  to  the  Departure  of/       6         , 
 Abraham  out  of  Haran.        {  l 
 
 III.  Thence  to  the  Exodus  outl 
 of  Egypt. 
 
 IV.  Thence  to  the  Foundation' 
 of  Solomons  Temple. 
 
 V.  Thence  to    its  Conflagra- 
 tion. 
 
 VI.  Thence  to  the  beginning  of  \ 
 the  Chriftian  <^/Era. 
 
 430  *—  o  —  o 
 
 475>  —  1  —  o 
 424  —  1  —  o 
 
 587  —  4  —  o 
 
 Sum  —  4003   —   2   —    o 
 
 years,  months,  days. 
 I.  From  the  Autumnal  Equinox"! 
 
 next  after  the  Creation   of^  ^  ^        0  ; 
 Adam  to  that  at  the  end  of£     * 
 the  Deluge.  3 
 
 This  is  evident  from  the  following  Table. 
 
 I  3  x  4dam 
 
j0  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Gen.  v.   3. 
 
 6. 
 
 9- 
 12. 
 
 >f- 
 
 18. 
 21. 
 
 Chap.vij.6.1-1 
 ^andviij.  13. 
 
 yca:<s. 
 
 1   Adam         — —  130 
 
 a  Seth         - 105 
 
 3  £#oj          ____—  9© 
 
 4  Cainan             •  70 
 
 5  Malaleet          65 
 
 5  3^m^             ■ i6z 
 
 7  Enoch             ' 6  5 
 
 xy,                              8  Mathufela      187 
 
 1g>                               9  Lamech          - 181 
 
 10  Noah         — tfoo 
 
 426  —  6  — 
 
 Total     •'.   16^6 
 
 There  are  no  tonfiderable  difficulties  in  this  Period. 
 
 II.  From  the  Autumnal  Eqai-'Jt  years,  months,  days. 
 nox  at  the  end  of  the  De- 
 luge to  the  Departure  of  A- 
 braham  out  of  Haran. 
 
 This  is  alfo  evident  from  the 
 
 Cen'xJ-   IC'"  1  Sem 
 
 Ii#  2  Arphaxad 
 
 J*.  3   Sala 
 
 *6-  4  Eber 
 
 l8-  5  PJwAg 
 
 2°*  o'  Ragan 
 
 "•  7  *5Vr/<£ 
 
 *4-  8  JV*/w 
 
 3*-  9  7>r*/> 
 
 Chap.  xij.  4.  10  Abraham 
 
 Total 
 
 Neither  art  there  any  confiderabledifficultiesin  this  Period,  but 
 thofe  which  have  been  already  clear'd  in  the  iixth  Proportion. 
 
of  the  Old  Tejiament.  7 1 
 
 III.  From  the  Departure  of  A-~)years. 
 braham  out  of  Haran  to  the> 
 Exodus  out  of  Egypt.  3   * 
 
 This  general  number  being  the  exprefs  account  of  the 
 Scripture,  both  in  the  Old  and  New  Teftament,  as  we  have 
 already  feen,  can  admit  of  no  difpute  but  only  concerning  the 
 time  of  its  commencing,  viz,.  ^Abraham's  Departure  oxt  of  Ha- 
 ran ;  which  has  been  already  difcours'd  of  in  the  feventh  and 
 eight  Propofitions.  The  Subdivi lions  of  this  Period  are  now 
 to  be  confider'd,  which  are  thefe  following,  viz,. 
 
 (a)  From  Abraham's  Departure  out  of  Haran   to    tnt  ^  Gen.xij.  4. 
 Birth  of    Ifaac  2  5  4,  with  xxj.  5- 
 
 (b)  Thence  to  the  Birth  of  Jacob  60  (6)  Chap.  xxv. 
 
 (c)  Thence  to  the  Defcent  into  Egypt         150  *6- 
 
 \d)  Thence  to  the  Death  of  Jofeph         71  ^chaP"XLV1> 
 
 Thence  to  the  Birth  of  Mofis  <ty(WJChap.L.at. 
 
 it)  Thence  to  the  Exodus  out  of  Egypt       80  withxLj.46. 
 
 ,  and  xlv.  6. 
 
 Total     430WExodvij.7. 
 
 All  thefe  particular  Sums  are  collected  from  exprefs  Texis 
 of  Scripture,  excepting  only  the  Interval  from  the  Death  of 
 Jofeph  to  the  Birth  of  Mofes,  which  is  not  fpecify'd 
 there.  But  finee  in  Scripture  we  have  the  whole  Sum  430, 
 and  all  the  reft  of  the  particulars  which  amount  to  $66 years;, 
 'tis  evident  that  the  faid  Interval  muft  be  64  years. 
 
 During  this  Period  we  meet  with  two  difficulties,  which 
 are  to  be  confider'd  before  we  proceed.  The  firft  is  con- 
 cerning the  number  of  the  Children  of  Benjamin  at  the  De- 
 fcent into  Egypt,  which  are  no  lefs  than  ten,  tho*  he  himfelf  Gen.  xlv).  na 
 was  the  yottngeft  of  all  the  Patriarchs.  The  other  is  concern- 
 ing the  PofterityofjW^,  whofe  Grand-children  Hez,ron  and 
 Hamul  are  reckoned  among  the  number  of  thofe  that  went  y  ^ 
 down  into  Egypt,  when  according  to  the  Circumftances    of 
 
 the 
 
7  %  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 the  Hiftory,  as  they  are  ufually  underftood,    they  could   not 
 poffibly  be  born  at  that  time. 
 
 Now  in  anfwer  to  thefe  Difficulties,  I  propofe  thefe   two 
 Confederations  :   i .  that  it  is  not  altogether  unreafonable  to  fup- 
 pofe  an  earlier  and  quicker  Propagation  in  thofe  times,  than  is 
 ufual  now  a-days.     i.  That  alter  all,  there  is  nothing  fovery 
 ftrange  in  either  of  thefe  cafes,  if  rightly  underftood,  nothing 
 but  what  might  happen  even  in  our  days.     And  therefore  we 
 need  not  be  much  concern'd  at  thefe  Difficulties,    which  can 
 be  no  great  prejudice   to  the    Chronology  before  us.      As 
 to  the  firft  Consideration,  I  think  'tis  not  unreafonable  to  fup- 
 pofe,  that  when  the  Vigor  and  Strength  of  Mankind  were  much 
 greater  than  they  are  at  prefent,  (of  which  the  great  length 
 of  their  Lives  is  a  fufficient  Argument)  their  Rjpenefs  or  A- 
 bility  for  Procreation  might  commence  fomewhat  earlier  than 
 in  our  times;  and  by  confequence,  fuch  a   quicknefs  of  Pro- 
 pagation as  would  be  fomewhat  furprizing  now,  might  not  be 
 fo  ftrange  and  unufual  then.     Befides,  whatever  was  the  rea- 
 ibn  of  it,  'tis  plain  from  the  Sacred  Hiftory  that  in  thofe  times 
 Men  were  extremely  defirous   of  having  Children ;  nothing 
 ScQDr.AlUx's  was  look'd  upon  as  fo  great  a   Bleffing   (at  leaft  among  the 
 ■Refleaionson  Pofterity  of  Abraham)  as  a  numerous  OfF-fpring,  and  nothing 
 the  Books  of  was  counted  fo  great  an  Affliction  as  the  want  of  Iflue.     In- 
 the  ?'d  Tefta"  fomuch,  that  they  had  recourfe  even  to  Polygamy,  Concubi- 
 nage,  yea,    and    Inceft  it  felf ,    to  fupply  this  want.     For 
 which    Reafons  we  are  not  to  wonder  at  fuch  a  quicknefs  of 
 Propagation  in  the  times  of  this  very  ancient   Period.     But 
 to  anfwer  more  directly  to  the  difficulties  before  us,  I  fay, 
 fecondly,  That  there  is  nothing  in  either  of  thefe  Inftanccs 
 but  what  might  happen  in  our  Age.     Itis  not  very  ufual  now 
 a-days  for  Men  to  Marry  as  foon  as  ever  they  are  capable  of  ha- 
 ving Iffue,  and  therefore  wc  have  not  many  Inftancesof  Mens 
 being  Fathers  of  a  numerous  OfF-spring,   or  Grand-fathers, 
 while  they  are  very  young.     But  ftill,    they  may  be   Fathers 
 or  Grand-fathers-,  much  earlier  than  they   ufually   are.     And 
 I  do  not  doubt  but  upon  a  due  examination  into  thefe  two 
 Cafes,  there  will  be  nothing  found  in  them  but  what   is  very 
 potfible,  even  in  our  times ;  and  confequcntly,  forthe  Reafons 
 
 we 
 
of  the  Old  Te (lament,  7  2 
 
 we  have  mention  'd,  is  very  probable  and  likely  to  have  happen'd  in 
 thofe  times. 
 
 In  the  firft  inftance,  Benjamin  had  ten  Children  at  the  De* 
 fcent  into  Egypt.  But  then  he  might  have  them  in  a  very 
 few  years  by  feveral  Wives,  nay,  tho*  he  had  them  all  by 
 one  Wife,  yet  will  there  be  nothing  Arrange  ia  the  cafe,  fince 
 he  himfelf  was  probably  about  27  years  of  Age  at  the  time 
 we  (peak  of>  as  A.  Bp.  Vfloer  has  mewn  in  his  Chronolo-Cap.  io. 
 gy.  At  which  age,  no  queftion,  feveral  Men  have  had  as  ma- 
 ny Children  in  the  fucceeding  Ages  of  the  World.  There- 
 fore not  to  infift  any  longer  upon  this  Cafe,  which  do's  not 
 feem  to  have  fo  much  difficulty  in  it,  we  (nail  now  proceed 
 to  the  other  inftance  of  Judah,  which,  it  mull  be  own'd,  is 
 much  more  difficult,  and  worthy  of  a  more  particular  exami- 
 nation. The  cafe  is  this,  Judah  the  fourth  Son  of  Jacob, 
 at  the  time  of  the  felling  of  Jofeph  to  the  Midianitesy  as  'tis  by  Gen.  xxxviij. 
 fome  underftood,  i.  e.  but  22  years  before  the  Defcent  into  ,-&c* 
 Egypt,  takes  Shuah  to  Wife,  who  fucceffively  bears  him  three 
 Sons,  Er,  Onan  and  Shelah.  His  eldeft  Son  Er  being  grown 
 up,  takes  Tamar  to  Wife,  and  dies  by  a  Divine  ftroke.  Up- 
 on this  Onan  takes  Tamar  to  Wife,  and  is  (lain  immediately 
 by  a  like  Divine  Judgment.  Hereupon  Tamar  is  obliged  to 
 ftay  till  Shelah  came  to  ripenefs  of  years.  At  which  time 
 fhe  was  fo  impatiently  defirous  of  Children,  that  fhe  procures 
 her  felf  to  be  with  Child  by  her  Father-in-law  Judah,  and 
 bean  him  Pharez,  and  Zara :  and  laftly,  Pharcz,  begets  Heb- 
 ron and  Hamul,  and  all  this  before  the  Defcent  into  Egypt. 
 Nowitmuftbe  confeft,  that  if  we  can  allow  no  more  than  22 
 years  for  all  thefe  Occurences,  we  mail  feek  to  no  purpofe  for 
 a  Solution  of  this  difficulty,  according  to  the  prefent  Chro- 
 nology ;  and  if  the  time  of  the  felling  of  Jofeph  be  the 
 fame  with  that  of  the  firft  Marriage  of  Judah,  it  is  upon  the 
 prefent  grounds  really  inexplicable.  But  thea  we  muit  re- 
 member that  altho'  the  words  At  that  time  feems  to  refer  us  Geiuxxxviij.  1 
 to  the  foregoing  Hiftory  of  Jofeph,  yet  the  Expreflion  is  of 
 a  much  larger  extent  in  the  Language  of  Scripture,  and  in- 
 cludes a  great  fpace  of  time,  as  will  appear  bv  a  view  of  the 
 
 K  in. 
 
n  III  
 
 74  A  Jkort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Deut.x.  8.       inftances  in  the  Margin  of  that  and  the  like  ways  of  fpeaking, 
 aKingsxx.i.    both  jn  the  Old  and  New  Teftament.    Nay,  indeed  it  feems 
 l^l^^S^10  ^  ^'ltt^e  more  ^^  2  Particle  of  Tranfition  or  common  way 
 i.    Matt.iij.  i.of  introducing  and  beginning  a  new  Branch  of  an    Hiftory, 
 Qyomodoab  juft  like  the  Engli/Jj  particle  Now,   as  it  is  us'd  at  this  day, 
 aliis  eft  °^er-  which  tho*  at  firft  it  might   infer  a  Connection  in  point  of 
 /^"inVdeter-^^^  w*tn  wnat  went  before,  yet  now  'tis  plainitisfrequent- 
 m'inataaliqua  ty  no  more  than  a  Particle  of  Tranfition  to  introduce  a  new 
 temporis  nota- Period  after  we  have  made  a  full  end  of  that  which  wentbe- 
 tione  fedeaesfore#     Tnjs  being  premis'd,  we  are  under  no  neceffity  of  con- 
 mvo  Teftf-     ne6ling  the  time  of  Judah's  Marriage  with  the  felling  of Jofephs 
 mento efle po- as  ls  generally  done,  but  it  may  be   connected  with  Jacob's 
 fitum.  ujfer.    return  to  Canaan  after  his  twenty  years  Service  to  Laban  the 
 ChronoUc  \\>  Syrian,  i.e.  according  to   A.   Bp.    VJJjer,      33    years   before 
 GhroQolc.  io.the  D.efcent  into  Egypt.     Now  fuppofe  Judah. then  at  feven- 
 teen  years  of  age  to  have  his  Firft-born  Er,  at  eighteen  Onan, 
 at  nineteen  Shelah ;  then  when  Judah  was  32  years  of  age  Er  and 
 Onan  fucceffively  take  Tamar  to  Wife,  and  peri fh  by  the  fud- 
 den  ftroke  of  Heaven.    When  Judah  was  3  3 ,  and  Shelah  at  years 
 of  Puberty,  but  not  Marry'd  to  Tamar,  Judah  commits  In- 
 eeft  with  Tamar,  and  the  next  year  when  he  was  34  has  twins 
 by  her  Pbarez,  and  Zarah,  when  he  was  48 /'jW*^  begets  Heb- 
 ron, and  when  he  was^o,  Hamul>*w\\o  therefore  at  that  time  muft 
 be  reckoned  among  the  reft  of  the  Infants  who  came  out  of  Ja- 
 cob's Loins,  and  defcended  with  him  into  Egypt.     All  this  is 
 pofibLe,  even  m  our  Age,  and  if  we  attend  to  the  particulars 
 of  the  Sacred  Hiftory  before  us,   we   fhall  fee  reafon  to  be- 
 lieve that  the  cafe  was  really  fo,    and  that    thefe    Marriages 
 fucceeded  one    another  \ery  quickly.       As  to  Judah  him- 
 tien.  xxxviij.   felf,    his  Inclinations    appear    by    his     Inceft    with    Tamar. 
 ai,  ijv  No  fooner  was  his  Wife  dead,  but  he  muft  go  in  to    one 
 
 whom  he  thought  to  be  a  common  Harlot.  And  then 
 for  Er  and  Onan  'tis,  I  think  ,.  intimated  in  the  very 
 V.i.i.  words  of  Judah  to  Tamar.  Then  faid  Judah  to  Tamar  his 
 daughter-in-law,  remain  a  widow  at  thy  father  s  houfe  till  She- 
 lah my  fonbe  grown',  (for  he  faid,  left  per  adventure  he  diealfoy 
 as  his  brethren  did,)  and  Tamar  went  and  dwelt  in  her  father's 
 hou/e^    The  plain   importance   of  which  reafoning  is  this,. 
 
 'My 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament. 
 
 75 
 
 *  My  Sons  Er  and  Onan,  feem  to  have  been  the  occafion  of 
 '  their  own  ruin,  by  fome  indecent  Behavior  upon  their  ovcr- 
 <  hafty  Marriages  while  they  were  fo  young.  I'll  therefore 
 '  fend  Tamar  to  her  Father's  houfe  till  my  remaining  Son  She- 
 4  lah  arrive  at  a  riper  age  before  he  marries  her.  This  feems 
 to  have  been  the  reafon  of  Judah's  delaying  the  Marriage  of 
 Sbelah  upon  his  firlt  arrival  at  the  age  of  Puberty,  which 
 fmall  delay  was  yet  born  with  fuch  impatience  by  Tamar* 
 (who  perhaps  fufpecled  he  was  afraid  of  ever  venturing  his 
 Son  with  her)  that  fhe  immediately  procures  herfelf  to  be 
 with  Child,  tho'  it  was  by  wilful  Inceft  with  her  Father-in- 
 law  Jttdah.  Upon  the  whole,  as  we  may  be  fure  from  the 
 number  of  years  that  tiiefe  SuccefTions  might  all  come  within 
 the  fpaces  above  determin'd  ;  To  we  may  very  reafonably  con- 
 clude from  the  Hiitories  themfelves  and  their  Circumftances, 
 that  they  really  did  extend  no  farther. 
 
 .      ————— ——————— — 
 
 years,  months,  days. 
 IV.  From  the  Exodus  out  ofo 
 
 Egypt  to  the  Foundation  of V 479  —  1  —  o 
 Solomon's  Temple.  3 
 
 This  general  number  is  exprefly  contain'd  in  the  Scripture,  1  Kings vj. 
 andfooughtnottobedifputed.  But  becaufethe  Book  of  fudges 
 had  occafion 'd  wonderful  difficulties  in  this  Period,  till  the 
 very  Learned  Sir  John  Marfiam  clear'd  them  in  his  Chroni- 
 cal Canon,  I  mall  only  give  the  Reader  here  Sir  John  Mar- 
 Jham's  Account  of  this  Period,  and  his  Reafonings  upon 
 which  it  is  founded,  and  mail  advance  nothing  of  my  own, 
 unlefs  it  be  the  correcting  a  few  lelTer  Inaccuracies;  what  he 
 has  faid  in  this  cafe  being,  I  think,  very  jfatisfactory,  and 
 wholly  owing  to  his  own  Obfervations,  tillwhich  this  branch 
 of  Sacred  Chronology  was  utterly  inexplicable. 
 
 K 
 
 Mefes 
 
7* 
 
 A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Sir  John  Mar- 
 Jham's  Caron. 
 
 (a)Deut.xxxiv 
 
 7- 
 (£)Jofli.iij.and 
 
 IV. 
 
 (c)  Chap.  xiv. 
 
 (</)Chap.xxiv. 
 
 *9- 
 
 (^Judgesiij.8. 
 (fJV.9,10. 
 fr)V.ii. 
 
 ,+* 
 
 (*;v..3«. 
 
 (0Chap.iv.  1. 
 
 (s)  Chap.  iij. 
 
 31- 
 
 (0)  Chap.iv.  4, 
 
 (j)  Chap.  v.  31. 
 (g)Chap.vj.  1. 
 
 (r;v.7.^. 
 
 (/)  Chap.  viij. 
 2.8. 
 
 (rJChap.ix.i2. 
 (*0Chap.  x.  2. 
 
 (at)  Chap. x.  7. 
 wuhx:.  i5   . 
 
 Exo-\ 
 '      I 
 
 40  Mofes  dies  aged  (a)  120. 
 
 41  Joshua  (b)  Conduces  the  I fraelites  over  Jordan. 
 
 47  The  Divifion  of  the  Land.     Caleb  (c)  8  5  years  old, 
 65  Jofoua  dies  aged  (d)   1 10.. 
 
 (7Jta  Idolatrous  Generation  after  Jofliua  for  34  years. 
 <jqCushan  iC/«j7  0/  Mefopotamia  Tyrannises  (e)  eight  years* 
 ipy  Otbniel  (f).  Caleb's  Son-in-law  overcomes  Caftan. 
 
 The  hand,  has  reft  (g)  40  years. 
 147  E.glon  King  of  Afoab,  with  the  Ammonites  and  Amale- 
 kites,  pojfejfes  himfelf  of  Jericho  for  (h)  eighteen  years. 
 1 65 'Ehud  (i)  a  Benjamtte,  kills. Eglon. 
 
 The  Eaftern  part  of  the  Land  has  Refi  ( k^)  80  years 
 
 until  the  Incur/ion  of  the  Midianites. 
 In   the  mean   time  in  the   North  when  Ehud  was 
 dead,  (I) 
 185  Jab  in  King  of   Canaan  pojfejfes  himfelf  of  Hasor, 
 and  k$cps  it  (m)  twenty  years. 
 In  the  mean  time  Shamgar  kills  (n)  600  Philtflins, 
 and  delivers  IfraeL 
 205  Barak  (0)  of  the  Tribe  of  Nepthali,    with  an  Ar-     ^0 
 my  out  of  that  Tribe  and  the   Tribe   of  Zabulonr 
 overcomes  Sifera  the  Captain  of  Jabins  Hoft. 
 
 The  Land  has  Refi  (p)  40  years,  80 
 
 The  Midianites  Tyrannise  for  (q)feven  years. 
 Gideon  (r)  drives  them  out  of  the  Land. 
 
 The  Land  has  Refi  (f)  40  years  in,  the  days  of  Gideon. 
 Abimelech  reigns  (t)  three  years. 
 Tola  judges  IJrae  I  (u)  23  years. 
 ;  1 8  J  air  judges.  Ifrael  (w)  22  years. 
 iqSVhen  the  I fraelites  had  dwelt  beyond  Jordan  for  (x)    300 
 f  years,  the  Ammonites  and  the  Philifiim  together    invade 
 
 Ifrael  rhe  fame  year. 
 
 245 
 
 25,2 
 
 292 
 
 295 
 
 The 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament. 
 
 77 
 
 358 
 
 371 
 381 
 
 The  AMMONiTEsTyranniue  (y) 
 
 eighteen  years. 
 JtPHTHA  judges  Ifrael  (zS)  fix 
 
 years. 
 Ibzan  judges  Ifrael  (*)  [even 
 
 years. 
 Elon  judges  Ifrael  (£)  ten  years - 
 Abd  on  judges  Ifrael  (y)  tight 
 
 years. 
 Saul  reigns  (ty  40  yearr. 
 
 43 6  David  reigns  (t)  40  years. 
 
 47$ 
 480 
 
 Solomon  reigns  (£)  40 years. 
 The  (»)  Foundation  of  the  Tem- 
 ple is  laid. 
 
 The  Philistins  Tyran- 
 nise (^40  years. 
 
 Samson  judges  Ifrael  (() 
 twenty  years  in  the  days 
 of  the   lJhilifiins.. 
 
 Eli  judges,  (*)  but  do's 
 not  deliver  Ifrael. 
 
 Samuel;W^  (<*)  Ifrael 
 fixteen.years  (before  the 
 Anointing  of  Saul.) 
 
 Ishbosheth  reigns  in 
 Mahanaim  (t*)j[years. 
 
 (y)  Judges  x.  8. 
 (xOChap.xij.7. 
 (»)V.9. 
 
 (Ov.11. 
 
 (y)V.i4. 
 (^Aftsxiij.ai 
 (t)  2  Sam.  v.  4, 
 (^JilCingxj.42. 
 faJChap.vj.  1. 
 (0)  Judges  xiij. 
 t. 
 
 (OChap.xv.20. 
 and  xv j.  31. 
 (»)  iSam.iv. 
 18. 
 (X)  Chap.  vij. 
 
 **\ 
 
 ([*)  2  Sam.  ij, 
 
 8-- 11. 
 
 Alva  Exodi. 
 
 '/^Hronologers  are  very  much  perplext  about  this  Period  Marram's 
 «•  V^/  of  the  Judges ;  whereas  it  is  certainly  fix'd  in  the  Ho-  Chronicon.   p. 
 *ly  Scripture.     In  the  480^  year  after  the  children  of  Ifrael  **>  ^ \  f 
 
 *  -were  come  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt,  in  the-  fourth  year  of  hi*      ^  VJ'  ** 
 
 *  reign  Solomon  began  to  build  the  houfe  of  the  Lord.     They  la- 
 
 *  bor  to  no  manner  of  purpofe,  who  endeavor  to  elude  fo  ex- 
 «  preft  a  Teftimony.  From  the  Exodus  till  the  Foundation 
 *:of  the  Temple  are  480  years,  [current]  which  number  is 
 •to  be  diftinguifh'd  into  two  lefler  Periods.  Indeed  Jephtha 
 'himfelf  in  his  difcourfe  to  the  Ammonites  when  theylnvad- 
 «ed  the  Land  ,    gives  us  their  diftinction    when      he    afc 
 
 •firms,  that  Ifrael  had  then  dwelt  beyond  the  river  Jordan  300  Judge*  xj.  2^ 
 
 * years-,  which  'tis  certain  they  began  to  do  in  the  40/^  year 
 
 •after  the  Exodus.     There  are  therefore  in  this  former.  Inter- 
 
 « val  before  the  Incurlion  of  the  Ammonites  340  years*  With- 
 
 «in  this  fpace  are  contained  four  of  the  Servitudes  which  the 
 
 • Ifraelites  underwent  by  the   Tyrannical  Power  of  Cufhan, 
 
 *  Eglon,  Jabin3  and  the  Atidianites;  and  yet  the  feveral  num- 
 •bers  of  the  years  of  Slavery  and  Reft,  which  by  turns  fuc- 
 <  ceeded  one  another  from  the  beginning  of  Cufhan  till  the 
 
 K  3  end 
 
A  port  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 ■     ■ 
 
 'end  of  J air's  Judging  of  Jjracl,  if  they  be  collected  into  one 
 'Sum,  are  of  themfelves  fomewhat  more  than  500.  So  that 
 •"we  have  no  room  either  for  the  Government  of  Jojbttaliim- 
 
 *  felf,  or  for  the  Idolatrous  Generation  fucceeding,  mention'd 
 fin  Scripture.  But  in  the  Canon  above,  this  difficulty  isre- 
 '  mov'd,  by  ftating  which  numbers  are  collateral,    or    belong 
 
 *  to  one  and  the  fame  time,  and  which  of  them  arc/»ccejjive, 
 'and  follow  one  another. 
 
 f  Upon  the  death  of  Eglon,  the  land  had  rcfl  80  years,      I 
 ]udgcsnj.3°-  ^  underftand  by  the  Land,  the  Eaftern  part  of  it;   (of  which 
 'the  foregoing  Difcourfe  was,  and  which  had  now  fhaken  off 
 '  the  yoke  of  Moab)  and  not  the  whole  Land  of  Ifrael.  For 
 'in  the  mean  time  not  only  the  Philiflms  invaded  theWeftern 
 v    u  'parts,  and  were  repuls'd  by  Shamgar  :   But  beiides  Thechild- 
 
 Chap,  i  v.  1.  '  renof  Ifrael  again  did  evil  in  the  fight  of  the  Lord  when  Ehud 
 '  was  dead,  and  the  Lord  fold  them  into  the  hand  of  Jabin  king 
 '  of  Canaan,  that  reign  d  in  Hasjor,  (in  the  Tribe  of  u4fmr^ 
 Toih.xix.3&  '  [or  rather  Ncpthali],  for  twenty  years;  tho'  at  the  fame  time 
 '  the  Eaftern  Regions  had  Peace.  At  length  the  Northern 
 '  Ifraelites  beat  Sifera,  and  the  Peace  thereby  becomes  Uni- 
 \  verfal,  until  40  years  afterward  the  Aiidtanites  and  their  Al- 
 « lies  from  the  Eaft  conquer  all  before  them.  How  long  E- 
 '  had  liv'd  is  no  where  faid,  nor  is  it  probable  that  he  liv'd 
 '  80  years  longer  than  Eglon,  who  was  flain  by  him.  All 
 'that  we  certainly  know,  is,  that  the  Servitude  to  the  Ca- 
 '  naanites  did  not  commence  till  after  his  death.  We  there- 
 '  fore  fuppofe  that  Jabin  endav'd  Ifrael  when  fWwas  dead 
 e  about  twenty  years  after  the  Victory  over  theA/oabites.  For  the 
 f  Tyranny  ofJabinhRed  twenty  years, and  theLandhad  Reft 40 
 '  years  afterward.  By  this  Computation  we  have  gain-d  60  intiie 
 'years.;  of  which  25  rauft  be  allow'd  to  Jofoua  himfelf,  ac- 
 cording to  the  Account  of  Joftphtis ;  and  the  remaining  5  5 
 'will  belong  to  that  Idolatrous  Generation  which  fucceeded  : 
 '  much  fuch  a  fpace  of  Time,  as  was  allotted  to  the  Gcnera- 
 '  tion  in  the  Wddernefs,  And  in  this  part  of  the  prefent  Period 
 *"it  was  that  every  one  did  that  which  was  right  in  his  own  eyes, 
 'And  here  we  are  to  place  the  Hiftories  of  Micha,  and  the 
 '  -Danites,  and  ofthe  War  againft  Benjamin.     There  are  t licrefore 
 
 185 
 
of  the  Old  Tejiamcnt.  79 
 
 1  1 8  5  years  from  the  Exodus  till  Jabin's  Invafion  -7  and  from  the 
 4  death  of  Mofes  to  the  Incurficn  of  tho.  Am'momtes\oo,  The 
 *  reafon  of  thus  ftating  the  Accounts  here,  fo  that  fume  of  the 
 '  years  are  not  fucceffive,  but  collateral,  fliall  by  and  by  be  con- 
 1  rirm'd  by  a  parallel  example,  not  founded  on  Conjectures, 
 'but  on  the  Authority  of  the  Sacred  Writer. 
 
 *  Now  that  there  fhould  bedifferent  Judges  in  different  parts 
 '  of  the  Land,  and  War  in  one  part  while  there  was  Peace  in 
 'another,  was  a  thing  not  fo  difagrecable  or  inconfiftent  with 
 'the  Civil  State  of  the  Jews  at  that  time. 
 
 The  too  hafty  diftribution  of  the  Land  by  Lot  before  it 
 '  was  throughly  fubdu'd,  did  at  once  fcattcr  the  People,    and 
 'weaken  their  Government.     After  fuch  adivifion  there  was 
 '  no  General  AfTembly  of  the  whole  Body,  nor  Common  Con- 
 'cern  for  the  Public  Good.      The  Arijlocracy  which  before 
 'was  the  fecurity  of  the  Nation  ,     was  now  deffroy'd  ,    and 
 '  the  Senate  or  Sanhcdrin,  together  with  the  accuftom'd  Ma- jo/ephA.f.c.z. 
 f  gifrrates  ceas'd,  fays  Jofephus.     Neither  indeed  was  the  meet-  p- 146.  e. 
 'ing  of  the  Sanhedrin  reviv'd  before  the  days  of  Jehofophat.  i  Chron.xix./. 
 'The  Judges  were  rais'd  up  in  extraordinary  Cafes.      The 
 '  Jews  Polity  was  yet- intirely  a  Theocracy,  and  that  was   by  iSam.  xij.  ix- 
 '  no  means  uninterrupted.     As  Prophecy  at  any  time  was  want- 
 ing, Anarchy  prefently  fueceeded  in  its  place. 
 
 '  Befides  there  was  fcarce  any  of  the  Judges  that  had  Au- 
 thority over  the  whole  Body  of  the  Nation;  they  were  the 
 'Leaders  of  fuch  Tribes  as  were  willing  to  fubmitthemfelves 
 '  to  their  Conduct,  according  as  they  were  in  danger  from  the 
 '  neighboring  Nations,  femetimes  on  one  fide,  and  fomctimes 
 'on  another,.    We  have  plain  Inftances  of  this  in  the  Armies 
 'of  Baral^and  Gideon;  and  in  that  double  Invafion  which  hap- 
 '  pen'd  afterward  ,     from  the  Ammonites  on  the  one  quarter,  judges  iv.  10. 
 'and  the  Philiflins  on  the  other.     The  War  with  Ammon  wasandvj.  2?. 
 '•ma nag'd  intirely  by  Jephtha  and  his  Feople,   L  e.  the   Tribes  C,Q 
 'beyond  Jordan.     That  with  the  /^/'/{/fewasmanag'dwhol-       P,X1J-Z' 
 'ly  by  the  Tribe  of  Judah.     When  Reuben 's  birth-right  was gt-  iChron.v.  i. 
 '  ven  to  the  fons  of  Jofeph,and  Judah  by  Divine  Appointment  was 
 'prefer  d  before  his  brethren,   (on  which  accounts  thefe  principal  Gen.tt.ix.  8. 
 'Tribes  obtain'd)  as  a  double  Portion  the  Iargeft.and  mod  fecure 
 
 'Provinces. 
 
8o  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 '  Provinces  of  all)  Ambition  ever  after  that  time  prevail d  on  both 
 *  fides,  and  the  confequences  of  that  were  Jealoufyand  Emu- 
 '  ktion  ;  after  this  there  is  not  the  leaft  appearance  of  their  unit- 
 'ing  their  Forces,  or  joining  in  Confederacies  to  reliftacom- 
 fmon  Enemy.  Indeed  afterward,  in  the  days  of  Saul,  an  Ar- 
 ifSam.xj.S.;  '  my  was  levy'd  out  of  the  whole  Natron,  but  even  then  they 
 '-were  two  Bodies,  whereof  the  Ifraelites  made  one,  and  the 
 '  Tribe  of  Judah  another.  Upon  Saul's  death  they  ran  into 
 'Factions  and  Divilions;  [the  one  were  for  Ifihofocth,  theo- 
 1  ther  for  David,-]  this  Divifion  became  fixtand  incurable  after 
 '  the  death  of  Solomon.  'Trs  no  wonder  therefore  that  diffe- 
 rent Tribes  had  very  different  Fortunes,  fince  they  acred  fe- 
 'parately,  and  had  feparate  Interefts. 
 
 *  The  other  branch  of  this  Period  contains   140   years,   of 
 
 *  which  number  the  laft  84  belong  to  three  of  the  Kings  juft 
 
 •  before  the  Foundation  of  the  Temple.  There  remain  there- 
 fore $6  years  to  be  accounted  for  within  the  Period  of  the 
 •' Judges.     In  which  fpace  of  time  we  meet  with   a  double 
 
 judgesx.8.and  t  Servitude  of  the  Ifraelites ;  the  one  to  the  Ammonites,    and 
 
 xuj.  1.  <  tne  other  to  the  Philifiins.     Thefe  two  Servitudes  were  not 
 
 '  like  the  former,  different  in  time,  and  the  one  after  the  o- 
 
 'ther,  but  contemporary;  they  commenc'd  at  once,  tho*  they 
 
 'had not  the  fame  Period.     The  Idolatry  of  the  Ifraelites w -as 
 
 Chap.  x.  6.       *^"°  multiply 'd,  and  they  worfhip'd  fo  many  Gods,    that  the 
 
 '  Almighty  doubled  their  Punifnment,    and  fent  Enemies  in 
 
 Y.  j. '  upon  them  both  from  the  Eafl  and  Weft.     He  fold  them  in- 
 
 ' to  the  hands  of  the  Philiftins,  and  into  the  hands  of  the  children 
 
 '■of  Ammon.     Andthat  (very)  year  they  both  vexed  and  opprejfed 
 
 '  the  children  of  Ifrael,  eighteen  years  all  the   children   of  Ifrael 
 
 '  that  were  on  the  other  fide  Jordan,  in  the  land  of  the  Amorites 
 
 '  which  is  in  Gilead,  &c.     The  Ammonites  on  the  Eaft,    and 
 
 '  the  Philiftins  on  the  Weft,  as  if  they  had  been  Confederates, 
 
 '  Invaded  Ifrael  in  one  and  the  fame  year;  but  they  were  not 
 
 'driven  out  again  in  one  and  the  fame  year.     The  Ammo- 
 
 *  nites  Tyranniz'd  but  eighteen  years,  ana  the  PhittftinsnoteCs 
 
 *  than  40. 
 
 'For  as  to  the  words  juft  now  quoted,  they  are  a   Preface 
 -*not  only  to  the  Hiftory  of  Jephtha  which  immediately  fol- 
 lows. 
 
of  the  Old  Te [lament.  8 1 
 
 'lows,  but  to  that  of  Sam fon  alfo,  which  comes  after  it. 
 'Neither  is  this  Invafion  of  the  Philifiins  different  from  that 
 'related  in  the  i$th  Chapter,  but  is  the  very  fame.  The 
 <  cafe  was  this,  Whereas  there  were  two  branches  of  this  Hi- 
 '  ftory,  which  if  they  had  been  related  together  would  have 
 1  been  obfcure  and  intricate ;  it  was  therefore  thought  more 
 '  convenient,  firft  to  premife  a  fhort  mention  of  both ,  and 
 'then  to  give  a  diftinfb  Account  of  each  of  them  feverally, 
 'beginning  with  that  which  would  be  fooneft  difpatch'd,and 
 
 *  then  proceeding  to  that  which  requir'd  a  more  large  Expli- 
 cation afterwards.     By  the  help  of  this  Obfervation  allDif- 
 
 *  Acuities  are  eafily  remov'd,    and  the  numbers  of  the  years, 
 
 *  which  otherwife  increafe  too  much  upon  us,  and  are  too  ma- 
 'ny  for  our  Period,  are  reduc'd  within  compafs,  and  brought 
 'within  the  bounds  of  the  prefent  Chronology. 
 
 '  On  one  fide  after  the  eighteen  years  of  the  Tyranny    of 
 'the  Ammonites,  we  have  four  Judges,  Jephtha,  Jbz,an,    Elon 
 
 *  and  Abdon.  All  the  years  afcrib'd  to  them,  [including  the 
 '  eighteen  years  of  Servitude  alfo]  are  no  more  than  49. 
 '  That  part  of  the  Land  with  which  thefe  were  concern'd, 
 <  was  in  peace  after  the  Tyranny  of  Ammon  was  over.     In 
 
 '  the  times  fucceeding  there  was  peace  between  Jfrael  and  the  1  Sam.  vij.  14. 
 
 '  Ammonites.     In  the   mean  time    [during  this  Reft  of  the 
 
 4  Eaftern  parts]  the  Philifiins  Tyranny  extended  it  felf  in  the  Judges  xiij.  1. 
 
 *  Weft,  and  continu'd  from  its  firft  beginning  40  years.  Nor 
 'do  we  find  any  mention  of  a  Deliverer  from  it,  before  the  time 
 ♦of  Samuel,  who  by  gaining  that  famous  Victory  over  the 
 '  Philifiins  at  Ebenez,er  put  an  end  to  their  40  years  Tyranny. 
 
 '  So  the  Philifiins  were  fubdued,  and  they  came  no  more  into  the1  Sam.  vij.  i$t 
 '  coafis  of  Jfrael,    and  the  hand  of  the  Lord  was  againfi  the  Phi-  l^' 
 ifitns  all  the  days  of  Samuel.     And  the  cities  which   the  Phili- 
 ifiins  had  taken  from  Jfrael  were  refiored  to  Jfrael.     Thofe  days 
 '  of  Samuel's  Government  are  the    fixteeri  years  in   which  he 
 'Judged  the  People  before  the  Inauguration  of  Saul.     And 
 
 *  thefe  were  the  only  years  interpos'd  between  the  end  of 
 '  the/>^/7(/?/'»j4o,and  the  beginning  of  the  84oftheKingsbefore- 
 'mention'd,  and  together  with  the  40  years  of  the  Philifiins,  do 
 'make  up  the  56  which  were  to  be  accounted  for.     Soonaf- 
 
 L  'tcr 
 
8  2,  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Chap.xiij.  i.     '  ter  Saul  came  to  the  Crown,   in  the  fecond  year  of  his  reign, 
 and  xiv.52.      <  tne  \^ar  began  again  with  the  Philifiins,  and  there  was  [ore 
 ■    *  war  againfi  the  Philifiins  all  the  days  of  Saul.     By  this   Ac- 
 '  count  Samud  began  to  Judge  [in  Judah  and  thofe  parts]   in 
 'the  laft  year  of  Elon  or  the  Tribe  of  Zabulon,  and  was  Con- 
 temporary   with    his    SuccefTor  Abdon  of  the  Tribe  of  £- 
 1  phraim. 
 Judges  xv.  20.      ' '  Samfon  is  faid  to  have  judged  Ifrael  twenty  years  in  the  days 
 
 *  of  the  Philifiins,    i.  e.  within  the  fpace  of  thofe  40  years, 
 V.  n.*  wherein  the  Philifiins  were  rulers  over  them.     But  he  had  no- 
 
 '  thing  of  Supreme  Power ;  he  did  not  deliver  the   Ifraelites, 
 
 *  but  was  himfelf  deliver'd  bound  into  the  hands  of  the   Phi- 
 
 *  lifiins,  by  his  own  People. 
 
 *  Neither  ought  we  to  look  upon  Eli  as  a  Deliverer,  feeing 
 iSaxn.  vij.  2.    *  he  loft  the  Ark,  and  dy'din  the  twentieth  year  of  this  Ser- 
 vitude to  the  Philifiins,  /'.  e.  twenty  years  before  the  Vic"to- 
 f  ry  over  them  at  Ebenez,er.     His  Power  as  Judge  at  what  time 
 1  foever  it  began,  was  no  other  than  that  of  an   High-Prieft, 
 
 *  the  Examination  and  Determination  of  Forenfic  Caufes  be- 
 'tween  one  Man  and  another;  like  that  of  Deborah,  when  fhe 
 'Judged  IJrael  under  the  Palm-tree ;  or  that  of  the  Succeflbrs 
 'of  Gideon  and  Jephtha,  in  the   times  of  Peace;  or  that  of 
 
 Chap.viij.  u  <  Samuel's  Sons,  who  were  made  by  him  Judges  over  Ifrael; 
 'or  laftly,  that  of  Samuel  himfelf  after  the  Anointing  of  King 
 Chap.  vij.  iy.  S  Sat*l>  who  ftill  is  faid  to  have  judged  Ifrael  all  the  days  of  his 
 Jofefk  Anticj.  'life;  and  that  was  by  Jofephus's  Accounts  no  lefs  than  eighteen 
 1.6.  in  fine.  t  vearSp  [Nay,  and  indeed  ought  to  be  accounted  many 
 Aasxnj.21.     cmore.-| 
 
 2  Sam.  v.  4.  '  Thofe  were  ftil'd  Judges  who  delivered  the  Ifraelites  out  of 
 
 Judges  ij.  16.    '  the  hand  of  thofe  that  fpoi Led  them.      Among  thofe  Judges  we 
 
 andiij.  \f.      'find  Ehud  a  Savior  or  Deliverer.     Now  the fe  were  fo  call'd, 
 
 '  who  faved  or  deliver  d  them  out  of  the  hand  of  their    enemies 
 
 *  in  the  time  of  their  affliclion.  But  that  was  an  occasional, 
 '  not  a  continual  Office,  and  fo  admitted  of  great  interrup- 
 tion. 
 
 'A  like  cafe  we  find  among  the  Tyrians  ;  over  whom  Judges 
 Jofepb.  contra  <  were  conflituted,  after  the  old  City  on  the  Continent  was 
 ^oa.p.1046.  <rai»^  fry  N(buchadnez,zar>   and  they  were  confiri'd  to  an  I- 
 
 '  fland> 
 
of  the  Old  Tejiament.  8  3 
 
 'fland;  and  thefe  Judges  were  their  Governors  fucceffively,  and 
 
 'fupply'd  the  place  of  their  Kings.     Among  the    Carthagini- 
 
 1  ans  alfo,  who  were  a  Colony  of  the   Tyrians ,     the  order  of 
 
 '  Judges  had  the  dominion^  and  chiefly  prejerv'd  it  in  their   own 
 
 *■  hands,  becaufe  they  -were  not  Annual  Officers,  but  during  life. 
 
 1  Thefe  Judges  are  ftil'd  Sujfetes  by  Livy,  Cum  Su fetes  ad  jus  Lh.  1.  33, 34. 
 
 '  dicendum  conjedijfent.     This  Book  it  felf  in  the  Original  is 
 
 c  nam'd  Sophetim,    i.  e.    Sujfetes,  which  we  render  the  Book  of 
 
 4  Judges.     Which  word  /jgnifies  one  who  avenges  the   Caufe 
 
 'of  a  People,  or  delivers  them  out  of  the  hand  of  their  Ene- 
 
 'nemies,     (and  not  one  like  a  King,  who  Governs  and  Reigns 
 
 'over  them  conftantly,  without  interruption  J     Thus  far  Sir 
 
 John  Marfliam ,    and  thus  much  may  fuffice  for  this  Period. 
 
 •  years,  months. 
 
 V.   From  the  Foundation  ofO 
 Solomon's  Temple  to  its  Con-£*  424  —     3 
 flagration.  3 
 
 This  Sum  is  to  be  collected  by  comparing  the  years  of  the 
 divided  Kingdoms  of  Judah  and  Ifrael,  during  fuch  theirdi- 
 vifion;  and  after  the  Captivity  of  the  Kingdom  of  Ifrael> 
 from  the  years  of  the  Kings  of  Judah  alone.  And  the  Se- 
 ries fo  found  is  to  be  compar'd  with  the  390  years  of  God's 
 Patience  towards  the/ew  Tribes,  and  with  the  40  years  of  God's 
 Patience  towards  the  two  Tribes  already  difcours'd  of.  Up-  Frof> ,.  .ad 
 on  the  agreement  and  correfpondence  of  all  which  Accounts  i,-. 
 the  certainty  of  this  Period  do's intirely  depend.  Take  there- 
 fore the  Subdivifions  of  this  Period  as  follows. 
 
 years,      months. 
 
 1.  From  the  Foundation  of  the  Tcm-7 
 
 pic  till  the  beginning  of  the  Reign  r  3  6     —     5 
 of  Rchoboam.  r 
 
 2.  From  the  beginning  of  the  Reigns 
 
 of  Rehoboam  till   the  beginning  ofS*90     —     6 
 the  Reigns  of  Athaliah  and  Jehu.  J 
 
 L  z  z.  From 
 
8  4  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 years,     months* 
 
 3.  From  the  beginning  of  the  Reigns? 
 
 of  Athaliah  and  Jehu,  till  the  Cap-  r  1 65     —     a 
 tivity  of  the  ten  Tribes.  ** 
 
 4.  From  the   Captivity   of   the   ten"} 
 
 Tribes  till  the  Conflagration  of  the>i$4     —     z 
 Temple.  J 
 
 1.  From  the  Foundation  of  the  Tem--p 
 pie  till  the  beginning  of  the  Reign  >3  6     —     5 
 of  Rehoboam.  J 
 
 1  Kings  vj.  1.  The  general  number  of  years  here  fpecify'd,  is  out  of  doubt. 
 aChron.iij.i.  For  the  Foundation  of  the  Temple  was  laid  in  the  fourth 
 withiKingsxj.  year  0f  Sohmon,  and  he  Reign'd  in  all  40  years,  and  was  im- 
 42.  and  zChr.  mejiate]v  fucceeded  by  his  Son  Rehoboam.  So  that  if  we  de- 
 duct three  years,  and  a  part  of  the  fourth  from  40,  we  fhall 
 have  36"  years  and  fome  odd  months  remaining.  But  then 
 how  many  odd  months  here  or  in  other  parallel  cafes  are  to  be 
 allow'd,  is  not  generally  taken  notice  of  exprefly  in  the  Scri- 
 pture ;  but  is  to  be  collected  from  the  exact  Adjuftment  and 
 Connection  of  the  Reigns  of  one  King  with  another,  and  fo  to 
 be  fetch'd  from  the  Tables  of  their  Reigns.  And  indeed  it 
 highly  deferves  not  only  our  Obfervation  ,  but  Admiration 
 too,  that  thofe  many  Texts  of  Scripture  where  the  Reigns  of 
 the  Kings  of  one  Kingdom  are  adjuffed  to  thofe  of  the  o- 
 therj  and  which  have  generally,  for  want  of  due  attention, 
 been  look'd  uponasthecaufes  of  abundance  of  Difficulties  in 
 the  Sacred  Chronology,  are  really  in  themfelves  fo  far  from 
 being  fo,  that  they  generally  help  us  to  ftate  the  Accounts  of 
 each  Reign  much  more  accurately,  and  that  commonly  to  a 
 fingle  Month.  For  if  we  examin  the  particular  Tables  of 
 the  Kings  of  Judah  and  Ifrael,  wherein  every  Text  of  Scri- 
 pture thereto  relating,  is  exactly  obferv'd  and  follow'd,  we 
 fhall  find  it  not  eafy  to  alter  any  of  the  Reigns  (either  as  to  their 
 Duration,  or  Beginning)  one  fingle  month,  without  contra- 
 dicting fome  Text  or  other  in  the  Scripture ,  or  fome  plain 
 Chronological  Character  taken  from  the  Sacred  Hiftory.     So 
 
 that 
 
of  the  Old  Teflament. 
 
 that  the  feeming  contradictions  of  the  Scripture  Accounts  do 
 appear  at  lair  to  be  but  fo  many  Proofs  of  their  greater  accu- 
 racy. Such  has  been  the  wonderful  Care  and  wife  Contri- 
 vance of  Providence,  even  in  the  mid  ft  of  the  feeming  care* 
 lejfnefs  and  inaccuracy  of  the  Chronology  of  the  Bible,  as  to 
 provide  us  therein  fufficient  helps  to  ftate  its  feveral  Periods 
 more  nicely  and  accurately,  than  the  moft  famous  and  befl:  di- 
 gefted  Monuments  of  Profane  Antiquity  can  enable  us  to  do 
 in  Profane  Hiftory.  But  to  leave  this  digrellion,  and  to  go 
 on. 
 
 years,     months. 
 .2.  From  the  Beginning  of  the  Reign-^ 
 
 of  Rehoboam  to  the  Beginning  of>oa     —     6. 
 
 the  Reigns  of  Athaliah  and  Jehu.     3 
 
 This  is  collected  from  the  flrft  Table  of  the  Kings  of  J»- 
 dah  and  Ifrael,  where  each  Reign  is  thus  ftated  upon  this  Hy- 
 pothejis,  that  the  year  ordain'd  by  Jeroboam  confifting  only  of  *- 
 liven  months,  was  obferv'd  in  that  Kingdom  till  the  Revo- 
 lution by  Jehu. 
 
 Scripture 
 years. 
 
 Rehoboam  —  [17I 
 
 Abijah   [  5] 
 
 4fr  [41] 
 
 Jehofaphat  ~  [25] 
 Jehoram  —  [  8] 
 Aba&iah  —    [   i] 
 
 Sum 
 
 [95] 
 
 years,  months. 
 
 -  16  --    8 
 
 -  2  -.    7 
 
 —  40  --10 
 
 —  22  —    o 
 
 <r  -  11 
 
 1  -    6 
 
 90  —   6 
 
 1  Kings  xiv.  21, 
 aChron.xij.  13, 
 J  Kings  xv.  2. 
 2Chron.  xiij.  2. 
 1  Kings  xv.  10, 
 2Chron.xvj.13, 
 iKingsxxij.42. 
 2Chron.xx.31. 
 2Kingsviij.  1 7. 
 2Chron.xxj.20 
 2,Kingsviij.2<5. 
 2Chron.xxij,a» 
 
 Before. 
 
%6 
 
 A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 i  Kings  xiv.  20. 
 iKingsxv.  if. 
 iKingsxv.  3  3. 
 : Kings  xvj.  8. 
 1  Kings  xvj.  23 
 1King.xxvj.29. 
 iKingsxxij.fi. 
 aKings  iij,  1. 
 
 Scripture 
 
 j  ears,     years 
 Before  the  Schifm   —     1 
 
 months. 
 —   1 
 
 Jeroboam  — 
 
 Nadab  
 
 2 
 
 —  21 
 
 —  I 
 
 -  7 
 
 -  6 
 
 Baafoa  
 
 EU 
 
 i 
 
 ~     1 
 
 -  5 
 
 --  7 
 
 Omri  
 
 11 
 
 --  11 
 
 -  6 
 
 Ahab  
 
 ~22 
 
 —  21 
 
 -  8 
 
 Ahaz^iah  -- 
 
 2 
 
 —     1 
 
 ~  6 
 
 Jehoram  -- 
 
 Jl]    -    12 
 
 "  5 
 
 Sum 
 
 l>8]       97 
 
 -•-  7 
 
 Reduc'd  to  Julian  years  90 
 
 -  6 
 
 Before  -we  come  to  the  difficulties  in  thisSubdivifion,  we 
 mud  obferve  that  the  year  inftituted  by  Jeroboam  continuing 
 to  the  Revolution  by  Jehu,  and  no  longer  ,  the  Annals  of 
 the  laft  of  the  Kings  of  Jfrael  before  muft  have  been  written, 
 or  at  leaft,  finim'd  in  the  days  of  Jehu ;  and  by  confequence 
 may  juftly  be  look'd  upon  as  accounted  by  the  ftile  us'd  by 
 Jehu,  and  not  that  us'd  by  Jeroboam.  And  accordingly  the 
 twelve  years  5  months  of  Jehoram  in  this  Table ,  are  here 
 reckon'd  ;  as  the  adjuftment  of  the  Reigns  correfponding  there- 
 to did  require.  But  as  to  the  difficulties  in  this  place,  the 
 following  Obfervations  will  clear  them. 
 
 1.  Jehofaphat  is  here  allow'd  but  22  years,  whereas  the  Sa- 
 cred  Hiftory  afcribcs  25  to  him.     Now  flnce  we  have  alrea- 
 
 ir^rrcvvi,  ,-,  dy  feen  that  the  f.me  Author  who  fays,   Jehofaphat  reism'd  2  < 
 jkmgsxMj.42.    j  •    X  J  <v  1 r         I 
 
 aKinf..viij. \6.  years,  allures  us  expreiiy  alio,  that  his  Son  Jehoram   began  to 
 
 reign  during  his  Father's  life-time;  and  by  the  year  in  which 
 
 he  began,  implys  that  this  was  three  years  before  his  Father's 
 
 death   ;     'trs  clear  that  the  laft  three  years  of  the  Father  were 
 
 Contemporary  with  the  firft  three  years  of  the  Son;    and  by 
 
 confequence,  but  22  of  the  Father's  arc  to  be  accounted  in  a 
 
 fucceffive  Chronology.  2.  Aha- 
 
of  the  Old  Tejlament. 
 
 i.  Ahaz^iah  King  of  Judah  is  in  one  place    faid   to   begin 
 his  Reign  in  the  eleventh)  but  in  another  not  till  the  twelfth 
 year  of  jehoram  King  of  IfraeL     Now  this  is  fo  far  from  a 
 difficulty,    that   if  we  conlider  his  Father's  Circumftancesa 
 little  before  his  death,  and  the  difference  of  the  Phrafes  made 
 ufc  of  upon  the  different  Commencements  of  his  Reign,   we 
 ihall  find  this  double  Epocha  highly  agreeable  to  the  Hiftory 
 of  thefe  times.     For  as  to  his  Father's  Circumftances,  'tis  faid, 
 After  all  this  the  Lord  fmote  him  in  his  bowels  with  an  incur  a-  2chron.  x>;, 
 ble  difeafe.     And  it  came  pafs  that  in  procefs  of  time,  after,  or  18, 19. 
 rather  about  the  end  of  two  years,  his  bowels  fell  out  by  reafon 
 of  his  Jicknefs ;  fo  he  died  of  fore  difeafes.     From  which  incu- 
 rable  difeafe  in  his  bowels,  would  naturally  arifc  the  making  his  Son 
 Partner  in  the  Kingdom,  and-the  committing  the  Adminiftrati- 
 on  of  Affairs  to  him  fome  time  before  his  death.     And  then 
 the  difference  of  the  Phrafes  made  ufeof  on  the  different  be- 
 ginnings of  the  Son's  Reign  do  confirm  the  fame.     Thus  In  2Kings  ix.  2 o. 
 the  eleventh  year  of  Jehoram  Ahaz,iah  began  to  reign   over  Ju- 
 dah,   imperfectly.      But  towards  the    end  of  the  next  year, 
 In  the  twelfth  year  of  Jehoram   did  Ahaz,iah    begin  to   reign,  Chap.  viij.  25- 
 22  years  old  was  Ahaz^iah  when   he  began  to  reign,   and  he26* 
 reigned  one  year  in  Jernfalem  completely  and  fingly  after  his  Fa- 
 ther's death  :    as  this  matter  is  exactly  ftated  in  the  firft  Table  of 
 the  Kings  of  J 'udah  and  IfraeL  ♦ 
 
 3.  Omri  King  of  Ifrael  is,  in  one  place,  faid  to   begin  his  iKingsxvj.  1/. 
 Reign  in  the   zjth   of  Afa;     and  in  another  place,     not  16,23. 
 till  the  31ft  of  Afa.     And  his  Reign  is  faid  to  be  twelve  years 
 in  all,  yet  but  fix  in  Tirz^ah.     Now  if  we  confidcr   the  cir- 
 cumftances  of  this  Hiftory,  we  fhall  not  be  fo   much  furpri- 
 zed  at.  thefe  different  Accounts.     The  cafe  was  plainly  thus, 
 In  the  zyth  of  Afa,  Omri  is  made  King  over  Ifrael,  upon  the 
 Confpiracy  of  Zimri',     and  being  accompany'd  by  the  Body  1  icings xvj.iy, 
 of  the   People,   he  befiges  Tirz.ah,   where  Zimri  then   was,  24. 
 and  in  feven  days  takes  the  City,  and  puts  an  end  to  Zimri 's 
 Power  and  his  Life  at  once.     Upon  Zimri's  death,  the  people 
 of  Ifrael  were  divided  into  two  parts,    half  of  the  people  fol- 
 lowed Ttbni  the  Son  of  Ginath,  to  make  him  king,  and  half  fol- 
 lowed Omri,     So   after  four  years   ftruggle  ana  war  for  the 
 
 Crown, 
 
88 
 
 A  jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 Crown,  the  people  that  followed  Omri  prevailed  againfl  the  peo- 
 ple that  follow edTibni;  and  Tibni  dy'd,  and  Omri  reigned  with- 
 out molefration.  So  that 'tis  no  wonder  that  we  have  a  double 
 Epocha  of  the  Reign  of  Omri ;  nor,  that  of  his  twelve  years 
 which  he  reign'd  in  all,  only  fix  of  them  were  in  Ttrz^ah. 
 Of  the  reft  four  were  fpent  before  the  death  of  Ttbnh  his  Rival, 
 and  e'er  he  obtain'd  the  then  Royal  City  Tirz,ah;  and  two  of 
 them  after  he  left  Tirzah,  and  had  built  Samaria,  and  tranf- 
 V..13.-  fer'd  the  Royal  Seat  of  his  Kingdom  thither.     Thus  In  the 
 
 3 1  ft  year  ofAfa  hwg  of  Judah,  Omri  reigned  over  Ifrael,  after 
 the  death  of  Tibni,  and  the  obtaining  thereby  his  Royal  Ci- 
 ty Ttrz*ah.  He  reign'd  indeed  in  all  twelve  yean.  But  from 
 this  time  he  began  to  reign  fix  years  in  Tirz^ah ;  after  which 
 he  remov'd  to  Samaria  for  the  ihort  remainder  of  his  Reign, 
 as  it  follows  immediately  in  the  Hiftory. 
 3.  From  the  beginning  of  the  Keigns?  years,     months. 
 
 of  Athaliah  and  Jehu,  to  the  Cap*  £163 1 
 
 tivity  of  the  ten  Tribes.  ^ 
 
 Thus  number  is  likewife  to  be  collected  by  comparing  the 
 years  of  the  Kings  of  Judah  and  Ifrael,  according  to  the  fe- 
 cond  Table,  where  each  Reign  is  thus  flated. 
 Scripture 
 years.        years.         months. 
 
 2Kingsxj.  2. 
 iChr.  xxij.  1 1. 
 a  Kings  xij.  1. 
 aChron.xxiv.i. 
 aK.  xiv.  2,17. 
 aChr.xxv.i.ij. 
 aKingsxv.  2. 
 aChr.xxvj.3. 
 aKingsxv.  32. 
 2Chr.xxvij.  1. 
 2Kiqgs  xvj.  2. 
 2Chr.xxviij.i. 
 2Kingsxviij. 
 2,9,10. 
 aChron.xxix.*. 
 
 Athaliah — 
 
 — L«J 
 
 Joafij     — 
 
 -  [40] 
 
 Amaz,iah— 
 
 —  M 
 
 Vz,z,iah  — 
 
 —  I**] 
 
 Jotham  — - 
 
 —  [i<] 
 
 Ahazj     — 
 
 —  [I«] 
 
 Hez,ekiah  ir 
 Period. 
 
 ithis[  <5] 
 
 ■  6- 
 
 38- 
 
 ■52. 
 
 15. 
 
 14. 
 
 6- 
 
 •10 
 
 11 
 
 Sum. 
 
 ['«5] 
 
 163  — —  z- 
 
 Scripiwe 
 
of  the  Old  Tejiament. 
 
 89 
 
 Scripture 
 
 years,    years,     months* 
 
 J*hu     - 
 
 28 
 
 « 28-5 
 
 2  Kings  x.  36. 
 
 Jehoahaz, 
 
 >7_ 
 
 —    14    --    13 
 
 aKings  xiij.  1. 
 
 Joafi    - 
 
 iS 
 
 —    16   --       O 
 
 zKingsxiij.io. 
 
 Jeroboamll. 
 
 UK 
 
 —    41     —      O 
 
 1K.ingsxiv.z3 
 
 Interregn.  I. 
 
 —    12    --       O 
 
 Zecbariah 
 
 :  i  ]  - 
 
 2  Kings  xv.  8. 
 
 Shallttm  — 
 
 [  a  -  0 ..  1 
 
 zKingsxv.  13 
 
 MeHahem  — 
 
 10]  — 10  —  (? 
 
 aKingsxv.17. 
 
 Pekahiah  --■ 
 
 *  *i  ■«-  2  ~  1 
 
 2 Kings  xv.  23. 
 
 Pekah       —  [20]  -r  20  -     4 
 Interregn.  II. [     J  —     8  —     5 
 
 zKingsxv.  27 
 
 Hofloea     —    [  9]  —     9  —     0 
 
 xKingsxvij.t 
 
 Sum         [14$]     i<S$  —     2- 
 
 The  Chronological  Difficulties  of  this  Interval  are  thefe 
 following. 
 
 1.  Tho'  Jehoahaz,  of  Ifrael  did  not  die  till  the  ^thofjoajh  ^ngsxiij.i. 
 of  Jndah,  yet  is  his  Succeflbr  j^/7;  of  Ifrael  faid  to  begin  in 
 the  yjth  of  Joafh  ofjudah,  and  this  by  the  very  fame  Hiftorian. 
 Now  in  this  place  we  are  oblig'd  to  fuppofe  that  Joajh  be- 
 gan to  reign  about  two  years  before  his  death,  as  we  have  put 
 it  in  the  Table.     But  becaufe  we  are   not  to  admit  of  fuch 
 a  double  Epocha  of  a  Reign  without  fome  other  Foundation  Prof.io.ConU. 
 than  the  difficulty  before  us,  we  mult   inquire  whether  the 
 Sacred    Hiftory  affords  us  any  hint  of  this  matter.     And  I 
 think  it  evidently  do's  fo.     For  in  the  firft  place  'tis  faid  ex- 
 prefly  that  the  kings  of  Syria  opprejfed  Ifrael  all  the  days  tf 'iK^auj.Ji 
 Jehoahaz,;  and  yet  during  his  lifetime,  we  findthatupon  his  z1,  v'4>f' 
 Petition  to  God  for  deliverance,  God  heard  his  prayer,  and  are 
 exprefly  affur'd  that  he  gave  Ifrael  a  Savior,    (viz,.)  his   Son 
 Joaft,  a  mighty  Man  of  Valor,  and  that  during  his  Father's 
 lifetime  alfo  Joafi  recover'd  the  Cities  which  his  Father  loft, 
 
 M  and 
 
2o  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 and  reftor'd  Peace  to  the  Nation.  Thefe  fo  different  affirma- 
 tions are  no  otherwife  reconcilable  than  by  fuppofmg  what  will 
 folve  the  prefent  difficulty,  viz,.  That  upon  the  Father's  con- 
 ftant  ill  Succefs  againft  the  Syrians,  he  refign'd  part  of  the 
 Royal  Authority  to  his  Son,  and  made  him  the  General  of 
 his  Army.  After  which  beginning  of  the  Son's  Adminiftra- 
 tion  Affairs  were  alter'd,  and  thole  Enemies,  who  during  the 
 Father's  Government  were  always  Conquerors,  were  now  eon- 
 querd  by  the  Son,  and  at  laft  driven  out  of  the  Land. 
 Which  Circumirances  when  duly  confider'd,  do  I  think  fully 
 juftify  the  double  Epocha  of  the  Reign  of  Joajb,  which  the 
 Chronology  oblig'd  us  to  admit. 
 
 2.  Amaz,iah  King  of  Judah,  is  faid  to  begin  to  reign  in 
 the  fecond  of  Joafl^i.  e.  as  we  have  juftnow  feen,  in  the  feven- 
 teenth  ofjehoabaz,  King  of  Ifrael;  whereas  his  Father  did  not  die 
 till  above  a  year  after  the  death  of  Jehoahaz.An  this  cafe  therefore 
 we  are  oblig'd  again  to  fuppofe  that  Amaz,iah  began  to  reign 
 above  a  year  before  his  Father's  death,  as  we  have  put  it  in 
 Co_  the  Table.     Now  fince  we  have  promis'd  not  ordinarily  to 
 roll.    '  '"        admit  of  fuch  double  Epocha  s  of  Reigns  without  fome  other 
 Foundation  than  that  of  a  difficulty  in  Chronology  only,  we 
 muft  here  affign  fome  reafon   for  the  prefent    Supposition.. 
 And  indeed  we  need  not  be  to  feek  for  an  intimation  that  A- 
 maztiah  began  his  reign  before  his  Father's  death,  and  was  a- 
 gain  confirm  d  in  it  after  it,  if  we  duly  attend  to  the  Sacred 
 Hiftory.     'Tis  faid  of  him  both  in  the  Book    of  Kings  and 
 lKi       x;Vt  -  Chronicles,  It  came  to  pafs  as  foon  as  the  kingdom  was  confirm- 
 iChron.xxv.    ed  in  bis  hand,  that  he  fleiv  his  fervants  which  had  flain  the  kmg 
 j«  his  father.     What  is  the  importance    of  that   Phrafe  of  the 
 
 Kingdoms  being  confirmed  in  his  hand  j  but  that  he  was  again 
 Inaugurated  into  his  Kingdom  ?  He  undertook  the  file  Ad- 
 miniftration  of  Affairs,  which  he  had  before  Adminiftred 
 jointly  with  his  Father.  This  Phrafe  is  twice  us'd  in  paral- 
 lel cafes  in  the  Hiftory  of  the  Kings,  and  in  both  of  them 
 ^tis  fpoken  of  fuch  as  unqueftionably  had  double  Commence- 
 ments of  their  Reigns,  and  were  confirmed  in  the  fingle  ma- 
 nagement of  the  Supreme  Power  after  their  Father's  death, 
 Y/hich  they  in  part  were  Partakers  of  before.     Thus  'tis  faid  of 
 
 King 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament.  c,  x 
 
 King  Solomon,  after  the  death  of  David,  that  heflrengthened  iChron.j  i. 
 himfelf,  or  was  ftrcngthened  in  his  kingdom ;  and  of  ^ehoram 
 after  the  death  of  Jehofaphat,  that  when  he  was  rifenuptothe  Chap.xxj.4. 
 kingdom  of  his  father  he  firengthened  himfelf,  and  flew  all  his 
 brethren  with  the  fouord.  Since  therefore  in  thefe  other  ex- 
 actly parallel  cafes  the  Phrafe  before  us  is  us'd  of  the  fecond 
 commencement  of  each  of  their  Reigns  after  their  Fathers 
 death,  which  they  had  already  begun  befyre;  'tis  highly  rea- 
 fonable  to  interpret  it  to  the  fame  fence  concerning  Amaz^iah, 
 and  by  confequence  to  allow  that  he  alfo  had  a  double  be- 
 ginning of  his  Reign. 
 
 3.  The  beginning  of  the  Reign  of  Vz^iah  or  Alariah  of  iKingsxr.  1} 
 Judah,  which  mud  needs  fall  into  the  fixteenth  year  of  %r-withxttj.  10. 
 roboam  II.  if  his  Reign  be  accounted  from  his  Father's  death, 
 is  yet  faid  to  begin  in  the  27th  year  of  the  fame  Jeroboam. 
 Now  here  alfo  in  the  Table  we  admit  of  a  double  Epocha  of 
 the  Reign  of  Jeroboam  II.  and  whether  there  be  any  footfteps 
 of  fiich  a  thing  in  the  Sacred  Hiftory,  we  are  now  to  inquire. 
 And  I  think  we  do  not  want  fuch  an  intimation  even  in  this 
 cafe  alfo.     For  upon  the  death  of  Jehoahaz,  we  find  his  Son 
 Joafli  paying  a  Vifit  to  the  Prophet  Eli/ha.     The  Prophet  dif-  iKingsxiij.14- 
 courfing  of  the  Affairs  of  the  War  with  Syria,  which  Joafh  *9' 
 had  been  already  very  fuccefsful  in,  foretells  at  lafr,    that  he 
 mould  fmite  Syria  but  thrice ;  i.e.  as  I  underftand  it,    fhould 
 be  Victorious  but  three  Campaigns  more  againft  them.     Ac- 
 cordingly Joaffo  himfelf  Governs  alone,  and  profecutesthe  War  v.  2c. 
 himfelf  the  three  following  years.     But  when  they  were  ex- 
 pir'd,  becaufe  he  could  no  longer  expect  Succefs  himfelf,  and 
 becaufe  his  Father  had  done  fo  before   him  ,     he  entrufts  the 
 command  of  the  Army  and  a  fhare  in  the  Government   with 
 his  Son  Jeroboam  II.  (who  was  then,  no  doubt,  a  Prince  of 
 great  hopes,  and  who  afterward  prov'd  the  mod   Potent  and 
 Glorious  of  the  Kings  of  Ifrael.)     And  accordingly  thefrft 
 date  of  his  Reign  begins  eleven  years  before  his  Father's  death, 
 and  before  his  fole  Reign  fucceeding  afterwards,  agreeably  to 
 the  ftate  of  the  Chronology  before  us. 
 
 4.  Tho'  we  have  fhew'cl  that  there  was  an   Interregnum   in  j>rop  xj, 
 the  Kingdom  of  Ifrael  after  the  death  of  Jeroboam  II.    and 
 
 M  z  alfo 
 
'  cf  i  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Chronology 
 
 alio  a  fecond  Interregnum  after  the  death  of  Pekah ;  yet  is  it 
 aKingsxiv.19.  in  the  former  cafe  laid  that  Jeroboam  fie  ft   with   his  Father sy 
 even  with  the  kings  of  Ifrael,  and  Zechariah  his  [on  reigned  in. 
 Chap.  xv.  30.   his  fiead:  and  in  the  latter,  that  HofJjea  the  fin  of  Elah,  made 
 a  confptracy  againfi  Pekah  the  fon  of  Remaliah,    and  fmote  himy 
 and  flew    him,    and  reigned  in  his  fiead.     Which   Texts  feem 
 not  to  favor  the  Interregna,  before-mention*d.     Now   in    an- 
 fwer  to  thefe  Objections,  I  fay  that  'tis  no  wonder  that  upon 
 the  death  of  a  King,  he,  who  during  the  Interval  fought  for 
 the  Kingdom,  and  at  laft  obtain'd  it,  is  in  fome  fence  faid  to 
 reign  in  his  fiead    all    that  time,  as  reigning  over  fome  part  of 
 the  People ;  altho'  his  true  Reign  in  the  Royal   City  be  not 
 dated  till  his  his  peaceable  PoflTeflion  of  the  Crown,    and  his 
 Dominion  in  the  Royal  City  did  commence  afterwards.  And 
 this  exactly  agrees  with  each  of  the  foregoing  inftances.    For 
 as  in  general,  at  the  death  of  their  predeceffors  Jeroboam  and 
 Pekah,  both  Zechariah  and  Hofiea  are  faid  to  have  an  imper- 
 fect Dominion,  and  to  Reign  in  their  predeceffors  Jiead,.  bc- 
 caufe  during  the  Confufions  fucceeding,    they  had  a    greater 
 lhare  of  Royal  Authority  than   any   others;    fo  when  thofe 
 Confufions  were  over,  and  they  feverally  entred  on  the  quiet 
 pofleflionof  the  Throne,  and  of  the  Royal  City,  it  is  particu- 
 larly taken  notice  of  by  the  Sacred  Hiftory,,  and  the  true  dates 
 of  their  Reigns  are  deriv'd  therefrom.    Thus,  tho'  Jeroboam 
 sKmgsxiv.aj.  dy-d  in  the  z6th  year  of  Vz,z,iah;  yet'tisfaid  that  In  the  $Sth 
 Chap.  xv.  g.     year  of  uiz^ariah  or  'Vsjz.iah  king  of  Judah,  did  Zechariah  the 
 fin  of  Jeroboam,  reign  oiier  Ifrael  in  the  Royal   City    Sama- 
 ria fix  months..     Thus  in  like  manner,  tho*  Pekah  was  (lain  in 
 the  twentieth  of  Jotham,  or  fourth  of  Ahaz, ;  yet 'tis  faid  that 
 aKjngsxv.  3.0.  In  the  twelfth  year  of  Ahaz,  king  of  Judah,    began  HoJJjea  the 
 Chap.  xvij.  1.  fon  0f  Eia}  t0  reign  fo  the  Royal   City    Samaria   over  Ifrael 
 nine  years.     Which  Obfervations  do,  I  think,  fufficiently  clear, 
 the  difficulties  before  us. 
 
 Scholmmi.  We  muft  here  obferve  a  fomewhat  unufual inftance 
 of  an  early  Ripenefs  in  Ahaz,3  who  being  but  twenty  years  old 
 when  he  began  to  reign ,  reigned  not  quite  fifteen  years 
 before  his  Son  Hez,ekiah  began  to  reign  ,  as  we  mall  fee  pre- 
 ijbntly;  andyet/ft*f£/'^himfelf  was  then  2  5  years  of  age.  From, 
 
 whence 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament.  ?  $ 
 
 whence  it  will  certainly  follow  that  Hez,ekiah  was  born  when 
 his  Father  was  fcaree  eleven  years  old.     This  would  in  our 
 Age  and  Climate  be  thought  very  ftrange,  and  no  doubt  it  was 
 an  unufual  thing  even  in  Judea,    feeing  we  have  not  in  the  whole- 
 Bible  fuch  another  inftance  as  this.     But  whether  the  Inha- 
 bitants of  thofe  hotter  Climates  may  not  have,  fome   advan- 
 tage  over  others  in  this  refpe<5t,  I  cannot  pofitively  fay.     Cer- 
 tain it  is  by  the  moll:  Authentic  Accounts  we  have  of  the 
 Life  of  Mahomet,  that  in  Arabia,    a   Country  bordering  on  Dr.  PrMeauxs 
 Judea,  that  Impoftor  himfelf  Marry'd  one  of  his  Wives  when  Life  of  Make. 
 fhe  was  but  fix  years  old,  and  Bedded  her  in  two  afterv/ards  \  mef>  ?•  f1- 
 which  ftill  more  unufual  inftance  feems  to  prove  that  the  time 
 of  fitnefs  for  Procreation  is  not  the  fame  in  all   Climates  of 
 the  World ;  but  is  earlier  in  the  hotter  Regions.     However 
 Inftances  have  not  been  wanting,  even  in  more  Northern  Re- 
 gions of  as  early  a  Ripenefs  and  Ability  for.  Procreation,  as  that 
 of  Ahdity  which  therefore,  ought  not  to    feem  incredible  to 
 us. 
 
 Scholium  n  ThoJ  the  Chronology  obliges  us  to  place  the 
 beginning  of  Hez.ekiah's  Reign  before  the  death  of  his  Fa- 
 ther Ahaz,,  even  where  we  have  no  particular  intimation  there-  2Kfogsxvij.  r. 
 of  in  the  Hiftory  ;  yet  it  will  not  feem  very  ftrange,  if  we  con-  Chap.xviij.  at 
 fider  that  the  time  which  Ahaz,  furviv'd  was  fo  fmall  (being 
 but  a  part  of  one  year)  as  to  afford  very  little  occafion  for  any 
 Hiftorical  Relations.  It  is  moreover  to  be  obferv'd  that 
 this  is  the  only  inftance  wherein  this  whole  Chronology  al- 
 lows of  a  double  Efocha  of  a  Reign,  without  fome  intimation 
 of  it  in  the  Sacred  Hiftory.. 
 
 jearr.  months.. 
 4.  From   the  Captivity  of  the  teno 
 
 Tribes  till    the  Conflagration    of>i34  —  z- 
 the  Temple.  O 
 
 This  Subdivifion  is  made  up  of  the  plain  fumof  the  years 
 of  the  Kings  of  Judah,  if  they  be  taken  with  a  few  redun- 
 dant, months  neceffary, to  adjuft  them  to  the  exact  time  of 
 M  1  each; 
 
5>4 
 
 A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Chronology 
 
 each  year  refpeftively ;  which  in  the  third  Table  of  the  Kings 
 are  thus  ftated. 
 
 iKingsxviij.*. 
 10. 
 
 aChron.xxix.t. 
 2 Kings  xxj.  i. 
 2Chr.xxxiij.  I. 
 zKingsxxj.  19. 
 2Chr.xxxiij.21. 
 2lCingsxxij.  1. 
 2Chr.xxxiv.  1. 
 2Kingsxxiij.3i. 
 2Chr.xxxvj.  2. 
 2lCin.xxiij.  36. 
 2Chr.xxxvj.^. 
 iKingsxxiv.8. 
 2Chr.  xxx vj.  9 
 2Kin.  xxiv.  18. 
 iChr-xxxvj.  11. 
 
 Scripture 
 
 fears,  years,  months. 
 Hez,ekiah  (in this  Period)  [23]     --23   --  5 
 
 Manajfeh 
 
 Amon 
 
 Jofiah 
 
 Jehoahaz, 
 
 Jehoiahlm 
 
 Jehoiachin 
 
 Zedekuih 
 
 [55] 
 
 --  55  -  4 
 
 [»] 
 
 —  1  —  2 
 
 [50 
 
 ~  3i  - 1 
 
 [;] 
 
 -  °  -  5 
 
 ["] 
 
 - io  -  7 
 
 [;] 
 
 -  0-5 
 
 [-■] 
 
 —  n  —  1 
 
 Sum 
 
 [i}3i]      "34  ~  z 
 
 In  this  Account  we  have  23  years  current  from  the  thir- 
 teenth of  Jofiah,  till  the  great  Captivity  of  the  Jews.,  in  the 
 fourth  of  Jehoiakim,    according  as  the  exprefs  Teftimonyof 
 the  Scripture  do's  require,  which  becaufe  'tis  a  confirmation 
 of  part  of  this  Subdivifion,  ought  to  beparticularly  taken  no- 
 jer.xxv.  1,3.    tice  of.     The  word  that  came  to  Jeremiah  concerning  all  the  peo- 
 ple of  Judah,  in  the  fourth  year  of  Jehoiahim  the  fon  of  Jofiah^ 
 king  of  Judah.     From  the  thirteenth  year  of  Jofiah  the  fon  of 
 -Amon,  king  of  Judah,  even  unto  this  day,  that    is,    the  twenty 
 third  year,  the  word  of  the  Lord  hath  come  unto  me,  &c.  And 
 as  to  the  latter   Reigns  after  the   death  of  Jofiah,    wherein 
 there  formerly  appear'd  feveral  difficulties  very  hard  to  be  ac- 
 counted for;  they  have  been  fo  accurately  ftated  by  our  great 
 Chronol. Sacr.  Guide  in  Sacred  Chronology  A.  Bp.  VJher,  in  the  Propoli- 
 p.84.  &c .  fol.  ^        thereto  relating,  that  nothing  more  feems  either    necef- 
 
of  the  Old  Teftament.  95 
 
 fary  or  poflible  to  be  added.     Neither  are  there  any  difficul- 
 ties here  remaining  to  be  accounted  for. 
 
 VI.  From  the  Conflagration  otfyears.  months. 
 the  Temple  to  the  beginning>  Q 
 of  the  Chriftian  z^Era.         y*7     ~    4 
 
 This  number  of  years  has  been  already  fully  demonftrated,  Vrof.ip 
 and  fo  do's  not  require  any  farther  confideration  in  this  place. 
 And  thus  we  have  taken  A  /bort  view  of  the  Chronology  of  the 
 Old  Teftament. 
 
 THE 
 
Th* 
 
 1  c> 
 
 ftr fb  TabU   of-th*  Xitws 
 
 *4 
 
 fta 
 
 16 
 
 *-9 
 
 It 
 
 13 
 
 H 
 
 o-f  JwlaJi-  and. 
 
 ^1 
 
 fclu 
 
 ^4 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 Jjra&L . 
 
 _ki 
 
 kn 
 
 2J 
 
 «5 
 
 2« 
 
 29 
 
 3<? 
 
 3* 
 
 ,1 
 
 % 
 
 34 
 
 35 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 3<9 
 
 39 
 
 40 
 
 ^ 
 
 k 
 
 3 
 
 *4? 
 
 *S 
 
 itf 
 
 tf 
 
 *4 
 
 18 
 
 19 
 
 15- ■■•20 
 
 *'.-* 
 
 y 
 
 It 
 
 *? 
 
 -  w 
 
 J2 
 
 33 
 
 5?. 
 
 "*i*»a 
 
 17 
 
 Jt 
 
Tlie.  'fir/tyart  of  the 
 
 second 
 
 Table    of  the,  lCings  of  JudaJv  ana7.    Israel. 
 
 ^h  kn  kH 
 
 ."*.  -32(21) 
 
 -    <M 
 
 6   «  _ 
 0    0 
 
 >  
 
 >  _ 
 
 40(29) 
 
 ■3 
 
 y.i. 
 
 -' 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 J5W 
 
 *j> 
 
 ib 
 
 19 
 
 23 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 25 
 
 24 
 
 ^5 
 
 27^ 
 
 25 
 
 zp 
 
 J2 
 
 'J3 
 
 28 
 
 & 
 
 -  6 
 
 6" 
 
 J** 
 
 £5 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 38 
 
 39* 
 
 & 
 
 2 . 
 
 ^4 
 
 ^5 
 
 ^ 
 
 9  4 
 
 *3 
 
 H 
 
 15 
 
 16 
 
 18 
 
 '.1*4 
 
 *5 
 
 16 
 
 tx(x) 
 
 4(3) 
 
 is® 
 
 16  (5) 
 
 17(6) 
 
 -3 
 
 24 
 
 25 
 
 26 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 44^ 
 
 fe 
 
 1 
 
 18(7) 
 
 r\*9(S) 
 
 10(9) 
 21(10) 
 22(11) 
 23(17) 
 *4(*3) 
 75(H) 
 '.6(15) 
 27(16) 
 
 78  (*7) 
 2968) 
 
 30(19) 
 
 * 
 
 S? 
 
 *4 
 
 16 
 
 *7 
 
second,   part  of  the,  second  Tabid-  of 
 
 t/zc  ICirUfs   of 
 
 JuAaJv  and  IsraeL . 
 
Tha  third "TahU  afttuzlCintfo 
 
 7-f  Judah ,  and 
 
 of  the-  succeeding 
 
 *4 
 
 IS 
 
 2  6 
 
 2gjW 
 
 ij, 
 
 JO 
 
 31 
 
 JehotachiruS- . 
 
 fc 
 
 2 
 
 -«J 
 
 £ 
 
 ■feip 
 
 *5 
 
 id 
 
 JS 
 
 2J 
 
 24 
 
 h 
 
 36 
 
 \r.e 
 
 .7. 7 
 
 B 
 
 *ST 
 
 ;_u3 
 
 £■* 
 
 'S5 
 
 Ofote.  that  170  years  are  omitted  in  thu  Table  in  the-  seyeral  places  marked  tJizts  &• 
 
5>7 
 
 A 
 
 Short  View  of  the  HARMONY 
 
 O  F     T  H  E 
 
 FOUR  EVANGELISTS. 
 
 Propositions. 
 
 I.  *T^HE  four  Gofpels  are  not  Occafional  Me- 
 \_      moirsy  but  Methodical  Annals  of  the  A6ts 
 of  Chrift. 
 
 This  Propofition  ought  to  have  been  a  Poftulatum,  it  being 
 the  proper  nature  of  fuch  Hiftorical  ^counts  as  thefe  before 
 us,  to  obferve  the  Series  of  Events,  and  to  place  every  Oc- 
 currence in  its  proper  order.  But  becaufe  fome  great  Miftakes 
 have  caus'd  the  generality  of  Men  to  be  of  a  very  different 
 Opinion  in  this  matter,  I  fhall  endeavor  to  make  out  the 
 truth   of  this  Obfervation,  by  the   Arguments  following. 
 
 i.  St.  Luke  affures  us,  not  only  that  himfelf  had  obferv'd 
 the  Order  of  Time,  but  that  the  fame  exactnefs  was  intended 
 by  thofe  many  others,  who  had  written  the  Evangelical  Hi- 
 ftory  before  him.  Forafmuch,  fays  he,  as  many  have  taken  in  Luk.i.  j,i>  5. 
 hand  »m&%u*%  to  fet  forth  in  order  a  declaration  of  thofe  things 
 which  are  mofi  furely  believed  among  us ;  It  feemed  good  to  me 
 alfo,  having  had  perfett  under  ft  anding  of  all  things  from  the  ve- 
 ry firft,  to  write  unto  thee  xu%n  in  order,  moft  excellent  Theo- 
 philus 
 
 i.  No  other  method  is  vifible  in  any  of  the  Evangelifts, 
 N  but 
 
2  8  A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 but  that  of  the  Order  of  Time  in  their  feveral  Narrations.  If 
 in  any  of  thefe  Sacred  Accounts  of  the  Acts  of  our  Savior, 
 we  could  obferve  any  other  defign  than  that  of  Annals :  If 
 any  of  them  gave  us  a  diftinct  Account,  firft,  of  all  the  Do- 
 tlrins  of  our  Savior  digefted  under  certain  Heads,  and  after- 
 ward of  all  his  Miracles,  ranked  according  to  any  Catalogue 
 af  Difeafes  cur'd  by  him,  or  according  to  the  Places  wherein 
 they  were  wrought,  or  the  like ;  we  mould  have  noreafon  to  feek 
 for  the  Order  of  Time  in  fuch  an  Evangelift.  But  fince  not  the 
 leaft  footfteps  of  any  fuch  Methods  arc  vifible  in  the  Gofpels, 
 we  have  no  reafon  to  efteem  them  other  than  Methodical  An- 
 nals of  the  Alls  of  Chrift. 
 
 $.  The  general  Order  of  Time  vifible  at  firft  view  in 
 all  the  Evangelifts,  is  a  certain  Argument  that  their  defign  was 
 truly  to  write  Methodical  Annals,  and  not  Occajional  Memoirs 
 of  our  Savior's  Life.  St.  Matthew  begins  with  the  Genea- 
 logy of  Jofeph:  proceeds  thence  to  the  things  that  preceded 
 the  Birth  of  Chrift,  thence  to  the  Birth  it  k\f,  to  the  Cir-. 
 cumcifion,  the  Defcent  into  Egypt,  the  return  to  Galilee,  the 
 Preaching  of  St.  John  the  Bapttfi,  the  Baptifm  of  Chrift,  his 
 public  Preaching  in  Galilee  after  j^/z'slmprifonment,  his  Mif- 
 fion  of  the  twelve  Apoftles  after  John's  death,  his  going  be- 
 yond Jordan  afterwards,  his  Triumphal  Entry  into  Jerufalem, 
 his  Supper  the  Night  before  the  PafTover,  the  Preparation  and 
 Celebration  of  the  Paffover,  his  Arraignment,  Tryal  and  Con- 
 demnation by  the  Sanhedrin,  his  Tryal  and  Condemnation  be- 
 fore Pilate,  his  Crucifixion,  Death,  Burial,  Refurrection, 
 Appearances,  and  Afcenfion  into  Heaven.  In  the  fame  man- 
 ner do's  St.  Mark^  go  on  ;  and  St.  Luke  ftill  more  vifibly, 
 with  the  feveral  Journeys  of  our  Savior  to  Jerufalem  fuccef- 
 fively ;  and  the  moft  accurate  Notation  of  the  fifteenth  of 
 laik.  «}•  i,z$.  Tiberius,  and  of  Chrifi's  age  of  30  years  when  he  began  his 
 Miniftry.  And  as  for  St.  John,  we  mall  fee  hereafter  that  he 
 gives  the  greateft  Demonftrations  of  all  the  reft  of  an  exact 
 **£»&•  obfervance  of  the  Order  of  Time  every  where  thro'  his  Gof- 
 
 peL     So  that  even  upon  this  firft  and  general  view,    the  E- 
 •^angelical  Historians  appear  moft  evidently  to  have  defign'd 
 
 Metho- 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls,  PP 
 
 Methodical  Annals,  and  fo  to  have  obferv'd  the  true  Series  of 
 Events  in  their  Hiftories. 
 
 4.  7'he  fame  Obfervation  is  confirm'd  by  the  very   many 
 Notes  of  Time,  and  of  the  Succeffion  of  Events  every  where 
 iH  thofe  Sacred  Hiftories.     To  inftance  in  St.  Matthew  along i 
 of  whofe  Method  there  is  the  moft  occafion  to  doubt  of  any 
 of  the  Evangelifts.     When  Jefus  -was  born  in  Bethlehem  of  Jit-  , 
 dea,    behold  there   came  wije  men  from  the  eaji  to  Jerufalem.         '  ^ 
 In  thofe  days  came  John  the  Baptifi  preaching  in   the  Wildernefs  Chap.  iij.  r. 
 of  Judea.     Then  went  out  to  him  Jerufalem,  <&c.     Then  com-  v.  c.  V.  13. 
 eth  Jefits  from  Galilee  to  Jordan  unto  John,   &c.     Then  was  chap.  W.  1. 
 Jefus  led  up  of  the  fpirit  into  the  wildernefs,  <&c.     At  that  time  Chap.  xiv.  1. 
 Herod  the  Tetrarch  heard  of  the  fame  of  Jefus.      When  Jefus  V.  13. 
 heardof  the  death  of  John  the  Baptifi,  Qrc     And  when  it  was  V.  ij-. 
 evening.  Then  came  unto  Jefus  fcribes  and  Pharifees  from  Jerufa-  Chap.xv.  1, 1  u 
 lem.     Then  the  Difciples  come  and  fay  unto  him.      And  in  the 
 fame  manner  thro'  his  whole  Gofpel.     Which  are  evident  To- 
 kens that  St.  Matthew,  as  well  as  the  other  Evangelifts,    did 
 not  neglect  the  Order  of  Time3    and  Succeffion  of  Events  in 
 their  Hiftories. 
 
 Scholium  1.  The  occafional  introducing  of  an  Hiftory  fome*- 
 what  foreign  to  the  Annals  of  our  Savior's  own  Acts,  by 
 way  of  digreflion,  is  not  to  be  look'd  upon  as  an  Interrupti- 
 on of  the  Order  of  Time  tho'  the  Hiftory  fo  introduc'd  be  of 
 larger  extent,  and  begins  fooner,  or  ends  later  than  that  part  of 
 the  Evangelical  Hiftory  where  it  is  introduc'd.  This  is  ufual 
 in  the  moft  Methodical  Hiftories.  Nay,  few  Hiftories  can 
 be  complete  and  accurate  without  fuch  Digreffions.  Of  this 
 fort  is  the  Relation  in  the  Gofpels  concerning  John  the  Bap- 
 tifi, which  ought  by  no  means  to  be  made  an  Argument  of 
 want  of  Method  in  thefe  Sacred  Annals. 
 
 Scholium  z.  Nor  is  it  to  be  accounted  a  breach  of  the  Rules 
 of  method,  if  an  accident  on  a  certain  day  which  could  not 
 conveniently  be  mention'd  in  its  true  hour,  or  punctual  time 
 of  that  day,  be  mention'd  afterward  in  the  fame  day  upon  the 
 firft  proper  occafion  of  introducing  it.  Thus  St.  Luke,  omit- 
 ting the  difcourfe  about  cafting  out  Devils  by  Beelzebub,  in  his 
 eighth  Chapter ,  becaufe  he  intended  to  record  another  of  the 
 
 N  z  fame 
 
IOo  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 fame  nature  in  his  eleventh  afterwards;  could  not  defcribe 
 Chrift's  Mother  and  Brethren's  coming  to  him  thereupon,  but 
 adds  it  after  the  other  difcourfes  by  the  Sea  the  fame  day,  and 
 without  any  Note  of  Time  belonging  thereto.  Which  fmall 
 diforder  was  here  to  be  taken  notice  of,  becaufe  'tis  the  fingle 
 inftance  in  this  whole  Harmony,  where  I  have  ventur'd  to 
 change  that  Order  of  the  Hiftory  which  the  Evangelift  tru- 
 ly and  originally  intended. 
 
 II.  The  former  part  of  St  Matthew's  Gofpel,  in 
 our  prefent  Copies,  is  very  much  mi  fplac'd*  con- 
 trary to  the  Method  and  Order  originally  intend- 
 ed by  the  Evangelift. 
 
 That  I  may  eftablim  this  new  and  Jlrange  Propofition,  I 
 (hall  proceed  in  the  following  method.  Firft,  I  ihall  (hew 
 that  St.  Matthew  appears  originally  to  have  obferv'd  the  Or- 
 der of  Time  thro'  his  whole  Gofpel,  as  well  as  the  reft  of  the 
 Evangelifts.  Secondly  I  (hall  prove  that  from  the  fourth  Chap- 
 ter to  the  fourteenth,  the  feveral  Branches  of  St.  Matthew's 
 Hiftory  are  not  according  to  the  Order  of  Time  in  our  prefent 
 Copies.  And  Thirdly,  I  (hall  (hew  that  there  are  fufficient 
 hints  in  thefe  Chapters  themfelves,  efpeciallyif  compar'd  with 
 St.  Mark^  and  St.  Luke,  to  reftore  St.  Matthew's  true  Order 
 again  in  thefe  mifplac'd  parts  of  his  Gofpel.  And  then  Lafily, 
 .  I  (nail  make  a  few  Obfervations,  which  may  poflibly  hereafter 
 afford  fome  light  to  the  occafions  of  thefe  diforders  here  men- 
 tion'd ;  and  conclude  with  an  Apology  for  my  venturing  to 
 advance  fuch  a  Paradox,  as  this  at  firft  view  muitnee"ds  appear 
 to  be. 
 
 i .  St.  Matthew  appears  originally  to  have  obferv'd  the  Or- 
 der  of  Time  thro'  his  whole  Gofpel,  as  well  as  any  other  of 
 the  Evangelifts.  The  Arguments  are  thefe.  i.  All  the  reft 
 of  the  merely  human  as  vjeWzs  Divinely  injpired  Accounts  of  our 
 Savior's  A£ts,  which  we  have  any  good  Authority  for,  were 
 intended  according  to  this  Order;  as  we  have  already  in  part 
 feen,  and  fl all  fee  hereafter  more  particularly:    and  why   St. 
 
 Matthew 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  101 
 
 Matthew  alone  mould  do  otherwife,  no  good  reafon  can  be 
 aflign'd.  a.  Not  only  the  other  Writers  of  the  Evangelical 
 Hiftory,  but  St.  Matthew  himfelf  in  the  greateft  part  of  his 
 Gofpel  do's  obferve  the  Order  of  Time  in  his  Narrations  : 
 as  will  appear  in  the  Harmony.  Now  why  the  reft  of  his 
 Gofpel  fhould  be  originally  confm'd  and  irregular,  while  the 
 greateft  part  is  ftill  fo  orderly  and  methodical^  no  good  reafon 
 can  be  aflign'd.  3 .  The  Notes  of  the  Order  of  Time ,  and  Co- 
 herence of  parts,  are  as  many  in  that  part  which  is  now  difor- 
 der'd  and  mifplac'd,  as  in  that  which  is  regular," and  in  its  pro- 
 per order ;  and  thofe  no  other  than  are  us'd  by  him  and  the  reft, 
 when,  by  the  confeflion  of  all,  they  fignify.the  continu'd  Se- 
 ries of  Narrations  truly  fucceeding  one  another.  Such  are  thefe. 
 
 'iJtiv  ft.  Kai  dvollxi  vl  4«P  cu&.  Ku&Scc'pti  ft  cwtA  tZA  2?  o0v«,  &C. 
 >£  ihZ.  'EtntfovU  ft.  Keel  iX%i.  K**v  tsi3si>,%t.  K^  s^»v%  ctirrS.  Keu 
 »Vo3.      Tccifc     uufeS  A«Ao5/i©-   «wS~?.        '£»      CMil'u     toF     kcm^c*.      Ts'tt,      &C. 
 
 of  which  we  mail  have  occafion  to  take  notice  prefently. 
 Now  thefe  and  fuch  like  Expreflions  (tho'  fomeof  them  may 
 in  fome  very  few  places  be  us'd  with  a  greater  latitude)  do 
 generally  and  properly  imply  an  immediate,  orderly  Succeflion 
 of  Events ;  and  confequently,  are  a  fufficient  indication  that 
 the  Hiftories  to  which  they  relate  were  originally  difpos'd  ac- 
 cording to  the  true  Series  of  things,  and  Order  of  Time.. 
 
 2.  Yet  from  the  fourth  to  the  fourteenth  Chapters,  thefe^ 
 veral  Branches  of  St.  Matthew's  Hiftory  are  not  according 
 to  the  Order  of  Time.  This  will  be  evident  both  from  a, 
 Comparifon  of  them  with  St.  Mark^  and  St.  Luke,  and  from 
 the  Circumftancesthemfelves  of  fe veral  of  thefe  mifplac'd  Hi- 
 ftories, as  they  lie  in  St.  Matthew.  As  to  the  former  evi- 
 dence, it  is  eafily  fetch'd  from  the  Harmony  it  felf  upon  all 
 occafions;  to  which  therefore  reference  is  ever  fuppos'd  to  be 
 made  in  this  Proportion.  And  as  to  the  latter,  which  is  here 
 moft  confiderable,  it  fhall  be  taken  notice  of  in  particular  as 
 we  go  along.  But  before  I  come  to  obferve  the  feveral  Sections, 
 which  are  at  prefent  out  of  their  original  Order,  and  which  I 
 fhall  in  particular  fhew  to' be  fo  by  the  Circumftances  of  the 
 Hiftories  themfelves,  and  by  a  .comparifon  with  St,  Markjn& 
 St,  Luke;  I  mall  in  general  prove    the  main   Proportion  by 
 
 N  3  the 
 
IOZ 
 
 A  jhortm  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 the  moft  Authentic  Evidence,  I  mean  the  Tehimony  of  St. 
 Markz     This  Evangelift  was  theEpitomizer  of  Sti  A.atthew, 
 and  excepting  fome  few  Additions  which  St.  Peter  might  in- 
 form him  of,     do's  little  elfe  than   give  us   a   fummary  Ac- 
 count of  the  Alls  of  our  Savior  during  his  Miniftry,    with- 
 out the  Sermons  and  Di/cottrfes  which   interven'd.      I  fay  St. 
 Marl^  gives  us  fuch  an  account  of  our   Savior's  Acts  as  de- 
 monftrates  that   St,  Aiatthews  Gofpel   lay   then  before  him, 
 and  was  the  almoft  only  guide   he    follow'd   in  his  Hiftory. 
 For  the  truth  of  this,  I  appeal  to  the  feveral  fetlions  of  the 
 enfuing  Harmony,  (which  were  put  into  their  prefent  order 
 without  the  leaft.regard  to  this  consideration.)    By  which  it 
 will  appear   that  of  thofe  6z  fetlions  into  which  St.  Marl(s 
 Gofpel  is  divided,  there  are  but  two  to  which  St.  Matthews 
 fetlions  do  not  correfpond.     In   the  reft  they  ftill  begin  and 
 end   together  in   the    Harmony  thro'  the   whole   Hiftory  of 
 our  Saviors  Miniftry,    as  much  as  any  Epitome,    (in  which 
 many  things  muft  of  neceffity  be  omitted,)    can   poffibly  be 
 expected  to  do.     And  this  Argument  I  cannot  but  look  up- 
 on to  be  very  convincing,  till  Tome  inftance  can  be  produe'd, 
 (which  I  believe  is  impoffible,)    of  two   Hiftories,    the   one 
 longer  and  the  other  fhorter,  that  anfwer  fo  exactly  to  one  a- 
 other  as  thefe  do,   and  yet  were  not  not  fram'd  and  compo- 
 fed  one  by  the  other.     Now  fuppofing  this,  which  I  think 
 is  fufficiently  prov'd,  that  St.  Mark^  was  the  Epitomizer  of 
 of  St.  Matthew,  and  had  his  Hiftory  before  him   when  he 
 wrote  his  own;    it  will  follow  that  either  that  Copy  of  St. 
 Matthew,  which  he  made  ufe  of,  was  in  a  different  order  from 
 that  which  we  now  have,  (in  the  Chapters  under   confidera- 
 tion)  or  elfe  that  he  knew  the  order  of  his  Copy  to  be  wrong 
 and  contrary  to  the  Original  one,   and   fo  reduc/d  it   in    his 
 Epitome  to  the  true  and  regular  Series  of  Events,    which  he 
 learn'd  from  St.  Peter.     Now  either  of  thefe  is  fufficient  for 
 my  prefent  purpofe.     For  'tis  evident  that  St.  Mark^  do's  not 
 obferve  the  order  of  the  prefent  Copies  of  St.  Matthew,  (whom 
 he  Epitomizes)  in  that  part  we  are  fpeaking  of,  but  agrees  with 
 that  of  Sr.  Lukes,   (who,  as  is  generally  agreed,  had  not  then 
 writ  his  Gofpel.)  which  therefore  is  a  moft  convincing  Ar- 
 gument 
 
of  the  four   Lvangelijjs.  i  o 
 
 gument  of  the  truth  of  our  Proportion,  viz,.  That  the  for- 
 mer part  of  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel  in  our  prefent  Copies  is 
 not  now  in  its  true,  and  firft  intended  Order.  If  we  take  a 
 view  of  the  former  part  of  St.  v^///tf2z/s  Gofpel,  we  may  diftin- 
 guifh  it  into  thefe  fifteen  Branches  or  Periods,  tho'  of  very- 
 different  fize  and  quantity,  i .  The  Preface,  containing  all  that 
 happen'd  before  the  Preaching  of  the  Baptifi.  2.  The  Bap- 
 tifi's  Preaching  and  Baptizing,  particularly  Chrifi's  Baptifm. 
 3.  CbrijTs  Temptations.  And  fo  far  the  nature  of  each  Hi- 
 ftory  plac'd  it  felf,  as  it  were,  and  prevented  any  confidera- 
 ble  diforders.  But  after  this  the  diftind  Branches  are  very 
 confus'd,  and  coniift  of  eight  greater,  and  four leffcr  Portions 
 or  Periods.  The  greater  are,  4.  The  Sermon  near  the  Mount 
 in  the  fifth,  fixth  and  feventh  Chapters ;  together  with  fome 
 Verfes  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  and  part  of  the  eighth  Chap- 
 ter belonging  thereto.  5.  The  Voyage  to  the  Gergafens,  to- 
 wards the  end  of  the  eighth  Chapter.  6.  The  healing  of  the 
 Paralytic;  the  calling  of  Levi,  his  Feaft,  and  the  Difcourfe 
 at  it  in  the  former  part  of  the  ninth  Chapter,  j.  The  heal- 
 ing Jairus's  Daughter,  with  the  Woman  that  had  the  Flux  of 
 Blood,  in  the  way  thither,  of  two  blind  Men  as  he  went  thence, 
 and  of  a  dumb  Demoniac  juft  afterwards;  towards  the  con- 
 clusion of  the  ninth  Chapter.  8.  The  Milfion  and  Inftru-. 
 dion  of  the  twelve  ApofHes,  in  the  tenth  Chapter,  9.  The 
 Meflage  from  John  in  Prifon,  with  our  Savior's  anfwer,  and 
 the  following  Difcourfes;  in  the  eleventh  Chapter.  10.  The 
 Vindication  of  the  Difciples  plucking  the  Ears  of  Corn,  with 
 the  healing  the  wither'd  Kand  on  the  Sabbath,  and  Chrifi's. 
 avoiding  the  defigns  a^amft  him,  in  the  beginning  of  the 
 twelfth  Chapter.  1 1 .  The  healing  a  Blind  and  Dumb  Man,  and 
 C/?r//?'s  Vindication  ofhimfelf  from  thelmputationof  cafting  out 
 Devils  by  Beelzebub,  with  many  Difcourfes  and  Parables  follow- 
 ing in  the  reft  of  the  twelfth,  and  almoft  the  whole  thirteenth 
 Chapter.  Thelefler  are,  ir.  The  Cure  of  the  Leper  juft  af- 
 ter the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  13.  The  Cure  of  Peter's- 
 Wives  Mother,  towards  the  middle  of  the  eighth  Chapter. 
 14.  Chrifi's  anfwers  to  two  that  were  ready  to  follow  hinv 
 fucceeding  the  former.     1 5.  His  coming  the  fecond  time  to  JVa— 
 
 xjareth,. 
 
104  A  floort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 z,areth,  in  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  Chapter.     Every  one  of 
 which  twelve  Branches  are  mifplac'd  and  put  out  of  their  true 
 and  originally  intended  Order,  as  will  appear  upon  a  view  of  the 
 Particulars,     i.  As  to  the  Sermon  by  the  Mount  and  its  Ap- 
 pendages, it  is  doubly  mifplac'd;  for  both  the  whole  Period  is 
 much  too  foon  in  St.  Matthew ;  and    the    Sermon  it    felf  is 
 plac'd  a  verfe  too  foon  in  the  Series  of  the  Hiftory.      That 
 this  whole  Period  is  plac'd  too  foon,  is  evident  from  St.  Luke, 
 who  affures  us  it  was  not  Preach'd  till  after   the  Election  of 
 the  twelve  Apoftles,  [near  a  year  after  his  firft  public  Preach- 
 ing in  Galilee]  which   Preaching  yet  it  immediately  follows 
 Matt iv  i4j2j.  in  the  prefent  Series  of  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel.     Befides,    the 
 vaft  fuccefs  of  Chrifl's  Preaching  and  his  mighty  Fame  thro' all 
 the  Neighboring  Countreys,  mention'd  before  this  Sermon  in 
 St.  Matthew,  and  attefted  to  at  the  fame  time  by  St.  Mark. 
 and  St.  Luke,  are  good  evidence,  that  aconiiderabletimemuft 
 have  pafs'd  fince  the  beginning  of  his  public  Miniftry  before 
 this  famous  Sermon  was  preach'd  by  him.     And  that  the  Ser- 
 mon it  (tlf  is  plac'd  too  foon,  both  St.  Luke's  account  of  this 
 matter,  and  fome  Circumftances  in  St.  Matthew  himfelf  will 
 demonftrate  to  us.     The  Verfes  before  this  Sermon  in  St.  Mat- 
 Matt.  v.  1,2.     thew  run  thus:     And  feeing  the  multitudes,  he  went  up  into  a, 
 '    mountain ;  and  when  he  was  fat,    his  difciples  came  unto  him. 
 And  he  opend  his  mouth,  and  taught  them,  faying.     The  Verfes 
 Chap.vij.  i8,   following  are  thefe.     And  it  came  to  pafs  when  Jefushadend- 
 i9.  andviij.i.^  thefe  fay ings,  the  people  were  aflontfied  at  his  dottrin:  For  he 
 taught  them  as  one  having  authority,    and  not   as    the  fcribes. 
 When  he  was  come  down  from  the   fountain,    great   multitudes 
 followed  him.     From  which  Verfes  it  has  been  commonly  be- 
 liev'd,  that  this  Sermon   was  preach'd  in  the  Mount,  (and  ac- 
 cordingly it  go's  by  the  Name  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.) 
 And  at  firft  fight  it  appears  alfo  to  have  been  preach'd  to  his 
 Difciples  alone  there,  and  that  in  the  pofturc  of  fitting    too, 
 and  that  Chrifi  defcended  not  till  afterward.     Whereas  it  ap- 
 pears from  St.  Luke,  that  Chrifi  afcended  up  into  the  Mount, 
 call'd  his  Difciples  to  him  thither,  chofe  the  twelve  Apoftles 
 there,  defcended  with  them,  and  food  on  the  Plain,    heal'd 
 great  numbers  there,  and  there  alfo,  only  directing  his   firft 
 
 Difcourfes 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUjls.  x  0  * 
 
 Difcourfes  to  his  Difciples,  did  he  preach  this  Sermon  to  thofe 
 vaft  Multitudes  then  prefent.     Nay,  St.  Matthew  himfelf  in 
 his  prefent  Order,  tho'  at  firft  he  feems  to  confine  the  Sermon 
 to  the  Difciples  as  the  fole  Auditors ;  yet  at  the  conclusion 
 fays  The  multitudes    (fo  •%*"')   were  aftonj//.>ed  at  his  dotlrin  there-  Matt.  vij.  %%. 
 in  contain'd;  thereby  fulJy  adjuring  us  that  thej  were  prefent 
 at  this  mod  famous  Sermon  of  our  Savior's  Miniftry  :  accord- 
 ing to  St.  Luke's  more  large  account   of  the  who'e  matter. 
 Which  being  confider'd,  'twill  be  reafonable  to  infert  the  firft 
 Verfe  of  the  eighth  Chapter  of  St.  Matthew,  juft  before  the 
 Sermon,    inftead  of  placing  it,  as  now,  at  its  conclufion;  and  e- 
 very  Circumftance  is  then  eafy,  and  perfectly  agrees  with  St. 
 Luke's  Hiftory.     The  Series  will  then  run  thus.     And  feeina-Mm.v.  i.and 
 the  multitudes,  he  went  up  into  a  mountain;  and  when  he    wasvlih  »•  and  * 
 Jet,  his   difciples    came  unto    him.      And    when    he   was    come  2,8cc* 
 down  from  the  mountain,  great  multitudes  followed  him.     And 
 he  opened  his  mouth  and  taught  them,  faying,    &c.      And   all 
 imaginable  difficulties  will  be  hereby  avoided.     z.  The  Voy- 
 age to  the  Gergafens  follows  after  the  healing  Peters  Wives 
 Mother,  and  feems  in  St.  Matthews  prefent  Order   to   have 
 been  the  fame  day  at  Even.     Whereas  it  appears  by  the  other 
 Evangelifts  to  have  been  a  full  twelve  month  afterward.  And 
 yet  the  Note  of  Time  is  here  as  plain  an  indication  of  imme- 
 diate fucceffion  as  one  could  wifh.     When   the  even  was  come,chx$.v\.i).  16. 
 they  brought  unto  him  many  that  were  pojfejfed  with  Devils,  &c. 
 "iA/v  A\  8c  c.    But  Jefus  feeing  great  multitudes  about  him,   gaveV.iS. 
 command  to  depart  unto  the  other  fide,  &c.  Which  Hiftory  is 
 therefore  undoubtedly  very  much  mifplac'd  in  our  prefent  Co- 
 pies. 3. The  healing  of  the  Paralyti  c,^rc.  immediately  follows  this 
 Voyage  to  the  Gergafens,  and  that  with  this  very  exprefsjig- 
 nification  of  the  Order  of  Time.     And   entring   into  a  pip-,  chap.  ix.  1.2. 
 he  pajfed  over  and  came  into  his  own  city.     K«<  i&>o    And  behold 
 they  brought  to  him  a  man  fick^of  the  Paljy,  &c.      Whereas  this 
 Voyage  was  near  three  quarters  of  a  year  after  this  Paralytic 
 was  heal'd,  as  the  Harmony  will  (hew.     A  plain  inftance   of 
 a  very  great  diflocation  in    St.  Matthews  Gofpel.     4.  The 
 Cure  of  Jairus's  Daughter  fo    immediately  follows  the  dif- 
 courfc  at  Levi's  Fcaft,  and  with  fuch  an  exprefs  Notation  of 
 
 O  the 
 
jo6  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 the  very    Moment   of   Time,     as  is    peculiarly  remarkable. 
 V.  18-  **»&  «»&f  AaAeS*/©-  «t&7i,Ashe  wasfpeaking,  or  while  he  [fake  thefe 
 
 things  unto  them,  behold  a  Ruler,  &c.   So  that  no  unbyafs'd  Reader 
 could  imagin  the  lead  fpace  poffible  interpos'd  between  them. 
 Whereas  above  half  a  year  was  gone  after  the  Feaft  of  Levi, 
 before  the  healing  of  Jairus's  Daughter.     An  undeniable  in- 
 ftance  of  the  diflocations  before-mention'd    in   this  Gofpel. 
 And  I  think  I  may  well  call  it  an  undeniable  one,  fince  truly  " 
 fo  it  was  to  me.     For  tho>  at  the  firft  I  durft  not  fo  far  de- 
 pend on  the  other  Notes  of  Times,  as  to  believe  the   prefent 
 order  of  this  part  of  St.  Alatthew   to  be  different  from   the 
 original  one;  yet  when  I  came  to  this,  after  a  little  attempt  I 
 found  it  impoffible  to  be  got  over,  and  from  thence  forward  I 
 could  not  but  conclude  that  the  reafon  of  the  difference  between 
 the  other  Evangelifts  and  St.  Matthew,   in  fo   confiderable  a 
 part  of  our  Savior's  Hiftory,  was  no  other  than  thofe  difloca- 
 tions which  by  fome  undifcover'd  accident  had  formerly  crept 
 into  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel,  fince  its  original  compiling  by  the 
 Evangelift  himfelf.     5.  The  Inflrufcion  and  Miflion   of  the 
 twelve  Apoftles  follow  the  foregoing   Hiftory,    and  are  here 
 fometime  after  the  Sermon  by  the  Mount :     Whereas  the  fe- 
 cbnd  Journey  to  Nazareth,  at  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  Chap- 
 ter, is' to  be  interpos'd  between  the  Period  above,  and  this  be- 
 fore us.     And  befides,  this  which  now  follows  a  good  fpace 
 after,  was  immediately  before  the  Sermon  on   the   Mount,  if 
 it  relates  to  theEletlion  of  the  twelve  Apoftles.     But  if,  as  I 
 fuppofe,  it  refers  to  their  Miflion,  it  ought  not  to  come  in  till 
 juft  before  the  fourteenth  Chapter  afterwards.     So  that  on  all 
 accounts  'tis  evident  that  this  Hiftory   is  now  certainly   mif- 
 placd  in  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel.      6.    After   this  follows   the 
 MetTage  of  John  the  Baptifl  out  of  Prifon  to  Chrifl;  which  in- 
 ftead  of  immediately  fucceeding,.   did  feveral    months  precede 
 the  Million  of  the  Apoftles,  which  was  the  fubjecl:  of   the 
 foregoing  Period,  and  therefore  ismoft  certainly  out  of  its  true 
 place  in  this  Gofpel.     7.  Next  follows  the  plucking  the  ears  of 
 Corn  on  the  Sabbath,  with  this  Notation   of  the  fucceffion, 
 >E»  (kiln?  rtS  kcu£cS.    At  that  time  Jefus  went  on  the  fabbath  day 
 Chap.xij-s*     thro.' the  corn,  &c.     Whereas  this  plucking  the  ears  of  Corn  at 
 
 the 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  107 
 
 the  Paffover  was  fome  months  before  the  Meffage   of  John  the 
 Baptift,  as  will  be  evident  in  the  Harmony.     8.  Next  follows 
 the  healing  the  Blind  and  Dumb,  and  the  Vindication  of  Chrifi 
 that  he  did  not  caft  out  Devils  by  Beelzebub,  with  this  No- 
 tation of  Time,  To'tt    Then  was  brought  unto  him  one  poJfeJfedy^t 
 with  a  Devil,  &c.  as  tho'  this  Period  was  at  the  time  precife- 
 ly  following  the.  former;  whereas  about  half  a  year  was  inter- 
 pos'd  between  tl;em  :  which  is  the  laft  of  the  greater  Branches 
 above-mention'd,  and  with  the  former  is  undoubted  evidence 
 of  ftrange  diflocations  in  this  part  of  St.  Matthews  Gofpel, 
 To  proceed  now  to  the  four  fmaller  Periods.     9.  The  Hifto- 
 ry  of  the  Leper  is  immediately  fubjoind  to  the  Sermon  by  the 
 Mount,  and  in  fuch  a  manner  as  implys  it  to  have  happen'd 
 juft  upon  Chrifi  s  defcent  from  the  Mount,    and  fo  before  all 
 thofe  vaft  Multitudes  that  attended  him  at  that  time.     But  as  Chap.  viij,.  i,i. 
 he  defc ended  from  the  mountain,  great  multitudes  followed  him, 
 KkI  ;m     slnd  behold  a    Leper  came  and  worfiiped  him,    &c. 
 Whereas  this  Miracle  was  fome  months  before  that  Sermon ;  it 
 was  done  in  a  City,  and  that  with  a   Uriel:  charge    of  letting 
 no  one  know  it;  which  is  not  confiftent  with  the  prefence   of 
 fo  great  a  Multitude  as  St.  Matthew's  pre  fent  Series  do's  imply. 
 And  that  this  Hiftory  is  mifplac'd  here,  I  need  only  appeal 
 to  St.  Matthew  himfelf,  ,who  relates  our  Saviors  cautions  for 
 fecrecy,  See  no  man  know  it,  as  well  as  the  other  Evangelifts;  v 
 which  certainly  ihews  it  was  not  done  fo  publickly  tis  his  pre- 
 fers Order  implys.     10.  The  curing  of  Peters  Wife's  Mother 
 is  here  a  little  after  the  Sermon  by  the  Mount,  in  Peter  sown 
 houfe.     Whereas  it  was  above  half  a  year  before  the  Sermon, 
 and  juft  upon  his  firft  calling,  as   the  Harmony    will    ihew. 
 And  certainly  if  we  confider  that  at  that  firft  call  St.  Peter 
 was  owner  of  a  Houfe,  into  which  Chrifi  might  be  receiv'd; 
 and  that,  long  before  the  Sermon  by  the  Mount,   he  had  by 
 St.  Matthew's  own  account  as  well  -as  the  others,  left  houfe,  Matt.  xix.  27, 
 and  brethren,  andfifters ;  in  fhort,    had   left  all,   and  followed  z8>  29- 
 Chrifi,  and  fo  had  no  Houfe  to  receive  him,  at  the  latter  time  Lukev*  IU 
 refcr'd  to ;  we  fhall  fee  reafon  to  believe  that  this  Hiftory  is 
 wholly  mifplac'd  in  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel.  1 1 .  Chrifi s  anfwers  to 
 two  who  were  ready  to  follow  him,  are  now  interpos'd  be- 
 O  z  tween 
 
i  c  8  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 tween  two  Verfes  which  are  perfectly  coherent,  and  have  a 
 manifeft  con.&ion  without  them.  And  thefe  anfwers  are 
 likewife  fet  down  j Lift  before ;  whereas  the  nature  of  the  firft 
 of  them,  and  a  parallel  Hiftory  of  St.  Luke's  at  another 
 time,  plainly  fhew  that  they  ought  to  follow  the  Voyage  to 
 the  Gergafens.  If  we  leave  out  this  Period,  the  Series  of  St. 
 M  t  gj  xg  Matthew  runs  thus :  Jefus  feeing  great  multitudes  about  him, 
 z.%  '  gave  commandment  to  depart  unto  the  other  Jidf.     And  when  he 
 
 was  entred  into  a  flip,  his  dtfciples  followed  him.  The  firft  an- 
 fwer  of  Chrifl  is  this,  The  foxes  have  holes,  and  the  birds  of 
 the  air  have  nefls ;  but  the  fon  of  man  hath  not  where  to  lay  his 
 head.  For  which  there  was  no  occafion  before  this  Voyage, 
 but  after  it,  when  he  had  juft  been  expell'd  by  the  Gergafens, 
 there  was  the  fitteft  opportunity  imginable  for  fuch  a  com- 
 plaint. Juft  fuch  a  one  as  afterward  a  City  of  the  Samari- 
 tans afforded,  by  rejecting  him  in  the  fame  manner  ;  whenac- 
 Lukeix.fj-  cordingly,  as  St.  Luke  allures  us,  he  us'd  the  very  fame  words, 
 58-  which  we  meet  with  in  the  place  before  us.     All   which  are 
 
 fatisfactory  evidence  that  this  Period  alfo  is  mifplac'd  in  St. 
 Matthew's  Gofpel.  12.  Chrift's-  fecond  coming  to  Nazareth, 
 is  here  immediately  fet  before  the  death  of  John  the  Baptifi ; 
 whereas  the  Miffion  of  the  twelve,  and  their  large  Inftructi- 
 ons  in  the  tenth  Chapter  before,  ought  to  have  come  between 
 them,  as  will  appear  in  the  Harmony.  All  which  particulars 
 laid  together,  and  carefully  confidcr'd,  do,  I  think,  abundant- 
 ly prove  the  prefent  Propofition,  that  the  former  part  of  St. 
 Matthew's  Gofpel,  as  it  now  ftands,  is,  in  its  feveral  Periods, 
 very  much  out  of  its  true  and  original  Order  defign'd  by  the 
 Apoftles. 
 
 3.  There  are  {uffident  hints  in  thefe  Chapters  themfelves, 
 efpecially  if-  compar'd  with  St.  Mark^  and  St.  Luke,  whereby 
 to  reftore  St.  Matthew's  true  Order  again  in  thefe  mifplac'd 
 parts  of  his  Gofpel.  I  muft  here  take  it  for  granted,  that 
 the  feveral  Parts  or  Periods  of  this  former  part  of  St.  Mat- 
 thews Gofpel  were  written  at  firft  feparately,  and  upon  feve- 
 ral diftind  Papers.  Which  Papers  (or  whatever  they  were 
 written  upon)  were  put  together  into  their  prefent  Order  by 
 thofe  who  did  not  perfectly  know  the  true  Series  of  the  Hi- 
 ftory, 
 
of  the  four  EvangeliJIs.  .  i  op 
 
 ftory.  (Both  which  Obfervations  are  certainly  true  of  ma- 
 ny Periods  in  the  Old  Teftament  Hiftories  and  Prophecies, 
 and  very  probable  in  the  cafe  before  us.)  Now  I  mall  juft 
 run  over  mod  of  the  forc-mention'd  partialis,  and  in  few 
 woftls  obferve  what  might  be  the  probable  occaiions.  of  their 
 prefent  miftaken  places,  by  the  refemblance  or  agreement  of 
 Circumftances,  to  their  true  ones  ;  which  places  being  ex- 
 chang'd,  every  thing  will  almoft  naturally  fall  into  its  pro- 
 per place  and  order,  in  which  they  either  originally  were,  or 
 were  intended  to  have  been.  i.  As  to  the  Sermon  by  the 
 Mount,  its  being  inferted  a  Verfe  too  foon  is  fo  fmall  a  mi- 
 flake,  that  it  might  eafly  be  involuntary  in  the  Compiler, 
 and  purely  accidental.  But  as  to  the  whole  Period,  it  ought 
 certainly  to  have  been  juft  after  the  Election  of  the  Apoftles; 
 which  becaufe  there  was  no  account  given  of  it  in  this  Gofpel, 
 the  Calling  or  Election  of  four  of  them,  Andrew,  Peter,  James 
 and  John,  aHiflory  fomewhatof  kin  to  fuch  Election  in  St.  Mat- 
 thew was  pitch'd  upon  by  mifiake,  as  its  proper  p!ace.  2. 
 The  healing  of  the  Leper  was  but  a  very  little  before  Chnfi 
 enters  Capernaum  once,  and  by  an  eafy  mifiake  is  here  fet  be- 
 fore his  entrance  in  the  fame  place  another  time.  The  next 
 Hiftory  of  the  healing  of  the  Centurion's  Servant,  when  the 
 foregoing  is  remov'd,  is  in  its  proper  place.  That  which  fol- 
 lows alfo  of  the  healing  of  Peer's  Wife's  Mother;  when  the 
 Sermon  on  the  Mount,  and  its  appendages  are  remov'd,  is  al- 
 fo in  its  right  place.  3.  The  Voyage  to  Gergafa  was  really 
 in  the  Evening,  after  the  hard  fatigue  of  a  number  of  occa- 
 fional  Difcourfes  related  in  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  Chap- 
 ters of  this  Gofpel;  and  by  way  of  eafe  and  retirement  after 
 one  of  cur  Savior's  hardeft  days  works.  And  hereby  mifiake 
 'tis  p'ae'd  juft  in  the  fame  manner  after  his  longeft  Sermon  of 
 all  by  the  Mount,  and  as  a  retirement  that  Evening  from  the 
 hurry  of  that  famous  day.  4.  Chrifi's  anfwers  to  thofe  two 
 who  were  ready  to  follow  him,  are  by  miftakeputjuft  before* 
 whereasthey  fhould  be  fet  juft  after  this  Voyage ;  and  foarc  nor 
 far  out  of  their  place.  5.  The  healing  of  the  Paralytic  was* 
 truly  juft  upon  one  entrance  of  Chrift'sinto  Capernaum ;  and 
 is  here  fet  at  another  of  his  entrances  into  the  fame  place. 
 
 O  3  tf.The. 
 
1 1  o  A  fiort  wiew  of  the  Harmony 
 
 6.  The  coming  of  Jatrm,  &c.  if  the  kit  be  taken  away, 
 and  what  ought  to  be  there  reftor'd  to  its  place,  is  in  its  true 
 Order.  But  becaufe  the  difcourfe  at  Levis  Feaft  ended 
 without  any  connection  with  a  following  Hiftory,  and  be- 
 caufe this  Period  began  thus,-  j4$  he  was  /peaking  the 'fe  things  to 
 them  :  The  Compiler  by  an  eafy  miftake  thought  it  was  to 
 follow  it ;  efpecially  when  the  erroneous  placing  of  Chrifl's 
 anfwers  to  thofe  two  before,  made  it  impoffible  to  obferve 
 any  other  Order.  The  next  Period,  the  Miffion  and  Inftru- 
 ction  of  the  twelve  Apoftles,  if  the  fecond  journey  to  Na- 
 zareth were  prefix'd,  is  exactly  in  its  proper  place.  7.  The 
 Miffion  of  two  of  Johns  difciples  did  really  fucceed  the  E- 
 leclion  of  the  twelve  Apoftles  ;  and  fo  when  that  did  not  ap- 
 pear in  this  Gofpel,  was  by  an  eafy  error  put  after  the  ac- 
 count of  their  Miffion  and  Inftruction  afterward.  8.  The 
 plucking  the  ears  of  Corn,  &c.  did  really  follow  anHiftoryin 
 which  Johns  Difciples  were  concern'd,  and  is  here  made  to 
 follow  this  other  Hiftory  in  which  his  Difciples  were  con- 
 cern'd alfo.  The  following  Hiftory  of  the  Demoniacs,  &c. 
 if  this  laft  were  taken  away,  will  follow  in  its  due  place,  and 
 fo  will  the  fucceeding  Difcourfes  and  Relations  till  almoft 
 the  end  of  the  thirteenth  Chapter.  9.  Laftly,  Chrift's  com- 
 ing to  Nazareth  a  fecond  time,  was  really  after  he  had  been 
 charged  with  cafting  out  Devils  by  Beelzebub.  But  whereas  that 
 charge  was  twice  laid  againft  him  within  the  compafs  of  thefe 
 Chapters  (once  in  the  laft  mention'd  Period,  and  befides  that 
 in  the  ninth  Chapter)  all  the  miftake  here  is,  that  it  follows  the 
 wrong  time  of  that  imputation  ;  which  Obfervations  fhall  fuffice 
 for  the  third  thing  propos'd,  viz.  the  hinting  the  probable  oc- 
 cafions  of  the  miftakes  in  this  part  of  St.  Aiatthew's  Gof- 
 pel. 
 
 4.  Having  proceeded  thus  far,  and  fhewn  that  St.  Matthew 
 originally  did  obferve  the  Order  of  Time;  that  his  prefent 
 •Copies  iifrthe  firft  thirteen  Chapters  do  not  do  fo  now,  and 
 that  there  are  fufficient  intimations  left,  by  which  we  mayre- 
 ftore  thefe  diforder'd  fettions  to  their  true  places;  inftead  of 
 offering  any  Conjectures  how  fo  many  of  thefe  /etlions  came 
 to  be  fo  ftrangely  tranfpos'd,  which  I  once  defign'd  to   have 
 
 attempted, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 j  1 1 
 
 attempted,  I  Shall  now  only  firfi,  make  an  Obfcrvation  or  two, 
 which  may  poffibly  give  light  in  that  matter  to  feme  future 
 Inquiries ;  and  then  fecondly,  I  Shall  fay  a  word  or  two  in  or- 
 der to  prevent  fuch  Cenfures  as  the ftrangenefis  of  this  Propo- 
 rtion might  otherwife  occafion  againft  me.  As  to  the  firfi, 
 it  will  deferve  to  be  obferv'd  that  the  prefent  Copies  of  St. 
 Matthew  are  only  a  Tranflation  from  the  Hebrew;  (in which 
 Language  all  Antiquity  affirm  that  Gofpel  was  written)  and 
 may  therefore  more  probably  have  been  Subject  to  fome  con- 
 fufion  or  diforder,  than  any  of  the  reft,  whofe  own  Copies 
 we  ftill  have  in  the  fame  Language  wherein  they  were  origi- 
 nally written  by  their  Authors.  Tho'  at  the  fame  time  it 
 mult  be  own'd,  that  as  to  the  moft  considerable  part,  the  ac- 
 count of  our  Savior's  Dotlrine  and  Difcourfes,  St.  Matthew  is 
 more  particular  than  either  St.  Mark^  or  St.  Luke,  who  give 
 us  yet  fome  Hiftory  of  the  fame  things  ;  and  is  therefore  (not- 
 withstanding the  occafional  diforder  of  thirteenChapters  in  point 
 of  time,)  even  in  that  Tranflation  we  now  have,  one  of  the 
 moft  valuable,  if  I  may  fo  fpeak,  of  all  the  Evangelifts.  Nay 
 Since  it  do's  not  appear  that  by  the  diforder  we  fpeak  of,  one 
 Single  Sentence  is  loft  in  his  GoSpel,  but  the  whole  preferv'd 
 intire  to  us ;  when  we  have  redue'd  him  into  his  Order  again, 
 we  may  as  fecurely  make  ufe  of  his  Teftimony  in  all  cafes, 
 (wherein  its  being  a  Tranflation  do's  not  hinder)  as  of 
 the  Teflimonics  of  any  of  the  reft  of  the  Evangelifts.  I 
 would  have  it  obferv'd  in  the  fecond  place,  and  I  thirjk  it  ought 
 to  be  particularly  taken  notice  of,  that  this  diforder  of  St. 
 Matthew  concludes,  and  the  true  Order  begins  to  be  con- 
 stantly obferv'd  at  a  very  remarkable  Period,  viz,.  The  death 
 of  St.  John  the  Baptifi,  and  the  commencing  of  our  Savior's- 
 Single  IVliniftiy  thereupon.  But  what  light  either  or  both  of 
 thefe  Observations  may  afford  in  the  prefent  Inquiry,  I  mall 
 leave  to  the  farther  conlideration  of  the  Reader.  Now  as 
 to  t\\e  firangenefs  of  this  Aflertion,  and  the  imputationswhich 
 fome  may  be  ready  to  lay  upon  me  for  advancing  it  ?  I  have 
 this  to  fay,  that  they  have  iefs  reafon  to  cenfure  my  boldnefs,  than 
 that  of  the  beft  Harmonizers  of  the  Gofpel  before  me.  They 
 are  fore'd  to  put  fome  of  the  Gofpcls,   if  not  all  of  them, 
 
 out 
 
I  1 1 
 
 A  Jhort  wie^w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 out  of  their  prefent  Order  »n  every  occafion,   and  that  in  abun- 
 dance of  p'.aces  where  the  words  themfelves  plainly  forbid  them, 
 and  imply  a  Connection  with  what  went  before.     This  they 
 do,  and  are  oblig'd  to  do  continually,  or  elfe  they  could  ne- 
 ver Harmonize  the  Evangelifts  at  all,  and  fo  they  are  forc'd  on 
 a  method  which  plainly  implys  the  frequent   inaccuracy,    if 
 not  falfhood  of  the  Infpir'd   Writers  themfelves.     Some  of 
 them  place  the  Gofpel  of  St.  Matthew,  for  inftance,  very  near- 
 ly as  I  do.     And  therefore  they  muft  imagin  that  he  himfelf 
 writ  in  no  order,  obferv'd  no  method,  and  us'd  the  Notes  of 
 Time  without  any  great  regard  or  confederation.     I  place  the 
 fame   Gofpel    for  fome  Branches  of  it   differently  from  the 
 order  of  the   prefent   Copies,   and  contrary  to  the  Notes  of 
 Time  as  they  now  lie  in  it.     But  then  I   fully  believe  that 
 St.  Matthew  was  an  accurate  and  an  infpired  Writer.     I  obferve 
 his  prefent  Copy  to  be  very  exact  for  the  greateft  part  of  it;  and 
 his  Notes  of  Time  therein  very  carefully  plac'd  according  to 
 the  true  Series   of  the    Hiftory.     I   obferve  that  the   fame 
 Notes  of  Time  occur  in  the   diforder'd  part  of  his  Gofpel. 
 I  withal  take  notice  that  in  thofe  Chapters  we  meet  with  fe- 
 veral  things  that  betray  themfelves,    and  fhew  that  they  are 
 not  as  they  were  originally.     I  find  that  his  Epitomizer  St. 
 jMarkj  who  agrees  with  him  and  St.  Luke  in  the  reft  of  his 
 Gofpel,  difagrees  with  him  here,  and  has  the  fame  Order  with 
 St.  Luki-     I  confider  that  of  all  the  Gofpels  this  alone  is  not 
 the  Original,  but  a    Tranflation ;  and    that   by  confequence 
 there  is  a  poQibility  that  by  fome  now  unknown  accident  it 
 may  have  been  mifplac'd,  and  put  out  of  order.     I    obferve 
 that  this  is  the  only  branch   of  the  four  Gofpels,  where  we 
 are  forc'd  to  recede  from  their  prefent   Copies  in  the    whole 
 Harmony  of  the  Evangeli&s;  and  that  if  this  be   allow'd  to 
 have  originally  been  plac'd,  or  intended  otherwife,  the  Evan- 
 gelical will  appear  the  raoft  accurate  of  all  Hifiories  in    every- 
 one of  its  Writers.     And  Iperceivc,  lafily,    That  ifthefe  dif- 
 order'd fetlions  be  taken  to  pieces,  and  put  together  according 
 to  the  method  of  the  enfuing  Harmony,  they  exactly  fit    one 
 another,  there  is  not  either  too  much  or  too  little,  the  Notes 
 of  Time  are  then  eafy  and  accurate,  and  the  whole   Series   is 
 
 arreeabJe 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls 
 
 "J 
 
 agreeable  to  its  own  Circumftances,  and  to  the  parallel  accounts 
 of  the  other  Evangelists.  I  fay  I  obferve  all  this,  and  there- 
 fore I  endeavor  to  make  St.  Alatthew  agree  with  himfelf; 
 with  his  own  Characters,  and  Notes  of  Connection  ;  and 
 with  the  other  Gofpels  in  every  thin* :  tho'  thereby  the  or- 
 der of  part  of  his  prefent  Copy  be  fuppos'd  different  from 
 that  Original  one,  in  which  it  was,  or  was  intended  to  have 
 been  plac'd  by  thelnfpir'dWritcr  himfelf.  Now  in  this  cafelthink 
 I  may  appeal  to  any  impartial  Man,  whether  the  Writers  be- 
 fore-n-mticn'd,  or  I,  do  moft  confult  the  Honor  of  this  22- 
 ,  and  the  Veneration  due  to  this  Sacred  Pen-man  •  and 
 whether  this  method  deferves  any  hard  Imputations  and  Cen- 
 fures,  while  the  other  is  continually  approv'd  of  by  all  Di- 
 vines and  Commentators. 
 
 III.  AH  the  four  Evangelifts  do  cxadiy  obferve  the 
 Order  of  Time  thro'  their  whole  Hifrories. 
 
 St.  John  in  his  Gofpel  is' generally  allow'd  to  obferve  the 
 Order  of  Time  very  exactly,  even  by  thofe  who  believe  the 
 reft  not  to  have  done  fo.     And  if  we  confder  that  he  was  an 
 Eyc-witncfs  of  all  himfelf  from  the  very  beginning  of  Chrifi's 
 Minifiry;  that  he  every  where  notes  the  feveral  Feaftsofthe 
 Jews  at  which  our  Savior  was  prefent ;  the firfi  Pajfovcr,  the  Feaft  J°hn  ij.  i  j.and 
 orPaffovtr  fo\\o\v'mg,thefourthPaJfover  (tho3  Chrift  was  then  inv'V  ?nc3vJ'4' 
 Galilee)  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  following,the  Feaft  of  Dedication^  ^  J**-*  anCj 
 and  the  laftPaffovcr ;  that  withal  he  in  the  beginning  of  his  Hifto-  xij.  i. 
 ry  notes  the  feveral  ft4ccefftve  days  belonging  to  the  Acts  re-  Chap. j.  29,3 ?, 
 corded,     nay  there,  and  in  other  places,  fometimes  the  very  43«andij.  1. 
 hours;    and  towards   the    end  notes    the  ftxth  day  before  the  j "  J Qhav\ii'^ 
 Pailover,  then  juft  before  the  Paffover,  then  the  Paffovernightl  i.^A  xiij.  1. 
 and  fo  the  very  hour  of  Chrift's  Condemnation,    the   mornings  andxyiij.i. 
 and  almo'ft  hour  of  his  Refurrection,  (to  omit  other  fuch  like  an^xix,,4« 
 Obfervations)     He,    I  fay,  who  confiders  all  this,  and   how an  XX'  '* 
 ftudioufly  and  punctually  St.  John  all  along  avoids  repeating 
 v/hat  was  in  the  other  Gofpels,  and  yet  at  once  fupplys  their 
 OmilTions,  and  methodises  their  Hiftories,    will  fee  abundant 
 reafon  to  look  upon  him  as  the  moft  exact  and  accurate  of  all 
 
 P  the 
 
1 1 4  A  JhoH  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 the  Evangelifts;   and  to  whom  the  Compilers  of  Harmonies 
 are  principally  oblig'd. 
 
 That  St.  Lukes  Gofpel  is  exactly  according  to  the  Order 
 of  Time,  himfelf  exprefly  allures  us  in  his  Preface,  as  we 
 have  fcen  above;  that  whereas  feveral  of  tr.c  Hiftories  of  our 
 Savior  which  he  had  perus'd,  tho'  they  attempted  it,  were 
 not  able  to  arrive  at  a  fufficient  accuracy  therein,  himfelf  had 
 obtain'd  fo  full  and  perfect  an  account  of  all  things  from  the 
 Lukej.1,2,  i-very  firjl,  that  he  could  undertake  to  write  them  b«9*!«  in  or- 
 der to  Theophilus.  And  fince,  as  will  appear  in  the  Harmony, 
 there  is  no  fufBcient  reafon  from  the  confederation  of  the  par- 
 ticulars, or  comparing  them  with  the  reft  of  the  Evangelifts, 
 to  alter  the  Series  of  his  Narrations,  we  can  have  no  reafou 
 to  doubt  of  the  exact:  Alethod,  as  well  as  Truth,  of  his  Gof- 
 pel. 
 
 That  St.  Mark's  Gofpel  is  alfo  exactly  according  to  the  Or- 
 der of  Time,  is  evident  becaufe  St.  Luke's  has  been  prov'd 
 to  be  fo,  with  whom  St.  Mark^  every  where  agrees  in  the 
 Series  of  his  Hiftory,  as  will  appear  in  the  Harmony. 
 
 That  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel,  as  to  the  greateft  part  of  it, 
 is  exactly  according  to  the  Order  of  Time,  is  plain  not  only 
 by  the  many  exprefs  Notes  of  Ttme  in  his  Hiftory  :  but  alfo 
 by  its  agreement  with  the  order  of  St.  Luke's  and  St.  Mar\(% 
 Gofpels.  And  fince  that  part  of  St.  Matthew's  Gofpel  which 
 is  at  prefent  out  of  order,  has  been  prov'd  to  have  originally 
 Ttep.  i.  been  otherwife,  and  that  the  methodical  Difpofition   thereof 
 
 in  this  Harmony,  is  according  to  the  order  defign'd  by  St. 
 Matthew  at  firft,  to  which  it  is  now  only  reflor'd :  it  ought 
 to  be  allow'd  that  St.  Matthew,  as  he  was  an  Eye-witnefs, 
 and  very  able,  fo  Jie  was  himfelf  really  willing  and  careful  to 
 obferve  the  Order  of  Time,  as  well  as  the  reft  of  the  Evan- 
 gelifts. 
 
 Coroll.  i.  Hence  we  fee  how  much  tho feHar  monikers  difparage 
 the  Accuracy  and  Care  of  thefe  Sacred  Htftorians,  who  tranf- 
 pofe  and  change  the  order  of  their  Narrations,  according  to  their 
 own  Fancies  or  ConjeElures  upon  every  occafion :  and  this  not- 
 withfianding  they  allow  their  prefent  Method  to  have  been  every 
 where  the  Original  one  dejignd  by  the  Jnfpird  Writers   them- 
 
 [elves ; 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  1 1  $ 
 
 felves  ',  and  notwithfianding  they  thereby  generally  contradict  the 
 mofi  exprefs  Notations  of  the  Order  of  Time  every  where 
 contain  d  in  them, 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Hence  we  alfo  fee  how  little  reafon  there  is  fo  to 
 accommodate  the  Hifiories  of  the  four  Evangelijls  to  any  one  of  them t 
 as  to  imply  the.  mofi  unaccountable  Confufion  and  Diforder  in  all 
 the  refi.  I  am  apt  to  thinly  it  willat  lafi  appear,  that  all  the  Con- 
 fulions^»»/  Di  forders  in  the  Harmonies  of  the  Evangelijls  have  been 
 the  ejfebls  of  mere  Human  Error  and  Miftake ;  and  are  not  to 
 be  afcrtb'd  to  the  Sacred  Writers  themfelves,  who  were  under  the 
 Conduit  cf  Divine  Infpiration. 
 
 IV.  St.  Matthew,  St.  Mark  and  St.  Luke,  who,  by 
 the  Teflimony  of  the  Ancients,  and  the  univerfal 
 confent  of  all  Interpreters,  wrote  their  Gofpels 
 during  the  continuance  of  the  Jewifi  Common- 
 wealth, ufe  the  Jewifi  Accounts  in  their  Gofpels, 
 and  fo  reckon  the  hours  from  Sun-fetting  and  Sun- 
 
 rifing,  the  beginnings  of  the  Jewijh  Night  and  See  Lev.  xxiij. 
 Day.  **' 
 
 This  is  univerfally  allow'd  by  all  Expofitors ;  and  by  the  ex- 
 traordinary darkncfs  at  our  Savior's   Paffion  from    Noon    till 
 three  a  Clock,  which  is  call'd  the  fpace  from  the fixth  to  the  Matt.xxvij.4y. 
 ninth  hour  by  all  three  of  them,  is  demonftrated  beyond  con- , X'^J?'  . 
 tradidion.  Luk.  xxnj.44- 
 
 V.  St.  John,  who,  by  the  Teftimony  of  the  Ancients, 
 and  univerfal  Confent  of  Interpreters,  wrote  his 
 Gofpel  long  after  the  Deflruclion  of  Jerujalem, 
 and  the  Period  of  the  Jewijh  Polity 5  and  that  at 
 EphefuS)  a  place  far  remote  from  Judea*  and  un- 
 der the  Roman  Government  j  ufes  the  Roman  or 
 Julian  beginning  of  the  Day  in  his  Gofpel,  (the 
 
 fame  which  we  ufe  at  prefentj)  and  reckons  his  v^.c^/^ 
 hours  from  Midnight  and  Noon.  C^Q   a~a  ' 
 
 P  2  '  This 
 
!  i  c  A  Jhovt  <view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 This  eafy  and  natural  Hypothecs  has  been  fcarce  taken  notice 
 of  hitherto  by  Interpreters.     But  as  it  is  no  more  than,  a  na- 
 voftul    prhis.tura*  confequence  of  that  Poftulatum  I  laid   down  at  firft,  as 
 'y         moft  unqueftionably  reafonable,  viz,.  That  every  Writer  is  to 
 be  fuppos'd  to  ufe  the  Stile,    Tear  and   Computation   of  the  Age 
 and  Nation  in  which  he  lives  :     So  there  is  one  certain  and  un- 
 deniable inftance  of  it  in  St.  John  himfelf,  as   an  indication 
 of  his  Reckoning  fo  in    other  cafes.     For  when  our   Savior 
 about  nine  or  ten  a  Clock  at  Night,  on  the  Day  of  his  Re- 
 furreclion,  or  about  the  third  or  fourth  hour  of  the  Jeivsfe- 
 cond  Day  of  the  Week,    appeared  to  his  Difcipies,    he  ex- 
 Joh.xx.ip.      prefly  calls  it  frill  the  firft  day  of  the  weel^.     The  fa?ne  day  at 
 evening,    being  the  firft   day  of  the   wefkj,  when  the  doors  were 
 put,  where  the  difcipies  were  affembled  for  fear  of  the   Jews, 
 came  Jefus  and  flood  in  the  midft,  and  faid  unto  them,  Peace  be 
 j|oh.j.39,8cc.  unto  you.     Thusalfo  in  the  very  firft  Chapter  of  this  Gofpel 
 two  of  the  Bapt'ift's  Difcipies  are  (aid  to  abide  with  Chrift  a  con- 
 siderable part  of  a  day  after  the  tenth  hour,  or  ten   a  Clock ; 
 and  after  the  fame  time  of  the  day  Andrew    feeks   and   finds 
 his  Brother  Simon,  and  brings  him   to  our   Savior.     This  is 
 the  more  particularly  to  be  obferv'd,  becaufe  our   Tranflation 
 gives  the  Text  a  turn  quite differentfrom the  Original ;  which 
 runs  thus,  They  abode  with  him  that  day.     But  or  now  it  was 
 ten  a  clocks  or  the  tenth  hour.     And  the  fame  Obfervation  holds- 
 true  in  the  reft  of  his  Gofpel,    as  will  appear  in  the  Harmo- 
 ny. 
 
 Coroll.  i.  Hence  the  perplexing  difficulty  concerning  the  times  of 
 our  Savior  s  Condemnation  and  Crucifixion  in  St.  John  and  St. 
 Mark,  which  has  hitherto  been  infuperable,  vanifbes  of  its  own 
 accord.  St.  John  fays,  juft  before  the  Condemnation  by  Pilate, 
 joh.xix.  14-  jt  was  the  preparation  of  the  PafTover,  and  about  the  fixth 
 hour.  St.  Mark  at  the  diftance  of  fome  three  hours  afterwards, 
 Mar. xv.  25-.  ^  jt  was  tjie  ^^  nourj  ancJ  they  crucify'dhim.  For  the 
 Roman  fixth  hour,  or  Gx  a  clocl^in  the  morning,  was  about 
 three  hours  before  the  Jewiih  third  hour,  or  nine  a  clocks  in  the 
 morning. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Hence  it  appears  that  the  time  of  our  Savior  s  dif- 
 courfe  with  the  Womm  of  Samaria,     was  in  the  long  days,  or 
 
 Summer 
 
of  the  four  Euangelijls. 
 
 *i7 
 
 Summer  time,  and  not  in  the  fliort  days  or  Winter  time  ;     as  is 
 
 commonly  fuppos'd.     For  after  the  fixth  hour,  or  fix  a  clocl^  in  Joh.  iv.  6,  8cc. 
 
 the  Evening,  there  is  the  Hifiory  of  at   leafi  an  hour  or  two's 
 
 time  before  it  was  darl^.     And  this  Obfervation  is  very  aoreeable 
 
 to  two   other  Circumfiances  at  the  fame  time,  I  mean  our  Savior  s  v.  6,  and  7. 
 
 thirft  aud  wearinefs  :  which  are  much  more  agreeable  to    the  E- 
 
 vening  of  a  Summer's  than  the  Noon  of  a  Winter's  day  ;  and 
 
 therefore  do  flill  farther  Jlrcngthcn  the  prefint  Corollary-; 
 
 Scholium.  We  mult  here  obferve  one  paflage  after  our  Sa- 
 vior's Difcourfe  with  the  Woman  of  Samaria,  which  has  ge- 
 nerally pafs'd  for  a  proof  that  this  Difcourfe   was  about  four 
 months  before  the  PafTbver,  or  the  beginning  of  Harveft.  Say  Tojvi      ,    * 
 not  ye,   (fays  he  to  his  Difeiples,)   there  are  yet  four  months,  and  J 
 then  cometh  harvefl  ?  Behold  I  fay  unto  you,  lift  up  your  eyes  and 
 loo!^  on  the  fields,  for  they  are  white  already    to  Harvefl.      And 
 he  that  reapeth  receive th  wages,  and  gather eth  fruit  untoctemal 
 life  :  that  both  he  that  foweth,  and  he  that  reapeth  may  rejoice  to- 
 gether.    Now  in  order  to  underftand  this  parabolic  Difcourfe, 
 we  mud  remember  that  the  occafion  was    this.     Our   Savior 
 had  been  talking  with  the  Woman  of  Samaria,  and  informing 
 her  that  himfelf    was  the  Meffias.     She   upon  this  runs   into 
 the  City  of  Sychar,  and  tells  the  People  that  fhe    had  found 
 the  Meffias,  and  knew  him  by  hisOmnifcience,  in  that  hehad^-^9- 
 told  her  all  that  ever  Jhe  did.     Upon  this  a  Croud  of  the  Ci- 
 tizens came  out  to  fee  him,  and  difcourfe   with  him  j    being 
 by  the  Woman's  Teftimony  well  difpos'd  to  believe  in  him 
 already.     As  this  Multitude  was  in  fight,  our  Savior  takes  oc-  See  Ughtfoofs 
 'cafion  to  obferve  to    his  Difeiples,  That  whereas  the  Jews  ^°^,Heb,*nd 
 1  reckon'd  no  lefs  than  four  months  from  Seed-time  to  Har-  ,-A  JJ 
 6  veft;  he  had  but  juft  now  fow'd  the  good  Seed,  andpreach- 
 «  ed  the  word  to  the  Woman  of  Samaria,  and  behold  what  a 
 'brave  Harvefl  juft  ready  for  the  Sickle  appear'd  in  view?  So 
 t  that  fowing  and  reaping  immediately  fucceeded  one  another ; 
 'and  therefore  afforded  him  an  extraordinary  tranfport  of  Toy 
 '  on  fuch  an  extraordinary  occafion.     Now  if  this  Paraphrafe 
 be  allow'd,  we  have  here  not  the  leaft  hint  of  the  time  of 
 the  year  when  this  was  fpoken,     but  only  an  allufion  to  a 
 known  Jewifh  Proverb  of  the  ufual  diftance  between  Seed- 
 
 P  3  timeL 
 
 in  Loc. 
 
1 1 8  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 time  and  Harveft  :  which  was  equally  true,  and  equally  to  be 
 made  ufe  of  in  Summer  as  in  Winter,  and  therefore  is  no  pre- 
 judice to  the  foregoing  Corollary*  or  the  Proportion  whereon 
 it  depends. 
 
 VI.  The  rcfemblance  there  is  between  fcveral  Dif- 
 courfes  and  Miracles  of  our  Savior  in  the  feveral 
 Gofpels,  which  the  Order  of  the  Evangelical  Hi- 
 ftory  places  at  different  times,  is  no  fufficient  rea- 
 fon  for  the  fuperfeding  fuch  Order,  and  fuppofing 
 them  to  be  the  very  fame  Difcourfes  and  Miracles. 
 
 This  Proportion,  which  is  of  fo  great  confequence  to  the 
 Harmony  of  the  Evangelifts,  and  on  the  truth  of  which  the 
 prefent  order  of  the  Hiftories  in  my  Harmony  do's  very  much 
 depend,  is  prov'd  by  the  following  Obfervations.  i .  The  pe- 
 culiar quality  of  our  Savior's  Perfon  makes  it  reasonable  to  ex- 
 pect like  Difcourfes  and  Miracles  upon/%occafions.  2.  This 
 refemblance  is  much  the  fame  between  feveral  Difcourfes  and 
 Actions  which  in  the  fame  Evangelifts  are  allow'd  to  be  dif- 
 ferent, and  thofe  others  which  in  different  Evangelifts  are  fup- 
 pos'd  to  be  the  fame.  3 .  This  refemblance  is  alfo  much  the 
 fame  in  fuch  Hiftories  in  feveral  Evangelifts  where  the  great 
 diflance  of  Place  and  Time  demonflrate  their  diftinctions; 
 as  in  thofe  which  a  lefs  diftance  inclines  Men  x.o  fufpeB  to  be 
 the  very  fame.  4.  The  Circumftances  Precedent,  Concomi- 
 tant and  Confequent  to  thofe  feveral  Hiftories  which  the  or- 
 der of  the  Evangelifts  mews  to  be  diftinct  from  one  another, 
 are  much  more  different  in  the  feveral  Gofpels,  than  the  like 
 Circumftances  of  thofe  parallel  Hiftories,  which  the  Order 
 of  the  Evangelifts  prove  to  be  the  very  fame. 
 
 1.  The  peculiar  Circumftances  of  our  Savior's  Perfon  make 
 it  reafonable  to  expect  like  Difcourfes  and  Miracles  upon  like 
 occafions.  So  great  is  the  mutability  of  the  Opinions,  and 
 fo  imperfect  the  Judgment  and  Memory  of  mere  Men, 
 that  we  cannot  expect  that  they  fhould  always  continue  of 
 the  fame  mind,  or  always  act  in  the  fame  manner,  be  the  oc- 
 cafions 
 
of  the  four  Evangehjts.  1 1 9 
 
 cafions  never  fo  much  the  fame  ,  at  one  time  and  another ; 
 or  let  thofe  occafions  never  fo  much  require  the  fame  Dif- 
 courfes  or  Behavior.  But  the  cafe  is  quite  otherwife  in  the 
 Pcrfon  of  our  Saviors  he  in  his  Divine  Wtfdom  knew  always 
 what  was  be/}  and  fine/}  to  be  faid  or  done  upon  every  oppor- 
 tunity ;  and  accordingly  where  the  fame  occafions  ofrcr'd 
 themfelves,  us'd  the  bejt  and  fittefl,  that  is  generally  the  /awe 
 Conduct  and  Management,  both  as  to  his  Words  and  Acti- 
 ons. So  that  'tis  not  ftrange  if  fometimes  we  find  a  greater 
 likenefs  or  refemblance  between  fome  Difcourfes  and  Actions 
 of  our  Savior  at  different  times,  than  we  fhould  expect  ina- 
 ny  other  cafes  of  fuch  a  nature. 
 
 i.  This  refemblance  is  much  the  fame  between  feveral  Dif- 
 courfes and  Actions,  which  becaufe  they  are  found  in  the  fame 
 Evangelifts,  are  all  allow'd  to  be  different ;  and  between  thofe 
 others,  which  becaufe  we  meet  -with  them  in  different  Evange- 
 lifts, are  fuppos'd  to  be  the  fame.  Thus  it  appears  that  our 
 Savior  gave  almoft  the  very  fame  Inftructions  to  the  twelve 
 Apoftles,  and  to  the  feventy  Difciples  at  their  feveral  Mif- 
 fions;  the  one  recorded  by  St.  Matthew,  the  other  by  St.  Matt  x 
 Luke,  as  the  likenefs  of  the  occafions  did  require.  NowLuk.x. 
 thefe  large  Inftructions  being  in  two  Gofpels,  have  been  by 
 many  refer'd  to  the  fame  time,  by  reafon  of  their  fimili- 
 tude.  But  when  we  confider  that  St.  Luke,  who  gives  us 
 the  larger  account  of  the  Inftruction  of  the  70  ,  do's  give 
 us  alfo  z/loort  account  of  the  Inftruction  of  the  twelve;  and 
 that  thereby  they  appear  to  have  been  two  feveral  Inftrudi-Luk.ix.i--S. 
 ops;  and  that  alfo  very  like  to  each  other:  we  ihall  fee  rea- 
 fon in  other  cafes  as  well  as  this,  to  believe  that  fome  Difcourfes 
 of  our  Savior,  tho*  at  different  times,  might  yet  have  a  great 
 refemblance  to  one  another.  Let  us  compare  St.  Luke's  words 
 on  the  feveral  occafions  afore-mention'd.  When  the  Apoftles 
 were  fen t  forth,  fome  of  his  Inftructions  are,  He  faid  unto  Luk.ix.  3/4,5-. 
 them.  Take  nothing  for  your  journey,  neither  ftaves,  norfcrip,  nei- 
 ther bread,  neither  money,  neither  have  two  coats  apiece.  ^And 
 whatfoever  houfe  ye  enter  into,  there  abide,  and  thence  depart, 
 jind  whofoever  will  not  receive  you,  when  ye  go  out  of  the  city 
 fiake  off  the  very  dufi  from  your  feet  for  a  tefiimony  againftthem. 
 
 When 
 
no  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 When  the  LXX  were  fent  forth,  feme  of  his  Inftructions  are, 
 Luk.x.4.  f,  7,  Carry  neither  pur fe,  nor  fcrip,  norJJjooes.  *  And  into  whatfoever 
 jo.  11.  houje  ye  enter,— In  the  fame  ho ufc  remain—eating  and  drinking 
 
 fuch  things  as  they  give. .    Go   not  from   houfe  to  houfe.     Into 
 vjhatfoevcr  city  ye  enter,  and  they  receive  you  not,  go  your  ways 
 out  into  the  flreets  of the  fa?ne}  and  fay,  even  the  very  dufl  of  your 
 city  which  cleaveth  on  us  we  do  wipe  off  againfl  you.      Which 
 Injunctions  are  as  like  to  each  other  as  almoft  any  of  thofe 
 which  are  thereupon  prefum'd  to  be  the  very  fame :    whereas 
 thefe  being  in  the  fame  Gofpel ,  as  well  as  upon  different  oc- 
 calions;  they  muftby  all  be  own'd  to  be  really  different  from 
 one  another.     Thus  alfo  the  fame  charge  of  cafting  out  De- 
 vils by  Beelzebub,  was  more   than   once    brought  againfl  our 
 Savior;    which  yet  had  they  been  all   in   different   Gofpels 
 would  have  pafs'd  currently  for  the  fime  ftory,  and  been  looked 
 upon  as  coincident,  and  done  at  the  fame  time.     Whereas  two 
 of  the  three  accounts  occurring  in  the  fame  Gofpel  of  St.  Mat- 
 thew-, do  certainly  fliew  that  the  Afperfion  was  cad  upon  him 
 two  feveral  times.     Which  alfo  makes  it  reafonable  not  to  at- 
 tempt any  change  in  the  order  of  St.  Luke,  when  we  find  in 
 his  Gofpel  that  long  after  both  thefe  Imputations,  a  third  of 
 the  fame  kind  was  laid  upon  him,  and  anfwer'd  by  him  after 
 the  fame  manner  as  the  former,     The  words  in  St.  Adatthew 
 the  firft  time  are.     Then  was  brought  uutohim  one  pofeffed with 
 a  Devil,  blind  and  dnmb,  and  he  healed  him,  infomuch  that  the 
 blind  and  dumb  both  fpake  and  f aw.     And  the  people  were   a- 
 mazed,  and  faid,  Is  not  this  thefon  of  David  ?  But  rvhen  the  Pha- 
 rifees  heard  it,  they  faid,  This  fellow  doth   not   cafl  out  Devils 
 but  by  Beelzebub  the  prince  o:c  the  Devils.     To  which  Chriftzn- 
 fwers  at  large  in  the  following  Verfes.     His  words  the  fecond 
 Chap.ix.32,33,  time  are,  As  they  vjent  out  they   brought  to  him  a  dumb  man 
 3*-  pojfejfed  with  a  Devil.     And  when  the  Devil  was  cafl  out,    the 
 
 dumb  fpake,  and  the  multitude  marvelled,  faying,  It  Was  never 
 fo  fen  in  Ifrael.  But  the  Fharifees  faid,  He  cajleth  out  the 
 Devils  thro  the  prince  of  the  Devils.  Where  the  Occafion,  the 
 Alattcr,  and  the  Words  are  fo  near  of  kin  to  the  former,  that 
 had  they  been  in  two  feveral  Gofpels,  it  would  have  certainly 
 been  prefum'd  that  it  was  all  one  and  the  fame  Hiftory,  tho' 
 
 'tis 
 
 Luk.xj. 
 
 *; 
 
 &r. 
 
 Mattocij 
 
 2: 
 
 i3>24-. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijh 
 
 121 
 
 tis  now  evident  they  were  intireiy   different.     Thus  more-  Matt. xlv. 
 over  Lhrtfi  fed  the  Multitudes  in  the  Wildernefs  with  a  few  AIar- .vi- 
 Loaves  andFimes;  and  that  where  the  numbers  were  pretty  equal;  ^Ax- 
 a  little  before  a  Voyage  to  Galilee,  at  two  feveral  times  not       '  ]' 
 far  difhnt  from  each    other:    which  Miracles   had  they   notMatt  x. 
 been  recorded  by  the  fame  Evangelifts,    and  by  many  other  Mar.'viij." 
 certain  ways  diftinguifh'd,   would  undoubtedly  have  pafs'd  for  Matt. xvj. pack 
 one  and  the  fame  Hiftory.     Thus  alfo  our  Savior  in  the  fame  Mar.  viij.  19, 
 Gofpel  of  St.  Luke,  denounces  woes  to  the  Scribes  and  Pha-  zo' 
 rifecs  at  two  different  times;  which  had  they  been  in  two  dif- 
 ferent Gofpels,  would  readily  have  been  look'd  on  as  done  at 
 the  very  fame  time.     Some  of  the  words  at  the  former  time 
 are  thefe,    Wo    unto   you    Pharijees,   for  ye  love  the  uppermoflu^.x).^. 
 feats  in  the  fynagogues,  and  greetings  in  the  markets.      At  the  Chap.  xx. 46. 
 
 latter,    Beware  of   the  Scribes  which love  greetings    in    the 
 
 markets,   and  the  highejl  feats  in  the  fynagogues,  and  the  chief 
 rooms  at  Feafls. 
 
 Thus  alfo  our  Savior  in  one  and  the   fame  Gofpel,  feveraUMatt.ix.i/, 
 times  foretold  his  own   Death,  *and  Refurrection  the  third  and xij.  40. 
 day;  either  directly,  or  by  giving  the   fign   of  the    Prophet  amjxv):2,# 
 Jonas.     Thus  alfo  he  more  than  once  caution'd  hisDifciples*"  jl^ndix 
 againft^Pride  and  Ambition,  and  thatin  thefame  Gofpels.  But  it  isl&c.and 
 would  be  too  long  to  quote  every  inftance   of  this  nature  atxxj.  38, 39. 
 larqe.     Thofe  already  mention'd  are,  I  think,  fufficient  to  e-^Ma^-X711> 
 fhblim  the  prefent  Obfervation.  LuLix'andxiu 
 
 2.  This  refembJance  is  alfo  much  the  fame  in  fuch  Hi  do- Matt.  xx. 
 ries  in  feveral  Evangclifis,    where  the  great  dtflance  of  place  mm.*. 
 and  ?/0Z£  demonfrrate  their  difrindHon,  as  in  thofe  which  a  lefs  Luk. xviij. 
 diftance  inclines  Men  to  fufped  to  be  the  very  fame.      Thus 
 our  Savior  drove  the  Buyers  and  Sellers  our  of  the  Temple" 
 at  his/r/?,  and  at  his  lafi  Paffover;  where  the  interval  of  fe- 
 veral years  is  fo  great  a  distinction  as  cannot  be  gotten  over. 
 Otherwife,  fince  St.  John  relates  the  former,  and  not  the  /^-joh.ij. 
 ter,     and   the  reft   relate  the  latter,  and  not  the  former,  the  Matt.  xxj. 
 feeming  Similitude  would  certainly  have  been  with  many  a^^J- 
 prevailing  Argument  for  the  reducing  them  to  the  fame  time .  Luk,xix* 
 Thus  alfo  our  Savior  caution'd  his  Difciples  when  they  pray- 
 «d  to  forgive  others  their  Offences  twice,  in  almoft  the  fame 
 
 Q  words  j 
 
Ill 
 
 A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 worusj  tho*  at  the  diltance  of  almoit:  two  years  :   cnceintne 
 Sermon  by  the  Mount;  and  again  in  the  PalTover  week,  juft 
 before  his  Death.     St.  Matthew's  words   at  the  former  time 
 Matt.  vj.  T4.IJ-  are'  If  ye  forgive    men    their    trefpafes,  your   heavenly  father 
 will  aljb  forgive  you :     But  if  ye  forgive  not  men    their    tref- 
 pajfes,     neither    will  your  father  forgive    your  trefpajfes.     St. 
 Mit.x). if, 16.  Aiarl(s  words  at    the    latter  time   are,    When  ye  jiand  pray- 
 ing fornve ;  that  your  father  alfo  which  is  in  heavtn  may  for- 
 give you  your  trejpajfes.      But    if  you    do  not  forgive,    neither 
 will  your   father   which   is    in   heaven   forgive  you  your  tref- 
 paffes. 
 Luk.v.  Thus  alfo  our  Savior  procured  Simon  Peter,  and  his  AfTo- 
 
 ciates,  a  mighty  draught  of  Fillies,  in  the  Sea  of  GaHlee,  af- 
 foh.xxj.  .  ter  they  had  toil'd  all  night  to  no  purpofe,  at  mo  fever al 
 times,  and  the  interval  of  between  two  and  three  years ;  the 
 one  long  before,  the  other  a  little  after  his  Refurreftion, 
 Where  the  certain  diltance  of  Time  is  fo  evident,  that  the 
 great  (imilitude  of  the  other  Circumftances  has  never  indu- 
 ced any  body  to  believe  them  the  fame;  which  otherwife  it 
 would  eafily  have  done. 
 
 Thus  alfo  our  Savior  was  Anointed  in  the  Houfe  of  one 
 whofe  name  was  Simon,  at  a  Feaftor  Supper,  by  a  Woman, 
 with  Ointment  out  of  an  Alabalter  Box,  and  his  feet  wiped 
 Luk.vij.36,  with  her  hairs;  in  St.  Lukes  Gofpel.  And  fuch  another  A- 
 &c.Matt.xxvj.  nointing  we  find  in  every  one  of  the  other  Evangelifts.  Yet 
 Mar.  xiv.  becaufe  this  Anointing  in  St.  Luke  was  in  Galilee,  a  year  and 
 Joh.  xij.  a  half  beiore  the  laft  Paflbver;  and  the  other  Anointings  were 
 
 in  Bethany,  near  Jerufalem,  within  a  few  days  of  it :  This- 
 qreat  diftance  in  Time,  and  Place,  taken  with  the  other  dis- 
 agreeing Circumftances,  have  perfuaded  moil:  Commentators, 
 as  they  well  might,  that  this  was  a  quite  different  Hiftory 
 from  the  others.  Tho'  on  fome  accounts,  it  appear'd  folike 
 them,  that  the  great  Grotius  himfelf  was  impos'd  upon  and  in- 
 due'd  to  believe  them  the  very  fame.  Such  fatal  miftakes  are 
 Men  liable  to,  when  they  indulge  themfelves  in  the  liberty 
 of  changing  the  fetled  Order  of  the  Evangelifts  on  every 
 oceaiion^ 
 
 4.  The 
 
of  the  four  hvangelijls.  123 
 
 4.  The  Circumftances  Preceding,  Concomitant,  and  Con- 
 fequent  to  tj  ofe  refembling   Hiftories,     which  the    Order  of 
 Time  impiys  to  be  different^,  are  much  more   diverfe    and    re- 
 pugnant, than  of  thofe  which  by  the    fame  order  appear  to 
 be\ruly  parallel  to  one  another.     I  ma'1  here  take  it  for  grant- 
 ed, that  if  none  of  the  certainly  parallel  Hiftories  in  the  Gof- 
 pels  be  fo  different  and  repugnant  as  thofe  about   which  the 
 difpute  is;     'tis  highly  abfurd  to  fuppofe  thefe   latter   to   be 
 parallel:  when  thereby  not  only  the  order  of  the  Evangelifts 
 is  fuperfeded,  and  laid  afide  without  Reafon ;  butDoubtsand 
 Perplexities  in  the  adjufting  the  Circumftances  of  the  Hifto- 
 ries  are  rais'd  upon  little  and  trifling  Occaficns.     Now  in  this 
 cafe,  I  do  not  fear  to  refer  my  felf  to   the  Reader,     and   to 
 give  him  leave  to  choofeany  oi  thofe  Hiftories  which  I  have 
 made  to  be  feveral  and  diftinct,    and  which  have    commonly 
 been  taken  for  the  fame  by  others;     and  if  upon  a  compari- 
 fon  with  other  undoubtedly  parallel  Hiftories,  he  do  not  find 
 more  divcrfity  of  Circumftances  in  thofe  different  ones,  than 
 in  any  of  thofe  which  are  known  to  be  parallel,  I  will  freely 
 acknowledg  my  miftake,  and  be  willing  to   tranfpofe  the  or- 
 der of  tbeEvangelifts.  For  inftance,  the  Account  of  the  Miracle  Matt.xiv. 
 whereby  the  Multitudes  were  fed  withLoaves  a  little  before  the  Mar.yj. 
 Paflpver,  isalongone,  and  the  only  one  that  is  related  by   all  Luk.ix. 
 the  four  Evangelifts.     So  that  in  this  cafe,  we  might  expect -*0  'VJ> 
 as  many  apparent  difficulties  in  the  Circumftances  in  one  or  0% 
 ther  of  the  Evangelifts   compard  together,    as   in  any  other. 
 Yet   there  do   not   appear   any  considerable  difficulties  in  it. 
 But  then  on  the  other  fide,    the  Calling  of  Andrew,    Peter, 
 James  and  John*  in  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Markj>  (who  per- 
 fectly agree  in  Time  and  Circumftances,  and  fo  without  doubt, 
 mean  the  fame  Hiftory)   is  generally  fuppos'd  to  be  the  fame  Matt.hr. 
 with  their  Call  in  St.  Luke,  tho   I   have  plac'd   them   difFe-  Maf-i' 
 rent  in  the  Harmony,  as  the  Series  of  St.  Luke's  Gofpel  did       ,v" 
 require.     Now  in  this  cafe,    I  appeal  to  the  Reader  of  the 
 two  Hiftories,  whether  at  the  firft  view  he  do's  not  find  ten 
 times  more  Difficulties  and   Repugnancies    in    thefe  Jhort  ac- 
 counts of  zfew  verfesy  than  in  thofe  Urge  Narrations  of  the 
 fore-mention'd  Miracle  in  all  the  Evangelifts.    Or  if  this 
 
 CL*  Com* 
 
1 24  A  Jhort  <v\ew  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Companfon  be  too  tedious,  let  but  the  Reader  only  conlidcr 
 the  exaft  Agreement  of  St.  Alatthew  and  St.  Aiarl^  in  the 
 cafe  before  us,  whofe  Order  mews  theirs  to  be  the  fame  Hi- 
 ftory,  and  the  obvious  and  manifold  difigreements  of  St. 
 Luke,  whofe  Order  fhews  his  to  be  another;  and  he  will  not 
 need  a  more  fenfible  lnflance  of  the  truth  of  the  prefent  Ob- 
 fervation ;  of  which  we  may  find  more  examples  in  the  fol- 
 lowing Corollaries. 
 
 Corojl.   i.  That  Defcent  of  the  Holy  Ghofi  on  our    Savior ; 
 which  was  the  Token  of  his  being    the    true  Adeffias,    to  John 
 the  Barptift,  was  wholly  different  from,  and  happen  d  before  the 
 Defcent  of  the  Holy  Ghofi  at  our  Savior's  Baprijm.     The  Bap- 
 Joh.  1.31,33.   tift  fays    thus.     I   faw    the    fpirit    defcending    from  heaven 
 34*  like  a  dove,  and  it  abode  upon  him.     And   I  knew  him  not. 
 
 But  he  that  fent  me  to  baptize  with  water,  the  fame  faid  un- 
 to me,  upon  whom  thou  ftiait  fee  the  fpirit  defcending,  and 
 remaining  on  him,  the  fame  is  he  which  baptizeth  with  the 
 Ho]y  Ghoft.  And  I  faw,  and  bear  record  that  this  is  the 
 Matt.  iij.  14,  fon  of  God.  Tet  whenjefas  came  to  him  to  be  Baptized,  John 
 *&>  '7*  forbad  him,  faying,  I  have  need  to  be  baptiz'd  of  thee,    and 
 
 comeft  thou  to  me?  Words  that  imply  not  only  his  knowledg 
 who  he  was,  but  that  he  alfo  Baptized  as  well  as  himfelf. 
 Tet  after  xhis  Baptifm  was  ever,  and  not  before,  Jefuswentup 
 ftraightway  out  of  the  water,  and  lo  the  heavens  were  open- 
 ed unto  him:  and  he  faw  the  fpirit  of  God  defcending  like  a 
 dove,  and  lighting  upon  him  :  and  lo  a  voice  from  heaven, 
 laying,  This  is  my  beloved  fon,  in  whom  I  am  well  pleas'd. 
 This  Defcent  of  the  Holy  Ghofi  after  Chrilt'^  Baptifm  is,  I 
 thinly,  almofi  umverfally  fuppos'd  to  be  the  fame  which  John 
 the  Baptift.  waited  for,  as  the  Divine  Characleriftic  of  the 
 Meffias,  and  before  which  Defcent  he  did  not  at  all  know  him 
 from  the  refi  of  the  People  ;  whence  it  is  become  a  great  dif- 
 ficulty how  before  this  Baptifm  John  fioould  be  fb  well  ac- 
 quainted with  him,  as  the  words  above-mention  d  do  imply. 
 Now  that  this  Defcent  is  intirely  different  from,  and  long  af- 
 ter that  Signal  to  the  Baptift,  the  following  Arguments  will 
 2r*f  7-  evince.     1.  ft  will  appear  hereafter,  that   not    only  this  parti- 
 
 cular Hifiory}  but  all  that  is  related  in  the  firfi  four  Chapters 
 
 «/ 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis. 
 
 til 
 
 Oj  bt.  John,  was  long  bejore  the  Bapttjm  of  our  Savior ;  andjo 
 this  Signal  to  St.  John  the  Baptift  could  hot  relate  to  a  De- 
 fcent of  the  Holy  Ghofi  that  came  to  pa/s  fo  long  afterward, 
 z.  St.  John  never  relates  one  fingle  Hiftory  which  he  found 
 recorded  by  the  other  Evan^eiifts  before  the  Paffcn  of  our  Sa- 
 vior (excepting  the  A-nraclc  bj  the  feeding  50CO  in  the  Wtl- 
 dernefs  for  fome  peculiar  Rcafcns.)  So  that  we  have  no 
 grounds  to  fuppofe  him  here  to  recede  from  his  conftant  Me- 
 thod, when  we  only  brintr  our  felves  into  a  needlefs  perplexi- 
 ty thereby.  3.  St.  \o\\x\  s  Jignal  was  the  Dcfccnt  and  Man- 
 iion  of  the  Holy  Ghofi.  That  /Miracle  at  ChriiVs  Baptifm 
 was  the  Defcent  onjy,  with  a  Voice  from  Heaven.  And  our 
 Savior  going  immediately  into  the  Wildernefs  upon  this  latter 
 Defcent  afforded  no  time  for  the  Manfion,  or  permanent  con- 
 tinuance oj  the  fignal,  which  was  but  necejjary  in  this  cafe, 
 4.  JVay,  indeed  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  Baptift  either 
 faw  or  heard  any  thing  of  that  Appearance  or  Voice  at  ChriftV 
 Baptifm:  and  fo  this  difficulty  has'  been  wholly  occajioned- by 
 the  bare  Conjettures  of  Expojitors,  without  any  real  foundati- 
 on in  the  Texts  themfelves.  The  words  in  all  the  Evangelifis 
 ■are  thefe.  Jefus  when  he  was  baptized  went  upftraitway  outMatt.iij.  i& 
 of  the  water:  and  Jo  the  heavens  were  opened  unto  him; 
 and  he  faw  the  fpirit  of  God  defcending,  &c.  fays  St.  Mat- 
 thew'.    Jefus  came and  was  baptized' of  John  in  Jordan :  Mar.j.^.  10. 
 
 and  ftraitway  coming  up  out  of  the  water,  he  faw  the  hea'- 
 vens  opened,  and  the  fpirit  like  a  dove  defcending  upon  him, 
 0-c.  fays  St.  Afark^.  It  came  to  pafs  that  Jefus  being  bapti-Luk.iij.  21  ,u.. 
 zed,  and  praying,  the  heaven  was  opened;  and  the  Holy 
 Ghoft  defcended  in  a  bodily  fnape  like  a  dove  upon  him,  &c. 
 fays  St.  Luke  in  his  Hiftory  of  our  Savior  s  Baptifm.  And 
 Jince  we  now  find  that  John  the  Baptift  had  long  before  feen 
 that  Jignal  which  he  expelled,  we  eafily  perceive  there  was  no  occafion 
 for  its  being  renew' d  to  him  at  our  Lord's  Baptifm  ;  or  at  leaft  no  oc- 
 cafion that  itfjould  be  particularly  recordedin  the  Sacred  Hiftory. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  The  Calling  of  Peter,  Andrew,  James  and  John, 
 recorded  by  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark,  was  different  from*, 
 and  was  before  the  Calling  of  the  fame  Perfons  recorded  by 
 St.  Luke.     Before  I  come  to  flew  the  difference  of  theft  two 
 
 Q,  5  jajhries, 
 
1  2.6  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Hijtorics,  I  mufi  premtje  jo-t>twhat  oj  the  nature  of  the  feve- 
 ral  Callings  of  the  fame  perfons  m  the  Htfiory  of  our  Savior; 
 which,  I  thinly  ought  to  be  thus  conceiv'd :  When  our  Savior 
 began  his  more  private  Minifiry,  a  little  after  the  firfi  Preach- 
 ing of  John  the  Baptift,  he  called  Andrew,  and  another  [St. 
 Joh.j-  John  'tis  probable]  and  foon  after  Peter,  and  Philip,  and  Na- 
 
 thanael  for  his  Followers,  or  Attendants.     And  Jince   we  find 
 _,      ..        ,  our  Savior  fltll  follow  d  by  Dtjciples  after    this    (tho'  long;  be- 
 %7.sndi\).zz.J'ore  »ts  public  Preaching  *»  Galilee,;   nay,    and    Baptising   by 
 andiv.  2.         them  in  Judea  alfo,  we  have  no  reajon  to  imagin  them    to    be 
 other  than  thofe  be  fore-mention 'd.     Thefe  five  therefore  attend- 
 ed on  him  conflantly ,     till    his    retreat  from    them  to  his  own 
 Baptifm :  after  which,  his  long  abfence  in   the    Wildernefs    du- 
 ring   his    Temptation,     had  occafiond    them  to  return  to  their 
 former  Abodes  and  Imployments.      Now  after  the  Temptations 
 were  over,  and  John  the    Baptift    was    caft    into    Prifon,  our 
 Savior  begins  his  public  Preaching  in  Galilee;  finds    fome    of 
 his  old  Difciples;  calls  them    to    attend   on    him  a  while,  that 
 they  might  be  witnejjes  of  the  Cure  oj   Peter'*  Wije's    Mother, 
 and  of  the  healing  o    the  Alultttudes  the  fame  Evening :    and 
 fo  might  be  in  a  better  readinefs  afterward  to  forfake  all,  and 
 follow  him  (which  he  had  not  yet  requirdof  them)  upon  their 
 next  Call  into  his  jervice.     Ajter   this   he   preaches    and   cafis 
 out  Devils  all  over  Galilee  :     upon    his  return  to   the  Sea  of 
 Galilee,  he  calls  thefe  Difciples  to  forfake  all  and  follow    him 
 intirely ;  which  they  do  accordingly,  and  continue  with  him  for 
 ever  afterwards.     Which  being  premised,  I  now  come  to  prove 
 the  Call  mention  d  by  St.  Matthew  and  St.   Mark,  to  be  dif- 
 ferent from,  and  to  have  been    before    the    Call    mention  d  by 
 St'   Luke  in  his  GofpeL     The  Reajons  are,   I,   The  Call   men- 
 Matt  iv.  18.     tion'd  by  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark,    was  when  our    Savior 
 Mar.  j.  16.        was  walking  by  the  fea  of  Galilee;  without    the    leafi  Jign  of 
 any  company  about  him.     That  mentwn'd   by    St.    Luke,    was 
 ' v*  *'        -indeed  near  the  the  fame  place,  when  our  Savior  flood  by  the 
 lake  of  Gcnnefareth;  but  then  it  was  where  the  Croud  preifed 
 Matt.iv.  18.     upon  him  to  hear  the  word  of  God.     2.  At  the  former  Call 
 Mar.j.  16.       Simon  and  Andrew  were  carting  a  net  into  the  fea:  James  and 
 John  were  in  their  fhip  with  their  father  Zebedee  mending 
 
 their 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijh.  nj 
 
 their  nets.     At  the  latter  both  the  Skips  were  by  the  lake ;  butLuk.v.x. 
 the   fciihermen    were  gone   out  of  them,    and  were  wa filing 
 their    nets.      3  •    sit  the   former   Call,     not  the  leaf  jootjhp  cf 
 cur  Savior  s gomginto  Simon's  Ship,   or  of  the  laxchingjorth  of  the 
 fame,  much  lejs  of  a  Sermon  preach' d  out  oj  it,  as  it  was  at  the  lat-v.j. 
 tcr.     4.  No  more  is  there  at  the  former  any  footfiep  of  our  Savior  s 
 procuring  a  mighty  draught  of  Fifties  ;  which  is  particularly  relatedv.+.&c. 
 at  the  latter.      5.  At  the  iormer  our  Savior  promt fes  for  the  future  Matt  jy 
 that  he  would  afterward  make  them  fiihers  of  men.     But  at  the  Mar.j.  17. 
 latter  he affures  them  that  from  that  very  time  they  mould  catch  Luk.y.  10. 
 men.     6.  At  theibrmer  Call  they  only  left  their  mips,  and    Zebe- ^att'!7  -2°»"- 
 dee  with  the  fervants,    and  followed  him,  for  the  prefent.     ^j^'J^mI 
 the  latter  they  left  all  and  followed  him  intirely.     Which  great  and 
 mantfefi  difference  of  all  the  Circumftances  Sufficiently  proves  the. 
 Calls  to  be  diff.  rent  alfo. 
 
 .Coroll.  3 .  The  Lord's  Prayer  was  twice  given  to  the  Difciples ; 
 once  in  the  Sermon  by  the  Mounts  recorded  by  St.  Matthew  :  and 
 again,  as  a  Form  for  his  Difciples  in  the  fame  manner  as  the  Baptift 
 had  given  one  to  his,  recorded  by  St.  Luke.  The  Lord's  Prayer/'* 
 deliver  d  by  both  the  Evangelifts  in  words  fo  very  nearly  the  fame -, 
 that  notwithfianding  the  Interval  of  about  a  year  and  a  half ',  fome 
 are  inclinable  to  believe  it  was  but once given  to  the  Difciples.  But 
 to  wave  here  the  Argument  from  the  fpace  between,  the  following 
 Reafons  prove  it  to  have  been  twice  given.  I .  The  Occafions  are  in- 
 tirely different.  The  Lord's  Prayer  in  St.  Matthew,  comes  in  mofi  Matt.  v).  j-,&ce 
 pertinently  among  the  large  Rules  our  Savior  was  giving  for  the  right 
 performance  of  that  Duty,  and  to  prevent  that  vain  ajfettation  of 
 long  and  often  repe  at  edPetitions, which  theHeathens  thought  fo  preva- 
 lent with  the  Dity .  The  fame  Prayer  in  St.  Luke  was  octafiond  by 
 the  dejire  of  one  of  his  Difciples,  afte r  Chrift  hadjufi  been  at  Pray- 
 cr>  to  have  a  Form  of  Prayer  proper  for  a  Chrifiian :  Mailer,  teach  Luk.  xj.  1. 
 ustopray,  as  John  alfo  taught  his  difciples.  Vponwhtch  our  Sa- 
 vior repeats  that  Prayer  he  had  formerly  given  them.  1 .  This  Pray- 
 er in  St.  Matthew  is  with  the  addition  of  the  Doxology ;  For  thine  Matt  vj.  1  g. 
 is  the  kingdom,  the  power,  and  the  glory  for  ever.  Amen. 
 But  St.  Luke  wholly  omits  it.  3.  The  dtfcourfe  immediately  fuc- 
 ceeding  *»  «SY.  Matt,  ew,  is  the  reinforcing  one  of  the  Petitions,  For- 
 give us  our  trefpafles,  as  we  forgive  tkem  that  trefpaisaga1n1tv.xiv.15v. 
 
 us  j 
 
i  2 
 
 A  port  <vie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 us,  by  /hewing  the  necejjlty  of  our  forgiving  others,  if  we  hope  to  be 
 L«k.  xj.  f&c, forgiven  our f elves.  That  immediately fucceedmg  in  St.  Luke,  is  of 
 the  great  force  of  Importunity  and  Earneflnefs  tn  our  Prayers  to  God, 
 by  a  Parable  concerning  its  like  efficacy  among  Aden.  So  that  this  e- 
 vident  difference  in  the  Time,  Doxology,  Occajion,  and  following 
 Circumfiances  of  this  Prayer  given  us  by  our  Savior,  ought  to  fat  if- 
 fy us  that  it  was  really  twice  repeated  by  him. 
 
 •Coroll.  4.  The  anointing  of  our  Savior  by  a  Woman  in  St.  John, 
 is  wholly  different  from  his  anointing  in  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark. 
 Before  I  come  to  prove  this  Proportion,  I  muflpremifethat  I  take  it 
 T   k    ii  27.     for  granted,  that  the  other anointing  mention 'dby  St.  Luke,  is  whol- 
 ly different  from  them  all.     And  truly,   unlefs  the  anointing  of  the 
 feet  of  Guefts  was  wholly  unujual  among  the  Jews;  (as  it  certainly 
 was  not)  or  that  there  were  but  one  or  two  of  the  name  a/Simon  ; 
 (whereas  it  was  one  of  the  commonefi  names  among  them,)  I  can 
 hardly  imaginthat  an  Hiftery  fo  wholly  different  tnTim?,  Place, 
 and  almofi  all  the  Circumftances  before,  at,  and  after  it,  JJjould  e- 
 yer  be  taken  for  the  fame  with  any  of  thofe  above-mention  d.     In- 
 deed if  I  could  believe  tl)is,  IJJjould never  pretend  to  cempofe  any 
 manner  of  Harmony  of  the  Gofpels,  there  being  then  nothing  lefs  than 
 Order  and  Harmony  amongthem.     That  anointing  therefore  being 
 fkppos'dto  bepafi  long  before,     I  am  to  prove  that  this  next  mention- 
 ed in  St.  John,  is  wholly  different  from  that  in  St.  Matthew,  and 
 St.  Mark'i  Gofpel.  And  here  it  mufi  be  confefs'd  that  the  Ti  me  and 
 Place,  agreeing  fo  nearly,  both  anointings  being  a  few  days  before 
 thePajfover,  and  in  Bethany;    that  the  price  of  the   Ointment 
 being  the very  fame,  300  pence,  and  that  at  both  times  the  Woman 
 being  re provd 'by  others,  and  vindicated  by  our  Savior;  thefe  ar-c 
 Circumfiances  jo  like,  that  there  is  a  great  deal  of  colour  for fuppofing 
 them  to  be  the  very  fame  Hifiories.     But  notwithstanding  this,  it 
 will  plainly  appear  that  they  wr/e  intirely  different,  by  the  following 
 •        co»f derations.     I.  St.  John's Hifiory  was  on  the  lixth  day,  and 
 the  other  on  the  fecond  before  the  Paffover.     St.  John'*  words  arey 
 ]oh.xij.  1,  i*   Then  Jefus  fix  days  before  the  Paflover  came  to  Bethany.— 
 V.i*,i'3'        There 'they  made  him  a  fupper,  &c.  And  afterward :  On  the 
 
 next  day  much  peop^ took  branches  of  palm-trees,  &c.    So 
 
 that  'tis  unqueftionable  that  this  was  on  the  Sabbath  at  Night,  jufi 
 before  the  Triumphal  Entrance  into  Jerufalern  on  the  Sunday  follow- 
 ing 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 I25> 
 
 ing.     St.  Matthew'*  words  are,  Jefus — -fiid  unto  his  difcipies,  Matt.  xxvj.  i,<>. 
 Ye  know  that  after  (or  within)  two  days  is  the  feafc  of  the 
 
 pafTover but  when  Jcfns  was  in  Bethany,  &c.     So  alfo  St. 
 
 Mark.      After  (or  within)  two  days  was  the  feaft  of  the  palT-Mar.xn-,  r,  ». 
 
 over. And  being  in  Bethany,  &c.     z.     St.  John's   Hiflory 
 
 was  in  the  houfe  of   Martha,     the  Jifler   of  Lazarus,  and  the  o- 
 ther  in  the  houfe  of  Simon  the  Leper.      St.   John'*   words  are, 
 
 Jefus came  to  Bethany,  where  Lazarus  was  which  had  been  T0h.xij.i  i  » 
 
 dead,  whom  he  raifed  from  the  dead  :    there  they  made  him 
 a  fupper ;  and  Martha  fcrved  :  but   Lazarus  was  one  of  them 
 that  fat  at  the  table  with  him.     Then  took  Mary  a  pound  of 
 fpikmrd,  dec.     St.  Matthew  /ays,  Now  when   Jefus  was    in  Mattxxvi.tf.-r. 
 Bethany,  in  the  houfe  of  Simon  the  leper,  there  came  unto 
 him  a  woman,  &c.     And  almofl  the  very  fame  words  are  in 
 St.  Mark  alfo.     3.  That  anointing  in  St.  John  was  only  of  ci-  [oh.xii.  j. 
 vtlity  and  re/petl,  and  fo  was  only  of  the  Feetj  according  to  the 
 Cu/tom  of  the  Countrey,  and  the  like    Hiflory  in  St.  Lukcj^r- 
 merly.     But  the  other  was  of  the  Head,  and  thence  of  the  whole  Matt.  xxvj.  7, 
 Body,    in  the  nature  of  a  Funeral  Preparation ;    as   'tis  eafy  to  12. 
 obferve  in  the  feveral  Hifiories.     4.  At  the  anointing  in  St.  John,  ^ar.xiv.  3»  8. 
 no  body  but  fo  covetous  aPerfon  asjuaas  complain  d  of  the  wafl  of  the  ^°  ' X1J* 4*  *"" 
 Ointment.     But  at  the  other,  the  Difcipies  in  general,  or  feveral  of 'Matt.  xxvj.& 
 them,  complain  d  of  it,  as  being  much  more  profufe  than  the  0.  Mar.xiv.4. 
 the  r.     And  indeed,  if  the  Harmony  be  fir  icily  examin'd,Judzsfeems  Mattxxvhl.ti. 
 to  have  been  abfent  about   his   Bargain  for   betraying  our  Savior  Mar.  xiv.  1,10. 
 tit  the  very  time  of  this  fecond  anointing  ;  and  fo  could  not  po/Ji- 
 blyt  be  one  of  thofe  who  murmur  d  at  it ;  tho'  at  the  former  Feafi 
 he  was  certainly  there.      5.  The  different  Vindications  and  Apolo- 
 gies which  our  Savior  made  for  the  Woman,  will /hew  the  occa- 
 /ivns  were  different.     At  the  former  anointing  in  St.  John,    our 
 Savior  de fires  Judas#cj  to  exclaim  againft  her,  as  if  floehadfpent 
 abundance  of  Ointment  on  a  Ceremony  :     Againft  the  day  of  y^  X)-;  _ 
 my  preparation  for  my  funeral  hath  fhe  kept  it.      i(  She  has  vid.  Ligh'tfoot. 
 Cifpent  but  a  little  of  it  now  :  Jbe  has  referv'd  the  main  part  of 
 "it  for  a  fitter  time,  the  day   before   my  delivery  to  the  Jews. 
 At  the  latter  anointing  in  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark,  'tis  quite 
 otherwife.     In  that  fhe  hath  poured  this  Ointment  on  my  bo- Matt. xxvj.  12" 
 dy,    me  did  it  for  the  preparation  for  my  funeral :  fays  the 
 
 R  former 
 
1 5  o  A  Jhort  wiero)  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Mar.xiv.8.  former  Evangelifi.  And  the  latter  more  exprefiy,  She  hath  done 
 what  fhe  could  :  fhe  is  come  afore-hand  to  anoint  my  body 
 SeeKnatchiul's for  the  preparation  to  my  funeral,  o*  tfe  ufa  imlnn-.  <nxs'%x«fci 
 Notes  on  the  ^v^tuj  px  ri  m>fig>  th  t  cvlsfQiMrpti*.  Which  words  will  bear  this 
 PlaGC*  Paraphrafe.     '  Bccaufe  fie  fees  no  profpetl  of  an   opportunity   of 
 
 *  Embalming  my  Body  hereafter,  jhe  prevents  her  Intentions  as 
 '  well  asjlie  can,  by  anointing  my  Body  thus  before-hand,  in  fie  ad 
 cof  it.  So  that  indeed  the  different  anfivers  of  our  Savior  area 
 full  Solution  of  all  the  Difficulties  in  this  matter.  For  Jince  he 
 foretold  this  latter  anointingof  his  whole  Body,  to  be  done  two  days 
 before  the  Pajfover,  when  the  fame  perfon  with  the  fame  Box  of 
 Ointment  anointed  his  Feet  fix  days  before  it :  there  can  no  dif- 
 ficulty remain  about  thefe  different  Anointings ;  and' twill  be  no 
 7vonder  that  in  the  fame  Town,  within  a  few  days,  he  jhould  be 
 anointed  with  Ointment  of  the  very  fame  value  alfo,  as  we  be- 
 fore obfervd  in  the  Jimilitude  of  thefe  two  Hifiories. 
 
 CorolL   5.  'Tts  probable  that  our  Savior  cafi  the  Traders  out 
 of  the  Temple  twice  in  the  weel^  before  his  Pajfion.     The  former 
 time  on  the  day  of  his  Triumphal  Entry  into  Jerufalem,    when 
 he  cafi  them  out  of  the   Court  of  the  Jews :     and  the  latter 
 time  the  next  day,  when  he  cafi  them  out  of  the  Court   of  the 
 Matt.xxj.i 2,1 2.  Gentiles.     'Tis  evident  that  St.  Matthew,  St.  Mark,  and  St. 
 Mar.xj.15-,  16,  Luke,  have  each  of  them  an  account  of  our  Savior  s  driving  the 
 *?'     .  Traders  out  of  the  Temple  a  little  before  his  death.     'Tis  alfo  e- 
 
 6j  '  '  vident  that  the  natural  Series  of  St.  Matthew  and  St .  Luke  inclines 
 one  to  thinkjheir  relations  refer  to  the  day  of  the  Triumphal  Entry  ; 
 and  that  the  exprefs  words  of  St.  Mark  affure  us  that  his  rela* 
 tion  belongs  to  the  day  following.  TJpon  the  whole,  therefore,  I 
 think  'tis  reafonable  to  fnppofe  that  the  two  former  relate  our  Sa- 
 vior s  cafiwg  out  the  Traders  out  of  the  inner  Court  of  the  Temple, 
 which  alone  the  Jews  lool(d  upon  to  be  Holy.  And  that  St. 
 Mark  relates  what  happen  d  the  day  following,  viz.  That  fine c 
 the  Traders  durfi  not  any  longer  expofe  their  Wares  in  the  inner 
 Court,  they  had  retir'd  to  the  outer,  the  Court  of  the  Gentiles, 
 and  there  thought  themfclves  fecure,  and  hopd  to  be  undifiurb'd. 
 But  that  when  our  Savior  came  into  the  Temple  the  next  day, 
 and  faw  them  at  their  old  Trades  in  this  Court,  he  drove  them 
 thence  alfo.    And  this  Con^Unrc  feems  to  me  not  improbable, 
 
 fajt 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  1 3 1 
 
 for  the  Reafons  following.  I .  St.  Mark  mentions  our  Savior  s 
 going  into  the  Temple  the  day  before,  as  well  as  the  other  E- 
 vanqehfls:  nay,  and  hints  to  us  Jomewhat  that  agrees  very  well 
 with  the  driving  of  the  Traders  out  of  it  alfo.  For  he  affurcs 
 us  that  He  looked  round  about  upon  all  things  in  the  Temple  Mar.xj.  n. 
 before  he  went  out  of  it  that  Evening.  Which  nice  Obfervation 
 of  the  Circumflances  there,  and  fb  of  the  Alerchandiz.es  expos 'd 
 to  fale,  can  hardly  be  confiftent  with  his  wholly  letting  them  alone 
 till  the  next  day,  but  fairly  imply s  that  he  loo/^d  fo  particularly 
 on  the  Traders  as  to  di [courage  their  ungodly  Practices  in  that  Sa- 
 cred Place.  1.  The  Jeverity  and  -exattnefs  of  our  Savior  in  St. 
 Mark  /;  more  objervable  than  in  the  other  Gofpels.  For  here  he 
 would  not  fufFer  any  one  fo  much  as  to  carry  a  veffel  thro' the  Vi5- 
 Temple.  Of  which  we  have  not  a  Jy liable  in  the  other  Gofpels. 
 3 .  What  is  chiefly  conjiderable,  is  the  difference  of  our  Savior  s 
 words  in  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Luke,  from  thofe  in  St.  Mark  : 
 the  former  mofl  properly  relating  to  the  Jewim,  and  the  latter  to 
 the  Gentile  Court  of  the  Temple.  In  the  former  cafe  'tis  only 
 [aid,  My  houfe  mall  be  called  an  houfe  of  prayer;  for  the 
 Jews  fuppofe:  In  the  latter  'tis  My  houfe  fhall  be  called  an  v 
 houfe  oi  prayer,  n««n  -reft  %tm,  To  all  Nations,  of  the  Gen- 
 tiles alfo.. 
 
 VII.  The  former  part  of  St.  John's  Gofpel  till  th 
 fixth  Chapter,  belongs  to  the  Hiilory  of  the  be- 
 ginning of  our  Savior's  more  private  Minifiry  be- ' 
 fore  the  commencing  of  his  public  Treachtng  in 
 Galilee. 
 
 This  will  appear  evident  from  the  account  we  have  of  the 
 occafion  of  St.  John's  writing  his  Gofpel,  after  the  others 
 werepublifli'd,  in  Eufebius;  whofe  words,  becaufe  they  are  ve- 
 ry remarkable,  and  of  great  ufe  (tho'  little  regarded)  in 
 Harmonizing  the  Evangelifts,  I  fhall  Tranflate  at  large.  'They 
 '  fay  that  St.  John  who  had  all  along  Preach'd  the  Gofpel  by  word 
 '  of  mouth,  was  at  laft  indue'd  to  write  for  the  following 
 *  reafon*    When  the  Gofpels  of  St.  Matthew,  St.  Markj  ana 
 
 R,  z  *  St.  Lnbc 
 
1 3  x  A  Jhort  <vie-w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 '  St. Luke  had  been  publifh'd  to  the  World;  and  fo  came  to 
 
 *  be  perus'd  by  St.  John  ;  it  is  related  that  he  approv'd  of 
 'them  himfelf,  and  confirmed  the  truth  of  their  Hiftories by 
 '  his  own  Tcftimony  and  Authority ;  but  own'd  that  they  were 
 
 *  defective  as  to  the  Acts  of  our  Savior  towards  the  beginning 
 'of  his  Miniftry.  And  certainly  the  Obfervation  is  very 
 'true.  For  the  three  former  Evangelifts,  as  is  evident,  only 
 '  give  us  an  account  of  the  Ads  of  our  Savior  after  the  Im- 
 '  prifonment  of  John  the  Baptift,  during  that  fingle  year  of 
 'his  Miniftry,  [as  many  of  the  Ancients  by  miftake  fuppos'd, 
 '  and  among  them  Eufebins]  and  plainly  enough  tell  us  the 
 'limits  of  their  Hiftories  in  the  beginning  of  their   Gofpels. 
 
 *  St.  Matthew  in  the  firft  place,  after  the  40   days  Faft,    and 
 
 *  the  fucceeding  Temptations  are  over,  informs  us  of  the  com- 
 '  mencing  of  his  account  of  our  Savior's  Miniftry  in   thefe 
 
 [att.iv.  12.  *  words.  Now  whenjefus  had  heard  that  John  was  caft  in- 
 lto  prifon,  he  departed  into  Galilee.     The  fameTaysSt.  Markj 
 
 [ar.j.  14.  *  Now  after  that  John  was  put  in  prifon,  Jeftis  came  into  Ga- 
 '  like.     And  St.  Luke  alfo,  before  he  begins  the  account   of 
 
 *  our  Savior's  Miniftry,  gives  us  the  fame  date  of  it  in  thefe 
 uk.iij.  20.      'words.  Herod  added  yet  this  above  all  that  he  put  up  John 
 
 '  inprifon.  For  thefe  Reafons,  'tis  related  that  St.  John  was  de- 
 ' fired  by  his  Friends  to  fupply  what  was  wanting  in  thereft; 
 '  and  to  give  an  account  of  that  fpace  of  time,  and  thofe  Acts 
 'of  our  Savior  which  were  before  the  Imprifonment  of  the 
 '  Baptift;  and  fo  had  been  omitted  by  the  former  Evangelifts. 
 'Which  defire  he  accordingly  comply'd  withal.  And  they 
 '  fay  farther,  That  there  are  plain  footfteps  of  fuch  a  proce- 
 '  dure  and  deftgn  in  his  Gofpel  it  felf.  For  in  the  firft  place, 
 *he  fays,  This  beginning  of  miracles  Jefus  did.  Befides,  in  the 
 "Series  of  his  Gofpel  he  takes  notice  of  John  the  Baptift,  e- 
 *^en  then  baptising  in  <±ALnon  near  to  Salim.  And  what  is 
 1  particularly  remarkable,  he  in  exprefs  words  adds,    For  John 
 
 *  was  not  yet  caft  into  prifon.  We  muft  therefore  conclude 
 'that  St.  John  particularly  intended  an  account  of  the  Acts 
 *of  our  Savior  before,  and  the  reft  after  the  Imprifonment  of 
 '  John  the  Baptift :  which  confederation  will  clear  the  Evan- 
 'gelifts  from  feeming  to  disagree  with  each  other;  of  which 
 
 'there 
 
of  the  four  Euangelijh.  1 2  2 
 
 *  there  can  be  no   pretence   while   it  is  remembred  that    the 
 '  Gofpel  of  St.  John  records  the  Afts  of  the  former,  and  the 
 « other  Gofpels  of  the  latter  part  of  his  Miniftry  among  f  us. 
 By  which  we  find  that  a  confiderablepart  of  St.  John's  Gof- 
 pel   relates    to    that    part  of    our  Savior's  Minifiry,     which 
 preceded'  the  Imprisonment  of  John  the  B'apnft.      And    fince 
 we  have  no  evidence   that  any  Hiftory    in    St.  John  before 
 that  of  the  miraculous  Feeding    5000  in  the  Defert,   (which  Joh.vj. 
 occurs  in  all  the  Evangelifts)  was  after  Cbrijl's  public  Preach- 
 ing in  Galilee,  upon  the  Imprifonmeht  of  J  elm    the    Baptifi; 
 we  have  juft:  reafon  to  look  upon  that  as  the firfl:  occurrence  in 
 St.  Jobn'S  Gofpel  that  happen'd  after  the  hid  public  Preaching  of 
 our  Savior,  and  confequently  that  all  the   foregoing   parts^  of 
 this  Gofpel,  *'.  e.  the  five  firft  Chapters  of  it  do  relate  to  the 
 
 f7nLi%H  »)A  y$  ih  xvtov  Zhhf.foS'ofyjai)  ,  ^hnhhxS^,  fty  (pxinv,  xXvJsixv  eci^Ti 
 sTn/yigivgmmifa,.  Mevr.v  ei  u^y,  A*jtk3£  ry  yextyvf  fn*  "?&*  ^  c*  atfafcts  yj/jf 
 km\'  ~i^")^'t  ltd"  x?igvyi<&T&'  ihsn  Ttd"  Xe<W  7n<7rfxy{3fi6>v  ^yxmv.  rjj  uXnJn^ 
 yi  0  A«y©~.  Ti(?  «'*£?  *pZv  T%u<i  tvxpyiXtf&s  ffvuht*  -Tnlgtsi,  fJtiiva.  itc  /At- 
 •vu  ttjk  ov  rJ  h.G-pj*>T-€J.u>  'laxvvx  Ttd  Bx-sr'kwJ  xxjii^t*  *<?'  tvx  ivicuirsv  m- 
 Wfxyffyx  tzS  HuT^Qfi  ffvfytfatyv&i,    xiron  mvr'   iTTieyjffjV^xfo^ovq    kxt    "&£%£$ 
 
 $    UUTUf    fag/af.      fA/tTK     <pv*     7>,»    Tfe3-tgy.l{$V7litlA/l(yv      WtlicW,       V#\    T    tTT      XUTtj" 
 
 mi£atG-f6ov,  T  X&S'oy  r*5  i^«H  Pf  #0?«  0    py    MxrJttT^  c\Xo?  Xtyuv,  'Axls(rct{ 
 /V  Jxr  'ivxvvys  -7TK^sJhiJyi,    xts^u^trsv  ^n  r^  'lovo^xlxf  tfe   Tyv    TxXiXxtuv.      o 
 e'i   tA.ciyv$c,   6><nx.VJz<>^   fJut-m.   el    ts   Ttzcggidojyisij,   <Pno\v,  'luxtiw,   kX^iv  *<'<;  ttjo  jct- 
 J\iXxta#.   Kxi  6  Acvkxs  /£  vrftv  xg%xo%  t  ltd  'lr)<rz>o  7T£cfeteov,  "7rxo^ts%fir,«i  s- 
 Trrmgu  tyxtmuv,  &'«  x&    <ttt$Sju<>    v,pcid\t<;     e<$    Citzr  qcf.%x%    Trvvyggts,     kxtikXhc^ 
 'lvxwvv  cv  (pvXxyy,.  'nx^.n.X'^i 'v&c,   A?   isv   tvvruv  i'vsicx  <pxai  T  ' Atto^Xov  'lux»- 
 *W,   T   vera      T     ev&Trg*)*    iuufytXi^iHv     wtt^c/LffiOim^iv1^.     %ppvov,    x,x)    7tc     y.x-m 
 vtufsn  mfffw/pS/x  TtS  wive/.  (tvv&,  d['  w  ik  <&&  rvic,  tvO  ~Bx7r%s*Sxa<)u/0%t6l>i) 
 tu  y.xt    xvizv  fdxpytXioi  7rugcfoovvxf.   uutotc  iivr'   i7n<ryi[/jijvx£%   vbtt   fop  (pticrztv- 
 &  7Kvr>i»  &pyyit    i7n>w<rz  T2    "7mo^jlso%oiyt    o    '\ntnv<s-      tvtc  H  [&vi}fi$iitu<mv&    ret) 
 JjXzrUszti  [Ai&.%v  T2  'Iqtmv  nrpy^iuv  etc,  \ti  tot:  fix7fno7x.vT©^  cv   uhun  ipyv$  red 
 RjAiip.   <m<pZs  7T  reS'6   wXouv  cv  ru  Xsyjv,  vim  $   h,  <f>>jtAv>  'Iax'vv»is  fi&Xri- 
 |*fi'®k'     stc  <PvXxkw.    Ctncevv   o  (Aiv  'lttixvvTis  ry    reef  kxt    uutsv  tuxfytXtov  ^x- 
 «p»T  7K  |K.j)AWw  rod  (Zx7r%5iC  iti  QvXxkw  fisGxypivcv    ijr$o\    too   Xg^fsd    erfx^- 
 ffifa  7m£x$leu<r.*,  c'«  oi  Xoiim]  1^*7$  ivxpytXiful  m  |u:m   tt}*    «<?    ro    oi<T(/j<»- 
 TKg/o*  x-xfoghv  tou  fix7rUstd  y/V?)/^ttuovir.v'   ei$  tcxl  Im^urA pit    Cwxit    xv    d^ccj 
 Z^g.<pan?v  xfofiXcit  7ti  tuxfyiXtx    tsT  to  (Atv  kxtu  'luxvytm   ik    <xfa&>    T3    Xg^- 
 W  i*ocf%tm   tz&t%li/'  m  h'  Ao(W  7tj»    im  rtXi  rod"  x,^3*ev  dvrcf  yiyuv>[»pW 
 4<*&*r.     En/eh,  Eccli  Hift.  1. 3.  c.  24. 
 
 R  3  Hiftory 
 
24  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Hiftoryof  our  Savior's  moreprivate  Miniftry.  For  if,  as£#- 
 febius  informs  us,  the  very  defign  of  adding  this  fourth  Hi- 
 ftoryof our  Savior  to  the  three  before  extant,  was  the  giving  us 
 an  account  of  the  beginning  of  his  Miniftry,  'tis  but  reafonable 
 to  fuppofe  as  much  of  it  as  we  can  to  belong  thereto. 
 
 CorolL  Hence  we  may  fee  where  to  place   the  Imprifonment 
 of  the  Baptift  in  the  Gojpel  of  St.  John,   viz,,  jufl   before   that 
 Feaft,    or  fecond  Pajfover  of  our   Savior  defcrib'd  in   his  fifth 
 Toh.iij.iij&c.  Chapter.     For  in  the  end  of  the  third  Chapter  John  was  baptiz- 
 ing in  Enon  near  to  Salim,    [in   Galilee]    and  our  Savior  in 
 Judea.     For  John  was  not  yet  caft  into  prifon.     Nay,  adif- 
 pute  aroje  about  the  preeminence  of  the  two  Baptifms,  and  a  com- 
 plaint of  the  Baptift'j  Difciples  came  to  him,    upon  the  great  in- 
 creafe  of  the  numbers  baptized  by  Chrift  :  concluding  inthel&z^- 
 tift's  final  Teflimony  to   the   Dignity  and  Preeminence  of  Chrift 
 and  his  Mini/try  above  his  own.      So   that   we  leave  John  the 
 Baptift  at  full  liberty r,  and  in  the  full  exercife  of  his  Office  at  the 
 conclufion  of  the  third   Chapter.      In  the  beginning  of  the  fourth, 
 (which  contains  the  Hifiory  but  of  a  very  few   days)    we  have 
 Chap.iv.  i>3-  the fe  words,  When  therefore  the  Lord  knew  that  the  Phari- 
 fees  had  heard  that  Jefus  made  and  baptized  more  difciples  than 
 
 John,  He  left  Judea,    and   departed  again  into  Galilee. 
 
 Which  words,  (efpecially  if  taken  with  the  Circumflances  jufl  be- 
 fore )    do  clearly  imply  that  John  continud  the  fame  exercife  of 
 his  Office    that  we  left  him  in  at  the  end  of  the  foregoing  Chap- 
 ter; and  baptized  Difciples  fil 'ill,  tho'  not  fo  many  as  our  Savior. 
 And  this  mufl  certainly  be  the  import  of  thefe  words;  for  if  we 
 fuppofe  the  meaning  to   be  only    that  Jefus    now   baptized  more 
 Matt.iij.  j".       than  John  had  before  baptized;  this  is  evidently  falfe.     For  our 
 Mar.j. .f.         Lord    baptizj'd  but   a  few    in   comparifon  of  the  vaft  numbers 
 andxx.6.   '      which  John  had  baptizJd;  as  is  abundantly  evident  in  the  Evan- 
 gelical Hifiory.     And  certainly  if  John  was  jufl   before    impri- 
 foned  by  the  Tetrarch  of  Galilee,  It  was  but  fmall  incourage- 
 ment  for  Chrift  to  leave  an  uncertain  danger  in  Judea  from  the 
 Pharifees,  to  run  into  a  certain  one  from  Herod  in  Galilee.    So 
 that  'tis  very  evident  that  the  firft  four  Chapters  in  St.  John  do 
 precede  the  Imprifonment  of  the  Baptift.     But  then  I  cannot  but 
 thinly  that  fome  little  time  before  the  fifth  Chapter,  or  the  fecond 
 
 PalTover, 
 
of  the  four  EwangeBfts.  1 2  5 
 
 Paffover,  John  was  caft  into  Prifon :  for  therein  our  Savior  [up 
 to  the  Jews  ,•  the  -Baptift  h  was  a  burning  and  a  mining light :  Chap.  v.  it 
 and  ye  ifainn  were  willing  for  a  feafon  to  rejoice  in  his  light : 
 fairly  implying  that  he  was  now  no  longer  a  light  to  them,  by 
 reafon  that  he  was  caft  into  Prifon.  There  therefore  the  Imori- 
 fonment  of  the  Baptift  is  to  come  in  ;  a  little  before  the  fecondPajf. 
 over  in  the  fifth  Chapter.  And  Jo  the  Deficent  into  Galilee  {the 
 great  Period  from  whence  our  Savior  s  public  Preaching  is  da- 
 ted by  the  reft  of  the  Evangelifts)  is  immediately  to  fucceed  the 
 fifth  Chapter;  as  I  have  digefted  them  in  the  following  Harmony. 
 
 VIII.  The  beginning  of  our  Savior's  Mini/by  both 
 as  to  his  Preaching,  Baptizing  and  Miracles  com- 
 mene'd  foon  after  that  of  John  the  Baptift* 
 towards  the  beginning  of  the  famous  fifteenth  year 
 of  Tiberius  Cafar->  long  before  his  own  Baptifm. 
 
 This  AfTertion  depends  on  the  following  Argument?. 
 i.  By  the  Teftimony  of  Eufebius  above  recited,  'tis  evi- 
 dent that  the  three  former  Evangel  ifts  (who  begin  from  the  Bap- 
 tifm of  our  Savior,  and  his  public  Preaching  in  Galilee  fucceed- 
 ing  it)  have  omitted  the  Hiftcry  of  the  former  part  of  his 
 Miniftry  :  and  that  fo  large  and  considerable  a  part  of  the 
 fame,  that  the  fupply  of  fo  great  a  defect  was  not  thought 
 too  inconsiderable  a  reafon  by  St.  John  for  adding  another 
 Gofpel  to  thofe  already  extant :  which  plainly  infers  that  the 
 Miniftry  of  our  Savior  commene'd  long  before  the  Imprifon- 
 ment  of  John  the  Baptift;  and  therefore  at  the  very  time  affign- 
 ed  in  this  Proportion. 
 
 2.  The  Epocha  of  John  the  Baptift's  preaching  is  made  the 
 folemn  beginning  of  the  Gofpel  of  Chrift  by  the  Evangelifis. 
 Thus  St.  Matthew  begins  the  Hiftory  of  our  Savior's  Mini- 
 ftry.    In  thofe  days  came  John  the  Baptift  preaching  in  the  wil-  Matt.  iij.  r.~ 
 dernefs  of  Judea,  &c.     Thus  St.  Afark^  more   exprefly.     The  Mar.  j.  1-4. 
 beginning  of  the  Gofpel  of  Jefus  Chrift  the  fin  of  God:  As  it  is 
 
 written  in  the  Prophets,   Behold  I  find  my  meffemer John 
 
 was  baptizing  in  the  wildernefi)  &c.    Thus  St.  Luke  alfo.   In 
 
 the 
 
1 3  6  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Luk.iij.23.      the  fifteenth  year  of  the  reign  of  Tiberius  Cefar,  The  word 
 
 of  God  came  to  John  the  [on  of  Zacharias-  in  the  wilder  nefs, 
 &c.  Which  deriving  of  the  Epocha  of  the  Gofpel  of  Chnfi 
 from  the  Preaching  of  John  the  Baptijl,  without  any  other 
 Epocha  of  our  Savior's  own  Preaching  before  the  Imprifon- 
 ment  of  the  Baptijl  long  afterward,  will  fairly  imply  (efpe- 
 cially  fince  St.  John's  Gofpel,  and  its  occafion  fhew  it  was 
 begun  about  this  time,)  that  the  Preaching  of  John  the  Bap- 
 tift  did  fo  immediately  Precede  that  of  Chrift  himfelf,  as  to  bear 
 the  fame  date;  and  to  be  affixed  to  the  fame  time  the  fifteenth 
 of  Tiberius,    a  year   and  more   before    Chrijt's   Baptifm. 
 
 5 .  Which  Argument  is  the  flronger,  if  we  confider  that  other- 
 wife  we  fhall  have  a  fixt  and  folemn  Epocha  for  the  inferior 
 and  preparatory  Miniftry  of  John  the  Baptijl,  and  none  at 
 all  for  that  of  our  Lord  himfelf.  This  year  when  John  the 
 Baptijl  began  is  more  punctually  and  exactly  noted  than  any 
 other  year  in  the  whole  Bible,  and  fo  cannot  be  fuppos'd  to 
 be  the  date  of  any  lefs  account  than  that  of  the  preaching  of 
 our  Savior  himfelf  as  well  as  of  his  forerunner  John  the  Bap- 
 tifi. 
 Luk.iij.i,  2.  4.  St.  Luke  tells  us  exprefly  that  our  Savior  was  about  ^o 
 years  of  age  when  he  began  his  miniflry.  K«j  adris  n*  i  'U<nvi  «- 
 ail  I™?  vsictwvlgt,  'A?tf'(Dj.<&'.  That  this  is  the  genuine  fenfe  of 
 the  words  appears  by  the  nrangenefs  of  the  Greeks  Phrafe  if  it 
 be  otherwife  rendred  :  and  alfo  by  the  ftile  of  St.  Luke 
 himfelf  in  other  places;  where  the  fame  Greeks  word  is  abfo- 
 lutely  us'd,  as  here,  to  denote  the  commencing  of  our  Savi- 
 
 Luk.xxiij.j-.  or'sMiniftry.  Thus  at  our  Lord's  Tryal  the  People  fiy,  He 
 Jlirreth  up  the  people ;  teaching  thro'  all  Judea  ;  'a^*'/^®"  be- 
 ginning [his  Preaching]  from  Galilee  even  unto  thisplace.  Thus 
 alfo  in  the  deliberation  about  choofing  an  Apofrle    into    the 
 
 A£t.'\  2i»  2  2>P^ace  pf  Judas,  St.  Peter  fays,  Wherefore  of  thefe  men  which 
 have  companied  with  us  all  the  time  that  the  Lord  Jefus 
 went  in  and  out  amongfl  us,  'A&tltfy®*  **»  Basra'cy^T©"  Wmm 
 beginnnig  [his  preaching]  from  the  baptifm  of  John  unto  that 
 fame  day  that  he  was  taken  up  from  us,  mufi  one  be  ordained  to 
 
 Ch»P.x.  37.  be  a  witnefi  of  his  refurreblion.  And  again,  That  word  yoi* 
 know  which  was  publif.'ed  throughout  all  Judea,    'Afl«jfy>®*  ^ 
 
0/  r/tf  /^r  Evangelijts.  137 
 
 t£s  TaXiXcw  beginning  from  Galilee  after  the  baptifm  which  John 
 preached.     Now  this  Notation  of  Timex  that  our  Savior  was 
 about  50  years  of  age    cannot   well  be   extended  any  farther 
 than  from  so  to  31.     But  it  may  be  taken  any  where  within 
 that   Latitude,     without  the  leaft    ftrain   or   force  upon  the 
 words.     Now  we  (hall  find  by  what  will  be  prov'd  hereafter 
 that  our  Savior  was  31  years  old  about  nine  weeks   after  the 
 beginning  of  the  fifteenth  of  Tiberias.     All  which  confidcr'd, 
 'tis,  I  think,  mofl  reafonable  to  allow  that  the  Baptifl  began 
 his  Preaching  foon  after  the  beginning  of  the  fifteenth  of  77- 
 benus,  about  New -years-day,  or  the  firjl  of  Tifri  in  the  Jcwifh 
 Account ;  and  that  our  Savior  began  his  alfo,  about  the  Feafi 
 of  Tabernacles  following  :  and  fo   before  he  was  3  1    years  of 
 age,  as  I  have  ftatcd  thefe  matters  in    the  enfuing  Harmony, 
 Coroll.    1 .  Our  Savior  s  Baptifm  was  not  till  long  after  the  be- 
 ginning of  his  Miniflry,  jufl  before  the  Imprifonment  of  John  the 
 .Baptilt.     It  has  hitherto  been  taken  for  granted  that  theBaptifo 
 of  our  Savior  was  before  the  commencing  of  his  Miniflry.      But 
 as  it  mufl  be  ownd  that  his  Baptifm  was  undoubtedly  before  the 
 commmencing  of  his  public  Preaching  in  Galilee  :    becaufe  the 
 Evangelifls  all  agree  in  it,   and  becaufe  John    the   Baptilt  was 
 never  at  liberty  afterward  to  perform  it :  fo  there  is  no  founda- 
 tion in  the  Gofpels  for  its  preceding  his   whole  Miniflry  ;  nay-,  I 
 thinly,  there  are  fluff  c lent  Arguments  to  evince  the  quite  contra- 
 ry.    As  1.  our  Savior  s Bapttz,mgwas  one  part  of  his  Miniflry  ; 
 but  he  Baptized  before  his  own  Baptifm.,  and  by   a  plain  conf- 
 luence his  Aliniflry  alfo  began  before  it.  When  our  Lord  defr'd  to 
 be  Bapti^'d  of  John  ;  his  anflver  was,  I  have  need  to  be  bap- Matt. iij.  14, 
 tized  of  thee  ;  and  comeft  thou  to  me?     Fairly  implying  that 
 our  Savior  had  BaptizJd  before  that  time,  and  was  known  by  the 
 Baptilt  to  have  done  fo.     2.  This  is  evident jiot  only  by  the  pla- 
 cing Chrill'i  Baptifm  in  the  other  Evangelifls,  viz.  after  the  Hi- 
 flory  of  John'j  Miniflry,  and  before^  Imprifonment ,    but  by 
 the  exprefs  words  of  St.  Luke,    who  after  his  digreffion  about 
 John  the  Baptift,  even  as  low  as  his   very  Imprifonment  fub- 
 joins  'e^sS  ^t  *»  rJ  fiuz?%&w«j  x7mv&,  r  Xxtv.     Nowwhenall  theLuk.1ij.xc, 
 people  were  baptized,  it  came  to  pafs  that  Jefus  alfo   being 
 baptized,  and  praying,  the  heaven  was  opened,    Fromwhencs 
 
 S  Uii 
 
i  *  8  AJhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 'tis  clear  that  our  Savior's  Baptifm  was  at  theconclufionof  John's 
 Miniftry,  and  that  now  he  had  initiated  his  Succejfor,  he  was  in  a 
 port  time  to  difappear.  3 .  Thofe  who  make  the  Baptifm  of  Chrift 
 to  precede  his  whole  Miniftry ,  and  keep  to  the  propriety  of  a- 
 bout  30  years  of  Age  at  the  fame  time,  muft  either  find  out  ano- 
 ther beginning  for  the  Reign  p/Tibcrius,  and fo  for  his fifteenth year •, 
 than  that  own  d by  the  Greek  and  Roman Hifiorians ;  or  leave  a  void 
 fpace  of  a  year  or  two  in  the  Life  of  our  Savior  after  his  Baptifm, 
 and  before  he  be<ran  his  Miniftry.  The  former  of  which  has  no  fujfi- 
 cient foundation  in  Antiquity  ;  and  the  latter  is  not  agreeable  t9  the 
 Evangelical  Hiftory.     For  asfoon as  the  Baptifm  is  over-,  the  Temp- 
 
 Mar.}.  1 1.  tationmtheWildernefs  i^s  immediately/^-^*;  and  after  that, 
 in  a  little  time,  the  Baptift  is  Imprifon'd,  and  Chrift  begins  his 
 
 Luk.iv.  13,14.  public  Preaching;'/;  Galilee.  St.  Luke's  words  are  thefe,  And 
 when  the  devil  had  ended  all  the  temptation,  he  departed  from 
 himforafeafon.  And  Jefus  returned  in  the  power  of  the  fpirit 
 into  Galilee,  and  there  went  out  a  fame  of  him  through  all  the 
 region  round  about.  Between  which  two  verfes  to  interpofe  a  fpace 
 of  more  than  two  years,  which  we  have  little  or  no  account  of  in  any 
 of  the  Evawelifts,  is  very  unreafonable.  But  by  our  prefent  fa- 
 ting of  the fe  matters,  there  is  no  need  of  thefe  fi.nfts  and  inventi- 
 ons.    4.   And  if  to  avoid  thefe  difficulties  we  feparate  the  fifteenth 
 
 Luk.iij.  1.  23.  of  Tiberius  from  the  Age  of  our  Savior  at  30  years ;  and  only  loo\ 
 upon  the  laft  as  an  occafional  Number  mention id  for  his  Age  when  he 
 was  Baptized,  without  any  regard  to  the  other',  we  /hall  make  St. 
 Luke  very  puntlual  and  exatt  to  little  purpofe.  What  great  mat- 
 ter is  it  for  us  fo  minutely  to  know  the  year  of  the  commencing  of 
 the  Baptift V preaching  ,  //  thereby  that  of  our  Savior  can't  be  dif- 
 soverd?  Or  to  what  purpofe  is  the fifteenth  year  of  Tiberius  fo  ac- 
 curately determirid,  and  our  Savior  sage  of  30 years  fo  particu- 
 larly fpecify'd,  if  they  were  no  way  connetled  together,  and  had 
 no  reference  one  to  the  other  ?  Suppofe  an  occafion  of  fixing  the 
 Series  of  Chronology  by  the  connexion  of  the  fears  of  the  World 
 with  thofe  of  Nabonaflar.  And  all  that  appeared  was,  that 
 the  death  of  Nebuchadnezzar  happen  d  A.  M.  3442,.  and 
 that  in  the  1  %6thyear  of  NabonafTar,  Croefus  the  King  of  the 
 Lydians  began  his  Reign  \  without  any  intimation  of  the  coinci- 
 dence of  thofe  years  wiih  the  41  5  2d  of  the  Julian  Period:  What 
 
 jbottld 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls*  139 
 
 we  be  the  better  for  fuch  accuracy  of  Numbers }  Jafl 
 thus  it  is  in  the  cafe  before  us  in  the  common  opinion  of  Chronologers. 
 But  the  pre  fen  t  Scheme,  which  fuppofes  a  connexion  of  the  fif- 
 teenth of  Tiberius,  with  the  30  jears  of  our  Savior,  (as  the  ac- 
 curacy of  the  Numbers,  and  the  nature  of  the  Dejign  do  per- 
 fuade,)  feems  to  me  much  more  probable,  and  agreeable  to  the 
 fcope  of  St.  Luke  in  this  Chapter,  And  fince  the  Digrcjfion  a- 
 bout  John  the  Baptift,  is  allow 'd  to  reach  as  far  as  the  loth 
 Jrerfe  ;  we  may  juflly, without  any  injury  to  the  coherence  of  the  words 
 f'-ppofe  it  to  reach  two  Verfes  farther,  and  then  return  to  the 
 Scries  of  our  Savior  s  Hiflory.  Which  thing  alone  would  clear 
 the  whole  matter  before  us. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Mr.  Le  Clerks  Harmony  of  the  Gcfpels  fe  far 
 as  it  concerns  the  difpofition  of  our  Savior  s  Acls,  or  the  con- 
 necting the  years  of  his  Miniflry  with  the  Chrifiian  JE.n,^  is 
 ■certainly  erroneous.  Mr.  Le  Clerk  fuppofes  that  our  Savior's 
 Miniftry  continued  three  years  and  a  half,  or  thcre-abouts ; 
 and  that  he  dy'd  at  the  Fajfover  A.  D.  2p.  And  by  confe- 
 rence that  his  Miniflry  began  in  the  Preaching  of  John  the 
 Baptift,  A.  D.  25.  as  he  expreflly  puts  it  p.  36.  and  indeed 
 his  Scheme  obliges  him  fo  to  do.  Now  'tis  known  from  (a)  Jo- 
 fephus,  that  Pontius  Pilate  was  Procurator  of  Judea  but  ten 
 years ;  and  that  he  was  put  out  fo  little  a  while  before  the 
 death  of  Tiberius,  that  the  Emperor  was  actually  dead  before 
 Pilate  arriv'd  at  Rome  to  anfwer  for  himfelf.  Tiberius  dy'd 
 March  z6.  A.  D.  37.  And  Pilate  might  be  out  of  his  Office 
 a  month,  or  fix  weeks  before,  fuppofe  it  February,  from  thence 
 we  mufl  count  ten  years  backward  for  the  beginning  o/Pilate'j 
 Government,  which  will  therefore  fall  into  February  j  A.  D. 
 27.  Tet  it  is  exprefly  faid  that  Pontius  Pilate  was  Governor 
 of  Judea  at  the  beginning  of  the  Preaching  of  John  the  Bap- 
 tift; and  how  long  he  had  then  been  in  that  Office  it  is  not 
 faid.    Luke  iij.  1.  In  the  fifteenth  year  of  the  reign  of  Ti- 
 
 (a)  Kctl  niAaV©-  JVjc«  iTt<m  S^.Tftytxt  iir?  'lovelies  Hi  'tufiitw  imvr&t 
 reft  'OumWow  ^tiJvfSj/j^  lv%\xk,  cm  or  dntantv ;  vtflf  JV  »j  rf  'fw'ffrjj  «3©- 
 %ui  uiTsi  pV>i  T&erf®'  /*$&yws.    Jofeph.  Antiq.  1.  18.  C.  J.' 
 
 S  a  berius 
 
140  A  Jhort  wiew  of  the  Harmony 
 
 berius  Cefar,  Pontius  Pilate  being  governor!  of  Judea,  &c.  the 
 word  of  God  came  to  John  the  Son  of  Zacharias  in  the  wildernefs. 
 So  that  if  there  were  no  other  Arguments  in  the  world  (as  there 
 are  abundance)  to  confute  this  new  Hypothecs  of  the  years  of 
 cur  Savior's  Miniflry  and  Death ;  that  alone  were  abundantly 
 fuffcient  for  that  purpofe :  and  is  fo  evident  and  remarkable  a 
 Charatterifiic  with  all  the  Writers  of  Harmonies,  that  'tis  very 
 firange  Mr.  Le  Cierk  (hould  take  no  more  notice  of  tt. 
 
 IX.  The  T  off  overs  during  the  time  of  our  Savior's 
 Mini  dry  were  five. 
 
 This  will  hereafter  appear  from  the  Interval  between  the 
 commencing  of  his  Miniftry,  and  the  time  of  his  Death ; 
 which,  as  will  be  prov'd,  was  four  years  and  a  half,  and  fo 
 could  not  include  more  or  lefs  than  five  Paflbvers.  But  my 
 bufmefs  in  this  place  is  to  fhew  the  foot-fteps  of  fo  many  in  the 
 Evangelical  Hiftory. 
 
 1.  The  firft  Paffover  we  have  in  exprefs  words  in  St.  John, 
 fc>h.ij.  ij.        ^oon  a^ter  l^e  beginning  of  his  Gofpel.      The  Jews  Paffover 
 
 was  at  handy  and  Jefus  went  up  to-  Jerufalem.. 
 Ghap.v.  1.  2*  ^ie  fecond  Paffover  we  alio  have  in  St.  John,  tho*  not 
 
 in  exprefs  words,  lifter  thefe  things  there  was  a  feafi  of  the 
 Jews,  and  Jefus  went  up  to  Jerusalem.  'Tis  true  that  the 
 word  ice™  Feafi,  do's  not  distinctly  denote  the  Paffover.  But 
 then  as  it  do's  no  more  denote  any  other  of  the  Jewi/h  Feafts, 
 or  diftinguifh  one  of  them  from  the  reft,  fo  in  the  common 
 ufe  of  words,  the  principal  Feaft  is  molt  properly  ftil'd  the 
 Feafi  by  way  of  eminence  :  In  the  opinion  of  moft  Com- 
 mentators, it  has  been  fo  underftood;  and  in  the  Phrafe  of  the 
 Evangelifts  the  word  do's  never  by  it  felf  fignify  either  the 
 Mar.  xv. 6.  Feafi  of  Weeks  or  of  Tabernacles,  but  more  than  once  do'sfig- 
 Luk.  xxiij.  t  7.  njfy  fa  Feafi  of  the  Paffover.  But  the  principal  Argument  I  de- 
 Vid.  iCor.v.  pencj  Up0n>  IS  t|1js#  Our  Savior  departed  out  of  Judea  into 
 Galilee  to  avoid  the  fnares  of  the  Pharifees,  fo  little  before 
 the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles,  that  'tis  not  probable  he  would  re- 
 turn thither  again  fo  foon  as  that  Feaft:  and  if  it  was  not  that 
 Feaft,  the  very  next  in  order  is  that  of  the  Paflbver  enfuing, 
 
 35 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJis.  1 4  x 
 
 as  'tis  here  ftated.  After  the  firft  Pa  {lover  we  find  our  Savi- 
 or Preaching  and  Baptizing  fo  long  in  Judea,  that  there  came 
 more  to  his  Baptifm  than  to  Johns  in  Galilee.  So  that  in  all 
 probability  he  fpent  feveral  months  there.  After  this,  to- 
 wards the  conclufion  of  Summer,  he  avoided  the  danger  P™f  6.  CorolL 
 from  the  Pharifees  by. going  into  Galilee,  about  fix  or  eight  x-  Pnu3i 
 weeks,  fuppofe,  before  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles.  Can  we 
 imagin  that  in  fo  little  a  time  he  would  again  caft  himfelf 
 into  their  hands,  by  returning  to  Jerufalem  at  that  Feaft? 
 'Tis,  I  think,  every  way  more  reafonable  to  believe  that  he 
 ftaid  in  Galilee  till  his  Baptifm ;  that  after  that,  and  his 
 Temptations  were  over,  he  went  up  to  the  Paffover;  and  up- 
 on his  rejection  and  danger  there,  left  Jttdea  for  a  long  while, 
 and  at  the  ceafing  of  Johns  Miniftry  there  by  his  Imprifon- 
 ment  about  the  fame  time,  went  and  Preach'd  in  Galilee,  al- 
 moft  all  the  time  of  his  Miniftry  afterwards.  All  which 
 confiderd,  it  is  moft  reafonable  to  think  that  the  Feaft  we  are 
 fpeaking  of  was  the  Feaft  of  the  Pajfover.  Or  if  any  fhall 
 ftill  imagin  that  it  might  however  be  the  Feaft  of  Weeks  or 
 of  Tabernacles  after  this  Paffover,  tho'  not  before  it;  I  will 
 not  here  contend  with  them.  For  if  this  Feaft  was  afterward, 
 it  certainly  fuppofes  this  Paffover  to  have,  interven-d  :  and  fo 
 do's  as  certainly  eftablim  the  prefent  number  of  the  Paffovers,. 
 as  if  it  was  own'd  to  be  the  Paifover  it  felf. 
 
 3 .  The  third  Paffover  is  not  exprefly  mention'd  by  any  of  the 
 Evangelifts.  But  the  time  of  its  celebration,which  is  fully  equiva- 
 lent, is  moft  plainly  determin'd  by  three  of  them.  The  Difci  pies 
 pluck'd  the  Ears  of  the  ftandingCorn  on  a  Sabbath  day,  as  St;  Mattxij. 
 .Matthew,    St.  Mark*   and  St.  L^affurefus:  and  that  day  is  l^*^- 
 ftil'd  by  St.  Luke  2«&S»  Adjn&Gr&fev,    The  firft  Sabbath  after ■  vid.  Sca'lig; 
 the  fecond  day  of  the  Pajfover.       The   firft  of  which  Chara-  Emendat. 
 fters  of  the  rubing  the  Ears  of  the  ftanding  Corn  is  a  certain.^™?' 
 fign  of  the   nearnefs  of  the  Paifover:     (for  from  thence  to  g^dSafcha^ 
 Pentecoft  was  Corn-harveft  in  Jttdea.)     And  the  other  Cha- Laiigium  de 
 racier  is  with  fo  great  probability  expounded  of  that  particular  AnnisChriftL 
 Sabbath  above-mention'd,  (the  next  to  the  Sheaf-offering,  opP-4°8. 
 fifteenth  day  of  Nifan)  that  this  fecures  the  former  Argu-  ~^^{. 
 
 s  3  ment  Jp.i$>9>  &c  . 
 
!42  AJhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 ment;  and   both  together  afford  undoubted  Evidence  of  a 
 third  Paffover  during  our  Savior's  Miniftry. 
 
 4.  The  fourth  Paffover  is  exprefly  mention'd   by  St.  John 
 ]oh.  vj.  4.       in  his  account  of  the  feeding  5000  in^the  Defart.     And  the 
 
 paffover,  a  feafi  of  the  Jews  was  nigh. 
 
 5.  The  fifth  Paffover  was  that  at  which  our  Savior  fuffer- 
 ed:  and  fo  is  abundantly  manifeft  in  all  the  Evangelifts. 
 
 Coroll.  Hence  we  under  ft  and  the  full  importance  of  our  Sa- 
 vior s  Parable  of  the  Barren  Fig-tree  in  St.  Luke's  Go/pel,    a- 
 
 Luk.xnj.  7,?,  yom  j0Hr  months  before  his  death.  He  faid  to  the  dreffer  of 
 his  vineyard,  thefe  three  years  I  come  feeking  fruit  on  this 
 fig-tree,  and  find  none.  Cut  it  down:  why  cumbreth  it  the 
 ground  ?  But  he  anfwered  and  faid  unto  him,  Let  it  alone 
 this  year  alfo,  till  1  lhall  dig  about  it,  and  dung  it:  And  if 
 it  bear  fruit,  well ;  but  if  not,  then  after  that  thou  fhalt  cut 
 it  down.  Whence  it  appears  that  after  four  years  forbearance 
 ■without  fruit,  the  decree  for  utter  Excijion  was  to  be  pajfed  on 
 the  Tewifh  Nation  *<«  ™  ^*»«v  that  in  fome  time  afterward,  tho' 
 not  immediately,  itftjould  actually  and  inevitably  perifb.  Which 
 was  accordingly  done  ;  for  at  the  time  when  this  was  fpoken,  by  the 
 prefent  Harmony,  Chrift  had  /pent  about  four  years  of  his  Ali- 
 niftry  among  them',  and  at  the  end  of  the  fame  Chapter,  (foon 
 after  this)    it  appears  that  the  Decree  for  their   utter   Exci/ton 
 
 y  ,.  ,-  was  accordingly  gone  out  againft  them.  O  Jerufalcm,  Jerufa- 
 lem,  thou  which  killeft  the  Prophets,  and*  ftoneft  them  that 
 are  fent  unto  thee ;  how  often  would  I  have  gathered  thy 
 children  as  a  hen  gathereth  her  chickens  under  her  wings,  and 
 ye  would  not?  Behold  your  houfe  is  left  unto  you  defolate. 
 Which  coincidence  is  Ukewife  no  inconfidcrable  confirmation  of  the 
 truth  of  the  prefent  Proportion. 
 
 X.  The  firft  Paffover  of  our  Savior's  Miniftry  was 
 A.  T>.  29. 
 
 That  I  may  fully  eftablifh  this  Proportion  which  is  of  fo  great 
 confequence  to  the  true  (rating  of  the  whole  Evangelical  Hifto- 
 ry,  I  (hall  prove  it  from  the  exprefs  affirmation  of  the  Jews 
 themfelyes  at  that  Paffover :  who  were  certainly  beft  acquaint- 
 ed 
 
of  the  four  EvangeBJis.  145 
 
 ed  with  every  thing  relating  to  their  own  Temple,  and  the 
 feafons  of  tlieir  public  Feafts  there.     Now   the  Jews  at   our 
 Savior's  firft  Pafiover,  when  he  bid   them    Deflroj  this  7>w-j0h.ij.  ,9,  X9. 
 pie,  and  in  three   days  I  will  raife  it    up,     Speaking  of  the 
 Temple  of  his  own  Body  ;     The  Jews,  I  fay,    thinking  he 
 hadfpokenof  their  Temple,  reply'd  thus:  Forty  and  fix  years 
 has  this   Temple  been  built ,    and  wilt  thou  rear  it  up  in   three 
 days?   q.  d.    '  This  famous  Structure  which  we  here  fee  has- 
 'continu'd,  and  ftood  firm  and  fure  fix  and  forty  years  toge- 
 '  ther  :  and  do'ft  thou  think  it  the  work  of  one  Man  in  three 
 "  days  time  to  rebuild  it  if  it  were  deftroy'd  ?    A  Tabernacle 
 'of  moveable  Materials  which  ftands  but   a  while,   and  then 
 '  is  remov'd  at  pleafure,    may  be    foon   fet  up.     But  fuch  a 
 '  firm  and  durable  Structure  as  this  Temple  muft  needs  require 
 tmore  Workmen  than  one,  and  a  vaftly  greater  fpace  of  time 
 'than  three  days  to  rear  it.     Now  that  this  is  the  meaning  of 
 the  words,  46  years  **3$o\f>lfyi  i  vkU  St©-,    has  this  Temple  been: 
 built:  and  not  as  our  Englijb  Verfion  has  it,  46"  years  has  this 
 Temple  been   building,     appears  by  the  natural  importance    of 
 the  Original  Words,  and  by  the  plain  matter  of  fad  to  which 
 they  refer.     The  Jews,  'tis  true,  do  not  reafon  fo  exactly  by 
 this  rendring  of  the  words  as  by  the   other.     But  then   the 
 number  of  46"  years  is  demonstration  that  the  fence  I  contend 
 for  is  true.     For  otherwiife  they  talk  much  more  improperly,, 
 and  without  any  color  of  truth;   for  Zoro  babel's  Temple  af-  £Zr3L.9.  aiuji 
 ter  the  Captivity,,  was  built  in  a  little  above  four  years,  from  v.  I2# 
 the  fecond  to  the  fixth  of  Darius.     And  Herod's  Temple  was  Hag.ij.r©,  i&, 
 built  in  a  year  and  half,  and  all  the  Walls,  Courts,  and  Cloy-  J9« 
 ffcers  in  eight  more  :  as  they  themfelves  well  knew.     Nay,  if 
 Zorobabel's  Temple  had.  been  46"   years  in  building,    yet  was 
 not  that  an  Argument  that   this    Temple   of  Herod  before 
 their  eyes,  (of  which  they  undoubtedly  fpeak)  could  not  be 
 fooner  erected.     'Tis  therefore  evident  that  the  Jews  do  af* 
 firm  here  that  at  this  Paffover  Herod's  Temple  had  been  b-uilt 
 fi^  and  forty  years ;     and  fince  this  was  a  known  matter  of 
 fact  within  their  own  memory,  and  certainly  the  thing  in  the 
 World  they  were  the  moft  exact  about,  their  famous  Tem- 
 ple 5  and  fince  they  affign  not  a  round  and  decimal,     but  a. 
 
 particu-  : 
 
!44  A  P°0Yt  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 particular  and  precife  number,  juft  46  years,  they  may  be  de- 
 pended upon  as  to  the  accuracy  of  it.      If  we  -can  therefore 
 find  for  certain  when  Herod's  Temple  or  n««s  was  finifh'd : 
 (for  of  that  alone  the  difcourfe  was,  not  of  the  whole  'ues' 
 or  the  Cloyfters  and  Buildings  on  the  Holy  Ground,)  we  need 
 but  count  46  years,  and  we  come  to  the  year  of  the  Paffo- 
 ver  before  us.    .Now  this  is  plain  in  Jofephus,  who  (a)  allures 
 us  that  the  n«m«  or  Temple,  was  begun  in  the  eighteenth  year 
 of  the  Reign  of  Herod;     (Which   in  fuch  cafes  he   always 
 reckons  from  the  death  of  Antigonus,)    and  that  it  continu'd 
 for  a  year  and  fix  months,  and  then  wasfinifh'd.     Now  from 
 thefe  Circumftances  we  may  certainly  find  the  year  we  in- 
 Trop.ii.'        -quire  for.     Antigoxus  was  (lain,    as  we  fhall  prove  hereafter, 
 about  July  A.  P.J.  4-677  •    and  fo  Herod's  eighteenth   year 
 muft  begin  about  July  4694,  and  continue  till  July   4695. 
 Let  us  fuppofe  the  Temple  begun  about  the  Feaft  of  Taber- 
 nacles in  this  eighteenth  year,  Ttfri  465)4.     Add  a  year  and  fix 
 months,  the  fpace  in  which  it  was  building,  and  it  will  appear  to 
 have  been  finim'd  at  the  PafTover,   Nifan  ^696.     From  this 
 PafTover  let  us  count  46  years,  and  this  will  bring  us  to  the 
 PafTover  weinquirefor,  Nifan  4741.  which  is  A.  D.  29.  as  was 
 to  be  demonftrated.     'Tistrue,  our  prefent Copies  of  (b)  Jo- 
 fephus  in  another  place  afcribe  this  beginning  of  the  building 
 of  the  Temple  not  to  the  eighteenth,  but  the  fifteenth  year  of 
 Herod's  Reign.     Butthatmuftcertainlybeamiftake,  becaufej^?- 
 fephus'm  the  place  firft  quoted  faysexprefly  thatthis  was  after  fuch 
 •     other  Circumftances  of  Herod's  Reign,    as  happen'dbyhis  own 
 words  (c)  in  the  feventeenth,  or  beginning  of  the  eighteenth 
 year  of  it,  from  the  fame.'death  of  Antigonus. 
 
 (a)  To-n  pZv,  «t»  t?5  'Hfiu'ho  (sot-aiXtMi  yipvcr®'  hteuffad,  f*i&  to?  <&&etpn- 
 fjbiv»c  nrgy!%&s,  tgpy  eu  tb  iv^iy  l-mZtlXits,  T  N£ftv  too  ©sew  A  oumv  xtcrt- 
 ottuaS^.  [Aii£&>  7i  r  -sfefesAo)',  Ken  <7ifoi  ity®"  d%ioffft7nfu!&i>  iyupjv.  Antuq.l.iy. 
 
 C'14" 
 
 Te*s  'isgtZffi    iK    «fe«    to5  5»«e    xxl  tou?    'ttm     c£e*G»>.8s  i'Trfxy/^.Ttutro    4fe< 
 
 7uv&  u^e^btiirsy   trial*   ij.    rej'  ft   ymoS  $\£  t2    ugse/r    oi^cfA/yf^ifT®^  ifiewnS 
 x%\  [i/r,oi»  f   u7ms  o  >mcc,  tTshijfu^n  £*(>£<;.     Ibid. 
 
 (b)  TlnTix.ttAd'iy.u.T a>  pZy  I'm  t?s  BanXtictf  uuTp'yn  T   f«ee    imox.t6ti.ai,     x«< 
 
 *»»  <afy  ufcit  Urfm%'ov&  %>£«*>*  De  Bello.  1.  x.  c.  i<5.  (c)  Antiq.l.,  if,  c.  15. 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelifts.  145 
 
 t  ■"  ■  - 
 
 XI.  A  Defiription  or  Enrolment  of  the  Jews  was 
 made  juft  before  our  Savior's  birth :  but  the  Tax 
 it  fdf  was  not  rais'd  till  the  Banifhment  of  Ar- 
 chtlauS)  when  Cyrenius  was  Governor  of  Syria. 
 
 This  I  take  to  be  the  Importance  of  St.  Luke's  words, 
 which  have  hitherto  afforded  the  greateft  of  all  the  difficul- 
 ties relating  to  the  Cvangelical  Hiftory,  Afa  «i  imx*V*  vteu-rn 
 *j4«S  »y«/4$«*W©"  t?c  ZveJox  Kv^fioo.  This  firfi  Tax  was  /f-z/v'^Luk.ij.i. 
 when  Cyrenius  was  Governor  of  Syria.  The  reafons  of  this 
 Interpretation  are  thefe  following. 
 
 1.  St.  Luke*  who  had  a  little   before   mention  d  Herod  as  chap.  i.e. 
 King  of  the  jews,    and  who  very  well  knew  that  our  Savi- 
 or's birth  happen'd  under  his  Reign  ;    could  not  intend  any  other 
 Defcription  or  Enrolment  here,     than   what  was    confident 
 
 with  the  freedom  of  the  Jewi/b  Nation  at  that  time,  and 
 done  by  the  Authority  of  Herod  their  King:  and  (o  could 
 not  refer  to  the  Taxation  which  about  ten  years  afterward 
 the  Roman  Governor  of  Syria,  Cyrenius  made  in  Judea.  The 
 Jews  were  indeed  within  the  Dominions  of  the  Roman  Em- 
 pire at  that  time :  but  fo  that  they  were  permitted  their  free- 
 dom, and  liv'd  by  their  own  Laws,  under  Herod,  who  was 
 fet  over  them  as  their  King  by  the  Romans:  and  to  whom 
 alone  the  Nation  of  the  Jews  was  immediately]  fubjecT.  So 
 that  a  Taxation  by  a  Roman  Prefident  of  Syria  could  not,  in 
 all  probability,  be  intended  by  St.  Luke  in  this  place. 
 
 2.  Nay,  'tis  farther  evident  that  St.  Luke  very  well  knew 
 of  the  Time,  Nature  and  Confequences  of  the  Taxation  un- 
 der Cyrenius.     'Tis  well  known  from  Jofephus,  t  that   about 
 
 fifvj©-  v3Tu  Kaintg®*,  drug  \}zict2txos>  ^nh[AYi<roffyj&'  tov  cv  JZvq/u,  x)  T 
 '  Agfa's  fcWW^fy©-  oZyv.     Antiq.  1. 17.  c.  ult.  in  cake. 
 
 Awc«w5»  £  a|g5  TmirZv  ifouau.$,  uTmr^  ym'4 ,  Turt  uP&ti  dfyu/ngklt  [Alices  fi» 
 <J*»J9«5>  iid  2t»e/«f  waft?*  "JzriK.et4<mg<&',  StxcuoSb'Ttis  H  thus  oLztfaiXtfyj©"'  *&4 
 ■n/*>)7>-«  t3  icSi)   yt*iiozf8ft&>.     Ku7mytoi   it   Kurd   nyxu&mib'zvrw,    ittyw 
 
 T  T©- 
 
1 46  A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 ten  years  after  our  Saviors  birth,  Publius  Sulpicius  Ouirinius, 
 or  Cyrenius  was  made  Proficient  of  Syria:  that  upon  the  Ba- 
 nifhment  of  Archelaus,  and  the  Reduction  of  Judea  into  a 
 Roman  Province,  he  was  fent  to  take  an  account  of  the  Ef- 
 fects of  Archelaus-,  and  at  the  fame  time  to  make  a  Taxation 
 of  the  Country.  That  at  this  time  he  levy'd  a  Tax  or  Tri- 
 bute of  the  Jews :  that  this  Tax,  being  the  firffc  inftance  of 
 their  Slavery  to  a  Heathen  Nation ,  was  an  occafion  of 
 a  great  Sedition  under  Judas  the  Galilean,  or  Gaulonite:  and 
 that  it  was  not  ealily  levy'd,  till  by  the  perfuafion  of  their 
 High-Prieft,  at  laft  they  acquiefced.  That  St.  Luke  was  very 
 well  acquainted  with  all  this,  is  evident  in  the  Acts  of  the 
 Apoftles  ;     where   he  relates  thefe  words  of  Gamaliel  to  the 
 
 Aft.  v*$6>  37.  Jews.  Before  thefe  days  rofe  up  Theudas,  boafting  himfelf  to 
 be  fome  body.  To  ivhom  a  number  of  men,  about  400,  joined 
 themfelves  ;  who  was  flain,  and  all,  as  many  as  obeyed  him  were 
 Jcattered  and  brought  to  nought.  After  this  man  rofe  up  Judas 
 of  Galilee  in  the  days  of  the  Taxing,  and  drew  away  much  people 
 after  him:  he  alfo  peri/lied ;  and  all,  as  many  as  obeyed  him  were 
 difperfed.  Where  he  calls  thefe  the  days  -$  'A™>?eec4>n  0f  the 
 Taxing,  by  the  very  fame  word  he  ufes  in  the  place  before 
 us  -,  and  which  is  us'd  no  where  elfe  in  the  New  Teftmaent.  He 
 defcribes  the  Sedition  of  Judas  of  Galilee,  agreeably  to  Jofephus  ; 
 and  which  is  the  principal  thing  I  aim  at,  he  anigns  the  time 
 of  this  Taxing  to  be  after  the  Infurredion  by  Theudas ;  andfo 
 long  after  the  birth  of  our  Savior  (for  this  Theudas  himfelf  ap- 
 pears not  to  have  caus'd  any  difhirbance  till  the  time  of  Ar- 
 
 ^f'/^T' An"  chelaus,  when  Herod  was  dead.)  Froirt  all  which  'tis  clear 
 '    *4°OI'that  St.  Luke  was  well  acquainted  with  the  Time  as   well  as 
 
 7-©"  T  iTTTrtuv  l>yr,oif0jj(&',  IvSumi  rv[  \7n  -7r£<nv  Vbpvoict.  Ux^.v  Si  «J  K«« 
 £««©-  si's  7ijV  'lovSuiw  7r0g&fix-y>*  Is  £v&ixs  ytve/S/ilw,    ^roTt/Ayro '$$'<>%    ts  ctu- 
 
 7Z~V    Tx\    XiTiXf,    <£    ^JTjJiKTB^-®0    T«6    ' A^XcioV  ^i)f^%'    oi    Si,    XKlTTtg     TO      XXT 
 
 ap%zs,  c*  .Suvo)  tyifitjrnc,  th»  t'srr  rctTs  binyeix-Vxtl  eix.^xini',  izmKXrtSmmv  too 
 US  "Sfhio*  ovxvk^o%  totzmt®-  xutoos  tov  cCpgigiuc,  'latc^cigyv,  Be»%3  St  eyr©* 
 2«'oS  iiv.  K««  ei  fofr'iiTliiyiiiTts  tov  'l»>u£xgt)v  T2  \oyav,  ci7ita(b»>»  fig$[jbet&>  fjuir 
 Sin  i»h>ttcown<;.  'huShtt  St  TowXxvli*i$  «vjf ,  vx  teiXtui  o'toftp.  TxpccXx,  ~ZxS- 
 hvr.ov  tpK&tPzeibv  7T^<rX»fHiQ»yofaf>®^,  &m'/t'@  im  banfatoj,  ti'vtc  ^mnj/tqo?*  eu- 
 ■fbt_  »»i0,  n  xvlix-evi  SbvXucw  iTnQigHr  Xtpvrts,  &  Is  fad/jt&luf  W  dvLxtyt 
 Ky.K*toZm<i  ii  »$»&:     L.  18.  c.i.  si  initio. 
 
 the 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  1 47 
 
 the  Nature  and  Conferences  of  this  Taxation  under  Cyrenius, 
 ten  years  after  the  birth  of  our  Savior;  and  fo  cannot  befup- 
 pos'd  to  refer  that  to  the  Time  rather  preceding  the  fame. 
 
 5.  If  we  nicely  examine  the  words  made  ufe  of,    and  the 
 circumftances  attending  thefe  two  different   times  of  Enrol- 
 ment and  Taxation  ;  we  fliall  find  them,  even  according  to  St. 
 Lukes  own  accounts,     intirely  different  from  one  another. 
 The  words  made  ufe  of  in  both  cafes  are,   'tis  true,     of  the 
 fame  Original:     But  by  ufe  (the  great  Rule  and  Standard  of 
 the  value  of  all  words   whatfoever,)    appear   to  have  a   ve- 
 ry different  importance  in  the   New  Teftament.     The  word 
 then  us'd  for  the  Defcriptivn  at  our  Savior's  Birth,  is  the  Verb 
 'AmyyLfaftaf,  and  that  us'd  fdr  the  Taxation  under  Cyrenius  is 
 the  Noun  'Am^axpi.    Now  I  think  it  may  juftly  be  afferted 
 that  in  the  times  of  the  New  Teftament    Writers  the   Verb 
 'Amy&QofAai  only  fignify'd  a  Defcription  or  Enrolment,  without 
 the  leaft  regard  to  any  Tax  or  Levy  of  Money  fucceeding  it : 
 and  that  'A?n>#*pi    the   Noun,    fignify'd  only   that  Tax    or 
 Levy  of  Money,  which  fometimes  follow 'd  the  former ;  with- 
 out any  direct  relation  to  the  faid  Enrolment.     That  by  Cu- 
 ftom  the  Noun  of  the  fame  Original  with  a  Verb  do's  vary 
 in  fignification   from  it,     is  moll:  frequent  in  all  Languages; 
 nay  fometimes  it  recedes  fo  far  from  it,  thatthe  connection  be- 
 tween them  is  hardly  difcernible.     rsoptifw   is  to  meafure  the 
 Earth:  r»/*iT?i«  is  Geometry,  or  the  Science  which  confifts  of 
 the  knowlege  of  Numbers  and  Figures.     And  he  may  be  an 
 excellent  Geometer  who  yet  never  actually,    according  to  the 
 Derivation  of  the  word,  meafured  one  Acre  of  Ground.      n«s- 
 OM7*X*^»    is   to  Prepare,    and  fo  llu&ax.^  a  Preparation.     But 
 as  we  fliall  fee  hereafter,    this  Jaft  word  by  ufe  came  to   fig- 
 nify  only  the  day  Preparatory  to  the  Jeivifh  Sabbath,  or  Fri- 
 day.    Nay  in  EngUJh  in  the  words  directly  appofite   to   this 
 matter,  the  Verb  to  Tax  is  oftentimes  to  Jay  an  Imputation, 
 while  the  Noun  a  Tax  is  a  Levy  of  Money  only.     But  Ex- 
 amples are  endlefs>  and  every  where   to  be  met  with;    and 
 therefore  I  fhall  not  trouble  the  Reader  with  any  more.    This 
 therefore  being  fuppos'd  that  'Asrvy&faopat  might  be  refiraind  to  a 
 Defcriptionox  Enrolment  of  a  People;  and  'Am%*Qn  might de- 
 
 T  2  note 
 
!48  A  fiort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 note  the  Tax  it  felf  proportion'd  to  the  former  Account  of 
 the  Peoples  Eftates :  I  come  to  (hew  that  in  the  cafes  before 
 us  it  really  'was  fo.     The   words  'AmygfrtSZ  and  'Avny^xdl 
 are  only  us'd  of  that  Enrolment  at  our  Savior's  birth,  which 
 are  the  places  in  difpute ;  and  in  the  Epiftle  to  the  Hebrews, 
 M*b,xij.     where  mention  is  made  of  the  Firft-born  written  or  enroled  in 
 heaven  'Amytx*i*i8/!*y.    Now  as  in  the  places  in  difpute    there 
 is  no  hint  of  any  thing  more  than  an  account  of  the   People 
 to  be  inferred  into  the  Records,  or  a  bare  Enrolment :     fo'tis 
 certain  that  in  this  place  of  the  Epiftle  to  the   Hebrews  no 
 more  can  be  intended  by  it.     And  then  as  to  the  word  'A«b- 
 ie«<p*  it  is  only  us*d  in  this  place  before  us.  under  debate,  and 
 in  that  forequoted  place  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apoftles.      And 
 as  this  fenfe  for  a  Tax  or  Levy  of  Money,  in  the  former  place 
 will  go  a  great  way  to  clear  the  chief  Hiftorical  Difficulty 
 in  the  Gofpels,  if  it  be  allowd  :  fo  in  the  other  place  it  un- 
 doubtedly denotes  fuch  a  Taxation  under  Cyrenius,  when  the 
 hrft  Levy  of  Money  or  Tribute  was  exacted  by  the  Roman  Go- 
 vernor of  the  Jewifi  Nation;  and  fo  will  moft  reafonablybe 
 interpreted  to  that  fence  every  where   in  the  fame  Writer. 
 And  as  the  Notation  of  the  -words  do's  favor  my  Expofition; 
 fo    do  the   Circumftances  of  each  Description  or  Taxation  them* 
 felves.     For  at  the  time  of  our  Savior's  Birth,  Jojcph,  a  poor 
 Carpenter,  was  oblig'd  to  come  to  Bethlehem  to  the  Enrolment 
 of  his  Family,  when  his  Poverty  would  have  privilege!  him 
 from  a  Levy  of  Money  j  and  when  at  the  fame  time  All  went 
 £uk.ij.  3.       t0  ye  £„rol'4  every  one  to  his  own  City,  without  fcruple  or  re- 
 luctance :  whereas  the  very  firft  name  of  a  Tax  or  Tribute  to 
 an  Heathen  Nation  pafs'd  with  great  difficulty;  and  appears  in 
 the  times  following  to  have  caus'd  deep   Refentments  in  the 
 minds  of  this  Nation,  even  till  their  utter  deftruction  it  felf; 
 which  was  in  fome  meafure  occafion'd  by  it.     So  that  at  laft 
 it  appears  that  both   the  proper  Importance    of  the  words, 
 and    the   Circumftances    of  things  themfelves.   confpire    to 
 confirm  the  prefent  Solution  of  this  difficulty':  and  that  the 
 Enrolment  of  the  Jews  was  at  our   Savior's  Birth,  and   the 
 Tax  it  felf  not  till  fome  years  after,  when  Cyrenius  "was  Go- 
 vernor of  Syria. 
 
 CorolL 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  149 
 
 Coroll.  1 .  Its  therefore  very  probable  that  the  Enrolment  of 
 the  Jews  was  made  by  Herod,  at  the  requeft  of  Auguftus,  fome 
 time  after  the  fecond  general  Cenfus  or  Taxation  of  his  Empire. 
 'Tts  certain  from  the  Roman  Hi/lories,  that  Auguftus  took  an 
 Account  of  his  Empire  t  thrice  :  the  firft  time  was  long  before  ; 
 the  third  long  after  our  Savior's  Nativity.  But  the  fecond, 
 according  to  an  ancient  Fragment  of  an  Infcription,  *  when 
 Cenforinus  and  Afinius  were  Confuls;  about  four  years  before  Marmor  Ao- 
 the  Birth  of  Chrift.  On  which  account ;  conjidering  what  has  cyrmuva. 
 been  before  advane'd  about  the  Taxation  under  Cyrenius  many 
 years  afterwards,  'tis3  I  thinks  mofi  reafonable  to  believe  that 
 fome  time  after  the  fecond  Cenfus  of  Auguftus  (which  tho'  it 
 began  four  years  fooner,  yet  might  not  be  finijh'd  long  before  the 
 Birth  of  our  Savior)  Herod  the  King  of  the  Jews  was  requi- 
 red or  requefted  by  him  to  get  him  a  like  exalt  Account  of  the 
 Jewifti  Nation,  as  he  had  already  attain  d  of  the  reft  of  the  Ro- 
 man Empire :  which  he  did  accordingly  :  and  that  this  was  the 
 Enrolment  mentioned  at  the  time  of  the  Nativity  before  us. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Hence  we  may  alfo  difcern  the  reafon  of  St, 
 Luke'*  Exprejfwn-y  this  firft  Tax  was  levy'd  A'J-n,  »  'Am?ex<pl, 
 <x%utk  iyivivv.  Becaufe  this  was  the  firft  Tax  in  Judea  (which  was 
 but  then  redue'd  into  a  Roman  Province,  and  fo  not  before  lia- 
 ble to  Foreign  Taxations:)  and  becaufe  <*  fecond  followed  after- 
 ward. Of  the  three  Cenfus  of  Auguflus  the  firft  did  not  at.  all 
 reach  Judea ;  and  fo  his  fecond  and  third  Cenfus  were  the  firft 
 and  fecond  relating  to  that  Nation,  as  St.  Luke'/  words  im 
 ply. 
 
 f  Auguftus  cenfum  Populi  ter  egit.  primum  ac  tertiura  cum  collega,  me- 
 dium iolus.     Su?ton.  Auguji.  c.  x-j.  in  cake. 
 
 *  Nuper  luftrum  feci  (legi)  Cenforum  — Sinio-  Cofs-  hoc  eft,  Lipfio  ju- 
 dice,  Cenforino  &  Afmio  Confulibus.  A.  P.  J.  4706.  Vid.  Lamy.  Apparat. 
 p.  79.  &.  Lydiat.  Defenf.  Emendat.  Temp.  p.  ff. 
 
 T  5  XII. 
 
i  5  o  A  Jhort  evie'X)  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Xll.  Herod  the  King  of  the  Jewss>  dy'd  upon  the 
 feventh  day  of  the  .Month  Cafleu-  or  the  ijth  of 
 November y  A.  T  J.  4710.  Three  years  and  above 
 a  month  before  the  Ckriftian  <iy£ra. 
 
 Becaufe  the  principal  Character  of  the  time  of  our  Savi- 
 
 Matt.ij.  1.        or's  Birth,  is  this,  that  he  was  born  in  the  days  of  Herod  the  King  : 
 
 before  we  can  fix  the  time  of  the  birth  of  the  one,  we  mufr. 
 
 rirft  ftate  that  of  the  death  of  the  other;  which  mall  be  done 
 
 in  the  following  Obfervations  laid  together. 
 
 1.  'Tis  certain  that  in  a  round  number  Herod  reign'd  3.7 
 years  from  his  firft  obtaining  the  Kingdom  at  Rome;  and  34 
 years  from  the  (laughter  of  his  PredecefTor  Antigonus,  the 
 Jaft  of  the  Race  of  the  Maccabees.  This  is  exprefly  aflerted 
 hy  Jofephus  (a)  as  to  both  its  parts  in  two  feveral  places,  with- 
 out any  variation  :  and  fo  has  never  admitted  of  any  difpute. 
 
 z.  Herod  was  declar'd  King  by  the  Senate  at  Rome>  a  little 
 before  the  beginning  of  the  185^  Olympiad,  about  the  mid- 
 dle of  July,  A.  P.  J.  4674.  That  it  was  no  fooner  will 
 be  own'd  by  all,  and  that  it  was  no  later  is  evident  by  the  Ar- 
 guments following.  1.  Jofephus  (b)  do's  not  only  confine 
 us  to  this  year  of  the  Jultan  Period,  by  the  names  of  the 
 Confuls,  but  to  that  part  of  it  before  the  full  Moon  next  fol- 
 lowing the  Summer  Solftice,  by  the  number  of  the  Olympi- 
 ad  184  :  whereas  at  that  full  Moon  the  185^  Olympiad  be- 
 gan.    2.  This  happen'd  juft  upon  the  Reconciliation  of  Obla- 
 
 xsn  'Pa/npuM  "bcnfo'htxta  iir-&  £  itutys^-     Antiq.  1.  17.  C.  10. 
 
 tyvfet,,  U<P  i  2$  -Jsj*  'P»{{Kia»  a,7nh(^Jyi  fio>.<nXil$  i7r?&  y&j  i^td^s^.     De  Bel  - 
 lo.    1.  1.  cult. 
 
 (b)  Koci  o  (ftp  aoruq  t^v  fictinXiictv  7mgc/,Xoifb%,u,i{  '  7v^ti»  cwt!)s  s7ri  Is  p' 
 £  ir  ycy  $■'  i\viAt7nx'£&''  \zsa-nuovT©*  Tedit  AoftHin  JLoihQiVlt  li  huit^t, 
 •suti  rain  'kciriv  Ua^ar®^.     Antiq.  1.  14.  c.  l6. 
 
of  the  fair  Evangtlifts.  151 
 
 vim  and  Anthony,"  at  Brttndujium ;  which  was  about  the  time  vi'd-SeNeM^' 
 here  fpecify'd,  as  we  learn   from   the  Roman  Hiftorians.     3  •  rfr^A-tali 
 Herod  began  his  journey  to  Rome  ("which  (c)  was  done  with 
 the  utmoft  expedition  poffiblc,  even  th.ro'  the  violence  of  ve- 
 ry ftarmy  Weather,;  Juft  about  the    Feati    of  Pentccofi,     or  Jofepb.  Antiq, 
 near  40  days  before  the  185^  Olympiad  began.     And  becaufe  1.  14.0.24.  & 
 he  might  reach  to  Rome  (d)  in  lefs  than  a  months  time,  not-  DeBello.  h  1. 
 withftanding  his  hindrance  at  Rhodes;  and  becaufe  he  was  made  c  "' 
 King    (e)   in  lefs  than  a  week  after  he  came  thither;  It  will 
 certainly  follow  that  he  obtain'd  the  Kingdom  at  the  very 
 time  here  mention'd.     4.  Herod  was  return'd  back  again  into  Antiq.  1. 14. 
 Judea.  fome  confiderable  time  before  Winter;    and  therefore  c- *7- DeBello. 
 muff  have  receiv'd  the  Kingdom  about  the  middle  of  Sum-*;.1-  ?  li'  r 
 mer,  as  is  here  afferted.     5.  His  Predeceflbr  Antigonm,  who  ^.DeNata- 
 was  fet  up  by  the  Parthians  this  Spring,    fome    time    before  li  Chrifti,  c.  2  n 
 Herod  fet  outfor  Rome,  reign'd  (f)  three  years  and  three  months 
 before  Jerufalem  was  taken  by  Sofim  and  Herod;  which    un- 
 der the  next  Obfervation  we  fball  prove  was  towards  the  end 
 of  June,  A.   P.  J.    4677.     So   that  Herod's  obtaining  the 
 Kingdom,  as  here  we  have  flated  it,  three  or  four  months  af- 
 ter the  beginning  of  Antigonm's  reign,  will   exactly   account 
 for  this  Character  in  Jofephus  alfo.     And  indeed  had  it  been 
 
 (c)  Tlfimq  f*fy%i  ffyfw*  teurov  cxrn  -iihvifyi  ti<,  'TwfJtiw  Im^f^ev,  %i(jtiutvoS7z 
 iW^,  yjy  t  xx&  7>j\  'l§»A«w  ci  m&xy  x)  mixu  m>»d  faxv/Afiav.  Antiq. 
 1.  14.  c.  25-. 
 
 *©"  xzTtSeitm.c,,     [btm   robs    xxQ  ttjV    'ti&Xicw  %ev£*<>>    ini  'Yay>r)$  iVrhi-      De 
 Bell.    1.  1.  c.  11. 
 
 (d)  Quod  autem  folidum  duntaxat  menfem  unum  Navigationi  Herodis  ex 
 Italia  in  Palaeftinam  concedere  poflimus,  locupletem  vadem  habemus  Palla- 
 dium, Cap.  ic2.  ubi  narrat  Melaniam  Cxfarea  Romam  venifle  intra  viginti 
 dies.  Vide  infuper  Plinium  in  proocmio  Lib.  19,  ubi  quofdam.refert  qui  ex 
 Italia  in  AEgyptum  pervenere  inter  fex ,  feptem  aut  novem  dies.  Senefchall. 
 De  Natali  Chrijli.  c.  21. 
 
 (e)  'AXb'  'oU  <£  £V.^  7»~5  to<w(5  «/*s^s«;  vm.(>%%iv  ouitzS  Tv%vlt  T  et/JV 
 afotrhy.ijtjzvmv  timtfyit  &*.  v~<;  'i&xictf.     fofepb.  Antiq.  1.  14.    C  26. 
 
 if)  Tx  ' hg/.f&isXis  £t  vtev  'A»Zcj9»oi/  xt/ni^m*  fixeihix'  TStx  oi  stjj  XjTPhV 
 pjiirctf  aehu%f,  T>v%y  locncc  re  yjy  'Hf dh^  i%fvn>Xtopxqmi>i  'Kmiti®*  $i  «.*£.- 
 Mr  &(,  r\v  'Atlifytcw  &ixy£$fo.      Antjq.l.  20,  C.  8. 
 
 eon* 
 
1 5  2.  A  jloort  i'/Vt-u  of  £&£  Harmony 
 
 •     ■  ■       • 
 
 confder'd  that  //r>W  might  let  out  from  Judea  at  Pentecofi, 
 and  be  at  Rome  a  week  or  fortnight  before  the  iS^thOljmpiadbe- 
 gan,no  doubt  would  ever  have  been  made  of  this  date  of  his  reign. 
 3.  Jerujalem  was  taken  by  Sojius  and  Herod,  and  Antigo- 
 nm  thereupon  flain  about  the  end  of  June,  A.  P.  J.  ^6-jj. 
 This  fee end  date  of  Herod's  reign  is  demonftrated  by  the  Cha- 
 racters following.  1.  This  time  affords  us  three  years  and 
 three  months  llnce  the  beginning  of  Antiaonus's  reign,  agree- 
 ably to  the  Teftimony  of  Jofephus  belore-mention'd.  2.  At 
 this  Siege  of  Jerufalem  there  was  a  great  (g)  fcarcity  of  Pro- 
 vifions  on  account  of  the  Sabbatical  year.  Now  that  fcarci- 
 ty could  not  be  till  after  the  time  of  Harveft  of  the  Sabbatical 
 year;  and  therefore  not  till  after  Pentecoft,  the  end  of  Corn- 
 Harveft  in  Judea:  for  till  the  want  of  a  Crop  affli&ed  the 
 Nation,  it  could  not  be  the  poorer  for  the  Sabbatical  year, 
 but  the  richer,  by  the  faving  that  Seed  which  on  all  other 
 years  they  fow'd,  and  for  the  prefent  loft  the  advantage  of 
 it.  3.  The  Sabbatical  year  (which  yet  lafted  no  longer  than 
 the  beginning  of  Autumn)  was  not  (h)  over  till  a  conlidera- 
 ble  time  after  the  City  was  taken.  4.  The  Siege  began  in 
 the  third  year  (i)  of  the  reign  of  Herod,  as  foon  as  the  rigor 
 of  Winter  was  over;  and  lafted  fivef^J  months,  till  the 
 heat  of  Summer.     5.  The  (I)  City  was  taken  pn  the  day  of 
 
 (g )  K«c<  Ai(Jt/u  ■ncXett7m^4f»fu  (c1   tortlvH  T  imr^iiuy '     Ts*  y>    i&h/ngutxX* 
 hicwnv  frtwtZn  k*&  itcuiiv  eivetf.      Antiq.  1.  14.  C.  28- 
 
 *J  y>    tots,  £  tarugtiv  &  cmu»h  tw    yr,v    x7ni^g<iif^Sev    stir     »{&?¥.       Antiq. 
 
 L  if.  c.  1. 
 
 (/)K«i   tt   (6*y,  XHkuv  £7Tt%t,  fiutys nxtv  ct v  £  1 5TJ  'l£g$<rcAt»/{$*   n   (Sst<n\iu$   ffCf.- 
 
 £«'.     Antiq.  1.  14*  c.  27. 
 
 Txhncioi  ^u^ynhueruj  -3s   WA£»s.     T&%»  J*  tu>To  -n>SS   tr©-   h»   i%  »  (l«.r.Xiuc, 
 ii  'Pvpy   ^wJs'JWx^     Ibid. 
 
 (b)  Qzgat;  it   y>  »v,  y.eu    evJtv    ipTTDotiv    0f  *i  rtjv    [%*fi,xTui]  tiveifxezv '  #r' 
 $cn  §  tit^ys,  xt   Zin  r    t'p?*£6{vp'ci)».       Ibid.  C.  28. 
 
 17»Tf  (&r,<n  &wtyyMv  tw  wrAwf xi«*-     De  Bello,  1.  1.  c.  1 3. 
 -    (/)  T*f§  to  ?m%<;  cniyt?*)  Trj'Ue<)OT>XvF/jff  vniA<iv7n<.TtuovT®'  iv'Vupy  Metpx.!f'A- 
 ye/zz-XK,  yma  K«*jjy*r«»*>  t7ri  Is  girt  o*vf/j7ncc£c<;,  xtf  "/  f*W  t£  iepTvj  •£  wStS- 
 Mi'  aazi£  v*.  ■tS&'K ovrnc,  $  y.vopfyvs  im  I\t>f*7n)i*  raft  "l*<We<s  avpQogfi;,  x«yi 
 Vzs'  cv.uva  r^dCry   itlXumt  *>f**f*'  (Jtji(&*Tiii  r.t^.     Antiq.  1.  14.  c.  ult. 
 
 a 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJis.  153 
 
 a  folcmn  Faff,  in  the  third  month,  the  very  fame  day  where- 
 on it  had,  within  27  years,  been  before  taken  by  Pompey ;  i.e. 
 on  the  23^  of  Sivan,  the  Annual  Faft  for  the  defection  and 
 Idolatry  of  Jeroboam.  All  which  evident  Characters  do  con- 
 cur to  determin  the  exact  time  of  the  taking  of  Jeru/alem, 
 and  of  what  prefently  fucceeded  it,  the  flaying  of  Antigo- 
 uus,  beyond  any  rational  exception.  Dio  indeed,  the  Roman 
 Hiftorian,  places  it  in  the  year  (m)  before.  But  either  he 
 refers  to  the  preparation  for  the  Siege,  or  elk  he  muft  be 
 miftaken.  So  many  undoubted  Characters  in  Jofephus,  who 
 on  purpofe  wrote  the  Hiftory,  being  infinitely  preferable  to  the 
 general  affirmation  of  a  foreign,  remote  and  unconcern'd  Hi- 
 ftorian. Tho*  this  Chronological  Character  of  Dio  was  here  to 
 be  obferv'd,  as  being  the  only  Authentic  one  that  is,  I  think, 
 fuperfeded  by  me  in  this  whole  Harmony. 
 
 4.  Having  now  obtain'd  the  length  of  Herod's  reign  in 
 round  numbers,  and  the  exact  dates  of  the  two  Epochas  whence 
 'tis  deriv'd,  we  muft  thence  inquire  the  time  of  his  Death, 
 and  that  as  near  as  poflible  to  37  years  from  the  former,  and 
 to  34  from  the  latter  commencement  of  it:  /'.  e.  as  near  as 
 poffibly  to  July,  A.  P.  J.  471 1. 
 
 But  becaufe  Jofephus  no  where  fets  down  any  redundant 
 or  deficient  months  in  the  reign  of  Herod,  we  muft  fearch  for 
 fome  other  Characters  of  the  punctual  time  of  his  death  : 
 yet  fo  that  we  confine  our  felves  between  35  and  38 
 years  after  the  former;  and  between  33  and  35  years  after  the 
 latter  dater  date  of  his  reign  before-mentiond  ;  that  is,  be- 
 tween July,  A.  P.  J.  4710,  and  July,  4712. 
 
 6.  Seeing  therefore  we  are  now  confin'd  to  the  fpace  of 
 two  years,  and  feeing  the  Cuftom  of  Jofephus  inclines  us  to 
 believe  there  were  deficient,  rather  than  redundant  months ;  fee- 
 it^  withal  there  was  an  Eclipfe  of  the  Moon  the  fame  («)  night 
 
 (m)  'Ex.eii>x<;  $j  £»  'HgeSfy  ml  6  'Avnon®^  *e%w  iyrcrft^f'  r    e^'   'A»7J- 
 
 immvfy)  x]  pini   &tb  x)  UrirQet\t* '  Im  fS/u  H  tsuti  KA<W/»  TtZrt  N*>f£«- 
 vx    T0u$  ovtus  tyivtfo.       Lib.  49. 
 
 mtv  %Kcw<n  %£rfetim  x)  v)  <n\*im  $t  t£  eury  ti/K-n  iijXmr.     Antiq.  1.  17.  c.  8. 
 
 U  that 
 
ij4  A  flatt  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 that  Herod  burnt  feveral  of  the  learned  Jews  alive,  fomecon- 
 fiderable  time  before   his  death;     which  tvjalhble  Character 
 happen'd  March  13,  4710;     and  feeing  Jaftly,  that  his  death 
 Antiq.l.i7»      happen'd  not  many  months  before  the  PafTover;  which  things 
 c.  10,  are  evident  in  Jofephus :     Upon  all  thefe  acconts  compar'd  to- 
 
 gether, we  muft  certainly  look  for  the  death  of  Herod  about 
 the  latter  end  of  the  belore-mention'd  year  4710,  or  the  be- 
 ginning of  the  next  471 1. 
 
 6.  Since  therefore  we  are  now  upon  undoubted  Authori- 
 ties confin'd  in  our  inquiries  to  a  few  months  ;  and  fince 
 within  that  fpace  we  find  in  the  ancient  Jewifo  (0)  Account 
 of  their  Feafte  and  Fads,  as  well  as  their  prefent  Calendars, 
 the  feventh  day  of  the  month  Cajleu,  (at  that  time  falling 
 upon  Novemb.  25.)  recorded  for  an  Anniverfary  Holy-day, 
 hecaufe  on  that  day  Herod  the  King  dy'd;  we  have  fufficient 
 reafon  on  all  accounts  to  acquiefce  in  it :  and  accordingly  to 
 fix  his  death  to  the  25/6  of  November,  A.  P.  J.  4710,  as 
 was  at  firft  to  be  demonlTrated.  All  which  reafonings  will 
 be  confirm'd  by  the  Observations  following. 
 
 7.  Since  the  chief  difficulty  here  is,  that  neither  of  the 
 numbers  of  37  or  34  are  complete,  and  that  it  feems  more 
 reafonable  to  delay  his  death  a  few  months  longer,  that  fo  we 
 may  come  nearer  their  completion,  and  the  next  PalTover : 
 This  Objection  is  fully  taken  off,  and  we  are  fecur'd  that /ft- 
 rod  did  not  live  to  the  beginning  of  the  year  471 1,  by  the 
 exprefs  Teftimonies  of  (p)  Jofephus  and    (q)  Dio,  compar'd 
 
 (0)  odd  Dn*-rn  rat?  cv  2113  dv  iSo.t.3  nyatto 
 
 Septima  dies  in  menfe  Caflcu  feftiva  eft,  quoniam  ea  mortuus  Herodes, 
 qui  odioprolequeb^tur  iapicntes  —  Eft  etiam  laetitia  coram  ipib  Deo  cumim- 
 probi  toiluntur  e  mundo.     Apud  Lamy.  Apparat.  Cfoonoly.  73. 
 
 (p)  'latn'mv  MccrSixe  fiuntevo&s  ^ffrXui  tb  &*#&*'  ?°feph<  De  Vita 
 fnamprincip.  Vid  etiam.     Antiq.l.  17.  c.  ult.  &  de  Bello.l.z.c.  6. 
 
 (q)  ''On  'Hgvfos  i  n«A«-«wo«  eutl'tui^  Tivd  ^  t  tlhx<pS»  X«&u*  \xs\%  'Aa- 
 sit*?  xzztgve/l&v),  xal  tv  pig®-  t2  'A-effi  e&r*$  i^f*30t»)J.j.  [M.  iEmiiio  Le- 
 pldo>  L.  Arruntio  Cofs.]  Dio.  1.  f  f. 
 
 together, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  1  $  $ 
 
 together.  For  Archelaus,  the  Succeffor  to  Herod  in  Judea, 
 reign'd  fomewhat  above  o  years  before  his  BaniiTiment,  as 
 Jofephus  allures  us.  And  yet  his  Banishment  happen'd  in 
 the  year  471Q,  as  Dio  affirms;  which  two  Teflimoniescom- 
 pard  together,  are  full  evidence  that  Herod  could  not  live 
 longer  than  the  prefent  Proportion  do's  allow. 
 
 8.  The  fame  time  of  the  death  of  Herod  is  confirm.d  alfo 
 by  Jofephus  s  own  account  of  the  Banimment  of  ArchelaHt* 
 which  he  fixes  about  the  beginning  of  the  (r)  $jth  year  after 
 the  Victory  at  Aclittm.  Now  this  ^jtb  year  in  our  Accounts 
 began  about  three  months  before  that  time  which  we  allow 
 by  the  prefent  flaring  of  the  death  of  Herod;  and  fo  within  a 
 due  latitude  do's  certainly  confirm  it  to  us. 
 
 9.  The  fame  time  is  ftill  more  exactly  eftabliuVd  by  Jo- 
 fephurs  own  Account  alfo  of  the  years  of  Philips  (f)  uirche- 
 laus's  Half-brother,  the  Tetrarch  of  Galilee;  who  obtaining 
 his  Tetrarchy  upon  the  death  of  Herod,  enjoy d  it  37  yean, 
 together,  and  dy  d  in  the  twentieth  year  of  Tiberius  :  which 
 was  over,  Augnfi  v)%  4747,  that  is  but  ^6\  after  the  death  of 
 Herod,  according  to  the  prefent  Computation,  So  that  as  the 
 former  Obfervation  will  not  allow  us  to  anticipate  the  death 
 of  Herod  ;  fo  will  not  the  prefent  permit  us  to  poflpone  it ; 
 and  taken  together,  they  do  both  moft  firmly  eftablifh  the 
 punctual  time  above  fpecify'd. 
 
 XIII.  Zacharias  the  Father  of  John  the  Baptift 
 was  in  his  Miniftration  at  the  Temple,  and  the 
 Baptift  was  conceiv'd  the  beginning  of  Septem- 
 ber A.  T.  J.  47op. 
 
 vim  vfiet»  vzro  Kcdaxg&'>      Antiq.  1.  i8#  C.  3 
 
 (/)  Ten  &  KXtQlXizriniJ  'tifiuhv  H  fo  xfoxJpo^-nXdjTX  T  /Slcv,  e/jyoraf  (d/>s»teuj~ 
 
 mil  rauXcwi-n}®*  *«v    i£  Sx&vtuw  sSrovs  ofls  ovvkfa     Antiq.  1. 18*  C.  6. 
 
 U  2  This 
 
^(j  A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 This  Propofition,  on  which  the  time  of  the  year  for  the 
 Nativity  of  Chrift  do's  very  much  depend,  is  prov'd  by  the 
 following  Obfervations  laid  together. 
 
 i.  The  Priefts  ever  fince  the  time  of  David,    both  before 
 
 and  after  the  Babylonifo  Captivity,  were  divided  into  24  Courfes 
 
 to  attend  the  Service  of  the  Temple  in  their  turns.     This  is 
 
 Chr  n  xxiv.  tne  exPre^s  account  of  tne  Sacred   Hiftory,   and  doubted  of 
 
 by  none. 
 
 2.  Every  one  of  thefe  Courfes  Miniflxed  their  week  from 
 
 iKingsxj.7.    Sabbath  to  Sabbath.     This  is  very  probable  from  the    Scri- 
 
 2 Chron. xxiij.  pture,  and  the  conftant  Tradition  of  the   Jews:    But  certain 
 
 4j  from  the  exprefs  Teftimony  of  Jofephm,   an  unexceptionable 
 
 Witnefs;  he  being  of  the  firft  Order  of  them  himfelf.    His 
 
 Antiq.l.  7.  c    words  are  concerning  David,  An-m^i  31  pi<w  tot?(«»  aJ^veJc^  ?A 
 
 *]'        _         <®tJ  ini  ipiyH  ox.™  ^n  'Zu&Sdiw  Im  sJSSc&t,    He  ordain  d  that  each 
 
 E   end f Tempt  Courfe  jhould  Minifter  to  God  eight  days  from  one  Sabbath  to  an- 
 
 adCalcem  O. other.      The   meaning  of  which  Expreflion  feems  to  be  this, 
 
 peris.  that  each  Courfe  {laid  eight  days  at  the  Temple  :  but  becaufe 
 
 thereby  each  Sabbath  had  a  double  Courfe,  that  which  went 
 
 out,    not  leaving  till  the  Sabbath  was  over :  and  that  which 
 
 came  in,  entring  when  it  began,  therefore  the  fucceffion   of 
 
 every  Courfe  was  weekly,  and  accounted  ftill  from  Sabbath  to 
 
 Sabbath. 
 
 3 .  The  Order  and  Series  of  all  thefe  Courfes  was  fix'd  by 
 David,  and  by  confequence  there  is  no  manner  of  reafon  to 
 fufpeft  any  alteration  in  the  fame  afterwards.  Nay,  if  it 
 fhould  be  allow'd  that  only  fome  of  the  original  Families  or 
 
 Ltghtfott  Hor.  Courfes  return'd  again  after  the  Babylonifi  Captivity,  as  the.  Jews 
 Heb.inL.uk.  j.  generally  fuppofe  ;  yet  becaufe  they  aflure  us  at  the  fame  time 
 **  that  thofe  that  did  return  were  divided  into  24  Courfes,    by 
 
 the  former  Names,  we  have  no  reafon  to  fufpect  any  altera- 
 tion in  their  known  Order  fTrft  eitablifh'd  in  the  days  of 
 David. 
 
 4.  Thefe  Courfes  which  were  fometimes  interupted  before, 
 scalig.vbih-  were  never  interrupted  after  the  reftauration  of  them  by  Ju- 
 ?ra"               das  Maccabtus,  upon  the  Profanation  of  the  Temple  by  An- 
 
 tiochus  Epiphanes,  till  their  final  determination  at  the  Siege  of 
 Jtrafalem  by  Titus.     So  that  if  we  can  tell  any  one  week  for 
 
 the 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  i  5  7 
 
 the  Miniftration  of  any  one  Courfe  in  this  Interval  of  years, 
 we  may  eafily  find  the  Series  of  all  the  Courfes  for  every 
 {ingle  year  of  the  fpace  before-mention'd. 
 
 5.  'Xis  highly  probable,  as  the  great  Scaliger  well  argues,  Uoi  fupYa. 
 that  Judas  Maccabaus,  when  he  reftor'd  the  daily  Sacrifice, 
 
 and  afrefh  appointed  the  Courfes  of  the  Priefts,  would  begin 
 thofe  Courfes  with  the  firft  Family,  and  fo  permit  them  ever 
 after  to  go  on  in  their  Order,    especially  when  himfelf  and 
 his  Family  were  of  the  fame  Courfe  alfo.     Since  therefore  the 
 firft  Sabbath  after  the  Reftitution  of  the  daily  Sacrifice  was  iMaccab.i;.  1 
 Novemb.  29,  A.  P.  J.  4549.     by  a  Computation  from  that 
 day  we  may  probably  find  the  time  of  each  Courfe  till  the  de- 
 finition or  Jerufalem  by  Titus ;  and  accordingly  on   Calcu-  Scdig.  ubi  fil- 
 iation it  appears  that  by  this  method,  the  firft  Courfe  which  wasF^2-^- 
 of  Joiarib  was  to  conclude  its  Miniftration  on  the  Sabbath  day  ^^\  sS. 
 Aug.^.  A.  P.  J.  4783.  which  is  A.  D.  70.  the  very  day  of  the  j\ 
 fetting  fire  to  the  Temple. 
 
 6.  As  we  have  by  this  very  probable  method  fixt  the  order 
 of  the  Courfes  from  their  reftoration  by  the  Maccabees :  fo 
 if  we  can  find  any  Hiftorical  Evidence  that  will  confirm  the 
 fame,  we  may  look  upon  this  Order  as  pretty  certain,  and  ve- 
 ty  fecurely  depend  upon  it.     Now  this  Hiftorical  Evidence 
 
 we  really  have  in  the  cafe.     Forthe  Jeivijb  famous  Chronicle  Seder  Olam 
 informs  usthat  on  the  ninth  day  of  the  month  Aby  or  Augufl ^  x£ 
 the  fourth  before-mention'd,  when  the  Temple  was  fet  on  fire,  Apparat.Par.r. 
 it  was  the  Courfe  of  Joiarib)  agreeably  to  the  former  Com-  Cap.  8.  Sedt.  7* 
 putation.     'Tis  true,    there  was  a  deficiency  of  the-  Priefts 
 within  the  Temple  on  the  feventeenth  day  of  the   foregoing  jofephus  De 
 month  Tamuz.,  three  weeks  before,  and  from   that  time  the  Bello.  1.  7.0,4, 
 daily  Sacrifice  feems  to  have  ceas'd,  by  the   account  of  Jo- 
 fephus himfelf.    The  Jews  are  not  infenfibleofthis  ;  butnote  that 
 for  the  day  of  the  ceafing  of  the  dailySaerifice  in  their  ownCalen- 
 dars.  But  then  this  might  very  well  be,  and  yet  notice  might  be 
 taken  alfo  into  which  Courfe  of  the  Priefts,    had  they  been 
 continu'd,  fo  fatal  a  Deftrudion  did   fall,   as  we  find  it  is  in 
 the  Chronicle  before  cited.     And   fince  this  Hiftorical  evi- 
 dence of  the  matter  of  fad;  do's  fo  exactly  agree  with   the 
 foimer  very  probable  Calculation  from  the'  firft  Courfe  in  the 
 
 U  3  days 
 
i  j  8  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 days  of  the  Maccabees,  which  has  not  been  hitherto  obfer- 
 ved  by  any,  we  may,  I  think,  rely  upon  the  Order  fo  dif- 
 cover'd  with  great  fecurity.  [Efpecially  in  cafe  the  time  of 
 our  Savior's  birth,  to  be  hereafter  ftated  on  other  foundations 
 alfo,  agrees  to  the  fame  Computation,  as  we  fhall  fee  it 
 do's  very  exactly  under  the  ntxt  Proposition.] 
 
 7.  Since  therefore  by  the  Series  of  the  Families  juft  now 
 1  Chron.  xxiv.  ftated  the  Courfe  of  Abiah  which  was  the  eighth  in  order, 
 10.  and  to  which  Zacharias  the  Father  of  the  Baptifi  did  belong, 
 
 Luk.j.  j*.  was  in  its  Miniftration  at  the  Temple,  the  beginning  of  Sep- 
 tember A.  P.  J.  4709,  the  year  of  the  Conception  of  the 
 Baptifi,  we  may  conclude  that  the  Baptifi  was  conceiv'd  at  the 
 fame  time  as  was  to  be  demonftrated. 
 
 Coroll.  Since  the  Baptift  was  conceiv  d  the  beginning  of  Sep- 
 tember, our  Savior  was  born  about  the   latter  end   of  October 
 the  next  year.     For  as  fo'on  as  Elizabeth  had  conceit) 'd  the  Bap- 
 Luk.i.  14.  x/.tift,  fhe  hid  her  felf  five  Jewifi  months:  and  immediately  af*> 
 *■&-  ward,  in  the  beginning  of  the  fix th  month,  the  blejfed  Virgin  con- 
 
 ceiv d  our  Savior  :  i.  e.  about  the  end  of  January  A.  P.  J. 
 47 1  o  ;  and  nine  months  afterwards,  he  was  bom  about  the  lat- 
 ter end  of  October  the  fame  year* 
 
 XIV.  Our  Savior  was  born  about  a  month  before 
 the  death  of  Herod. 
 
 This  Propofition  is  prov'd  by  the  following  Arguments. 
 r.  This  time  for  the  Birth  of  our  Savior  fo  near  to  the 
 Death  of  Herod,  is  moft  agreeable  to  the  ancient  Opinion  of 
 the  Church,  which  beginning  the  Chrifiian  e^£ra  not  till  a- 
 bove  three  years  after  the  Death  of  Herod,  as  we  now 
 find,  is  the  moft  exactly  comply'd  with,  byfuppofing  the  Na- 
 tivity as  little  backward  as  we  can  beforeit.  And  indeed,  fince  the 
 only  reafon  for  the  removing  the  Nativity  backward  from  the 
 beginning  of  the  Chrifiian  zy£ra,  which  before  was  thought 
 to  commence  from  it,  was  that  Chrift,  according  to  the  ex- 
 Matt,  ij.  i.  prefs  Teftimony  of  Scripture,  might  be  born  before  the 
 death  of  Herod ;  it  feems  moft  reafonable  to  place  it  as  little 
 backward  as  poifible :  and  fo  as  here,  not  above  a  month  be- 
 fore it.  i»St. 
 
of  the  four  Evangclijls.  ic9 
 
 2.  St.  Luke  connecls  the  30  years  of  Chrifi's  age  with  the  Luk.iij,  i,2J> 
 fifteenth  year  of  Tiberius:  which  is  Co  mucn  the  nearer  cxact- 
 nefs  by  how  much  our  Savior's  birth  is  plac'd  nearer  to  the 
 death  of  Herod:  and  if  it  be  plac'd  very  Jong  before,  it  will 
 take  away  any  exact  coincidence  at  all.  Which  is  a  ftrong 
 reafon  to  believe  the  Nativity  very  little  prior  to  the  death  of 
 Herod. 
 
 3.  The  Circumftances  in  St.  Afattkew'sGofpzl  between  the  Matt.ij.i-. it- 
 Nativity  and  the  Death  of  Herod;  of  the  coming  of  the 
 Wife-men  ;  of  the  confutation  at  Jerufalem  ;  of  the  Wife- 
 mens  going  to  Bethlehem;  of  their  return  home  another  way; 
 and  of  the  (laughter  of  the  Infants,  do  at  firft.  fight  appear  to 
 be  quick  and  fudden,  and  within  a  few  weeks  after  the  Na- 
 tivity :  and  by  none  would  have  been  thought  to  require  a 
 long  fpace  of  time,  had  not  other  Opinions  and  Prejudices 
 oblig'd  them  to  do  fo. 
 
 4.  St.  Matthew  affures  us,  that  the  firft  Journey  to  JVazut- 
 reth  after  the  Nativity ,  was  not  till  after  the  afcent  out  of 
 Egypt  alfo.  St.  Luke  aflures  us,  that  the  fame  Journey  to  Na- 
 zareth was  immediately  after  the  Purification,  or  40  days  af- 
 ter the  Nativity.  Whence  it  plainly  follows  that  40  days 
 after  the  Nativity,  Herod  had  been  dead  {o  long  at  leaft  as 
 the  Journey  from  Egypt  to  Jerufalem  did  require  :  accord- 
 ing to  the  ftating  of  this  matter  in  the  prefent  Proposition, 
 
 St.  Mathew's  words  are,  But  when  Herod  was  dead J^-Matt.ij.io.&cT 
 
 feph  arofe  and  took^  the  young  child  and  his  mother,  and  came 
 into  the  land  of  Jjrael.  But  when  he  heard  that  Archelaus  did 
 reign  in  Judea  in  the  room  of  his  father  Herod 3  he  was  afraid  to 
 go  thither.  Notwihflanding  being  warned  of  God  in  a  dream, 
 he  turned  ajide,  or  return  a,  'Att^nnv  into  the  parts  of  Galilee. 
 And  he  came  and  dwelt  in  a  city  called  Nazareth,  &c.  St. 
 Luke's  words  are,  When  they  had  performed  all  things  about  the  L  u  •• 
 Purification,  according  to  the  law  of  the  Lord;  they  returned  '  ' 
 into  Galilee  to  their  own  city  Nazareth.  The  reconciling  of 
 which  two  places  has  hitherto  exercis'd  the  skill  of  the  mod 
 learned  Commentators  without  fuccefs.  Whereas  in  truth 
 there  is  no  manner  of  occafion  for  any  reconcilement  at  all,. 
 
 nor 
 
\to  A  fiort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 nor  in  our  prefent  ftating  of  thefe  matters,  the  leaft  appear- 
 ance of  contradi&ion  between  them. 
 
 5.  This  is  wonderfully  confirm'd  by  the  Circumftances  of 
 Herod,  juft  before  his  death,  and  by  the  words  of  Auguftus, 
 concerning  his  Barbarity  to  his  Children,  recorded  by   Ma- 
 crobius.     It  appears  by  Jofephtts,  that  Herod  was  in  a  ftrange 
 fury  and  rage  a  few  days  before  his  death ;  that  five  days  be- 
 fore it  he  commanded  his  Son  Antipater  to  be  (lain ;    that  at 
 the  fame  time  he  chang'd  his  Will,  and  difpos'd  of  his  King- 
 dom to  his  other  Sons,    according  as  he  had  obtain'd  power 
 from  Auguftus.     At  which  point  of  time  both  his  barbarous 
 Fury,  and  the  fecurity  of  that  Succeflion  he  was  eftablifhing 
 by  his  Will,  make  it  moft  probable,  that  he  fought  the  life 
 of  the  young  King  of  the  Jews ;    and  fo  murder'd   the  In- 
 fants at  Bethlehem  in  order  to  it.     And  as  the  Circumftances  of 
 Herod  do  make  it  probable  that  he  flew  the  Infants   a  few 
 days  before  his  death,  about  the  very  fame  time  that  he  flew 
 his  Son  Antipater  :     So  the  words  of  Auguftus,   recorded   by 
 Macrobius,  do  fully  demonftrate  the  fame,  who  aflures  us  tha't 
 *  t  When  Auguftus  heard  that  among  the  Infants,  under  two 
 '  years  of  age,  which  Herod  had   commanded  to  be  flain  in 
 '-Syria,  his  own  Son  was  alfo  flain,  he  faid,    'Tis  better  to  be 
 'Herod'*  Hog  than  his  Son,     Whence  it  appears  that  the  fame 
 Poft  that  brought  the  news  of  the  murder  of  the  Son,  brought 
 alfo  that   of  the  murder  of  the  Infants:  and  fo  occafion'd 
 them  to  be  join'd  together  in  this  reply  of  Augufius.  Which 
 being  fuppos'd,  and  that,  as  Jofephus  *  allures  us,    Antipater 
 was  flain  but  five  days  before  the  death  of  Herod,    we    may 
 conclude,  that  the  murder  of  the  Infants,  and  defcent  into  £- 
 gypt  to. avoid  it,  was  within  a  few  days  of  the  death  of  He- 
 rod,   and   by   the  former  particular  about  a   week   or    fort- 
 
 t  Cum  audiiflet  Auguftus  inter  pueros  quos  in  Syria  Herodes  Rex  Judx- 
 orum  intra  bimatum  jurfit  interfki  filium  quoque  ejus  occifum,  ait,  Melius 
 ejl  Herodis  Pertutn  effe-  quam  filium.     Saturnal.  1.  2.  c.  4. 
 
 *  Teu/fo .  <xfct%,a{  tubigct  TreftjTrlvi  pbt6'  0  '  A.rr>7nt.i%M  K7nr{  r  I  fa,  nXdral. 
 ,Antiq.l.  1 7.  c.  10.     via. De  Eello,  1. 1.  c.  11. 
 
 night 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  1 6 1 
 
 night  before  the  Purification.  So  that  the  Nativity  muff,  have 
 been  about  a  month  before  the  death  of  Herod,  as  was  to  be 
 demonftrated. 
 
 6.  And  that  the  Purification  was  not  over  when  our   Sa- 
 vior was  in  Egypt,    and  the  Infants  (lain,  is  evident  by  He- 
 rod's intire  ignorance  of  the   time  of  Chrift's  birth  when  he 
 flew  the  Infants.     He  fent  the  Magi  to  inquire  the  time  of 
 the  Nativity;  and  when  they  did  not  return  to  inform  him,  Matt.  ij.  7, 8, 
 he  was  fo  ignorant  of  it,  that  he  flew  all  under  two  years  of  16. 
 age,  from  the  very  firft  appearance  of  the  Star,  to  be  fecure 
 of  not  miffing  the  young  King  of  the  Jews.      Now  if  this 
 flaughter  had  been  defer'd  till  after  the  Purification  was  over, 
 that  was  fo  public  a  thing,    and  attended  with  fuch   public 
 Circumftances  af  the  Temple,  that  it  was  not  poffible  fori/<?-Lyk.ij.  31-39* 
 rod  to  have  been  ignorant  of  it,  nor  confequently  of  the  Na- 
 tivity 40  days  before  it. 
 
 Coroll.  i.  Since  therefore  the  fourteen  months  after  the  Con- 
 ception  of  John  the  Baptift,  the  beginning  of  September,  A.  P.  J. 
 4.705? .  do  oblige  us  to  fix  the  Nativity  of  Chrift  about  the  end 
 of  October  4710.  Since  withal  the  month  before  the  death 
 of  Herod  (which  was  Novemb.  25,  the  fame  year,)  directs  us 
 to  the  latter  end  of  October  alfo.  Andjince,  laftly,  the  mofi 
 ancient  Tradition  of  the  Chriflian  Church  has  fixt  this  Nativity 
 to  the  i<$th  day  of  the  month;  we  may  at  lafi  reafonably  con- 
 clude that  our  Savior  was  born  October  r/^  i^th,  A.  P.J. 
 4710.  three  years,  two  months,  and  feven  days  before  the  begin- 
 ning of  the  Chriftian  JKvz  ;  which  was  to  be  demonftrated. 
 
 Scholium.  Since  it  has  beeen  a  very  ancient  and  conftant 
 Cuftom  in  the  Church  to  Celebrate  the.  Anniverfary  of  our  Sa- 
 vior's Nativity  upon  the  25^  of  December,  we  muft  here  give 
 fome  account  why  we  do  not  acquiefce  in  that  as  the  true  day 
 of  his  Birth,  but  place  it  two  months  before  it.  Now  that 
 I  may  give  what  fatisfaction  I  am  able  in  this  matter,  I  iliall 
 firft  mew  that  the  keeping  the  Anniverfary  of  our  Savior's 
 Birth  on  the  z^th  of  December,  do's  not  necelTarily  imply 
 either  the  knowlege  or  belief  that  the  fame  day  was  the  exact 
 time  of  the  Nativity  it  felf.  I  ihall  mew  fecondly,  that  fup- 
 pofing  the  ancient  Church  did  look  on  that  as  the  very  day 
 
 X  of 
 
l6z  A Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 of  the  Nativity,  they  were  certainly  miftaken  therein.     Laft- 
 ly)  Upon   the   fame  fuppofition   I    jfhall  fhew  what  might  in 
 probability  be  the  occafion  of  fuch    their  miftake.     i.  The 
 fixing  the  Anniverfary  of  our  Savior's  Birth  upon  the  i^tb  of 
 December-,  do's  not  neceflarily  imply  either  the  knowlege  or  be- 
 lief that  the  fame  day  was  the  exact  time    of  the  Nativity. 
 For  not  to  alledg  here  that  the  ancient  Chriftians,  tho'  they  had 
 been  wholly  ignorant  of  the  time  of  the  year  of  our  Savior's 
 Nativity,  yet  among  the  reft  of  the  Holy  Days  which  they 
 appointed  in  Commemoration  of  him  and  his  Apoftles,  to  be 
 fure  would  not  omit  one  in  memory  of  his  Birth :    In  which 
 cafe  the  time  of  this  Anniverfary  would  be  no  argument  for 
 the  true  time  of  the  Nativity  it  felf.     Not,  I  fay,  to  alledg 
 this,  I  mail  rather  rely  upon  an  uncommon  Obfervation  which  I 
 had  from  a  very  great  Man,  viz,.  That  the  Chriftian  Holy-days, 
 or  Solemn  Commemorations  of  our  Savior  and. his  Apoftles, 
 and  of  thofe  remarkable  for  their  relation  to  him  feem  to  have 
 been  firft  fixt  by  the   Chriftian  Church  not  on   the  days  of 
 their  Births  or  Deaths,  or  the  like,  of  which  generally  they 
 were   wholly  ignorant,     but  on  the  Sun's  entrance  into  Signs  : 
 efpecially  thofe  which  were  the  Equinox  and  Solftice   days  : 
 and  on  fuch  other  days  as  were  noted  among  the  Heathens,  and 
 were  days  of  Riot  and   Idolatry.      That  fo  thofe  pernicious 
 Solemnities  of  the  Heathen  Worfhip,  and  remains  of  the  Hea- 
 then Superftition  might  by  degrees  be  fupplanted   and  worn 
 off  by  the  Holy  and  Spiritual  Solemnities  of  the  Chriftian 
 Religion.     Thus,  becaufe  the  Sun's  ingrefs  into  Signs  in  our  Sa- 
 vior's time   generally  happen'd   on  the  14th  or  2$th  days  of 
 each  month,  we  have -upon  nine  or  ten  of  our  months  a  Chri- 
 ftian Holy-day  on  one  of  thofe  days :  even  tho'  there  be  com- 
 monly fcarce  another  in  the  whole  month.     Thus  in  order  to 
 the  fame  defign,  the  BaptiJFs  Conception  and  Birth  areplac'd 
 at  juft  the  diftance  of  half  a  year,  or  fix  months  before  the 
 Conception  and  Birth  of  our  Savior;    without,    nay  againft 
 fcuk.j.  24,  26.  the  Teftimony  of  the  Scripture,  which  allows  but  little  above 
 five  months  between  them:    and  they  are  fo  difpos'd   as  to 
 fall  upon  the  beginning  of  the  four  Seafonsofthe  year.  Thus 
 St,  Philip  and  St.  James  are  commemorated  May  1,  becaufe 
 
 the 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  163 
 
 the  Floralia.  a  Heathen  and  Idolatrous  Solemnity  was  on  the 
 fame  day  before.     And  thus  to  wear  out  the  thoughts  of  the 
 Heathen  Saturnalia,     and  of  the  entrance  into  the  Winter- 
 quarter,  which  were  then  near  one  another,   the  wifdom  of 
 the  Primitive  Church  thought  fit  to  obferve  the  Annual  Me- 
 morial of  our  Savior's  Birth  about  the  fame  time  :    and  or- 
 dain'd  alfo  that  to  make  it  the  more  folemn,  the  Death  of  St. 
 Stephen  the  firit  Martyr,  of  St.  John  the  beloved,  and  in  pro- See  Dr.  Hum- 
 bability,  the  firft  Difciple;  and  of  the  Holy  Innocents,    the  mniJJoh.j. 
 firft,  who  dy'd  on  our  Savior's  account,    fhould  all  be  com- Noteg* 
 memorated  on  the  days  immediately  fucceeding.     Whereas  no 
 body,  I  fuppofe,  do's  believe  that  thefe  three  days  la  ft  menti- 
 on'd  are  the  very  fame  on  which  the  Accidents  then  remem- 
 bred  did  really  happen.      Which   Obfervation   fuppos'd,    we 
 may  very  fitly  folemnize  the  Nativity  of  our  Lord  on   the 
 ijth  of  December,  according  to  the  very  ancient  and  general. 
 Cuftom  of  the  Church,  without  believing  our  felves,  orfup- 
 pofing  that  the   Primitive    Chriftians   did    believe    that   to 
 have     been    the     very     day    of    the     Nativity    it     felf, 
 But  2.  I  fhall  now  fhew  that  fuppofing  the  ancient  Church 
 did  look  on  the  15th  of  December,    as  the  very  day  of  the 
 Nativity,  they  were  certainly  miftaken  therein.     For  i.They 
 were  fo  far  from  having  any  Authentic  Accounts  of  the  time 
 of  the  Birth  of  Chrifl,  of  his   Baptifm,    the  number  of  his 
 public  Paflbvers,  or  the  time  of  his  Death  :     that  'tis  well 
 known   they  generally  were   miftaken  feveral  years  in  every 
 one  of  thofe  Particulars.     Upon  which  Accounts  we  have  lit- 
 tle reafon  to   rely  upon   their  Opinion,  fuppofing  they  had 
 flxt  the  Nativity  of  our  Savior  to  the  i^th  of  December.     A 
 Witnefs  who  generally  gives  us  a  miftaken  Information  as  to 
 whole  years,  will  hardiy  deferve  great   credit  when  he  pre- 
 tends to  be  fo  punctual  as  to  affign  the  months  and  days  alfo. 
 2.  A  great  foundation  of  this  Opinion  iscertainly  falfe,  viz,. 
 That  Zachanas  was  the  High-Prieft,    and  that   therefore  his  See  &/</<?» of 
 Son  the  Baptifi  was  Conceiv'd  about  the  middlcof  Tifri,  af-^dayof 
 ter  his  Father's  Miniftration  on  the  great  day  of  Atonement  ;C 
 and  therefore  our  Savior  at  the  beginning  of  the  Spring   fol 
 
 re  been  a  grea*  foundation  o 
 X  2,  this 
 
 v«y,c.f. 
 
 lowing.     This  is  known  to  have  been  a  grea*  foundation  of 
 
1 64  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 this  Opinion  among  the  Ancients ;  and  'tis  now  univerfally 
 own'd  to  be  a  falfe  one,  and  therefore  gives  juft  caufetofuf- 
 pect  the  Opinion  it  felf  which  is  founded  on   it.     3.  This 
 
 Luk.  ij.  1,  Scc.^1116  °f  tne  ycar  was  un^t  f°r  t'ie  Traveling  of  the  Jews  to 
 the  Enrolment,  and  for  the  Shepherds  watching  their  Flocks  by 
 night,  as  well  as  for  the  Lying-in  of  the  bleffed  Virgin  in  a 
 Stable:  which  Circumftances  we  all  know  did  accompany  the 
 Birth  of  our  Savior.  4.  This  time  of  the  year  was  a  month 
 after  the  death  of  Herod:  whereas  'tis  not  only   certain   that 
 
 Matt.ij. it  our  Savior  was  born  before  it;  but  in  all  probability  juft  a- 
 bout  a  month  before  it,  as  we  have  above  prov'd.  So  that 
 we  muft  yield  that  our  Savior  could  not  be  born  at  the  time 
 when  we  Commemorate  his  Birth,  but  about  two  months  be- 
 fore it.  For  as  to  that  Opinion,  which  the  moft  Learned 
 have  hitherto  embrac'd ,  that  what  time  of  the  year  foevef 
 Herod  dy'd,  our  Savior  was  born  on  the  ijth  of  December ^  be- 
 fore it;  'tis  fo  difagreeable  to  the  Evangelical  Hiftory,  fo 
 perplexes  us  in  the  feveral  fucceeding  Notes  of  Time  in  the 
 Gofpels,  and  renders  the  Harmony  of  the  Evangelifts  fo  dif- 
 ficult to  be  rightly  ftated,  as  any  one  upon  tryal  will  certainly 
 find,  that  I  cannot  but  reject  it,  as  one  of  the  greateft  occa- 
 fions  of  our  mifunderftanding  the  Hiftory  of  our  Savior's 
 Life  and  Actions  of  all  other  whatfoever.  If  it  could  be 
 prov'd  that  Herod  was  alive  till  the  latter  end  of  January, 
 A.  P.  J.  471 1.  it  were  poflible  to  agree  with  this  Opini- 
 on.    But  becaufe  upon  full  evidence,  we  have  prov'd  that  he 
 
 frop.ii.  dy'd  the  November  before ;  this  Opinion,  however  com- 
 mon or  unqueftion'd,  muft  certainly  be  falfe;  and  the  other 
 above  ftated,  within  a  due  latitude,  as  certainly  true.  3.  I 
 fhall  now  (hew  how  it  might  come  to  pafs  that  the  Primitive 
 Chriftians  did  miftake  in  this  matter,  fuppofmg  them  to  have 
 done  fo,  viz,.  By  confounding  the  nominal  tenth  month  or 
 December-)  with  the  real  tenth  month  or  Oftober.  Letusfup- 
 pofe  an  original  Tradition  that  our  Savior  was  born  on  the 
 z$tb  day  of  the  tenth  month;  that  is  on  the  ijtb  day  of 
 October.  (For  that  month  now  is,  and  then  was  the  real  tenth 
 month  of  the  Julian  year,  which  obtain'd  over  the  Roman. 
 Empire  before  the  birth  of  our  Savior.)     Yet  how  eafy  was  it  to 
 
 redner 
 
of  -  the  four  Eijangelijis.  i  c  5 
 
 render  the  tenth  month  by  December ;  which  now  Jignifies  the 
 tenth  month,  and  was  really  fo  when  the  names  of  the  months 
 were  given  them  long  before  ?  And  from  fo  eafy  a  mi  flake 
 as  this,  'tis  very  poifible  that  the  moft  ancient  Tradition 
 of  the  Church,  which  at  firft  truly  fixt  the  Nativity  to  the 
 25/^rof  Otlober,  might  be  fuppos'd  to  fix  it  to  the  fame  day 
 of  December. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Hence  we  may  ft  Me  the  particular  times  for -the  fc- 
 veral  Hiftories  about  our  Savior  s  Birth  more  exactly  than  for- 
 merly. Thus  the  firft  appearance  of  the.  Star  to  the  Wife-men 
 •was  at  or  before  the  Conception  of  John  the  Baptift  :  the  mo- 
 tion of  it  towards  [udea  a  little  before  the  Birth  of  (Thrift. 
 The  coming  of  the  Wife-men  to  Jerufalem  a  little  after  it:  their 
 journey  to  Bethlehem  within  a  few  days  more:  their  offering 
 their  Prefents  foon  after  the  Circumcijion :  their  return  home  a- 
 bout  a  week^  afterward :  Herod's  flay  for  their  return  about  a 
 week^  more  :  his  rage  at  their  difappointing  him  in  a  few  days  more  : 
 the  warning  to  Joleph  to  flee  into  Egypt  immediately  after.  By 
 which  time,  near  a  month  was  over  fine  e  the  Nativity ■,  and  the 
 blejfed  Virgin  fit  to  undertake  a  journey.  Accordingly  foe  and 
 her  Husband,  and  the  joung  Child  flee  towards  Egypt  by  night , 
 about  the  eighteenth  or  nineteenth  of  November  :  the  journey  was 
 about  60  or  70  Miles,  or  of  three  days,  or  four  at  the  moft. 
 So  that  they  might  be  in  Egypt  by  the  2$d,  a  day  or  two  af- 
 ter the  flaughter  of  the  Infants  :  they  might  flay  there  four  days 
 till  the  zjth,  and  they  might  return  from  thence  to  J  udea  and 
 Jerufalem  in  four  days  more ;  and  fo  by  the  firft  of  December 
 arrive  at  the  Temple,  and  on  the  completion  of  the  40  days  De- 
 cember the  third,  were  ready  to  perform  all  that  was  requird 
 for  the  Purification  ;  and  thence  to  go  on  their  journey  to  Nazareth, 
 according  as  the  admonition  of  the  Angel  did  require. 
 
 Coroll.  3.  Hence  we  fee  the  reafonablenefs  of  fuppofing  the 
 Purification  to  have  been  in  the  return  from  Egypt  to  Galilee. 
 For  fine e  Jerufalem  lay  exactly  in  this  Road,  and  fine e  there  was, 
 no  danger  from  Archelaus,  who  was  not  at  Jerufalem,  but  at 
 Jericho,  taking  care  of  his  Fathers  Funeral,  and  his  own  Sue-  Antlu.  I.17.  c. 
 ceffion,  as  is  plain  from  Jcfephus  ;  and  fine  e  the  time  of  the  Pu-  \o.  &DeBeU 
 rificat ion  falls  fo  naturally  at  the  time  of  their   return  from  E-lo>l-  i.e.  :u 
 
 x  3  gypr; 
 
\6C  A JJoort  <vie<w  of  the  Harmo?iy 
 
 gypt;  all  the fe  Circumflances  do  perfua.de  us  that  no  time  can  Jo 
 fitly  be  pitch 'd  upon  for  the  Purification  as  that  before  us  in  this 
 Propojition. 
 
 Coroll.  4.    Hence  we  alfo   underfiand  the  full  meaning   of 
 
 Matt.  ij.  ao.  the  Angel 's  words  to  Jofeph  in  Egypt,  For  They  are  dead 
 that  fought  the  young  child's  life :  whereas  we  find  no  other 
 mention  d  in  the  Gofpel  but  Herod  alone.  But  if  we  confider 
 the  falfe ,  cruel,  and  ambitious  Temper  of  Antipater,  and 
 his  endeavors  to  fupplant  all  that  hindred  his  way  to    the   King- 
 
 Antiq.  1. 17.  c.  dom,    in  Jofephus,  we  JJmll  not  at  allwonder  thatHe fought  the 
 
 3,  &c.  8c  Dc    [jfg  0f  the  young  King  of  the  Jews,  as  well  as  his  Father  Herod. 
 
 Bello,  l.i.c.20.  ~4nd  fince  his  Father  and  he  were  both  dead  in  the  compafs  of 
 five  days  time,  and  after  the  departure  of  Jofeph  for  Egypt, 
 we  Ji hall  not  need  to  wonder  that  his  Father  and  he  are  join'd  to- 
 gether by  the  Angel;  and  fo  They,  in  the  Plural  Number-,  are 
 faid  to  be  dead  that  fought  the  young  child's  life. 
 
 Coroll.  5.  Hence  we  alfo  fee  how  agreeable  this  very  port 
 flay  in  Egypt  is  to  the  Evangelical  Hijtory.  St.  Matthew  af- 
 fures  us  that  'twas  part  of  the   Revelation  of  the   Angel,    that 
 
 Matt.ij.  ic.  they  were  deacJ  which  fought  the  young  child's  life.  It 
 fcems  fo  very  few  days  had  pafs'djince  the  death  of  Herod,  that 
 at  leaf  his  death  was  not  yet  known  upon  the  Borders  of  Egypt 
 where  Jofeph  was:  otherwife  he  had  flood  in  no  need  of  a  Re- 
 velation  for  it.     And  this  is  farther  mofl  fully  confirm 'd  by    his 
 
 Matt.ij. 2 1,22.  ignorance  of  the  fucceffion  of  Archelaus,  /;//  he  was  inform d  of 
 it  at  his  entring  the  land  of  Ifrael,  in  his  return  back^from  thence 
 afterwards. 
 
 Coroll.  6.  Hence  we  may  alfo  obferve  fome  little  hint  even 
 in  St.  Matthew,  (who  do's  not  exprefly  take  notice  of  it)  that  Jo- 
 feph and  his  Wife  had  formerly  Itv'd  in  Galilee,  as  we  find  it  in 
 particular  in  St.  Luke'j  Gojpel.  For  when  Jofeph,  being  encou- 
 raged by  the  Angel,  obferv'd  that  Judea  only,  and  not  Galilee, 
 was  under  Archelaus  s  Jurifditlion;  and  fo  upon  the  Divine  Ad- 
 '  monition  refoh'd  to  go  for  Galilee  :     'Tts   thus  exprefs'd  by  St. 
 
 Mar.ij.12.  Matthew •AFf^'p'wW'  he  return'd  into  the  parts  of  Galilee,  for 
 that  is  the  proper  rendring  of  this  word,  (tho'  it  be  fometimes  of 
 a  fomewhat  different  Importance  in  the  New  TefiamentJ  and  is 
 
 V,  ix,  13.       us  din  the  fame  Chapter  of  the  departure  or  returning  of  the 
 
 Wife- 
 
of  the  four  EvattgeB/ls.  \c-j 
 
 Wife-men ,  to  their  own  countrey  again:    which  feems  to  me   a, 
 kind  of  intimation  that  he  had  Itv'd  in  Galilee  before  his  comma  Luk.j.  i6,  ?6. 
 to  Bethlehem  to  the  Enrolment  of  his  Family  there,  as  we  /^z/eandij.4. 
 a  particular  account  in  St.  Luke's  Go/pel. 
 
 Coroll.  7.  Hence  we  may  learn  to  corretl  the  common  JEra. 
 or  Year  of  our  Lord,  viz.  We  muft  add  three  years,  two  months, 
 and  a  week^  to  the  common  Account,  if  we  would  have  the  true 
 number  from  the  birth  of  our  Savior  till  our  own  times.  Thus 
 this  year  1701,  till  the  ijth  of  October  is  the  ijo^th,  and  af- 
 ter that  the  ijo^thjince  the  Nativity  of  our  Savior ;  and  in  the 
 fame  manner  for  all  other  years  of  the  Chriftian  iEra  whatfo- 
 ever. 
 
 Coroll.  8.  Hence  we  may  obferve  with  how  little  reafon  the 
 /laughter  of  the  Infants,  and  the  death  of  Herod  have  been  de- 
 layed by  many  Expojitors  for  an  intire  two  years  /pace  after  the 
 Nativity,  viz.  becaufe  the  /laughter  extended  to  all,  'A™  cJWy? 
 xui  wTwn?a,  from  two  years  old  and  under,  as  if  thefe  two 
 years  related  to  the  time  of  the  Nativity :  whereas  they  moft  clear- 
 ly regard  only  the  firft  appearance  of  the  Star  to  the  wife-men 
 long  before.  St.  Matthew's  words  are,  Then  Herod,  when  he  had  Matt.  ij.  7. 
 privily  called  the  wife-men,  inquired  of  them  diligently  what 
 
 time  the    Star  appeared.     And  afterward,     Then  Herod V.  16. 
 
 flew  all  the  children from  two  years  old  and  under,  ac- 
 cording to  the  time  which  he  had  diligently  inquired  of  the 
 wife-men.  Which  are  too  plain  to  need  any  further  Expoji- 
 tion. 
 
 Coroll.  9.  Hence  we  fee  the  exatlnefs  of  that  moft  ancient 
 And  venerable  divi/ion  of  the  Periods  of  the  World,  which  is  ftil'd 
 the  Tradition  of  the  houfe  of  Elias;  and  its  puntlual  agreement 
 with  the  time  of  the  coming  of  Chrift  :  t  2000  years  Empti- 
 nefs,  2000  years  the  Law,  and  2000  years  the  Days  of  the 
 jMe/fias.     Or}  as  I  fuppofe  it  was  originally  defign  d,  2000 years 
 
 nwn  ma* 
 
 Vid.  Burnetittm  Thzor.  1.  3.  c.  5-.  &  Lxmy    Apparat,  Chronolog.  Part.  2. 
 £.  3.  £&.  6. 
 
 Emptinefs 
 
!  £  g  ^  y^r/-  wou  of  ?/?£  Harmony 
 
 Emptincfs  before  Abraham,  who  receivd  thepromifeoftheMef- 
 fias   ;       2000  years  the  preparation    to  the  coming  of  the  Mef. 
 fias,  of  which  the  Law  took^  up  the  main  part :  and  zooo  years 
 more  the  days  of  the  Meflias,  poffibly  before  the  happy  Millen- 
 Vid.  Uffer.  An- nlum'     For  as  Abraham  was  born   A.   M.  2008,    very  nearly 
 naiad  A.M.     accordingly  to  this  divif  on  :     fo  by    the  prefent  Account    Chrift 
 icoS.  was  born  tn  the  beginning  of  A.  M.  4001,  juft  after  the  com- 
 
 pletion of  the  two  j  ormer  Periods.  Which  fo  very  ancient  and  re- 
 markable a  Monument  of  the  Jews  before  the  Birth  of  Chrift, 
 ought  to  perfuade  them  that  Jefus  of  Nazareth,  who  was  born 
 at  the  punctual  time  of  their  old  expectations,  is  the  true  Mef- 
 fias,  by  whom  alone  they  can  be  fav'd. 
 
 XV.  The  Genealogy  in  St.  Matthew  is  that  of  Jo~ 
 fephy  the  Husband  of  the  Virgin  Mary  -,  and  is 
 his  Natural  Pedigree  from  'David,  by  his  Son 
 Solomon. 
 
 That  this  is  the    Genealogy  of  Jofeph  is  granted   by  all, 
 
 Matt.;.  16.       ar,d  is  exprefly  afferted  at  the    conclufion   of  it,   Jacob  begat 
 
 Jofeph,     the    husband  of  Mary  ,     of  whom    was    born   Jefus 
 
 which  is  called  Chrtfi.     That  this  is  a  Natural  Genealogy,  and 
 
 not  a  bare  Legal  Succeffion,  is  thus  prov'd. 
 
 1.  The  nature  of  a  Genealogy  among  the  Jews  demon- 
 frrates  this,  which  certainly  was  ever  look'd  upon  not  as  a 
 bare  Lift  of  Perfons  fucceeding  in  the  fame  Office,  but  aRe- 
 gifter  of  Fathers  and  Sons  deriv'd  down  by  Generation  in  the 
 fame  Line . 
 
 2.  The  generality  of  Perfons  concern'd  are  allow'd  by  all 
 to  have  been  truly  Father  and  Son  fucceffively;  and  whatiuf- 
 ficient  Reafons  there   can  be  to  fuppofe  it  otherwife  in  the 
 
 V  a.  reft,  I  cannot  imagin.     Abraham  begat  Jfaac,    and  Ifaac   be- 
 
 gat Jacob,  and  Jacob  begat  Judah  and  his  Brethren.  Here 
 is  undoubtedly  a  Catalogue  of  Fathers  and  Sons  by  defcent, 
 
 V.  12, 13.  and  no  .manner  of  Succeffion  to  the  fime  Office.  Jeconias 
 begat  Salathiel,  and  Salathiel  begat  Zorobabel,  and  Zorobabel 
 begat    Abiud.     Why    thcfe  fhould  not  equally  be    efteem'd 
 
 Fathers 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  i  c^ 
 
 Fathers  and  Sons,  when   the  cafe  and  words   are    the   very 
 fame,   I  know  not. 
 
 3 .  The  word  here  us'd  all  along  "Eytm*s  Begat,  fignifies  a 
 Natural  Derivation,  and  can  never  be  ftrain'd  to  imply  a  bare 
 fuccellion  only  :  neitherdid  ever  any  good  Author  ufe  itin  fo  odd 
 an  acceptation  j  and  if  we  fhould  in  any  other  cafe  find  it  fo 
 expounded,  we  fhould  certainly  efteem  the  Expofition  not  on- 
 ly falfe,  but  ridiculous. 
 
 4.  The  cafe  of  Jeconias  is  an  evident  inftance  fufficientto 
 overturn  fuch  an  Hypothecs;  for  his  Succeflbr  was  his  Uncle 
 Zedekias,  and  his  Son  was  Salathiel,  as  the  Old  Teftament 
 informs  us.  Yet  we  fee  'tis  not  faid  Jeconias  begat  Zedekias,  iChron.  in.  1 
 as  it  ought  otherv/ife  to  have  been  ;  but  Jeconias  begat  Salathiel,zs 
 the  plain  import  of  words,  and  reafon  of  things  did  require. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  Jeconias,  whofe  fuppos'd  want  of  Children  is  the 
 only  inftance  in  this  Genealogy  which  can  incline  us  to.  believe  it  any 
 where  a  bare  fucceffwn,  did  truly  Beget  Salathiel.  This  is  not 
 only  ajferted  by  St.  Matthew,  but  is  evident  in  the  Old  Tefta-  iChr.iij.  17. 
 ment  Hiftory.  'Tts  true,  God  pronoune'd  his  doom  thus  by  the  ■ 
 Prophet  Jeremy,  Write  ye  this  man  childlefs,  or  defolate, 
 But  fure  thofe  who  collect  from  hence  that  he  had  really  no  chil- 
 dren, never  read  the  whole  Period.  Hear  the  words  at  large, 
 and  believe  Jeconias  to  have  had  no  Children  if  you  can.  Is  yer  xxi-  lg 
 this  man  Coniah  a  defpifed  broken  idol?  Is  he  a  veifel  where-  2o,*2o. 
 in  is  no  pleafure  ?  Wherefore  are  they  caft  out,  he,  and  his 
 feed?  and  are  caft  into  a  land  which  they  know  not  ?  O 
 Earth,  Earth,  Earth,  Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord  ! 
 Thus  faith  the  Lord,  Write  ye  this  man  childlefs,  a  man  that 
 fhall  not  profper  in  his  days:  fornomanof  his  y?^  mall  pro  f- 
 per  fitting  upon  the  throne  of  David,  and  ruling  with  royal 
 authority  any  more  in  Judah.  So  that  'tis  hence  evident  that 
 tho  here  the  Royal  Power  was  for  ever  to  go  out  of  the  Line  of 
 Jeconias;  and  his  Children  were  to  be  no  comforts  to  him,  as  if 
 he  were  indeed  depriv'd  of  them  ;  yet  that  undoubtedly  he  had 
 Children,     and  that    they -were   to   be   carry  d  into  Captivity 
 
 flip). 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Zorobabel  was  the  true  and  proper  Son  of  Sala- 
 thiel, .  and  not  the  Son  of  his  Brother  Pedaiah.     'Tis  true,  m 
 
 Y  the   ■ 
 
lyo  AJhort  <vienju  of  the  Harmony 
 
 iOiron.iij.     the  Chronicles  Jeconias  is  faid  to   Beget  Salathiel  and  Pedaiah, 
 17,18,19.        and  Pedaiah  to  beget  Zorobabel.      Whence 'tis  commonly  fup- 
 pos'd  that  Salathiel  dying  without  Children  of  his  own;  his   Bro- 
 ther Pedaiah   tool^  hts  Wife,  and  raisd  up  Seed  to    him,     and 
 that  in  this  fence   only  Salathiel  is  faid  to  have  begot  Zoroba- 
 Ezraiij.  2.  and  be]^     Yet  becaufe  1.   Zorobabel/';  every  where  elfe  in  the  Old 
 v.z.Nehfcm.    arj  New  Tefiamcnt  Jlil'd  the  Son  of  Salathiel,  and  not   of  Re* 
 W^'x'xt      &'    jdaiah  :  becaufe  2.   Salathiel  might  have  a  Son  of  the  fame  name 
 with  the  Son  of  his  Brother  Pedaiah,  as  is  very  ufual:    becaufe 
 z .  no  other  inftance  in  this  whole  Genealogy   can  be  JJjcwn,     but 
 •what  is  a  truly  natural  Generation :  and  becaufe   4.  the   Alex- 
 andrian MS.  even  in  this  place  of  the  Chronicles,  fays  that  not 
 Pedaiah,  but  Salathiel  was  the  Father   of  Zorobabel,    accord- 
 ing to  all  the  other  places  wherein  they  are  mention  d:   for  all 
 thefe  reafons  I  fay,  it  may  ftill  juftly  be  fuppos'd  that  the  courfe 
 of  natural  Generation  -was  no  more  interrupted  in  this  than  in 
 the  other  fieps  of  the  Genealogy  before  us,  and  fo  that  Zoroba- 
 bel was  truly  and  properly  the  Son  of  Salathiel. 
 
 Coroll.  3.  Since  this  is  the  only  Genealogy  of  Jofeph  extant, 
 as  we Jhall  fee  hereafter ;  and  fincejofeph,  by  the  exprefs  words 
 of  Scripture,  as  well  as  his  Enrolment  at  Bethlehem,  wasun- 
 Luk.ii.4.  doubtedly  of  the  houfe  and  linage  of  David,  there  can  be  no 
 juft  ground  to  believe  this  any  other  than  his  Natural  Pedigree 
 by  the  Line  of  Solomon  from  David  ;  as  it  appears  to  be  at  the 
 Jirft  fi?ht  to  every  unprejudicd  Reader. 
 
 Coroll.  4.  Since  in  this  Natural  Pedigree  there  is  not  one 
 certain  infiance  of  any  Legal  Generation,  (by  the  raifing  up  of 
 Seed  to  a  Brother)  we  have  no  fufficient  foundation  to  believe 
 Jofeph  any  otherwife  begotten  by  Jacob,  than  every  Son  in  the 
 whole  Genealogy  bejides,  was  begotten  by  the  -preceding  Per  fin ; 
 and  fo  all  the  reafon  in  the  world  to  affrm  Jacob  to  have  been 
 his  proper  and  only  Father  by  Natural  Procreation. 
 
 Coroll.  5.  Hence  we  may  fee  the  main  defiyn  of  this  Gene- 
 Matt.i.  1.  atyy  in  tSt'  Matthew.  'Tis  true,  it  is  in  a  lower  fence  a  Ge- 
 nealogy of  Jefus,  the  Son  of  her  who  was  the  Wife  of  Jo- 
 feph :  becauje  it  (l)ews  the  number  of  Generations  from  Abra- 
 ham to  Jefus,  and  it  pews that in  a  legal  fence,  where  the  Family 
 oftheMother  was  not  confidefdat  all,  Jefus  was  the  Son  o/David; 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls 
 
 l7* 
 
 and  it  alfo  JJieivs  that  all  the  Legal  Right's  of  the  eldejl  Son  of  a 
 Family  from   David,  was  invefied  in  Jefus  alfo.      But  then  all 
 thefe  rejpecTs  do  not  bring  it  up  to  the  nature  of  a  true  Gene- 
 alogy of  Jefus,    nor    at  all  prove  him  the  Son    of  David    tn 
 that  fence,  in  which  the  Scripture  had  promised,  and  the  Jews 
 expelled  the  Meifias  to  be  jo  ;  and   therefore    I  cannot   cjhem 
 that  as   the    main  dejign    of  this  Genealogy.      If  we  loo^  into 
 one  jingle  Verfe  in  St.  John,  we  jhall  fee  the  true  reafons  of  this 
 and  the   other    Genealogy    of  our  Savior,     correfpondmg  to  the 
 two  great  Characters  of  the  true  Meilias.     In  the  dijpute    the 
 Jews  had  one  with  another,  whether  Jefus  was  the  true  Mef- 
 lias  or  not,  thofe  who  deny  it,    infijt    upon    the    want,  as  they 
 imagin'd,  of  thofe  two  difiinguijJjing  marks  which  both  the  Scrt- 
 pture  and  the   Jews  expectations  requird.     Hath  not  the  Scri-J0h.vij.41. 
 pture  faid  that'Chrift  coifieth  of  the  feed  of  David,  and  out 
 of  the  town  of  Bethlehem,  where  David  was?     Whence  we 
 fee  that  whoever  claim'd  to  be  the  Meffias,    mujl   be   able    to 
 prove  two  things,     i .  That  he  was  truly  of  the  Seed   of  Da- 
 vid ;   and  i*.  That  he  ivas  really  born  at  Bethlehem,   the  Ci- 
 ty of  David.     And   both    thefe    Characters   are   own'd   by    all 
 Chriftians  to  be  necejfary  in  this^cafe.     Now,    I  fay,    the  two 
 Genealogies    of  our  Savior   were  principally   dejign  d    to  demon- 
 flrate  that  Jefus  of  Nazareth  had  an  undoubted  claim  to  them 
 both  :  and  'tis  a  little  firange    that   all    Commentators  jhould 
 refrain     both    the    Genealogies    to    one    of     thefe     Characters, 
 when  thereby  the  other,    which  was  equally  necejfary  to    be  fe- 
 cur'd,     had    no   particular   provijion    made  for    it.     That  St-. 
 Luke'*  Genealogy  is  a  demonjlration    of  the    latter    Character, 
 viz.  that  Jefus"  was  the  fon  of  David,  we  jhall  jhew  hereaf- 
 ter: and  to  prove  that  the  fame  Jefus  was  born  at  Bethlehem 
 is.  I  thinly,  the  main  defign  of  St.  Matthew    in    his    Genealo- 
 gy.    When  our  Savior  firjl  preach'd    and   wrought   Miracles, 
 he    was    then   above    3  o  years   old,    and  had  liv'd  jo  long  at 
 Nazareth  in  Galilee,  that  he  was  by  the  Jews  univerfally  ta-  Matt. xxj.  1  r> 
 ken  for  a  Galilean  by  Birth,    as  well  as   Habitation;    as   we  J<>h>  j.46,47. 
 
 find  in  fever al  places  of  the  Evangelical  Hijlory.     It  was  there-  Mar-X1v.  7°* 
 r  rr    r    1        r  -j  a       •       n      u  1  Luk.xxn.  to. 
 
 fore  as  necejfary  that  fome  certain  demonjtration  Jhould  be  pro-  '* 
 
 dtte'd  that  this  Jefus  of  Nazareth   in   Galilee,    was  born    at 
 
 Y  2  Bethlehem 
 
!  7  2.  A  Jhort  <vie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Bethlehem  in  Judea;'  as  that  he  dcnv'd  his  Pedigree  from, 
 David.  .  And  according  as  we  JJjall  find  hereafter  that  St.  Luke' s 
 Genealogy  proves  the  latter,  fo  do's  that  before  us  in  St.  Mat- 
 thew the  former  Characler  of  the  Melius.  It  was  a  thing 
 known  by  every  body  in  the  time  of  ChrifKf  Aiinifiry  that 
 there  had  been  an  Enrolment  of  the  Jews,  a  little  above  30 
 -  years  before:  and  that  then  every  one  had  been  obligd  to  go 
 to  the  places  of  their  own  Tribe  and  Family,  and  that  accord- 
 ingly all  thofe  of  the  Tribe  of  Judah  had  gone  to  Judea,  and 
 all  thofe  of  the  family  of  David,  to  the  City  of  David,  which 
 was  Bethlehem.  So  that  if  it  could  be  demonjirated  that 
 Jofeph  the  Husband  of  the  Virgin  Mary,  was  of  the  Tribe 
 of  Judah,  and  Family  of  David,  there  would  then  remain  no 
 doubt  of  their  having  been  at  Bethlehem  when  Jefus  was 
 bom  ',  fince  his  -Age,  and  the  Delivery  at  that  time,  and  pro- 
 bably the  new-born  Child  himfelf  were  eajlly  to  be  found  in 
 the  Public  Records  of  that  Enrolment  there.  So  that  at  lafb. 
 a  Genealogy  of  the  Line  of  Jofeph  was  as  proper  and  neceffa- 
 ry  to  prove  this  Characler  ifiic  of  the  Meffias,  that  JefuS  was  born  at 
 Bethlehem;  as  a  Genealogy  of  the  Line  of  Mary,  that  he 
 was  really  the  Son  of  Davicl.  And  that  St.  Matthew  did 
 principally  regard  this,  we  may  collecl  from  the  nee  effity  there 
 was  that  the  Meffias  JJjould  be  born  at  Bethlehem,  moft  par- 
 ticularly taken  notice  of  by  him,  and  by  no  other  of  the  Evan- 
 gelifts :  which  will  deferve  our  careful  conji deration.  For  as 
 foon  as  he  had  given  an  account  of  the  Genealogy  and  Nativity 
 Matt. ij.  1,  Sec.  in  hisfirfi  Chapter ,  he  begins  thefecond  thus ;  Now  when  Jefus  was 
 '  born  in  Bethlehem  of  Judea,  in  the  days  of  Herod  the  King, 
 behold  there  came  wife-men  from  the  eaft  to  Jerufalem :  in- 
 quiring where  the  Meffias  was  to  be  born.  IJpon  which,  the. 
 Sanhedrin  meet,  and  agree  that  he  was  to  be  born  in  Bethle- 
 hem of  Judea.  For  thus,  fay  they,  It  is  written  by  the  Pro^ 
 phct,  And  thou.  Bethlehem  in  the  land  of  Judah  art  not  the 
 leaffc  among  the  Princes  of  Judah  ;  for  out  of  thee  fhall  come 
 a  Governor  that  fhall  rule  my  people  Ifrael.  From  whence  it 
 appears  that  the  great  queflion  with  which  St.  Matthew  wai. 
 coficern'Mt  was  not  of  what  Linage,     but  in  what  place  the 
 
 Meffias , 
 
•  of  the  four  Evangelifls.    ■  175 
 
 Meflias  was  to  be  born:  and  accordingly   'tis    mofl    reafonable 
 to  looh^  upon  that  as  the  principal  end  of  his  Genealogy. 
 
 Coroll.  6.  Here  we  may  obferve  the  nature  of  this  Genea- 
 logy in  particular,  viz.  u4  divifion  of  the  whole  fpace  between 
 Aoraham  and  Chrift  into  three  great  Periods.  The  firft  from 
 Abraham  to  David,  before  the  Regal  Government.  Tlje  fe- 
 cond  from  David  to  the  Babyionifn  Captivity,  under«r/?<?  Re- 
 gal Government.  The  third  fro'ti^  the  Captivity  to  Chrift,  af- 
 ter the  Regal  Government,  till  tm^Lays  of  the  MeiTias. 
 
 Coroll.  7.  Hence  we  may  conjecture  at  the  reafon. 
 of  the  omifiion  of  four  Perfons  in  the  fecond  Period,  viz. 
 Of  Ahaziah,  Joafh  and  Amaziah,  after  Joram  •  and  of  Je- 
 hoiakim  after  Jofiah.  That  thefe  Perfons  are  omitted,  the 
 Old  Teftament  Hiftory  do's  ajjure  us:  and  Jince  the  firft  o/iChron.iii. 
 thefe  Periods  had  fourteen  Perfons,  and  the  laft  p.ojjibly  had  al- 10,  Sec- 
 fo  juft  fourteen  Perfons,  it  pleas'd  either  the  Evangelifl,  (or 
 rather  had  pleas'd  the  Jews  in  that  Genealogy  from  ivhence 
 St.  Matthew  tranferib'd  his,)  to  leave  out  a  few  names  in 
 the  fecond  Period,  and  fo  to  reduce  every  one  of  them  for  the 
 advantage  of  Adcmory,  to  the  fame*  equal  number  of  fourteen 
 Generations,,  which,  Jince  it  made  no  alteration  in  the  main  de- 
 Jign,  was  not  to  be  lookjd  on  as  of  any  great  confequence  one 
 way  or  other. 
 
 Coroll.  8.  The  original  complete  number  defigrid  by  thefe 
 three  fourteens,  if  there  had  been  no  particular  interruption  of 
 them,  was  no  more  than  40  Generations.  This  Objervation,- 
 tho'  very  obvious,  has  been  hitherto  neglected',  and  caus'd  great 
 difficulties  to  no  purpofe.  Thrice  fourteen  is  q.2,  if  they  -were 
 all  feparate,  and  not  join'd  Jo  that  the  laft  of  one  Series  were 
 the  firft  of  the  'next.  But  thrice  fourteen  where  each  Series  is 
 linked  together  in  one  common  per/on,  is  but  40.,  as  every  one 
 muft  acknowlege.  Now  that  the  fourteen  Generations  were  de- 
 figrid here  inclufively,  fo  that  the  laft  of  the  one  was  alfo  the. 
 firft  of  the  ether,  is  certain  from  the  firft  Period,  which  is  out 
 of  dtjpute,  and  fo  the  meafure  of  the  reft.  From  Abraham  to  Matt  ;  ,j^ 
 David  fourteen  Generations,  by  including  the  two  extremes  : 
 From  David  to  the  carrying  away  into  captivity  fourteen  ge- 
 nerations,    Where  it  ought  to  be  incluftve  alfo ;  for  Dwidisex*. 
 
 Y  3  prefiy 
 
*74 
 
 Afiort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 prefly  the  firfi  of  this,  as  well  as  the  lafi  of  the  former  Series. 
 So  that  the  number  from  Abraham  to  Chrift  inclu/ively,  muft 
 have  been  40,  if  no  particular  interruption  had  happen  d  in  the 
 cafe. 
 
 Coroll.  9.  But  Jince  the  Series  from  David  is  not  to  a    Per- 
 fon, but  an  Epocha,  the  Captivity:  and  fo  the  lafi  Perfon  be- 
 fore, and  the  firfi  Perfon  afte*it  are  different,    (on  account  of 
 liffion  of  him,  in  whofectme  ithapperi d :)  The  complete  num- 
 Bfr  'tis  not  in  St.  Matthew  ft 
 
 the 
 
 her  here  defan'd,  is  41. 
 
 vid  to  Jojfias,  or  Jeconias/  but  to  the    Captivity    (which  -was 
 
 from  Da- 
 
 viu  10  jujuas.,    or    icujinasj   vni  iu  luc     v^jajju  vilv     [ivmirj    w 
 chr.ml  Prop.  uncier  Jehoiakim  ,    the  Perfon  omitted  between  them,  as  has  be 
 
 prov'd  elfewhere,)  fourteen  Generations :  and  'tis  not  afterward 
 from  Jolias,  or  Jeconias,  but  from  the  Captivity  to  Chrift 
 fourteen    Generations.     All  which  will  be  very  plain  from  the 
 
 Table  following. 
 
 1   Abraham 
 
 1 
 
 1   David 
 
 1    Jeconias 
 
 28 
 
 2  Ifaac 
 
 2 
 
 2  Solomon 
 
 15 
 
 2  Salathiel 
 
 29 
 
 3  Jacob 
 
 5 
 
 3    Rehoboam 
 
 \6 
 
 3   Zorobabel 
 
 3° 
 
 4  Judah 
 
 4 
 
 4  Abiah 
 
 *7 
 
 4  Abiud 
 
 31 
 
 5   Pharez 
 
 5 
 
 5   Afa- 
 
 18 
 
 5   Eliakim 
 
 3* 
 
 6  Ezron 
 
 6 
 
 6  Jehofaphat 
 
 19 
 
 6  Azor 
 
 •35 
 
 7  Aram 
 
 7 
 
 7    [or am 
 
 20 
 
 7  Sadoc 
 
 34 
 
 8  Aminadab 
 
 S 
 
 8   Ozias 
 
 21 
 
 8  Achim 
 
 35 
 
 5>  Naafhon 
 
 9 
 
 9  jotham 
 
 22 
 
 9  Eliud 
 
 3* 
 
 10  Salmon 
 
 10 
 
 10  Ahaz 
 
 23 
 
 10  Eleazer 
 
 37 
 
 11   Bocz 
 
 ii 
 
 1 1   Ezekias 
 
 2  4 
 
 1 1    MattJhan 
 
 38 
 
 12   Obed 
 
 12 
 
 12  ManafTes 
 
 25 
 
 12    Jacob 
 
 39 
 
 13  Jefie 
 
 '3 
 
 1 3   Amon 
 
 16 
 
 i3jofeph-]Vlary 
 
 40 
 
 14  David 
 
 r4 
 
 14  Joiias 
 
 2-7 
 
 14  Jefus  Chrift 
 
 41 
 
 Coroll.  10.  There  is  therefore  no  want  of  any  perfon  in  the 
 prefcnt  Copies,  nor  the  leaf  occafion  for  any  various  Readings  to 
 tnal^e  up  any  defccl  in  them.  Since  this  Genealogical  Table  ap- 
 pears the  very  fame  in  its  numbers  knd  difpoftion  that  it  was  ori- 
 ginally defign'd  for. 
 
 Coroll.  11.  Nor  is  there  any  occafion  for  waking  the  former 
 Jfeconias,  who  is  the  Son  or  Grand-fan  of  Jofias,  different  from 
 
 him 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts*  .  ijc 
 
 ■  i-  .. 
 
 him  who  is  the  Father  of  Saiathiel ',  for  confiderinir  the  two  for- 
 mer Corollaries,  this  -will  but  perplex,  inflead  of  clearing  the 
 Genealogy. 
 
 CoroJl.  12.  There  is  no  need  of  receding  from  the  propriety  of 
 the  Original,  as  to  the  time  of  the  Birth  of  -Jeconias,  l™  1s  pi- 
 WKtw'tus  Bx€vx£v&'.  About  the  Captivity  of  Babylon.  Forje- 
 conias  and  his  Brethren  mufl  certainly  be  born  about  that  time, 
 which  was  in  the  fourth  year  of  their  Father  [ehoiakimV 
 Reign. 
 
 XVI.  The  Genealogy  recorded  by  St.  Luke,  is  that 
 of  our  Savior  himfelf  by  the  Bleflfed  Virgin. 
 
 The  Reafons  of  this  Affertion  follow. 
 
 i.  Any  real  Genealogy  of  our  Savior  himfelf  who  was 
 born  of  a  Virgin,  muft  needs  be  that  of  the  fame  Virgin 
 his  Mother.  Now  fince  St.  Luke  profeffes  to  give  us  the 
 Genealogy  of  Chrifl  himfelf  (Jefus  himfelf  was  about  ^o  yearsLvk.u).  s£. 
 of  age  when  he  began  his  miniftry,  being,  as.  was  fuppos'd,  the 
 fin  of  Jofeph,  of  Heli,  &c.)  We  have  great  reafon  to  believe 
 that  it  is  by  the  Blefled  Virgin,  who  was  his  only  Parent  in 
 this  World.  'Tis  true,  there  is  a  Genealogy  in  St.  Matthew 
 relating  to  our  Bleffed  Savior,  which  is  not  by  his  Mother, 
 as  we  have  feen  above.  But  then,  as  we  have  there  lhew'd, 
 that  Genealogy  was  of  another  nature,  and  to  another  end. 
 Nay,  what  is  peculiarly  conliderable,  at  the  concluiion  of  it- 
 it  appears  not  to  be  the  Genealogy  of  Jefus  himfelf,  in  a 
 proper  fence,  but  only  of  his  Mother's  Husband ;  and  foisno 
 Objection  in  the  prefent  cafe.  St.  Matthew's  words  are  3^- Matt.  j.  \6. 
 cob  begat  Jofeph  the  husband  of  Alary,  «<P'  fa  of  which  Mary 
 was  born  Jefus,  which  is  caUed  Chrifl.  So  that  nowithftand- 
 ing,  for  other  good  reafons  confider'd  already,  St.  Matthew 
 gives  us  a  Genealogy  of  Jofeph,  the  only  putative  Father  of 
 Chrifl-.  yet  St.  Luke,  who  allures  us  that  his  is  that  of  Chrifl 
 himfelf,  muft  be  fuppos'd  to  mean  the  Genealogy  of  his 
 true  Mother,  z.  Any  other  Pedigree  of  our  Savior  than  that 
 by  his  Mother,  would  not  have  avail'd  at  all  to  the  proor  of 
 his  being  the  Son  of  David,  the  true  MeJJias.  The  Jews  al- 
 ways, 
 
I7£  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 ways,  and  with  good  reafon  expected  a  Mejfias  truly  of  the 
 Pofterity  of  David ;  and  if  any  one  who  pretended  to  that 
 Title,  could  not  prove  himfelf  of  that  Family,  he  was  whol- 
 ly to  be  rejected  by  them.  Whence  it  is  highly  reafonable 
 to  believe  that  thi-s  Genealogy  of  our  Savior  was  defign'd 
 to  prove  him  the  Son  of  David,  and  by  confequence  that  his 
 true  Mother  was  of  the  fame  Family.  Otherwife  he  had  ex- 
 pos'd  himfelf  to  the  Contempt  and  Derillon  of  the  Jews, 
 for  proving  fo  laborioufly  a  point  almoft  wholly  foreign  to 
 his  purpofe,  and  their  expectations. 
 
 3.  St.  Luke  is  of  all  others  the  leafl:  to  be  fufpected  of  wa- 
 ving the  true  and  and  natural  Line  of  our  Savior,  becaufe 
 himfelf  records  the  fulleft  Declaration  in  the  whole  Bible, 
 of  the  neceflity  of  our  Savior's  derivation  from  the  Loins  of 
 David,  in  the  moft  proper  and  full  fence  imaginable.  'Tis 
 in  St.  Peters  famous  Sermon  on   the   day  of  Pentecofi.     The 
 
 kft.ij.30.  words  are,  David  being  a  prophet,  knew  that  God  had  [-worn 
 with  an  oath  to  him,  that  of  the  fruit  of  his  loins,  according  to 
 the  flcflj,  he  would  raife  up  Chrifi  to  fit  on  his  throne.  If  we 
 duly  confider  fuch  a  Declaration  as  this,  recorded  by  St. 
 Luke,  'tis  hardly  pofnble  to  fuppofe  that  himfelf  mould  omit 
 the  real  Pedigree  by  Mary,  and  only  give  us  a  fecond  puta- 
 tive one  by  her  Husband  Jofeph. 
 
 4.  The  Jews  in  the  frrft  times  of  the  Gofpel,  never  que- 
 ftron'd  the  truth  of  our  Lord's  being  of  the  Tribe  of  Ju- 
 
 SeeHeb.vij,    ^^  anc}  Houfe  of  David:  otherwife  they  would  have  urg'd 
 L*'  the  contrary  as  an  invincible  Argument  againft   his  Pretenti- 
 
 ons to  be  their  Meffias.  Now  if  the  Genealogy  of  oiir  Sa- 
 vior himfelf  was  fo  evident  among  the  Jews,  'tis  not  to  befuppof- 
 ed  that  it  mould  be  wholly  omitted  by  all  the  Evangelifts,  and 
 yet  two  Genealogies  or  his  reputed  Father  be  fet  down  there  fo 
 very  particularly,  as  on  the  other  fuppofition  we  find  they  are. 
 
 5.  'Tis  allow'd  by  all  that-  the  Pedigree  of  Heli  in  St. 
 Luke  is  dcriv'd  from  Nathan  the  Son  of  David ;  and  all 
 the  difpute  is  whether  Jofeph  was  the  Son,  crMary  the 
 daughter  of  Hcli.  Now  none  can  be  fo  unexceptionable,  ei- 
 ther Witnefles  or  Judges  in  this  cafe,  as  the  ancient  Jews, 
 *JpeciaIIy    if    their     TeiTimony    be    directly    contrary    to 
 
 their 
 
0/  rfe  four  Evangelifls.  jjj 
 
 their  own  Caufe,  and  Intereft.     If  Jty^  were  the  Son  of 
 Heli,  they  might  lay  it  very  hard  to  us  to  prove  that  Jefus 
 was  truly  the  Son  of  Davids  as  indeed  they  frequently  do  at 
 this  day.     But  if  Mary  the  true  Mother  of  Jefus,  was  the 
 Daughter  of  Heli,  they  yield  us  the  main  point;  for  then  we 
 can  mew  them  every  ftep  of  the  defcent  of  Jefus  from  Da- 
 vid, nay,  from  Abraham  and  Adam   alfo,    extracted   out  of 
 their  own  Tables  of  Genealogy.     Yet  we  mall  prove  that  the 
 Authors  of  the  Jerufalem  Talmud,    above  1200  years  ago, 
 openly  call  Mary,  the  daughter  of  Heli,  as  a  thing  common- 
 ly known  among  them.     The  Paflage  is  this,   Tranflated   by 
 an  unexceptionable  Perfon.     There  is,  fays  Dr.   Lightfoot,    in  Hor<e Heb.  ia 
 the  Jerufalem  Talmud  a  difcourfe  of  a  certain  Perfon  -who  in  /7/V  Luc.iij.z3. 
 Sleep  faw  thepunifjment  of  the  Damned.     Among  the  refi  he  t  faw 
 Mary  the  Daughter  of  Heli  among  the  .Shades.     Rabbi  Lazar 
 Ben  Jofah  faith,  That pe  hung  by  the  Glandules  of  her  Breafls. 
 Rabbi  Jcfah  Bar  Haninah,  faith,   That  the  great  Bar  of  Hell- 
 Gates  hung  at  her  Ear,     Which  exactnefs  of  both  names  Ma- 
 ry the  Daughter  of  Heli,   and    the  bitter  Reflections  on   her, 
 fo  ufual  with  them  towards  the  Mother  of  Jefus,    make  it 
 more  than  probable  that  the  BlefTed  Virgin  is  meant  by  them  ; 
 and  if  fo,  we  have  the  cafe  determin'd  by  the  moit  unexcep- 
 tionable WitnefTes  or  Judges  in  the  world,   and  the   Genea- 
 logy of  St.   Luke  is  undoubtedly  prov'd  to  be  that  of  the 
 Bleffed  Virgin. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  Hence  we  learn  the  meaning  of  St.  Luke'j  words, 
 which  have   hitherto  occafiond  all  the  difficulty  in  this  matter. 
 
 'i»otjV>  ?  'ha*,  tS  MotlJur,  &c.  viz,.  That  jefus  himfelf  was  a- 
 bout  30  yearsofage  when  he  began  his  Miniflry,  being,  aswas 
 fuppos'd,  the  fon  of  Jofeph,  but  indeed  of  Heli,  of  Matthat, 
 
 ^  -ion  nov  13  "i?y<9 1  d^-jo  'by  ma  E3HO  NOn 
 itynm  NT*  "i»n  wjn  p  hdv  i  NVtf»a  wto  xn^n 
 
 nm*o  j?»p  cD^nun 
 
 Talmud  Hierofol.  Chagigah.  Fol  yj.  4. 
 
 Z  &c. 
 
I7g  A Jhort  wiew  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Ore.  i.  e.  Tho'  he  was  fuppos  d  the  Son  of  Jofeph,  yet   was  he 
 really  (by  his  A/other,  Heli'jr  Daughter)  the  Son  or  Grandfon  of 
 Heli,  the  Son  of  Matthat,   ere.    or  elfe  thus,  being,  aswasfup- 
 pos'd,  the  Son  of  Jofeph,  7vho  was  the  Son  of  Heli  (by  the  Mar- 
 riage of  his  Daughter)  who  was  the  Son   of   Matthat,  &c.     In 
 which  Paraphrafes  it  mufi  be  own'd  that  the  confirutlion  of  St. 
 Luke  is  not  fo  clear  and  natural  as  'tis  generally  in  other  places, 
 and  as  St.  Mathew'i  is  upon  the  like  occafion.     But  that  one   of 
 them  is  his  true  fence,  and  that  Mary   was  the  Daughter,   and 
 not  Jofeph  theSonofWzXx,  lfballfhew  in  the following  particulars. 
 i.  I  f jail  prove  that  Jofeph  was  the  Son   of  another,    and  not 
 of  Heli.     2.  That  Mary  was  not  only  the  Daughter  of  Heli, 
 but  publicly  known  to  be  fo.      3.  That  very  good  reafons  may  be 
 given  v;hy  the  name  of  Mary  was  omitted,    tho'    her  Genealogy 
 was  defcribed.     4.  That  the  words  will  bear  the  fence   here  put 
 upon  them.      1.  Jofeph  was  the  Son  of  another,  and  not  of\\t- 
 Matt.j.16.       li.     This  St.  Matthew  exprefly  affures  us  of;  Jacob  begat  Jo- 
 feph the  husband  of  Mary,  of  whom  was  born  Jefus  which 
 is  called  Chrift.     And  as  to  the  Legal  Generation,  whereon  the 
 death  of  a  Perfon   without  Children,    the  next  of  Kin  was  to 
 raife  up  Seed  to  his  Brother  or  Relation,  whereby  a  Perfon  might 
 have  two  Fathers,  the  one  Legal,  and  the  other  Natural,  (which 
 is  the  only  evafion  here,)   it  can  have  no  place  in  theprefent  cafe. 
 For  'tis  next  to  impoffible  that  Jacob,    of  the  Family  of  Solo- 
 mon, pould  be  next  of  Kin  to  Eli,    of  the  Family  of  Nathan, 
 after  the  interval  and  difiinclion  of  a  thoufand  years.     So   that 
 this  Affertion  of  St.  Matthew  is  decretory,  and  in  a  manner  de- 
 monftrates  the  certainty  of  the  prefent  CoroUary.     2.   Mary  was 
 not  only  the  Daughter  of  Heli,    but  publicity  known  to    be  fo. 
 This  is  a  clear  conference  of  the  Quotation   out  of  the  Jerufa- 
 lem  Talmud  before,  where  we  find  above  400  years  after  our 
 Savior,  an  ownd  and  public  Tradition   among  the  Jews,    that 
 the  Blejfed  Virgin  Mary  was  the  Daughter  of  Heli,    according 
 to  the  prefent  Expofition  of  the  Tefiimony  of  St.  Luke  in  the  Ge- 
 nealogy before  us.     3 .  Very  good  Reafons  may  be  given  why  the, 
 name  of  Mary  was  omitted,  tho'  her  Genealogy  was  defcrib'd  in 
 this  place.     For  f  nee  the  Jews  never  had  the  names  of  Women  in 
 their  Genealogies ;  Jince  St.  Luke  was  to  add  no  names  to  that 
 
 Gc~ 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  i  y  o 
 
 Genealogical  Table  he   tranfcrib'd ;     and  Jince    whth  St.  Luke 
 ■wrote  'twas  iv  ell  known  that  the  Mother  of  Jcfus  was  the  Daugh- 
 ter of  Heli, :     >Tis  not,  on  theft  accounts  very  firange  that  her 
 name  jhould  be  omitted,  even  where  her   Pedigree  was   defrib'd 
 by  the  Evangel  if.     4.   The  words  will  bear  the  fence    here  put 
 upon  them.     For  if  our  Savior  be  fupposd  to  be  here  call'd  the 
 Son  of  Heli,  as  many  believe,   tho    he   was  his   Grandfon,    in 
 firttlnefs  of  fpeech,  this  is  fo  ufual  in  Scripture,    and  in  degrees 
 far  more  remote  alfo,  that  it  can  be  no    mighty    difficulty   in  the 
 prefent  cafe.     But  if  Jofeph  be  here  fiil'd  the    Son   of    Heli, 
 when  he  was  in   reality  but  his  Son-in-law  ;     this   will  not  be 
 %vithout  good  authority  in  the  phrafe  of  Scripture  neither.      For 
 as  tn  a  Parallel  cafe  Daughters-in-law  are  fiil'd  Daughters    by 
 the  word  as  properly  denoting  own  Daughters,  as  the  word  be*  Gen.xxxvij.    ] 
 fore  us  denotes  an  own  Son,  fcveral  times  in  the  OldTefiament  :  IO-  If- 
 fo  in  this  peculiar   cafe   before    us    may  Jofeph,     the  Son-in-  Rut"J- ll*  lx+ 
 law  of  Heli,  be  properly  enough  fiil'd  his  Son  by  the  Evangelift1*' 
 in  the  prefent  Genealogy. 
 
 XVII.  St.  Luke's  Genealogy  by  the  Bleflfed  Virgin. 
 is  intirely  different  from  St.  Matthew's  by  Jo- 
 feph, from  the  days  of  T>avid. 
 
 That  St.  Luke's  Genealogy  is  deriv'd  from  Nathan,  and 
 St.  Matthew's  from  Solomon,  two  different  Sons  of  King  Z>rf-Luk.iij.  31. 
 vid,  is  evident  in  their  refpe&ive  Gofpels,  and  is  not  quefti-  Matt.  j.  6,  7. 
 on'd  by  any.  That  thefe  Families  continu'd  diftinct  till  the 
 BabylomfJo  Captivity,  is  alike  evident,  and  granted  by  all  : 
 that  therefore  they  then  were  not  united,  but  did  ftill  con- 
 tinue diftinft,  is  what  I  am  oblig'd  to  prove  in  this  place  ; 
 which  I  fhall  do  by  the  following  Arguments. 
 
 1.  There  was  no  occafion  for  the  union  of  thefe  Families. 
 For  fince  the  Meffiah  was  only  promis'd  to  be  of  the  Seed 
 of  David,  but  not  of  Solomon-,  and  fince  this  promife  wase- 
 qually  fulfilled  by  his  defcent  from  David  by  his  Son  Nathan, 
 as  it  would  have  been  if  he  had  defcended  from  him  by  his 
 Son  of  Solomon,  there  is  no  reafon  to  fuppofe  that  the 
 Z  2  Line 
 
j  8  o  A  Jhort  <view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Line  of  the  blefTed  Virgin,  or  the  Pofterity  of  Nathan  in  St. 
 Luke,  muft  intermix  with  the  Line  of  Jofeph,  or  the  Pofte- 
 ritv  of  Solomon  in  St.  Matthew,  as  they  had  regard  to  the 
 Genealogy  of  our  Savior,  with  which  alone  we  are  at  pre- 
 fent  concern'd. 
 
 2.  There  is  no  way  agreeably  to  the  Laws  and  Cuftomsof 
 the  Jews,  by  which  thefe  two  Families  could  be  united. 
 For  as  to  the  Union  by  the  Legal  method  above-mention'd ; 
 the  taking  of  the  Widow  of  a  Brother,  or  neareft  Relation 
 to  Wife,  and  railing  up  Seed  to  him,  that  can  have  no  place  at 
 all  here  :  for  at  this  diftance  from  David  of  400  or  500  years* 
 a  Perfon  of  one  of  thefe  Families  was  fo  far  from  being  near- 
 eft  of  Kin  to  a  Perfon  of  the  other,  that  they  were  in  reality 
 not  a-kin  at  all.  And  then  as  to  the  ftill  more  weak  Union 
 of  the  Families  by  the  fucceffion  of  one  in  the  Kingdom  to 
 the  other;  this  is  leaft:  of  all  to  the  purpofe :  for  befides, 
 that  this  bullnefs  of  fucceffion  is  wholly  different  from  that 
 of  Generation,  and  is  no  Union  of  Families  at  all ;  befides 
 this,  I  fay,  the  Kingdom  of  Jttdah  it  felfwasdeftroy'd,  and 
 the  People  carry'd  into  Captivity  e'er  there  is  any  occafion 
 for  this  union  by  fucceffion.  And  I  fuppofe,  we  have  little 
 reafon  to  confider  fucceffion  to  the  Kingdom  of  Judah  as  a 
 foundation  of  Sonfhip,  and  Union  of  Families,  when  the 
 Kingdom  of  Jttdah  it  felf  was  extinct  before. 
 
 3.  The  only  pretence  for  this  conjoining  the  two  Lines 
 before  us,  is  the  likenefs  of  two  fucceffive  names  in  each  Ge- 
 nealogy Salathiel  and  Zorobabel,  and  the  fuppofition  thence 
 arifing,  that  they  were  the  fame  Perfons.  Now  if  it  can 
 be  made  appear  that  the  Salathiel  and  Zorobabel  in  St.  Mat- 
 thew are  no  lefs  than  five  Generations  later  than  the  Salathiel  and 
 Zorobabel  in  St.  Luke,  and  by  con fequence  wholly  diftincT:  from 
 them,  it  will  be  own'd  that  the  very  foundation  of  the  diffi- 
 culty is  remov'd,  and  the  two  Genealogies  will  appear  to  be 
 abfolutely  diftincT:  from  the  very  days  of  David  till  thofe  of 
 our  Savior.  Now  this  is  fully  prov'd  by  a  famous  Text  in  the 
 Prophecy  of  Zechariah,  if  it  be  taken  in  the  fence  that  my 
 learned  Friend  Mr.  Allin  with  great  probability  do's  put  up- 
 on it.  This  Prophet  (peaking  of  the  Repentance  and  La- 
 mentation 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  i  8 1 
 
 mentation  of  the  Jews  for  the  murder  of  their  Mejfiah,    at 
 their  future  Converfion,  chufes  to  inftance  particularly  in  fome 
 of  the  mod:  remarkable    Perfons    of    the   Line   by    Nathan, 
 (whence  the  Mejfiah  himfelf  was  to  proceed)   from  the  days 
 of  David  till  his  own  time.     And  as  'tis  very  natural  andfu- 
 table,defcribes  theirMourning,  who  were  the  moft^iearly  related 
 to  the  Mejfiah  according  to  the  Fleih,  as  the  mod  remarkable 
 and  affecting  of  all  others;  and  accordingly  fpecifies  four    of 
 thofe  his  Progenitors,  whofe  names  are  in    St.   Luke's  Genea- 
 logy, and  that  in  the  order  wherein  they   are   there   founds 
 nay,  andfoas  to  imply  that  the  laft  of  thofe  which  he  names, 
 was  contemporary  with  himfelf  alfo ;  thereby  giving  us  very 
 great  light  in  fixing  the  times  not  of  thofe  Perfons  only,  but 
 alfo  of  all  the  reft  in  that  whole  Genealogy.     The   Prophets 
 words  are  thefe.     /  will  four  upon  the  houfe  of   David,   and  Zech.xij.io- 
 upon  the  inhabitants  of  Jerufalem  the  fpirit  of  grace  and  fup-  '4- 
 plications,  and  they  JJjall  look^  upon  me  whom  they  have  pierced^ 
 and  they  Jhall  mourn  for  him  as  one  mourneth  for  his  only  fon, 
 and  flail  be  in  bitternefs  for  him  as  one    that    is   in   bitternejs 
 for  his  firfi-born.     In  that  day  flail  there  be   a  great    mourn- 
 ing in  Jerufalem,    as    the    mourning  of  LTadadrimmon  in  the 
 valley  of  Megiddon.     uinrd  the  land  Jljall  mourn,  every  family 
 apart.  The  family  of  the  houfe  of  David  apart,  and  their  wives 
 apart  i     the  family    of  the    houfe  of  Nathan  apart,  and  their 
 -wives  apart ,  the  family  of  the  houfe  of  Levi  apart,  and  their 
 •wives  apart:  the  family  of  Shimei    apart,  and  their  wives  a- 
 j>art :  all  the  families  that  remain,  every  family  apart,  and  their 
 •wives  apart.     What  Families  can  thefe  names  David,  Nathan, 
 Levi,  Shimei  poifibly  refer  to,    as  they  are    confin'd  to  the 
 houfe  of  David,    and  the  inhabitants  of  Jerufalem ,      but   to 
 thofe  who  were,  the  Progenitors  of  our  Savior,   and  who  are 
 all  found  diftinctly  recorded  in  St.  Lukes  Genealogy  ?  Icon-, 
 fefs,  I  take  it  to  be  a  clear  cafe,  and  that  thefe  Families,  and 
 no  others,  are  here  intended  by  the  Prophet.      And  what  is 
 the  reafon  that 'tis  not  faid  the  family  of  the  houfe  of  Shimeiy 
 as  'tis  in  all  the  reft,  but  only  the  family  of  Shimei,  but  be- 
 caufe  this  was  fpoken  in  the  time  of  Shimei,  while  hisChild-- 
 ren  made  only  a  fingle  Family  at  home  with   him,   and    be- 
 
 Z  3  fore 
 
A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmo?iy 
 
 fore  they  fpread  into  ieveral  Houjholds,  as  the  Pofterity  of 
 all  the  tormer  had  already  done.  This  feems  fo  fair  and  ra- 
 tional an  E  ".poiition  of  the  difference  of  the  Phrafes  here 
 us'd,  as  muft  extort  the  aflent  of  all  who  are  fatisfy'd  with 
 the  former.  Now  this  being  fuppos'd,  'tis  evident  that  Se- 
 Luk.iij.  16,17.  mei  in  the*fifth  Generation  alter  St.  Luke's  Zorobabel,  was 
 but  contemporary  with  Zorobabel  the  Leader  of  the  Jtws  in 
 St.  Matthew,      O.  E.  D. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  Here  we  may  obferve  the  difference  of  the  num- 
 ber of  Generations  in  the  Jeveral  Periods  before  and  after  the 
 time  of  Semei  in  St.  Luke\r  Genealogy.  From  David  to  Se- 
 mei3  in  about  500  years ,  there  are  reckon  d  up  16  Generations. 
 But  from  Semei  to  Chrift  in  about  540  years  there  are  no  more 
 than  fij  teen.  Now  this  difference  in  the  numbers  before  and  af- 
 ter the  Jews  Refioration  to  their  own  Land,  (which  is  in  a  fome- 
 what  left  degree  obfervable  in  St.  Matthew'*  Genealogy  a/jo,  if 
 the  four  Per  fins  omitted  in  his  fecond  Series  be  but  added  to 
 them)  was  cither  owing  to  the  different  natures  of  the  accounts 
 whereby  the  Lines  were  continud  in  the  firft-born  till  the  return 
 from  Captivity,  but  no  longer:  or  elf e  to  the  differing  ft  ate  of  the 
 People  of  the  Jews,  during  the  main  parts  of  thefe  different  Pe- 
 riods, whereby  in  the  times  of  eafe  and  quiet,  before  the  captivi- 
 ty they  marry  d  much  fooner  than  in  the  times  of  confujion  and 
 dtfturbance  after  it,  as  is  very  likely,  and  very  futable  to  thofe 
 different  conditions  they  were  in. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  'Tis  probable  that  the  laft  Period  in  St.  Matthew'* 
 Genealogy  had  really  no  more  than  thoje  fourteen  which  are  ex- 
 prefly  named  in  it.  For  Jince  there  are  but  very  few  more  Ge- 
 nerations in  St.  Luke  in  the  fame  Period  of  years,  and  Jince  we 
 have  no  reafon  to  believe  that  St.  Luke  leaves  out  any  Genera- 
 tions, (nay,  by  the  number  of  Pcrjons  ]rom  David  to  Semei 
 compard  with  the  number  of  years  belonging  to  them  are  ficure, 
 that  all  that  time  not  one  is  omitted  by  him.)  Vpon  thefe  ac- 
 counts it  feems  reafonable  to  fuppofe  that  St.  Matthew'*  third  as 
 well  as  hrft  Period  had  juft  fourteen  Generations,  and  that  on 
 this  account  only  the  four  Supernumeraries  in  the  fecond  Period  were 
 omitted  by  him,  or  rather  by  the  Jewifh  Writer  of  that  Genea- 
 logical Table  which  he  tranferib'd. 
 6  Coroll. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  i  §  $ 
 
 Coroll.  3.  The  likenefs  of  ^two names  only, Father  and iSW,Salathiel 
 ^WZorobabel  in  two  fuch  long  Genealogies,  is  but  a  poor  argument 
 that  they  were  the  fame  Per fons  :  efpecially  vthtn  all  the  Circumfiances 
 ay  the  Perfons  before  and  after,  and  the  time  in  which  they  liv'd  were 
 fo  different  We  find  in  the  line  of  Eparaim,  Jacob  begat  Jo- 
 feph  :  and  in  that  of  our  Savior  recorded  by  St.  Matthew,  Ja- 
 cob begat  Jofeph  the  husband  of  Mary.  Tetno  one  in  the  leaf  ima- 
 gins  them  the  fame,  becaufe  of  the  diverjity  of  the  Perfons  before 
 and  after,  and  of  the  times  in  which  they  liv'd.  If  in  two  o- 
 therwife  differing  Generations  in  England,  William  the  Son  of 
 George  Jhould  appear  with  different  Predecejfors  and  Succeffors,and 
 at  a  100  years  difiance  in  point  of  time,  he  would  be  looked  upon  as 
 very  unreafonahle,  who  from  the  bare  likenefs  of  two  fucceffive 
 names  fbould  fuppofe  them  to  be  the  fame  Perfons.  And  they 
 feem  to  me  almofl  as  unreafonahle  here,  who  from  the  like  Jimi- 
 litude  of  two  names  in  St.  Matthew/  and  St.  Luke's  quite  dif- 
 ferent Pedigrees  of  our  Savior,  againfi  plain  evidence  to  the  contrary, 
 do  fuppofe  them  the  fame  Perfons,  and  thereby  raife  groundlefs 
 difficulties  in  the  Evangelical  Hijiories.  Let  but  any  one  view 
 the  following  Table  of  thefewPofierity  o/Cain,  and  of  Seth  before 
 the  Deluge,  and  fee  how  much  greater  refemblance  of  names 
 there  was  in  that  cafe  (where  yet  no  body  is  fo  Childijh  as  to  con- 
 clude them  to  be  the  fame  Perfons)  and  he  will  fee  the  much 
 greater  abfurdnefs  in  the  cafe  before  us. 
 
 Sons  of  Cain.  Sons  of  Seth.  „ 
 
 1  Enoch.  1  Enos  Cfen.nr.and*, 
 
 2  Irad  2  Cainan 
 
 3  Mehujael  3  Malaleel 
 
 4  Methufael  4  Jared 
 
 5  Lamech  5  Enoch 
 
 6  Jabal  6  Mathufela 
 
 7  Jubal  .7  Lamech 
 
 8  Tubal-Cain.  8  Noah 
 
 Coroll.  4.  Since  upon  the  whole  it  appears  that  all  thofe 
 numerous  and  perplexing  difficulties  which  have  been  fo  much 
 &b jetted    by   the  Jews    ami-  Infidels    againfi  the  Genealogies  of 
 
 St, 
 
i  84 
 
 A  JJjort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 St.  Matthew  and  St.  Luke  compard  together ;  and  by  the  mofl 
 
 learned  Defenders  of  the  Sacred  JVritings  have  been  really  thought 
 
 Luk.iij.  2;.      almofi  inexplicable •,  amount  to  little  more   than  an   unufual  ex- 
 
 preffion  in  an  unufual  cafe,  where  the   Progenitors  of  one  who 
 
 had  no  Father  on  Earth  were  to   be  enumerated,   we  may   hence 
 
 learn  that  even  fuch  difficulties  in  the    Sacred  Writings  as  flill 
 
 appear  inexplicable  to  its,   may  in  them fe Ives  be  very  far  from 
 
 being  fo.     Nay,  many  of  thofe  which  have  hitherto   feenvd  the 
 
 mofi  uncapable  of  Solution,  are  fo  far  from  being  really  fo-,  that 
 
 frequently  nothing  but  fome  odd  and  ungrounded  miflakes  are  the 
 
 occafions  that  there  is  any  manner  of  difficulty  about  them.     Thus 
 
 for  infiance,  if  the  Reader  will  pardon   a  very  port  digreffon. 
 
 ..     ,        When  St.  Mark  ajfures  us  that  David  eat  the  Shew-Bread  in 
 
 *lJ'z  '       the  days  of  Abiathar  the   High-Prieft,    a  mighty  difficulty   is 
 
 iSam.xxj.  and  raisd,  as  if  this  contradicled  the  Old  Tefiament  Hiftory  ;   where- 
 
 -xxij.  as  there  is  not,  I  thinly  a  fy liable  there  againfi  it.     Forfure  A- 
 
 hi  me  lech  might,  as  the  head  of  a  Courfe,    be  in    attendance  on 
 
 the   Tabernacle    when    David   came,    and  yet  the  High-Priefi, 
 
 whofe  bufmefs  did  not  require  his  attendance   there,  might  be  one 
 
 whofe  name  was  Abiathar  at  the  fame  time.      And  this  is  the 
 
 lefs   improper   to  be  here  obfervd,    becaufe  the  occafion  of  this 
 
 miftahe  is  the  fame  with  that  which  we  have  jufl  been  concerned  ivith- 
 
 al,  viz.  Thefimilitude  of  the  names  of  two  fever al  Per fons.  The  one  of 
 
 the  High-Priefi  himfelf,  and  the  other   of  a  Son  of  that  Priefi 
 
 who  was  then  in  attendance  upon  the  Tabernacle, 
 
 XVIII.  Our  Savior  was  abient  from  Jerufalem  the 
 intire  fpace  of  two  years  and  a  half,  from  his  fe- 
 cond  Paflbver,  till  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  be- 
 fore his  Death. 
 
 It  has  been  by  fome  fuppps'd  that  our  Savior  was  at  jfc- 
 rufalem  at  all  the  'Jewiflo  Feafts  during  his  Miniftry.  But 
 tho'  I  will  not  deny  that  he  might  be  at  moft  of  the  reft ; 
 yet  that  he  was  not  there  during  the  before-mention'd  fpace 
 of  two  years  and  a  half,  the  following  Obfervations  will 
 prove, 
 
 1.  St. 
 
of  the  four  EvangeBJis 
 
 iSSj 
 
 I.  St.  John,  who  alone  gives  an  account  of  all  die   Paflb-  Vid.Prop.$. 
 vers  and  public  Feafts  of  our  Savior,  and  gives  us  the  Hiftory  of  Prius- 
 what  paft  at  the  reft  of  them;  fays  not  a  word  of  his  goin°- 
 to  Jerufalem  within  the  term  above  limited.     His  firftPafTo- 
 ver  at  Jerusalem,  he  defcribes  in  his  fecond Chapter.     At  the 
 following  Feaft  of  Weeks,  he  appears  alfo  by  St.  John  to  have 
 been  in  the  neighborhood  of  Jerufalem,    and   to  that  Feaft 
 very  probably  he  went;  tho' becaufe  it  lafted  but  afingleday, 
 nothing  extraordinary  happcn'd,and  fo  ourSavior  leaving  it  imme- 
 diately, no  particular  notice  is  taken  of  it  by  St.  John.  The 
 next  Feaft,  that  of  Tabernacles,  was  in  all   probability    foon 
 after  Chrifi's  leaving   Judea,    and  going   for   Galilee,   in   the 
 fourth  Chapter.     And  becaufe  Chrifi  left  Judea   on  purpofe 
 to  avoid  the  defigns  of  the  Phari/ees,  'tis  not  to  be   fuppos'd 
 that     he     would      immediately     ihroiv    himfelf     into     their 
 hands  at  the  Feaft  following.     The  next  Feaft  was  the  fecond 
 PafTover  of  our  Savior's  Miniftry,  when  our  Lord  went  up  to 
 Jerufalem,  as  St.  John  allures  us.     The   Hiftory  of  which 
 PafTover  you  have  at  large  in  the  fifth  Chapter  of  his  Gof- 
 pel.     The  next  PafTover,  and  theFeafts  of  Weeks,  and  of  Ta- 
 bernacles both  before  and  after  it,  were   within   the  compafs 
 of  the  Hiftory  of  the  three   other  Evangelifts,    and  fo    St. 
 John,  who  only  fupplies  their  defects,  was  not  concerned  with 
 them,  unlefs  our  Savior  had  gone  to  Jerufalem  to  them.  (For 
 then  no  account  having  been  given  of  them  by  the   reft,    it 
 had  been  St.  Johns  Province  to  have  interpos'd   their  Hifto- 
 ry.)    So  that  even  his  filence  in  thefe  Feafts  is  a    very   pro- 
 bable argument  that  our  Savior  was  abfent  at  the  fame  times. 
 The  fourth  PafTover,  as  to  the  time  of  its  approach,  is  men- 
 tion'd  by  St.  John  in  the  Miracle  of  the  feeding  of  5000  m 
 the  Wildernefs,  but  without  the  leaft  hint  that  our  Savior 
 went  up  to  it  to  Jerufalem-,     atid  the  next  Feaft,    that   of 
 Weeks  is  not  mention'd   at  all  by  him  in   his  Gofpel.     So 
 that  as  far  as  appears  from  St.  John,-  who  is  our  beft   Guide 
 in  this  matter,  Chrifi  was  never  zt  Jerufalem  within  the  time 
 limited  above,  from  his  fecond  PafTover  to  the  Feaft  of  Ta- 
 bernacles before  his  death. 
 
 Aa  i.  The 
 
i  8  6  A  Jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 2.  The  reft  of  the  Evangelifts  fay  not  a  fyllable  of  Chrif's 
 going  up  to  Jerufalem  within  the  time  limited:  nay,  they 
 fairly  imply  the  contrary  as  to  thofe  Feafts  of  which  there  are  any 
 footftcps  in  their  Gofpels.  About  the  time  of  the  third  PafT- 
 over,  we  find  him  in  their  accounts,  near  the  Sea    of  Galilee 
 
 Matt.ix.  0-17.  a  little  before,  and  a  little  after  that  firfl  fabbath  after  the  fc- 
 Mar.ij.  13-22.  con(^  fay  of  the  Paffover,  when  the  Difciples^/«r^  the  ears 
 MattJxi^o-M.'  °f  corn'  S°  that  in  all  probability  our  Savior  and  his  Di- 
 Mar.'iij.  1-12.  fciples  were  in  Galilee,  and  near  the  Sea  of  Galilee  all  that 
 Luk.  vj.  6-n.  while.     And   about    the  time  of  the   fourth   Paffover,    the 
 
 Scribes  and  Pharifees  came  down  from  Jerufalem  as  far  as  Ga~ 
 Matt.  xv.  1.    like,  to  Examin  and  Confront  him:    which  certainly,  if  he 
 
 had  either  lately  been  at  Jerufalem  at  the  Paffover,  or  was  foon  ex- 
 Mar,  vij.i.      pe&cd  there,  they  need  not  have  done. 
 
 3.  This  is  farther  evident  by  the  particular  Circumftances  of 
 Chrift's  leaving  Jerufalem  at  the  fecond  Paffover,  and  afcend- 
 ing  thither  at  the  laft  Feaft  of  Tabernacles,  (the  bounds  be- 
 tween which  I  fuppofe  him  not  to  have  been  there.)  At 
 the  fecond  Paffover  our  Savior  was  in  very  imminent  danger 
 of  his  life,  for  healing  on  the  Sabbath  day,  and  calling  himfelf 
 the  Son  of  God  :  or  in  the  Jews  opinion,  for  Profanation  of 
 
 Job.  v.  16.       the  Sabbath,  and  for  Blafphemy.     St.  John's  words  are,  There- 
 fore did  the  Jews  perfecute  Jefus,  and  fought  to  flay  him,  becaufe  he 
 
 V.  18.  had  done  thefe  things  on  the  fabbath  day.     And  afterwards,  Therefore 
 
 the  Jews  fought  the  more  to  kill  him,  becaufe  he  not  only  had 
 broken  the  fabbath,  but  faid  alfo  that  God  was  his  father, 
 making  himfelf  equal  with  God.  So  that  we  fee,  unlefs  our 
 Savior  would  voluntarily  expofe  himfelf  to  the  malice  and  cruel- 
 ty of  the  Jews  before  his  Preaching  was  finifh'd,  and  the 
 time  of  his  death  determin'd  by  the  Prophecies  of  the  Old 
 Teftament  was  come,  he  mijft  keep  away  from  Jerufalem. 
 And  that  accordingly  he  did  fo,    St.  John  affurcs*  us  in  the 
 
 Joh.vij.  1.  beginning  of  his  feventh  Chapter  in  thefe  words,  After  thefe 
 things  Jefus  walked  in  Galilee,  for  he  would  not  walk^  in  Jewry, 
 becaufe  the  Jews  fought  to  kill  him.  And  all  this  is  mightily 
 confirm'd  by  the  Circumftances  of  the  laft  Feaft  of  Taber- 
 nacles, when  our  Savior  went  thither  again,  both  in  St.  John's 
 and  St.  Luke's  Gofpels.     From  St.  John  'tis  plain  that  he  had 
 
 ftaid 
 
of  the  four  Enjangelijls.  i  87 
 
 ftaid  To  long  in  Galilee  that  his  Relations  wonder'd  at  it,  and 
 advife  him  by  all  means  not  to  live  in  fo  private  a  corner  of 
 the  Land,  but  to  mew  himfelf  at  the  public  Feafts  at  Jeru- 
 falem.     Now  the  Jews  feaft  of  Tabernacles  was  at  hand*    His  v.  3,  4. 
 Brethren  therefore  [aid  unto  himy  depart  hence,  and  go  into  Ju- 
 dea,  that  thy  difciples  there  alfo  may  fee  the  works   that   thou 
 dofi.     For  there  is  no  man  that  doth  any  thing  in  fecret,  and 
 he  himfelf  feeketh  to  be  known  openly:  If  thou  do  t he fe things, 
 pew  thy  felf  to  the  world.     And  when  afterwards  our  Savior 
 went  up  to  the  Feaft,  he  did  it   not  till  the   middle  of  it : 
 (probably  that  he  might  not  give  long  time  to  his  Enemies 
 for  their  contrivances  againft  him,)  as  the  fame  Evangel  id  in- v.  14. 
 forms  us.     And  as  to  St.  Luke,  his  account  of  it  plainly  im- 
 plies that  before  this  Feaft  his  time  was  not  come,  and  fo  till 
 now  he  could  not,  with  fafety,  venture  up  to  Jerufalem.     His 
 words  are,  //  came  to  pafs  when  the  time  was    come   that    ^  Luk.ix-.fr. 
 jhould    be    received   up ,      he   ftedfajlly  fet   his  face  to  go   to 
 Jerufalem,viz,.  to  this  laftFeaft  of  Tabernacles.     4.  Which  Pro- 
 portion is  alfo  ftill*  farther  confirm'd  by  what  pafs'd  between 
 the  Jews  and  our  Savior  at  this  Feaft,    with  immediate  re- 
 ference to  the  fecond  Paffover  two  years  and  a  half  before. 
 As  foon  as  our  Savior  appears,  the  difcourfe  begins  with   di- 
 rect regard  to  the    Miracle  done  there  fo  long  fince,   and  to 
 the  defign  againft  his  life,  which  was  form'd  at  the  fame  time. 
 Our  Savior's  words  are,   Why  go  ye  about  to  kill  me?  The  j0h. vjj.  19. 
 people  anfwered  and  faid,  Thou  hafi  a  devil;  who  goeth  about  20,21. 
 to  kill  thee  ?     Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  unto  them3  I  have  done 
 
 one  work,  and  ye  all  marvel /  have  made   a    man   every V.23. 
 
 whit  whole  on  thefabbath  day.  viz,,  as  all  agree,  the  Man  who 
 lay  at  the  Pool  of  Bethefda,  and  was  heal'd  at  the  fecond  Paff- 
 over.    Then  faid  fome  of  them    of  Jerufalem,    is  not  this  he  V.  25% 
 
 whom  they  feck^  to  kill  ?  Then  they  fought  to  take  him  ;  but  y_  ,0< 
 
 no  man  laid  hands  on  him,  becaufe  his  hour  was  not  yet 
 come.  All  which  difcourfe  is  a  molt  pregnant  evidence  that 
 this  was  the  very  next  time  of  his  coming  to  Jerufalem  af- 
 ter that  Paffover,  tv/o  years  and  a  half  before ;  as  was  to  be 
 demonftrated. 
 
 A  a  i  Corolh 
 
3.7—10. 
 
 1 88  A  jhort  <vie>vu  of  the  Harmony 
 
 Coroll.  I.  Our  Savior  therefore,  as  he  afterward  command- 
 ed his  Apoffles  not  to  Preach  to  the  Gentiles  //'//  they  were 
 rejetled  by  the  Jews;  fo  himfelf  did  not  begin  his  public  Preach- 
 ing and  confiant  Miniftry  in  Galilee,  till  thofe  of  Jerufalem 
 and  J  (idea  had  rejected  him,  and  fought  his  defirutlion. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  We  need  not  be  furprizJd  at  the  three  for- 
 mer  Evangelifis  Jilence  as  to  the  feveral  Pajfovers  during  our 
 Vid.  Eufeb.  in  Savior's  Mintflry.  For  Jince  they  chiefly  begin  -with  his  pub- 
 Prop.  7.  pnus.  fa  preaching  in  Galilee,  fmce  alfo  it  appears  that  our  Savior 
 was  not  at  any  of  the  Jewifh  Pajfovers  all  the  time  of  their 
 Hifiories  till  the  loft,  whereat  he  fufferd,  and  Jince  that 
 Pajfover  is  fufficiently  evident  in  all  the  Evangelifls ,  we  have 
 no  reafon  to  wonder  at  the  omiffion  of  the  reft.. 
 
 XIX.  Altho'  our  Savior  and  the  generality  of  the 
 Jews  eat  the  Paflbver  at  the  mod  ufual  time,  the 
 Evening  after  the  fourteenth  day  of  Nifan  ;  yet 
 the  Jewifh  Sanhedrw,  or  at  leait  a  great  part  of 
 them  defer'd  the  eating  their  Paflbver  till  between 
 two  and  four  a  Clock  the  next  morning. 
 
 That  our  Savior  eat  his  Paflbver  at  the  ufual  time  above 
 fpecify'd,  is  fo  plain  in  three  of  the  Evangelifts,  that  had  it 
 not  been  for  fome  difficulties  in  the  fourth  of  them,  forwant 
 of  the  prefent  Ohfervation,  it  would  never  have  been  doubt- 
 ed of  by  any.  I  will  barely  fet  down  the  words  of  the  E- 
 vangelifts  to  prove  the  former  part  of  this  Proposition  :  and 
 afterward  more  particularly  give  my  reafons  for  the  latter,  in 
 which  alone  there  is  any  confiderable  difficulty.  St.  Mat- 
 Matt.xxvj.  tjjew  therefore  in  the  firft  place  fays  thus  ,.  Now 
 the  firfi  day  of  the  feafl  of  unleavened  bread,  the  difciples  came 
 to  Jefus,  faying  unto  him,  where  wilt  thou  that  we  prepare 
 for  thee  to  eat  the  Pajfover  ?  And  he  faid}  Go  into  the  city  to 
 fitch  a  man,  and  fay  unto  him,  the  mafler  faith,  my  time  is 
 at  hand,  I  will  keep  the  Pajfover  at  thy  houfe  with  my  difci- 
 ples*    And  the  difciples  did  as-  Jefus  had  appointed  them,  and 
 
 they 
 
of  the  Jour  EvangeJifts.  185? 
 
 they  made  ready  the  Pajfover.      Now  when  the  even  was  come, 
 he  fat  down  with  the  twelve.      Stl    Marl(%   words  are,    And  Mar.  xir. 
 the  fir -ft  day  of  unleavened  bread,  when  they    killed   the   Pajfo- 12--17. 
 ver,  his  atfciples  faid  unto  him,    where    wilt  thou  that  we  go 
 and  prepare  that  thou  mayfl  eat  the  Pajfover  ?     And  he  fend- 
 eth  forth  two  of  his  difciples and  they  made  ready  the   Pajfo- 
 ver.    And  in  the  evening  he  cometh  with  the  twelve,   &c.      St. 
 Luke's  words  are,  Then  came  the  day  of  unleavened  Bread,  when  Luk#  xxij.  7. 8' 
 the  Pajfover  mufi  be  killed.     And  he  fent  Peter  and  John,  fay-  13,  (4,  ij» 
 
 ing,  go  and  prepare  us  the  Pajfover  that  we  may  eat. And 
 
 they  made  ready  the  Pajfover.  And  ivhen  the  hour  was  come, 
 he  fat  down,  and  the  twelve  Apofiles  with  him.  And  he  faid 
 unto  them3  with  dejire  I  have  defired  to  eat  this  Pajfover  with 
 you  before  I  fujfer,  &c.  So  that  'tis  abundantly  evident  that 
 Chrift  eat  the  Paflover  at  the  ufual  time  with  the  generality 
 of  the  Jews,  the  Evening  after  the  fourteenth  day  of  Ni~ 
 fan.  That  the  Sanhedrin,  or  at  leaft  a  great  part  of  them  de- 
 fend the  eating  their  Paflover  till  between  two  and  four  a, 
 clock  in  the  morning,  the  following  Arguments  will  demon- 
 ftrate, 
 
 1.  By  the  original  Precept  of  God  to  Mofes,  'twas  as  law- 
 ful to  defer  the  eating  of  the  Paflover  till  two  a  Clock  in. 
 the  Morning ,  as  to  eat  it  in  the  Evening.  .  For  they  were 
 only  oblig'd  to  eat  it  between  Sun-fetting  and  Sun-rifing,  or 
 however,  between  the  ending  of  day-light  at  night,  and  the 
 beginning  of  day-light  in  the   morning.     The  words  of  the 
 
 Law  are  thefe,  They  pall  eat  the  fie/Jj  in  that  night. And  y^Exod.xij.g* 
 
 fhall  let  nothing   of  it  remain    until    the  morning  ■:     and  that V' '  °* 
 
 which  remaineth  of  it  until  the  morning  ye  pall  burn  with 
 fire. 
 
 2.  The  Sanhedrin  were  too  buify  at  the  evening  before  to 
 have  time  for  the  eating  of  the  Paflover.     They   had  agreed 
 with  Judas  on  Wednefdaj  night  to  betray  our  Lord ;.  and  accord- 
 ingly 'tis  faid,     He  fought  opportunity  to  betray  him  in  the  ab-  Lukxx|j  ^ 
 fince  of  the  multitude.     But  miffing  ot    his  purpofe  on  Thurfday 
 
 the  Evening  of  the  Paflover  was  come.  So  that  now  the 
 Sanhedrin  muft  either  mind  their  bufinefs,  and  catch  him  that 
 aight,  or  elfe  the  next  day  the  Multitudes  would  be  fo  nu- 
 
 A  a  3  merous- 
 
xcjo  A  jhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 numerous,  eipeciaJly  horn  Galilee  (where  our  Savior  had  fo 
 long  preach'd  and  wrought  "Miracles;  that  they  durftnotven- 
 ture  then  to  apprehend  him :  and  after  the  next  day  our  Sa- 
 vior might  be  gone  away  from  Jerufalem.  So  that  all  was  to 
 be  done  this  night,  at  the  very  time  when  they  us'd  to  eat 
 the  PafFover,  or  elfe  they  could  not  fecure  our  Savior  this 
 Feaft.  Accordingly,  as  we  find,  they  lit  in  deep  Confulta- 
 tation,  Judas  comes  to  them  juft  from  the  PafTover  with  our 
 Savior,  and  before  it  was  over.  They  together  adjuft  all  the 
 Circumftances  of  Time,  and  Place,  and  Perfons  necelfary  for 
 their  purpofe.  They  provide  a  ftrong  Guard  of  Soldiers  and 
 others,  to  feize  and  fecure  him  :  which  accordingly  they  a- 
 clually  do  in  a  little  time :  and  afterward  proceed  directly  up- 
 on his  Tryal  and  Condemnation  among  themfelves  till  the 
 Gallicinium,  or  about  two  a  Clock  in  the  morning.  Where, 
 I  pray,  is  the  fpace  for  the  eating  of  the  Paflbver  all  this 
 while?  All  thefe  things  plainly  imply  the  Sanhedrin  in  Coun- 
 cil at  their  public  Chamber  in  the  Temple,  not  every  one  with 
 their  Families  at  home  eating  the  Pajfover. 
 
 $.  We  are  aflur'd  by  St.  John  that  about  two  in  the  morn- 
 ing, when  the  Sanhedrin  hadCondemn'd  our  Savior,  and  were 
 calling  up  Pilate  the  Roman  Governor  to  make  all  things  rea- 
 Joh.  xviij.  28.  dy  for  his  Tryal,  They  themfelves  went  not  into  the  judgment- 
 hall,  left  they  fiiould  be  defil'd,  but  that  they  might  eat  the  pajfo- 
 ver. Which  words  moit  naturally  imply  that  they  took  the 
 opportunity  of  this  Interval  before  the  day-break  to  go  home 
 and  eat  the  Paflbver,  before  any  occafion  of  converfing  with 
 the  Heathen  Romans,  which  they  muit  do  in  a  little  time, 
 (and  which  if  they  had  firft  done  they  durft  not  eat  the  PafTo- 
 ver till  the  next  month)  that  fo  afterward  they  might  return 
 without  fear  or  danger,  when  the  Paflbver  was  over,  to  pro- 
 fecute  their  Accufation  before  Pilate. 
 
 4.  This  is  alfo  mightily  confirm'd  by  the  Occurrences  and 
 Hiftory  afterward.  Now,  as  it  is  evident,  the  Sanhedrin  dare 
 not  enter  into  Pilate's  Judgment-hall,  or  converfe  with  the  Ro- 
 man Officers  for  fear  of  Defilement.  About  day-break  we 
 find  them  making  no  fcruple  of  entring  into  this  Hall,  or  con- 
 verfing with  the  Rowans;    and  in  the  whole  procefs  of  our 
 
 Savior's 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  1 5?  1 
 
 
 
 Savior's  Tryal  afterward  not  a  fyllable  of  any  fear  of  defile- 
 ment thereupon.  What  fhould  be  the  reafon  of  this  diffe- 
 rent condud?  But  that  at  firft  they  had  not  eaten  of  the 
 Paflover,  but  that  they  had  done  it  afterward,  and  fo  were 
 paft:  any  danger  from  fuch  a  defilement  ? 
 
 5.  This  is  alfo  farther  confirm'd  by  that  fecond  Meeting  of 
 the  whole  Sanhedrin  in  the  Temple  about  break  of  day,  or 
 four  a  Clock  afterward,  which  has  hitherto  appear'd  fo  un- 
 accountable. At  two  a  Clock  in  the  morning  we  leave  the 
 Sanhedrin  at  the  Pratorium,  tho'  not  daring  to  enter  it,  for  fear 
 of  Defilement.  At  four  a  Clock  we  find  them  at  the  Tem- 
 ple, (far  enough  diftant)  where,  after  Judas  faw  that  they  Matt-  xxviJ-  ?» 
 had  Condemn'd  Chrifl,  he  throws  down  the  50  pieces  of  Sil-4'  *' 
 ver  before  them.  In  a  little  time  we  find  them  again  at  the 
 Pratorium  till  they  had  gain'd  their  defign,  and  procur'd  our 
 Savior's  Condemnation  by  Pilate  alfo.  Whence  came  the 
 whole  Body  of  the  Sanhedrin  to  the  Temple?  In  our  Ac- 
 count 'tis  eafy,  viz,.  About  two  a  Clock  they  go  home  e- 
 very  one  to  his  own  Family,  and  eat  the  Paffover.  At  four 
 a  Clock  they  meet  at  the  Temple,  where  was  the  ufual  Cham- 
 ber for  their  fitting,  and  probably  order  their  Members  that 
 before  were  abfent  to  meet  them  alfo.  At  this  Meeting  they 
 all  confirm  the  fentence  of  Condemnation  againft  Chrifl,  and 
 fo  return  in  a  Body  to  the  Pr&torium,  to  profecute  the  Charge 
 againft  him  before  Pilate.  But  in  the  common  Expositions 
 of  thefe  matters,  this  fecond  Meeting  at  the  Temple  is  plain- 
 ly unaccountable. 
 
 Coroll.  1.  Our  Savior  was  Cruciffd  on  the  great  day  of  the 
 Pajfover,  the  fifteenth  day  of  Nifan.  This  is  demonflrated  from 
 the  foregoing  Propofition.  For  the  Paffover  was  always  eaten 
 by  the  Jews  on  the  Night  or  Evening  before  this  Day. 
 
 Coroll.  2.  Hence  we  fee  what  is  the  meaning  of  thofe  words 
 in  St.  John,  relating  to  the  day  of  our  Savior's  Crucifixion. 
 It  was,  fays  he,  n*&m<sb»  W T\d%ot,  The  Preparation  to  that]°^x^'1^ 
 weekly  Sabbath,  which  was  peculiarly  remarl^able,  becaufe  it  fell 
 in  the  Pajfover  weeh^,  or  on  the  great  day  of  the  Paffover.  It 
 was  Friday  in  Paffion  weekj,  ^Good-Friday,  if  I  may  fpeah^ 
 in  our  Englifh  jiile.     This  Expreffion   tk*z?™<&»  wef  T\d%*,    has 
 
 cam d 
 
^$z  AJhort  njie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 taus'd  great  difficulties,  being  commonly  rendred  the  Prepara- 
 tion of  the  Paifover:  as  if  n*&oxdm  were  an  appellative,  and 
 fignifyd  a  Preparation  only.  And  from  this  word  in  St.  John 
 fo  underftood,  many  have  believ'd  that  our  Savior  was  Cruci- 
 fy d  on  the  fourteenth  of  Nifan,  or  the  Preparation^/^  Jewiih 
 Pafover ,  contrary  to  the  moft  exprefs  Tefiimonies  of  all  the  o- 
 iher  Evangelifls,  as  we  have  feen  above.  Now  to  clear  this 
 matter,  I  fay,  that  this  Phrafe  can  only  [ignify  here  Good- 
 Friday,  or  the  Preparation  to  the  Jewiih  Sabbath  in  PaiTo- 
 ver week  ',  becaufe  the  word  nx&exJj*  in  the  New  Teftament 
 is  a  term  of  Art,  or  a  word  by  ufe  denoting  nothing  elfe  but 
 the  jixth  day  of  the  weekj,  the  confiant  Preparation-day  to  the 
 Jewiih  Sabbath;  as  may  be  demonftrated  by  a  view  of  all  the 
 places  where  it  occurs.  This  word  then  is  found  five  times 
 in  the  New  Teflament ,  befides  the  Text  before  us  in  dif- 
 pute :  and  in  every  one  of  them  it  evidently  fignifies  the  jixth 
 Jay  of  the  weel^,  and  nothing  elfe-,  and  fo  ought  to  be  ex- 
 pounded of  the  fame  day  in  that  place  we  are  now  upon. 
 Two  of  the  five  places  are  not  only  in  this  Evangelifl,  but  in 
 this  very  Chapter.  The  other  three  are  ene  in  each  of  the  o- 
 ther  Evangelifl 's  :  which  pall  be  all  diftinflly  confider'd.  I. St. 
 John  fays  v.  31.  The  Jews  'therefore,  becaufe  it  was  the 
 n^«</^  that  the  bodies  might  not  remain  on  the  crofs  on  the 
 Sabbath  day  (for  that  Sabbath  day  was  an  high  day)  befought 
 Pilate  that  their  legs  might  be  broken,  and  that  they  might 
 be  taken  away.  2.  He  adds  v.  42.  There  laid  they  Jefus 
 becaufe  of  the  n«e?c*<^«>  for  the  fepulchre  was  nigh  at  hand. 
 In  both  which  Verfes  no  body  will  doubt  that  nxyi<™<sb*  denotes 
 Friday,  the  day  before  the  Jewiih  Sabbath-,  and  thefe  places 
 being  in  St.  John   himfelf  are    a  fuffcient    Expofition  of  the 
 
 h  k.xxiij  54  fame  word  in  the  Vcrfe  before  us.  3.  St.  Luke  ufe  s  the 
 word  but  once,  and  'tis  certainly  in  the  fame  fence.  And 
 that  day  was  the  hx&okAk,  and  the  fabbath  drew  on.     4.  St. 
 
 Matr.xxvij.62.  Matthew  not  only  nfes  the  word  in  the  fame  fence,  but  what 
 is  exceeding  remarkable,  implys  that  it  was  a  word  as  much 
 fixt  by  ufe  to  the  fixth  day  of  the  week^,  as  the  word  Sab- 
 bath 7ias  to  the  feventh.  The  Sabbath  it  felf  being  by  him 
 .eaJl'd  the  day   after   the  n«g*oxdbn.    Now  the  next  day    that 
 
 followed 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  .  *  j  p  $ 
 
 followed  the  day  of  the  preparation  *?»  n«o«9»^»,  the  Chief- 
 Priefts  and  Pharifees  came  together  unto  Pilate,  <$*c.  Which 
 if  that  word  did  not  conftantly  denote  the  Jixth  day  of  the 
 week,  "were  very  ftrange  and  unaccountable.  5.  And  to  con~ 
 firm  all  the  reft,  St.  Mark  is  not  content  with  the  bare  ufe  Mar.xv.4t, 
 of  the  ivord  in  the  fame  fence,  but,  as  it  were  to  prevent  any 
 pofjible  mijiake  about  it,  tells  us  exprefly  that  it  properly  Jicr- 
 nifies  the  day  before  the  fabbath  ;  Becaufe  it  was  the  prepara- 
 tion, that  is,  the  day  before  the  fabbath.  'e^«  h  nxganu&l,  « 
 in  nymSSanv.  Than  which  nothing  could  be  more  exprefs  to 
 our  prefent  purpofe. 
 
 XX.  Our  Savior  was  Crucify'd  Afrtl  3.   A.  T.  J, 
 4.74,6.  which  is  A.  2).  33. 
 
 This  Propofition  is  to  be  demonftrated  by  the  certain 
 Characters  of  this  year  and  day,  occurring  in  the  Evangelifts, 
 and  compar'd  with  the  ancient  Hiftorians. 
 
 1 .  Chrifi  was  Crucify'd  under  the  Roman  Emperor  Tiberi- 
 us, and  after  his  fixteenth  year.  The  former  part  of  this  Af- 
 fertion  is  plain  from  the  Roman  Hiftorian  Tacitus,  who  af- 
 fures  us  that  t  In  the  Reign  of  Tiberius  Chrift  was  put  to 
 death.  And  the  latter  part  is  evident  from  St.  Luke,  who  af-  Luk.iij.i. 
 furesusthat  the  very  beginning  of  the  Baptift'sM'miftxy  was  not 
 till  the  fifteenth  year  of  Tiberius.  And  fince  we  have  at  leaft three 
 Paflbvers  in  our  Savior's  own  Miniftry,  exprefly  mention'd  by 
 St,  John,  which  include  two  years  fpacej  'tis  certain  \\1sSceFrop.9. 
 death  could  not  poflibly  happen  till  after  the  fixteenth  of  Tibe- 
 rius  was  over. 
 
 l.  Chrifi  was  Crucify'd  under  Pontius  Pilate  the  Roman 
 Governor  of  Judea.  This  Affertion  is  not  only  evident  e- 
 very  where  in  the  Evangelical  Accounts  of  his  death  ,♦  But 
 is  alio  affirm'd  by  the  before-nam'd  Roman  Hiftorian,  in  the 
 
 1  Chriftus,  Tiberio  Tmperante,  per  procuratorem  Pentium  Pilatum  fup- 
 'plicio  affe&us  eft.    Tacit.  Annul  1.  1 /.  c.  44. 
 
 B  b  place 
 
I5?4  *      A  Jhort  wie<w  of  the  Harmony 
 
 place  already  quoted  :  where  he  afTerts  that  Chrifi  was  put  to 
 death  by  Pontius  Pilate  the  Procurator  of  Judea.      And  this 
 
 SeeMar.  xv.8.  muft  have  been,  as  before,  two  years  at  leaft  after  the  begin- 
 ning of  his  Government  on  the  fame  account. 
 
 5.  Chrifi  was  Crucify 'd  at  the  leaft  48  years  after  the  fini- 
 fhing  of  the  Temple  of  Herod.  This  is  a  neceffary  confe- 
 quence  of  what  has  been   already  prov'd,  viz,.  That   Chrifi's 
 
 Frop.  10.  &r&  public  PafTover  was  46  years  after  the  finiihing  of  the  Tem- 
 ple, and  thatattheleaft,his  Miniftry  lafted  two  years  afterwards. 
 
 4.  Chrifi  was  Crucify'd  on  the  great  day  of  the  Jews 
 PafTover,  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  firffc  month  Ntfan.  This 
 has  been  already  fully  prov'd  under  the  fore-going  Proportion. 
 
 5.  Chrifi  was  Cruciry'd  on  Friday ,  or  the  6th  day  of  the  week. 
 This  is  alfo  fully  prov'd  under  the  fore-going  Propofition,  and 
 its  Corollaries,  and  excepting  Langius,  was  never  that  1  know 
 of  doubted  of  by  any  Chriftian. 
 
 Matt.xxvij.45-.  <s.  Chrifi  was  Crucify'd  at  the  time  of  a  Total  and  Mira- 
 Mar.xv.33.  cuious  Eclipfe  of  the  Sun.  This  is  alfo  abundantly  evident 
 Luk.xxnj.44,in  ^  Evangelical  Hiftorics. 
 
 Thefe  are  the  fure  *e*We*«  or  Charatlerifiics  of  cur  Savior's 
 PafTion  :  and  fince  there  is  but  one  year  to  which  they  all  can 
 belong ;  if  we  can  light  of  fuch  a  year  which  has  every  one 
 of  thefe  Characters ,  we  have  undoubtedly  derrmin'd  the 
 punctual  time  of  the  death  of  Chrifi.  Let  us  confider  them 
 all  particularly. 
 
 1.  The  feventeenth  year  of  Tiberius  began  Aug.  19. 
 A.  P.  J.  4743 3  which  is  A.  D.  30.  Tiberius  dy'd  March 
 16,  A.  P.  J.  4750.  which  is  A.  D.  57,  before  the 
 Jewifio  PafTover.  So  that  this  firft  Character  confines  us  with- 
 in fix  years,  from  A.  D.  31,  till  A.  D.  35  inclufive. 
 SeeProp.S'  2.  Pontius  Pilate  was  Governor  of  Judea  but  ten   years  in 
 
 CW/.  3.  ajj^  as  Jofephus  afTures  us :  nor  could  he  enteron  his  Office  foon- 
 er  than  the  PafTover  A. P.  J.  4740.  which  is  A.  D.  27,  as 
 to  be  fure  he  was  out  of  his  Office  at  the  PafTover  A.  P.  J. 
 4750.  which  is  A.D.  37.  Let  us  fuppofe  him  in  his  Office 
 at  that  former  PafTover,  and  allow  fomewhat  above  two  years 
 for  our  Savior's  Miniftry,  after  he  was  made  Governor,  and 
 then  this  fecond  Character  will  confine  us  within  [even  years, 
 from  A.  D*  30,  till  A.  D.  35,  inclufive.  3.  He- 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  195 
 
 3.  Herod's  N««s  or  Temple  was  finifrYd  at  the  fooneft  in  See  Frop.  10. 
 the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  year  of  his  Reign  from  the 
 flaughter  of  Antigonus,  or  between  January  and  July-,  A.  P.  J. 
 ^696.  To  which  add  48  years,  and  we  lhall  fee  that  we  are 
 confin'd  by  this  Character  to  fome  PafTover  after  that  A.  P.  J. 
 4743,  which  is  A.D.  30.  And  (iince  none  have  given  above 
 two  Pa /lovers  more  to  our  Saviors  Miniftry  afterwards,  we 
 are  hereby  confin'd  to  three  years  from  A.  D.  31,  till  A.  D. 
 
 33.  inclufive. 
 
 4,  and  5.  Thefe  two  Characters  are  to  be  compard  toge- 
 ther, and  taken  jointly :  and  if  we  find  within  the  bounds  a- 
 bove  limited  but  one  fingle  year,  in  which  the  fifteenth  day 
 of  Nifan  fell  upon  the  fixth  day  of  the  week  or  Friday  ;  that 
 year  for  certain ,  and  that  alone  muft  be  the  year  of  our  Sa- 
 vior's Paflion ;  and  that  Friday,  the  fifteenth  of  Nifan,  and 
 that  alone  the  very  day  of  our  Savior's  Crucifixion.  Now 
 we  fee  that  all  the -fore-going  Characters  being  allow'd,  we 
 have  at  laft  but  three  years  to  examin,  which  are  A.  D.  31, 
 32,  33.  But  becaufe  that  laft  Character  taken  from  the  Jews 
 affirmation  of  the  time  from  the  finifhing  of  the  Temple  till 
 our  Savior's  firft  public  PafTover,  is  not  generally  own'd  fo 
 Authentic  as  the  reft,  we  will  at  prefent  lay  itafide,  and  take 
 in  all  the  years  which  the  other  undoubted  Characters  do 
 confine  us  to  :  which  therefore  are  thefe,  A.  D.  31,  32,  33, 
 
 34,  35,  36.  And  that  we  may  be  fure  which  of  thefe  years 
 affords  us  the  fifteenth  of  Nifan  on  a  Friday,  and  whether  a- 
 ny  more  than  one  of  them  have  the  fame  coincidence,  Ifhall 
 fet  down  a  Table  of  the  New  Moons  for  all  the  years  be- 
 fore-mention'd,  redued  to  the  Meridian  of  Jerufalem,  and 
 the  Jhour  from  mid-night,  rand  fhall  obferve  withal  on  what 
 day  of  the  week  the  firft  and  fifteenth  days  of  Nifan  did  fall 
 upon  every  one  of  them:  and  this  both  on  the  Hypothefs  that 
 each  month  began  the  Evening  next  after  the  New  Moon, 
 which  was  the  general  rule  in  thofe  days ;  and  on  that  other 
 Hypothefs  that  fometimes  they  did  not  begin  it  till  the  next 
 butoneihzr  it.  Tho'  indeed  there  is  no  certain  evidence  that 
 this  latter  method  was  fo  ancient  as  the  times  of  our  Savior. 
 
 Bbi  A. 
 
i?6 
 
 AJhort  view  of  the  Harmony 
 
 New  Moon 
 
 Vid.  Lamy. 
 
 1 
 
 March. 
 
 ift  and  1  $th 
 
 ApparatPai'ti 
 
 •4.P.J- 
 
 A,T>) 
 
 D.        H. 
 
 ol  Nifan. 
 
 C.2.    f.  2. 
 
 Tuefday  or 
 
 4744 
 
 31 
 
 12,-—  1 0 
 
 Wednefday 
 Monday  or 
 
 4745 
 
 3* 
 
 *9 23 ° 
 
 Tuefday 
 Friday  or 
 
 474* 
 
 33 
 
 lp 15 30 
 
 Saturday 
 Wednefdajot 
 
 4747 
 
 34 
 
 5> 5 5° 
 
 Thurfday 
 Tuefday  or 
 
 4748 
 
 35 
 
 28 6 40 
 
 Wednefday 
 1  Sunday  or 
 
 4749 
 
 30 
 
 1 6—18 40 
 
 Monday. 
 
 Whereas  therefore  we  find  by  this  Table  that  -^.  D.  3  3 .  has, 
 and  no  other  could  have  the  fifteenth  day  of  Nifan  on  a  Friday, 
 we  may  be  fecure  that  we  have  rightly  affignd  the  year  and 
 day  of  our  Savior's  Paflion  in  the  prefent  Proportion. 
 
 Scholium.  It  muft  here  be  obferv'd,  that  I  fay  nothing  of 
 the  delaying  the  month  Nifan  upon  the  latenefsof  the  Spring., 
 and  feveral  other  occaiions  which  the  Jewifo  Writers  fpeak 
 of  in  aftertimes,  no  more  than  I  do  of  the  tranflation  of 
 their  Feafts  from  one  day  in  the  week  to  another,  upon  fome 
 trifling  Reafons  alledg'd  by  them  alfo.  And  I  take  no  notice 
 of  thefe  things,  becaufe  they  all  appear  to  me  to  be  of  a  la- 
 ter date,  and  not  to  have  been  us'd  in  the  times  of  our  Sa- 
 vior. The  Rules  I  here  go  by  are  the  very  fame  that  we 
 find  in  t  Fhiloy  in  Jofephus,  and  in  the  other  certain  remains 
 
 io^Tji  ;k»»  {Jjovov  T  yiMov  to  {oriyiitg/.vov  2>lg.7rv%itjto%  TptiiW  **•  "">»  vzMvav  at. 
 °Tav  y>  i07][Jbfg/vM  Tyi^/AjdnuV}  'ivrav  db'o,  rod  f3p,  iecgAvoi),  rod  h ,  ^UTiugA- 
 *oS,    kccI    Sl&fjuireouvmv    «,Xmi>m'     hfylcr.c,    rt    t~c    t    Mg Games 'u v   »(/.*&<;    rjf 
 
 «wf  ft, 
 
 Wm   to   ictQ/.vov    ioyp/Sg/.vcv    o 
 
 «A<©- 
 
 Tf^/Uft^ 
 
 ft,    il.cwu.yy.fic. 
 
 y&rci  7v  fAtfynu&ivoy  ioTjf^tQ/.vov  »  aXm.     Hufeb.  Hift.  Ecclef.  1. 7.  cult 
 
 Mira 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  i  o  j 
 
 of  that  and  the  foregoing  Ages  ;  while  the  other,  which 
 we  meet  with  in  the  later  Jewifo  Authors,  can  by  no  means 
 prove  any  fuch  Antiquity.  What  is  raoft  material  here,  is  this 
 that  fince  the  New  Moon  happen'd  fo  near  to  the  night  on 
 the  nineteenth  of  March  A.  D.  33.  as  by  no  means  to  be 
 vifible  till  the  Evening  of  the  twentieth,  it  feems  to  follow 
 (if  the  Jewijlj  method  of  beginning  their  months  was  from  the 
 Moons  <?««?,  or  appearance,  and  not  from  its  conjunction)  that 
 not  the  twentieth  of  March,  but  the  twenty  fir  ft  mould  be 
 the  firft  day  of  the  month  of  Nifan,  and  fo  the  PafTovcr,  or 
 fifteenth  day  could  not  be  Friday  but  Saturday.,  contrary  to 
 what  we  have  here  fuppos'd.  Now  whether  this  obfervati- 
 on  of  the  <P«k?s  were  then  in  ufe  or  not,  it  will  come  much 
 to  the  fame  thing.  For  thofe  *  Jews  who  have  the  moft  of 
 all  retain'd  their  ancient  Rules,  without  the  Additions  of 
 the  Talmudical  Doctors,  do  affure  us  that  tho'  the  Moon  be 
 not  feen  over  night,  yet  if  it  be  fo  far  from  the  Sun  the  af- 
 ter-noon following,  as  to  be  vifible  fome  time  before  night, 
 which  would  be  the  cafe  here,  that  day  after  the  New  Moon 
 would  (till  be  the  firfl:  of  the  month  notwithstanding.  The 
 want  of  the  allowance  for  which  Rule  has  been  the  caufe  of 
 very  great  difficulties  in  the  computation  before  us.  Upon 
 the  whole,  if  we  either  compyte  the  Paffover  day  by  the 
 New  Moons  themfelves,  as  we  have  done  here  :  or  by  the 
 Jewijh  Calendar  made  ufe  of  fince  the  days  of  Hillely  in  the 
 
 MiiK  avvohxi  iyv  xM7M  mx  (r&Xww  ttuv,  Nto/Awta.     Tbilo. 
 'Hovf/jviv'.ci  <fi  </!p%iTU]  <puTjg{v  ai&trra  <p't[yi  asXww  nM®*.     Idem,  apud Set* 
 den   De  Anno  Judaeorum  c.  20.  8c  Langium  de  Annis  Ckrifti,  1,  i.e. 9. 
 
 To)    JV  /w>sjv»   rtS  jrcw$Jx.cJ>    05    vios-ix.v    'xa.p     v^t    ymXStwj,    kxI  W  itvvi;  !?&• 
 
 iitclsw  ym^oi  Jvtr.v  cvo[Atvz.     Jojefh.  Antiq.  1.  3.  c.  10.  Vid.  Philon.  de  fepte- 
 nario,  p.  1 174,  8c  1 189. 
 
 TtJ  ai  (Awl  rouro)  ,  <c%<  nos-oi^axcuhy.xivv  i^As^y,  fjui&ovr<&'  roS  (rs^yvix- 
 >«/  mkXov  yi'tiZS^  TsXyicKpscovs,  ctyiTUj  tk  3\$&ai>{i2/.%.  Philo  De  Septenaio.  p. 
 1190,    1191. 
 
 *  Si  Luna  non  videatur  die  trigefimo  (ineunte,)  8c  die  trigefimo  primo(in- 
 eunte)  aperto  die  cum  fole  appareat,  binis  ternifve  horisancc  occafum  (funmj 
 dies  qui  prxteriit  Neomenia  erit.      Elms  .,pud  Selden.  de  Anno  Judaico,  .12. 
 
 B  b  3  middle 
 
19 
 
 A  Jhort  <vienjj  of  the  Harmony 
 
 middle  oi  the  iourth  Century,  which  here  agrees  with  the 
 former  method  alfo,  or  by  its  immediate  preceding  the  Full 
 Moon,  which  happen'd  the  very  fame  evening,  and  which 
 Jofephus  affures  us  was  regarded  alfo  by  the  Jews  :  I  fay  which  of 
 thefe  methods  foever  we  chufe,  it  will  ftill  appear  that  none 
 of  the  other  years  above-mention'd  but  that  before  us  could 
 have  its  fifteenth  of  Ntfan  on  a  Friday,  which  is  abfolutely 
 neceffary  upon  the  year  of  our  Savior  s  Pallion.  So  that  this 
 year  and  this  only  on  all  accounts  muft  have  been  that  where- 
 on our  Savior  was  put  to  death. 
 
 6.  The  only  Teftimony  in  profane  Antiquity  of  the  ex- 
 traordinary Eclipfe  at  our  Savior's  Paflion,  which  is  ftill  ex- 
 tant, and  truly  a  very  remarkable  one  alfo,  is  that  of  Phlegon 
 Trallianus,  which  we  have  in  Origen,  and  Eufebius,  and  the 
 Chronicon  Alexandrinum:  and  which  affures  us  that  it  was 
 the  fame  year  we  are  now  upon,  and  the  fame  hour  of  the 
 day  that  the  Evangelifts  mention.  His  t  words  are  thefe, 
 'In  the  fourth  year  of  the  2,02  d  Olympiad  there  happen  dan  E- 
 lclipfe  of  the  Sun  the  great efi  that  was  ever  known.  So  that  at 
 *  the  Jixth  hour  of  the  day  it  was  as  dark^  as  night :  nay,  tofuch 
 1  a  degree  that  the  Stars  were  vijible.  And  an  Earthquake  with- 
 1  al  at  the  fame  time  threw  down  the  greatefl  part  of  the  City 
 'Nicaea  in  Bithynia.  Whi#h  Jfurprizing  and  exprefs  Tefti- 
 mony, confpiring  in  the  fame  year  v/ith  the  fore-going  Cha- 
 racters, feems  to  me  fufficient  for  ever  to  eftablifh  the  truth 
 and  certainty  of  the  prefent  Proportion. 
 
 Coroll.  Hence  we  may  demonflrate  that  Jefus  of  Nazareth 
 is  the  true  MeHias.  For  by  the  famous  feventy  weeks  Prophecy 
 of  Daniel  the  Me  (lias  was  to  die  this  very  year :  and  this  year 
 no  other  Per  fin  that  in  the  leafi  pretended  to  be  the  Me  (lias  did 
 die  but  Jefus  of  Nazareth  :  therefore  He,  and  He  alone  is  the 
 
 «Atcv  f^i^T'1  T  iyvag/.G-idpav  wfoTtyv.  K«j  »i/|  u^cc  <;'  t2  yi^tocci;  iylvtb, 
 ur,  x.cil  cifs^as  c*  vgtuia  tpatiirai,  mur potTf  (/Aym  kx-jk  Bfyvtav  ytve[fy.(&'  tk 
 jttMw  N^-.--'<W  y-xri? ^ctt?.  Chron.  Alexand.  p.  5-20.  Eufeb.  Chron.  ad  An- 
 num  Tiherii  1$.  Syncell.  Chronograph,  p.  322,  Orig.  contra  Cclf.  1.  2.  p.  80. 
 Philopon.  Dc  Crearione.  L  2.  c.  21. 
 
 true 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  Y  ^^ 
 
 true  Meffias.     The  Prophecy  it  J 'elf  runs  thus.      Seventy  weeks  Dan.ix.  24,5cc. 
 are  determined  upon  thy  people,  and  upon  thy  holy  city  ■  to 
 finim  the  tranfgreffion,  and  to  make  an   end  of  iins,    and    to 
 make  reconciliation  tor  iniquity,  and  to  bring    in   everlafting 
 righteoufnefs,  and  to  feal  up  the  vilion  and  prophecy,  and  to 
 anoint  the  raoft  holy.     Know  therefore  and  underhand  that 
 from  the  going  forth  of  the  commandment  to  reftcre,  and  to 
 build  [erufalem  unto  the  Meffiah  the  Prince    fhail  be    feven 
 weeks,  and  threefcore  and  two  weeks :  the  ftreet  ihall  be  built 
 again,  and  the  wall  even  in  troublous  times.     And  after thofe 
 threefcore  and  two  weeks   mall    Meffiah   be  cut  oif.     In  or- 
 der to  tnderfland  which  famous  Prophecy ,  we  mufl  premife  ihat 
 thefe  70  weeks  have  an  allujion    to  the   70  years  of   Captivity, 
 which  were  then  upon  the  conclujion,    and  that  withal  thefe  Pro- 
 phetic wee^s  of  years  are  accounted  according  to  the  moft  ancient 
 flandard  of  360  days  to  a  year,  as  fully  appears   by  St.  John5.? 
 Explication   of   the  flile  of  Daniel  in  his  Revelation :    (where  AP°c-xj.  2, 3. 
 three  years  and  a  half  are   the   very  fame  with  42  months  and         ^'  6'  1^r 
 iz6o  days.)     We  mufl  alfo  obferve  that  of  all  the  commands  of 
 the  Kings  of  PerGzjor  the  folution  of  the  Jews  Captivity,    none 
 of  them  are  here  concern 'd,  but  that  in  or  after  the    month  Ni- 
 fan  in  the  twentieth  year •  oj r  Artaxerxes  Longimanus,  given   an 
 account  of  in  the  Bool^of  Nehemiah.     For  then,    and  only  then  Nehem.ij.  r, 
 all  the  Char  abler  s  in  the  Prophecy  were  obfervd.     For  here    the  Ch^p  ij 
 City  and  its  Streets  as  alfo  its  Walls ,  with  their  Gates,  were  rebuilt,  Chap.iij. 
 and  that  in  a  ftrait  or'  times,  or  in  troublous  times,  (in  52  days;  Ch^p.vj.  if. 
 while  half  were  fore'd  to  be  arm'd  agatnfl   their  Enemies,   and  C^aP' v" 
 the  other  half  labour  din  the  Building.)     Winch  things  being  thus 
 prefupposd,  the  plain  Paraphrafe  of  this  Prophecy  is  this,     uis  70 
 years  or  days  are  the  determinate  Period  in  the  Divine   Counfel 
 for  the  Babyloniih  Captivity,  at  the  end  of  which  term  the  Jews 
 are  to  be  reflord  to  their  own  Land :  fo  are  70  weeks  of  years 
 (70  times   7  years)    the   determinate   Period    in  the  fame    Di- 
 vine Ceunfel  for  the  Redemption  by  the  Meilias.     Afore  particu- 
 larly, from  the  date  of  Artaxerxes'i   Commi/fon  to  Nenemiah, 
 //'//  the  Redemption  by  the   Me  (lias,    pall  be  7    weeks  of  years, 
 and  6z  weeks  of  years,   (i.   e.   69    weeks   of  years ,    69    times 
 7  years)    and  immediately  after  thofe  69  weeks  of  years  fliall 
 
 Meffias 
 
2loo  AJhort  view  of  the  Harrno?iy 
 
 Meiiks  be  cut  off.  Now  69  times  7  years ,  or  483  years 
 of  360  days  a  piece  are  qj6  Julian  years  and  21  days,    which 
 
 Neh.ij.i.with  Are  to  be  dated  about  June  1.  in  t've  twentieth  year  of  Artaxerxes; 
 
 v.16.  which  is  by  the  Mathematical  Canon  the   3 03d  of  NabonaGTar, 
 
 correfpondmg  to  the  4269th  of  the  Julian  Period.  Add  there- 
 fore 476  years  and  21  days  to  4269,  and  you  have  the  end  of 
 the fe  years  June  22.  A.  P.  J.  4745.  After  the  expiration  of 
 which  term,  the  very  next  Pajfover  Jefus  of  Nazareth  was  put 
 to  death-,  as  we  have  jufi  now  demonftrated.  Who  therefore  dy'd 
 on  that  very  year  (the  firfi  of  the  joth  weel^)  which  fo  long  be~ 
 fore  had  been  determin'd  for  the. death  of  the  Meffias ;  and  by  un- 
 deniable conference  is  the  true  Meffias.     Q.  E.  D. 
 
 THE 
 
lOI 
 
 T  H  £ 
 
 HARMONY 
 
 OF    THE 
 
 FOUR  EVANGELISTS. 
 
 CHAP.    I 
 
 From  the  Conception  o£  John  the  Baptift  till  the  Preparation 
 for  the  Birth  of  Chrift*  containing  the  fpace  of  about 
 nine  months>  from  September^  A.T.J.tyo^  till  June  4710, 
 
 THis  firfi  Period  contains  only  the  firft  Chapter  of  St.  Luke'j  Gofpel,  re- 
 lating to  the  Conception  and  Birth  of  John  the  Baptift,  the  Fore- 
 runner of  our  Savior;  which  being  plainly  antecedent  to  any  of  the  Hifloricc 
 in  the  other  Evangelifts,  no  doubt  can  arife  about  its  true  place  in  the 
 Harmony.  St.  Luke'j  Preface  was  naturally  to  begin  the  whole :  but  St. 
 John's  about  the  Divinity  of  the  A«'y®*>  will  come  in  better  hereafter  as  an 
 Introduction  to  our  Savior  s  Mini/try,  at  which  he  begins  his  Go/pel. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 §.  TTiOrafmuchas  many  have 
 
 2/    taken  in  hand  to  fet 
 
 forth  in  order  a  declaration  of 
 
 thofe  things  which  are  mofl 
 
 furely  believed  among  us, 
 
 Cc  1  Ever* 
 
The  Harmony 
 
 ZOL 
 "Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johi 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 i  Even  as  they  delivered  them 
 unto  us,  which  from  the  beginning 
 were  eye-witnefles,  and  mini- 
 fters  of  the  word ; 
 
 3  It  feemed  good  to  me  alio, 
 having  had  perfect  underftanding 
 of  all  things  from  the  very  firft,  to 
 write  unto  thee  in  order,  moft  ex- 
 cellent Theophilus, 
 
 4  That  thou  mighteft  know  the 
 certainty  of  thofe  things  wherein 
 thou  haft  been  in£ru£ted. 
 
 f  fTpHere  was  in  the  days  of  He- 
 JL  rod  the  king  of  Judea,  a 
 certain  prieft  namedZacharias,of the 
 courfe  of  Abia .  and  his  wife  was 
 ,of  the  daughters  of  Aaron,  and 
 her  name  tons  Elizabeth. 
 
 6  And  they  were  both  righteous 
 before  God,  walking  in  all  the  com-     | 
 xriandments  and  ordinances  of  the 
 Lord,  blamelefs. 
 
 7  And  they  had  no  child,  he- 
 caufe  that  Elizabeth  was  barren, 
 
 and  they  both  were  now  well  ftrick-       ,    ,      ., 
 
 enin  years. 
 
 8  Anditcametopafs*  th&white   -       •      A      JL' 
 he  executed  the  priefts  officcbefbre 
 
 God  in  the  order  of  his  courfe, 
 
 9  According  to  the  cuftom  of 
 the  priefts  office,    his  lot  was  to  ■ 
 .burn  incenfe  when  he  went  into 
 the  temple  of  the  Lord. 
 
 io  And  the  whole  multitude  o'f 
 jthe  people  were  praying  without, 
 at  the  time  of  incenfe. 
 
 ii.  And  there  appeared  unto 
 him  an  Angel  of  the  Lord,  (land- 
 ing on  the  right  fide  of  die  altar 
 of  incenfe. 
 
 iz  And  when  Zacharias  faw 
 him,  he  was  troubled,  and  fear  fell 
 upc>nluni. 
 
 13  But 
 
of  the  four  Evangetife.  io  3 
 
 Matthew,  Mark*  Luke* 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 John. 
 
 1 3  But  the  angel  faid  unto  him, 
 Fear  not,  Zacharias:  for  thy  pray- 
 er is  heard)  and  thy  wife  Eliza- 
 beth fhall  bear  thee  a  fon,  and  thou 
 fhalt  caii  -his  name  John. 
 
 14  And  thou  fhalt  have  joy  and 
 gladnefs,  and  many  fhall  rejoice  at 
 his  birth. 
 
 if  For  he  fhall  be  great  in  the 
 fight  of  the  Lord,  and  fhall  drink 
 neither  wine  nor  ftrong drink ;  and 
 he  fhall:  be  filled  with  the  holy 
 Ghofh  even  from  his  mothers 
 womb. 
 
 16  And,  many  of  the  children  of 
 Ifrael  fhall  he  turn  to  the  Lord  their 
 Cod. 
 
 17  And  he  fhall  go  before  him  in 
 the  fpirit  and  power  of  Elias,  to  turn 
 the  hearts  of  the  fathers  to  the 
 children,  and  the  difobedient  to 
 the  wifdom  of  the  juft,  to  make 
 ready  a  people  prepared  for  the 
 Lord. 
 
 18  And  Zacharias  faid  unto  the 
 angel,  Whereby  fhall  I  know  this? 
 for  I  am  an  old  man,  and  my  wife 
 well  ftricken  in  years. 
 
 ip  And  the  angel  anfwering  faid 
 unto  him,  I  |p  Gabriel,  thatftand 
 in  the  prefence  of  God:  and  am 
 fent  to  fpeak  unto  thee,  and  to 
 fhew  thee  thefe  glad  tidings. 
 
 20  And  behold  thou  fhalt  be 
 dumb,  and  not  able  to  fpeak,  un  - 
 till  the  day  that  thefe  things  fhall 
 be  pel-formed,  becaufe  thou  be 
 lieveft  not  my  words,  which  fhall 
 be  fulfilled  in  their  fcafon. 
 
 21  And  the  people  waited  for 
 Zacharias,  and  marvelled  that  he 
 tarried  fo  long  in  the  temple. 
 
 22  And  when  he  came  out,   he 
 
 Cc  *  c«uld 
 
2.04  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johh. 
 
 Chap   I. 
 
 could  not  fpeak  unto  them:  and 
 they  perceived  that  he  had  feen  a 
 vi  fion  in  the  temple ;  for  he  beckned 
 unto  them,  and  remained  fpeechlefi. 
 
 13  And  it  came  to  pafs,  that  at 
 fbon.as.the  days  of  his  miniftrati- 
 onwereaccomplifhed,  he  departed 
 to  his  own  houfe. 
 
 24  And  after  thofe  days  his  wife 
 Elizabeth  conceived,  and  hid  her 
 felf  five  months,  faying, 
 
 2/  Thus  hath  the  Lord  dealt 
 with  me  in  the  days  wherein  he 
 looked  on  me,  to  take  away  my 
 reproach  among  men. 
 
 §.2.  26  And  in  the  fixth  month, 
 the  angel  Gabriel  was  fent  from 
 God,  unto  a  city  of  Galilee,  nam- 
 ed Nazareth, 
 
 27  To  a  virgin  efpoufed  to  a 
 man  whofe  name  was  Jofeph,  of 
 the  houfe  of  David}  and  the  vir- 
 gins name  was  Mary. 
 
 28  And  the  angel  came  in  unto 
 her,  and  laid,  Hail  thou  that  art 
 highly  favoured,  the  Lord  is  with 
 thee:  blefTedart  thou  among  wo- 
 men. 
 
 29  And  when  (he  law  him,  fhe 
 was  troubled  at  his  faying,  and 
 caft  in  her  mind  what  manner  of 
 ialutation  this  fhould  be. 
 
 30  And  the  angel  faid  unto  her, 
 Fear  not,  Mary:  for  thou  haft  found 
 favour  with  God. 
 
 31  And  behold,  thou  fhalt  con- 
 ceive in  thy  womb,  and  bring  forth 
 a  fon,  and  fhalt  call  his  name  Jefus. 
 
 32  Hefhall  be  great,  and  fhall 
 be  called  the  Son  of  the  Higheft; 
 and  the  Lord. God  fhall  give  unto 
 him  the  tjbrone  of  his  father  David. 
 
 33  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  205 
 
 Matthiw.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.   I. 
 
 33  And  he  fhall  reign  over  the 
 houfe  of  Jacob  for  ever,  and  of  his 
 kingdom  there  fliall  be  no  end. 
 
 34.  Then  faid  Mary  unto  the  an- 
 gel, How  fhall  this  be,  feeing  I 
 know  not  a  man? 
 
 3f  And  the  angel  anfwered  and 
 faid  unto  her,  The  holy  Ghoft  fhall 
 come  upon  thee,  and  the  power  of 
 the  Higheft  fhall  overfhadow  thee: 
 •  therefore  alfo  that  holy  thing  which 
 fhall  be  born  of  thee,  fhall  be  called 
 the  Son  of  God. 
 
 36  And  behold,  thy  coufin  Eli- 
 zabeth, fhe  hath  alfo  conceived  a 
 fon  in  her  old  age:  and  this  is  the 
 fixth  month  with  her,  who  was 
 called  barren.  ^ 
 
 37  For  with  God  nothing  fhall 
 be  unpoffible. 
 
 38  And  Mary  faid,  Behold  the 
 handmaid  of  the  Lord,  be  it  unto 
 me  according  to  thy  word.  And 
 the  angel  departed  from  her. 
 
 §.  3.  39  AndMaryarofeinthofe 
 days,  and  went  into  thehill-coun- 
 trey  with  hafte,  into  a  city  of  Ju- 
 da, 
 
 40  And  entred  into  the  houfeof 
 Zacharias,  and  faluted  Elizabeth. 
 
 41  And  it  came  to  pafs,  that 
 when  Elizabeth  heard  the  falu- 
 tation  of  Mary,  the  babe  leaped  in 
 her  womb :  and  Elizabeth  was  fill- 
 ed with  the  holy  Ghoft. 
 
 4a  And  fhe  fpake  out  with  a  loud 
 voice,  and  faid,  BlefTed  amhou  a- 
 mong  women,  and  Hefted  is  the 
 fruit  of  thy  womb. 
 
 43  And  whence  is  this  to  me, 
 that  the  mother  of  my  Lord  fhould 
 come  to  me  ? 
 €c  3 
 
 44  *< 
 
10£  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew'.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 44  For  lo>  aflbon  as  the  voice 
 of  thy  falutation  founded  in  mine 
 ears,  the  babe  leaped  in  my  womb 
 for  joy. 
 
 45-  And  blefTed  is  fhe  that  be- 
 lieved :  for  there  fhall  be  a  perfor- 
 mance of  thofe  things  which  were 
 told  her  from  the  Lord. 
 
 46  And  Mary  faid,  Myfoul  doth 
 Biagnifie  the  Lord, 
 
 47  And  my  ipirit  hath  rejoiced 
 in  God  my  Saviour. 
 
 48  For  he  hath  regarded  the  low 
 eftate  of  his  handmaiden:  for  be- 
 hold, from  henceforth  all  genera^ 
 tions  mail  call  me  bleiled. 
 
 49  For  he  that  is  mighty  hath 
 done  to  me  great  things,  and  holy 
 is  his  name. 
 
 fo  And  his  mercy  is  on  them 
 that  fear  him,  from  generation  to 
 generation. 
 
 $i  He  hath  mewed  ftrength 
 with  his  arm,  he  hath  fcattered  the 
 proud  in  the  imagination  of  their 
 hearts. 
 
 5-2  He  hath  put  down  the  migh- 
 ty from  their  feats,  and  exalted 
 them  of  low  degree. 
 
 ^3  He  hath  filled  the  hungry  with 
 good  things,  and  the  rich  he  hath 
 lent  empty  away. 
 
 5-4  He  hath  holpen  his  fervant 
 Ifrael,in  remembrance  of  his  mercy, 
 
 55  Ashefpaketo  our  fathers,  to 
 Abraham  and  to  his  feed  for  ever. 
 
 5-6  And  Mary  abode  with  her 
 about  three  months,  and  returned 
 to  her  own  houfe. 
 
 §  4.  pj  Now  Elizabeths  full  time 
 came,  that  fhe  mould  be  delivered  j 
 and  me  brought  forth  a  fon. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 2,07 
 
 Matt  he  w. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 John. 
 
 y8  And  her  neighbours,  and  her 
 coufins  heard  how  the  Lord  had 
 fhewed  great  mercy  upon  her  j  and 
 they  rejoyeed  with  her. 
 
 S9  And  it  came  to  pafs,  that  on 
 the  eighth  day  they  came  to  cir- 
 cumciie  the  child;  and  they  called 
 him  Zacharias,  after  the  name  of 
 his  father. 
 
 6~o  And  his  mother  anfwered, 
 and  raid,  Not/*;  but  he  (hall  be 
 .    called  John. 
 
 61  And  they  iaid  unto  her, 
 There  is  none  of  thy  kindred  that 
 is  called  by  this  name. 
 
 62  And  they  made  figns  to  his 
 father,  how  he  would  have  him 
 called. 
 
 63  And  he  asked  for  a  writing- 
 table,  and  wrote,  faying,  His  name 
 is  John.     And  they  marvelled  all. 
 
 64  And  his  mouth  was  opened 
 immediately,  and  his  tonguetoofed, 
 and  heipake,   and  praifed  God. 
 
 6?  And  fear  came  on  all  that 
 dwelt  round  about  them:  and  all 
 •thefe  fayings  were  noifed  abroad 
 throughout  all  the  hill-countrey  of 
 Judea. 
 
 66  And  all  they  that  had  heard 
 them,- hid-tbem  up  in  their  hearts, 
 
 '  faying,  What  manner  of  child  fhall 
 this  be?  And  the  hand  of  the  Lord 
 was  with  him. 
 
 67  And  his  father  Zacharias  was 
 filled  with  the  holy  Ghoft,  and 
 prophefied,  faying, 
 
 68  BleiTed  be  the  Lord  God  of 
 Ifrael,  for  he  hath  vifited  and  re- 
 deemed his  people, 
 
 69  And  hath  raiied  up  an  horn 
 of  ialvation  for  us,  in  the  houfe  of 
 lusiervant  David; 
 
 70  A3 
 
zog  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthiv.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 70  As  he  (pake  by  the  mouth  of 
 his  holy  Prophets,  which  have  beea 
 fince  the  world  began ; 
 
 71  Thatwefhouldbefaved  from 
 our  enemies,  and  from  the  hand  of 
 all  that  hate  us. 
 
 71  To  perform  the  mercy  $r«- 
 inifed  to  our  fore-fathers,  and  to 
 remember  his  holy  covenant: 
 
 73  The  oath  which  he  fware  t* 
 our  rather  Abraham, 
 
 74  That  he  would  grant  unto 
 us,  that  we  being  delivered  out  of 
 the  hands  of  our  enemies,  might 
 ferve  him  without  fear, 
 
 jf  In  holinefs  and  righteoumefs 
 before  him,  all  the  days  of  our  life. 
 
 76  And  thou  child  (halt  be  called 
 the  prophet  of  the  Higheft:  for 
 thou  fhalt  go  before  the  face  of  the 
 Lord,  to  prepare  his  ways ; 
 
 77  To  give  knowledge  of  fal- 
 -vation  unto  his  people,  by  the  rc- 
 miflion  of  their  fins, 
 
 78  Through  the  tender  mercy 
 of  our  God ;  whereby  the  day-fpring 
 from  on  high  hath  vifited  us, 
 
 79  To  give  light  to  them  that 
 fit  in  darknefs,  and  in  the  fhadow 
 of  death,  to  guide  our  feet  into  the 
 way  of  peace. 
 
 80  And  the  child  grew,  and 
 waxed  ftrong  in  fpirit,  and  was  ia 
 
 ■  the  deferts  till  the  day  of  bis  (hew- 
 ing unto  Ifrael. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifis.  "top 
 
 CHAP.    II. 
 
 From  the  Preparation  for  the  Birth  of  Chrift  till  the  begin- 
 ning of  John  the  BaptiJTs  and  our  Savior's  Miniftry :  con- 
 taining the  fpace  of  about  31  years,  4  months,  from  June 
 4710,  till  October   4741. 
 
 THis  fecond  Period  contains  only  the  two  firfi  Chapters  of  St.  Matthew, 
 and  the  fecond  Chapter  of  St.  Luke'/  Go/pel.  uind  the  Circumftances 
 of  every  Settion  do  fo  naturally  direcl  us  to  their  proper  places,  that  no  diffi- 
 culty can  arife  about  their  true  order  in  this  Harmony. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Lvke. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 TH  E  Book  of  the  generation  of 
 Jefus  Chrift,  the  fon  of  David, 
 the  fon  of  Abraham. 
 
 2  Abraham  begat  Ifaac,  and  I- 
 faac  begat  Jacob,  and  Jacob  begat 
 Judas  and  his  brethren. 
 
 3  And  Judas  begat  Phares  and 
 Zara  of  Thamar,  and  Phares  be- 
 gat Efrom,  and  Efrom  begat  Aram. 
 
 4  And  Aram  begat  Aminadab, 
 and  Aminadab  begat  Naaflbn,  and 
 Naaflbn  begat  Salmon. 
 
 f  And  Salmon  begat  Booz  of  Ra- 
 chab,  and  Booz  begat  Obed  of  Ruth, 
 and  Obed  begat  Jefle. 
 
 6  And  Jefle  begat  David  the  king, 
 and  David  the  king  begat  Solomon 
 of  her  that  had  been  the  toife  of 
 Urias. 
 
 7  And  Solomon  begat  Roboam, 
 and  Roboam  begat  Abia,  and  Abia 
 begat  Afa. 
 
 8  And  Afa  begat  Jofaphat,  and 
 Jofaphat  begat  Joram,  and  Joram 
 begat  Ozias. 
 
 o  And  Ozias  begat  Joatham,  and 
 
 John. 
 
 tod  Joatham 
 
2.IO 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 Joatham  begat  Achaz,  and  Achaz 
 begat  Ezekias.  c       ' 
 
 10  And  Ezekias  begat  Manafles, 
 and  Manafles  begat  Amoa,  and  A- 
 mon  begat  Jofias.  .  • 
 
 ii  And  Jofias  begat  Jechoma* 
 and  his  brethren,  about  the  time 
 they  were  carried  away  to  Baby- 
 lon. ■  'v 
 
 ii  And  after  they  were  brought 
 to  Babylon,  Jcchonias  begat  Sala- 
 thiel,  and  Salathiel  begat  Zoroba- 
 
 'i  2  And  Zorobabel  begat  Abiud, 
 and  Abiud  begat  Eliakim,  and  Eh- 
 akirn  begat  Azor. 
 
 14  And  Azor  begat  Sadoc,  and 
 Sadoc  begat  Aehim,  and  Achim  be- 
 gat Eliud. 
 
 if  And  Eliud  begat Eleazar, and 
 Eleazar  begat  Matthan,  and  Mat- 
 than  begat  Jacob.  ■ 
 
 16  And  Jacob  begat  Jofeph  the 
 husband  of  Mary,  of  whom  was 
 born  lefus,  who  is  called  Chnlt. 
 
 i7  So  all  the  generations  from 
 Abraham  to  David,  are  fourteen  ge 
 aerations:  and  from  David  until 
 the  carrying  away  into  Babylon, 
 are  fourteen  generations:  and  from 
 the  carrying  away  into  Babylaa. 
 unto  Chrift,  are  fourteen  generati- 
 ons, 
 
 «.a.  18  Now  the  birth  of  Jefus 
 Chrift  was  on  this  wife:  when  as 
 his  mother  Mary  was  efpoufed  to 
 fofeph,  before  they  came  together, 
 {he  was  found  with  child  of  the 
 holyGhoft. 
 
 19  Then  Jofeph  herhusband  be- 
 ing a  juft  man,  and  not  will- 
 ing to  make  her  a  publick  example, 
 
 Mark.  Luke;  John. 
 
■  III 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelijfs. 
 
 21 1 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 M, 
 
 LtfKE. 
 
 JOHN. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 was  minded  toputher  away  privily. 
 
 20  But  while  hethought on thcfe 
 things,  behold,  the  angel  of  the 
 Lord  appeared  unto  him  in  a  dream, 
 faying,  Jofeph  thou  fon  of  David, 
 fear  not  to  take  unto  thee  Mary  thy 
 wife:  for  that  which  is  conceived 
 in  her,  is  of  the  holyGhoft/ 
 
 2  1  And  fhe  mall  bring  forth  a 
 fon,  and  thou  malt  call  his  name 
 Jefus:  for  he  mall  fave  his  people 
 from  their  fins. 
 
 22  (Now  all  this  was  done,  that 
 it  might  be  fulfilled  which  wasipo- 
 ken  of  the  Lord  by  the  prophet, 
 faying, 
 
 23  Behold,  a  virgin  mail  be  with 
 child,  and  mall  bring  forth  a  fon, 
 and  they  fhall  call  his  name  Emma- 
 nuel, which  being  interpreted,  is, 
 God  with  us.) 
 
 24  Thenjofephbeingraiiedfrom 
 fleep,  did  as  the  angel  of  the  Lord 
 had  bidden  him,  and  took  mtohim 
 his  wife: 
 
 §.  3.  if  And  knew  her  net  till 
 (he  had  brought  forth  hexfirft-born 
 fon  j  and  he  called  his  name  Jefus. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 AND  it  came  to  pafs  in  thofe 
 days,  that  there  went  out 
 a  decree  from  Cefar  Auguftus, 
 that  all' the  world  mould  be  taxed. 
 
 2  (And  this  taxing  was  firft  made 
 when  Cyrenius  was  governour  of 
 Syria.) 
 
 3  And  all  went  to  be  taxed,  e- 
 very  one  into  his  own  city. 
 
 4  And  Jofeph  alfo  went  up  from 
 
 Dd  t 
 
 Galilee, 
 
2,ti  ive    narmimy     , 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 Galilee,  out  of  the  city  of  Naza- 
 reth, into  Judea,  unto  the  city  of 
 David,  which  is  called  Bethlehem, 
 (becaufe  he  was  of  the  houfe  and 
 linage  of  David) 
 
 f  To  be  taxed  with  Mary  his  e- 
 fpoufed  wife,  being  great  with 
 child. 
 
 6  And  fo  it  was,  that  while  they 
 were  there,  the  days  were  accom- 
 plifhed  that  fhe  fhould  be  delivered* 
 
 7  And  fhe  brought  forth  her  firft- 
 born  fon,  and  wrapped  him  in 
 fwadling  clothes,  and  laid  him  in 
 a  manger,  becaufe  there  was- no 
 room  for  them  in  the  inn. 
 
 §.  4.  8  And  there  were  in  the 
 fame  country  fhepherds  abiding 
 in  the  field,  keeping  watch  over 
 their  flock  by  night, 
 
 9  And  lo,  the  angel  of  the  Lord 
 came  upon  them,  and  the  glory  of 
 the  Lord  fhone  round  about  them  ; 
 and  they  were  fore  afraid. 
 
 I  o  And  the  angel  faid  unto  them, 
 Fear  not :  for  behold,  I  bring  you 
 good  tidings  of  great  joy,  .which 
 jhall  be  to  all  people. 
 
 II  For  unto  you  is  born  this 
 day,  in  the  city  of  David, .  a  Savi- 
 our, which  is  Chrift  the  Lord. 
 
 12  And  this  flail  be  a  fign  unto 
 you;,"  Ye  fhall  find  the  babe  wrap- 
 ped in  fwadling  clothes,  lying  in  a 
 manger. 
 
 1 3  And  fuddenly  there  was  with 
 the  angel  a  multitude  of  the  hea- 
 venly hoft  praifing  God,  and  fay- 
 ing, 
 
 14  Glory  to  God  in  the  higheft, 
 and  on  earth  peace,  good  will  to- 
 wards men.- 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts, 
 
 213 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  IT. 
 
 Chap.  IT. 
 
 IN  born  in  Bethlehem  of  Ju- 
 dea,  in  the  days  of  Herod  the  king, 
 behold,  there  came  wife-men 
 from  the  eaft.  to  Jerufalem, 
 
 a  Saying,  where  is  he  that  is 
 born  king  of  the  Jews  ?  for  we 
 have  feen  his  ftar  in  the  eaft,  and 
 are  come  to  worfhip  him. 
 
 3  When  Herod  the  king  had 
 heard  thefe  things,  he  was  troubled, 
 
 if  And  it  came  to  pafs,  as  the 
 angels  were  gone  away  from  them 
 into  heaven,  the  fhepherds  faid  one 
 to  another,  Let  us  now  go  even 
 unto  Bethlehem,  and  fee  this  thing 
 which  is  come  to  pafs,  which  the 
 Lord  hath  made  known  unto  us. 
 
 1 6  And  they  came  with  hafte, 
 and  found  Mary  and  Jofeph,  and 
 the  babe  lying  in  a  manger, 
 
 1 7  And  when  they  had  feen  it, 
 they  made  known  abroad  the  fay- 
 ing, which  was  told  them  concern- 
 ing this  child. 
 
 1 8  And  all  they  that  heard  it, 
 wondred  at  thofe  things  which 
 were  told  them  by  the  fhepherds. 
 
 19  But  Mary  kept  all  thefe  things, 
 and  pondered  them  in  her  heart. 
 
 10  And  the  fhepherds  returned, 
 glorifying  and  praiiing  God  for  all 
 the  things  that  they  had  heard  and 
 feen,  as  it  was  told  unto  them. 
 
 iL  And  when  eight  days  wasac- 
 complifhed  for  the  circumcifing  of 
 the  child,  his  name  was  called  Je- 
 fus,  which  was  £0  named  of  the 
 angel  before  he  was  conceived  in 
 the  womb. 
 
 Dd 
 
 and 
 
H4 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Lukz.  JOKli* 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 and  all  Jerufalem  with  him. 
 
 4  And  when  he  had  gathered  all 
 the  chief"  Priefts  and  Scribes  'of  the 
 people  together,  he  demanded  of 
 them  where  Chrift  fhould  be  born. 
 
 e  And  they  faid  unto  him,  In 
 Bethlehem  of  Judea:  for  thus  it  it 
 written  by  the  prophet ; 
 
 6  And  thou  Bethlehem  in  the  land 
 of  Juda,  art  not  the  leaft  among 
 the  princes  of  Juda:  for  out  of  thee 
 fhall  come  a  Governour  that  mail 
 rule  my  people  Ifrael. 
 
 7  Then  Herod,  when  he  had 
 privily  called  the  wife-men,  enqui- 
 red of  them  diligently  what  time 
 the  ftar  appeared. 
 
 8  And  he  fent  them  to  Bethle- 
 hem, and  faid,  Go,  and  fearch  di- 
 ligently for  the  young  child,  and 
 when  ye  have  found  him,  bring  me 
 word  again,  that  I  may  come  and 
 worftiip  him  alfo. 
 
 9  When  they  had  heard  the  king, 
 they  departed,  and  lo,  the  ftar  which 
 they  faw  in  the  eaft,  went  before 
 them,  till  it  came  and  flood  over 
 where  the  young  child  was. 
 
 io  When  they  faw  the  ftar,  they 
 rejoiced  with  exceeding  great  joy. 
 
 1 1  And  when  they  were  come 
 into  thehoufe,  they  law  the  young 
 child  with  Mary  his  mother,  and  fell 
 down  and  worfhipped  him:  and 
 when  they  had  opened  their  trea- 
 sures, they  prefented  unto  him  gifts ; 
 gold,  and  frankincenfe,  andmyrrhe. 
 
 1 1  And  being  warned  of  God 
 in  a  dream,  that  they  lhould  not  re- 
 turn to  Herod,  they  departed  into 
 their  own  countrey  another  way. 
 
 §.6.  13  And  when  they  were 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs.  z  1 5 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 departed,  behold,  the  angel  of  the 
 Lord  appearethtojofeph  in  a  dream, 
 faying.  Arife,  and  take  the  young 
 child,  and  hismother,  and  flee  into 
 Egypt,  and  be  thou  there  until  I 
 bring  thee  word :  for  Herod  will 
 feek  the  young  child  to  deftroyhim. 
 
 14  When  he  arofe,  he  took  the 
 young  child  and  his  mother  by  night, 
 and  departed  into  Egypt: 
 
 1  f  And  was  there  until  the  death 
 of  Herod :  that  it  might  be  fulfill- 
 ed which  was  fpoken  of  the  Lord 
 by  the  prophet,  faying,  Out  of  E- 
 gypt  have  I  called  my  Son. 
 
 16  Then  Herod,  when  hefaw 
 that  he  was  mocked  of  the  wife- 
 men,  was  exceeding  wroth,  and 
 fent  forth,  and  flew  all  the  children 
 that  were  in  Bethlehem,  and  in  all 
 the  coafts  thereof,  from  two  year* 
 old  and  under,  according  to  the 
 time  which  he  had  diligently  en- 
 quired of  the  wife- men. 
 
 17  Then  was  fulfilled  that  which 
 was  fpoken  by  Jeremy  the  prophet, 
 faying, ' 
 
 18  In  Rama  was  there  a  voice 
 heard,  lamentation,  and  weeping, 
 and  great  mourning,  Rachel  weep- 
 ing/or her  children,  and  would  not 
 be  comforted,  becaufe  they  are  not. 
 
 19  But  when  Herod  was  dead, 
 behold,  an  angel  of  the  Lor  J  appear- 
 cth  in  a  dream  to  Jofeph  in  Egypt, 
 
 20  Saying,  Ariie,  and  take  the 
 young  child  and  his  mother,  and 
 go  into  the  land  of  Ifrael:  for  they 
 are  dead  which  fought  the  young 
 childs  life. 
 
 xi  And  he  arofe,  and  took  the 
 young  child  and  his  mother,  and 
 came  into  the  land  of  Ifrael. 
 
 a2  But 
 
Zl  6 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew- 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 22  But  when  he  heard  that  Ar- 
 chelaus  did  reign  in  Judea,  in  the 
 room  of  his  father  Herod,  he  was 
 afraid  to  go  thither:  notwithftand- 
 ing,being  warned  of  God  in  a  dream, 
 he  turned  afi.de  into  the  parts  of  Ga- 
 lilee: 
 
 §.7.  23  And  he  came  and  dwelt  in 
 a  city  called  Nazareth  j  that  it  might 
 be  fulfilled  which  was  fpoken  by 
 the  prophets,  He  ihall  be  called  a 
 Nazarene. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 22  And  when  the  days  of  her 
 purification  according  to  the 
 law  of  Mofes,  were  accomplished, 
 they  brought  him  to  Jerufalem,  to 
 prefent  him  to  the  Lord, 
 
 23  (As  it  is  written  in  the  law 
 of  the  Lord,  Every  male  that  open- 
 eth  the  womb  (hall  be  called  holy 
 to  the  Lord) 
 
 24  And  to  offer  a  facrifice  ac- 
 cording to  that  which  is  laid  in  the 
 law  of  the  Lord,  A  pair  of  turtle- 
 doves, or  two  young  pigeons. 
 
 2j-  And  behold,  there  was  a  man 
 in  Jerufalem,  whofe  name  was  Si- 
 meon ;  and  the  fame  man  was  juft 
 and  devout,  waiting  for  the  confo- 
 lation  of  Ifrael:  and  the  holy  Ghofl: 
 was  upon  him. 
 
 2  6  And  it  was  revealed  unto  him 
 by  the  holy  Ghofl:,  that  he  fhould 
 not  fee  death,  before  he  had  feen 
 the  Lords  Chrift. 
 
 27  And  he  came  by  the  fpirit  in- 
 to the  temple :  and  when  the  pa- 
 rents brought  in  the  child  Jefus,to 
 do  for  him  after  the  cuflom  of  the 
 law, 
 
 18  Then 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  £'*7 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Loke.  John. 
 
 Qhap.  II. 
 
 i3  Then  took  he  him  up  in  his 
 arms,and  blefled  God,  and  laid, 
 
 19  Lord,  now  letteft  thou  thy 
 fervant  depart  in  peace,  according 
 to  thy  word. 
 
 30  For  mine  eyes  have  feen  thy 
 falvation: 
 
 3 1  Which  thou  haft  prepared  be- 
 fore the  face  of  all  people : 
 
 31  A  light  to  lighten  the  Gen- 
 tiles, and  the  glory  of  thy  people 
 Ifrael. 
 
 33  And  Jofeph  and  his  mother 
 marvelled  at  thofe  things  which 
 were  fpoken  of  him. 
 
 3  4  And  Simeon  blefled  them,  and 
 faid  unto  Mary  his  mother,  Behold> 
 this  child  is  fet  for  the  fell  and  ri- 
 fing  again  of  many  in  Ifrael ;  and 
 for  a  fign  which  fhall  be  fpoken  a- 
 ,  gainft : 
 
 37  (Yea,  a  fword  fhall  pierce 
 through  thy  own  foul  alfo)  that  the 
 thoughts  of  many  hearts  may  be  re- 
 vealed. 
 
 36  And  there  was  one  Anna  a 
 prophetefs,  the  daughter  ofPhanu- 
 eL  of  the  tribe  of  Afer ;  fhe  was  of  a 
 great  age,  and  had  lived  with  an  hus- 
 band feven  years  from  her  virginity. 
 
 37  And  fhe  was  a  widow  of  a- 
 bout  fourfcore  and  four  years: 
 which  departed  not  from  the  tem- 
 ple, but  ferved  Ced  with  raftings 
 and  prayers  night  and  day. 
 
 38  And  fhe  coming  in  that  in- 
 ftant,  gave  thankslikewifeuntothe 
 Lord,  and  fpake  of  him  to  all  them 
 that  looked  for  redemption  in  Je- 
 rufalem.  ■     . 
 
 3  9  And  when  they  had  perforin  - 
 ed  all  things  according  to  the  law 
 of  the  Lord,  they  returned  into  Ga- 
 
 Ec  Klee, 
 
2,1  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Jokn. 
 
 Chap.  IT. 
 iilee,.  to  their  own  city  Nazareth. 
 
 §.8.  40  And  the  child  grew,  and 
 waxed  ftrong  in  fpirit,  filled  with 
 wifdom ;  and  the  grace  of  God  was 
 upon  him. 
 
 41  Now  his  parents  went  to  Je- 
 rufalem  every  year  at  the  feaft  of 
 the  pafibver. 
 
 42  And  when  he  was  twelve 
 years  old,  they  went  up  to  Jerufa- 
 lem,  after  the  cuftom  of  the  feaft. 
 
 43  And  when  they  had  fulfilled 
 the  days,  asthey  returned,  the  child 
 Jefus  tarried  behind  in  Jerufalem  r 
 and  Jofeph  and  his  mother  knew 
 not  of  it. 
 
 44  But  they  fuppofing  him  to 
 have  been  in  the  company,  went  a 
 days  journey}  and  they  fought  him 
 among  their  kinsfolk  and  acquain- 
 tance. 
 
 4j  And  when  they  found  him 
 not,  they  turned  back  again  to  Je- 
 rufalem, feeking  him. 
 
 46  And  it  came  pafs,  that  after 
 three  days,  they  found  him  in  the 
 temple,  fitting  in  the  midft  of  the 
 do£tours,  both  hearing  them,  and 
 asking  them  queftions. 
 
 47  And  all  that  heard  him  were 
 aftonifhed  at  his  underftanding  and 
 anfwers. 
 
 48  And  when  they  faw  him,  they 
 were  amazed :  and  his  mother  iaid 
 unto  him,  Son,  why  haft  thou  thus 
 dealt  with  us  ?  behold,  thy  father  and 
 I  have  fought  thee  forrowing. 
 
 49  And  he  faid  unto  them,  How 
 is  it  that  ye  fought  me  ?  wift  ye  not 
 that  I  mult  be  about  my  fathers  bu- 
 finefs? 
 
 5-0  And  they  underftood  not  the 
 
 faying 
 
of  the  four  Ewangelijls. 
 
 2.19 
 
 Matthew.  Mar*.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 faying  which  he  fpake  unto  them. 
 
 /i  And  he  went  down  with 
 them,  and  came  to  Nazareth,  and 
 was  fubjeft  unto  them :  but  his  mo- 
 ther kept  all  thefe  fayings  -in  her 
 heart. 
 
 f  i  And  Jefus  increafed  in  wif- 
 dom  and  ftature,  and  in  favour  with 
 <  God  and  man. 
 
 CHAP.    III. 
 
 From  the  Beginning  of  John  the  Baptifts  and  our  Saviors 
 Miniftry>  till  our  Saviors  firfi  public  Tajfover :  containing 
 about  fix  months  fpace,  from  October  A.  T>.  28,  till  April 
 AT>.i^. 
 
 THis  third  Period  contains  three  branches.  1 .  The  account,  by  way  of 
 digreffion,  of  the  Preaching  and  Baptising  of  John  the  Baptift,  till  his 
 very  Imprisonment',  which  Hifiory,  tho'  it  reach  farther  than  the  bounds  of 
 this  Chapter  yet  was  to  be  taken  together ;  and  therefore  becaufe  the  Bap- 
 tift began  his  Minijlry  before  our  Savior  began  his,  can  have  no  fitter 
 place  than  that  here  ajfign'd,  jufi  before  the  commencing  of  our  Savior's 
 own  minifiry,  a.  St,  Luke'*  Genealogy  of  our  Savior ;  which  having  been 
 prov'd  intirely  different  from  St,  Matthew'/  Genealogy  of  Jofeph  ought 
 not  to  be  confounded  with  it,  nor  torn  from  its  own  place  here  in  the  na- 
 tural Scries  of  St,  Luke's  Gofpel.  3.  The  account  St.  John  gives  us  of 
 the  firfi  part  of  our  Savior's  Minifiry,  dated  jufi  upon  his  own  Call  and 
 attendance,  ' and  continued  till  our  Savior  s  firfi  public  Pajfover;  which  therefore 
 cannot  but  be  in  its  true  place  in  the  Series  of  the  Evangelical  Hifiory. 
 
 Ee  4  Chap. 
 
210 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III.  Chap.  I.  Chap.  HI. 
 
 §i.TNthofe  days  came  >TpHE  beginning  of  XTOW  in  the  fif- 
 
 1  John  the'Bapdft,  X  the  Gofpel  of  J.e-  ±\|  teenth  year  of 
 preaching  in  the  wil-  fus  Chrift  the  fon  of  the  reign  of  Tiberius 
 dernefs  of  Judea,  God,  Cefar,     Pontius  Pilate 
 
 2  And  faying,  Re-  2  As  it  is  written  in  being  governour  of  Ju- 
 pcnt  ye:  for  the  king-  the  prophets,  Behold, I  dea,..and  Herod  being 
 dom  of  heaven  is  at  fend  my  meffenger  be-  tetrarch  of  Galilee,  and 
 hand.  fore  thy   face,   which  his  brother  Philip   te- 
 
 3  For  this  is  he  that  fhall  prepare  thy  way  trarch  of  Iturea,     and 
 wjs  fpoken  of  by  the  before  thee.                      of  the  region  of  Tra- 
 the  prophet  Efaias,  fay-  3  The  voice  of  one  chonitis,     and     Lyfa,    . 
 ing,  The  voice  of  one  crying  in  the  wilder-  nias  the  tetrarch  of  A- 
 crying  in  the  wilder-  nefs,     Prepare  ye  the  bilene, 
 
 neis,     Prepare  ye  the  way  of  the  Lord,  make       2  Annas  and   Caia- 
 
 wayofthc  Lord,  make  his  paths  ftrait.  phas   being    the   high 
 
 his  paths  ftrait.  4  John  did  baptize  priefts,thewordofGod 
 
 4  And  the  iamejohn  in  the  wildernefs,  and  came  unto  John  the  fon 
 hid  his  raiment  of  ca-  preach  the  baptifm  of  ofZacharias  in  the  wil- 
 mels  hair,   and  a   lea-  repentance,  for  the  re-  dernefs. 
 
 thern  girdle  about  his  million  of  fins.  3  And  he  came  into* 
 
 loins ;  arid  his  meat  was  S  And  t^ere  went  all  the  countrey  about 
 :ocu(ls  and  wild  hony.  out  unto  him  all  the  land  Jordan,  preaching  the 
 5-  Then  went  out  to  of  judea,  and  they  of  baptifm  of  repentance 
 him  Jerufalem,  and  all  Jerusalem,,  and  were  all  for  the  remiffion  of 
 judea,  and  all  the  re-  baptized  of  him  in  the  fins; 
 i^ion  round  about  Jor-  river  of  "Jordan,  con-  4  As  it  is  written  in 
 dan  felling  their  fins.  the  book  of  the  words 
 
 6  And  were  baptized  6  And  John  was  of  Efaias  the  prophet,, 
 or  him  in  Jordan,  con-  clothed  with  camels  faying,  The  voice  of 
 fe;Tmg  their  fins.  hair,  and  with  a  girdle  one  crying  in  the  wil- 
 
 7  But  when  he  faw  of  a  skin  about  his  dernefs,  prepare  ye  the 
 many  of  the  Pharifees  loins:  and  he  did  eat  way  of  the  Lord,  make 
 and  Sadduceescome  to  locufts  and  wild  hony:  his  paths  ftrait. 
 
 his  Baptifm,  he  faid  urn  7  And  preached,  fay-  f  Every  valley  {hall, 
 to  them.  O  generation  ing.  There cometh one  be  filled,  and  every 
 of  vipers,  who  hath  mightier  then  I  after  mountain  and  hill  fhall 
 warned  you  to  free  from  me,thelatchetofwhofe  be  brought  low;  and 
 the  wrath  to  come?       fhooes  I  am  notwor-  the  crooked    fhall   be 
 
 8  Bring  forth  there-  thy  to  ftoop  down  and  made  ftraight,  and  the 
 fore  fruits  meet  for  re-  unloofe.  rough  ways  fhall  be 
 pentance.                             8  I  indeed  have  bap-  made  fmooth: 
 
 9  And  think  not  to  tized  you  with  water  :  6  And  all  flcfli  fhall 
 fay  within  your  felves,  but  he  fhall  baptize  you  feethefalvationofGod. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls 
 
 in 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 we  have  Abraham  to  with  the  holy  Gh oft. 
 
 9ur father:  for   I    fay 
 
 unto  you,  that  God  is 
 
 able  of  thefe  ftones  to 
 
 raife  up  children  unto 
 
 Abraham. 
 
 io  And  now  alfo 
 the  ax  is  laid  unto  the 
 root  of  the  trees :  there- 
 fore every  tree  which 
 bringeth  not  forth  good 
 fruit,  is  hewn  down, 
 and  caft  into  the  fire. 
 
 1 1  I  indeed  baptize 
 you  with  water  unto 
 repentance  ;  but  he 
 that  cometh  after  me 
 is  mightier  than  T, 
 whofe  fhoes  I  am  not 
 worthy  to  bear  :  he 
 mall  baptize  you  with 
 the  holy  Ghoft,  and 
 with  fire. 
 
 i  i  Whofe  fan  is  in 
 his  hand,  and  he  will 
 throughly  purge  his 
 floor,  and  gather  his 
 wheat  into  the  garner: 
 but  he  will  burn  up  the 
 chaff  with  unquench- 
 able fire. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  nr. 
 
 7  Then  faid  he  to 
 the  multitude  that 
 came  forth  to  be  bap- 
 tized of  him,  O  gene- 
 ration of  vipers,  who 
 hath  warned  you  to 
 flee  from  the  wrath  to 
 come? 
 
 8  Bringforth  there- 
 fore fruits  worthy  of 
 repentance,  and  begin 
 not  to  fay  within  your 
 felves,  We  have  Abra- 
 ham to  our  father:  for 
 I  fay  unto  you,  that 
 God  is  able  of  thefe 
 flones  to  raife  up  child- 
 ren unto  Abraham. 
 
 o  And  now  alfo  the 
 ax  is  laid  unto  the  root 
 of  the  trees:  every 
 tree  therefore  which 
 bringeth  not  forth 
 good  fruit,  is  hewn 
 down,  and  caft  into 
 the  fire. 
 
 i  o  And  the  people 
 asked  him ,  faying, 
 Whatftiallwedothen? 
 
 1 1  He  anfwercth 
 and  faith  unto  them, 
 He  that  hath  two  coats, 
 let  him  impart  to  him 
 that  hath  none;  and 
 he  that  hath  meat,  let 
 him  do  likewife. 
 
 i  x  Then  came  alfo 
 publicanes  to  be  bap- 
 tized, and  faid  unto 
 him,  Mafter,  what  fhall 
 we  do  ? 
 
 15  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,Exadt  no  more 
 Ee? 
 
 John. 
 
 then 
 
Zll 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew,  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 then  that  which  is  appointed  you. 
 
 1 4  And  the  ibuldiers  likewife  de- 
 manded of  him,  laying,  And  what 
 (hall  we  do  ?  And  he  faid  unto  them, 
 Do  violence  to  no  man,  neither  ac- 
 cufe*«yfaHly,  and  be  content  with 
 your  wages. 
 
 i  j"  And  as  the  people  were  in  cx« 
 pe<5tation,and  all  men  mufed  in  their 
 hearts  of  John,  whether  he  were  the 
 Chriftor  not; 
 
 1 6  John  anfwered,  faying  unto 
 them  all,  I  indeed  baptize  you  with 
 water;  but  one^  mightier  than  I 
 cometh,  the  latchet  of  whofe  fhoes 
 I  am  not  worthy  to  unloofe  :  he 
 fhall  baptize  you  with  the  holy 
 Ghoft,  and  with  fire. 
 
 1 7  Whofe  fan  is  in  his  hand,  and 
 he  will  throughly  purge  his  floor, 
 and  will  gather  the  wheat  into  his 
 garner;  but  the  chaff  he  will  burn 
 with  fire  unquenchable. 
 
 1 8  And  many  other  things  in  his 
 exhortation  preached  he  unto  the 
 people. 
 
 19  But  Herod  thetetrarch.  being 
 reproved  by  him  for  Herodias  his 
 brother  Philips  wife,  and  for  all  the 
 evils  which  Herod  had  done, 
 
 ao  Added  yet  this  above  all,  that 
 he  fhut  up  John  in  prifbn. 
 
 §.  1.  a 3  And Jefushimfelf  began 
 to  be  about  thirty  years  of  age,  being 
 (as  was  fuppofed)  the  fon  of  Jo- 
 feph,  which  was  the  fon  of  Heli, 
 
 24  Which  was  the/on  of  Matthat, 
 whkh  was  the  fon  of  Levi,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Melchi,  which  was 
 the  fin  of  Janna,  which  was  the 
 fon  of  Jofeph, 
 
 if  Which  was  the  fon  of  Mat- 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJis.  123 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 tathias,  which  was  the  fon  of  A- 
 mos,  which  was  the  f on  of  Naum, 
 which  was  the  [on  of  Efli,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Nagge, 
 
 26  Which  was  the  fin  of  Maath, 
 which  was  the  fin  of  Mattathias, 
 which  was  the  fin  of  Semei,  which 
 was  the  fin  of  Jofeph,  which  was 
 the  fin  of  Juda, 
 
 27  Which  was /^/o«  of  Joanna, 
 which  was  the  fin  of  Rhefa,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Zorobabel,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Salathiel,  which 
 was  the  fin  of  Neri, 
 
 28  Which  was  the  fon  of  Mel- 
 chi,  which  was  the  fin  of  Addi, 
 which  was  the  fin  of  Cofam,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Elmodam,  which 
 was  the  fin  of  Er, 
 
 29  Which  was  the  fon  of  Jofe, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Eliezer,  which 
 was  the  fin  of  Jorim,  which  was 
 the  fon  of  Matthat,  which  was  the 
 
 fon  of  Levi, 
 
 30  Which  was  the  fin  of  Sime-' 
 on,  which  was  the  fin  of  Juda, 
 which  wo  s  the  fon  of  Jofeph,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Jonan,  which  w.  s 
 the  fon  of  Eliakim, 
 
 5  1  Which  was  the  fon  of  Melea, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Menan,  which 
 was  the  fin  of  Mattatha,  which  was 
 the  fon  of  Nathan,  which  was  the 
 fin  of  David, 
 
 3  2  Which  was  the  fin  of  Jefle, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Obed,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Booz,  which  was 
 the  fon  of  Salmon,  which  was  the 
 fin  of  Naaflbn. 
 
 33  Which  was  the  fin  of  Ami- 
 nadab,  which  was  the  fon  of  Aram, 
 which  was  the  fon  ofEfrom,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Phares,  which  was 
 
 tit 
 
:2.2  4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  .    Jonh. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 the /on  of  Juda, 
 
 34  Which  was  the/on  of  Jacob, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Ifaac,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Abraham,    which 
 was  the  fon  of  Thara,   which  was* 
 the  fon  of  Nachor, 
 
 3^  Which  was  the  fon  of  Saruch, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Ragau,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Phaleg,  which  was 
 the  fon  of  Heber,  which  was  the 
 fon  of  Sala, 
 
 36  Which  was  the  [on  of  Cai- 
 nan,  which  was  the  fon  of  Arphax- 
 ad,  which  was  the  fon  of  Sem, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Noe,  which 
 was  the  fon  of  Lamech, 
 
 37  Which  was  the  fon  of  Ma- 
 thufala,  which  was  the  fon  of  E- 
 noch,  which  was  the  fon  of  Jared, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Maleleel, 
 which  was  the  fen  of  Cainan, 
 
 38  Which  was  the  fon  of  Enos, 
 which  was  the  fon  of  Seth,  which 
 wssthefonof  Adam,  which  was  Chap.  I: 
 thefoof   God. 
 
 §.  3.  TN  the  beginning 
 J.  was  the  Word, 
 and  the  Word  was 
 with  God,  and  the 
 Word  was  God. 
 
 2  The  fame  was  in 
 the  beginning  with 
 God. 
 
 3  All  things  were 
 made  by  him  ;  and 
 without  him  was  not 
 any  thing  made  that 
 was  m;de. 
 
 4  In  him  was  life, 
 
 ;nd 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  225 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John, 
 
 Chap.  I, 
 
 and  the  life  was  the  light  of  men. 
 f  And  the  light  fhineth  in  dark- 
 nefs,  andthedarknefs  comprehend- 
 ed it  not. 
 
 6  There  was  a  man  fent  from 
 God,  whofe  name  was  John. 
 
 7  The  fame  came  for  a  witnefs, 
 to  bear  witnefs  of  the  light,  that 
 all  men  through  him  might  believe. 
 
 8  He  was  not  that  light,  but  was 
 fent  to  bear  witnefs  of  that  light. 
 
 9  That  was  the  true  light,  which 
 lighteth  every  man  that  cometh  in- 
 to the  world. 
 
 10  He  was  in  the  world,  and 
 the  world  was  made  by  him,  and 
 the  world  knew  him  not. 
 
 1 1  He  came  unto  his  own,  and 
 his  own  received  him  not. 
 
 iz  But  as  many  as  received  him, 
 to  them  gave  he  power  to  become 
 the  fbns  of  God,  even  to  them  that 
 believe  on  his  name. 
 
 13  Which  were  born,  not  of 
 blood,  nor  of  the  will  of  the  flefh, 
 nor  of  the  will  of  man,  but  of 
 God. 
 
 14  And  the  word  was  made  flefh, 
 and  dwelt  among  us  (and  we  be- 
 held his  glory,  the  glory  as  of  the  on- 
 
 (  ly  begotten  of  the  Father)  full  of 
 
 grace  and  truth. 
 
 §.4.  if  John  bare  witnefs  of 
 him,  and  cryed,  faying,  This  was 
 he  of  whom  I  {pake,  He  that  com- 
 eth after  me,  is  preferred  before 
 me:  for  he  was  before  me. 
 
 16  And  of  his  fulnefs  have  all 
 we  received,  and  grace  for  grace. 
 
 17  For  the  law  was  given  by 
 Mofes,  but  grace  and  truth  came 
 by  Jcfus  Chrift. 
 
 Ff  18  N» 
 
2,2.6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 1 8  No  man  hath  Teen  God  at  a- 
 ny  time*  the  only  begotten  Son, 
 which  is  in  the  bofbm  of  his  Fa- 
 ther, he  hath  declared  him. 
 
 1 9  And  this  is  the  record  of  John, 
 when  the  Jews  fent  prieftsand  Le- 
 vites  from  Jerufalem,  to  ask  him, 
 Who  art  thou? 
 
 20  And  heconfefled,  and  denied 
 not ;  but  confefled,  I  am  not  the 
 Chrift. 
 
 21  And  they  asked  him,  What 
 then?  Art  thou  Elias  ?  And  he  faith, 
 I  am  not.  Art  thou  that  prophet? 
 And  he  anfwered,  No. 
 
 12  Then  faid  they  unto  him, 
 Who  art  thou?  that  we  may  give 
 an  anfwer  to  them  that  fent  us : 
 what  fayeft  thou  of  thy  felf  ? 
 
 23  He  faid,  I  am  the  voice  of 
 one  crying  in  the  wildernefs,Make 
 ftraight  the  way  of  the  Lord,  as 
 faid  the  prophet  Efaias. 
 
 24  And  they  which  were  fent, 
 were  of  the  Pharifees. 
 
 if  And  they  asked  him,  and  faid 
 unto  him,  Why  baptized  thou  then, 
 if  thou  be  not  that  Chrift,  nor  E- 
 lias,  neither  that  prophet? 
 
 26  John  anfwered  them,  faying, 
 I  baptize  with  water :  but  there 
 ftandeth  one  among  you,  whom  ye 
 know  not; 
 
 27  He  it  is  who  coming  after 
 me,  is  preferred  before  me,  whofe 
 (hoes  latchet  I  am  not  worthy  to 
 unloofe. 
 
 28  Thefe  things  were  done  in 
 Bethabara  beyond  Jordan,  where 
 John  was  baptizing. 
 
 §.  f.  19    The  next  day  John 
 
 feeth  Jefus  coming  unto  him,  and 
 
 faith, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 22.7 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 faith,  Behold  the  Lamb  of  God, 
 which  taketh  away  the  fin  of  the 
 world. 
 
 30  This  is  he  of  whom  I  faid, 
 After  me  cometh  a  man,  which  is 
 preferred  before  me;  for  he  was 
 before  me. 
 
 31  And  I  knew  him  not:  but 
 that  he  mould  be  made  manifefl  to 
 Ifrael,  therefore  am  I  come  bap- 
 tizing with  water. 
 
 31  And  John  bare  record,  fay- 
 ing, I  faw  the  Spirit  defending 
 from  heaven,  like  a  dove,  and  it 
 abode  upon  him. 
 
 33  And  I  knew  him  not:  but 
 9  he  that  fent  m  e  to  baptize  with  wa- 
 ter, the  fame  faid  unto  me,  Upon 
 whom  thou  fhalt  fee  the  Spirit  de- 
 fending, and  remaining  on  him, 
 thefame  is  he  which  baptizeth  with 
 the  holy  Ghoft. 
 
 34  And  I  faw,  and  bare  record 
 that  this  is  the  Son  of  God. 
 
 §.6.  3  ?  Again  the  next  day  af- 
 ter, John  flood,  and  two  of  his 
 difciplesj 
 
 36  And  looking  upon  Jefus  as 
 he  walked,  he  faith,  Behold  the 
 Lamb  of  God. 
 
 37  And  the  two  difciples  heard 
 him  fpeak,  and  they  followed  Te- 
 fiis.  J 
 
 38  Then  Jefus  turned,  and  faw 
 them  following,  and  faith  unto 
 them,  What  feek  ye?  They  faid 
 unto  him,  Rabbi,  (which  is  to  fay, 
 being  interpreted,  Matter)  Where 
 dwelleft  thou? 
 
 39  He  faith  unto  them,  Come 
 and  fee.  They  came  and  faw  where 
 he  dwelt,  and  abode  with  him  that 
 
 Ffi  day: 
 
2,2  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Maris.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 day:  for  it  was  about   the   tenth 
 hour. 
 
 40  One  of  the  two  which  heard 
 ]o\mf}eak,  and  followed  him,  was 
 Andrew,  Simon  Peters  brother. 
 
 4 1  He  firft  findeth  his  own  bro- 
 ther Simon,  and  faith  unto  him, 
 We  have  found  the  Meflias,  which 
 is,  being  interpreted,  the  Chrift. 
 
 42  And  he  brought  him  to  Je- 
 fus. And  when  Jefus  beheld  him, 
 he  faid,  Thou  art  Simon  the  fbn  of 
 Jona :  thou  fhalt  be  called  Cephas, 
 which  is  by  interpretation,  aftone. 
 
 43  The  day  following,  Jefuj 
 would  go  forth  into  Galilee,  and 
 findeth  Philip,  and  faith  unto  him, 
 follow  me.  • 
 
 44  Now  Philip  was  of  Beth- 
 faida,  the  city  of  Andrew  and  Pe- 
 ter. 
 
 4f  Philip  findeth  Nathanael,  and 
 faith  unto  him.  We  have  found 
 him  of  whom  Mofes  in  the  law, 
 and  the  prophets  did  write,  Jefus 
 of  Nazareth,  the  ion  of  Jofeph. 
 
 46  And  Nathanael  faid  unto  him, 
 Can  there  any  good  thing  come 
 ©ut  of  Nazareth?  Philip  faith  unto 
 him,  Come  and  fee. 
 
 47  Jefus  faw  Nathanael  coming 
 to  him,  and  faith  of  him,  Behold 
 an  Ifraelite  indeed,  in  whom  is  no 
 guile. 
 
 48  Nathanael  faith  unto  him, 
 whence  knoweft  thou  me?  Jefus 
 anfwered  and  faid  unto  him,  Be- 
 fore that  Philip  called  thee  when 
 thou  waft  under,  the  fig-tree,  I  faw 
 thee. 
 
 49  Nathanael  anfwered  and  faith 
 unto  him,  Rabbi,  thou  art  the  fbn 
 ©f  God,  thou  art  the  king  of  Ifrael. 
 
 j-o  Jefus 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  119 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 fo  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to him,  Becaufe  I  faid  unto  thee,  I 
 faw  thee  under  the  fig-tree,  believeft 
 thou  ?  thou  Ihalt  fee  greater  things 
 then  thefe. 
 
 5-1  And  he  faith  unto  him,  Veri- 
 ly, verily  I  iay  unto  you,  Hereafter 
 you  {hall  fee  heaven  opened,  and  the 
 angeis  of  God  afcending  and  de- 
 fending upon  the  Son  oi  man. 
 
 Chap.  rr. 
 
 §.7.     A  ND  the  third  day  there 
 J\.  was  a  marriage  iii\Cana 
 of  Galilee,  and  the  mother  of  Je- 
 fus  was  there. 
 
 2  And  both  Jefus  was  called, 
 and  his  difciples,  to  the  marriage. 
 
 3  And  when  they  wanted  wine, 
 the  mother  of  Jelus  faith  unto  him, 
 They  have  no  wine. 
 
 4  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Woman, 
 what  have  I  to  do  with  thee?  mine 
 hour  is  not  yet  come. 
 
 f  His  mother  faith  unto  thefer- 
 vants,  whatfbever  he  faith  unto  you, 
 do  it. 
 
 6  And  there  were  fet  there  fix- 
 water- pots  of  ftone,  after  the  man- 
 ner of  the  purifying  of  the  Jews, 
 containing  two  or  three  firkins-  a- 
 piece. 
 
 7  Jefus  faith  unto  them,  Fill'the 
 water-pots  with  water.  And  they 
 filled  them  up  to  the  brim. 
 
 8  Andhefaithuntothem,  Draw 
 out  now,  and  bear  unto  thegover- 
 nour  of  the  feaft.  And  they  bear 
 it. 
 
 9  When  the  ruler  of  the  feaft 
 had  tafted  the  water  that  was  made 
 wine,    and  knew  not  whence  it 
 
 Ff  *  was, 
 
230  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthkva  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 was,  (but  the  fervants  which  drew 
 the  water  knew,)  the  governour  of 
 the  feaft  called  the  bridegroom, 
 
 10  And  faith  unto  him,  every 
 man  at  the  beginning  doth  fet  forth 
 good  wine ;  and  when  men  have 
 well  drunk,  then  that  which  is 
 worfe :  but  'hou  haft  kept  the  good 
 wine  until  now. 
 
 1 1  This  beginning  or  miracles 
 did  Jefiis  in  Cana  of  Galilee,  and 
 manifefted  forth  his  gloryj  and  his 
 defciples  believed  on  him. 
 
 1  2  After  this  he  went  down  to  Ca- 
 pernaum, he,  and  his  mother,  and  his 
 brethren,  and  his  diftiples,  and  they 
 continued  there  not  many  days. 
 
 CHAP.    IV. 
 
 From  our  Savior's  firft  public  T  off  over  >  till  his  return  into  Ga- 
 lilee thro'  Samaria :  containing  about  four  months  fpace, 
 from  April  A.  <Z>.  29.  till  Auguft  the  fame  year. 
 
 ^His  fourth  Period  goes  on  with  the  firft  part  of  our  Saviors  Miniftry 
 before  the  Jmprifonment  of  the  Baptift,   and  being  only  in  [St.  John, 
 and  by  him  immediately  fab  join  d  to  the  former  fe&ion,    is  certainly  in  its 
 proper  place  in  the  prefent  Harmony, 
 
 T 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 §.  1.  13  And  the  Jews  paflbver 
 was  at  hand,  and  Jeius  went  up  to 
 Jerufalem, 
 
 14  And  found  in  the  temple  thofe 
 that  fold  oxen,  and  {heep.  and 
 doves,  and  the  changers  of  money, 
 fitting: 
 
 iy  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  23 1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  IL 
 
 1/  And  whm  he  had  made  a 
 fcourge  of  fmall  cords,  he  drove 
 them  out  of  the  temple,  and  the 
 fheep,  and  the  oxen ;  and  poured 
 out  the  changers  money,  and  over- 
 threw  the  tables. 
 
 16  And  faid  unto  them  that  fold 
 doves,  Take  thefe  things  hence ; 
 make  not  my  Fathers  houfe  an  houfe 
 of  merchandife. 
 
 1 7  And  his  difciples  remembred 
 thit  it  was  written,  The  zeal  of 
 thine  houfe  hath  eaten  me  up. 
 
 18  Then  anfwered  the  Jews, 
 and  faid  unto  him,  Whatfignfhew- 
 eft  thou  unto  us,  feeing  that  thou 
 doeft  thefe  things? 
 
 Jo  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to them,  Deftroy  this  temple,  and 
 in  three  days  I  will  raife  it  up. 
 
 20  Then  faid  the  Jews,  Fourty 
 and  fix  years  was  this  temple  in 
 building,  and  wilt  thou  rear  it  up 
 in  three  days? 
 
 a  1  But  he  fpakc  of  the  temple  of 
 his  body. 
 
 21  When  therefore  he  was  ri  fen 
 from  the  dead,  his  difciples  remem- 
 bred thathehadfaid  this  unto  them: 
 and  they  believed  the  fcripture,and 
 the  word  which  Jefus  had  faid. 
 
 2  3  Now  when  he  was  in  Jeru- 
 falem  at  the  paflbver,  in  the  feaft- 
 day,  many  believed  in  his  name, 
 when  they  faw  the  miracles  wh'ch 
 he  did. 
 
 24  But  Jefus  did  not  commit 
 himfelf  unto  them,  becaufehe  knew 
 all  men, 
 
 if  And  needed  not  that  any 
 ftiouldteftifyofman:  for  he  knew 
 what  wa«  in  man. 
 
 There 
 
The  Harmony 
 
 W 
 
 Matthew.    \  Mark.  Lvke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 §.  2>-pHere  was  a  man  of  the  Pha- 
 J_    rifees,  named  Nicodemus, 
 a  ruler  of  the  Jews : 
 
 i  The  fame  came  to  Jefus  by 
 night,  and  faid  unto  him,  Rabbi, 
 we  know  that  thou  art  a  teacher 
 come  from  God:  for  no  man  can 
 do  thefe  miracles  that  thou  doeft, 
 except  God  be  with  him. 
 
 3  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  unto 
 him,  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  thee, 
 Except  a  man  be  born  again,  he 
 cannot  fee  the  kingdom  of  God. 
 
 4  Nicodemus  faith  unto  him, 
 How  can  a  man  be  born  when  he 
 is  old  ?  can  he  enter  the  fecond  time 
 into  his  mothers  womb,  and  be 
 born? 
 
 j  Jefus  anfwered,  Verily  verily 
 I  fay  unto  thee,  Except  a  man  be 
 born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit,"  he 
 cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
 God. 
 
 6  That  which  is  born  of  the 
 flefh,  is  flefh;  and  that  which  is 
 born  of  the  Spirit,  is  fpirit. 
 
 7  Marvel  not  that  I  faid  unto  thee, 
 Ye  muft  be  born  again. 
 
 8  The  wind  bloweth  where  it 
 lifteth,  and  thou  heareft  the  found 
 thereof,  but  canfl  not  tell  whence  it 
 cometh,  and  whither  it  goeth:  fb 
 is  every  one  that  is  born  of  the 
 Spirit. 
 
 9  Nicodemus  anfwered  and  faid 
 unto  him,  How  can  thefe  things  be  ? 
 
 i  o  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  unto 
 him,  Art  thou  a  mafler  of  Ifrael, 
 and  knoweft  not  thefe  things? 
 
 1 1  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  thee, 
 We  fpeak  that  we  do  know,  and 
 teftify  that  we  have  fben;  and  ye 
 receive  not  our  witnefs. 
 
 12   If 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJls.  z  3  3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap   III. 
 
 12  If  I  have  told  you  earthly- 
 things,  and  ye  believe  not,  how 
 fliall  ye  believe,  if  I  tell  you  of  hea- 
 venly things  ? 
 
 13  And  no  man  hath  afcended 
 up  to  heaven,  but  he  that  came 
 down  from  heaven,  even  the  Son 
 of  man  which  is  in  heaven. 
 
 14  And  as  Mofes  lifted  up  the 
 ferpent  in  the  wildernefs,  even  fo 
 muft  the  Son  of  man  be  lifted  up: 
 
 if  That  whofoever  believeth  in 
 him,  mould  not  perifh,  but  have 
 everlafting  life. 
 
 16  For  God  fo  loved  the  world, 
 that  he  gave  his  only  begotten  Son, 
 that  whofoever  believeth  in  him, 
 mould  not  perifh,  but  have  ever- 
 lafting life. 
 
 17  For  God  fentnothis  Son  into 
 the  world  to  condemn  the  world  j 
 but  that  the  world  through  him 
 might  be  faved. 
 
 18  He  that  believeth  on  him,  is 
 not  condemned:  but  he  that  believ- 
 eth not,  is  condemned  already,  be- 
 caufe  he  hath  not  believed  in  the 
 name  of  the  only  begotten  Son  of 
 God. 
 
 19  And  this  is  tte  condemnati- 
 on, thatlight  is comeinto  the  world, 
 and  men  loved  darknefs  rather  then 
 light,  becaufe  their  deeds  were  e- 
 vil. 
 
 20  For  every  one  that  doeth  e- 
 vil,  hateth  the  light,  neither  com- 
 eth  to  the  light,  lefthis  deeds  fhould 
 be  reproved. 
 
 1 1  But  he  that  doeth  truth,  com- 
 eth  to  the  light,  that  his  deeds  may 
 be  made  manifeft,  that  they  are 
 wrought  in  God. 
 
 ^g  §.3.12  After 
 
2,^4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 §.3.  21  After  thefe  things  came 
 Jefusand  his  difciples  into  the  land  of 
 Judea,  and  there  he  tarried  with 
 them,  and  baptized. 
 
 23  And  John  alfowas  baptizing 
 in  Enon,  near  to  Salim,  becauie 
 there  was  much  water  there :  and 
 they  came,  and  were  baptized. 
 
 24  For  John  was  not  yet  call  in- 
 to prifon. 
 
 2?  Then  there  arofe  a  queftion 
 between  fome  of  Johns  difciples  and 
 the  Jews  about  purifying. 
 
 26  And  they  came  unto  John, 
 and  faid  unto  him,  Rabbi,  he  that 
 was  with  thee  beyond  Jordan,  to 
 whom  thou  bareft  witnefs,  behold, 
 the  fame  baptizeth,  and  all  men 
 come  to  him. 
 
 27  John  anfwered  and  faid,  A 
 man  can  receive  nothing,  except  it 
 be  given  him  from  heaven. 
 
 28  Ye  your  felves  bear  me  wit- 
 nefs,  that  I  faid,  IamnottheChrift, 
 but  that  I  am  fent  before  him. 
 
 29  He  that  hath  the  bride,  is  the 
 bridegroom:  but  the  friend  of  the 
 bridegroom,  which  ftandeth  and 
 heareth  him,  rejoiceth  greatly  be- 
 caufe  of  the  bridegrooms  voice  : 
 this  my  joy  therefore  is  fulfilled. 
 
 30  He  mud  increafe,  but  I  mufi 
 decreafe. 
 
 3 1  He  that  cometh  from  above, 
 is  above  all;  he  that  is  of  the 
 earth,  is  earthly,  and  fpeaketh  of 
 the  earth :  he  that  cometh  from  hea- 
 ven, is  above  all. 
 
 32  And  what  he  hath  feen  and 
 heard,  that  he  teftifieth;  and  no 
 man  receiveth  his  teflimony. 
 
 33  He  that  hath  received  his  te- 
 flimony,  hath  fet  to  his  feal,  that 
 
 God 
 
of  the  four  EvangeliJIs.  2.35 
 
 Matthew,       Mark.         Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 .  God  is  true. 
 
 34  For  he  whom  God  hath  fent, 
 fpeaketh  the  words  of  God  :  for 
 God  giveth  not  the  Spirit  by  rriea- 
 fure  unto  him. 
 
 3f  The  father  loveth  the  Son, 
 and  hath  given  all  things  into  his 
 hand. 
 
 36  He  that  believcth  on  the  Son, 
 hath  everlafting  life:  and  he  that 
 believeth  not  the  Son,  mall  not  fee 
 life;  but  the  wrath  of  God  abid- 
 eth  on  him. 
 
 CHAP.     V. 
 
 From  our  Savior's  return  into  Galilee  thro *  Samaria>  till  hisfe- 
 cond  Taffover :  containing  about  eight  months  fpace,  from 
 Auguft  A.  T>.  29.  till  April  A.  T>.  30. 
 
 THis  fifth  Period  comprehends  two  principal  Branches.  The  firfi  is  the 
 dtfcourfe  with  the  Woman  of  Samaria  near  Sychar;  with  the  enfuinv 
 occurrences  in  Samaria  :  together  with  Chrift'j  return  into  Galilee  ;  His  re- 
 ception there •,  and  his  fecond  Miracle  there  alfo.  Which  Branch  does  fo  im- 
 mediately connetl  with  what  went  before,  that  no  doubt  will  be  made  about 
 its  true  Order.  The  fecond  Branch  comprehends  the  Baptifm,  Fafiing  and 
 Temptations  of  our  Savior  recorded  by  St.  Matthew,  St.  Mark,  and  St. 
 Luke,  and  therefore  omitted  by  St.  John.  The  reafon  why  I  place  this 
 branch  here  contrary  to  all  the  other  Writers  of  Harmonies,  is  this.  J  have 
 already  few  n  that  our  Lord's  Baptifm,  Fafiwg  and  Temptations,  the  Impri- 
 fonment  0/ John  the  Baptifr,  and  the  commencing  of  Chrifr.' s public  Preach- 
 ing in  Galilee  do  all  follow  one  another  immediately.  I  have  alfo  provd 
 that  this  Imprtfonment  of  the  Baptift  istobeinterposd  between  the  fourth  and 
 fifth  Chapters  of  St.  John'*  Gofpel3  the  latter  of  which  begins  with  this  fe- 
 cond PaJJover :  which  Obftrvations  being  premis'd,  I  fay  that  the  natural pLice 
 of  the  Branch  before  us,  is  between  the  former  return  to   Galilee  and  the  fe- 
 
 Gg   2,  cond 
 
Z2  6  The  Harmony 
 
 cond  Pafover,  becauje  I.  When  our  Saviour  came  to   be  baptized,    it  was 
 out  of  Galilee,  and  from  Nazareth*  as  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark  afure 
 us.     Now  we  never  find  that  he  fiaid  any  conjiderable  time  in  Galilee  from 
 the  very  beginning  of  his  Miniftry  till  this  time.      But  now  he   had  been  fo 
 kindly  receivd  there,  and  the  time  for  his  ft  ay  is  fo  considerable  in  the  pre  fen  t 
 Harmony,  that  it  naturally  allows  of  the  prefent  circumftance,  which  doe  snot 
 appear  of  any  other  time  whatfoever.     So    that   till  we  are  afurd  that  our 
 Savior  at  fome  other  time  before  this   liv'd  in  Galilee,    we  muft  be  allow' d 
 to  place  this  his  journey  from  thence  to  Jordan  at  the  time  here  fpecifyd,  and 
 no  other.     z.  'Tis  certain  that  the  Baptift  was  not  in  Prifon  at  the   return 
 of  Chrift  into  Galilee,  in  St.  John'*  fourth  Chapter,    and    highly  probable 
 that   he  was  in  Prifon,  at  his  fifth  Chapter,  the  Hiftory  of  the  fecond  Pafover. 
 'Ttsalfo  certain  from   St.  Luke,  that  when  Chrift  came  to  Nazareth  next 
 after  the  Baptift\f  Imprisonment  ,  he  had  already  been  a  Reader  formerly  for 
 fome  confiderable  time  in  that  Synagogue.     'Tis  alfo  evident   that  this  fecond 
 Pafover  tho  after  John'*  Imprifonment,  yet  was  before  the  return  into  Ga- 
 lilee   from  which  the  other  Evanqelifts  date  their  Accounts  of  our  Saviors 
 Miniftry ;  becaufe  otherwife  weffould  have  had  the  Hiftory  of  it  not  in   St, 
 Tohn,  but  in  the  others.     All  which  circumftances   do  perfetlly  agree  with 
 the  prefent  Order  of  thefe  Hiftories,  but  with  no  other  iffhatfoever .     3 .  Our 
 Savior  at  his  Temptations  was  in  the  Defart  of  Judea,  and  on  the  pinacle 
 of  the  Temple  of  Jerufalem,  and  therefore  ready  to    afcend  to    the   Jewifti 
 Pafover,  according  to  the  Account  before  us.      But  if  we  alter  this  Series, 
 and  fuppofe  our  Savior  coming  up  out  of  Galilee   to  Jerufalem  long  after- 
 wards, we  ft)  all  imagin  a  journey  without  any  manner  of  foundation-,    nay, 
 and  this  within  the  compafs  of  the  Annals  of  St.  Matthew,    St.  Mark,  and 
 St.  Luke,  without  the  leaf  hint  of  any  fuch  thing  in  any  of  their  Hiftories. 
 Vpon  the  whole,  Jince  we  leave  Chrift  in  Judea  at  the  conclufton  of  his  Tem- 
 ptations, aboutthetime  of  the  Baptift' J  Imprifonment  in  three  of  the  Evange- 
 lifts  -,  and  a  little  after,  we  find  him  in  St.  John,   going    to  the  Pafover  to 
 Terufalem  when  the  Baptift  was  already  in  Prifon,   and  alfo  find  that  foon 
 after  that  Imprifonment  he  returned  into  Galilee,  and  began  his  public Preach- 
 ing there ;  we  may  juftly  gather  that  the  prefent  Series,  and  no  other,   is  a- 
 qreeable  to  all  thefe  Accounts  of  the  Evangelifts  before  us. 
 
 When 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 2-37 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 §•  i.TTTHen  therefore  the  Lord 
 
 VV    knew  how   the   Fhari- 
 
 fees  had  heard  that  Jefus  made  and 
 
 baptized  more  difciples  then  John, 
 
 2  (Though  Jefus  himfelf  baptiz- 
 ed not,  but  his  difciples) 
 
 3  He  left  Judea,  and  departed 
 again  into  Galilee. 
 
 4  And  he  muft  needs  go  through 
 Samaria. 
 
 $■  Then  corneth  he  to  a  city  of 
 Samaria,  which  is  called  Sychar, 
 near  to  the  parcel  of  ground  that 
 Jacob  gave  to  his  fon  Jofeph. 
 
 6  Now  Jacobs  well  was  there. 
 Jefus  therefore  being  wearied  with 
 his  journey,  fat  thus  on  the  well: 
 and  it  was  about  the  fixth  hour. 
 
 7  There  cometh  a  woman  of 
 Samaria  to  draw  water:  Jefus  faith 
 unto  her,  Give  me  to  drink. 
 
 8  For  his  difciples  were  gone  a- 
 way  unto  the  city  to  buy  meat. 
 
 9  Then  faith  the  woman  of  Sa- 
 maria unto  him,  How  is  it  that 
 thou  being  a  Jew,  askeft  drink  of 
 me,  which  am  a  woman  of  Sama- 
 
 .        ria?  for  the  Jews  have  no  dealings 
 with  the  Samaritanes. 
 
 10  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to her,  If  thou  kneweft  the  gift  of 
 God,  and  who  it  is  that  fiith  to 
 thee,  Give  me  to  drink ;  thou 
 wouldeft  have  asked  of  him,  and 
 he  would  have  given  thee  living 
 water. 
 
 1 1  The  woman  faith  unto  him, 
 Sir,  thou  haft  nothing  to  draw  with, 
 and  the  well  is  deep:  from  whence 
 then  haft  thou  that  living  water? 
 
 12  Art  thou  greater  then  our  fa- 
 ther Jacob,  whichgaveus  the  well, 
 and  drank  thereof  himfelf,  and  his 
 
 Gg  3  children. 
 
2,38  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 children,  and  his  cartel? 
 
 1 3 .  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to her,  Whofoever  drinketh  of  this 
 water  {hall  thirft  again : 
 
 14  But  whofoever  drinketh  of 
 the  water  that  I  fhall  give  him, 
 fhall  never  thirft:  but  the  water 
 that  I  fhall  give  him,  (hall  be  in 
 him  a  well  of  water  fpringing  up 
 into  everlafting  life. 
 
 15-  The  woman  faith  unto  him, 
 Sir,  give  methis  water,  that  I  thirft 
 not,   neither  come  hither  to  draw. 
 
 16  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Go, 
 call  thy  husband,  and  come  hither. 
 
 17  The  woman  anfwered  and 
 faid,  I  have  no  husband.  Jefus 
 faid  unto  her,  Thou  haft  well  faid, 
 I  have  no  husband : 
 
 18  For  thou  haft  had  five  huf- 
 bands,  and  he  whom  thou  now  haft 
 is  not  thy  husband :  in  that  faidft 
 thou  truly. 
 
 19  The  woman  faith  unto  him, 
 Sir,  I  perceive  that  thou  art  a  pro- 
 phet. 
 
 20  Our  fathers  worfhipped  in 
 this  mountain ;  and  ye  fay,  that  in 
 Jerufalem  is  the  place  where  men 
 ought  to  worfhip. 
 
 2  1  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Woman, 
 believe  me,  the  hour  cometh  when 
 ye  fhall  neither  in  this  mountain* 
 nor  yet  at  Jerufalem  worfhip  the 
 Father. 
 
 22  Ye  worfhip  ye  know  not 
 what:  we  know  what  we  worfhip: 
 for  falvation  is  of  the  Jews. 
 
 23  But  the  hour  cometh,  and 
 now  is,  when  the  true  worfhip- 
 pers  fhall  worfhip  the  Father  in  fpi- 
 rit  and  in  truth:  for  the  Father 
 fecketh  fuch  to  worfhip  him. 
 
 24  God 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  23  9 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 24  God  is  a  Spirit,  and  they  that 
 woriiiip  him,  muft  worfhip/?/>«  in 
 fpint  and  in  truth. 
 
 if  The  woman  faith  unto  him, 
 I  know  that  Meffias  cometJi,  which 
 is  called  Chrift:  when  he  is  come, 
 he  will  tell  us  all  things. 
 
 26  Jeius  faith  unto  her,  I  that 
 fpeak  unto  thee,  am  he. 
 
 27  And  upon  this  came  his  di- 
 fciples,  and  marvelled  that  he  talk- 
 ed with  the  woman  :  yet  no  man 
 faid,  What  feekeftrhou?  or,  Why 
 talkeft  thou  with  her? 
 
 §.2.28  The  woman  then  left  her 
 water-pot,  and  went  hsr  way  into 
 the  city,  and  faith  to  the  men, 
 
 29  Come,  fee  a  man  which  told 
 me  all  things  that  ever  I  did :  is 
 not  this  the  Chrift? 
 
 30  Then  they  went  out  of  the 
 city,  and  came  unto  him. 
 
 31  In  the  mean  while  his  di- 
 fciples  prayed  him,  faying,  Mafter, 
 eat. 
 
 32  But  he  faid  unto  them,  I  have 
 meat  to  eat  that  ye  know  not  of. 
 
 33  Therefore  faid  the  difciples 
 one  to  another,  Hath  any  man 
 brought  him  ought  to  eat? 
 
 34  Jefus  faith  unto  them,  My 
 meat  is  to  do  the  will  of  him  that 
 fent  me,  and  to  finifh  his  work. 
 
 35*  Say  not  ye,  there  are  yet  four 
 months,  and  then  cometh  harveft  ? 
 behold,  I  fay  unto  you  ,  Lift  up 
 your  eyes,  and  look  on  the  fields  j 
 tor  they  are  white  already  to  har- 
 veft. 
 
 36  And  he  that  re:.petb  receiv- 
 eth  wages,  and  gathercth  fruit  un- 
 to life  eternal:  that  bo:h  he  that 
 foweth 
 
x^.q  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 fovveth,  and  he  that  reapeth,  may 
 rejoice  together. 
 
 37  And  herein  is  that  faying  true, 
 Onefoweth,  and  another  reapeth. 
 
 38  I  fent  you  to  reap  that  where- 
 on ye  beftowed  no  labour:  other 
 men  laboured,  and  ye  are  entred  in- 
 to their  labours. 
 
 39  And  many  of  the  Samart- 
 tanes  of  that  city  believed  on  him, 
 for  the  faying  of  the  woman,  which 
 teftified,  He  told  me  all  that  ever 
 I  did. 
 
 40  So  when  the  Samaritanes 
 were  come  unto  him,  they  be- 
 fought  him  that  he  would  tarry 
 with  them:  and  he  abode  there 
 two  days. 
 
 41  And  many  more  believed, 
 becaufe  of  his  own  word: 
 
 41  And  faid  unto  the  woman, 
 Nowwebelieve,  not  becaufe  of  thy 
 faying:  for  we  have  heard  him 
 our  felves,  and  know  that  this  is  in- 
 deed the  Chrift,  the  Saviour  of  the 
 world. 
 
 §.  3.  43  Now  after  two  days  he 
 departed  thence,  and  went  into  Ga- 
 lilee: 
 
 44  For  Jefus  himfelf  teftified, 
 that  a  prophet  hath  no  honour  in 
 his  own  countrey. 
 
 45*  Then  when  he  was  come  in- 
 to Galilee,  the  Galileans  received 
 him,  having  feen  all  the  things  that 
 he  did  at  Jerufalem  at  the  feaft: 
 for  they  alfb  went  unto  the  feaft. 
 
 46  So  Jefus  came  again  into  Ca- 
 na  of  Galilee,  where  he  made  the 
 water  wine.  And  there  was  a  cer- 
 tain noble  man,  whofe  fon  was 
 fick  at  Capernaum. 
 
 47  When 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  241 
 
 Matthew,  Mark.  Lvke0  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 47  When  he  heard  that  Jefus  was 
 come  out  of  Judea  into  Galilee,  he 
 went  unto  him,  and  befbught  him. 
 that  he  would  comeNiown,  and 
 heal  his  fon :  for  he  was  at  the 
 point  of  death. 
 
 48  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  him, 
 Except  ye  fee  iignt  and  wonders, 
 ye  will  not  believe. 
 
 49  The  noble  man  faith  unto 
 him,  Sir,  come  down  ere  my  child 
 die.  ' 
 
 f  o  Jefus  faith  unto  him,  Go  thy 
 wayj  thy  fon  liveth.  And  the 
 man  believed  the  word  that  Jefus 
 had  fpoken  unto  him,  and  he  went 
 his  way. 
 
 y  i  And  as  he  was  now  going 
 down,  his  fervants  met  him,  and 
 told  him,  faying,  Thy  fon  liveth. 
 
 fi  Then  enquired  he  of  them 
 the  hour,  when  he  began  to  amend : 
 and  they  faid  unto  him,  Yefterday 
 at  the  leventh  hour  the  fever  left 
 him. 
 
 S 3  So  the  father  knew  that  it 
 tens  at  the  fame  hour,  in  the  which 
 Jefus  faid  unto  him,  Thy  fon  liveth  j 
 and  himfelf  believed,  and  his  whole 
 houfe. 
 
 5-4  This  is  again  the  fccond  mi- 
 racle that  Jefus  did,  when  he  was 
 "come  out  of  Judea  into  Galilee. 
 
 H*»  13  Then 
 
142- 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 §  4.  13  Then  com-  9  And  it  came  to 
 eth  Jefus  from  Galilee  pais  in  thofe  days,  that 
 to  Jordan  unto  John,  Jefus  came  from  Na- 
 to  be  baptized  of  him.  zareth  of  Galilee,  and 
 
 14     But  John  for-   was  baptized  of  John 
 bad  him,     laying,     I   in  Jordan, 
 have  need  to  be  bap-        1  o  Andftraightway 
 tized    of   thee,     and  coming  up  out  of  the 
 comeft.  thou  to  me  ?       water,  hefawthehea- 
 
 1/  And  Jefu$  an-  vens  opened,  and  the 
 fwering.faid  unto  him,  Spirit  like  a  dove  de- 
 Suffer  it  to  be  fo  now .  fcending  upon  him. 
 for  thus  it  becometh  1 1  And  there  came 
 us  to  fulfil  all  righte-  a  voice  from  heaven, 
 oufnefs.  Thenhefuf-  faying,  Thou  art  my 
 fered  him.  beloved  (on,  in  whom 
 
 16  And  Jefus  when  I  am  well  pleafed. 
 he  was  baptized,  went 
 
 up  ftraitway  out  of  the 
 water:  and  lo,  the 
 heavens  were  opened 
 unto  him,  and  hefaw 
 the  Spirit  of  God  de- 
 fcending  like  a  dove, 
 and  lighting  upon 
 him. 
 
 17  And  lo,  a  voice 
 from  heaven,  faying, 
 This  is  my  beloved 
 Son,  in  whom  I  am 
 well  pleafed. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 §.  y.^TpHen  was  Je- 
 _L    fus  led  up  of 
 
 the  fpirit  into  the  wil- 
 dernefs,  to  be  tempt- 
 ed of  the  devil. 
 
 2  And  when  he  had 
 fafted  fourty  days  and 
 fourty  nights,  he  was 
 afterwards  an  hungred. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 ii  Now  when  all 
 the  people  were  bap- 
 tized, it  came  to  pais* 
 that  Jefus  alfo  being 
 baptized,  and  praying, 
 the  heaven  was'  open- 
 ed: 
 
 22  And  the  holy 
 Ghofl:  defcended  in  a 
 bodily  fliape  like  a  dove 
 upon  him,  and  a  voice 
 came  from  heaven, 
 which  faid,  Thou  art 
 my  beloved  Son,  in 
 thee  I  am  well  pleafed. 
 
 John. 
 
 11  And  immediate- 
 ly the  fpirit  driveth 
 him  into  the  wilder- 
 nefs. 
 
 13  And  he  was 
 there  in  thewildernefs 
 fourty  days  tempted  of 
 Satan,  and  was  with 
 the  wild  beafts,    and 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 AND  Jefus  being 
 ful  of  the  holy 
 Ghoft,  returned  from 
 Jordan,  and  was  led  by 
 the  fpirit  into  thewil- 
 dernefs, 
 
 2  Being  fourty  days 
 tempted  of  the  devil} 
 and  in  thofe  d%s  he 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls 
 
 M3 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 3  And   when   the  the    angels 
 tempter  came  to  him,  unto  him. 
 he  faid,  If  thou  be  the 
 Son   of  God,     com- 
 mand that  thefe  ftones 
 be  made  bread. 
 
 4  But  he  anfwered 
 and  faid  It  is  written, 
 Man  fhall  not  live  by 
 bread  alone,  but  by  e- 
 very  word  that  pro- 
 ceedeth  out  of  the 
 mouth  of  God. 
 
 3  Again,  the  devil 
 taketh  him  up  into  an 
 exceeding  high  moun- 
 tain, and  fhewcth  him 
 all  the  kingdoms  of 
 the  world,  and  the 
 glory  of  them : 
 
 9  And  faith  uato 
 him,  All  thefe  things 
 will  I  give  thee,  if 
 thou  willt  fall  down 
 and  worfhip  me. 
 
 io  Then  faith  Je- 
 fus unto  him,  Get  thee 
 hence  Satan:  for  it  is 
 written,  Thou  (halt 
 worlhip  the  Lord  thy 
 God,  and  him  only 
 {halt  thou  ferve. 
 
 f  Then?' the  devil 
 taketh  him  up  into  the 
 holy  city,  and  fetteth 
 him  on  a  pinacleofthe 
 temple, 
 
 6  And  .faith  unto 
 him,  If  thou  be  the  Son 
 of  God,  caft  thy  felf 
 down:  for  it  is  writ- 
 ten, He  fhall  give  his 
 angels  charge  concern- 
 
 minifired  did  eat  nothing  .-  and 
 when  they  were  end- 
 ed, he  afterward  hun  - 
 gred. 
 
 3  And  the  devil  faid 
 unto  him,  If  thou  be 
 the  Son  of  God,  com- 
 mand this  ftone  that 
 it  be  made  bread. 
 
 4  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwered him,  faying,  It 
 is  written,  That  man 
 fhall  not  live  by  bread 
 alone,  but  by  every 
 Word  of  God. 
 
 ?  And  the  devil  ta- 
 king him  up  into  an 
 high  mountain,  (hew- 
 ed unto  him  all  the 
 the  kingdoms  of  the 
 world  in  a  moment  of 
 time. 
 
 6  And  the  devil  faid 
 tmto  him,  All  this  pow- 
 er will  I  give  thee, 
 and  the  glory  of  them  ; 
 for  that  is  delivered 
 untorne,and  to  whom- 
 foever  I  will  I  give  it. 
 .  7  If  thou  there- 
 fore wilt  worfhip  me, 
 all  (hall  be  thine. 
 
 8  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwered, and  faid  unto 
 him,  Get  thee  behind 
 me,  Satan  :  for  it  is 
 written,  Thou  (halt 
 worfhip  the  Lord  thy 
 God,  and  him  only 
 (halt  thou  ferve. 
 
 9  And  he  brought 
 him  to  Jerufalem,  and 
 fct  him  on  a  pinaclc 
 
 Hh  i 
 
 John. 
 
 thorn 
 
244 
 
 The  Harynony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 ing  thee,  and  in  their, 
 hands  they  {hall  bear 
 thee  up,  left  at  any 
 time  thou  dafh  thy 
 foot  againft  a  ftone. 
 
 7  Jefus  faid  unto 
 him,It  is  written  again, 
 Thou  (halt  not  tempt 
 the  Lord  thy  God. 
 
 ii  Then  the  devil 
 leaveth  him,  and  be- 
 hold, angels  came  and 
 miniftred  unto  him. 
 
 Mari 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 of  the  temple,  and 
 laid  unto  him,  If  thou 
 be  the  Son  of  God, 
 caft  thy  felf  down 
 from  hence. 
 
 i  o  For  it  is  written, 
 He  {hill  give  his  angels 
 charge  over  thee,  to 
 keep  thee. 
 
 ii  And  in  their 
 hands  they  {hall  bear 
 thee  up,  left  at  any 
 time  thou  dafh  thy 
 foot  againft  a  ftone. 
 
 iz  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwering,  faid  unto  him, 
 It  is  faid,  Thou  {halt 
 not  tempt  the  Lord 
 thy  God. 
 
 13  And  when  the 
 devil  had  ended  all  the 
 temptation,  he  depart- 
 ed from  him  for  afca- 
 fon. 
 
 John. 
 
of  the  four  Euangelijh.  245 
 
 CHAP.    VI. 
 
 From  Chrift'sficondT  affover  till  his  third:  containing  the  fpacc 
 of  one  year,  from  April  A.  T).  30.  till  April  A.  ^.31. 
 
 THis  Jixth  Period  befides  the  occurrences  at  the  fecond  Pajfover  record-, 
 ed  by  St.  John,  comprehends  almofi  the  whole  courfe  of  our  Savior  s 
 firfi  public  Preaching  in  Galilee  while  he  was  alone  in  that  Office 
 there,  before  the  Election  of  the  twelve  Apoflles.  The  Order  is  plain  from 
 the  agreement  of  St.  Mark  and  St.  Luke  at  prefent,  and  from  that  of  St. 
 Matthew  alfo,  when  his  Gofpel  is  refio-rd  to  its  original  Order,  as  we  have 
 above  demonftrated. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 §.  1.  A  Fter  this  there  was  a  feaft 
 JLx.  of  the  Jews,    and   Jefus 
 went  up  to  Jeruialem. 
 
 2  Now  there  is  at  Jerufalem  by 
 the  {heep-market  a  pool,  which  is 
 called  in  the  Hebrew  tongue,  Be< 
 thefda,  having  five  porches. 
 
 3  In  thefe  lay  a  great  multitude 
 of  impotent  folk,  of  blind,  halt, 
 withered,  waiting  for  the  moving 
 of  the  water. 
 
 4  For  an  angel  went  down  at  a 
 certain  leafon  into  the  pool,  and 
 troubled  the  water :  whofoever  then 
 firft  after  the  troubling  of  the  wa- 
 ter ftepped  in,  was  made  whole  of 
 whatfoever  difeafe  he  had. 
 
 f  And  a  certain  man  was  there, 
 which  had  an  infirmity  thirty  and 
 eight  years , 
 
 6  When  Jefus  faw  him  lie,  and 
 knew  that  he  had  been  now  a  long 
 time  in  that  cafe,  he  faith  unto 
 him,  Wilt  thou  be  made  whole  ? 
 
 7  The  impotent  man  anfwered 
 him>  Sir,  I  have  no  man,  when  the 
 
 Hh  3  water 
 
2,46  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew,  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V 
 
 water  is  troubled,  to  put  me  into 
 the  pool,  but  while  I  am  coming, 
 another  fteppeth  down  before  me 
 
 8  Jefus  faith  unto  him,  Rile, 
 take  up  thy  bed  and  walk. 
 
 9  And  immediaely  the  man  was 
 made  whole,  and  took  up  his  bed, 
 and  walked :  and  on  the  fame  day 
 was  the  Sabbath. 
 
 10  The  Jews  therefore  faid  un- 
 to him  that  was  cured,  It  is  the 
 fabbath-day;  it  is  not  lawful  for 
 thee  to  carry  thy  bed. 
 
 i 1  He  anfwered  them,  He  that 
 made  me  whole,  the  fame  faid  un- 
 to me,  Take  up  thy  bed  and  walk. 
 
 tz  Then  asked  they  him,  What 
 man  is  that  which  faid  unto 
 thee,  Take  up  thy  bed  and  walk  ? 
 
 13  And  he  that  was  healed, 
 wift  .not  who  it  was :  for  Jefus  had 
 conveyed  himfelf  away,  a  multi- 
 tude being  in  that  place. 
 
 14  Afterward  Jefus  findeth  him 
 in  the  temple,  and  faid  unto  him, 
 Behold,  Thou  art  made  whole: 'fin 
 no  more,  left  a  worfe  thing  come 
 unto  thee. 
 
 if  The  man  departed,  and  told 
 the  Jews  that  it  was  Jefus  which 
 had  made   him    whole. 
 
 16  And  therefore  did  the  Jews 
 perfecute  Jefus,  and  fought  to  flay 
 him,  becaufe  he  had  done  thefe 
 things  on  the  fabbath-day. 
 
 17  But  Jefus  anfwered  them, 
 My  father  worketh  hitherto,  and  1 
 work. 
 
 18  Therefore  the  Jews  fought 
 the  more  to  kill  him,  becauie  he 
 not  only  had  broken  the  fabbath, 
 but  faid  alfo,  that  God  was  his  fa- 
 ther, making  himfelf  equal  with 
 
 God. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  247 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 Gol 
 
 19  Then  anfwered  Jefus,  and 
 faid  unto  them,  Verily  verily  I  fay 
 unto  you,  The  Son  can  do  nothing 
 of  himfelf.  but  what  he  feeth  the 
 Father  do :  for  what  things  foever 
 he  doeth,  thefe  alio  doeth  the  Son 
 likewise. 
 
 20  For  the  Father  loveth  the 
 Son^  and  iheweth  him  all  things 
 that  himfelf  doeth:  and  he  wiil 
 fhew  him  greater  works  than  thefe, 
 that  ye  may  marvel. 
 
 21  For  as  the  Father  raifeth 
 up  the  dead,  and  quickneth  them : 
 even  fo  the  Son  quickneth  whom 
 he  will. 
 
 22  For  the  Father  judgeth  no 
 man;  but  hath  committed  all  judg- 
 ment unto  the  Son: 
 
 2  j  That  all  men  mould  honour 
 the  Son,  even  as  they  honour  the 
 Father.  He  that  honourethnot  the 
 Son,  honoureth  not  the  Father 
 which  hath  fent  him. 
 
 24  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 He  that  heareth  my  word,  and  be- 
 lieveth  on  him  that  fent  me,  hath 
 everlafting  life,  and  fhall  not  come 
 into  condemnation  j  but  is  pafled 
 from  death  unto  life. 
 
 if  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you., 
 The  hour  is  coming,  and  now  is, 
 when  the  dead  fhall  hear  the  voice 
 of  the  Son  of  God :  and  they  that 
 hear  fhall  live. 
 
 26  For  as  the  Father  hath  life  in 
 himfelf  i  fo  hath  he  given  to 
 the  Son  to  have  life  in  himfelf} 
 
 27  And  hath  given  him  autho- 
 rity to  execute  judgment  alfo,  be- 
 caufe  he  is  the  Son  of  man. 
 
 28  Marvel  not  at  this  :    for  the 
 
 hour 
 
i48  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 is  coming,  in  the  which  all  that 
 are  in  the  graves  (hall  hear  hi* 
 voice, 
 
 29  And  fhall  come  forth,  they 
 that  have  done  good,  unto  the  re- 
 furre&ion  of  lite,     and  they  that 
 have  done  evil,    unto  the  refurre- ' 
 &ion  of  damnation. 
 
 30  I  can  of  mine  own  felf  do 
 nothing:  as  I  hear,  I  judge:  and 
 my  judgment  isjuft ;  becaufelfeek 
 not  mine  own  will,  but  the  will 
 of  the  father  which  hath  fent  me. 
 
 3 1  If  I  bear  witnefs  of  my  felf, 
 my  witnefs  is  not  true. 
 
 31  There  is  another  that  beareth 
 witnefs  of  me,  and  I  know  that 
 the  witnefs  which  he  witnefleth  of 
 me,  is  true. 
 
 3  3  Ye  fent  unto  John,  and  he 
 bare  witnefs  unto  the  truth. 
 
 34  But  1  receive  not  teftimony 
 from  man :  but  thefe  things  I  fay, 
 that  ye  might  be  faved. 
 
 If  He  was  a  burning  and  a  min- 
 ing light :  and  ye  were  willing  for 
 a  feafon  to  rejoice  in  his  light. 
 
 36  But  I  have  greater  witnefs 
 then  that  of  John:  for  the  works 
 which  the  Father  hath  given  mc 
 to  finifh,  the  lame  works  that  I  do, 
 bear  witnefs  of  me,  that  the  fa- 
 ther hath  fent  me. 
 
 37  And  the  Father  himfelf 
 which  hath  fent  me,  hath  born  wit- 
 nefs of  me.  Ye  have  neither 
 heard  his  voice  at  any  time,  nor 
 feen  his  fhape. 
 
 38  And  ye  have  not  his  worda- 
 biding  in  you :  for  whom  he  hath 
 fent,  him  ye  believe  not. 
 
 39  Search  the  fcriptures,  for  in 
 them  ye  think  ye  have  eternal  life, 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifis.  2.45* 
 
 Matthew.  Mark,  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 and  they  are  they  which  teftifie  of 
 me. 
 
 40  And  ye  will  not  come  to  me, 
 that  ye  might  have  life. 
 
 41  I  receive  not  honour  from 
 men. 
 
 41  But  I  know  you,  thatyehave 
 not  the  love  of  God  in  you. 
 
 43  I  am  come  in  my  fathers  name, 
 and  ye  receive  me  not :  if  another 
 fhall  come  in  his  own  name,  him 
 ye  will  receive. 
 
 44  How  can  ye  believe,  which 
 receive  honour  one  of  another, 
 and  feek  not  the  honour  that  com- 
 eth  from  God  only  ? 
 
 45-  Do  not  think  that  I  will  ac- 
 cufe  you  to  the  Father:  there  is  one 
 that  accufeth  you,  even  Mofcs,  in 
 whom  ye  truft. 
 
 46  For  had  ye  believed  Mofes, 
 ye  would  have  believed  me:  for  he 
 wrote  of  me. 
 
 47  But  if  ye  believe  not  his 
 writings,  how  fhall  ye  believe  my 
 words? 
 
 Chap.  IV.  Chap.  I.  Chap.  IV. 
 
 %.i.  n  Now  when  14  Now  after  that        14  Andjefusreturn- 
 
 Jefus   had    heard  that  John  was   put  in  pri-   ed  in  the  power  of  the 
 
 John  was  caft  into pri-  fon,    Jefus  came  into   ipirit  into  Galilee :  and 
 
 ion,     he  departed  into  Galilee,   preaching  the   there  went  out  a  fame 
 
 Galilee.  gofpel  of  the  kingdom   of  him  through  all  the 
 
 1 3  And  leaving  Na-  of  God,  region  round  about. 
 zareth,  he  came  and  1  y  And  faying,  The  1  j-  And  he  taught 
 dwelt  in  Capernaum,  time  is  fulfilled,  and  in  their  fynagogues, 
 which  is  upon  the  fea-  the  kingdom  of  God  being  glorified  of  all. 
 coaftt  in  the  bordersof  is  at  hand:  repent  ye  16  And  he  came  to 
 Zabulon  and  Neptha-  and  believe  the  goipel.  Nazareth,  where  he 
 lim:  had  been  brought  up: 
 
 14  That  it  might  be  and,  as  hiscuftom  was, 
 fulfilled  which  was  fpo-  he  went  into  the  fyna- 
 ken  by  E&ias  the  pro-  gogue  on  the  fabbath- 
 
 li  phet 
 
250 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap,  IV. 
 
 phct,  faying, 
 
 if  The  land  of  Zabulon,  and 
 the  land  of  Nephthalim,  by  the 
 way  of  the  fe.i  beyond  Jordan, 
 Galilee  of  the  Gentiles: 
 
 16  The  people  which  fat  in 
 darknefs,  faw  great  light :  and  to 
 them  which  fat  in  the  region  and 
 fhadow  of  death,  light  is  fprung 
 up. 
 
 77  From  that  time  Jefus  began 
 to  preach,  and  to  fay,  Repent,  for 
 the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand. 
 
 Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Ghap.  IV. 
 
 day,  and  flood  up  for  to  read. 
 
 17  And  there  was  delivered  un- 
 to him  the  book  of  the  prophet  E- 
 faias:  and  when  he  had  opened  the 
 book,  he  found  the  place  where  it 
 was  written, 
 
 18  The  fpirit  of  the  Lord  is  up- 
 on me,  becaufe  he  hath  anointed 
 me  to  preach  the  gofpel  to  the 
 poor,  he  hath  fent  me  to  heal  the 
 broken-hearted,  to  preach  deliver- 
 ance to  the  captives,  and  recover- 
 ing of  light  to  the  blind,  to  fet  at 
 liberty  them  that  are  bruited. 
 
 19  To  preach  the  acceptable  year 
 of  the  Lord. 
 
 20  And  he  clofed  the  book,  and 
 he  gave  it  again  to  the  minifter, 
 and  fat  down :  and  the  eyes  of  all 
 them  that  were  in  the  fynagogue 
 were  fallen ed  on  him. 
 
 2 1  And  he  began,  to  fay  unto 
 them,  This  day  is  this  fcripture  ful- 
 filled in  your  ears. 
 
 22  And  all  bare  him  witnefs, 
 and  wondred  at  the  gracious  words 
 which  proceeded  out  of  his  mouth. 
 And  they  laid,  Is  not  this  Jofephs 
 fon? 
 
 2  3  And  he  faid  unto  them,  Ye 
 will  furely  fay  unto  me  this  pro- 
 verb, Phyfician,  heal  thy  felt":  what- 
 foever  we  have  heard  done  in  Ca- 
 pernaum, do  alfb  here  in  thy  coun- 
 trey. 
 
 24  And  he  faid,  Verily  I  fay  un- 
 to you,  No  prophet  is  accepted  in 
 his  own  countrey. 
 
 if  But  I  tell  you  of  a.  truth, 
 Many  widows  were  in  Ifrael  in  the 
 days  of  Elias,  when  the  heaven- 
 was  fhut  up  three  years  and  fix 
 monthsj   when  great  famine  was 
 
 John. 
 
 through 
 
of  the  four  EvangeBJis* 
 
 *5* 
 
 Matthew, 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 §.  3.  18  And  Jefus 
 walking  by  the  fea  of 
 Galilee,  faw  two  bre- 
 thren, Simon,  c  lied 
 Peter,  and  Andrew  his 
 brother,  calling  a  net 
 into  the  fea :  (for  they 
 were  fifhers  J 
 
 19  And  he  faith  un- 
 to them,  Follow  me, 
 and  I  will  make  you 
 fifhers  of  men. 
 
 20  And  they  ftraight.- 
 way  left  their  nets  and 
 followed  him. 
 
 21  And  going  on 
 from  thence,  he  faw 
 other  two  brethren, 
 James  the  J "on  of  Ze- 
 bedee,  and  John  his 
 brother,  inafhipwith 
 Zebedee  their  father, 
 
 Chap.  I, 
 
 16  Now  as  he  walk- 
 ed by  the  fea  of  Gali- 
 lee, he  faw  Simon,  and 
 Andrew  his  brother, 
 carting  a  net  into  the 
 fea:  (for  they  were 
 fifhers) 
 
 17  And  Jefus  faid 
 unto  them,  Come  ye 
 after  me,  and  I  will 
 make  you  to  become 
 fifhers  of  men : 
 
 1 8  And  ftraight- 
 way  they  forfook  then- 
 nets  and  followed  him. 
 
 19  And  when  he 
 had  gone  a  little  fur- 
 ther thence,  he  faw 
 James  the  [on  of  Zebe- 
 dee, and  John  his  bro- 
 ther, who  alfowerein 
 the  fhip  mending  their 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 throughout  all  the  land: 
 
 26  But  unto  none  of  them  was 
 Elias  fent,  fave  unto  Sarepta,  a  ci- 
 ty of  Sidon,  unto  a  woman  that 
 was  a  widow. 
 
 27  And  many  lepers  were  in  If- 
 rael  in  the  time  of  Elifeus  the  pro- 
 phet :  and  none  of  them  was  clean- 
 Ted,  faving  Naaman  the  Syrian. 
 
 2  8  And  all  they  in  the  fynagogue, 
 when  they  heard  thefe  things,  were 
 filled  with  wrath, 
 
 29  And  rofe  up,  and  thruft  him 
 out  of  the  city,  and  led  him  unto 
 the  brow  of  the  hill  (whereon  their 
 city  was  built)  that  they  might  cart 
 him  down  headlong. 
 
 30  But  he  paffng  through  the 
 mids  of  them,  went  his  way: 
 
 31  And  came  down  to  Caper- 
 naum, a  city  of  Galilee,  and  taught 
 them  on  the  fabbath-days. 
 
 •• 
 
 John. 
 
 Ii  2 
 
 mending 
 
151  ihe  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IV.  Chap.  I.  Chap.  IV. 
 
 mending    their    nets:  nets.        .  —  • 
 
 and  he  called  them.  20  And  ftraightway 
 
 22   And   they    im-  he  called  them:     and 
 
 mediately    left     their  they  left    their  father 
 
 fhip,  and  their  father,  Zebedee   in    the    fhip 
 
 and  followed  him.         with  the  hired  fervants, 
 
 Chap.  VIII.  and  went  after  him. 
 
 §.4.   14  And  when       21  And  they  went        32  And  they  were 
 Jefus  was  come  into  into  Capernaum,   and  aftonifhed  at   his    do- 
 Peters  houfe,   he  faw  ftraightway     on     the  cftrine:    for  his  word 
 his  wives  mother  laid,  fabbath-day  he  entred  was  with  power, 
 and  fickof  a  fever :       into    the     fynagogue,       23  And  in  the  fyna- 
 
 i_f  And  he  touched  and  taught.  gogue  there  was  a  man 
 
 her  hand,  and  the  fe-  21  And  they  were  which  had  a  fpirit  of 
 ver  left  her:  and  fhe  aftonifhed  at  his  do-  an  unclean  devil,  and 
 arofeandminiftredun-  <£trinc:  for  he  taught  cried  out  with  a  loud 
 t  j  them.  them  as  one  that  had  voice, 
 
 16  When  the  even  authority,  and.  not  as  34  Saying,  Let  us 
 was  come,they brought  the  fcribes.  alone;  wkt  hive  we 
 unto  him  many  that  23  And  there  was  to  do  with  thee,  thou 
 were  pofleiTed  with  de-  in  their  fynagogue  a  Jefus  of  Nazareth?  art 
 vils :  and  he  caft  out  man  with  an  unclean  thou  come  to  deftroy 
 the  fpirits  with  his  fpirit,  and  he  cried  out,  us?  I  know  thee  who 
 word,  and  healed  all  24  Saying,  Let  us  thou  art ;  the  holy  one 
 that  were  fick:               alone,    what  have  we  of  God. 
 
 17  That  it  might  to  do  with  thee,  thou  3?  And  Jefus  re- 
 be  fulfilled  which  was  Jefus  of  Nazareth?  art  buked  him,  faying, 
 fpoken  by  Efaias  the  thou  come  to  deftroy  Hold  thy  peace,  and 
 prophet,  faying,  Him-  us?  I  know  thee  who  come  out  of  him.  And 
 ielf  took  our  infirmi-  thou  art,  the  holy  One  when  then  the  devil 
 ties,  and  bare  wfick-  of  God.  had  thrown  him  in  the 
 neffes.                                 25-  And  Jefus    re-  mids,  he  came  out  of 
 
 buked    him,    faying,  him,     and  hurt    him 
 
 Hold  thy  peace,    and  not. 
 
 come  out  of  him.  36  And  they  were 
 
 26  And  when  the  all  amazed,  and  fpake 
 unclean  fpirit  had  torn  among  themfelves,fay- 
 him,  and  cried  with  a  ing.  What  a  word  is 
 loifH%oice,  he  came  this?  for  with  autho- 
 out  of  him.  rity    and    power    he 
 
 27  And  they  were  commandeth  the  un- 
 all  ama7ed,  infomuch  clean  fpirits,  and  they 
 that  they  qucflioncd  a-  come  out. 
 
 mo»g 
 
of  the  for  Ez>  angel i]h. 
 
 M3 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  I: 
 
 mong  themfelves,  fay- 
 ing, What  thing  is 
 this?  what  new  do- 
 ctrine is  this  ?  for  with 
 authority  commandeth 
 he  even  the  unclean 
 ipirits,  and  they  do  o- 
 obey  him. 
 
 28  And  immediate- 
 ly his  fame  fpread  a- 
 broad  throughout  all 
 the  region  roundabout 
 Galilee. 
 
 29  And  forthwith 
 when  they  were  come 
 out  of  the  fynagogue, 
 they  entred  into  the 
 houfe  of  Simon  and 
 Andrew,  with  James 
 and  John. 
 
 30  But  Simons 
 wives  mother  lay  fick 
 of  a  fever,  and  anon 
 they  tell  him  of  her. 
 
 31  And  he  came 
 and  took  her  by  the 
 hand,  and  lift  her  up; 
 and  immediately  the 
 fever  left  her,  and  (he 
 miniff  red  unto  them. 
 
 32  And  at  even 
 when  the  fun  did  fet, 
 they  bro.ight  unto  him 
 all  that  were  difeaied, 
 and  them  that  were 
 poflefled  with  devils. 
 
 3  3  And  all  the  city 
 was  gathered  together 
 at  the  door. 
 
 34  And  he  healed 
 many  that  were  lick 
 of  divers  difeafes,  and 
 call  out  many   devils, 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 37  And  the  fame  of 
 him  went  out  into  e- 
 very  place  of  the  coun- 
 trey  round  about. 
 
 38  Andhcarofeotit 
 of  the  fynagogue,  and 
 entred  into  Simons 
 houfe  :  and  Simons 
 wives  mother  was  ta- 
 ken with  a  great  fever : 
 and  they  beibught  him 
 for  her. 
 
 3  9  And  he  Mood  o- 
 ver  her,  and  rebuked 
 the  fever,  and  it  left 
 her.  And  immediate- 
 ly fhe  arofe,  arid  mi- 
 niftred  unto  them. 
 
 40  Now  when  the 
 fun  was  fetting,  all 
 they  that  had  any  iick 
 with  divers  difeafes, 
 brought  them  unto 
 him:  and  he  laid  his 
 hands  on  every  one  of 
 them,  and  healed  rhem. 
 
 41  And  devils  alfb 
 came  out  of  many, 
 crying  out,  and  fay- 
 ing, Thou  art  Chnft 
 the  fon  of  God.  And 
 he  rebuking  them,  fuf- 
 f-*red  them  not  to  ipeak: 
 for  they  knew  that  he 
 was  Chrift, 
 
 4?.  And  when  it 
 was  lay,  he  departed, 
 and  -»vent  iato  a  de- 
 fert  place  :  and  the 
 people  fought  him, 
 and  came  un:o  him, 
 and  flayed  him,  that 
 h-  fhould  not  depart 
 H  3 
 
 John. 
 
 and 
 
254 
 
 The  Harrnofiy 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 end  fuffered  not  the 
 devils  to  fpeak,  becaufe 
 they  knew  him. 
 
 35-  And  in  the  morn- 
 ing, rifing  up  a  great 
 while  before  day,  he 
 went  out,  and  depart- 
 ed into  a  folitary  place, 
 and  there  prayed. 
 
 36  And  Simon,  and 
 they  that  were  with 
 him,  followed  after 
 him. 
 
 37  And  when  they 
 had  found  him,  they 
 faid  unto  him,  All  men 
 feek  for  thee. 
 
 38  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Let  us  go  in- 
 to the  next  towns» 
 that  I  may  preach  there 
 alfo :  for  therefore  came 
 I  forth. 
 
 39  And  he  preach- 
 ed in  their  fynagogues 
 throughout  all  Galilee, 
 and  caft  out  devils. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 from  them. 
 
 43  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  I  mu  ft  preach 
 the  kingdom  of  God 
 to  other  cities  alfo: 
 for  therefore  am  I 
 fent, 
 
 44  And  he  preach- 
 ed in  the  fynagogues 
 of  Galilee. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 §.  f .  A  N  D  it  came 
 J\.  to  pafs,  that 
 as  the  people  preffed 
 upon  him  to  hear  the 
 word  of  God,  heftood 
 by  the  lake  of  Gen- 
 nefarerh, 
 
 2  And  faw  two 
 fhips  ftanding  by  the 
 lake:  but  the  ■  fisher- 
 men were  gone  out  of 
 them,  and  were  warn- 
 ing their  nets. 
 
 3  And  he  cntred  in- 
 to one  of  the  fhips, 
 which    was    Simons, 
 
 John. 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs.  2.5  5 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 and  prayed  him  that  he  would 
 thruft  out  a  little  from  the  land: 
 and  he  fat  down,  and  taught  the 
 people  out  of  the  {hip. 
 
 4  Now  when  he  had  left  fpeak- 
 ing,  he  laiJ  unto  Si  r<on,  Lanch 
 out  linto  the  deep ,  and  let  down 
 your  nets  for  a  draught. 
 
 f  And  Simon  anfweringfaid  un- 
 to him,  Mafter,  we  have  toiled  all 
 the  night,  and  have  taken  nothing: 
 neverthelefs  at  thy  word  I  will  let 
 down  the  net. 
 
 6  And  when  they  had  this  done, 
 they  enclofed  a  great  multitude 
 of  fifties;  and  their  net  brake. 
 
 7  And  they  beckened  unto  their 
 partners,  which  were  in  the  other 
 (hip,  that  they  ftiould  come  and 
 help  them.  And  they  came,  and 
 filled  both  the  fhips,  fo  that  they 
 began  to  fink. 
 
 8  When  Simon  Peter  faw  it,  he 
 fell  down  at  Jefus  knees,  faying, 
 Depart  from  me,  for  I  am  a  finful 
 man,  O  Lord. 
 
 9  For  he  was  aftonifhed,  and 
 all  that  were  with  him,  at  the 
 draught  of  the  fifties  which  they 
 had  taken : 
 
 10  And  fo  -aits  alfb  James  and 
 John  the  fbns  of  Zebedee,  which 
 were  partners  with  Simon.  And 
 Jefus  faid  unto  Simon,  Fear  not ; 
 from  henceforth  thou  ftialt  catch 
 men. 
 
 1 1  And  when  they  had  b  rough t 
 their  fhips  to  land,  they  forfook  all, 
 and  followed  him. 
 
 1  Acid 
 
z56 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.  6.  a  And  behold, 
 there  came  a  leper  and 
 worfhipped  him,  fay- 
 ing, Lord,  if  thou  wilt, 
 thou  canft  make  me 
 clean. 
 
 3  Andjefus  put  forth 
 his  hand  and  touched 
 him,  laying,  I  will, 
 be  thou  clean.  And 
 immediately  his  lepro- 
 fie was  cleanfed. 
 
 4  And  Jefus  faith 
 unto  him,  See  thou  tell 
 no  man,  but  go  thy 
 way,  fhew  thy  lelf  to 
 the  prieft,  and  offer 
 the  gift  that  Mofes 
 commanded,  for  a  te- 
 ftimony  unto  them. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  I. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 40  And  there  came  1 1  And  it  came  to  pafs, 
 a  leper  to  him,  be-  when  he  was  in  a  cer- 
 feeching  him,  and  tain  city,  behold,  a  man 
 kneeling  down  to  him,   full  of  leprofie:     who 
 
 and  faying  unto  him, 
 If  thou  wilt,thou  canft 
 make  me  clean. 
 
 41  And  Jcfus  mov- 
 ed with  compaffion, 
 put  forth  his  hand,  and 
 touched  him,  and  faith 
 
 feeing  Jefus,  fell  on  his 
 face ,  and  befought 
 him,  faying,  Lord,  if 
 thou  wilt,  thou  canft 
 make  me  clean. 
 
 13  And  he  put  forth 
 his  hand,  and  touched 
 
 unto  him,    I  will,    be  him,  faying,     I  will ; 
 thou  clean.  be  thou    clean.     And 
 
 42  And  aflbonashe  immediately  the  lepro- 
 had  fpoken,  immedi-  fie  departed  from  him. 
 ately  the  leprofie  de-  14  And  he  charged 
 parted  from  him,  and  him  to  tell  no  man  : 
 he  was  cleanfed.  but  go  and  fhew  thy 
 
 43  And  he  ftraight-  felf  to  the  prieft,  and 
 way  charged  him,  and  offer  for  thy  cleanfing, 
 forthwith  fent  him  a-  according  as  Mofes 
 ■way;  commanded,   for  a  te- 
 
 44  And  faith  unto  ftimony  unto  them, 
 him,  See  thou  fay  no-  1^  But  fb  much  the 
 thing  to  any  man :  but  more  went  there  a 
 go  thy  way,  fhew  thy  fame  abroad  of  him . 
 ielf  to  the  prieft,  and  and  great  multitudes 
 offer  for  thy  cleanfing  came  together  to  hear, 
 thofe  things  which  and  to  be  healed  by 
 Mofes  commanded  for  him  of  their  infirmi- 
 ateftimony  unto  them.   ties. 
 
 4^  But  he  went  out,        16   And   he    with- 
 and  began  to  publifh  drew  himfelf  into  the 
 it  much,  and  to  blaze  wildemefs,  and  pray- 
 abroad  the  matter,  in-   ed. 
 fomuch ,     that    Jefus 
 
 could  no  more  openly 
 
 enter  into    the    city, 
 
 but  but  was  without 
 
 in  defert  places:     and 
 
 they  came  to  him  from 
 
 every  quarter. 
 
 John. 
 
 S$  Aai 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 M7 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  7.2Andbehold,fhey 
 brought  to  him  a  man 
 fick  of  the  palfie,  ly- 
 ing on  a  bed:  and  Je- 
 fus  feeing  their  faith, 
 faid  to  the  fick  of  the 
 palfie,  Son, be  of  good 
 cheer,  thy  fins  be  for- 
 given thee. 
 
 3  And  behold,  cer- 
 tain of  the  Scribes 
 faid  within  them- 
 felves ,  This  man 
 blafphemeth. 
 
 4  And  Jefus  know- 
 ing their  thoughts, 
 laid,  Wherefore  think 
 ye  evil  in  your  hearts? 
 
 5-  For  whether  is 
 eaher  to  fay,  Thy  fins 
 be  forgiven  thee?  or 
 to  fay,  Arife  and  walk  ? 
 
 6  But  that  ye  may 
 know  that  the  Son  of 
 man  hath  power  on 
 earth  to  forgive  fins, 
 Cthen  faith  he  to  the 
 fick  of  the  palfie)  A- 
 rife,  take  up!  thy  bed, 
 and  go  unto  thine 
 houfe. 
 
 7  And  he  arofe, 
 and  departed  to  his 
 houfe. 
 
 8  But  when  the 
 multitude  faw  it,  they 
 marvelled,  and  glori- 
 fied God,  which  had 
 given  fuch  power  un- 
 to men. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 AND  again  he  en- 
 trcd  into  Caper- 
 naum, after fome  days, 
 and  it  was  noifed  that 
 he  was  in  the  houfe. 
 
 2  And  ftraightway 
 many  were  gathered 
 together,  infomuch 
 that  there  was  no  room 
 to  receive  them,  no 
 not  fo  much  as  about 
 the  door  :  and  he 
 preached  the  word  un- 
 to them. 
 
 2  And  they  come 
 unto  him,  bringing 
 one  fick  of  the  palfie, 
 which  was  born  of 
 four. 
 
 4  And  when  they 
 could  not  come  nigh 
 unto  him  for  the  prefs, 
 they  uncovered  the 
 roof  where  he  was: 
 and  when  they  had 
 broken  it  up,  they  let 
 down  the  bed  where- 
 in the  fick  of  the  pal- 
 fie lay. 
 
 _$•  When  Jefus  faw 
 their  faith,  he  faid  un- 
 to the  fick  of  the  pal- 
 fie, Son,  thy  fins  be  for- 
 given thee. 
 
 6  But  there  were 
 certain  of  the  fcribcs 
 fitting  there,  and  rea- 
 foning  in  their  hearts, 
 
 7  Why  doth  this 
 man  thus  fpeak  hlaf- 
 phemies?  who  can  for- 
 give fins  but  Cod  on- 
 ly? 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 1 7  And  it  came  to 
 pafs  on  a  certain  day 
 as  he  was  teaching, 
 that  there  were  Phari- 
 fees  and  do&ours  of 
 the  law  fitting  by, 
 which  were  come  out 
 of  every  town  of  Ga- 
 lilee, and  Judea,  and 
 Jerufalem  :  and  the 
 power  ot  the  Lord 
 was  pre/cm  to  heal 
 them. 
 
 iS  And  behold, 
 men  brought;  in  a  bed 
 a  man  which  was  tak- 
 en with  a  palfie :  and 
 they  fought  means  to 
 bring  him  in,  and  to 
 lay  him  before  him. 
 
 19  And  when  they 
 could  not  find  by  what 
 way  they  might  bring 
 him  in,  becaufeofthc 
 multitude,  they  went 
 upon  the  houie  top, 
 and  let  him  down 
 through  the  tiling  with 
 his  couch,  into  the 
 midfl  before  Jefus. 
 
 20  And  when  he 
 faw  their  faith,  he  faid 
 unto  him,  Man,  thy 
 fins  are  forgiven  thee. 
 
 21  And  the  Scribes 
 and  the  Pharifees  be- 
 gan to  reafon,  faying, 
 Who  is  this  which 
 fpeaketh  blafphemies  ? 
 Who  can  forgive  fins 
 but  God  alone? 
 
 22  But  when  Je- 
 fus    perceived     their 
 
 Kk 
 
 Johni 
 
 S  Ani 
 
-  II 
 
 M 
 
 M  ATTHEW. 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  V 
 
 8  And   immediate-  thoughts,    he  anfwer- 
 
 !y  when    Jeiiis    per-  ing,    faid  unfo  them, 
 
 ceivedinhis  fpirir,that  What    reafon    ye    in 
 
 that  they  fo  reafoned  your  hearts, 
 within  themfelves,  he        23   Whether  is  ea- 
 
 faid  unto  them,    Why  fier  to  fay,     Thy  fins 
 
 reafon  ye  thefe  things 
 in  your  hearts  ? 
 
 9  Whether  is  it  ca- 
 fier  to  fay  to  the  lick 
 
 be  forgiven  thee,  or 
 to  fay,  Rife  up  and 
 walk?  . 
 
 24  But  that  ye  may 
 of  the  pa'lfie,  Thy  fins  know  that  the  Son  of 
 be  forgiven  thee:  or  man  hath  power  upon 
 to  fay,  Arife,  and  take  earth  to  forgive  iins5 
 up  thy  bed  and  walk?  (he  faid  unto  the'  fick 
 20  But  that  ye  may  of  the  paliie,)  I  fay 
 know  that  the  Son  of  unto  thee.  Arife,  and 
 man  hath  power  on  take  up  thy  couch,  and 
 earth  to  forgive  fins,  go  into  thine  houfe. 
 (he  faith  to  the  fick  25-  And  immediate- 
 of  the  palfie.j  ly  he  rofe  up   before 
 
 it  I  fay  unto  thee,  them,  and  took  up  that 
 Arife,  and  take  up  whereon  he  lay,  and 
 thy  bed,  and  go  thy  departed  to  his  own 
 way  into  thine  houfe.  houfe,  glorifying  God. 
 12  And  immediate-  26  And  they  were 
 ly  he  arofe,  took  up  amazed,  and  they  glo- 
 the  bed  ,  and  went  rifled  God,  and  were 
 forth  before  them  all,  filled  with  fear,  fay- 
 infomuch  that  they  ing,  We  have  feen 
 were  all  amazed,  and  firange  things  to  day. 
 glorified  God,  faying, 
 Chap.  IX.  We  never  faw  it  on 
 
 this  fafhion. 
 %.%.  9  And  as  Je-  13  And  he  went  27  And  after  thefe 
 fus  pafled  forth  from  forth  again  by  thefea-  things  he  went  forth, 
 thence,  he  faw  a  man  fide,  and  all  the  mul-  and  faw  a  publican 
 named  Matthew,  fit-  titude  reforted  unto  named  Levi,  fitting  at 
 ting  at  the  receit  of  him,,  and  he  taught  the  receit  of  cuftom: 
 cuRora;  and  he  faith  them.  and  he  faid  unto  him, 
 
 unto  him,  Follow  me.        14  And  as  he  paf-   Follow  me. 
 And  he  arofe,  andfol-  fed  by,    he  faw  Levi        28  And  he  left  all, 
 lowed  him.  the  f on  of  Alpheusfit-   rofe  up,  and  followed 
 
 iq  And  it  came  to  ting  at  the  receit  of  him. 
 
 pafc 
 
of  the  four  EwangeUjis 
 
 MP 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 pnfs,  as  Jefus  fat  at 
 meat  in  the  houfe,  be- 
 hold  many  publicans, 
 and  linners  came,  and 
 fat  down  with  him 
 and  his  difciples. 
 
 ii  A  nd  when  the 
 Pharifees  few  it,  they 
 faid  unto  his  difciples, 
 Why  eateth  your  ma- 
 fter  with  Publicans 
 and  finners? 
 
 i  x  But  when  Jefus 
 heard  that,  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  They  that  be 
 "  whole  need  not  a  phy- 
 fician,  but  they  that 
 are  fick. 
 
 13  But  go  ye  and 
 learn  what  that  mean- 
 ^th,  I  will  have  mer- 
 cy, and  not  facrifice: 
 for  I  am  cot  come  to 
 call  the  righteous,  but 
 finners  to  repentance. 
 
 14  Then  came  to 
 him  the  difciples  of 
 John,  faying,  Why  do 
 we  and  the  Pharifees 
 raft  oft,  but  thy  di- 
 fciples faft  not? 
 
 1  j-AndJefus  faid  un- 
 to them,Can  the  child- 
 ren of  the  bride-  cham- 
 ber mourn,  as  long  as 
 the  bridegroom  is  with 
 them?  tut  the  days 
 will  come  when  the 
 bride-groom  fhall  be 
 taken  from  them,  and 
 then  (hall  they  faft. 
 
 16  No  msnputteth 
 a  piece  of  new  cloth 
 
 •Mark. 
 Chap.  II. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 JOHI 
 
 ao  And  Levi  made 
 him  a  great  feaft  in  his 
 own  houfe :  and  there 
 was  a  great  company 
 of  publicans,  and  of 
 others  that  fat  down 
 with  them. 
 
 30  But  their  Scribes 
 andPharifees  murmur- 
 
 cuftom,  and  faid  un- 
 to him,  Follow  me. 
 And  he  arofe,  and  fol- 
 lowed him. 
 
 1  f  And  it  came  to 
 pafs,  that  as  Jefus  fat 
 at  meat  in  his  houfe, 
 many  publicanes  and 
 finners,  fat  alfo  toge- 
 ther with  Jefus  and  ed  againft  his  difciples, 
 hisdifiples:  for  there  faying,  Why  do  ye  eat 
 were  many,  and  they  and  drink  with  pub- 
 followed  him.  licans  and  finners  ? 
 
 1 6  And  when  the  3  1  And  Jefus  an- 
 Scribes  and  Pharifees  fwering,  faid  unto 
 faw  him  eat  with  pub-  them,  They  that  are 
 licans  and  finners,  they  whole  need  not  a  Phy- 
 faid  unto  his  difciples,  fician,  but  they  that 
 How  is  it  that  he  eat-  are  fick. 
 eth  and  drinketh  with  3  %  I  came  not  to 
 publicans  and  finners  ?   call  the  righteous,  but 
 
 17  When  Jefus  heard  finners  to  repentance. 
 it,  he  faith  unto  them,  33  And  they  faid 
 They  that  are  whole,  unto  him,  Whydo'the 
 have  no  need  of  the  difciples  of  John  fad 
 Phyfician,but  they  that  often,  and  make  pray- 
 arefick:  I  came  not  ers,  and  likewife  the 
 to  call  the  righteous,  difciples  of  the  Phari- 
 but  finners  to  repen-  fees;  but  thine  eat  and 
 tance.  drink  ? 
 
 18  And  the  difci-  34  And  he  faid  un- 
 ples  of  John,  and  of  to  them,  Can  remake 
 the  Pharifees  ufed  to  the  children  of  the 
 faft;  and  they  come  bride-chamber  faft, 
 and  fay  unto  him,  Why  while  the  bridegroom 
 do    the  -  difciples    of  fe  with  them  ? 
 
 John,  and  of  the  Pha-  3  j-  But  the  days  will 
 rifees  faft,  but  thydi-  come,  when  the  bride- 
 fciples  faft  not?  groom  fhall  be  taken 
 
 19  And  Jefus  faid   away  from  them,  and 
 unto  them,     Can  the   then  (hall  they  faft  in 
 children  of  the  bride-  thofe  days. 
 chamber  faft,    while       36  Andhefpakeal- 
 Kk  a 
 
 unto 
 
z6o 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 unto  an  old  garment: 
 for  that  which  is  put 
 in  to  fill  it  up,  takcth 
 from  the  garment,  and 
 the  rent  is  made 
 worfe. 
 
 j  7  Neither  do  men 
 put  new  wine  into 
 old  bottles:  elfe  the 
 bottles  break,  and  the 
 wine  runneth  out,  and 
 the  bottles  perifh.  but 
 they  put  new  wine  in- 
 to new  bottles,  and 
 both  are  preferved. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chip.  II. 
 
 the  bridegroom  is  with 
 them  ?  as  long  as  they 
 have  the  bridegroom 
 with  them,  they  can- 
 not fart. 
 
 20  But  the  days  will 
 come,  when  the  bride- 
 groom fhall  be  taken 
 away  from  them,  and 
 then  fhall  they  fall  in 
 thofe  days. 
 
 11  No  man  alfo 
 feweth  a  piece  of  new 
 cloth  on  an  old  gar- 
 ment: elfe  the  new 
 piece  that  filled  it  up, 
 taketh  away  from  the 
 old,  and  the  rent  is 
 made  worfe. 
 
 xx  And  no  man 
 putteth  new  wine  in  ■ 
 to  old  bottles,  elfe  the 
 new  wine  doth  burft 
 the  bottles,  and  the 
 wine  is  fpilled,  and 
 the  bottles  will  be 
 marred :  but  new 
 •wine  muft  be  put  into 
 lew  bottles 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 fo  a  parable  unto  them , 
 Noman  putteth  apiece 
 of  a  new  garment  up- 
 on an  old:  if  other- 
 wife,  then  both  the 
 new  maketh  a  rent, 
 and  the  piece  that  was 
 taken  out  of  the  new, 
 agreeth  not  with  the 
 old. 
 
 37  And  no  man  put- 
 teth new  wine  into 
 old  bottles;  elfe  the 
 new  wine  will  burft 
 the  bottles  and  be  fpil- 
 led, and  the  bottles 
 fhall  perifh. 
 
 38  But  new  wine 
 rauft  be  put  into  new 
 bottles;  and  both  are 
 preferred. 
 
 39  No  man  alfb  ha- 
 ving drunk  oldwiw?, 
 ftraitway  defireth 
 new:  for  he  faith,  The 
 old  is  better. 
 
 John. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
of  the  four  EvangeliJIs.  16 1 
 
 CHAP.    VII. 
 
 From  Chrifts  third  Ta/Jover  till  the  Election  of  the  twelve 
 Apoftles:  containing  about  two  months  fpace,  from  April 
 A.  T>.  31.  till  June  the  lame  year. 
 
 T 
 
 Here  is  no  more  reafon  to  doubt  of  the  order  of  the  SeElions  of  this 
 Period  than  of  thofe  of  the  foregoing. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII.  Chap.  II.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 §.  1.  A  T  that  time  zj  And  it  came  to  A  ND  it  came  to 
 A  Jefus  went  pafs,  that  he  went  A  pafs  on  the  fe- 
 on  the  fabbath-day  through  the  corn-fields  cond  fabbath  after  the 
 through  the  corn,  and  on  the  fabbath-day,  firft,  that  he  went 
 his  difciples  were  an  and  his  difciples  began  through  the  corn- 
 hungred,  and  began  as  they  went,  to  pluck  fields:  and  his  difci- 
 to  pluck  the  ears  of  the  ears  of  corn.  pies  plucked  the  ears 
 
 corn,  and  to  eat.  24  And  the  Phari-  of  corn,   and  did  cat, 
 
 2  But  when  the  fees  laid  unto  him,  Be-  rubbing  them  in  their 
 Pharifees  faw  it,  they  hold*  why  do  they  on    hands. 
 
 faid    unto    him,    Be-  the  fabbath-day    that        2   And    certain   of 
 
 hold,  thy  difciples  do  which  is  not  lawful  ?  the  Pharifees  faid  unto 
 
 that  which  is  not  law-  2y  And  he  faid  un-  them,  Why  do  ye  that 
 
 ful  to  Jo  upon  the  fab-  to  them,  Have  ye  ne-  which  is  not  lawful  to 
 
 bath-day.  ver  real  what  David  do   on    the   fabbata- 
 
 3  But  he  faid  unto  did,  when  he  had  need,  days? 
 
 them,  Have  ye  not  read  and  was  an  hungred,        3.  Andjefusanfwer- 
 what  David  did  when  he,  and  they  that  were   ing  them,  faid, Have  ye 
 he  was    an    hungred,  with  him?                      not  read  fo  much   as 
 and  they   that    were  26    How  he  went  this,  .what  David  did,  ' 
 with  him,  into  the  houfe  of  God    when  himfelf  was  an 
 
 4  How  he  entred  in  the  days  of  Abia-  hungred,  and  they 
 into  the  houfe  of  God,  thar  the  high  prieft,  which  were  witlv 
 and  did  eat  the  fhew-  and  did  eat  the  fhew-  him ; 
 
 bread,  which  was  not  bread,  which  is  not  4.  How  he  went  in- 
 lawful  for  him  to  eat,  lawful  to  eat,  but  for  to  the  houfe  of  God, 
 neither  for  them  the  priefts,  and  gave  and  did  take  .and  eat 
 which  were  with  him,  alfo  to  them  which  the  mew-bread,  and 
 but  only  for  the  priefts?  were  with  him  ?  gave  alfo  to  them  that 
 
 Kk   3  pOt 
 
Z6  2,  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Ljke,  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII.  Chap.  lit  Chap.  VI. 
 
 $  Or  have  ye  not        27  Andhefaid  unto  were  with  him,  which 
 
 read  in  the  law,  how  them,  The  fibbath  was  is  not  lawful  to    eat 
 
 that  on  the    fabbath-  made  for  man,     and  but  for  the  priefts  a- 
 
 days  the  priefts  in  the  not  man  for  the  fab-  lone? 
 temple     profane    the  bath:  f  And  he  faid  un- 
 
 fabbath,  and  are  blame-       28    Therefore    the  to  them,  That  the  Son 
 
 lefs?  Son  of  man  is   Lord  of  man  is  Lord    alio 
 
 6  But    I   fay  unto  alio  of  the  fabbath.  of  the  fabbath. 
 you,  that  in  thisp^ace 
 
 is  one  greater  then  the 
 temple. 
 
 7  Bat  if  ye  had 
 known  what  this 
 meaneth,  I  will  hive 
 mercy  and  not  facri- 
 fice,  ye  would  not 
 have  condemned  the 
 guiltlefs. 
 
 8  For  the  Son  of 
 man  is  Lord  even  of 
 the  fabbath-day. 
 
 §.  2.  9  And  when  AND  he  cntred  a-  6  And  it  came  to 
 he  was  departed  x\  gain  into  the  fyn-  pafs  alfo  on  another 
 thence,  he  went  into  agogue,  and  there  was  iabbath,  thatheentred 
 their  fynagogue.  a   man  there    which   into  the  fynagogue  and 
 
 10  And  behold,  had  a  withered  hand,  taught:  and  there  was 
 there  was  a  man  which  2  And  they  watch-  a  man  whofe  right 
 had  his  hand  wither-  ed  him,  whether  he  hand  was  withered. 
 ed  :  and  they  asked  would  heal  him  on  the  7  And  the  Scribes 
 him,  faying,  Is  it  law-  fabbath-day,  that  they  and  Pfuriiees  watch- 
 ful to  heal  on  the  fab-  might  accufe  him.  ed  him,  whether  he 
 bath-days?  that  they  5  And  he  faith  un-  would  heal  on  the  fab- 
 might  accufe  him.  to  the  man  which  had  bath-day  :     that  they 
 
 1 1  And  he  faidun-  the  withered  hand, '  might  find  an  accufa- 
 to  them,  What  man  Stand  for  h.  tion  againft  him. 
 fhall  there  be  among  4  And  he  faith  unto  8  But  he  knew 
 you,  that  fhall  have  them,  Is  it  lawful  to  their  thoughts,  and 
 one  fheep  ,  and  if  it  do  good  on  the  fab-  faid  to  the  man  which 
 fall  into  a  pit  on  the  bath  days,  or  to  do  ha  i  the  withered  hand, ' 
 fabbath-day,  will  he  evil'?  to  lave  life,  or  Rife  up  ,  and  ftand 
 not  lay  hold  on  it,  and  t:>  kill?'  but  they  held  -forth  in  the  mids.  And 
 life  it  out.                     their  peace.  he  arofc  ]    and  flood 
 
 12  How 
 
of  the  four  Evangelzjh. 
 
 165 
 
 Matthe  w. 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 M  A  R  K. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 n  How  much  then  f  And  when  he  had 
 is  a  man  better  then  a  looked  round  about 
 fheep  ?  wherefore  it  is  on  them  with  anger, 
 ■lawful  to  do  well  on  being,  grieved  for  the 
 the  fabbath-days.  hardnefs      of      their 
 
 1 3  Then  faith  he  hearts,  he  faith  unto 
 to  the  man ,  Stretch  the  man,  Stretch  forth 
 forth  thine  hand  :  and  thine  hand.  And  he 
 he  ftretched  it  forth;  ftretched  it  out :  and 
 and  it  was  reftored  his  hind  was  reffored 
 whole,  like  as  the  other  whole  as  the  other. 
 
 14  Then  the  Pha-  6  And  the  Pharifecs 
 rifees  went  out,  and  went  forth,  and  ftrait- 
 held  a  counfel  againft  way  took  counfel  with 
 him,  how  they  might  the  Herodians  againft 
 deftroy  him.  him,  how  they  might 
 
 tj-  But  when  Jefus  deftroy  him. 
 knew  it,  he  with-  7  But  Jefus  with- 
 drew himfelf  from  drew  himfelf  with 
 thence:  and  great  mul-  his  difciples  to  the  fea: 
 titudes  followed  him,  and  a  great  multitude 
 and  he  healed  f hem  all,  from  Galilee  followed 
 
 16  And  charged  him,  and  from  Judea. 
 them,  that  they  fhould  8  And  from  Jeru- 
 not  make  him  known:  falem,  and  from  Idu- 
 
 17  That  it  might  mea,  and  from  beyond 
 be  fulfilled  which  was  Jordan ,  and  they  a- 
 fpoken  by  Efaias  the  bout  Tyre  and  Sidon, 
 prophet,    faying,  a     great     multitude, 
 
 18  Behold,  myfer-  when  they  had  heard 
 vant  whom  I  have  what  great  things  he 
 chofen,  my  beloved  in  did,  came  unto  him. 
 whom  my  foul  is  well  9  And  he  fpake  to 
 pleafed:  I  will  put  my  his  difciples,  that  a 
 fpirit  upon  him,  and  fmall  fhip  fhould  wait 
 he  fhall  fhew  judg-  on  him,  becaufeofthe 
 nient  to  the  Gentiles,  multitude,     left:    they 
 
 19  He    fhall    not  fhonld  throng  him. 
 ftrive,    nor  cry,     nei-       10  For  he  had  healed 
 ther    fhall    any    man  many,   infomuch  that 
 hear  his  voice  in  the  they  prefled  upon  him 
 ftreets.  for  to  touch  him,  as 
 
 10  A  bruifed  reed  many  as  had  plagues,. 
 
 L  u  K  E.- 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 forth. 
 
 9  Then  fiid  Jefus- 
 unto  them,  I  will  ask 
 you  oni  thing,  Is  ic 
 lawful  on  thefabbath- 
 dates  to  Jo  good,  or 
 to  do  evil?  tofa/elife 
 or  to  deftroy  it  ? 
 
 I  o  And  looking 
 round  .about  upon  them 
 all,he  faid  unto  the  man, 
 Stretch  forth  thy  hand. 
 And  he  did  fb  :  and 
 his  hand  was  reftored 
 whole  as  the  other. 
 
 II  And  they  were 
 filled  with  madnefs; 
 and  communed  one 
 with  another  what 
 they  might  do  to  Je- 
 fus. 
 
 J  OI1N. 
 
 fliall 
 
264  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII.  Chap.  III. 
 
 fhall  he  not  break,  and  n  And  unclean 
 moking  flax  fhall  he  fpirits  ,  when  they 
 not  quench,  till  he  faw  him,  fell  down 
 fend  forth  judgment  before  him,  and  cried, 
 unto  victory.  faying,  Thou  art  the 
 
 zi  And  in  his  name   Son  of  God. 
 fhall  the  Gentiles  truft.       ia  And  he  ftraitly 
 charged    them,    that 
 Chap.  IV.  they  fhould  not  make 
 
 him  known. 
 
 13  And  Jefuswent 
 about  all  Gaiilee,teach- 
 ing  in  their  fynago- 
 gues,  and  preaching 
 the  goipel  of  the  king- 
 dom, and  healing  all 
 manner  of  ficknefs, 
 and  all  manner  of 
 difeafe  among  the 
 people. 
 
 24  And  his'  fame 
 went  throughout  all 
 Syria  :and  they  brought 
 unto  him  all  fick  peo- 
 ple that  were  taken 
 with  divers  difeafes, 
 and  torments,  and 
 thofe  which  were  pof- 
 feiled  with  devils,  and 
 thofe  which  were  lu- 
 natick,  and  thofe  that 
 had  the  palfie;  and  he 
 healed  them. 
 
 2/  And  there  fol- 
 lowed him  great  mul- 
 titudes of  people,  from 
 Galilee,  and  fromDe- 
 capolis,  and  from  Je- 
 rufalem,  and  from  Ju- 
 dea,  and  from  beyond 
 Jordan. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUfls.  z6  5 
 
 CHAP.     VIIL 
 
 From  the  Election  of  the  twelve  Apoftles  till  their  Miffion 
 upon  the  death  of  John  the  Baptift:  containing  about  fix 
 months  fpace,  from  June  A.  T>.  31.  iiWDec  ember  the  fame 
 year. 
 
 THere  is  the  fame  reafon  to  reft  fatisffd  in    the  order  of  the  feftions 
 of  this  Period,  as  of  thofe  of  either  of  the  foregoim.  — 
 
 JOKK, 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  V.  Chap.  III.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 §.  1.  \  N  D    feeing        13  And  he    goeth       ix  And  it  came  to 
 
 XI  the      muiti-    up  into  a  mountain,  pafs  in  thofe  days,  that 
 
 tudes,  he  went  up  in-    and  calleth  unto  him   he  went   out  into    a 
 
 to  a  mountain  :     and   whom  he  would :  and   mountain  to  pray,  and 
 
 when  he  was  fet,  his   they  came  unto  him.   continued  all  night  in 
 
 difciples    came     unto        14  And  he  ordain-  prayer  to  God.  ° 
 
 him.  ed  twelve,     that   he       13  And  when  it  was 
 
 might  fend  them  forth  day,     he  called  unto 
 
 Chap.  VIII.  to  preach:  him  his  difciples :  and 
 
 \f    And    to     have  of     them    he    chofe 
 
 WHEN   he  was   power  to  heal ficknef-  twelve,  whom  alfo  he 
 come      down   fes,     and  to   caft  out  named  Apoftles: 
 from   the    mountain,    devils.  1 4  Simon  (whom  he 
 
 great  multitudes   fol-        16  An.l  Simon  he  alfo  named  Peter;  and 
 lowed  him.  furnameu  Peter.  Andrew  his    brother, 
 
 17  And  James  the  James  ana  John,  Phi- 
 fon  of  Zebedte,  and  lip  and  Bartholomew, 
 John  the  brother  of  i?  Matriiew  and 
 James  (and  he  fur-  Thomas,  James  the 
 named  thorn  Boaner-  fon  of  Alpheus,  and 
 ges,  which  is,  The  Simon  called  Zeiotes, 
 for.s  o^  thunder)  ,6   Ami  Judas   the 
 
 if]    And    Andrew  ,  brother  of  James,  and 
 and  Philip,     and  Bar-  Jud-s  Ifcariot.   which 
 tholomew,    and  Mat-   alfo  w;s  the  traitor, 
 thew,     and    Thomas,        i7    And    he    came 
 and  James  the  fon  of  down  with  them,  and 
 
 L1  Alpheus, 
 
z66 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 §.  a.  2  And  he  o- 
 pened  his  mouth,  and 
 taught  them,    faying, 
 
 3  Blefled  are  the 
 poor  in  fpirit:  for 
 theirs  is  the  kingdom 
 of  heaven. 
 
 4  Blefled  are  they 
 that  mourn :  for  they 
 fhal  be  comforted. 
 
 f  Blefled  are  the 
 meek:  for  they  fhall 
 inherit  the  earth. 
 
 6  Blefled  are  they 
 which  do  hunger  and 
 thirft  after  righteouf- 
 neis:  for  they  fhallbe 
 filled. 
 
 7  Blefled  are   the 
 merciful :     for    they 
 lhall  obtain  mercy. 
 „  8  Blefled   are  the 
 
 Alpheus,    and  Thad-  flood  in  the  plain,  and 
 
 deus,  and  Simon  the  the    company  of    his 
 
 Canaanitc,  difciples,   and  a  great 
 
 19  And  Judas    If-  multitude   of   people 
 
 cariot,  which  aifo  be-  out  of  all  Judea  and 
 
 trayed  him.  Jerufdem,    and  from 
 
 the  fea  coaft  of  Tyre 
 
 and   Sidon  ,      which 
 
 came  to  hear  him,  and 
 
 to  be  healed  of  their 
 
 difeafes; 
 
 18  And  they  that 
 were  vexed  with  un- 
 clean fpirits :  and  they 
 were  healed. 
 
 19  And  the  whole 
 multitude  fought  to 
 touch  him :  for  there 
 went  vertue  out  of  him, 
 and  healed  them  all. 
 
 20  And  he  lifted 
 up  his  eyes  on  his  di- 
 fciples,  and  faid,  Blef- 
 fed  be  ye  poor:  for 
 yours  is  the  kingdom 
 of  God. 
 
 a  c  Blefled  are  ye 
 that  hunger  now:  for 
 ye  fhallbe  filled.  Blef- 
 led are  ye  that  weep 
 now :  for  ye  fhall 
 laugh. 
 
 zi  Blefled  are  ye 
 when  men  fhall  fepa- 
 rate  you  from  their 
 company,  and  fhall  re- 
 proach you,  and  caft 
 out  your  name  as-evil, 
 for  the  Son  of  mans 
 fake. 
 
 23  Rejoice  ye  ia 
 that  day,  and  leap  for 
 
 pure 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijts. 
 
 z67 
 
 Matthew.  Mark. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 pure  in  heart:     for  they  (hall  fee 
 God. 
 
 9  Blefled  are  the  peace-makers : 
 for  they  (hall  be  called  the  children 
 of  God. 
 
 10  Blefled  are  they  which  are 
 perfecuted  for  righteoufnefs  fake: 
 for  theirs  is  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven. 
 
 1 1  Blefled  are  ye  when  men  {hall 
 revile  you,  and  perfecute  you,  and 
 fhall  fay  all  manner  of  evil  againft 
 you  falfely  for  my  fake. 
 
 12  Rejoice,  and  be  exceeding 
 glad :  for  great  is  your  reward  in 
 heaven:  for  fo  perfecuted  they  the 
 prophets  which  were  before  you. 
 
 1 1  Ye  are  the  fait  of  the  earth : 
 but  if  the  fait  have  loft  his  favour, 
 wherewith  (hall  it  be  falted  ?  it  is 
 thenceforth  good  for  nothing,  but 
 to  be  caft  out,  and  to  be  troden  un- 
 der foot  of  men. 
 
 14  Ye  arc  thclight  of  the  world. 
 A  city  that  is  fet  on  an  hill,  can- 
 not be  hid. 
 
 1  f  Neither  do  men  light  a  candle, 
 and  put  it  under  a  bufhel:  but  on 
 a  candleftick,  and  it  gi  veth  light  un- 
 to all  that  are  in  the  houfe. 
 
 16  Let  your  light  fb  (nine  before 
 men,  that  they  may  fee  your  good 
 works,  and  glorify  your  father 
 which  is  in  heaven. 
 
 17  Think  not  that  I  am  come 
 to  deftroy  the  law  or  the  prophets. 
 I  am  not  come  to  deftroy,  but  to 
 fulfil. 
 
 1 8  For  verily  I  fay  unto  you,  Till 
 heaven  and  earth  pafs,  one  jot  or 
 one  tittle  (hall  in  no  wife  pafs  from 
 the  law,    till  all  be  fulfilled. 
 
 19  Whofoever    therefore   (hall 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 John. 
 
 joy :  for  behold,  your  reward  is  great 
 in  heaven :  for  in  the  like  manner  did 
 their  fathers  unto  the  prophets. 
 
 24  But  wo  unto  you  that  ar« 
 rich  :  for  ye  have  received  your 
 confolation. 
 
 25*  Wo  unto  you  that  are  full : 
 for  ye  fhall  hunger.  Wo  unto  you 
 that  laugh  now:  for  ye  fhall  mourn 
 and  weep. 
 
 26  Wo  unto  you  when  all  men 
 fhall  fpeak  well  of  you :  for  fo  did 
 their  fathers  to  the  falfe  prophets. 
 
 27  But  I  fay  unto  you  which 
 hear,  Love  your  enemies,  do  good 
 to  them  which  hate  you : 
 
 28  Blefs  them  that  curfe  you, 
 and  pray  for  them  which  defpite- 
 fully  ufe  you. 
 
 29  And  unto  him  that  fmiteth 
 thee  on  the  one  cheek,  offer  alfo 
 the  other :  and  him  that  taketh  a- 
 way  thy  cloke ,  forbid  not  to 
 take  thy  coat  alfo. 
 
 30  Give  co  every  man  that  ask- 
 eth  of  thee;  and  of  him  that  tak- 
 eth away  thy  goods,  ask  them  not 
 again. 
 
 3 1  And  as  yc  would  that  men 
 (hould  do  to  you,  do  ye  alfo  to 
 them  likewife. 
 
 32  For  if  ye  love  them  which 
 love  you,  what  thank  have  ye?  for 
 finners  alfo  love  thofe  that  love 
 them. 
 
 3  3  And  if  ye  do  good  to  them 
 which  do  good  to  you,  what  thank 
 have  ye  ?  for  finners  alfo  do  even 
 the  fame. 
 
 34  And  if  ye  lend  to  them  of 
 whom  ye  hope  to  receive,    what 
 thank  have  ye?     for   finners  alfo  \ 
 lend  to  finners,  to  receive  as  much 
 LI  a 
 
 breafc 
 
16% 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 break  one  of  thefe  leaft  command- 
 men:  s,  and  fhuli  teach  men  io,  he 
 (hall  be  called  the  leaft  in  the  king- 
 dom of  heaven  :  but  whoioever 
 fhall  do,  and  teach  them,  the  fame 
 (hull  be  calied  great  in  the  kingdom 
 of  he.ven. 
 
 20  J  or  I  fay  unto  you,  that  ex- 
 cept your  righteoulhefs  fhall  exceed 
 the  rightecufnejs  of  the  Scribes 
 and  Pharifees .  ye  frail  in  no 
 cafe  enter  into  the  kingdom  of 
 heaven. 
 
 21  Ye  have  heard,  that  it  was 
 faid  by  them  of  old  time,  Thou 
 {halt  not  kill:  and  whofoever  fhall 
 kill,  fhall  be  in  danger  of  the  judg- 
 ment. 
 
 22  But  I  fay  unto  you,  That 
 whofoever  is  angry  with  his  bro- 
 ther without  a  caufe,  fhall  be  in 
 danger  of  the  judgment:  and  who- 
 foever fhall  fay  to  his  brother,  Raca, 
 fhall  be  in  danger  of  the  council: 
 but  whofoever  fhall  fay,  Thou  fool, 
 {hall  be  in  danger  of  hell-fire. 
 
 23  Therefore,  if  thou  bring  thy 
 gift  to  the  altar,  and  there  remem- 
 breft  that  thy  brother  hath  ought  a- 
 gainft  thee  * 
 
 24  Leave  there  thy  gift  before 
 the  altar,  and  go  thy  way,  firft  be 
 reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and  then 
 come  and  offer  thy  gift. 
 
 25-  Agree  with  thine  adverfary 
 quickly,  whilft  thou  art  in  the  way 
 with  him :  left  at  any  time  the  ad- 
 verfary deliver  thee  to  the  judge, 
 and  the  judge  deliver  thee  to  the 
 officer,  and  thou  be  caftintoprifon. 
 26  Verily  I  fay  unto  thee,  thou 
 ihalt  by  no  means  come  out  thence, 
 lill   thou    haft  paid  the  uttermoft 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 John. 
 
 again. 
 
 35-  But  love  ye  your  enemies, 
 and  do  good,  and  lend,  hoping  for 
 nothing  again:  and  your  reward  - 
 fhall  be  great,  and  ye  fhall  be  the 
 chil  Jren  of  the  Higheft :  for  he  is 
 kind  unto  the  unthankful,  and  to 
 the  evil. 
 
 36  Be  ye  therefore  merciful,  as 
 your  Father  alio  is  merciful. 
 
 37  Jucige  not>  "nt*  ye  ffjall  nof 
 be  judged  :  condemn  not,  and  ye 
 fhall  not  be  condemned  :  forgive, 
 and  ye  fhall  be  forgiven : 
 
 38  Give,  and  it  fhall  be  given 
 unto  you ;  good  meafure,  preffed 
 down,  and  fhaken  together,  and 
 running  over,  fhall  men  give  into 
 your  bofom.  For  wiih  the  fame 
 meafure  that  ye  mete  withal,  it 
 fhall  be  meafiued  to  you  again. 
 
 39  And  he  fpake  a  parable  unto 
 them,  Can  the  blind  lead  the  blind? 
 mall  they  not  both  fall  into  the 
 
 .   ditch? 
 
 40  The  difcfple  is  not  above  his 
 mafter:  but  eveiy  one  that  is  per- 
 fect fhall  be  2S  his  mafter. 
 
 41  And  why  beholdeft  thou  the 
 mote  that  is  in  thy  brothers  eye, 
 but  perceived:  not  the  beam  that  is 
 in  thine  own  eye? 
 
 42  Either  how  canft  thou  fayto 
 thy  brother,  Brother,  let  me  pull 
 out  the  mote  that  is  in  thine  eye, 
 when  thou  thy  felf  beholdeft  not 
 the  beam  that  is  in  thine  own  eye  ? 
 Thou  hypocrite,  caft  out  firft  the 
 beam  out  of  thine  own  eye ,  and 
 then  fhalt  thou  fee  clearly  to  pull 
 out  the  mote  that  is  in  thy  brothers 
 eye. 
 
 43  For  a  good  tree  bringeth  not 
 
 farthing. 
 
of  the  jour  Evangelist 
 
 269 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 farthing. 
 
 27  Ye  have  heard  that  it  was  faid 
 by  them  of  old  time,  Thou  fhalt 
 not  commit  adultery. 
 
 48  But  I  fay  unto  you,  That 
 whoioever  looketh  on  a  woman 
 to  luft  after  her,  hath  committed 
 adultery  with  her  already  in  his 
 heart. 
 
 29  And  if  thy  right  eye  offend 
 thee,  pluck  it  out,  ;,nJ  c^ft  it  front 
 thee :  for  it  is  profitable  for  thee  that 
 one  of  thy  members  mould  perifh, 
 and  not  that  thy  whole  body  mould 
 be  call  into  hell. 
 
 30  .And  it'  thy  right  hand  offend 
 thee,  cut  it  off,  and  caft  it  from 
 thee:  tor  it  is  profitable  for  thee 
 that  one  of  thy  members  mould 
 perifh,  and  not  that  thy  whole  bo- 
 dy mould  be  caft  into  hell. 
 
 31  It  hath  been  faid,  Whofoe- 
 ver  fhall  put  away  his  wife,  let  him 
 give  her  a  writing  of  divorcement. 
 
 32  But  I  fay  unto  you,  that 
 whofoever  fhall  put  away  his  wife, 
 faving  for  the  caufe  of  fornication, 
 caufeth  her  to  commit  adultery: 
 and  whofoever  {hail  marry  her  that 
 is  divorced,     committeth  adultery. 
 
 3  3  Again,  ye  have  heard  that  it 
 hath  been  (aid  by  them  of  old  time, 
 Thou  fhalt  not  forfwear  thy  felf, 
 but  fh-lt  perform  unto  the  Lord 
 thine  oaths. 
 
 34  But  I  fay  unto  you,  Swear  not 
 at  all ,  neither  by  heaven ,  for  it  is 
 Gods  throne: 
 
 3f  Nor  by  'he  earth,  for  it  is 
 his  footftool:  neither  by  Jerufalem, 
 for  it  is  the  city  of  the  great  king. 
 
 36  Neither  fhalt  thou  fwear  by 
 thy  head,    becaufe  thou  canft  not 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VL 
 
 forth  corrupt  fruit:  neither  doHi  a 
 corrupt  tree  oring  forth  good  fruit. 
 
 44  For  every  tree  is  known  by 
 his  own  fr.ut:  tor  or  thorns  men 
 do  not  ga>  her  figs,  nor  of  a  bram- 
 ble-bufh  g^th.r  ^ticy  grapes. 
 
 4y  Agood  mm  oat  of  the  good 
 treafureof  his  heart,  t  ringethiorth 
 that  which  is  good :  and  an  evil  man 
 out  of  the  evil  tfeafure  of  his  heart, 
 bringeth  forth  th  t  which  is  evil: 
 for  of  the  abundance  of  the  heart 
 his  mouth  fpeaketh. 
 
 46  And  why  call  ye  me  Lord, 
 Lord,  and  do  not  the  things  which 
 I  fay? 
 
 47  Whoioever  cometh  to  me, 
 andheareth  my  fayings,  anddoeth 
 them,  I  will  fhew  you  to  whom 
 he  is  like. 
 
 48  He  is  like  a  man  which  built 
 an  houfe,  and  digged  deep,  and 
 laid  the  foundation  upon  a  rock: 
 and  when  the  floudarofe,  theftream 
 beat  vehemently  upon  that  houie, 
 and  could  not  ihake  it:  for  it  was 
 founded  upon  a  rock. 
 
 49  But  he  that  heareth anddoeth 
 not,  is  like  a  man  that  without  a 
 foundation  built  an  houfe  upon  the 
 earth,  againft  which  the  ft  ream  did 
 beat  vehemently,  and  immediately 
 it  fell,  and  the  ruin  of  that  houfe 
 was  great. 
 
 LI 
 
 make.- 
 
zjo  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 make  one  hair  white  or  black. 
 
 3  7  But  let  your  communication 
 be,  Yea,  yea;  Nay, nay:  fbrwhat- 
 foever  it  more  then  thefe,  coraeth 
 of  evil. 
 
 38  Ye  have  heard  that  it  hath 
 been  laid,  An  eye  for  an  eye,  and 
 a  tooth  for  a  tooth. 
 
 39  But  I  fay  unto  you,  that  ye 
 refift  not  evil:  but  whofoever  fhall 
 fmite  thee  on  thy  right  cheek,  turn 
 to  him  the  other  alfb. 
 
 40  And  if  any  will  fue  thee  at 
 the  law,  and  take  away  thy  coat, 
 let  him  have  thy  cloke  alfb. 
 
 41  And  whofoever  fliall  compel 
 thee  to  go  a  mile,  go  with  him 
 twain. 
 
 41  Give  to  him  that  asketh  thee, 
 and  from  him  that  would  borrow 
 of  thee,  turn  not  thou  away. 
 
 43  Ye  have  heard  that  it  hath 
 been  faid,  Thou  fhalt  love  thy 
 neighbour,  and  hate  thine  enemy. 
 
 44  But  I  fay  unto  you,  Love 
 your  enemies,  blefs  them  that  curfe 
 you,  and  do  good  to  them  that  hate 
 you,  and  pray  for  them  which  de- 
 fpitefully  ufe  you,  and  perfecute 
 you. 
 
 45-  That  ye  may  be  the  children 
 of  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven ; 
 for  he  maketh  his  fun  to  rife  on  the 
 evil  and  on  the  good,  and  fendeth 
 rain  on  the  juft  and  on  theunjufr. 
 
 46  For  if  ye  love  them  which  love 
 you,  what  reward  have  ye?  do  not 
 even  the  Publicans  the  fame? 
 
 47  And  if  ye  falute  your  bre- 
 thren only,  What  do  you  more  then 
 others  ?  do  not  even  the  Publicans 
 fo? 
 
 48  Bfi  ye  therefore  perfedt,  even 
 
of  the  four  E<vangeUJls.  27 1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke*  John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 as  your  Father  which  is  in  heaven 
 is  perfect. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 TAke  heed  that  ye  do  not  your 
 alms  before  men,  to  be  feen 
 of  them:  otherwife  ye  have  no  re- 
 ward of  your  father  which  is  in 
 heaven, 
 
 2  Therefore,  when  thou  doft: 
 thine  alms,  do  not  found  a  trumpet 
 before  thee,  as  the  hypocrites  do, 
 in  the  fynagogues,  and  in  the  ftreets, 
 that  they  may  have  glory  of  men. 
 Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  they  have 
 their  reward. 
 
 3  But  when  thou  doft  alms,  let 
 not  thy  left  hand  know  what  thy 
 right  hand  doth: 
 
 4  That  thine  alms  may  be  in 
 fecret:  and  thy  Father  which  feeth 
 in  fecret,  himfelf  fhall  reward  thee 
 openly. 
 
 f  And  when  thou  prayeflr,  thou 
 flult  not  beas  the  hypocrites  are :  for 
 they  love  to  pray  Handing  in  the 
 fynagogues,  and  in  the  corners  of 
 the  Itreets,  that  rhey  may  be  feen- 
 of  men.  Verily,  I  fay  unto  you> 
 they  h-ve  their  rew-rd. 
 
 6  But  thou,  when  thou  prayeft, 
 enter  into  thy  cloiet,  and  when 
 thou  haft  (hut  thy  door,  pray  to  thy 
 Father  which  is  in  fecret,  and  thy 
 Father  which  feeth  in  fecret,  fhall 
 rew  id  thee  openly. 
 
 7  But  when  ye  pray,  ufenot 
 vain  repetitions,  as  the  heathen  do: 
 for  they  think  that  they  (hall  be 
 heard  for  their  much  fpe  king. 
 
 8  Be  not  ye  therefore  like  unto 
 them :    for  your  Father  knoweth 
 
 what 
 
*7* 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 what  things  ye  have  need  of,  be- 
 fore ye  ask  him. 
 
 9  After  this  manner  therefore 
 pray  ye :  Our  Father  which  art  in 
 heaven,  Hallowed  be  thy  Name. 
 
 10  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy 
 will  be  done  in  earth  as  ids  in  hea- 
 ven. 
 
 1 1  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
 bread. 
 
 12  And  forgive  us  our  debts, 
 as  we  forgive  our  debters. 
 
 12  And  lead  us  not  into  temp- 
 tation, but  deliver  us  from  evil : 
 For  thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the 
 power,  and  the  glory,  for  ever. 
 Amen. 
 
 14  For,  if  ye  forgive  men  their 
 trefpaffes,  your  heavenly  Father 
 will  alfo  forgive  you. 
 
 if  But  if  ye  forgive  not  men 
 their  trefpaffes,  nether  will  your 
 Father  forgive  your  trefpaffes. 
 
 16  Moreover,  when  ye  faft,  be 
 not  as  the  hypocrites,  of  a  fad  coun- 
 tenance: for  they  disfigure  their 
 faces,  that  they  may  appear  unto 
 men  to  faft.  Verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 they  have  their  reward. 
 
 17  But  thou,  when  thou  fafteft, 
 anoint  thine  head,  and  warn  thy 
 face : 
 
 18  That  thou  appear  not  unto 
 men  to  faft,  but  unto  thy  Father 
 which  is  in  fecret:  and  thy  Father 
 which  feeth  in  fecret,  ftUl  reward 
 thee  openly. 
 
 19  Lay  not  up  for  your  felves 
 treafures  upon  e.ith,  where  the 
 moth  and  ruft  doth  corrupt,  and 
 where  thieves  break  through  and 
 ileal. 
 
 ,    zo   But  lay  up  for  your  felves 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  2.73 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chcp.  VI. 
 
 treafurcs  in  heaven,  wlicrc  nei- 
 ther moth  nor  ruff  doth  corrupt, 
 and  where  thieves  do  not  break 
 through  nor  (teal. 
 
 2 1  For  where  your  freafure  is, 
 there  will  your  heart  be  alio. 
 
 22  The  light  of  the  body  is  the 
 eye :  if  therefore  thir.e  eye  be  fingle, 
 thy  whole  body  fhall  be  full  of 
 light. 
 
 23  But  if  thine  eye  be  evil,  thy 
 whole  LoJy  fhall  ^e  foil  of  d.rk- 
 nefs.  If  thereiore  the  light  that  is 
 in  thee  be  d  rknefs,  how  great  is 
 that  darknefs? 
 
 24  No  man  can  ferve  two  ma- 
 tters: tor  either  he  will  hate  the 
 one,  and  love  the  other;  or  elie  he 
 will  hold  to  the  one,  and  defpife 
 the  other.  Ye  cannot  ferve  God 
 and  mammon. 
 
 if  Therefore  I  fay  unto  you, 
 Take  no  thought  for  your  life, 
 what  ye  fhall  eat,  or  what  ye  fhall 
 drink ;  nor  yet  for  your  body, 
 what  ye  fh.ll  put  on.  Is  not  the 
 life  more  then  meat,  and  the  body 
 then  raiment  ? 
 
 26  Behold  the  fowls  of  the  airi 
 for  they  low  not,  neither  do  they 
 reap,  nor  gather  into  barns  ;  yet 
 your  heavenly  Father  feedeththem. 
 Are  ye  not  much  better  then 
 they  ? 
 
 27  Which  of  you  by  taking 
 thought  can  add  one  cubit  unto  his 
 ftature? 
 
 28  And  why  take  ye  thought 
 for  raiment  ?  Ccniider  the  lilies  of 
 the  field  how  they  grow  ;  they 
 toil  not,  neither  do  they  fpin. 
 
 29  And  yet  I  fay  unto  you,  that 
 <ven  Solomon  in  all  his  glory,  was 
 
 Mm  x'  n*1 
 
'      ,  The  Harmony 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 not    arayed    like    one     of 
 thefe. 
 
 30  Wherefore  if  God  io 
 cloath  the  grafs  of  the  field, 
 which  to  day  is,  and  tomor-  _ 
 row  is  caft  into  the  oven, 
 (hall  he  not  much  more  clothe 
 you,  O  ye  of  little  faith? 
 
 31  Therefore  take  no 
 thought,  faying,  What  lhall 
 we  eat ,  or  what  lhall  we 
 drink  ?  or  wherewithal  lhall 
 we  be  cloathed. 
 
 3Z  (For  after  all  thefe 
 things  do  the  Gentiles  feek) 
 for  your  heavenly  Father 
 knoweth  that  ye  have  need 
 of  all  thefe  things. 
 
 33  But  feek  ye  firft 
 the  kingdom  of  God,  and 
 his  righteoufnefs  ,  and  all 
 thefe  things  lhall  be  added 
 unto  you. 
 
 34  Take  therefore  no 
 thought  for  the  morrow  : 
 for  the  morrow  lhall  take 
 thought  for  the  things  of  it 
 felf:  fufficient  unto  the  day 
 w  the  evil  thereof. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 JUdge  not,  that  ye  be  not 
 judged. 
 2  For  with  what  judg- 
 ment ye  judge,  ye  lhall  be 
 judged  :  and  with  what 
 meafure  ye  mete,  it  lhall  be 
 meafured  to  you  agnin. 
 
 3  And  why  beholdeft  thou 
 the  mote  that  is  in  thy  bro- 
 thers   eye,     but   v.onlidereft 
 
 not  the  beam  that  is  in  thine  ^  Qp 
 
 own  eye? 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  2.75 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 4  Or  how  wilt  thou  fay  to 
 thy  brother,  Let  me  pull  out 
 the  mote  out  of  thine  eye; 
 and  behold,  a  beam  is  in 
 thine  own  eye  ? 
 
 $■  Thou  hypocrite  ,  nrft 
 call:  out  the  beam  out  of 
 thine  own  eye;  and  then 
 fhalt  thou  fee  clearly  to  caft 
 out  the  mote  out  of  thy  bro- 
 thers eye. 
 
 6  Give  not  that  which  is 
 holy  unto  the  dogs,  neither 
 call  ye  your  pearls  before 
 fwine ,  left  they  trample 
 them  under  their  feet ,  and 
 turn  again  and  rent  you. 
 
 7  Ask,  and  it  fhall  be  gi- 
 ven you .  feek,  and  ye  fhall 
 find :  knock,  and  it  fhall  be 
 opened  unto  you. 
 
 8  For  every  one  that  ask- 
 eth,  receiveth  :  and  he  that 
 feeketh,  findeth  :  and  to  him 
 that  knocketh,  it  fhall  be  o- 
 pened. 
 
 9  Or  what  man  is  there 
 of  you,  whom  if  his  fon 
 ask  bread,  will  he  give  him  a 
 none? 
 
 10  Or  if  he  ask  a  'fifh, 
 will  he  give  him  a  ferpent? 
 
 11  If  ye  then  being  evil, 
 know  how  to  give  good  gifts 
 unto  your  children,  how 
 much  more  fhall  your  Father 
 which  is  in  heaven  give  good 
 things  to  them  that  ask  him  ? 
 
 i2  Therefore  all  things 
 whatibever  ye  would 
 that  men  fhould  do  to 
 you  ,      do  yc  even   fo  to 
 
 Mm  a  tkesn; 
 
%-j6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII.  • 
 
 them:     for  this  is  the  law 
 and  the  prophets. 
 
 13  Enter  ye  in  at  the 
 flrait  gate;  for  wide  is  the 
 gate,  and  broad  is  the  way 
 that  leadeth  to  deftru&ion, 
 and  many  there  be  which  go 
 in  thereat : 
 
 14  Becaufe  ftraight  is  the 
 gate,  and  narrow  is  the 
 way  which  leadeth  unto 
 life,  and  few  there  be  that 
 find  it. 
 
 if  Beware  of  falfe  pro- 
 phets .  which  come  to 
 you  in  fheeps  clothing,  but 
 inwardly  they  are  ravening 
 wolves. 
 
 16  Ye  fhall  know  them 
 by  their  fruits  :  Do  men 
 gather  grapes  of  thorns,  or 
 figs  of  thirties? 
 
 17  Even  Co  every  good 
 tree  bringeth  fonh  good 
 fruit:  but  a  corrupt  tree 
 bringeth  forth  evil  fruit. 
 
 18  A  good  tree  cannot 
 bring  forth  evil  fruit:  neither 
 can  a  corrupt  tree  bring  forth, 
 good  fruit. 
 
 19  Every  tree  that  bring- 
 eth not  torth  good  fruit, 
 is  hewn  down  and  caft  in- 
 to the  fire. 
 
 20  Wherefore  by  their 
 fruits  ye  fhall  know  them. 
 
 a  1  Not  every  one  that 
 faith  unto  me  ,  Lord ,. 
 Lord,  fhall  enter  into  the 
 kingdom  of  heaven  ,  but 
 he  that  doth  the  will  of 
 my  Father  which  is  in  hea- 
 ven. 4 
 
 22  Many 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  277 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 it  Many  will  fay  unto 
 me  in  that  day,  Lord,  Lord, 
 have  we  not  prophefied  in 
 thy  name  ?  and  in  thy  name 
 have  caft  out  devils?  and  in 
 thy  name  done  many  won- 
 derful works? 
 
 2  3  And  then  will  I  pro- 
 fefs  unto  them  ,  I  never 
 knew  you :  depart  from  me 
 ye  that  work  iniquity. 
 
 24  Therefore,  whofoever 
 
 heareth  the  fe  layings  of  mine, 
 
 and  doth  rhem,  I  will  liken 
 
 him  unto  a  wile  man  which 
 
 '  built  his  houfe  upon  a  rock  : 
 
 2_f  And  the  rain  defend- 
 ed, and  the  flouds  came,  and 
 the  winds  blew,  andbeat  up- 
 on that  houfe  ;  and  it  fell 
 not,  for  it  was  founded  up- 
 on a  rock. 
 
 26  And  every  one  that 
 heareth  thefe  dyings  of  mine, 
 and  doth  them  not,  fhall  be 
 likened  unto  a  foolifh  man 
 which  built  his  houfe  upon 
 the  fand : 
 
 27  And  the  rain  defend- 
 ed, and  the  flouds  came,  and 
 the  winds  blew,  and  beat  up- 
 on that  houfe  ;  and  it  fell, 
 and  great  was  the  fall  of  it. 
 
 28  And  it  came  to  pafs 
 when  Jefus  had  ended  thefe 
 fayings,  the  people  were  a- 
 ftoniihed  at  his  do&rine.         g^ 
 
 29  For  he  taught  them 
 as  one  having  authority, 
 and  not  as  the  Scribes. 
 
 Mm  3.  §•  3-  f  And 
 
*78 
 
 The  Harmofiy 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.  3.  f  And  when 
 Jefus  was  entred  into 
 Capernaum  ,  there 
 came  unto  him  a  cen- 
 turion ,  befeeching 
 him, 
 
 6  Andfaying.Lord, 
 my  fervant  lyeth  at 
 home  fick  of  the  pal- 
 iie ,  grievoufly  tor- 
 mented. 
 
 7  And  Jefus  faith 
 unto  him,  I  will  come 
 and  heal  him. 
 
 8  The  centurion 
 anfwered  and  faid , 
 Lord,  I  am  not  wor- 
 thy that  thou  fhouldeft 
 come  under  my  roof; 
 but  fpeak  the  word 
 only,  and  my  fervant 
 ihall  be  healed 
 
 9  For  I  am  a  man 
 under  authority,  hav- 
 ing fouldiers  under 
 me :  and  I  fay  to  this 
 man,  Go,  and  he 
 goeth:  and  to  another, 
 Come ,  and  he  cofn- 
 eth:  and  to  my  fer- 
 vant, Do  this,  and  he 
 doeth  it. 
 
 10  '  When  Jefus 
 heard  it,  he  marvel- 
 led, and  faid  to  them 
 that  followed,  Verily 
 I  fay  unto  you,  I  have 
 not  found  fo  great 
 faith,  no  not  inlfrael. 
 
 1 1  And  I  fay  unto 
 you,  that  many  fhall 
 come  from  theeaft  and 
 weft,    and    lhall    fit 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 19  —  And  they 
 went  into  an  1  houfe. 
 
 ao  And  the  multi- 
 tude cometh  together 
 again  ,  fo  that  they 
 could  not  fo  much  as 
 eat  bread. 
 
 .  21  And  when  his 
 friends  heard  of  it,  they 
 faid,  He  isbelidehim- 
 felf. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 NOW  when  he 
 had  ended  all  his 
 fayings  in  the  audience 
 ol  the  people,  he  en- 
 tred into  Capernaum. 
 
 2  And  a  certain  cen- 
 turions fervant,  who 
 was  dear  nnto  him, 
 was  lick,  and  ready 
 to  die. 
 
 2  And  when  he 
 heard  of  Jefus,  hefent 
 unto  him  the  elders 
 of  the  Jews,  befeech- 
 ing him  that  he  would 
 come  and  heal  his  fer- 
 vant. 
 
 4  And  when  they 
 came  to  Jefus,  they 
 belbught  him  inftant- 
 ly,  faying,  That  he 
 was  worthy  for  whom 
 he  fhuuld  do  this. 
 
 f  For  he  loveth  our 
 nation,  and  he  hath 
 built  us  a  fynabogue. 
 
 6  Then  Jefus  w.nt 
 with  them.  And  when 
 he  was  now  not  far 
 from  the  houfe,  the 
 centurion  fent  friends 
 to  him,  faying  unto 
 him,  Lord,  trouble 
 not  thy  felf,  for  I  am 
 not  worthy  that  thou 
 fhouldeft  enter  under 
 my  roof.      0 
 
 7  Wherefore  nei- 
 ther thought  I  my  felf 
 worthy  to  come  unto 
 thee :  but  iay  in  a  word, 
 and  my  fervant  lhall  be 
 healed. 
 
 John. 
 
 down 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 1J9 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 down  with  Abraham, 
 and  Ifaac,  and  Jacob, 
 in  the  kingdom  of 
 heaven. 
 
 12  But  the  child- 
 ren of  the  kingdom 
 fhall  be  caft  out  into 
 outer  darknefs:  there 
 fhall  be  weeping  and 
 gnafhing  of  teeth. 
 
 13  And  Jefus  {aid 
 unto  the  centurion, 
 Go  thy  way,  and  as 
 thou  haft  believed,  Co 
 be  it  done  unto  thee . 
 And  his  iervant  was 
 healed  in  the  felf 
 fame  hour. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 8  For  I  alfo  am  a 
 man  fet  under  autho- 
 rity, having  under 
 me  fouldiers;  and  I 
 lay  unto  one,  Go, 
 and  he  goeth :  and  to 
 another,  Come,  and 
 he  cometh :  and  to  my 
 Iervant,  Do  this,  and 
 he  doeth  it. 
 
 9  When  Jefus 
 heard  thefe  things,  he 
 marvelled  at  him,  and 
 turned  him  about,  and 
 faid  unto  the  people 
 that  followed  him,  I 
 lay  unto  you,  I  have 
 not  found  fb  great 
 faith,  no,  not  in  Iftael. 
 
 10  And  they  that 
 were  fent,  returning 
 to  the  houfe,  found 
 the  fervant  whole  that 
 had  been  fick. 
 
 John. 
 
 §.4.  11  And  it 
 came  to  pafs  the  day 
 after,  that  he  went 
 into  a  city  calledNain  j 
 and  many  of  his  di- 
 Iciples  went  with 
 him,  and  much  peo- 
 pie. 
 
 •  12  Now  when  he 
 came  nigh  to  the  gate 
 of  the  city,  behold, 
 there  was  a  dead  man 
 carried  out,  the  only 
 Ion  of  his  mother, 
 and  fhe  was  a  widow: 
 and  much  people  of 
 the  city  was  with  her. 
 
 13  And  when  the 
 
 Lord 
 
ZSO 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mar; 
 
 Lu  KE. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XL 
 
 §.5-.  1  Now  when  John  had 
 heard  in  the  prifon  the  works  of 
 chrift,  he  lent  two  of  his  difciples. 
 2  And  faid  unto  him,  Art  thou 
 he  that  fhould  come,  or  do  we  look 
 for  another? 
 
 4  Jelus  anfwered  and  faid  unto 
 them,  Go  and  fhew  John  again 
 thofe  things  which  ye  do  hear 
 and  fee : 
 
 j-  The  blind  receive  their  fight, 
 and  the  lame  walk,  the  lepers  are 
 cleanfed,  and  the  deaf  hear,  the 
 dead  are  raifed  up,  and  the  poor 
 have  the  gofpel  preached  to  them. 
 
 6  And  blefled  is  he  whomever 
 mall  not  be  offended  u\  me. 
 
 7  And  as  they  departed,  Jefi'S 
 began  to  fay  unto  the  multitudes 
 concerning  John,  What  went  ye 
 out  into  the  wildernefs  to  fee?  a 
 Teed  ihaken  with  the  wind? 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 Lo  rd  faw  her,  he  had  companion 
 on  her,  and  faid  unto  her,  Weep 
 not. 
 
 14  And  he  came  and  touched  the 
 biere,  (and  they  that  bare  him  Hood 
 ftill)  and  he  laid,  Young  man,  I 
 lay  unto  thee,  Arife. 
 
 1  f  And  he  that  was  dead,  fat 
 up,  and  began  to  fpek  :  and  he 
 delivered  him  to  his  mother. 
 
 1 6  ;1  n  j  there  came  a  tear  on  dl : 
 and  they  glorified  God,  laying,  That 
 a  great  piophet  is  nfen  up  among 
 us;  and,  Tuat  God  hath  vifued his 
 people. 
 
 1 7  And  this  rumor  of  him  went 
 forth  throughout  all  Judea,  and 
 throughout  all  the  region  round  a- 
 bout. 
 
 18  And  the  difciples  of  John 
 Ihewed  him  of  all  thefe  things. 
 
 19  And  John  calling  unto  him 
 two  of  his  difciples,  lent  them  un- 
 to Jelus,  faying,  Art  thou  he  that 
 Ihould  come,  or  look  we  for  ano- 
 ther? 
 
 20  When  the  men  were  come 
 unto  him,  they  faid,  John  Baptift 
 hath  fent  us  unto  thee,  faying,  Art 
 thou  he  that  fhould  come,  or  look 
 we  tor  another  ? 
 
 21  And  in  ffrt  fame  hour  hecu- 
 red  many  oi  their  infirmities,  and 
 plagues,  and  of  evil  ipirits,  and  to 
 many  that  were  blind  he  gave 
 fight. 
 
 22  Then  Jefus  anfwering,  faid 
 unto  them,  Go  your  way  and  tell 
 John  what  things  ye  have  feenand 
 heard,  how  that  that  the  blind  lee, 
 the  lame  walk,  the  lepers  are  deanf- 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 2.81 
 
 .  A  T  T  H  E  W. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 •        Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 8  But  what  went  ye  out  for  to 
 fee?  A  man  clothed  in  foft  raiment? 
 behold,  they  that  wear  foft  cloth- 
 ing, are  in   kings  houfes-. 
 
 9  But  what  went  ye  out.  for  to 
 fee?  A  prophet?  yea,  I  fay  unro 
 youi  and  more  then  a  prophet. 
 
 10  For  this  is  he  of  whom  it  is 
 written,  Behold,  I  fend  my  mef- 
 fenger  bebre  thy  face,  which  flu.ll 
 prepare  thy  way  before  thee. 
 
 1 1  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  among 
 them  that  are  born  of  women, 
 there  hath  not  rifen  a  greater  then 
 John  the  Baptiit:  notwithstanding, 
 he  that  is  leaft  in  the  kingdom  of 
 heaven,  is  greater  then  he. 
 
 1 2  And  from  the  days  of  John 
 the  Baptifh  until  now,  the  king- 
 dom of  heaven  fiiffcrcth  violence, 
 and  the  violent  take  it  by  force. 
 
 1 3  For  all  the  prophets,  and  the 
 law,  prophefied  until  John. 
 
 14  And  if  ye  will  receive  it,  this 
 is  Eltas,  which  was  for  to  come. 
 
 15-  He  that  hath  ears  to  hear,  let 
 him  hear. 
 
 16  But  whereunto  fhall  I  liken 
 this  generation  ?  It  is  like  unto  child- 
 ren fitting  in  the  markets,  and  cal- 
 ling unto  their  fellows, 
 
 17  And  faying,  We  have  piped 
 unto  you,  and  ye  have  not  danced : 
 we  have  mourned  unto  you,  and 
 ye  have  not  lamented. 
 
 io  For  John  came  neither  eating 
 nor  drinking,  and  they  fay,  He 
 hath  a  devil. 
 
 19  The  fon  of  man  came  eating 
 and  drinking,  and  they  fay,  Behold, 
 a  man  gluttonous,  and  a  wine-bib- 
 ber, a  friend  of  Publicans  and  iin- 
 ners :  but  wifdom  is  juftifkd  of  her 
 children. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 ed,     the  deaf  hear,     the  d«  td  arc 
 railed,     to  the  poor  the  go  J] 
 preached. 
 
 23  And  bleffed  is  he  whofbever 
 (hall  not  be  offended  in  me. 
 
 24  An. I  when  the  meflengers  of 
 John  were  departed,  he  began  to 
 ipeak  unto  the  people  concerning 
 John,    What  went  ye  out  into  the 
 
 wilderriefs  for  to  fee?     a  reed  fha- 
 
 ken  with  the  wind? 
 
 25-  But  what  went  ye  out  for  to 
 fee?  A  man  clothed  in  loft  raiment  ? 
 behold,  they  which  are  gorgeoufly 
 apparelled,  and  live  delicately,  are 
 in  kings  courts. 
 
 26  But  what  went  ye  out  for  to 
 fee?  A  prophet?  Yea,  I  fay  unto 
 you,  and  much  more  then  a  pro- 
 phet. 
 
 27  This  is  he  of  whom  it  is 
 written,  Behold  I  fend  my  meflen- 
 ger  before  thy  face,  which  fhall 
 prepare  thy  way  before  thee. 
 
 28  For  I  fay  unto  you,  Among 
 thofe  that  are  born  of  women,  there 
 is  not  a  greater  prophet  than  John 
 the  Baptift :  but  he  that  is  leaft.  in 
 the  kingdom  of  God,  is  greater 
 then  he. 
 
 29  And  all  the  people  that  heard 
 him,  and  the  publicanes  juftified 
 God,  being  baptized  with  the  bap- 
 tifm  of  John. 
 
 30  But  the  Pharifees  and  law- 
 yers rejected  the  cotinfel  of  Goda- 
 gainfi:  themfelves,  being  not  bap- 
 tized of  him. 
 
 3 1  And  the  Lord  faid,  Where- 
 unto then  fhall  I  liken  the  men  of 
 this  generation  ?  and  to  what  are 
 they  like  ? 
 
 3 1  They  are  like  unto  children 
 
 Nn  fitting 
 
z8z 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark* 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 §.  6. 20  Then  began  he  to  upbraid 
 the  cities  wherein  moft  of  his  migh- 
 ty works  were  done ,  becaufe  they 
 repented  not. 
 
 21  Wo  ur:to  thee  Chorszin.wo 
 unto  thee  Bethfaida:  for  if  the 
 mighty  works  which  were  done  in 
 you,had  been  done  inTyre  andSidon, 
 they  would  have  repented  long  a- 
 go  in  fackcloth  and  afhes. 
 
 zz  But  I  lay  unto  you,  It  fhall 
 be  more  tolerable  for  Tyre  and  Si- 
 don  at  the  day  of  judgment,  then 
 for  you. 
 
 23  And  thou  Capernaum,  which 
 art  exalted  unto  heaven ,  fhalt  be 
 brought  down  to  hell:  for  if  the 
 might  works  which  have  been  done 
 in  thee,  had  been  done  in  Sodom, 
 it  would  have  remained  until  this 
 
 day-  ,    . 
 
 24  But  I  fay  unto  you,  that  it 
 fhall  be  more  tolerable  for  the  land 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 John. 
 
 fitting  in  the  market-place  ,  and 
 calling  one  to  another,  and  faying, 
 We  have  piped  unto  you ,  and  ye 
 have  not  danced:  we  have  mourn- 
 ed to  you,  and  ye  have  not 
 wept. 
 
 33  For  John  the  Baptift  came 
 neither  eating  bread,  nor  drinking 
 wine;  and  ye  lay,  He  hah  a  De- 
 vil. 
 
 34  The  Son  of  man  is  come  eat- 
 ing and  drinking;  and  ye  fay,  Be- 
 hold a  gluttonous  man,  and  a 
 wine-bibber,  a  friend  of  publicanes 
 and  linners. 
 
 IS  But  wifdom  is  juftified  of  all 
 her  children. 
 
 of 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 2.83 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John 
 
 of  Sodom,  in  the  day  of  judgment, 
 then  for  thee. 
 
 if  At  that  time  Jefus  anfwered 
 and  faid,  I  thank  thee,  O  Father, 
 Lord  of  heaven  and  earth,  becaufe 
 thou  haft  hid  thefe  things  from  the 
 wife  and  prudent,  and  haft  reveal- 
 ed them  unto  babes. 
 
 26  Even  fo  Father,  for  fo  it  feem- 
 ed  good  in  thy  fight. 
 
 27  All  things  are  delivered  unto 
 me  of  my  Father:  and  no  man 
 knoweth  the  Son  but  the  Father, 
 neither  knoweth  any  mantheFather, 
 fave  the  Son,  and  he  to  whomfoe- 
 ver  the  Son  will  reveal  him. 
 
 28  Come  unto  me  all  ye  that  la- 
 bour, and  are  heavy  laden,  and  I 
 will  give  you  reft. 
 
 29  Take  my  yoke  upon  you,  and 
 learn  of  me,  for  I  am  meek  and 
 lowly  in  heart :  and  ye  {hall  find 
 reft  unto  your  fouls. 
 
 30  For  my  yoke  /Veafie,  and  my 
 burden  is  light. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 §.7.  36  And  one  of  the  Pha- 
 rifees  delired  him  that  he  would 
 eat  with  him.  And  he  went  into 
 the  Pharifee's  houfe,  and  fat  down 
 to  meat. 
 
 37  And  behold,  a  woman  in  the 
 city  which  was  a  {inner,  when  flic 
 knew  that  Jefus  {at  at  meat  in  the 
 Pharifees  houfe,  brought  an  alaba- 
 fter-boxof  ointment, 
 
 38  And  flood  at  his  feet  behind 
 him  weeping,  and  began  to  walh 
 his  feet  withjtears,  and  did  wipe 
 them  with  the  hairs  of  her  head, 
 and  kiffed  his  feet,  and  anointed 
 them  will  the  ointment. 
 
 39  Now  when  the  Pharifee 
 Nn  a 
 
 whick 
 
2,84  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 which  had  bidden  him,  faw  it,  he 
 fpake  within  himfelf,  faying,  This 
 man,  if  he  were  a  prophet,  would 
 have  known  who  and  what  man- 
 ner of  woman  this  is  that  touched 
 him    for  fhe  is  a  finner. 
 
 40  And  Jefus  anfwering,  faid 
 unto  him,  Simon,  I  have  fome- 
 what  to  fay  unto  thee.  And  he 
 faith,  Mafter,  fay  on. 
 
 41  There  was  a  certain  credi- 
 tour,  which  had  two  debters :  the 
 one  ought  five  hundred  pence,  and 
 the  the  other  fifty. 
 
 42  And  when  they  had  nothing 
 to  pay,  he  frankly  forgave  them 
 both.  Tell  me  therefore,  which  of 
 them  will  love  him  moft ; 
 
 43  Simon  anfwered  and  faid,  I 
 fuppofe  that  he  to  whom  he  forgave 
 moft.  And  he  faid  unto  him,Thou 
 haft  rightly  judged. 
 
 44  And  he  turned  to  the  woman, 
 and  faid  unto  Simon,  Seeft  thou 
 this  woman?Ientred  into  thinehoufe, 
 thou  gaveft  me  no  water  for  my 
 feet :  but  fhe  hath  warned  my  feet 
 with  tears,  and  wiped  them  with,  the 
 hairs  of  her  head. 
 
 45-  Thou  gaveft  me  no  kifs :  but 
 this  woman,  flnce  the  time  I  came 
 in,  hath  not  ceafed  to  kifs  my  feet. 
 
 46  Mine  head  with  oyl  thou  didft 
 not  anoint:  but  this  woman  hath 
 anointed  my  feet  with  ointment. 
 
 47  Wherefore  I  fay  unto  thee, 
 Her  fins  which  are  many,  are  for- 
 given j  for  fhe  loved  much :  but  to 
 whom  little  is  forgiven,  the  fame 
 loveth  little. 
 
 48  And  he  faid  unto  her ,  Thy 
 fins  are  forgiven. 
 
 49  And  they  that  fat  at  meat 
 
 with 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs.  285 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 with  him,  began  to 
 fay  within  themfelves, 
 Who  is  this  that  for- 
 giveth  fins  alfo? 
 
 fo  And  he  faid  to 
 the  woman ,  Thy 
 faith  hath  faved  thee* 
 go  in  peace. 
 
 Chap.  XII.  Chap.  III.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.  8.  22  Then  was       22  And  the  fcribes     AND  it  came    to 
 
 brought  unto  him  one  which;   came    down  XTL  pafs    afterward, 
 
 pofleffed  with  a  devil,  from  Jerufalem,  faid,  that  he  wentthrough- 
 
 blind  and  dumb:  and  He    hath    Beelzebub,  out    every    city  and 
 
 he  healed  him,    info-   and  by  the  prince  of  village  preaching,  and 
 
 that    the    blind    and  the  devils  cafteth  he  fhewing  the  glad  tid- 
 
 dumb  both  fpake  and   out  devils.  ings  of  the  kingdom 
 
 law.  23  And  he   called  of    God:     and     the 
 
 2  3  And  all  the  peo-  them  unto  him,    and  twelve  were  with  himj 
 
 pie  were  amazed,  and  faid  unto  them  in  pa-       2  And  certain  wo- 
 
 faid,     Is  not  this  the  rabies,     How  can  Sa-  men  which  had  been 
 
 fon  of  David  ?  tan  caft  out  Satan?        healed  of  evil  fpirits 
 
 24  But  when    the       24  And  if  a  king-  and  infirmities,  Mary 
 
 Pharifees  heard  it,  they  dom    be    divided    a-  called  Magdalene,  out 
 
 faid,  This  fellow  doth  gain  flit  felfrth  it  king-  of  whom    went    fe- 
 
 not  caft  out  devils,  but  dom  cannot  ftand.        ven  devils.  ♦ 
 
 by      Beelzebub     the        if  And  if  a  houfe        3  And  Joanna  the 
 prince  of  the  devils,     be  divided   againft  it  wife  of  Chuza  Herods 
 if  And Jefus  knew  felf,    that  houfe  can-  fteward,  andSufanna, 
 their  thoughts,     and  not  ftand.  and     m  ny      others, 
 
 faid  unto  them  ,     E-        26  And    if    Satan  which  miniftred  unto 
 very  kingdom  divided  rife  up  againft   him.  him  of  their  fubftance. 
 againft   it   lelf  ,       is  felf,     and  be  divided, 
 brought  to  defblation:   he  cannot  ftand,    but 
 and  every  city  or  houfe  h  >th  an  end. 
 divided  againtt  ic  ielf,       27  No  man  can en- 
 fhall  not  ftand.  ter  into  a  ftrong  mans 
 
 16  And  if  Satan  ho.ife,  and  fpoil  his 
 caft  out  Satan,  he  is  goods,  except  he  will 
 divided  againft  him-  firlt  bind  the  ftrong 
 felf  j  how  then  fhall  m  m,  and  then  he 
 his  kingdom  ftand  ?       will  fpoil  his  houfe. 
 
 Nn  3  z.7  And. 
 
z§6 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 27  And  it  I  by 
 Beelzebub  caft  out  de- 
 vils, by  whom  do  your 
 children  caft  them 
 out?  therefore  they 
 fhall  be  your  judges. 
 
 28  But  if  I  caft  out 
 devils  by  the  Spirit  of 
 God,  then  the  krag- 
 of  God  is  come  unto 
 you. 
 
 29  Or  elfe,how  can 
 one  enter  into  a  ftrong 
 mans  houfe,  and  ipoil 
 his  goods,  except  he 
 firft  bind  the  ftrong 
 man  ?  and  then,,  he 
 will  fpoil  his  houfe. 
 
 30  He  that  is  not 
 with  me  is  againft 
 me ,  and  he  that  ga- 
 thereth  not  with  me, 
 fcattereth  abroad. 
 
 31  Wherefore  I  fay 
 unto  you,  All  man- 
 ner of  lin  and  blaf^* 
 phemy  null  be  forgi- 
 ven unto  men:  but 
 the  blafpliemy  againft 
 the  holy  Ghoft  fhall 
 not  be  forgiven  unto 
 men. 
 
 32  Andwhofoever 
 fpeaketh  a  word  a- 
 gainft  theSonofman, 
 it  {hall  be  forgiven 
 him:  but  whofoever 
 fpeaketh  againft  the 
 holy  Ghoft,  it  fhall 
 not  be  forgiven  him, 
 neither  in  this  world, 
 neither  in  the  world 
 to  come. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 28  Verily  I  fay  un- 
 to you,  All  fins  mall 
 be  forgiven  unto  the 
 fons  of  men,  and 
 blafphemies,  where- 
 with foever  they  fhall 
 blafpheme. 
 
 29  But  he  that  {hall 
 blafpheme  againft  the 
 holy  Ghoft,  hath  ne- 
 ver fbrgivenefs,  but 
 is  in  danger  of  eter- 
 nal damnation: 
 
 30  Becaufe  they 
 faid,  He  hath  an  un- 
 clean fpirit. 
 
 33  Eithet 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis. 
 
 **7 
 
 Matthe  w. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 J  oh 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 3  2  Either  make  the 
 tree  good,  and  his 
 fruit  good;  or  clfe 
 make  the  tree  corrupt, 
 and  his  fruit  corrupt . 
 for  the  tree  is  known 
 by  his  fruit. 
 
 34.  O  generation  of 
 vipers,  how  can  ye, 
 being  evil ,  fpeak 
 good  things?  for  out 
 of  the  abundance  of 
 the  heart  ihe  mouth 
 fpeuketh. 
 
 35-  A  good  man 
 out  of  the  good  trea- 
 fure  of  h:s  heart, 
 bringeth  forth  good 
 things:  and  an  evil 
 man  out  of  the  evil 
 treafure  ,  bringeth 
 forth  evil  things. 
 
 36  But  I  uy  unto 
 you,  That  every  idle 
 word  th  -t  men  mall 
 fpeak,  they  fhali  give 
 account  thereof  in  the 
 day  of  judgment. 
 
 37  For  by  thy 
 words  thou  malt  be 
 juftified ,  and  by  thy 
 words  thou  fhalt  be 
 condemned. 
 
 Chap.  III. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.9.  38  Then  cer- 
 tain of  the  Scribes, 
 and  of  the  Pharifees 
 anfwered  ,  faying  > 
 Matter,  we  would  fee 
 a  hgn  rrom  thee. 
 
 39  Bui  he  anfwer- 
 ed  and  laid  to  them, 
 An  evil   and   adulte- 
 
 3 1  There  came 
 then  his  brethren  and 
 his  mother,  and  ftand- 
 ing  without,  fent  un- 
 to him,     calling  him. 
 
 3 1  And  the  multi- 
 tude fat  about  him, 
 and  they  faid  unto 
 him ,    Behold  ,    thy 
 
 19  Then  came  to 
 him  his  mother  and 
 his  brethren  ,  and 
 could  not  come  at 
 him  for  the  prefs. 
 
 20  And  it  was  told 
 him  by  certain,  which 
 faid,  Thy  mother  and 
 thy    brethren    Hand 
 
 Tons 
 
2gg  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark.  '         Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII.  Chap.  III.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 rous 
 
 1UB  generation- feck-  mother,  and  thy  bre-   without.defiringto'fce 
 eth  after  a  fign,    and   thren    without    feek    thee. 
 .i-..rt..iir„firml*   for  thee.  2i  Andheaniw^r. 
 
 there  (hall  no  iign  be  for  thee.  21  Andheaniw:r- 
 
 Piventoit,     but  the        23  Andhea*fwer-  ed,  and  faid  unto  them, 
 
 ficra   of  the   prophet  ed  them,  faying,  Who  My  mother  and   my 
 
 jonas  is  my  morher,  or  my  brethren     : 
 
 40  For    as    Jonas   brethren?  which  hear  the  word 
 
 was  three  days  and  24  And  he  looked  of  God,  and  do  it. 
 three  nights  in  the  round  about  on  them 
 whales  belly :  fo  ihall  which  fat  about  him, 
 the  fon  of  man  be  and  faid,  Behold  my 
 three  days  and  three  mother,  and  my  bre- 
 nights  in  the  heart  of  thren. 
 the  earth.  35-  For  whofoever 
 
 41  The    men    of  mall  do  the  will  of 
 Nineveh  ihall  rife  in  God,  the  fame  is  my 
 judgment    with  this  brother,  and  my  filler, 
 generation,   and  mail  and  mother, 
 condemn  it,   becaufe 
 
 they  repented  at  the 
 preaching  of  Jonas, 
 and  behold,  a  great- 
 er then  Jonas  is  here. 
 
 42  The  queen  of 
 the  fouth  lhall  rife  up 
 in  the  judgment  with 
 this  generation ,  and 
 lhall  condemn  it :  tor 
 fiie  came  from  theut- 
 termoft  parts  of  the 
 earth  to  hear  the  wif- 
 dom  of  Solomon,  and 
 behold,  a  greater  then 
 Solon -on  if  here. 
 
 43  When  the  un- 
 clean fpiiit  is  gone 
 out  of  a  man  ,  he 
 walketh  through  dry 
 places,  fceking  reft, 
 and  findeth  none. 
 
 44  Then  he  faith, 
 I  will  return  into  my 
 Jioufc  from  whence 
 
 I  came 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 28? 
 
 M'atthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap    XII. 
 
 I  came  out;  and  when  he  is  come, 
 he  findeth  it  empty,  fwept,  and 
 garnifhed. 
 
 45-  Then  goeth  he ,  and  taketh 
 with  himfelf  feven  other  fpirits 
 more  wicked  then  himfelf,  and  they 
 enter  in  and  dwell  there :  and  the 
 laft  ftate  of  that  man  is  worfethcn 
 the  firft.  Even  fo  fball  it  be  alfo 
 unto  this  wicked  generation. 
 
 46  While  he  yet  talked  to  the 
 people,  behold,  his  mother  and  his 
 brethren  flood  without,  dcliring  to 
 fpeak  with  him. 
 
 47  Then  one  faid  unto  him,  Be- 
 hold, thy  mother  and  thy  brethren 
 (land  without,  defiring  to  fpeak 
 with  thee. 
 
 48  But  he  anfwered  and  faid 
 unto  him  that  told  him  ,  Who  is 
 my  mother  ?  and  who  are  my  bre- 
 thren? 
 
 49  And  he  flretched  forth  his 
 hand  towards  his  difciples,  and  faid, 
 Behold  my  mother  ,  and  my  bre- 
 thren. 
 
 5-0  Forwhofoever  mail  do  the 
 will  of  my  Father  which  is  in  hea- 
 ven, the  fame  is  my  brother,  and 
 fifter,  and  mother. 
 
 Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  IV.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.  io.>-pHE  fame  A  N©  he  began  to       4  And  when  muck 
 
 J_  day  went  A  teach  by  the  fea-  people  were  gathered 
 
 Jefusoutof  thehoufe,  fide:   and  there  was   together,     and  were 
 
 and  fat  by  the  fea-fide.  gathered  unto  him  a  come  to  him  out  of 
 
 2  And  great  mul-  great  multitude,     fo  every  city,    he  fpake 
 
 titudes  were  gathered  that  he  entred  into  a   by  a  parable : 
 
 together  unto  him,  fo  fhip ,     and  fat  in  the       f  A    fbwer  went 
 
 that  he  went  into  a  fea,    and  the  whole  out  to  Sow  his  feed: 
 
 fhip,  and  fat,  and  the  multitude  was  by  the  and    as    he   fowed, 
 
 whole  multitude  flood  fea  on  the  land.           fome  fell  by  the  way 
 
 on  the  fhore.  Oo                                                                 5  An4 
 
zpo  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  IV.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 3  And  he  fpake  l  And  he  taught  fide,  and  it  was  trod- 
 many  things  unto  them  many  things  by  en  down,and  the  fowls 
 them  in  parables,  fay-  parables,  and  faid  un-  of  the  air  devoured  it. 
 ing,  Behold,  a  fower  to  them  in  his  do-  6  And  fome  fell  up- 
 went  forth  to  fow.       ftrine,  on  a  rock,  and  aflbon 
 
 4  And  when  he  3  Hearken  ,  Be-  as  it  was  sprung  up, 
 fbwed ,  fome  feeds  hold,  there  went  out  it  withered  away  , 
 fell  by  the  ways  fide,  a  fower  to  fow:  becaufe  it  lacked  moi- 
 and  the   fowls    came       4  And  it  came   to  fture. 
 
 and    devoured  them  pafsashefowed,fome       7  And  fome  fell  a- 
 
 op.  fell  by  the  way-lide,  mong  thorns,  and  the 
 
 f  Some  fell  upon  and  the  fowls  of  the  thorns  fprang  up  with 
 
 ftony  places,     where  air  came  and  devour-  it,  and  choked  it. 
 
 they  had  not    much  ed  it  up.                           8  And  other  fell  on 
 
 earth:   and  forthwith  f  And  fome  fell  on  good    ground,     and 
 
 they  fprung  up ,     be-  ftony  ground,   where  lprang  up,     and  bare 
 
 caufe    they    had    no  it  had  not  much  earth,  fruit  an  hundred-fold, 
 
 deepnefs  of  earth:  and    immediately    it  And  when  he  had faid 
 
 6  And   when  the  fprang  up,  becaufe  it  thefe things,  he  cried, 
 fun  was  up,  they  were  had  no  depth  of  earth.  He  that  hath   ears  to 
 fcorched,  and  becaufe  6  But  when  the  fun  heare,  let  him  hear, 
 they     had   not  root,  was  up,  it  was  fcorch-       9  And  his  difciplcs 
 they  withered  away,  ed,  and  becaufe  it  had  asked   him,     faying, 
 
 7  And  fome  fell  a-  no  root,  it  withered  What  might  this  pa- 
 mong thorns:  and  the  away.                            rablebe? 
 
 thorns  fprung  up  and       7  And    fome    fell        10   And    he    faid. 
 choked  them.  among  thorns  ,     and  Unto  you  it  is  given 
 
 8  But  other  fell  in-  the  thorns  grew  up,  to  know  the  myfte- 
 to  good  ground,  and  and  choked  it,  and  it  ries  of  the  kingdom 
 brought  forth  fruit,  yielded  no  fruit.  of  God:  but  to  'o- 
 ibme  an  hundred- fold,  8  And  other  fell  on  thers  in  parables  j that 
 feme  fixt-y-fold, -fome  good  ground,  and  did  feeing  they  might  not 
 thirty-fold.^                   yield  fruit  that  fprang  foe,  and  hearing  they 
 
 9  Who  hath  ears  up,  and increafed, and  might  not  under  - 
 to  hear,  let  hirn  hear,  brought     forth  fome  ftand. 
 
 10  And  the  difci-  thirty,     fome    fixty,        11  Now  the  para- 
 ples  came,     and  faid  and  fomean  hundred,  ble  is  this:     The  feed 
 unto  him,  Whyfpeak-       9  And  he  faid  un-  is  the  word  of  God. 
 eft  thou   unto   them  to  them,  He  that  hath       11   Thofe  by   the 
 in  parables?  ears  to  hear,   let  him  way-fide  ,     are  they 
 
 1 1  He  anfwered  hear.  that  hear ;  then  com- 
 and  faid  unto  them,  ic  And  when  he  eth  the  devil ,  and 
 Becaufe  it  is  given  un-  was  alone,  they  that  taketh  away  the  word 
 
of  the  four  Evangeliffs. 
 
 2-5?  i 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 •:o  you  to  know  the 
 myfteries  of  the  king- 
 dom of  heaven,  but  to 
 them  it  is  not  given. 
 1 2  For  wholbever 
 hath,  to  him  mail  be 
 given,  and  he  fhall 
 have  more  abundance : 
 but  whofoever    hath 
 
 were  about  him  with  out  of  thc*ir  hearts, 
 the  twelve,  asked  of  left  they  ftiould  be- 
 him  the  parable.  iicve  and  be  faved. 
 
 1 1  And  he  faid  un-  1 3  They  on  the 
 to  them,  Unto  you  it  rock,  are  they,  which 
 is  given  to  know  the  when  they  hear,  re- 
 myftery  of  the  king-  ceive  the  word  with 
 domofGod:  butun-  joy;  and  thefe  have 
 to  them  that  are  with-  no  root,  which  for  a 
 not  from  him  fhall  be  out,  all  thefe  things  while  believe,  and  in 
 taken  away  ,  even  are  done  in  parables :  time  of  temptation 
 that  he  hath.  12  That  feeing  they  fall  away. 
 
 1 2  Therefore  fpeak  may  fee,  and  not  14  And  that  which 
 I  to  them  in  parables:  perceive,  a'nd  hearing  fell  ameng  thorns,  are 
 becaufe  they  feeing,  they  may  hear ,  and  they,  which  when 
 fee  not :  and  hearing,  not  underitand  j  left  they  have  heard,  go 
 they  hear  not,  neither  at  any  time  they  forth,  and  are  chok- . 
 do  they  underftand,  fhould  be  converted,  ed  with  cares  and 
 14  And  in  them  is  and  their  fins  fhould  riches,  and  pleafures 
 fulfilled  the  prophecy  be  forgiven  them.  of  this  life,  and  bring 
 of  Efaias,  which  faith,  13  And  he  faid  un-  no  fruit  to  perfection, 
 to  them-,  Know  ye  if  But  that  on  the 
 not  this  parable  ?  and  good  ground,  are  they 
 how  then  will  you  which  in  an  honeft 
 know  all  parables?  and  good  heart,  ha- 
 14  The  lower  low-  ving  heard  the  word, 
 eth  the  word.  keep    it,    and    bring 
 
 \f  And  thefe  are  forth  fruit  with  pa- 
 grofs,  and  their  ears  they  by  the  way-fide,  tience. 
 are  dull  of  hearing,  where  the  word  is  16  No  man  when 
 and  their  eyes  have  fown,  but  when  they  he  hath  lighted  a  can- 
 they  clofed  ;  left  at  any  have  heard,  Satan  die,  covereth  it  with 
 time  they  fhould  fee  cometh  immediately,  a  veffel,  or  putteth  it 
 with  their  eyes ,  and  and  taketh  away  the  under  a  bed:  but  fet- 
 hear  with  their  ears,  word  that  was  fown  teth  it  on  a  candle- 
 and  fhould  underftand   in  their  hearts.  ftick,  that  they  which 
 
 with  their  heart,  and  \6  And  thefe  are  enter  in  may  fee  the 
 fhould  be  converted,  they  likewife  which  light, 
 and  I  fhould  heal  them,  are  fown  on  ftony  17  For  nothing  is 
 16  But  blefled  are  ground,  who  when  fecret,  that  fhall  not 
 your  eyes ,  for  they  they  have  heard  the  be  made  manifeft  : 
 fee;  and  your  ears,  word  •',  immediately  neither  any  thing  hid, 
 for  they  hear.  receive  it  with  glad  ■   that    fhall    not     be 
 
 Oo  2 
 
 By  hearing  ye  fhall 
 hear,  and  fhall  not  un- 
 derftand: and  feeing 
 ye  fhall  fee,  and  fhall 
 not  perceive. 
 
 1/  For    this    peo- 
 ples heart    is   waxed 
 
 John. 
 
 37  For 
 
2-9  i  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  IV.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 i7  For  verily  I  fay  nefs.  known,  and  come  a- 
 
 unto  you,  that  many  i7  And  have  no  broad, 
 prophets  and  righte-  root  in  themfelves,  iS  Take  heed 
 ous  men  have  de-  and  fo  endure  but  for  therefore  how  ye  hear: 
 fired  to  fee  thofe  a  time  :  afterward  for  whofoever  hath, 
 things  which  ye  fee,  when  affliction  or  per-  to  him  mall  be  given ; 
 and  have  not  feen  fecution  arifeth  for  and  whofoever  hath 
 them:  and  to  hear  the  words  fake,  im-  not,  from  him  fhall 
 thofe  things  which  ye  mediately  they  are  be  taken  even  that 
 hear,  and    have    not  offended.  which  he  feemeth  to 
 
 heard  them.  ^  And  thefe    are  have. 
 
 18  Hear  ye  there-  they  which  are  fown 
 fore  the  parable  of  the  among  thorns:  fuch 
 fower.  as  hear  the  word. 
 
 wi  io  And    the  cares 
 
 Ski  J       W°Tt        the    deccitfutaefi    of 
 the  kingdom,  andun-     •  .„     „    ,    .       ,   „ 
 
 derftandeth    it    not,  "fe       „ 
 
 then  comeththe  wick-  f-^    *"f    £ 
 
 ed  one,   and  catched    "nS'n'    ^    *c 
 word,  and  it  becom- 
 
 JOHN. 
 
 away  that  which  was 
 fown  in  his  heart: 
 this  is  he  which  re- 
 
 eth  unfruitful. 
 
 20  And  thefe    are 
 
 they  which  are  fown 
 ceived    feed    by   the        {      ,  ,    r    , 
 
 (.j  y  on  good  ground,  iuch 
 
 ay-fide. 
 
 as  hear  the  word,  and 
 
 io  But  he  that  re-  receive  it,  and  bring, 
 ceived  the  feed  into  forth  fruit,  fome 
 flony  places,  the  fame  thirty-fold,  fome  fix- 
 is  he  that  heareth  the  ty,  andfomeanhund- 
 word,  and  anon  with  red. 
 ;oyreceivethit:  Xl  Andhefaidun- 
 
 2i  Yet  hath  he  not  to  them,  Is  a  candle, 
 root  in  himfelf,  but  brought  to  be  put  un- 
 dureth  for  a  while:  der  a  bumel,  or  under 
 for  when  tribula-  a  bed?  and  not  to  be 
 tion  or  perfecution  a-  fet  on  a  candleftick? 
 nfeth  becaufe  of  the  zz  For  there  is  no- 
 word,  by  and  by  he  thing  hid  which  fhall 
 is  offended.  not  be  manifefh   nei- 
 
 2  2  He  alfo  that  re-  ther  was  any  thing 
 ceived  feed  among  the  kept  fecret,  'but  that 
 thorns,    is   he   that  it  fhould  come  abroad. 
 
 fcearet 
 
 *eth 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 *5>3 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 heareth  the  word : 
 and  the  cares  of  this 
 world,  and  the  de- 
 ceitfulnefs  of  riches 
 choke  the  word:  and 
 he  becometh  unfruit- 
 ful. 
 
 23  But  he  that  re 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 23  If  any  man 
 have  ears  to  hear,  let 
 him  hear. 
 
 24  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them  ,  Take  heed 
 what  you  hear:  with 
 what  meafure  ye 
 mete,  it  mall  be  mea- 
 
 ceived  feed   into  the    fured  to  you:  andun- 
 the  good  ground,   is    to  you  that  hear,  fhall 
 
 he  that  heareth  the 
 word  ,,  and  under- 
 fhndeth»>,  whichial- 
 £0  beareth  fruit,    and 
 
 more  be  given. 
 
 if  For  he  that 
 hath,  to  him  fhall  be 
 given  :     and  he   that 
 
 bringeth  forth    fbme  hath  not,     from  him 
 
 an  hundred-fold,  fbme  fhall  be    taken   even 
 
 fixty,  fome  thirty.  that  which  he  hath. 
 
 24  And     another        16  And    he    faid, 
 
 parable  put  he  forth  So  is  the  kingdom  of 
 
 unto  them ,     faying,  God ,     as  if  a    man 
 
 The  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven is  likened  unto  a 
 man  which  fowed 
 good  feed  in  his  field 
 
 fhould  caft  feed  into 
 the  ground: 
 
 27    And       fhould 
 fleep,     and  rife  night 
 
 but  while  men  flept,   and  day,  and  the  feed 
 his       enemy      came   fhould     fpring     and 
 and   fowed   tares   a-   grow  up,  he  know- 
 mong  the  wheat,  and    eth  not  how. 
 went  his  way.  28  For  the    earth 
 
 26  But  when  the  bringeth  forth  fruit 
 blade  was  fprung  up,  of  her  felf,  firft  the 
 and  brought  forth  blade,  then  the  ear,  af- 
 fruit,  then  appeared  that  the  full  corn  in 
 the  tares  alfo.  the  ear. 
 
 27  So  the  fervants  29  But  when  the 
 of  the  houfholder  fruit  is  brought  forth, 
 came  and  faid  unto  immediately  he  put- 
 him,Sir,  lidftthounot  teth  in  the  fickle,  be- 
 fow  good  feed  in  thy  caufe  the  harveft  is 
 field?    from  whence   come. 
 
 then  hath  it  tares?  30  And   he    faid, 
 
 28  He  faid  unto  Whereunto  fhall  we 
 them  ,     An    enemy  liken  the  kingdom  of 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Oo  j. 
 
 hath 
 
25>4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johj«. 
 
 Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 .hath  done  this.     The  God  ?     or  with  what 
 
 fervants     faid     unto  companion    fhall  we 
 
 him,   Wilt  thou  then  compare  it  ? 
 that  we  go  and    ga-        51  It  //like a  grain 
 
 ther  them  up  ?  of      muftard  -  feed  , 
 
 29  But    he    faid,  which     when    it    is 
 Nay  ■,    left  while   ye  fown  in  the  earth,   is 
 gather  up    the  tares,  lefs  then  all  the  feeds 
 ye  root   up  alfo   the  that  be  in  the  earth, 
 wheat  with  them.  3j  But  when  it  is 
 
 30  Let  both  grow  fown,  it  growethup, 
 together  until rhe  har-  and  becometh  greater 
 veft  j  and  in  the  time  then  all  herbs,  and 
 of  harveft  I  will  fay  ftiooteth  out  great 
 to  the  reapers  ,  Ga-  branches,  fo  that  the 
 ther  ye  together  fnft  fowls  of  the  air  may 
 the  tares,  and  bind  lodge  under  the  fha- 
 them  in  bundles    to  dow  of  it. 
 
 burn  them:  but  ga-  33  And  with  ma- 
 ther  the  wheat  into  ny  fuch  parables  fpake 
 my  barn.  he    the    word    unto 
 
 3 1  Another  para-  rhem,  as  they  were 
 ble  put  he  forth  unto  able  to  hear  it. 
 them,  faying,  The  34  But  without  a 
 kingdom  of  heaven  parable  fpake  he  not 
 is  like  to  a  grain  of  unto  them:  and  when 
 muftard-feed,  which  they  were  alone,  he 
 a  man  took  and  fow-  expounded  all  things 
 cd  in  his  field.  to  his  difciples. 
 
 32  Which  is  the 
 leaft  of  all  feeds :  but 
 when  it  is  grown,  it 
 is  the  greateft  among 
 herbs,  and  becometh 
 a  tree  :  £0  that  the 
 birds  of  the  air  come 
 and  lodge  in  the 
 branches  thereof. 
 
 33  Another  para- 
 ble fpake  he  unto 
 them,  The  kingdom 
 of  heaven  is  like  unto 
 leaven,  which  a  wo- 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJis.  195 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 man  took  and  hid   in  three   mea- 
 
 fures     of  meal,     till    the     whole 
 
 was  leavened. 
 
 34  Allthefe  things  fpake  Jefus 
 
 unto  the  multitude  in  parables,  and 
 
 without  a   parable  fpake    he   not 
 
 unto  them. 
 
 3J-  That  it  might    be    fulfilled 
 
 which  was  fpoken  by  the  prophet, 
 
 faying,     I  will  open  my  mouth  in 
 
 parables,  I  will  utter  things  which 
 
 have  been  kept  fecret  from   the 
 foundation  of  the  world. 
 
 36  Then  Jefus  fent  the  multi- 
 tude away,  and  went  into  the  houfe; 
 and  his  difciples  came  unto  him, 
 laying,  Declare  unto  us  the  para- 
 ble of  the  tares  of  the  field. 
 
 3  7  He  anfwered  and  faid  unto 
 them,  He  that  foweth  the  good 
 feed,  is  the  fon  of  man: 
 
 38  The  field  is  the  world:  the 
 good  feed  are  the  children  of  the 
 kingdom:  but  the  tares  are  the 
 children  of  the  wicked  one: 
 
 39  The  enemy  that  fo wed  them, 
 is  the  devil:  the  harveft  is  the  end 
 of  the  world :  and  the  reapers  are 
 the  angels. 
 
 40  As  therefore  the  tares  are  ga- 
 thered ;.nd  burnt  in  the  fire;  fo  fhall 
 it  be  in  the  end  of  this  world. 
 
 41  The  fon  of  man  fhall  fend 
 forth  his  angels,  and  they  fhall  ga- 
 ther out  of  his  kingdom  all  things 
 that  oftend ,  and  them  which  do 
 iniquity : 
 
 42  And  fhall  caft  them  into  a 
 furnace  of  fire:  there  fhall  bewail- 
 ing and  gnafhing  of  teeth. 
 
 43  Then  fhall  the  righteous 
 fhine  forth  as  the  iun,  in  the  king- 
 dom of  their  Father.     Who  hath 
 
*5><>  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 cars  to  hear,  let  him  hear. 
 
 44  Again,  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven is  like  unto  treafure  hid  in  a 
 field:  the  which  when  a  man  hath 
 found,  hehidcth,  and  for  joy  there- 
 of goeth  and  felleth  all  that  he  hath, 
 and  buyeth  that  field. 
 
 4y  Again,  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven is  like  unto  a  merchant-man, 
 ieeking  goodly  pearls : 
 
 46  Who  when  he  had  found  one 
 pearl  of  great  price,  he  went  and 
 Ibid  all  that  he  had,  and  bought  it. 
 
 47  Again,  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven is  like  unto  a  net  that  was  caft: 
 into  the  fea,  and  gathered  of  eve- 
 ry kind. 
 
 48  Which,  when  it  was  full, 
 they  drew  to  more,  and  fat  down, 
 and  gathered  the  good  into  veflels, 
 but  caft  the  bad  away. 
 
 49  So  ihall  it  be  at  the  end  of 
 the  world:  the  angels  fhall  come 
 forth,  and  fever  the  wicked  from 
 among  the  juft; 
 
 j-o  And  mail  caft  them  into  the 
 furnace  of  fire :  there  fhall  be  wail- 
 ing and  gnafhing  of  teeth. 
 
 f  1  Jelus  faith  unto  them,  Have 
 ye  undcrftood  all  thefe  things  ?  they 
 Iky  unto  him,  Yea,  Lord.    I 
 
 j-z  Then  faid  he  unto  them, 
 Therefore  every  fcribe  which  is  in- 
 ftructed  unto  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven, is  like  unto  a  man  that  is  an 
 houfholder,  which  bringeth  forth 
 out  of  his  treafure  things  new  and 
 old.  * 
 
 fl  And  it  came  to  pafs,  that 
 when  Jefus  had  fimfhed  thefe  para- 
 bles, he  departed  thence. 
 
 18  Now 
 
of  the  four  EvarigeUjis. 
 
 i?7 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.  12.  18  Now 
 when  Jefus  faw  great 
 multitudes  about  him, 
 he  gave  command- 
 ment to  depart  unto 
 the  other  fide. 
 
 23  And  when  he 
 was  entred  into  a 
 fhip,  his  difciples  fol- 
 lowed him. 
 
 24  And  behold  , 
 there  arofe  a  great 
 tempeftin  thefea,  in- 
 fomuch  that  the  fhip 
 was  covered  with  the 
 waves:  but  he  was  a- 
 fleep. 
 
 zf  And  his  difci- 
 ples came  to  him,  and 
 awoke  him,  faying  , 
 Lord,  fave  us  :  we 
 perilh. 
 
 26  And  he  faith 
 unto  them,    Why  are 
 
 }re  fearful ,  O  ye  of 
 ittle  faith  ?  Then  he 
 arofe  and  rebuked  the 
 winds  and  thefea,  and 
 there  was  a  great 
 calm. 
 
 27  But  the  men 
 marvelled  ,  faying  , 
 What  manner  of  man 
 is  this,  that  even  the 
 winds  and  the  fea 
 obey  him? 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 2f  And  the  fame 
 day  when  the  even 
 was  come,  he  faith 
 unto  them  ,  Let  us 
 pais  over  unto  the  o- 
 ther  fide. 
 
 36  And  when  they 
 had  fent  away  the 
 multitude,  they  took 
 him  even  as  he  was 
 in  the  fhip,  and  there 
 were  alfo  with  him 
 other  little  fhips.  - 
 
 37  And  there  arofe 
 a  great  frorm  of  wind, 
 and  the  waves  beat 
 into  the  fhip,  fo  that 
 it  was  now  full. 
 
 38  And  he  was  in 
 the  hinder  part  of  the 
 fhip,  afleep  on  a  pil- 
 low: and  they  awake 
 him,  and  fay  unto 
 him,  Mafter,  careft 
 thou  not  that  we  pe- 
 rilh? 
 
 39  And  he  arofe, 
 andrebuked  the  wind, 
 and  faid  unto  the  fea, 
 Peace,  be  ftill :  and 
 the  wind  ceafed,  and 
 there  was  a  great 
 calm. 
 
 40  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Why  are  ye 
 fo  fearful?  how  is  it 
 that  you  have  no  faith  ? 
 
 41  And  they  fear- 
 ed exceedingly,  and 
 faid  one  to  another, 
 What  manner  of  man 
 is  this,  that  even  the 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 22  Now  it  came 
 to  pafs  on  a  certain 
 day,  that  he  went  in- 
 to a  fhip  with  his  di- 
 fciples: andhefaid  un- 
 to them,Letus  go  over 
 unto  the  other  fide  of 
 the  lake.  And  they 
 lanched  forth. 
 
 23  But  as  they 
 failed,  he  fell  afleep: 
 and  there  came  down 
 a  frorm  or"  wind  on 
 the  lake,  and  they 
 were  filled  with  water, 
 and  were  in  jeopardy. 
 
 24  And  they  came 
 to  him,  and  awoke 
 him,  faying,  Mafter, 
 mafter,  we  perifh. 
 Then  he  arofe,  and 
 rebuked  the  wind, 
 and  the  raging  of  the 
 water:  and  they  ceaf- 
 ed* and  there  was  a 
 calm. 
 
 25-  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them ,  Where  is 
 your  faith?  And  they 
 being  afraid,wondred, 
 faying  one  to  another, 
 What  manner  of  man 
 is  this  ?  for  he  com- 
 mandeth  even  the 
 winds  and  water,  and 
 they  obey  him. 
 
 John. 
 
 P? 
 
25>8 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 '      Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.15.  28  And 
 when  he  was  come 
 to  the  other  fide,  into 
 the  countrey  of  the 
 Gergefenes,  there  met 
 him  two  poiTeffed 
 with  devils,  coming 
 out  of  the  tombs,  ex- 
 ceeding fierce  ,  fo 
 that  no  man  might 
 pafs  by  that  way. 
 
 29  And  behold , 
 they  cryed  out,  fay- 
 ing ,  What  have  we 
 to  do  with  thee,  Jefus, 
 rhou  ion  of  God  ?  art 
 thou  come  hither  to 
 torment  us  before  the 
 time? 
 
 30  And  there  was 
 a  good  way  off  from 
 them,  an  herd  of 
 manyfwine,  feeding. 
 
 31  So  the  devils 
 befought  him,  faying, 
 if  thou  cafl:  us  out, 
 fuffer  us  to  go  away 
 into  the  heard  of 
 fwine. 
 
 32  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Go.  And 
 when  they  were  come 
 out,  they  went  into 
 the  herd  of  fwine: 
 and  behold,  the  whole 
 herd  of  fwine  ran 
 violently  down  a  ftecp 
 place    into    the    fea, 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IV. 
 
 wind  and  the  fea  obey 
 him? 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 AND  they  came 
 over  unto  the 
 other  fide  of  the  fea, 
 into  the  countrey  of 
 the  Gadarenes. 
 
 2  And  when  he 
 was  come  out  of  the 
 fhip  ,  immediately 
 there  met  him  out  of 
 the  tombs,  a  man 
 with  an  unclean  fpi- 
 rit, 
 
 3  Who  had  his 
 dwelling  among  the 
 tombs ,  and  no  man 
 could  bind  him  ,  no 
 not  with  chains : 
 
 4  Becaufe  that  he 
 had  been  often  bound 
 with  f-ttcrs  and 
 chiins,  and  the  chains 
 had  been  plucked  a- 
 funder  by  him  ,  and 
 the  fetters  broken  in 
 pieces:  neither  could 
 any  man  tame  him. 
 
 f  And  always  night 
 and  day  ,  he  was  in 
 the  mountains ,  and 
 in  the  torn!  s,  crying, 
 and  cutting  himfelf 
 with  ftones. 
 
 6  But  when  he 
 faw  Jefus  afar  off,  he 
 ran  and  worfhipped 
 him, 
 
 7  And  he  cried 
 with  a  loud  voice,  and 
 
 Chap.  VIII: 
 
 26  And  they  ar- 
 rived at  the  countrey 
 of  the  Gadarenes , 
 which  is  over  againft 
 Galilee. 
 
 27  And  when  he 
 went  forth  to  land, 
 there  met  him  out  of 
 the  city ,  a  certain 
 man  which  had  devils  a 
 long  time,and  ware  no 
 clothes,  neither  abode 
 in  any  houfe,  but  in 
 the  tombs. 
 
 28  When  he  faw 
 Jefus,  he  cried  out, 
 and  fell  down  before 
 him,  2nd  with  aloud 
 voice  faid,  What  have 
 Ito  do  with  theejefus, 
 thou  Son  of  God  moft 
 high?  I  befeech  thee 
 torment  me  not. 
 
 29  (For  he  had 
 commanded  the  un- 
 clean fpirit  to  come 
 out  of  the  man.  For 
 oftentimes  it  had 
 caught  him:  and  he 
 was  kept  bound  with 
 chains,  and  in  fetters ; 
 and  he  brake  the 
 bands,  and  was  dri- 
 ven of  the  devil  into 
 the  wildernefs) 
 
 30  AndJ^fus'asked 
 him,  faying,  What  is 
 thy  name?    And  he 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  %^ 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  VIII.  Chap.  V.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 and  perifhcd  in  the  £ud,  What  have  I  to  faid,  Legion :  becaufe 
 waters.  do  with  thee,    Jefus,   many  devils  were  cn- 
 
 33  And  they  that  thou  Son  of  themoft   tred  into  him. 
 
 kept  them  fled,  and  high  God?  I  adjure  31  And  they  be- 
 went  their  ways  into  thee  by  God,  that  thou  fought  him  that  he 
 the  city,  and  told  eve-  torment  me  not.  would  not  command 
 
 ry  thing,    and  what       8  (For  hefaidunto  them  to   go  out  into 
 was    befallen  to  the  him,     Come  out   of  the  deep, 
 poflefled  of  the  devils,  the  man,     thou  un-        31  And  there  was 
 
 34  And  behold ,  clean  fpirit)  there  nn  herd  of  ma- 
 the  whole  city  came  9  And  he  asked  ny  fwine  feeding  on 
 out  to  meet  Jefus;  him  ,  What  is  thy  the  mountain:  and 
 and  when  they  faw  name?  And  he  an-  they  befought  him 
 him,  they  befought  fwered,  faying,  My  that  he  would  fuffer 
 him  that  he  would  name  /'}  Legion  :  for  them  to  enter  into 
 depart  out  of  their  we  are  many.  them.  And  he  fuf- 
 coafts.                                 10  And  he  befought  fered  them. 
 
 him  much  that  he  33  Then  went  the 
 would  not  fend  them  devils  out  of  the  man, 
 away  out  of  the  coun-  and  entred  into  the 
 trey.  fwine:    and  the  herd 
 
 11  Now  there  was  ran  violently  down 
 there  nigh  unto  the  a  fteep  place  into  the 
 mountains ,  a  great  lake,  and  were  chok- 
 herd   of  fwine   feed-   ed 
 
 ing.  34  When  they  that 
 
 12  And  all  the  de-  fed  them  faw  what 
 vilsbefoughthim,  fay-  was  done,  they  fled, 
 ing,  Send  us  into  the  and  went  and  told  it 
 fwine,  that  we  may  in  the  city  and  in  the 
 enter  into  them.  countrey. 
 
 13  And  forthwith  3  j  Then  they  went 
 Jefus  gave  them  leave,  out  to  fee  what  was 
 And  the  unclean fpirits  done;  and  came  to 
 went  out,  and  entred  Jefus,  and  found  the 
 into  the  fwine,  and  man  out  of  whom 
 the  herd  ran  violently  the  devils  were  de- 
 down  a  fteep  place  in-  parted,  fitting  at  the 
 to  the  fea,  (they  were  feet  of  Jefus,  clothed, 
 about  two  thoufand)  and  in  his  right  mind : 
 and  were  choked  in  and  they  were  afraid, 
 the  fea.  3  6  They  alio  which 
 
 14  And  they  that  faw  it,  told  them  by 
 
 Pp  »  foe 
 
300 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 fed  the  fwine  fled, 
 and  told  it  in  the  city, 
 and  in  the  countrey. 
 And  they  went  out 
 to  fee  what  it  was 
 that  was  done. 
 
 if  And  they  come 
 to  Jefus,  and  lee  him 
 that  was  poffefled 
 with  the  devil,  and 
 had  the  legion,  fitting, 
 and  clothed,  and  in 
 his  right  mind,  and 
 they  were  afraid. 
 
 16  And  they  that 
 faw  it,  told'  them 
 how  it  befel  to  him 
 that  was  pofleflcd 
 with  the  devil,  and 
 alfo  concerning  the 
 fwine. 
 
 17  And  they  be- 
 gan to  pray  him  to  de- 
 part out  of  their 
 coalts. 
 
 18  And  when  he 
 was  come  into  the 
 fliip,  he  that  had  been 
 poflefled  wirh  the  de- 
 vil, prayed  him  that 
 he  might  be  with  him. 
 
 19  Howbeit,  Jefus 
 fuffered  him  not,  but 
 iaith  unto  him,  Go 
 home  to  thy  friends, 
 and  tell  chejn  how 
 great  things  the  Lord 
 hath  done  for  thee, 
 and  hath  hau  compaf- 
 iien  on  thee. 
 
 to  And  he  depart- 
 ed, and  began  to  pub- 
 lish    in     Dccapoliss 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 what  means  he  that 
 was  pofleffed  of  the 
 devils  was  healed. 
 
 37  Then  the  whole 
 multitude  of  the  coun- 
 trey of  the  Gadarenes 
 round  about,  befought 
 him  to  depart  from 
 them ;  .for  they  were 
 taken  with  great  fear : 
 and  he  went  up  into 
 the  lhip,  and  return- 
 ed back  again. 
 
 38  Now  the  man 
 out  of  whom  the  de- 
 vils were  departed, 
 befought  him  that  he 
 might  be  with  him  : 
 but  Jefus  fent  him 
 away,  faying, 
 
 39  Return  to  thine 
 own  houfe,  and  {hew 
 how  great  things 
 God  h~th  done  unto 
 thee  And  he  went 
 his  way,  and  publifh- 
 ed  throughout  the 
 whole  city,  how  great 
 things  Jefus  had  done 
 unto  him. 
 
 John. 
 
of  the  four  EvangeKJls. 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 how  great  things  Je- 
 fus had  done  for  him : 
 and  all  men  did  mar- 
 vel. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 3° 
 
 John 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 §.  14.  A  NDheen- 
 J\  tred  into 
 a  (hip,  and  paired  o- 
 ver,  and  came  into 
 his  own  city. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 79  And  a  certain 
 fcribe  came,  and  laid 
 unto  him,  Matter,  I 
 will  follow  thee  whi- 
 ther foe ver  thou  goeft. 
 
 20  And  Jefus  faith 
 unto  him,  The  foxes 
 have  holes ,  and  the . 
 birds  of  the  air  have 
 nefls ;  but  the  fon  of 
 man  hath  not  where 
 to  lay  his  head. 
 
 2 1  And  another  of 
 his  difcipks  faid  unto 
 him,  Lord,  fuffer  me 
 firft  to  go  and  bury 
 my  Father. 
 
 22  But  Jefus  faid 
 unto  him,  Follow  mea 
 and  let  the  dead  bury 
 their  dead. 
 
 PP  3 
 
 iS  While 
 
joz  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX.  Chap.  V.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §.15-.   1 S  While  he       2 1  And  when  Je-       40  And  it  came  to 
 
 fpake  thcfe  things  un-  fus  was  patted  over  a-  pafs,  that  when  Jefus 
 
 to   them,       behold,  gain  by  fhip  unto  the   was  returned,  the  peo- 
 
 there  came  a  certain  other  fide,  muchpeo-  pie    gladly    received 
 
 ruler  and  worfhipped  pie  gathered  unto  him,  him:  for  they    were 
 
 him  ,     faying  ,     My  and  he  was  nigh  unto  all  waiting  for  him. 
 
 daughter  is  even  now  the  fea.  4 1    And      behold, 
 
 dead,  but  come    and        22    And    behold  ,  there    came    a   man 
 
 lay    thy    hand   upon  there  comcth  one  of  named  Jairus,  and  he 
 
 her,  and  fhe  (hall  live,  the  rulers  of  thefyna-  was  a  ruler  of  the  fyna- 
 
 19  And  Jefus  arofe,  gogue ,  Jairus  by  gogue  :  and  he  fell 
 and  followed  him,  and  name,  and  when  he  down  at  Jefus  feet, 
 fo  did  his  difciples.  law  him,   he  fell  at  and  befought  him  that 
 
 20  (And  behold,  a  his  feet,  he  would  come  into 
 woman    which  was        23  And    belought  his  houfe: 
 
 difeafed  with  an  iffue  him  greatly,  faying,  42  For  he  had  one 
 of  blood  twelve  years,  My  little  daughter  only  daughter,  about 
 came  behind  him  ,  lieth  at  the  point  of  twelve  years  of  age, 
 and  touched  the  hem  death  ,  I  fmy  thee  and  (he  lay  a  dying, 
 of  his  garment.  come    and    lay    thy  (But  as  he  went,    the 
 
 21  For  fhe  faid  with-  hands  on  her  that  fhe  people  thronged  him. 
 inherfelf,  If  I  may  maybe  healed,  and  43  And  a  woman 
 but  touch  his  garment,   fhe  fhall  live.  having    an    iflue    of 
 
 I  fhall  be  whole.  24  And  Jefus  went  blood    twelve    years, 
 
 22  But  Jefus  turn-  with  him,  and  much  which  had  fpent  all 
 ed  him  about ,  and  people  followed  him,  her  living  upon  phy- 
 when  he  faw  her,  he  and  thronged  him.  ficians,  neither  could 
 faid,  Daughter,  be  of  2y  And  a  certain  be  healed  of  any, 
 good  comfort  ;  thy  woman  which  had  an  44  Came  behind 
 faith  hath  made  thee  iffue  of  blood  twelve  him,  and  touched  the 
 whole.  And  the  wo-  years,  border  of  his  garment: 
 man  was  made  whole  26  And  had  fuffer-  and  immediately 'her 
 from  that  hour.)           ed    many   things    of  iffue  of  blood  ftanch- 
 
 23  And  when  Je-  many  phyficians,  and  ed. 
 
 fus  came  into  the  ru-  had  fpent  all  that  fhe  4j-  And  Jefus  faid, 
 lers  houfe,  and  faw  had,  and  was  nothing  Who  touched  me? 
 the  minftrels  and  the  bettered,  but  rather  When  all  denied,  Pe- 
 people  making  a  noife,  grew  worfe,  ter,     and    they    that 
 
 24  He  faid  unto  27  When  ihe  had  were  with  him,  faid, 
 them,  Give  place,  for  heard  of  jefus,  came  Mafter,  the  multitude 
 the  maid  is  not  dead,  in  the  prefs  behind,  throng  thee,  andprefs 
 but  flecpeth.  And  and  touched  his  gar-  thee,  and  fayefr  thou, 
 they  laughed  him  to  ment.  Who  touched  me  ? 
 
 fcorn.  2f  But 
 
of  the  four  Evangehfls.  303 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  •  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX.  'Chap.  V.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 ij-  But  when  the  28  For  fhe  faid,  If  46  And  Jefus  faid, 
 people  were  put  forth,  I  may  touch  but  his  Some  body  hath 
 he  went  in,  and  took  clothes ,  I  {hall  be  touched  me  :  for  1 
 her  by  the  hand,  and   whole.  perceive  that    vertue 
 
 the  maid  arofe.  29  And      ftraight-   is  gone  out  of  me. 
 
 26  And  the  fame  way  the  fountain  of  47  And  when  the 
 hereof  went  aboad  in-  her  blood  was  dried  woman  faw  that  fhe 
 to  all  that  land.  up:    and  fhe  felt  in  was  not  hid,  fhe  came 
 
 her    body    that     (he  trembling,  and  falling 
 
 was    healed    of  that  down    before      him, 
 
 plague.  fhe  declared  unto  him 
 
 30  And  Jefus  im-  before  all  the  people, 
 mediately  knowing  for  what  caufe  fhe  had 
 in  himfelf,  that  ver-  touched  him,  and  how 
 tue  had  gone  out  of  fhe  was  healed  im- 
 him,    turned  him  a-  mediately. 
 
 bout  in  theprefs,  and  48  And  he  faid  un- 
 laid, Who  touched  to  her,  Daughter,  be 
 my  clothes?  of    good     comfort  : 
 
 3 1  And  his  difci-  thy  faith  hath  made 
 pies  faid  unto  him,  thee  whole ;  go  in 
 Thou  feefl:  the  multi-  peace) 
 
 tude  thronging  thee,  49  While    he   yet 
 
 and  fayeft  thou,  Who  fpake,    there  cometh 
 
 touched  me?  one  from  the  ruler  of 
 
 32  And  he  looked  the  fynagogues  houfe, 
 round  about  to  fee  her  faying  to  him,  Thy 
 that  had  done  this  daughter  is  deadj 
 thing.  trouble  not  the   Ma- 
 
 33  But    the    wo-  fter. 
 
 man  fearing  and  trem-  fo  But  when  Je- 
 bling,  knowing  what  fus  heard  it,  he  an- 
 was  done  in  her,  came  fwered  him,  faying, 
 and  fell  down  before  Fear  not:  believe  on- 
 him,  and  told  him  all  ly,  and  fhe  fhall  be 
 the  truth.  made  whole. 
 
 34  And  he  faid  fi  And  when  he 
 unto  her,  Daughter,  came  into  the  houfe.he 
 thy  fa'th  hath  made  furfered  no  man  to  go 
 thee  wholej  go  in  in,favePererandJamcs, 
 peace,  and  be  whole  and  John,  and  the 
 of  thy  plague.  father  and  the  mother 
 
 51"  While  he  yet  of  the  maiden. 
 
 5-1  And 
 
304  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.-  Luke.  John, 
 
 Chap.  V.  Chap.  III. 
 
 {pake,  there  came  5-1  And  all  wept, 
 from  the  ruler  of  the  and  bewailed  her :  but 
 fynagogues  konfe,  cer-  he  faid,  Weep  not ; 
 tain  which  faid,  Thy  (he  is  not  dead  ,  but 
 daughter  is  dead  ,  fleepeth. 
 Why  troubleft  thou  5-3  And  they  laugh- 
 the  Matter  any  fur-  edhimtofcorn,know- 
 ther?  ing  that  {he  was  dead. 
 
 36  Aflbon  as  Jefus  $-3  And  he  put 
 heard  the  word  that  them  all  out,  and  took 
 was  fpoken,  he  faith  her  by  the  hand,  and 
 unto  the  ruler  of  the  called,  faying,  Maid, 
 fynagogue,   Be  not  a-  arife. 
 
 fraid,  only  believe.  j-^-  And  her  fpirit 
 
 37  And  he  fufter-  came  again,  and  me  a- 
 ed  no  man  to  follow  rofeftraightway:  and 
 him,  fave  Peter,  and  hecommandedtogive 
 James,  and  John  the  her  meat. 
 
 brother  of  James.  f  6  And  her  parents 
 
 38  And  he  cometh  were  aftonifhed:  but 
 to  the  houfe  of  the  he  charged  them  that 
 ruler  of  the  fynagogue,  they  {hould  tell  no 
 and  feeth  the  tumult,  man  what  was  done, 
 and  them  that  wept 
 
 and  wailed  greatly. 
 
 39  And  when  he 
 was  come  in,  he 
 faith  unto  them,  Why 
 make  ye  this  ado,  and 
 weep?  the  damfel  is 
 not  dead,  but  fleep- 
 eth. 
 
 40  And  they  laugh- 
 ed him  to  fcorn :  but 
 when  he  had  put  them 
 all  out,  he  taketh  the 
 father  and  the  mother 
 of  the  damfel,  and 
 them  that  were  with 
 him,  and  entreth  in 
 where  the  damfel  was 
 lying. 
 
 41  And   he    took 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 305 
 
 M  A  T  T  H  E  VT. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  V. 
 
 the  damfel  by  the 
 hand,  and  faid  unto 
 her,  Talitha  cumi  , 
 which  is,  being  inter- 
 preted, Damfel  (I  fay 
 unto  thee )  arife. 
 
 42  And  ftraight- 
 waythe  damfel  arofe, 
 and  walked;  for  (he 
 was  of  the  age  of 
 twelve  years :  and 
 they  were  aftonifhed 
 with  a  great  aftonilh- 
 ment. 
 
 43  And  he  charged 
 them  ftraitly,  that  no 
 man  mould  know  it : 
 and  commanded  that 
 fomething  fliould  be 
 given  her  to  eat. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  id;  17  And  when 
 Jefus  departed  thence, 
 two  blind  men  fol- 
 lowed him ,  crying , 
 and  faying,  Thou  fon 
 of  David,  have  mercy 
 on  us. 
 
 28  And  when  he 
 was  come  into  the 
 houfe,  the  blind  men 
 came  to  him :  and  Je- 
 fus faith  unto  them, 
 Believe  ye  that  I  am 
 able  to  do  this  ?  they 
 faid  unto  him,  Yea, 
 Lord. 
 
 29  Then  touched 
 he  their  eyes,  faying, 
 According  to  your 
 faith,  be  it  unto  you. 
 
 30  And  their  eyet 
 
 Luke. 
 
 J  ohm. 
 
 <U 
 
30(> 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 were  opened,  andje- 
 fus  ftraitly  charged 
 them,  faying,  See  that 
 no  man  know  it. 
 
 31  But  they,  when 
 they  were  departed, 
 ipread  abroad  his  fame 
 in  all  that  country. 
 
 3  i  As  they  went  out, 
 behold ,  they  brought 
 to  him  a  dumb  man 
 poflefled  with  a  de- 
 vil. 
 
 33  And  when  the 
 devil  was  call  out,  the 
 dumb  fpake:  and  the 
 multitudes  marvelled, 
 faying,  It  was  never 
 £0  feen  in  Ifrael. 
 
 34  But  the  Phari- 
 fees  faid,  He  cafteth 
 out  the  devils  through 
 the  prince  of  the  de- 
 vils. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 §  17.  j-4  And  when 
 he  was  come  into  his 
 own  countrey ,  he 
 taught  them  in  their 
 fynagogue,  infomuch 
 that  they  were  afto- 
 niflied  ,  and  faid , 
 Whence  hath  this  man 
 this  wifdom,  and  thefe 
 mighty  works  ? 
 
 jf  Is  not  this  the 
 carpenters  fbn  ?  is  not 
 his  mother  called  Ma- 
 ry? and  his  brethren, 
 James,  and  Jofes,  and 
 Simony  and  Judas? 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 AND  he  went  out 
 from  thence,  and 
 came  into  his  own 
 countrey,  and  his  di- 
 fciples  follow  him. 
 
 2  And  when  the 
 fabbath-  day  was  come, 
 he  began  to  teach  in 
 the  fynagogue :  and 
 many  hearing  him9 
 were  aftonifhed ,  fay- 
 ing ,  From  whence 
 hath  this  man  thefe 
 things?  and  what  wif- 
 dom is  this  which  is 
 given  unto  him ,  that 
 
 ?6  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  307 
 
 Matthew.      Mark.         Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 ?6  And  his  lifters,  even    fuch     mighty 
 are  they  not  all  with  works   are  wrought 
 us  ?  whence  then  hath  by  his  hands  ? 
 this    man  all    thefe       3   Is   not  this  the 
 things  ?  carpenter,  the  fon  of 
 
 S7  And  they  were  Mary,  the  brother  of 
 offended  in  him.  But  J-imes,  and  Jofes,  and 
 Jefus  faid  unto  them,  of  Juda,  and  Simon  ? 
 A  prophet  is  not  with-  and  are  not  his  fitters 
 out  honour,  lave  in  here  with  us?  And 
 his  owncountrey,and  they  were  offended  at 
 in  his  own  houfe.         him. 
 
 5*8  ^nd  he  did  not  4  But  Jefus  faid  un- 
 many  mighty  works  to  them,  A  prophet  is 
 there,  becaufe  of  their  not  without  honour, 
 uabelief.  but  in  his  own  coun- 
 
 trey,  and  among  his 
 
 own  kin,  and  in  bis 
 
 own  houfe. 
 
 f  And   he   could 
 
 there  do  no  mighty 
 
 work,  fave  that  he 
 
 laid  his  hands  upon  a 
 
 few  fide  folk ,   and 
 
 healed  them. 
 
 6   And  he  marvel- 
 led becaufe  of  their 
 
 unbelief. 
 
 Qqa  CHAP- 
 
08  The  Harmony 
 
 CHAP.    IX. 
 
 From  the  Mijjlon  of  the  twelve  Apoftles,  till  our  Saviour's 
 fourth  Taff over :  containing  about  four  months  fpacej  from 
 "December  A.  T>.  31.  till  April  A.  <D.  32. 
 
 THE  Settionsof  this  Period  are  undoubtedly  in  their  true  Order  ;  All  of 
 them  being  according  to  the  agreeing  Series  of  three  of  the  Evangelifts, 
 andfome  of  them  according  to  that  of  all  four. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX*  Chap.  VI.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  1.   55-  And  Jefus  6  — And  he  went  fTpHen  he  called  his 
 
 went  about  all  the  ci-  round  about  the  villa-    JL     twelve  difciples 
 
 ties  and  villages,teach-  ges,  teaching.                together,     and   gave 
 
 ing    in    their     fyna-  7    And   he  calleth   them  power  and  au- 
 
 gogues,  and  preach-  unto  him  the  twelve,    thority  over  all  devils, 
 
 ing  the  gofpel  of  the  and    began    to   fend    and  to  cure  difeafes. 
 
 kingdom,  and  healing  them    forth  by   two        2  And  he  fent  them 
 
 every  licknefs ,     and  and  two,   and    gave    to   preach   the  king- 
 
 every  difeafe  among  them  power  over  un-    dom  of  God ,  and  to 
 
 the  people.  clean  fpirits,                  heal  the  lick. 
 
 36  But  when  he  8  And  commanded  3  And  he  faid  un- 
 faw  the  multitudes, he  them  that  they  fhould  to  them,  Take  no- 
 was  moved  with  com-  take  nothing  for  their  thing  for  your  jour- 
 paffion  on  them,  be-  journey,  fave  a  fUff  ney,  neither  ftaves, 
 caufe  they  fainted,  and  only:  no  fcrip ,  no  nor  fcrip  ,  neither 
 were  fcattered  abroad,  bread ,  no  money  in  bread,  neither  money; 
 as    fr.eep    having  no  their  purfe :                    neither  have  two  coats 
 
 berd.  9  But  be  (hod  with  apiece. 
 
 37  Then  faith  he  fanduls  :  and  not  put  4  And  whatfoever 
 unto  his  difciples,  the  on  two  coats.  .  houfe  ye  enter  into , 
 harvefc  truly  is  plente-  1  o  And  he  faid  un-  there abide,and  thence 
 ous,  but  the  labourers  to  them.  In  what  place  d<  part. 
 
 nre  few.  fbever  ye  ence-   into  -,-    And  whofoever 
 
 38  Pray  ye  there-  an  houfe,  there  abide  "11  not  receive  you, 
 fore  the  Lord  o:  the  till  ye  depart  from  that  when  you  go  out  of 
 harvefl ,  that  he  will  place.  that  city,  fhake  off  the 
 fend  forth  labourers  11  And  whoever  very  dufl:  from  your 
 into  his  harveft.  fhall  aoi                 >u,  feet  for  a  teftimony 
 
 And 
 
 - 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  l°9 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John- 
 
 Chap.  X.  Chap.  VI.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 AND  when  he  had  nor  hear  you,  when  againft  them, 
 called  unto  him  ye  depart  thence,lhake       6  And  they  depart- 
 his   twelve  difciples ,  orfthe  duft  under  your  ed  and  went  through 
 he  gave  them  power  feet,  for  a  teftimony  the  towns,  preaching 
 agetmfl  unclean  lpirits,  again  ft  them.    Verily  thegofpel,   and  heal- 
 to  caft  them  out,  and  I  lay  unto  you,  itfhall  ing  everywhere. 
 to  heal  all  manner  of  be  more  tolerable  for 
 iicknefs,  and  all  man-  Sodom  and  Gomor- 
 ner  of  difeafe.  rha  in  the  day  of  judg- 
 z  Now  the  names  ment,  then   for  that 
 of  the  twelve  apoftles  city, 
 are   thefe  ;   The  firft,        1 2  And  they  went 
 Simon ,  who  is  called  out,  and  preached  that 
 Peter,  and  Andrew  his  men  fhould  repent, 
 brother,  James  the  fan        13    And  they  caft 
 of  Zcbedee,  and  John  out  many  devils,  and 
 his  brother,  anointed  withoyl  ma- 
 
 3  Philip,  and  Bar-  ny  that  were  lick,  and 
 tholomew ,  Thomas ,  healed  them. 
 
 and  Matthew  the  Pub- 
 lican, James  thefonoi 
 Alpheus,  and  Lebbe- 
 us,  whofe  furname 
 wasThaddeus, 
 
 4  Simon  theCana- 
 anite,  and  Judas  Ifca- 
 riot,  who  alfo  betray- 
 ed him. 
 
 5-  Thefe  twelve  Je- 
 fus  fent  forth,  and 
 commanded  them , 
 faying,  Go  not  into 
 the  way  of  the  Gen- 
 tiles, and  into  any  city 
 of  the  Samaritans  en- 
 ter ye  not. 
 
 6  But  go  rather  to 
 the  loft  fheep  of  the 
 heufe  of  Ifrael. 
 
 7  And  as  yc  go, 
 preach,  faying,  The 
 kingdom  of  heaven  is 
 at  hand. 
 
 Q.  q  3  8  Heal 
 
3io 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 8  Heal  the  Tick,  cleanfe  the  le. 
 pers,  raife  the  dead,  caft  out  devils : 
 freely  ye  have  received,  freely  give. 
 
 9  Provide  neither  gold,  nor  iil- 
 ver,  nor  brafs  in  your  purfes  j 
 
 10  Nor  fcrip  for  your  journey, 
 neither  two  coats,  neither  Ihoes, 
 nor  yet  ftaves  :  (  for  the  workman 
 is  worthy  of  his  meat. ) 
 
 1 1  And  into  whatfoever  city  or 
 town  ye  fhall  enter,  enquire  who 
 in  it  is  worthy,  and  there  abide  till 
 ye  go  thence. 
 
 i  z  And  when  ye  come  into  an 
 houfe,  falute  it. 
 
 1 3  And  if  the  hoftfe  be  worthy, 
 let  your  peace  come  upon  it  :  but 
 if  it  be  not  worthy,  let  your  peace 
 return  to  you. 
 
 14  And  whofoever  (hall  not  re- 
 ceive you ,  nor  hear  your  words  : 
 when  ye  depart  out  of  that  houfe, 
 or  city,  (hake  off  the  duft  of  your 
 feet. 
 
 if  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  It  fhall 
 be  more  tolerable  for  the  land  of 
 Sodom  and  Gomorrha ,  in  the  day 
 of  judgment,  then  for  that  city. 
 
 16  Behold  ,  I  fend  you  forth  as 
 fheep  in  the  midfl:  of  wolves  :  be 
 ye  therefore  wife  as  ferpents,  and 
 harmlefs  as  doves. 
 
 17  But  beware  of  men,  for  they 
 will  delive'r  you  up  to  the  councils, 
 and  they  will  fcourge  you  in  their 
 fynagogues. 
 
 18  And  ye  fhall  be  brought  be- 
 fore governors  and  kings  for  my 
 fake,  for  a  teftimony  againft  them 
 and  the  Gentiles. 
 
 19  But  when  they  deliver  you 
 up ,  take  no  thought  how  or  what 
 ye  fhall  fpeak,  for  it  fhall  be  given 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luki 
 
 John. 
 
 you 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  3 1  1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  x. 
 
 you  in  that  fame  hour  what  ye  fhall 
 ipeak. 
 
 20  For  it  is  not  ye  that  fpeak, 
 but  the  Spirit  of  your  Father  which 
 fpeaketh  in  you. 
 
 ii  And  the  brother  (hall  deliver 
 up  the  brother  to  death,  and  the  fa- 
 ther the  child  :  and  the  children 
 fhall  rife  up  againft  their  parents, 
 and  caufe  them  to  be  put  to  death. 
 
 22  And  ye  fhall  be  hated  of  all 
 men  for  my  names  fake :  but  he 
 that  endureth  to  the  end ,  fhall  be 
 iaved. 
 
 23  But  when  they  perfecute  you 
 in  this  city,  flee  into  another;  for 
 verily  I  fay  unto  you ,  ye  fhall  not 
 have  gone  over  the  cities  of  Ifrael 
 till  the  fbn  of  man  be  come. 
 
 24  The  difciple  is  not  above  his 
 mailer,  nor  the  fervant  above  his 
 lord. 
 
 2y  It  is  enough  for  the  difciple 
 that  he  be  as  his  mafter,  and  the 
 fervant  as  his  lord  :  if  they  have 
 called  the  mafter  of  thehoufe  Beel- 
 zebub, how  much  more  Jhall  they 
 call  them  of  his  houfhold? 
 
 26  Fear  them  not  therefore;  for 
 there  is  nothing  covered,  that  fhall 
 not  be  revealed ;  and  hid,  that  fhall 
 not  be  known. 
 
 27  What  I  tell  you  in  darknefs , 
 that  fpeak  ye  in  light:  and  what  ye 
 hear  in  the  ear,  that  preach  ye  up- 
 on the  houfe-tops. 
 
 28  And  fear  not  them  which  kill 
 the  body,  but  are  not  able  to  kill 
 the  foul:  but  rather  fear  him  which 
 is  able  to  deftroy  both  foul  and  bo- 
 dy in  hell. 
 
 29  Are  not  two  fparrows  fold 
 for  a  farthing  ?  and  one  of  them 
 
 ihall 
 
I  z 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.*  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 I  i  - 
 
 (hall  not  fall  on  the  ground  with- 
 out your  Father. 
 
 30  But  the  very  hairs  of  your 
 
 head  are  all  numbred.  N 
 
 3 1  Fear  ye  not  therefore,  ye  are 
 of  more  value  then  many  lpar- 
 rows. 
 
 31  Whofoever  therefore  fhall 
 confefs  me  before  men,  him  will  I 
 confefs  alio  before  my  Father  which 
 is  in  heaven. 
 
 33  But  whofoever  (hall  deny  me 
 before  men ,  him  will  I  alfo  deny 
 before  my  Father  which  is  in  hea- 
 ven. 
 
 34  Think  not  that  I  am  come  to 
 fend  peace  on  earth :  I  came  not  to 
 fend  peace,  but  a  fword. 
 
 3  f  For  I  am  come  to  fet  a  man 
 at  variance  againft  his  father,  and 
 the  daughter  againft  her  mother, 
 and  the  daughter  in  law  againft  her 
 mother  in  law. 
 
 36  And  a  mans  foes  Jhall  be  they 
 of  his  own  houfhold. 
 
 37  He  that  loveth  father  or  mo- 
 ther more  then  me,  is  not  worthy 
 of  me :  and  he  that  loveth  fon  or 
 daughter  more  then  me,  is  not  wor- 
 thy of  me. 
 
 38  And  he  that  taketh  not  his 
 crofs,  and  followeth  after  me,  is 
 not  worthy  of  me. 
 
 39  He  that  finciethhis  life  (hall 
 lofe  it :  and  he  that  lofeth  his  life 
 for  my  fake,  fhall  find  it. 
 
 40  He  that  receiyeth  yon ,  re- 
 eeiveth  me  :  and  he  that  receiveth 
 me,  receiveth  him  that  fent  me. 
 
 41  He  that  receiveth  a  prophet, 
 in  the  name  of  a  prophet,  fh-11  re- 
 ceive a  prophets  reward  ;  and  he 
 that  receiveth  a  righteous  man,  in 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  3 1 3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John, 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 the  name  of  a  righte- 
 ous man,  (hall receive 
 a  righteous  mans  re- 
 ward. 
 
 42  Andwhofoever 
 {hall  give  to  drink  un- 
 to one  of  thefe  little 
 ones,  a  cup  of  cold 
 water  only,  in  the 
 name  of  a  difciple, 
 Verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 he  (hall  in  no  wife 
 lofe  his  reward. 
 
 Chap.  XT. 
 
 AN  D  it  came  to 
 pafs,  whenjefus 
 had  made  an  end  of 
 of  commanding  his 
 twelve  difciples,  he 
 departed  thence  to 
 teach  and  to  preach  in 
 their  cities. 
 
 Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  VI.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  2.     AT  that  time       14  And  king  He-       7  Now  Herod  the 
 
 XjL   Herod  .  the  rod  heard  of  him,  (for  tetrarch  heard  of  all 
 
 Tetrarch  heard  of  the  his  name  was  fpread  that  was  done  by  him : 
 
 fame  of  Jefus,  abroad)    and  he  faid,  and  he  w,2s perplexed, 
 
 2   And   laid    unto  That  John- the  Baptift  becauiethatitwasfaid 
 
 his  fervants,   This  is  was   rifen   from   the  offome,  that  John  was 
 
 John  the  Baptift,   he  dead,    and   therefore  rifen  from  the  dead: 
 is  rifen  from  the  dead,  mighty     works      do       8    And   of   fome  , 
 
 and  therefore  mighty  fhew  forth  themfelves  that  Elias  had  appear- 
 
 works  do  fhew  forth  in  him.  ed:  and  of  others,that 
 
 themfelves  in  him.  \j    Others     faid,  one  of  the  old  pro- 
 
 2   For  Herod  had  That  it  is  Elias.  And  phets    was    rifen    a- 
 
 laid  hold  on  John,  and  others  faid,  That  it  is  gain, 
 bound  him,    and  put  a  prophet,  or  as  one        9  And  Herod  faid, 
 
 him  in  prifon  for  He-  of  the  prophets.  John  have  I  beheaded : 
 
 rodiasfake,  his  bro-       16   But  when  He-  but  who  is   this  of 
 
 R  r 
 
3*4 
 
 7he  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 ther  Philips  wife. 
 
 4  For  5onn  ^a'd 
 unto  him ,  It  is  not 
 lawful  for  thee  to 
 have  her. 
 
 $  And  when  he 
 would  have  put  him 
 to  death,  he  feared  the 
 multitude ,  becaufe 
 they  counted  him  as 
 a  prophet. 
 
 6  But  when  He- 
 rods  birthdiy  was 
 kept,  the  daughter  of 
 Herodias  danced  be- 
 fore them ,  and  plea- 
 fed  Herod. 
 
 7  Whereupon  he 
 promifed  with  an 
 oath,  to  give  her  what- 
 foever  fhe  would  ask. 
 
 8  And  {he,  being 
 before   inftrufted    of 
 
 Jier  mother,  (aid,  Give 
 me  here  John  Baptifts 
 head  in  a  charger. 
 
 o  And  the  king  was 
 forry:  nevenhelefs  for 
 the  oaths  fake,  and 
 them  which  fat  with 
 him  at  meit,  he  com- 
 manded it  to  be  given 
 her. 
 
 10  And'hefentand 
 beheaded  John  in  the 
 prifon. 
 
 ii  And  his  head 
 was  brought  in  a 
 charger,  and  given  to 
 the  damfel :  and  fhe 
 brought  it  to  her  mo- 
 ther. 
 
 iz   And  his  difci- 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 John. 
 
 rod  heard  thereof,  he  whom    I  hear  fuch 
 faid,  It  is  John  whom   things  ?  and  he  deii- 
 I  beheaded,   he  is  ri-  red  to  fee  him. 
 fen  from  the  dead. 
 
 17  For  Herod  him- 
 felf  had  lent  forth,  and 
 laid  hold  upon  John, 
 and  bound  him  in  pri- 
 fon for  Herodias  fake, 
 his  brother  Philips 
 wife;  for  he  had  mar- 
 ried her. 
 
 18  For  John  had 
 faid  unto  Herod,  It  is 
 not  lawful  for  thee  to 
 h-ve  thy  brothers 
 wife. 
 
 19  Therefore  He- 
 rodias had  a  quarrel 
 againfl:  him.anJ  would 
 have  killed  him,  but. 
 fhe  could  not. 
 
 20  For  Herod  fear- 
 ed John,  knowing  that 
 he  was  ajuft  m^nand 
 an  holy,  and  obferved 
 him  ,  and  when  he 
 heard  him,  lie  did  ma- 
 ny things,  and  heard 
 him  gladly. 
 
 21  And  when  a 
 convenient  day  was 
 come,  that  Herod  on 
 his  birth- day  made  a 
 ibpper  to  his  lords, 
 high  captains,  and 
 chief  citates  of  Gali- 
 lee : 
 
 22  And  when  the 
 daughter  of  the  faid 
 Herodias  cane  in,  and 
 danced,  and  plealed 
 Herod,  and  them  that 
 
 pies 
 
of  the  four  Evangeli/is.  3 1 5 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 pies  came,  and  took  Tat  with  him,  the  king 
 up  the  body,  and  bu-  &id  unto  the  damfel, 
 ried  it,  and  went  and  Ask  of  mewhatfoever 
 told  Jefus.  thou  wilt,  and  I  will 
 
 give  it  thee. 
 
 23  And  he  fware 
 unto  her,  Whatfbever 
 thou  fhalt  ask  of  me, 
 I  will  give  it  thee,  un- 
 to the  half  of  my 
 kingdom. 
 
 24  And  Che  went 
 forth,  and  {aid  unto 
 her  mother, What  {hall 
 I  ask  ?  And  flie  faid, 
 the  head  of  John  the 
 Baptift. 
 
 if  And  Ihe  came 
 in  ftraightway  with 
 hafte  unto  the  king, 
 and  asked,  faying,  I 
 will  that  thou  give 
 me  by  and  by  in  a 
 charger,  the  head  of 
 John  the  Baptift. 
 
 26  And  the  king 
 was  exceeding  for- 
 rowful,  yet  for  his 
 oaths  fake,  and  for 
 their  fakes  which  fat 
 with  him,  he  would 
 not  rejedt  her. 
 
 27  And  immedi- 
 ately the  king  fent  aa 
 executioner,  and  com- 
 manded his  head  to  be 
 brought:  and  he  went 
 and  beheaded  him  in 
 the  prifbn, 
 
 28  And  brought  his 
 head  in  a  charger, 
 and  gave  it  to  the 
 damfel:  andthedam- 
 
 Rr  x  $2,  13  When 
 
3 1 6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 fel  gave  it  to  her  mo- 
 ther. 
 
 29   And  when  his 
 
 difciples  heard  of  it, 
 
 they  came  and  took 
 
 up  his  corps,  and  laid 
 
 Chap.  XIV.         it  in  a  tomb.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 §5.  ijWhenJefus  20  And  the  apoftles  ro  Andtheapoftles 
 heard  «///,  he  dcpar-  gathered  themfelves  when  they  were  re- 
 ted  thence  by  ihip  in-  together  unto  Jefus,  turned,  told  him  all 
 to  a  defert  pace,  a-  and  told  him  all  things,  that  they  had  done. 
 part :  and  when  the  both  what  they  had  And  he  took  them, 
 people  had  heard  done,  and  what  they  and  went  afide  pri- 
 thereof,  they  followed I  had  taught.  vately   into  a   defert 
 
 him  on    toot   out  of       2l  And  he  faid  un- p]a<:e ,  belonging    to 
 the  cities.  tothem,Comeyeyour  the  city  called  Beth- 
 
 14  And  Jelus  went  felves  apart  into  a  de-  faida 
 forth,  and  law  a  great  fert  place ,   and  reft  a        , /  And  the  people 
 multitude,   and    was  while:  for  there  were  when  they  knew  it 
 moved  with  compaf-  many  coming  and  go-  followed  him  :■  arid  he 
 hon  toward  them  and  ing,  and  they  had  no  received   them,    and 
 he  healed  their  fick.      leifure  fo  much  as  to  fpake  unto  them   of 
 
 eat«  the  kingdom  of  God, 
 
 52    And  they   de-  and  healed  them  that 
 
 parted  into  a  defert  had  need  of  healing. 
 
 place  by  fhip  private- 
 ly. 
 
 2  2  And  the  people 
 
 iaw  them   departing, 
 
 and  many  knew  him, 
 
 and  ran  afoot  thither, 
 
 out  of  all  cities,  and 
 
 outwent  them,    and 
 
 came    together  unto 
 
 him. 
 
 34  Andjefus,when 
 
 he    came  out,     faw 
 
 much  people,  and  was 
 
 moved  with  compaf- 
 
 fion  toward  them,  be- 
 
 caufe  they   were   as 
 
 ftieep    not  having  a 
 
 §4»  if  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis 
 
 3i7 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 §4.  if  And  when 
 it  was  evening,  his 
 difciples  came  to  him, 
 faying ,  This  is  a  de- 
 fert  place,  and  the 
 time  is  now  pafc;  fend 
 the  multitude  away, 
 that  they  may  go  into 
 the  villages,  and  buy 
 themfelves  victuals. 
 
 16  But  Jefus  laid 
 unto  them,  They  need 
 not  depart,  give  ye 
 them  to  eat. 
 
 17  And  they  fay 
 unto  him ,  we  have 
 here  but  fiye  loaves 
 and  two  fifhes.  • 
 
 1 8  He  laid ,  Bring 
 them  hither  to  me. 
 
 19  And  he  com- 
 manded the  multitude 
 to  fit  down  on  the 
 grafs,  and  took  the 
 five  loaves,  and  the 
 two  fifhes  ,  and  look- 
 ing up  to  heaven,  he 
 blefled,  andbrake,and 
 gave  the  loaves  to  his 
 difciples,  and  the  di- 
 fciples to  the  multi- 
 tude. 
 
 20  And  they  did  all 
 cat,  and  were  rilled  : 
 and  they  took  up  of 
 the  fragments  that  re- 
 mained, twelve  baf- 
 kets  full. 
 
 a  1   And  they  that 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 fhepherd  :  and  he  be- 
 gan to  teach  them 
 many  things. 
 
 3/  And  when  the 
 day  was  now  far  fpent, 
 his  difciples  came  un- 
 to him,  and  laid,  This 
 is  a  defert  place,  and 
 now  the  time  is  far 
 patted  : 
 
 36  .Send  them  a- 
 way,  that  they  may 
 go  into  the  countrey 
 round  about,  and  in- 
 to the  villages,  and 
 buy  themfelves  bread: 
 for  they  have  nothing 
 to  eat. 
 
 37  He  anfwered 
 and  4aid  unto  them, 
 Give  ye  them  to  eat. 
 And  they"  fay  unto 
 him,  fhall  we  go  and 
 buy  two  hundred  pe- 
 ny- worth  of  bread, 
 and  gi/e  them  to  eat? 
 
 38  He  faith  unto 
 them ,  How  many 
 loaves  have  ye  ?  go 
 and  fee.  And  when 
 they  knew,  they  fay, 
 Five,  and  two  fifhes. 
 
 39  And  he  com- 
 manded them  to  make 
 all  fit  down  by  com, 
 panies  upon  the  green 
 grafs. 
 
 40  And  they  fat 
 down  in  ranks  by 
 hundreds,  and  by  fif- 
 ties. 
 
 41  And  when   he 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 12  And  when  the 
 day  began  to  wear 
 away,  then  came  the 
 twelve  and  faid  unto 
 him,  Send  the  multi- 
 tude away,  that  they 
 may  go  into  the  towns 
 and  countrey  round 
 about,  and  lodge,  and 
 get  victuals  :  tor  we 
 are  here  in  a  defert 
 place. 
 
 1 3  But  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Give  ye  them 
 to  eat.  And  they  faid, 
 We  have  no  more 
 but  five  loaves  and 
 two  fifhes  i  except  we 
 fhould  go  and  buy 
 meat  for  all  this  peo- 
 ple. 
 
 14  For  they  were 
 about  five  thoufand 
 men.  And  he  faid  to 
 his  difciples,  Make 
 them  fit  down  by  fif- 
 ties in  a  company. 
 
 if  And  they  did 
 fo,  and  made  them 
 all  fit  down. 
 
 16  Then  he  took 
 the  five  loaves  and  the 
 two  fifh  s,  and  look- 
 ing up  to  heaven,  he 
 blelledthem,and  brake, 
 and  gave  to  the  dilci- 
 plcs  to  fet  before  the 
 multitude. 
 
 17  And    they    did 
 Rr  3 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 AFter  thefe  things 
 Jefus  went  over 
 the  fea  of  Galilee, 
 which  is  the  fea  of  Ti- 
 berias. 
 
 2  And  a  great  mul- 
 titude followed  him, 
 becaufe  they  faw  his 
 miracles  which  he  did 
 on  them  that  were 
 difeafed. 
 
 3  And  Jefus  went 
 up  into  a  mountain, 
 and  there  he  fat  with 
 his  difciples. 
 
 4  And  thepattover, 
 a  fea  ft  of  the  Jews  was 
 nigh. 
 
 f  When  Jefus  then 
 lift  up  his  eyes,  and 
 faw  a  great  company 
 come  unto  him,  he 
 faith  unto  Philip, 
 Whence  fhall  we  buy 
 bread  that  thefe  may 
 eat  ? 
 
 6  (And  this  he  faid 
 to  prove  him  :  for  he 
 himfelf  knew  what 
 he  would  do. ) 
 
 7  Philip  anfwered 
 him ,  Two  hundred 
 penny-worth  of  bread 
 is  not  iufficient  for 
 them ,  that  every  one 
 of  them  may  take  a 
 little. 
 
 8  One  of  his  difci- 
 ples, Andrew,  Simon 
 
 had 
 
3i8 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 had  eaten  were  about 
 five  thoufand  men,  be- 
 fide.women  and  chil- 
 dren.    . 
 
 x 2  And  ftr-ight- 
 way  Jefus  conftrained 
 his  diiciples  to  get  in- 
 to a  {hip ,  and  to  go 
 before  him  unto  the 
 other  fide;,  while  he 
 fent  the  multitudes  a- 
 way. 
 
 2  I  And  when  he 
 had  fent  the  multi- 
 tudes away,  he  went 
 up  into  a  mountain 
 apart  to  pray  :  and 
 when  the  evening  was 
 come,  he  was  there  a- 
 ione. 
 
 M  A  K  K. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 had  t.ken  the  five 
 loaves  and  the  two 
 fifties ,  he  looked  up 
 to  heaven,  and  blefied, 
 and  brake  the  loaves, 
 and  gave  them  to  his 
 diiciples  to  fet  before 
 them  ;  and  the  two 
 fifties  divided  he  a- 
 mong  them  all. 
 
 41  And  they  did  all 
 eat,  :nd  were  filled. 
 
 45  And  they  took  ' 
 up  tweh  e  baskets  full 
 of  the  fragments,  and 
 of  the  fifhefc. 
 
 44  And  they  that 
 did  eat  of  thcToaves, 
 were  about  five  thou- 
 sand men. 
 
 4  j-  And  ftraightway 
 he  conftrained  his  di- 
 fciples  to  get  into  the 
 fhip,  and  to  go  to  the 
 other  fide  before  unto 
 Bethfaida ,  while  he 
 lent  away  the  people. 
 
 46  And  when  he 
 had  fent  them  away, 
 he  departed  into  a 
 mountain  to  pray. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 J  O  HN. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 faith 
 
 eat,  and  were  all  filled :  Peters  brother 
 
 an  J   I  h'_Tc  was  taken  unto  him  , 
 
 up  ol   fragments  that       9   There  is  a    lad 
 
 remained     to    them: 
 twelve  baskets. 
 
 here,  which  hath  five 
 barley,  loaves,  and  two 
 fmall  fifties:  but  what 
 are  they  among  fo  ma- 
 ny ? 
 
 I  o  And  Jefus  laid, 
 Make  the  men  fit 
 down.  Now  there 
 w..s  much  grafi  in  the 
 place.  So  the  men  fat 
 down,  in  number  a- 
 bout  five  thoufand. 
 
 I I  Ana  Jelus  took 
 the  loaves,  and  when 
 he  had  given  thanks, 
 he  diltributed  to  the 
 diiciples,  and  the  di- 
 fciples  to  them  that 
 
 ■•were  fet  down  ;  and 
 likewife  of  the  fifhes, 
 as  much  as  they  would. 
 
 1 2  When  they  were 
 filled,  he  faid  unto  his 
 diiciples,  Gather  up 
 the  fragments  that  re- 
 main, that  nothing  be 
 loft. 
 
 1 3  Therefore  they 
 gathered  them  toge- 
 ther, and  filled  twelve 
 baskets  with  the  frag- 
 ments of  the  five  bar- 
 ley-loaves ,  which  re- 
 mained over  and  a- 
 bovc,  unto  them  that 
 had  eaten. 
 
 14Th.cn  thofe  men, 
 when  they  had  feen 
 the  miracle  that  Jefus 
 did,  faid,  This  is  of  a 
 truth    that    prophet 
 
 §J.  24$Ut 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls, 
 
 51* 
 
 M  a  t  t  u  k  vr. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 §f.  24  But  the  fhip 
 was  now  in  the  mid  ft 
 .oftheiea,  toiled  with 
 waves  :  for  the  wind 
 was  contrary. 
 
 z?  And  in  the  fourth 
 watch  of  the  night, 
 Jefus  went  unto  them 
 walking  on  the  fea 
 
 26  And  when  the 
 difciples  faw  him 
 walking  on  the  fea, 
 they  were  troubled, 
 faying,  It  is  a  fpirit; 
 and  they  cryed  out  for 
 fear. 
 
 27  But  ftia'ghtway 
 Jefus  ip^ke  untothem, 
 faying,  Be  of  good 
 cheer ,  it  is  I,  be  not 
 afraid. 
 
 28  And  Peter  r.n- 
 fw-ivd  him  and  laid, 
 Lord,  if  it  be  thou, 
 bid  me  come  unto 
 thee  on  the  water. 
 
 29  And  he  faid, 
 Come.   And  when  Pe- 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 47  And  when  even 
 was  come,  the  fhip 
 w-s  in  the  midft  of 
 the  fea,  and  he  alone 
 on  the  land. 
 
 48  And  he  faw 
 them  toiling  in  row- 
 ing :  (for  the  wind 
 was  contrary  unto 
 them)  and  about  the 
 fourth  watch  of  the 
 night  he  cometh  unto 
 them ,  walking  upon 
 the  fea,  and  would 
 have  pafled  by  them. 
 
 49  But  when  they 
 faw  him  walking  up- 
 on the  fea,  th^y  iup- 
 poied  it  had  been  a 
 ipirit,  and  cried  out. 
 
 fo  (For  they  all  law 
 him,  and  were  tiou- 
 bled  )  And  immedi- 
 ately he  talked  with 
 them,  and  faith  unto 
 them,  Be  of  good 
 cheer,  it  is  I,  be  not 
 afraid. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 that  mould  come  in- 
 to the  world. 
 
 1  f  When  Jefus  there- 
 fore perceived  that 
 they  would  come  and 
 take  him  by  force,  to 
 make  him  a  king,  he 
 departed  again  into  a 
 mountain  himfelf  a- 
 lone. 
 
 1 5  And  when  even 
 was  now  come,  his 
 difciples  went  down 
 unto  the  fea, 
 
 17  And  entred  in- 
 to a  fhip,  and  went 
 over  the  fea  toward 
 Capernaum  :  and  it 
 was  now  dark,  and 
 Jefus  was  not  come 
 to  them. 
 
 18  An  J  the  fea  a- 
 rofe,  by  reaibn  of  a 
 great  wind  that  blew. 
 
 19  So  when  they 
 had  rowed  about  five 
 and  twenty,  or  thirty 
 furlongs,  they  fee  Je» 
 fus  walking  on  the 
 fea,  an.l  drawing  nigh 
 unto  the  fhip :  and 
 they  were  afraid. 
 
 20  Buthe  faith  un- 
 to them,  It  is  L  be  not 
 afraid. 
 
 2 1  Then  they  wil- 
 lingly received  him 
 into  the  fhip:  and  im- 
 mediately the  fhip  was 
 at  the  land  whither 
 they  went. 
 
3  2o  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  VI. 
 
 fccr  was  come  down  j-i    And  he  went 
 
 ost  of  the   Ihip  ,   he  up  unto  them  into  the 
 
 walked  on  the  water,  fhip,    and   the  wind 
 
 to  go  to  Jefus.  ccaled:  and  they  were 
 
 30  But  when  he  fore  amazed  in  them- 
 faw  the  wind  boi-  felyes  beyond  mea- 
 itrous,  he  was  afraid  :  fure,  and  wondred. 
 and  beginning  to  link,  fi  For  tiey  confi- 
 ne cryed,  faying, Lord  dered  not  the  miracle 
 fave  me.  of  the  loaves,  for  their 
 
 31  And  immediate-  heart  was  hardened, 
 ly  Jefus  lbretc hed  forth  5-  3  And  when  they 
 his  hand ,  and  caught  had  paffeu  over,  they 
 hirrt ,  and  faid  unto  came  into  the  land  of 
 him,  O  thou  of  little  Gennelaret,  and  drew 
 faith,  wherefore  didlt  to  the  fhore. 
 
 thou  doubt?  5"4  And  when  they 
 
 32  And  when  they  were  come  out  of  the 
 were  come  into  the  fhip,  ftraightway  they 
 Ihip,  the  wind  ceafed.     knew  him, 
 
 33  Then  they  that  j-^- Arid  ran  through 
 were  in  the  {hip,  came  that  whole  region 
 and  worfhipped  him ,  round  about,  and  be- 
 faying,Ofatruththou  gan  to  carry  about  in 
 art  the  Son  of  God.      beds  thole  that  were 
 
 34  And  when  they  lick,  where  they  heard 
 were  gone  over,  they  he  was. 
 
 came  into  the  land  of       $6  Andwhitherfb- 
 Gennefaret.  ever  he  entred,  into 
 
 35-  And  when  the  villages,  or  cities,  or 
 men  of  that  place  had  countrey,  they  laid 
 knowledge  of  him  ,  the  lick  in  the  ifreets, 
 they  fent  out  into  all  andbefought  him  that 
 that  country  round  a-  they  might  touch,  if 
 bout,  and  brought  un-  it  were  but  the  border 
 to  him  all  that  were  of  his  garment:  and 
 difeaied,  as  many  as  touched 
 
 36   And    hefought  him  ,     were     made 
 him,  that  they  might  whole, 
 only  touch  the  hem  of 
 his  garment :   and  -j.s 
 many  as  touched  were 
 made  perfectly  whole. 
 
 §6.  zzThe 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  321 
 
 Matthevt.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 %  6.  1 1  The  day  following,  when 
 the  ^people  which  ftood  on  the 
 other  fide  of  the  fea,  faw  that  there 
 was  none  other  boat  there,  fave 
 that  one  whereinto  his  difciples 
 were  entred ,  and  that  Jefus  went 
 not  with  his  difciples  into  the  boat, 
 but  that  his  difciples  were  gone  a- 
 way  alone  ■ 
 
 23  (Howbeit  there  came  other 
 boats  from  Tiberias,  nigh  unto  the 
 place  where  they  did  eat  bread,  af> 
 that  the  Lord  had  given  thanks.) 
 
 14  When  the  people  therefore 
 faw  that  Jefus  was  not  there,  nei- 
 ther his  difciples,  they  alfo  took 
 fhipping,  and  came  to  Capernaum, 
 feeking  for  Jefus. 
 
 if  And  when  they  had  found 
 him  on  the  other  fide  of  the  fea, 
 they  laid  unto  him ,  Rabbi ,  when 
 cameft  thou  hither? 
 
 26  Jefus  anfwered  them  and  faid, 
 Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you,  Ye 
 feek  me,  not  becaufe  ye  faw  the 
 miracles ,  but  becaufe  ye  did  eat  of 
 the  loaves,  and  were  filled. 
 
 27  Labour  not  for  the  meat 
 which  perifheth,  but  for  that  meat 
 which  endureth  unto  everlafting 
 life,  which  the  Son  of  man  fhall 
 give  unto  you  :  for  him  hath  God 
 the  Father  fealed. 
 
 28  Then  faid  they  unto  him, 
 What  fhall  we  do ,  that  we  might 
 work  the  works  of  God  ? 
 
 29  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to them,  This  is  the  work  of  God, 
 that  ye  believe  on  him  whom  he 
 hath  fent. 
 
 30  They  faid  therefore  unto 
 him,  What  fign  fheweft  thou  then, 
 that  we  may  fee,  and  believe  thee? 
 
 S  f  what 
 
3zz  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew*  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 what  doft  thou  work  ? 
 •  31   Our  fathers  did  eat  manna 
 
 in  the  defert;  as  it  is  written,  He 
 gave  them  bread  from  heaven  to 
 eat. 
 
 3  2  Then  Jefus  faid  unto  them, 
 Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you,  Mofes 
 gave  you  not  that  bread  from  hea- 
 ven j  but  my  Father  giveth  you  the 
 true  bread  from  heaven. 
 
 3  3  For  the  bread  of  God  is  he 
 which  cometh  down  from  heaven, 
 and  giveth  life  unto  the  world. 
 
 34  Then  faid  they  unto  him , 
 Lord,  evermore  give  us  this  bread. 
 
 3f  And  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  I 
 am  the  bread  of  life :  he  that  co- 
 meth to  me,  (hall  never  hunger  5 
 and  he  that  believeth  on  me ,  lhall 
 never  thirft. 
 
 36  But  I  faid  unto  you,  that  ye 
 alfo  have  feen  me,  and  believe  cot. 
 
 37  All  rhat  the  Father  giveth 
 me ,  lhall  come  to  me ;  and  him 
 that  cometh  to  me ,  I  will  in  no 
 wife  caft  out. 
 
 38  For  I  came  down  from  hea- 
 ven, not  to  do  mine  own  will, 
 but  the  will  of  him  that  fcnt  me. 
 
 39  And  this  is  the  Fathers  will 
 which  hath  fcnt  me ,  that  of  all 
 which  he  hath  given  me,  I  fhould 
 lofe  nothing,  but  {hould  rciie  it  up 
 again  at  the  laft  day. 
 
 40  And  this  is  the  will  of  him 
 that  fent  me,  that  everyone  which 
 fecth  the  Son,  and  believeth  on 
 him,  may  have  cverlafting  life:  and 
 I  will  raife  him  up  at  the  laft  day. 
 
 41  The  Jews  then  murmured  at 
 .  him,   becaufe  he  faid,   I  am  the 
 
 bread  which  came  down  from  hea- 
 ven. 
 
 42  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  3 1 5 
 
 Matthew..  Mark.  Luke.  Jo  hi;. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 41  And  they  faid,  Is  not  thisjc- 
 fus  the  ion  of  Jofeph,  whole  father 
 and  mother  we  know  ?  how  is  it 
 then  that  he  faith ,  I  came  down 
 from  heaven  ? 
 
 4}  Jefus  therefore  anfwered  3nd 
 faid  unto  them ,  Murmure  not  a- 
 mong  your  felves. 
 
 44  No  man  can  come  to  me, 
 except  the  Father  which  hath  fent 
 me ,  draw  him  :  and  I  will  raiie 
 him  up  at  the  laft  day. 
 
 4  j-  It  is  written  in  the  prophets, 
 And  they  fhall  be  all  taught  of  God. 
 Every  man  therefore  that  hath 
 heard,  and  hath  learned  of  the  Fa- 
 ther, cometh  unto  me. 
 >  46  Not  that  any  man  hath  feen. 
 
 the  Father,  fave    he  which  is  of 
 God,  he  hath  feen  the  Father. 
 
 47  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 He  that  believeth  on  me  hath  ever- 
 lafting  life. 
 
 48  I  am  that  bread  of  life. 
 
 /  49   Your  fathers  did  eat  manna . 
 
 in  the  wildernefs,  and  are  dead. 
 
 5-0  This  is  the  bread  which  co- 
 meth down  from  heaven,  that  a 
 man  may  eat  thereof  and  not  die. 
 
 f  1  I  am  the  living  bread,  which 
 came  down  from  heaven  :  if  any 
 man  eat  of  this  bread,  he  fhall  live 
 for  ever :  and  the  bread  that  I  will 
 give,  is  my  ftefh,  which  I  will  give 
 for  the  life  of  the  world. 
 
 fi  The  Jews  therefore  ftrove  a- 
 mongft  themfelves,  faying,  How 
 can  this  man  give  us  his  flemto  eat? 
 
 5-3  Then  Jefus  faid  uoto  them, 
 Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you,  Except 
 ye  eat  the  fleih  of  the  Son  of  man, 
 and  drink  his  blood,  ye' have  no 
 life  in  you, 
 S  f  i  f4  Whofo 
 
3*4 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  [John. 
 
 Chap.  VH 
 
 54,  Whofo  eateth  my  flefh,  and 
 drinketh  my  blood,  hath  eternal 
 life,  and  I  will  raife  him  up  at  the 
 laft  day. 
 
 jy  For  my  flefh  is  meat  indeed, 
 and  my  blood  is  drink  indeed. 
 
 y6  He  that  eateth  my  flefh,  and 
 drinketh  my  blood,  dwelleth  in 
 me,  and  I  in  him. 
 
 j7  As  the  living  Father  hath 
 fent  me,  and  I  live  by  the  Father: 
 fo,  he  that  eateth  me,  even  he  fhall 
 live  by  me. 
 
 5-8  This  is  that  bread  which 
 came  down  from  heaven :  not  as 
 your  fathers  did  eat  manna,  and 
 are  dead :  he  that  eateth  of  this 
 bread,  fhall  live  for  ever. 
 
 yo  Thefe  things  faid  he  in  the 
 fynagogue,  as  he  taught  in  Caper- 
 naum. 
 
 60  Many  therefore  of  his  difci- 
 ples,  when  they  had  heard  this,  faid, 
 This  is  an  hard  faying1,  who  can 
 hear  it  ? 
 
 6 1  When  Jefus  knew  in  himfelf, 
 that  his  difciples  murmured  at  it, 
 he  faid  unto  them,  Doth  this  offend 
 you  ? 
 
 6x  What  and  if  ye  fhall  fee  the 
 fon  of  man  afcend  up  where  he 
 was  before  ? 
 
 63  It  is  the  fpirit  that  quicknefh, 
 the  flefh  profiteth  nothing  :  the 
 words  that  I  fpeak  unto  you,  they 
 are  fpirit,  and  they  are  life. 
 
 64  But  there  are  fome  of  you 
 that  believe  not.  For  Jefus  knew 
 from  the  beginning,  who  they  were 
 that  believed  not,  and  who  fhould 
 betray  him. 
 
 6f  And  he  faid ,  Therefore  faid 
 
 I  unto  you,  that  no  man  can  come 
 
 unto 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  3  z$ 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VI. 
 
 unto  me,  except  it  were  given  un- 
 to him  of  my  Father. 
 
 66  From  that  time  many  of  his 
 difciples  went  back,  and  walked 
 no  more  with  him. 
 
 6y  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  the 
 twelve,  Will  ye  alio  go  away? 
 
 68  Then  Simon  Peter  anfwercd 
 him,  Lord,  to  whom  fhall  we  go  ? 
 thou  haft  the  words  of  eternal 
 life. 
 
 ©9  And  we  believe,  andarefure 
 that  thou  art  that  Chrift  the  Son  of 
 the  living  God. 
 
 70  Jefus  anfwered  them  ,  Have 
 not  I  chofen  you  twelve,  and  one 
 of  you  is  a  devil  ? 
 
 71  He  fpake  of  Judas  Ifcariot 
 thefon  of  Simon :  for  he  it  was  that 
 fhould  betray  him,  being  one  of 
 the  twelve. 
 
 sfi  ;har 
 
3 1£  The  Harmony 
 
 CHAP.    X. 
 
 From  out*  Saviour's  fourth  Tajfover  till  his  Transfiguration  : 
 containing  about  five  months  lpacc,  from  April  A.  CD.  32. 
 till  September  the  fame  year. 
 
 THis  Period,  and  all  its  Sections,  Jmceeding  diretlly  according  to  the  Or- 
 der of  thofe  Evangelifis  -which  are  here  concern 'd,  is  certainly  in  the  true 
 Order  of  Time. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VII. 
 
 §  i.*Tp Hen  came   to  >npHen   came   toge- 
 
 X    Jefus  fcribes  X     ther   unto    him 
 
 and  pharifees,  which  the  pharifees,  and  ccr- 
 
 were   of   Jerufalem,  tain    of  the   fcribes, 
 
 faying,  which  came  from  Je- 
 
 2  Why  do  thy  dU  rufalem. 
 
 fciples  tranfgrefs  the        2  And  when  they 
 
 tradition   of  the    el-  faw  lbme  of  his  di- 
 
 ders  ?    for  they  wafh  fciples  eat  bread  with 
 
 not  their  hands  when  defiled  (that  is  to  fay, 
 
 they  eat  bread.  withunwafnen)hands, 
 
 3  But  he  anfwercd  they  found  fault, 
 and  laid  unto  them ,  3  For  the  Pharifees, 
 Why  do  you  alfotranf-  and  all  the  Jews ,  ex- 
 grefs  the  command-  cept  they  warn  their 
 ment  of  God  by  your  hands  oft ,  eat  not , 
 tradition  ?  holding  the  tradition 
 
 4  For  God  com-  of  the  ciders. 
 ■manded,  faying,  Ho-  4  And  when  thy 
 nour  thy  father  and  come  from  the  mar- 
 mother:  and,  He  that  ket,  except  they  waft), 
 curfeth  father  or  mo-  they  eat  no^.  Andma- 
 ther,  let  him  die  the  ny  other  things  there 
 death.  be,   which  they  have 
 
 f  Butyefay,  Who-  received  to  hold,  as 
 foever  ftull  fay  to  his  the  waihing  of  cups 
 father  or  his  mother,  and  pots,  bralen  v  ti- 
 lt is  a  gift  by  what-  fels,  and  of  tables. 
 
 foefrr 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  3  2.7 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VII. 
 
 foever  thou  might'eft       f  Then  the  Phari- 
 be  profited  by  me,        rifees  and  fcribes  ask- 
 
 6  And  honour  not  ed  him ,  Why  walk 
 his  father  or  his  mo-  not  thy  difciples  ae- 
 ther ,  he  /hall  be  free,  cording  to  the  tradi- 
 Thus  have  ye  made  tion  of  the  elders,  but 
 the  commandment  of  eat  bread  with  unwa- 
 God   of  none  effed  fhen  hands  ? 
 
 by  your  tradition.  6  Heanfweredand 
 
 7  Ye  hypocrites,  faid  unto  them ,  Well 
 well  did  Eiaias  pro-  hathEfaiasprophefied 
 phefie  of  you,  faying,  of  you  hypocrites,  as 
 
 8  This  people  draw-  it  is  written,  This  peo- 
 eth  nigh  unto  me  with  pie  honoureth  me 
 their  mouth ,  and  ho-  with  their  lips ,  but 
 noureth  me  with  their  their  heart  is  tar  from 
 lips :   but  their  heart   me. 
 
 is  far  from  me.  7  Howbeit,  in  vain 
 
 9  But  in  vain  they  do  they  worihip  me, 
 do  worihip  me,  teach-  teaching  for  doctrines 
 ing  for  doEhines  the  the  commandments  of 
 commandments       of  men. 
 
 men.  8  For  laying  afide 
 
 io  And  he  called  the  commandment  of 
 the  multitude,  and  God,  ye  hold  the  tra- 
 faid  unto  them,  Hear  dition  of  men,  as  the 
 and  underftand.  walking  of  pots  and 
 
 ii  Not  that  which  cups:  and  many  other 
 goeth  into  the  mouth  fuchlike  things  ye  do. 
 defileth  a  man  :  but  9  And  he  laid  unto 
 that  which  cometh  them,  Full  well  ye 
 out  of  the  mouth,  this  rejeel:  the  command- 
 defileth  a  man.  ment  of  God,  that  ye 
 
 12  Then  came  his  may  keep  your  own 
 difciples,  and  faid  un-   tradition. 
 
 to  him,  Knoweftthou  10  For  Mofes  faid, 
 
 that  the  Pharifees  were  Honour  thy  father  and 
 
 offended    after    they  thy    mother :     and , 
 
 heard  this  faying?  Whofb  curfeth  father 
 
 13  Butheanfwer-  or  mother,  let  him 
 ed    and  faid ,   Every  die  the  death. 
 
 plant  which  my  hea-        11  But  ye  fay,  If  a 
 venly  father  hath  not  man  fhall  fay  to  his 
 
 planted  3 
 
3 1 8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.         '  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV;  Chap.  VII. 
 
 planted,  {hall  be  root-  father  or  mother,  It  is 
 ed  up.  Corban,  that  is  to  fay, 
 
 14  Let  them  alone:  a  gift,  by  whatfoever 
 they  be  blind  leaders  thou  mighteft  be  pro- 
 of the  blind.  And  if  fited  by  me  :  he  Jhall 
 the  blind  lead  the  be  free. 
 blind,  both  (hall  fall  12  And  ye  fuffer 
 into  the  ditch.  him  no  more  to  do 
 
 15-  Thenanfwered  ought  for  his   father 
 Peter,  and  faid  unto  or  his  mother: 
 him,  Declare  unto  us      13  Making  the  word 
 this  parable.  of  God  of  none  ef- 
 
 16  And  Jefus  faid,  feci  through  your  tra- 
 Are  ye  alfo  yet  with-  dition,  which  ye  have 
 out  underftanding?        delivered:   and  many 
 
 17  Do  not  ye  yet  fuch  like  things  do  ye. 
 tmderftand,  that  what-  14  And  when  he 
 foever  entreth  in  at  had  called  all  the  peo- 
 the  mouth ,  goeth  in-  pie  unto  him,  he  faid 
 to  the  belly ,  and  is  unto  them  ,  Hearken 
 caft  out  into  the  unto  me  every  one  of 
 draught  ?  you,  and  underftand. 
 
 18  But  thofe  things  iy  There  is  no- 
 which  proceed  out  of  thing  from  without  a 
 the  mouth,  come  forth  man  that  entring  into 
 from  the  heart ,  and  him  can  defile  him  : 
 they  defile  the  man.      but  the  things  which 
 
 19  For  out  of  the  come  out  of  him,  thofe 
 heart  proceed  evil  are  they  that  defile  the 
 thoughts,  murders,  a-  man. 
 
 dulteries,  fornications,  16  If  any  man  have 
 thefts,  falfe  witnefs ,  ears  to  hear,  let  him 
 blafphemies.  hear. 
 
 20  Thefe  are  the  17  And  when  he 
 things  which  defile  a  was  entred  into  the 
 man :  but  to  eat  with  houfe  from  the  peo- 
 unwafhen  hands  defi-  pie,  his  difciples  ask- 
 leth  not  a  man.  ed  him  concerning  the 
 
 parable. 
 
 !  8  And  he  faith  un- 
 to them  ,  Are  ye  fo 
 without  underftand- 
 ing alfo  ?  Do  ye  not 
 
 perceive, 
 
of  the  four  Ewangelifis.  3  29 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 perceive,  that  whatfb- 
 ever  thing  from  with- 
 out entreth  into  the 
 man,  it  cannot  defile 
 him, 
 
 19  Becaufe  it  en- 
 treth not  into  his  heart, 
 but  into  the  belly,  and 
 goeth  out  into  the 
 draught,  purging  all 
 meats? 
 
 20  And  he  faid, 
 That  which  cometh 
 out  of  the  man,  that 
 defileth  the  man. 
 
 1 1  For  from  with- 
 in ,  out  of  the  heart 
 of  men,  proceed  evil 
 thoughts,  adulteries, 
 fornications,  murders, 
 
 22  Thefts,  cove- 
 toufnefs,  wickednels, 
 deceit,  lafcivioulhefs, 
 an  evil  eye ,  blaiphe- 
 my,  pride,  foolifh- 
 nefs  . 
 
 23  All  thefe  evil 
 things  come  from 
 within,  and  defile  the 
 
 Chap.  XV.  man. 
 
 §2.  21  Then  Jefus  24  And  from  thence 
 went  thence,  and  de-  he  arofe,  and  went 
 parted  into  the  coafts  into  the  borders  of 
 of  Tyre  and  Sidon.       Tyre  and  Sidon  ,  and 
 
 22  And  behold,  a  entered  into  an  houfe, 
 woman  of  Canaan  and  would  have  no 
 came  out  of  the  fame  man  know  it;  but  he 
 coafts,  and  cryed  un-  could  not  be  hid. 
 to  him,  faying,  Have  25*  For  a  certain 
 mercyonme,OLord,  woman  whofe  young  „ 
 thou  ion  of  David  ;  daughter  had  an  un- 
 my  daughter  is  grie-  clean  fpirit,  heard  of 
 
 T  t  vouiUr 
 
3  3  o  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VII. 
 
 voufly  vexed  with  a  him,  and  came  and 
 devil.  fell  at  his  feet : 
 
 23  Butheanfwer-  26  (The  woman 
 ed  her  not  a  word,  was  a  Greek,  a  Syro- 
 And  his  difciples  came  phenician  by  nation) 
 andbefoughthim,fay-  and  fhe  befought  him 
 ing ,  Send  her  away,  that  he  would  caft 
 for  fhe  cryeth  after  us.    forth  the  devil  out  of 
 
 24  But  he  anfwer-  her  daughter. 
 
 ed  and  faid,  I  am  not  27  But  Jefus  faid 
 ient,  but  unto  the  loft  unto  her,  Let  the  chil- 
 flieep  of  the  houfe  of  drenfirft  be  filled:  for 
 Ifrael.  it  is  not  meet  to  take 
 
 2y  Then  came  (he  the  childrens  bread , 
 and  worshipped  him,  and  to  caft  it  unto  the 
 faying,  Lord,  help  me.  dogs. 
 
 '26  But  he  anfwer-  28  And  fheanfwer- 
 ed  and  faid ,  It  is  not  ed  and  laid  unto  him, 
 meet  to  take  the  chil-  Yes  Lord  :  yet  the 
 drens  bread,  and  to  dogs  under  the  table 
 caft  it  to  dogs.  eat  of   the  childrens 
 
 27  And  flie  faid,  crumbs. 
 
 Truth  Lord:  yet  the  29  /-nd  hefaidun- 
 dogs  cat  of  the  crumbs  to  her ,  For  this  fay- 
 which  fall  from  their  ing,  go  thy  way,  the 
 mafters  table.  devil  is  gone  out  of 
 
 28  Then  Jefus  an-  thy  daughter. 
 fwered  and  laid  unto  20  And  when  fhe 
 her,  O  woman,  great  was  come  to  her 
 it  thy  faith :  be  it  un-  houfe,  fhe  found  the 
 to  thee  even  as  thou  devil  gone  out,  and 
 wilt.  And  her  daugh-  her  daughter  laid  up- 
 ter  was  made  whole  on  the  bed. 
 
 from  that  very  hour. 
 
 §  5.  29  And  Jefus  31  And  again,  de- 
 departed  from  thence,  parting  from  thecoafts 
 and  came  nigh  unto  of  Tyre  and  Sidon,  he 
 the  fea  of  Galilee,  and  c  me  unto  the  fea  of 
 went  up  into  a  moun-  Galilee ,  through  the 
 tain ,  aud  fat  down  midft  of  the  coafts  of  ■ 
 there.  Decapolis. 
 
 2  c  And  great  mul-       32  And  they  bring 
 
of  the  four  Ewngelijts.  3  3 1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VII. 
 
 titudes  came  unto  unto  him  one  that  was 
 him  ,  having  with  deaf,  and  had  an  im- 
 them  thofe  that  were  pediment  in  his  fpeech: 
 lame,  blind,  dumb,  and  they  befecth  him 
 maimed ,  and  many  to  put  his  hand  upon 
 others,  and  cad  them  him. 
 down  at  Jefus  feet,and  33  And  he  took 
 he  healed  them .:  him  afide   from  the 
 
 31  Infomuch  that  multitude,  and  put  his 
 the  multitude  won-  fingers  into  his  ears, 
 dred  when  they  faw  and  he  fpit,  and  touch- 
 thedumb  tofpeak,the  ed  his  tongue, 
 maimed  to  be  whole,  34  Andlookingup 
 the  lame  to  walk,  and  to  heaven,  he  fighed, 
 the  blind  to  fee:  and  and  faith  unto  him, 
 they  glorified  the  God  Ephphatha,  that  is,  Be 
 of  Ifrael.  opened. 
 
 3  j-  And  ftraight  way 
 
 his  ears  were  opened, 
 
 and  the  firing  of  his 
 
 tongue  was    loofed, 
 
 and  he  fpake  plain. 
 
 36  And  he  charged 
 them  that  they  fhould 
 tell  no  man  :  but  the 
 more  he  charged 
 them,  £0  much  the 
 more  a  great  deal  they 
 publifhed  it, 
 
 37  And  were  be- 
 yond meafure  afto- 
 nifhed,  faying,  He  hath 
 done  all  things  well : 
 he  maketh  both  the 
 deaf  to  hear,  and  the 
 dumb  to  fpeak. 
 
 T  t   2  $4;  3iTh« 
 
332-  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §4.   31  Then  Jefus  TN  thofe  days  the 
 
 called  hisdifciplesun-  J.     multitude    being 
 
 to  him ,    and  faid ,   I  very  great,  and  having 
 
 have   companion   on  nothing  to  eat,   Jefus 
 
 the  multitude,  becaufe  called  his  difciples  un- 
 
 they    continue    with  to  him ,  and  faith  un- 
 
 me  now  three  days ,  to  them , 
 and  have  nothing  to        2  I  have  compafli- 
 
 eat :   and  I  will   not  on  on  the  multitude, 
 
 fend  them  away  faft-  becaufe  they  have  now 
 
 ing,  left  they  faint  in  been  with  me  three 
 
 the  way.  days ,   and   have  no- 
 
 3  3    And  his  difci-  thing  to  eat : 
 pies    fay   unto   him,        2    And    if  I  fend 
 
 Whence    fhould    we  them  away  fafting  to 
 
 have  fo  much  bread  their  own  houfes,  they 
 
 in  the  wildernefs,  as  will  faint  by  the  way: 
 
 to  fill  fo  great  a  mul-  for  divers    of   them 
 
 titude?  came  from  far. 
 
 34  And  Jefus  faith       4  And  his  difciples 
 
 unto  them,  How  ma-  anfweredhim,  From 
 
 ny  loaves   have   ye  ?  whence  can  a  man  fa- 
 
 and  they  faid,  Seven,  tisfie  thefe  men  with 
 
 and  a  few  little  fifties,  bread  here  in  the  wil- 
 
 3J*  And   he   com-  dernefs? 
 manded    the     multi-       $   And    he    asked 
 
 rude  to  fit  down  on  them,     how     many 
 
 the  ground.  loaves  have  ye  ?   And 
 
 36  And  he  took  the  they  faid,  fey  en. 
 feven  loaves,  and  the  6  And  he  com- 
 fifhesjand  gave  thanks,  manded  the  people  to 
 and  brake  them ,  and  fit  down  .  on  the 
 gave  to  his  difciples ,  ground  :  and  he  took 
 and  the  difciples  to  the  feven  loaves,  and 
 the  multitude.  gave  thanks,and  brake, 
 
 37  And  they  did  and  gave  to  his  difci- 
 all  eat,  and  were  filled :  pies  to  fet  before  them : 
 and  they  took  up  of  and  they  did  fet  them 
 the  broken  meat  that  before  the  people, 
 was  left ,  feven  b:.f-  7  And  they  had  a 
 kets  full.  few  fmall  fifties:  and 
 
 33   And  they  that  he  blciled,   and  corn- 
 did  cat,    were  four  manded  to  fet   them 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  3  3  3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 thoufand  men,  befide  alfo  before  them. 
 women  and  children.        8   So  they  did  eat, 
 
 39   And  he  lent  a-  and  were  filled  :  and  . 
 way    the   multitude,  they  took  up  of  the 
 and   took  fhip,  and  broken  meat  that  was 
 came  into  the  coafts  left-  feven  baskets. 
 of  Magdala.  9  And  they  that  had 
 
 eaten  were  about  four 
 
 thousand;  aadhefent 
 
 them  away. 
 
 1  o  And  itraightway 
 
 he  entred  into  a  fhip 
 
 with  his  difciples,  and 
 
 came  into  the  parts  of 
 Chap.  XVI.  Dalmanutha. 
 
 §5-.^T<HE  Pharifees  n  And  the  Phari- 
 _L  alfo  with  the  fees  came  forth,  and 
 Sadducees,  came,  and  began  to  queftion  with 
 tempting,  defired  him  him ,  feekirg  of  him 
 that  he  would  (hew  a  fign  from  heaven, 
 them  a  fign  from  hea-  tempting  him. 
 ven.  1 2,   And  he  fighed 
 
 2  Heanfweredand  deeply  in  his  fpirit, 
 faid  unto  them,  When  and  faith ,  Why  doth 
 it  is  evening,  ye  lay,  this  generation  feek 
 it  will  be  fair  weather,  after  a  fign  ?  verily  I 
 for  the  sky  is  red.         fay  unto  you,   There 
 
 2  And  in  the  morn-  fhall  no  fign  be  given 
 ing,  *>w/7/&?foulwea-  to  this  generation, 
 ther  to  day :  for  the  t  2  And  he  left 
 sky  is  red  and  low-  them,  and  entring  hi- 
 ring. Oyehypocrites,  to  the  fhip  again,  de- 
 yecan  difcern  vheface  parted  to  the  other 
 of  the  sky,  but  can  ye  fide. 
 not  difcern  the  figns  14  Now  the  di/ci- 
 of  the  times?  pies  had  forgotten  to 
 
 4  A  wicked  and  take  bread,neither had 
 adulterous  generation  they  in  the  fhip  with 
 feeketh  after  a  fign,  them  more  then  one. 
 and  there  fhall  no  (ign  loaf, 
 be  given  unto  it,  but  ij  And  he  charged 
 the  fign  of  the  pro-  them,  faying,  Take 
 
 Tt  3  -    ;  phct 
 
2  2  4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew..  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI.  Chap.  VIII. 
 
 phct  Jonas.  And  he  heed',  beware  of  the 
 left  them,  and  depart-  leaven  of  the  Phari- 
 e(j#  fees,  and  of  the  leaven 
 
 5-  And  when  his  di-   of  Herod. 
 fciples  were  come  to        16  And   they  rea- 
 the   other  fide,  they   foned   among   them- 
 had  forgotten  to  take  felves ,    faying ,  It  is 
 kreac),  becaufe  we   have  no 
 
 6   Then  Jefus  faid   bread, 
 unto  them,  Take  heed,        17  AndwhenJefus 
 and  beware  of  the  lea-  knew  it,  he  faith  un- 
 ven  of  the  Pharifees,   to  them,  Why  reafon 
 and  of  the  Sadducees.  ye,  becaufe  ye  have  no 
 
 7  And  they  reafon-  bread?  perceive  ye  not 
 ed  among themfelves,  yet,    neither    under- 
 faying  ,  It  is  becaufe    ftand  ?   have  ye  your 
 we    have    taken    no   heart  yet  hardened  ? 
 bread.  18  Having  eyes,  fee 
 
 8  Which  when  Je-  ye  not  ?  and  having 
 fus  perceived,  he  laid  ears,  heir  ye  not?  and 
 unto  them,  O  ye  of  do  ye  not  remember? 
 little  faith,  why  rea-  19  When  I  brake 
 ion  ye  among  your  the  five  loaves  among 
 felves,  becaufe  ye  have  five  thoufand,  how 
 brought  no  bread  ?        many  baskets  full  of 
 
 9  Do  ye  not  yet  fragments  took  ye  up? 
 underftand  ,  neither  They  fay  unto  him , 
 remember  the  five  Twelve. 
 loaves  of  the  five  io  And  when  the 
 thoufand ,  and  how  feven  among  four 
 many  baskets  ye  took  thoufand,  how  many 
 .up  ?  baskets  full  of  frag- 
 
 10  Neither  the  fe-  ments  took  ye  up? 
 ven  loaves  of  the  four  And  they  faid,  Seven, 
 thoufand,  and  how  21  And  he  faid un- 
 many  baskets  ye  took  to  them ,  How  is  it 
 Up  ?  that  ye  do  not  under- 
 
 1 1  How  is  it  that  ftand  ? 
 ye  do  not  underftand, 
 
 that  I  fpake  it  not  to 
 you  concerning  bread, 
 that  ye  fhould  beware 
 of  the  leaven  of  the 
 
of  the  four  Eqjangelifts 
 
 335 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 Pharifees,  and  of  the 
 Sadducees  ? 
 
 1 2  Then  under- 
 stood they  how  that 
 he  bad  them  not  be- 
 ware of  the  leaven  of 
 bread,  but  of  the  do- 
 ctrine of  the  Phari- 
 fees, and  of  the  Sad- 
 ducees. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §6.  22  And  he  co- 
 meth  to  Bethfaida,  and 
 they  bring  a  blind 
 man  unto  him,  and 
 befought  him  to  touch 
 him. 
 
 2  s  And  he  took  the 
 blind  man  by  the  hand, 
 and  led  him  out  of  the 
 town  ;  and  when  he 
 had  fpit  on  his  eyes , 
 and  put  his  hands  up- 
 on him,  he  asked  him 
 if  he  faw  ought. 
 
 24  And  he  looked 
 up,  andfaid,  I  fee  men 
 as  trees,  walking. 
 
 2_f  After  that,  he 
 put  bis  hands  again 
 upon  his  eyes,  and 
 made  him  look  up: 
 and  he  was*  reftored, 
 and  faw  every  man 
 clearly. 
 
 26  Andhefenthim 
 away  to  his  houfe,  fay- 
 ing, Neither  go  into 
 the  town,  nor  tell  it 
 to  any  in  the  town, 
 
 Luke, 
 
 J  OHN. 
 
 7.  13  When 
 
3  3  6  '  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John* 
 
 Chap.  XVI.  Chap.  VIII.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 §7.  ^Whenjefus  27  And  Jefus  went  18  And  it  came  to 
 came  into  the  Coafts  out,  and  his  Ufciples,  pafs  as  he  was  alone 
 o!  Cefarea  Philippine  into  the  towns  of  Ce-  praying,  his  difciples 
 asked  his  difciples,  farea  Philippi:  and  by  were  with  him:  and 
 laying,  Whom  do  men  the  way  he  asked  his  he  asked  them,  fay-, 
 fay,  that  I,  the  fon  of  diiciples,  faving  unto  ing,  Whom  fay  the 
 man>  am  ?  them,  Whom  do  men  people  that  I  am  ? 
 
 14   And  they  faid,  fay  that  I  am?  19   They   anfwer- 
 
 Some  fay  that  thou  28  And  they  an.  ing,faid, John  the  Bap- 
 art  John  the  Baptift,  fwered,  John  the  Bap-  tift:  butfomey^y,Eli- 
 fome  Elias,  and  others  tift:  but  fome  fay,  as;  and  others/ay,  that 
 Teremias ,  or  one  of  Elias  5  and  others,  One  one  of  the  old  pro- 
 the  prophets.  of  the  prophets.  phets  is  rifen  again. 
 
 ij-  He  faith  unto  29  And  he  faith  un-  20  He  faid  unto 
 them,  But  whom  lay  to  them ,  But  whom  them,  But  whom  fay 
 ye  that  I  am?  fay  ye  that  I  am  ?  And   yeth.t  I  am?    Peter 
 
 1 6  And  Simon  Pe-   Peter    anfwered    and   anfwering,  faid,  The 
 ter  anfwered  and  faid,  faith  unto  him,  Thou   Chrift  of  God. 
 Thou  art  Chrift  the  art  the  Chrift.  2 1    And  he  ftraitly 
 Son  of  the  living  God.       30  And  he  charged  charged     them     and 
 
 1 7  And  Jelus  an-  them  that  they  fhould  commanded  them  to 
 fwered  and  laid  unto  tell  no  man  of  him.  tell  no  man  that  thing, 
 him,  BlefTed  art  thou  31  And  he  began  22  S.ying,  the  fon 
 Simon  Bar-jona  :  for  to  teach  them,  that  the  of  man  muft  fufter 
 flefh  and  blood  hath  Son  of  man  muft  fuf-  many  tilings ,  and  be 
 not  revealed  it  unto  fer  many  things,  and  rejected  ot  the  elders, 
 thee,  but  my  father  be  rejected  of  the  el-  and  chief  priefts,  and 
 which  is  in  heaven.       ders,  and  of  the  chief  fcribes,  and  be  llain , 
 
 18  And  I  fay  alio  priefts  and  fcribes,  and  and  be  railed  the  third 
 unto  thee,  that  thou  be   killed,    and  after   day. 
 
 art  Peter,   and  upon  three  days  rife  again.  23  And  he  faid  to 
 
 this  rock  I  will  build  3 2  And  he  ip.ike  them  all ,  If  any  man 
 my  church  :  and  the  that  faying  openly,  will  come  after  me, 
 gates  of  hell  fhall  not  And  Peter  took  him,  let  him  deny  himielf, 
 prevail  againft  it.  and  began  to  rebuke  and  take  up  his  crofs 
 
 19  And  Twill  give  him.  daily,  and  follow  me. 
 untd  thee  the  keys  of  23  But  when  he  24  For  whofoever 
 the  kingdom  of  hea-  had  turned  about,  and  will  fave  his  life, fhail 
 yen:  and  wh-tfoever  looked  on  his  difci-  lofe  it :  but  whofoever 
 thou  fhalt  bind  on  pics,  he  rebuked  Peter,  will  lofe  his  life  for 
 earth,  fhall  be  bound  faying,.  Get  thee  be-  my  fake,  the  fame  fhall 
 in  heaven:  ajidwhat-  hind  me,  Satan:   for  fave  it. 
 
 Soever  thou  link  loofe    thou  fa voureft  not  the        i$  For  what  is  a 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts 
 
 337 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 be 
 
 on    earth ,    (hall 
 loofed  in  heaven. 
 
 20  Then  charged 
 he  his  dikiples  that 
 they  fhould  tell  no 
 man  that  he  was  Je- 
 fus  the  Chrift. 
 
 21  From  that  time 
 forth  began  Jefus  to 
 (hew  unto  his  difci- 
 ples,  how  that  he  mull 
 go  unto  Jerufalem,and 
 luffer  many  things  of 
 the  elders,  and  chief 
 priefts,  and  fcribes,and 
 be  killed,  and  be  rai- 
 fed  again  the  third  day. 
 
 2  2  Then  Peter  took 
 him,  and  began  to  re- 
 buke him,  laying,  Be 
 it  far  from  thee,  Lord : 
 this  mall  not  be  unto 
 thee. 
 
 23  But  he  turned, 
 and  laid  unto  Peter, 
 Get  thee  behind  me, 
 Satan,  thou  art  an  of- 
 fence unto  me :  for 
 thou  favoureft  not  the 
 things  that  be  of  God, 
 but  thofe  that  be  of 
 men. 
 
 24  Then  faid  Je- 
 fus unto  his  difciples, 
 If  any  man  will  come 
 after  me,  let  him  de- 
 ny himfelf,  and  take 
 up  his  crofs,  and  fol- 
 low me. 
 
 if  For  whofoever 
 will  fave  his  life,  {hall 
 lofe  it :  and  whofo- 
 ever will  lofe  his  life 
 
 M  ARK. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 things  that  be  of  God, 
 but  the  things  that  be 
 of  men. 
 
 34  And  when  he 
 had  called  the  people 
 unto  him,  with  his  di- 
 fciples alfo,  he  faid 
 unto j them,  Whofoe- 
 ver will  come  after 
 me,  let  him  deny  him- 
 felf, and  take  up  his 
 crofs,  and  follow  me. 
 
 3j-  For  whofoever 
 will  lave  his  life,  {hall 
 lofe  it }  but  whofoe- 
 ver {hall  lofe  his  life 
 for  my  fake  and  the 
 gofpels,  the  fame  {hall 
 fave  it. 
 
 36  For  what  {hall 
 it  profit  a  man,  if  he 
 {hall  gain  the  whole 
 world,  and  lofe  his 
 own  foul  ? 
 
 37  Or  what  {hall  a 
 man  give  in  exchange 
 for  his  foul? 
 
 3  8Whofoever  there- 
 fore {hall  be  alhamed 
 of  me,  and  of  my 
 words,  in  this  adul- 
 terous and  finful  ge- 
 neration, of  him  alfo 
 {hall  the  Son  of  man 
 be  aftiamed  when  he 
 cometh  in  the  glory  of 
 his  Father,  with  the 
 holy  angels. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 N  D  he  faid  un-" 
 to  them,  Verily 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 man  advantaged ,  if 
 he  gain  the  whole 
 world,  and  lo£c  him- 
 felf, or  be  call:  away  ? 
 
 26  For  whofoever 
 {hall  be  alhamed  of  me 
 and  of  my  words,  of 
 him  {hall  the  Son  of 
 man  be  alhamed,when 
 he  {hall  come  in  his 
 own  glory  and  in  his 
 Fathers,  and  of  the 
 holy  angels. 
 
 27  But  I  tell  you 
 of  a  truth ,  there  bo 
 fome  {landing  here 
 which  Ihall  not  taftc 
 of  death,  till  they  fee 
 the  kingdom  of  God. 
 
 John. 
 
 A 
 
 V  v 
 
 (*■ 
 
2  2  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 for  my  fake,  fhall  find  I  fay  unto  you,  that 
 it.  there  be  fbme  of  them 
 
 26"  For  what  lis  a  that  ftand  here,  which 
 man  profited,  if  he  fhall  not  tad:  of  death, 
 fhall  gain  the  whole  till  they  have  feen  the 
 world,  and  lofe  his  kingdom  of  God  come 
 own  foul  ?  or  what  with  power. 
 mail  a  man  give  in 
 exchange  for  his  foul? 
 
 27  For  the  Son  of 
 man  fhall  come  in  the 
 glory  of  his  Father, 
 with  his  angels  ;  and 
 then  he  fhall  reward 
 every  man  according 
 to  his  works. 
 
 28  Verily  I  %  un- 
 to you,  Therebcibme 
 ftandinghere,  which 
 fhall  not  tafte  of  death, 
 till  they  fee  the  Son  of 
 man  coming  in  his 
 kingdom. 
 
 ■ 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 5  35> 
 
 CHAP.    XL 
 
 From  our  Saviour's  Transfiguration^  till  the  Feaft  of  Taberna- 
 cles following  :  containing  about  a  months  fpace  •,  from 
 September  A.T>.  32.  till  October  the  fame  year. 
 
 THE    Order  of  the  Settions  of  this  Period  has  no  more  difficulty  than  > 
 the  foregoing. 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 §  1.  AND  after  fix 
 .Tl.  days,  Jefus  ta- 
 keth  Peter,  James,  and 
 John  his  brother,  and 
 bringeth  them  up  in- 
 to an  high  mountain 
 apart , 
 
 2  And  was  tranf- 
 figured  before  them  , 
 and  his  face  did  fhine 
 as  the  fun,  and  his  rai- 
 ment was  white  as 
 the  light. 
 
 3  And  behold,  there 
 appeared  unto  them 
 Mofes  and  Elias  talk- 
 ing with  him. 
 
 4  Then  anfwered 
 Peter,  and  faid  unto 
 Jefus,  Lord,  it  is  good 
 for  us  to  be  here  :  if" 
 thou  wilt,  let  us  make 
 here  three  tabernacles ; 
 one  for  thee,  and  one 
 for  Mofes,  and  one  for 
 Elias. 
 
 f  While  he  yet 
 ipake,  behold,  a  bright 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 2  And  after  fix  days, 
 Jefus  taketh  with  him, 
 Peter,  and  James,  and 
 John,andleadeth  them 
 up  into  an  high  moun- 
 tain apart  by  them- 
 felves  :  and  he  was 
 transfigured  before 
 them. 
 
 3  And  his  raiment 
 became  mining,  ex- 
 ceeding white  as 
 fnow ;  fb  as  no  fuller 
 on  earth  can  white 
 them. 
 
 4  And  there  ap- 
 peared unto  them  Eli- 
 as, with  Mofes  :  and. 
 they  were  talking  with 
 Jefus. 
 
 ?  And  Peter  an- 
 fwered and  faid  to  Je- 
 fus, Mafter,  it  is  good 
 for  us  to  be  here :  and 
 let  us  make  three  ta- 
 bernacles ;  one  for 
 chee,  and  one  for  Mo- 
 fes, and  one  for  Elias, 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 28  And  it  came  to 
 pafs  about  an  eight 
 days  after  thefe  fay- 
 ings,  he  took  Peter, 
 and  John,  and  James, 
 and  went  up  into  a 
 mountain  to  pray. 
 
 a  9  And  as  he  pray- 
 ed, the  fafhion  of  his 
 countenance  was  al- 
 tered, and  his  raiment 
 tons  white  and  glitter- 
 ing. 
 
 30  And  behold, 
 there  talked  with  him 
 two  men,  which  were 
 Mofes  and  Elias. 
 
 3  r  Who  appeared 
 in  glory,  and  fpake  of 
 his  deceafe  which  he 
 mould  accomplifh  at 
 Jerufalem. 
 
 32  Bat  Peter,  and 
 they  that  were  with 
 him,  were  heavy  with 
 fleep:  and  when  they 
 were  awake,  they  faw 
 his  glory,  and  the  two 
 V  v  2 
 
 J  O  H  K. 
 
 cloud 
 
34° 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 cloud    overfhadowed       6  For  he  will:  not   men  that  flood  with 
 them :  and  behold ,  a  what  to  fay,  for  they   him. 
 voice  out  of  the  cloud  were  fore  afraid.  33  And  it  came  to 
 
 which  faid,  This  is  my  7  And  there  was  a  pafs,  as  they  departed 
 beloved  Son,  in  whom  cloud  that  overfha-  from  him ,  Peter  faid 
 I  am  well  pleafed  ;  dowed  them :  and  a  unto  Jefus>  Matter,  it 
 hear  ye  him.  voice  came  out  of  the   is  good  for  us  to  be 
 
 6  And  when  the  di-  cloud,  faying,  This  is  here}  and  let  us  make 
 fciples  heard  it,  they  my  beloved  Son:  hear  three  tabernacles,  one 
 fell  on  their  face,  and  him.  for  thee,  and  one  for 
 were  fore  afraid.              8    And     fuddenly  Mofes,  and  one  for 
 
 7  And  Jefus  came  when  they  had  looked  Elias  :  not  knowing 
 and  touched  them,and  round  about,  they  faw  what  he  faid. 
 
 faid,  Arife, and  be  not  no  man  any  more,  34  While  he  thus 
 afraid.  fave  Jefus  only  with  fpake,  there  came  a 
 
 8  And  when  they  themfelves.  cloud ,.  and  overfba- 
 had  lift  up  their  eyes,  9,  And  as  they  came  dowed  them:  and 
 they  faw  no  man,  fave  down  from  the  moun-  they  feared  as  they 
 jefus  only.                    tain,  he  charged  them    entred  into  the  cloud. 
 
 9  And  as  they  came  that  they  fhould  tell  35-  And  there  came 
 down  from  the  moun-  no  man  what  things  a  voice  out  of  the 
 tain  ,  Jefus  charged  they  had  feen,  till  the  cloud,  faying,  This  is 
 diem,  faying,  Tell  the  Son  of  man  were  ri-  my  beloved  Son,  hear 
 vifion  to  no  man,  un-  fen. from  the  dead.        him. 
 
 til  the  fon  of  man  be  10  And  they  kept  36  And  when  the 
 rifen  again  from  the  that  faying  with  them-  voice  was  paft,  Jefus 
 dead.  felves,queftioningone  was  found  alone:  and 
 
 10  And  his  difci-  with  another  what  the  they  kept  it  clofe,  and 
 pies  asked  him,  faying,  riling  from  the  dead  told  no  man  in  thofe 
 Why  then  fay  the  fhould  mean.  days  any  of  thofe 
 icribes,  that  Elias  mufl  11  And  they  asked  things  which  they  had 
 firfl  come?                    him,  faying,  Why  %   feen. 
 
 1 1  And  Jefus  an-  the  fcribes  that  Elias 
 fwered  and  faid  unto  mufl  firfl  come  ? 
 them,  Elias  truly  fhall       12  Andheanfwer- 
 firftcome,  andreflore  ed  and  told  them,  Eli- 
 all  things:  as  verily  coraeth  firfl, 
 
 12  But  1  fay  un-  and  refloreth  all 
 to  you ,  that  Elias  is  things,  and  how  it  is 
 come  already,  and  written  of  the  Son  of 
 they  knew  him  not,  man,  that  he  mufl  fuf- 
 but  have  done  unto  fer  many  things,  and 
 him  whatfocver  they  be  ,fct  at  nought. 
 
 John. 
 
 lifted; 
 
of  the  four  E^uangelijls. 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 lifted,':  likewife  fhall 
 alfo  the  Son  of  man 
 fuffer  of  them. 
 
 13  Then  the  difci- 
 ples  underftood  that 
 he  fpake  unto  them  of 
 John  the  Baptift. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 13  But  I  lay  unto 
 you ,  that  Elias  is  in- 
 deed come,  and  they 
 have  done  unto  him 
 whatfoever  they  lift- 
 ed, as  it  is  written  of 
 him. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 Jb  H  N. 
 
 §  z.  14  And  when 
 they  were  come  to  the 
 multitude,  there  came 
 to  him  a  certain  man, 
 kneeling  down  to 
 him,  and  faying, 
 
 if  Lord,  have  mer- 
 cy on  my  fon,  for  he 
 is  lunatick,  and  fore 
 vexed  :  for  oft-times 
 he  falleth  into  the  fire, 
 and  oft  into  the  wa- 
 ter. 
 
 16  And  I  brought 
 him  to  thy  difciples, 
 and  they  could  not 
 cure  him. 
 
 1 7  Then  Jefus  an- 
 fwered  and  faid,  O 
 faithlefs  and  perverfe 
 generation,  how  long 
 fhall  I  be  with  you? 
 how  long  fhall  I  fuf- 
 fer you  ?  bring  him 
 hither  to  me. 
 
 18  And  Jefus  re- 
 buked the  devil,  and 
 he  departed  out  of 
 him :  and  the  child 
 was  cured  from  that 
 very  hour. 
 
 19  Then  came  the 
 difciples  to  Jefus  a- 
 part,  and  faid,  Why 
 
 14  And  when  he 
 came  to  bis  difciples, 
 he  faw  a  great  multi- 
 tude about  them,  and 
 the  fcribes  queftion- 
 ingwith  them. 
 
 if  And  ftraightway 
 all  the  people,  when 
 they  beheld  him,  were 
 greatly  amazed,  and 
 running  to  him,  falu- 
 ted  him. 
 
 16  And  he  asked 
 the  fcribes,  Whatque- 
 ftion  ye  with  them  ? 
 
 1 7  And  one  of  the 
 multitude  anfwered 
 and  faid,  Mafter,  I 
 have  brought  unto 
 thee  my  fon,  which 
 hath  a  dumb  fpirit: 
 
 18  And  wherefoe- 
 ver  he  taketh  him,  he 
 teareth  him  5  and  he 
 fometh,  andgnafheth 
 with  his  teeth,  and  pi- 
 neth  away:  and  I  fpake 
 to  thy  difciples,  that 
 they  fhould  caft  him 
 out,  and  they  could 
 not. 
 
 19  He  anfwered 
 him,  and  faith,  O 
 faithlefs    generation , 
 
 37  And  it 'came  to. 
 pails,  that  on  the  next 
 day,  when  they  were 
 come  down  from  the 
 hill,  much  people  met 
 him. 
 
 3.8  And  behold ,  »< 
 man  of  the  company 
 cryed  out,  faying,  Ma- 
 fter, I  befeech  thee 
 look  upon  my  fon,. 
 for  he  is  mine  only 
 child. 
 
 39  Andlo,  a. fpirit 
 taketh  him,  and  he 
 fuddenly  crieth  out, 
 and  it  teareth  him  that 
 he  fometh  again,  and 
 bruifing  him ,  hardly, 
 departeth  from  him. 
 
 40  And  I  befbught 
 thy  difciples  to  caft: 
 him  out,  and  they 
 could  not. 
 
 41  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwering,  faid,  O  faith- 
 lefs and  perverfe  ge- 
 neration,  how  long; 
 fhall  I  be  with  you, 
 and  fuffer  you  ?  Bring ; 
 thy  fon  hither. 
 
 42  And  as  he  was 
 yet  a  coming,  the  de- 
 vil threw  him  down, 
 
 V  v    3 
 
242,  1h'e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVII.  "  Chap.  IX.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 could  not  we  caft  him   how  long  fhall  I  be  and  tare  him:  andje- 
 out?  with  you?  how  long  fus  rebuked   the  un- 
 
 20  And  Jefus  find  fhall  I  fuffer  you  ?  clean  fpirit,  -and  heal- 
 unto  them,  Becaufe^of  bring  him  unto  me.  ed  the  child,  and  de- 
 your  unbelief:  for  ve-  20  And  they  brought  livered  him  again  to 
 rily  I  fay  unto  you,  If  him  unto  him  :    and  his  father. 
 
 ye  have  faith  as  a  grain  when   he    faw  him,       43  And  they  were 
 
 of  muftard-feed ,   ye  ftraightway  the  fpirit  all    amazed     at    the 
 
 fhall    fay    unto    this  tare  him,  and  he  feh  mighty     power     of 
 
 mountain,     Remove  on  the  ground,   and  God:  But  while  they 
 
 hence     unto    yonder  wallowed,  fomfirig.       wondved  every  one  at 
 place ,  and  it  fhall  re-        21    Arid   he  asked  all  things  which  Jefus 
 
 move ;    and   nothing  his  father,  How  long  did,  he  faid  unto  his 
 
 fhall  be  unpoflible  un-  is   it  ago   fince  this  difciples,  ' 
 
 to  you.  came  unto  him?  And       44   Let  thefe  fay- 
 
 2 1  Howbeit  this  ^e  &id>  Of  a  child.  ings  fink  down  into 
 kind  goeth  not  out,  ai  And  oft-times  your  ears:  for  the  Son 
 but  by  prayer  and  fait-  it  hath  caft  him  into  of  man  fhall  be  deli- 
 ing,  the  fire,  and  into  the  vered  into  the  hands 
 
 22  And  while  they   waters  to  acftroy  him:  of  men. 
 
 abode  in  Galilee,  Je-  but  if  thou  canft  do       47  But  they  under- 
 
 fus   faid   unto  them,  anything,  have  com-  flood  not  this  faying, 
 
 The  Son  of  man  fhall  Pa^on  on   us ,     and  and  it  was  hid  from 
 
 be  betrayed  into  the  help  us.  them,   that  they  per- 
 
 hands  of  men.  23  Jefus  faid  unto  ceived  it  not :  and  they 
 
 23  And  they  fhall  h'"1 »     ^    cll°11   canft  feared  to  ask  him  of 
 kill  him,  and  the  third  believe,  all  things  are  that  faying.   ;       ' 
 day  he  fliall  be  raifed  po'hble   to  hirn   that 
 
 again  :  and  they  were   belrevcth. 
 
 exceeding  forry.-  24  And ftraightway 
 
 the  father  of  the  child 
 
 cried    out  ,   and   faid 
 
 with  tears,    Lord,  I 
 
 believe  5     help    thou 
 
 mine  unbelief. 
 
 25-  When  Jefus  faw 
 
 that  the  people  came 
 
 running  together,  he 
 
 rebuked  the  foul  fpi- 
 rit, faying  unto  him, 
 
 Thou  dumb  and  deaf 
 
 fpirit ,   I  charge  thee , 
 
 *jome  out  of  him,  and 
 
 enter 
 
of  the  four  EvangeBJls.  343 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 enter  no  more  into  him. 
 
 26  And  the  fpirit  cried,  and  rent 
 him  fore ,  and  came  out  of  him ; 
 
 ,  and  he  was  as  one  dead,  infbmuch 
 
 that  many  faid,  He  is  dead. 
 
 27  But  Jefus  took  him  by  the 
 hand ,  and  lifted  him  up ,  and  he 
 arofe. 
 
 28  And  when  he  was  come  into 
 the  houfe,  his  difciples  asked  him 
 privately,  Why  could  not  we  caft 
 him  out? 
 
 29  And  he  faid  unto  them,  This 
 kind  can  come  forth  by  nothing, 
 but  by  prayer  and  fading. 
 
 20  And  they  departed  thence, 
 and  pafTed  through  Galilee  j  and  he 
 would  not  that  any  man  fhould 
 know  it. 
 
 3 1  For  he  taught  his  difciples, 
 and  faid  unto  them,  The  Son  of 
 man  is  delivered  into  the  hands  of 
 men,  and  they  fhall  kill  him;  and 
 after  that  he  is  killed,  he  fhall  rife 
 the  third  day. 
 
 32  But  they  underftood  not  that 
 faying,  and;  were  afraid  t©  ask 
 him. 
 
344  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 §  3.  24  And  when  they  were 
 come  to  Capernaum  ,  they  that  re- 
 ceived tribute-money ,  came  to  Pe- 
 ter, and  laid,  Doth  n«t  your  Matter 
 pay  tribute? 
 
 25-  He  faith,  Yes.  And  when  he 
 -was  come  into  the  houfe,  Jefus  pre- 
 vented him,  faying,  What  thinkeft 
 thou,  Simon  ?  of  whom  do  the  kings 
 of  the  earth  take  cuftom  or  tribute? 
 of  their  own  children,  or  of  ftran- 
 gers  ? 
 
 26  Peter  faith  unto  him,  Of  Gran- 
 gers. Jefus  faith  unto  him,  Then 
 are  the  children  free. 
 
 27  Notwithstanding,  left  we 
 fhould  offend  them,  go  thou  to  the 
 fea,  and  caft  an  hook,  and  take  up 
 the  fifh  that  firfb  cometh  up :  and 
 when  thou  haft  opened  his  mouth, 
 thou  fhalt  find  a  piece  of  money: 
 that  take ,  and  give  unto  them  for 
 me  and  thee. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII.  Chap.  IX.  Chap.  IX. 
 
 $4.     AT  the  fame       3  3  And  he  came  to  46   Then  there  a- 
 
 J\    time  came  Capernaum ,    and  be-  rofe   a   reafoning    a- 
 
 the  difciples  unto  Je-  ing  in  the  houfe,  he  mong  them,  which  of 
 
 fus,  faying,  Who  is  the  asked  them,  What  was  them  fhould  be  great- 
 
 .greateft  in  the  king-  it  that  ye  difputed  a-  eft. 
 
 dom  of  heaven?           mong  your  felves ,  by  .    47  And  Jefus  per- 
 
 2  And  Jefus  called  the  way  ?  ceiving  the  thought 
 a  little  child  unto  him,  34  But  they  held  of  their  heart,  took  a 
 and  fet  him  in  the  their  peace:  for  by  the  child,  and  fet  him  by 
 midft  of  them,             way  they  had  difputed  him. 
 
 3  And  faid,  Verily  among  them  [elves  ,  48  And  faid  unto- 
 I  fay  unto  you,  Except  who  Jhould  be  the  them,Whofoever  fhall 
 ye  be  converted ,  and  greateft.  receive  this  child  in 
 become  as  little  chil-  35- And  he  fat  down  my  name,  receiveth 
 dren,  ye  fhall  not  en-  and  called  the  twelve,  me  :  and  whofbever 
 ter  into  the  kingdom  and  faith  unto  them,  fhall  receive  me,  re- 
 ef heaven.                    If  any  man  deftre  to  ceiveth  him  that  fent 
 
 4  Whofc 
 
of  the  fonv  Evangelijts.  345 
 
 Matthew.  Mv  -  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII.  Chap.  TX.  Chap.  XL 
 
 4Whofoeverthere-  be  firfc,  the  fame  fhall   me  :  for  he  that  is  leaft 
 
 fore  {hall  humble  him-  be  ;        I  id  fer-  among  you   all,   the 
 
 felf  as  this  little  child,  vant  of  all.  faifie  lhall  be  great. 
 
 the  fame  is  greateft  in        36  And  he  took  a       49   And  John   an- 
 
 the  kingdom  of  hea-  child ,  and  fee  him  in  fwered  and  laid,  Ma- 
 
 ven.  the  midft  of  them:  fter,  we  fawonecaft- 
 
 f  And  whofo  (hall  and  when  he  had  ta-  ing  out  devils  in  thy 
 
 receive  one  fuch  little  ken  him  in  his  arms,  name;  and  we  forbad 
 
 child  in  my  name,  re-  he  laid  unto  them ,        him ,  becaufe  he,  fol- 
 ceiveth  me.  37  Whomever  (hall  loweth  not  with  us. 
 
 6  But  whofo  (hall  receive  one  of  fuch       fo  And  Jefus  faid 
 offend   one  of  thefe  children  in  my  name,  unto  him,  Forbid  him 
 little  ones  which  be-  receiveth    me:     and  not:  for  he  that  is  not 
 lieve  in  me,  it  were  whofoever    (hall   re-  againft  us,  is  for  us. 
 better  for  him  that  a  ceive  me  ,    receiveth 
 
 milftone  were  hanged  not  me,  but  him  that 
 
 about  his  neck,   and  fent  me. 
 that  he  were  drown-       58   And  John  an- 
 
 ed  in  the  depth  of  the  fwered  him ,  faying  , 
 
 fea.  Mafkr,  we  faw  one 
 
 7  Wo  unto  the  carting  out  devils  in 
 world  becaufe  of  of-  thy  name,  and  he  fol- 
 fences  :  for  it  muft  loweth  not  us ;  and 
 needs  be  that  offences  we  forbad  him ,  be- 
 come: but  wo  to  that  caufe  he  followeth 
 man  by  whom  the  of-  not  us. 
 
 fence  cometh.  39  But  Jefus  faid, 
 
 8  Wherefore  if  thy  forbid  him  not :  for 
 hand  or  thy  foot  of-  there  is  no  man  which 
 fend  thee,  cut  them  fhall  do  a  miracle  in 
 off, and caft them  from  my  name,  that  can 
 thee :  it  is  better  for  lightly  fpeak  evil  of 
 thee  to  enter  into  life  me. 
 
 halt  or  maimed ,   ra-       40   For  he  that  is 
 
 ther  then  having  two  not  sgainft  us ,  is  on 
 
 hands,  or  two  feet,  to  our  part. 
 be  caft  into  everlaft-       41    For  whofoever 
 
 ing  fire.  fhall  give  you  a  cup 
 
 9  And  if  thine  eye  of  water  to  drink,  in 
 offend  thee,  pluck  it  my  name,  becaufe  ye 
 out,  and  caft/'?  from  belong  to  Chrift,  ve- 
 thee  :  it  is  better  for  rily  I  fay  unto  you,  he 
 thee  to  enter  into  life  fhall  not  lofe  his  re- 
 
34<J 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chapr  .XVIII. 
 
 Mark* 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 with  one  eye ,  rather  ward. 
 
 then  having  two  eyes       4»  And  whofoever 
 
 to  be  caft  into  hell- 
 fire. 
 
 lhall  offend  one  of 
 thefe  little  ones  that 
 believe  in  me,  it  is 
 better  for  him,  that  a 
 milftone  were  hanged 
 about  his  neck,  and 
 he  were  caft  into  the 
 fea. 
 
 43  And  if  thy  hand 
 offend  thee,  cut  it  off: 
 it  is  better  for  thee  to 
 enter  into  life  maim- 
 ed, then  having  two 
 hands,  to  go  into  hell, 
 into  the  fire  that  ne- 
 ver lhall  be  ,uenched: 
 44  Where  *their 
 worm  dieth  not,  and 
 the  fire  is  not  quench- 
 ed. 
 
 4f  And  if  thy  foot 
 offend  thee,  cut  it  off ; 
 it  is  better  for  thee  to 
 enter  halt  into  life, 
 then  having  two  feet, 
 to  be  caft  into  hell, in- 
 to the  fire  that  never 
 lhall  be  quenched : 
 
 46  Where  their 
 worm  dicth  not,  and 
 the  fire  is  not  quench- 
 ed. 
 
 47  And  if  thine  eye 
 offend  thee,  plurk  it 
 oat :  it  is  better  for 
 thee  to  enter  into  the 
 kingdom  of  Goivv  th 
 one  eye,  then  having 
 two  eyes  to  be  caft 
 into  hell- fire: 
 
 48    Where    their 
 
of  the  four  E^uangelijts. 
 
 347 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 §  f.  io  Take  heed 
 that  ye  defpife  not  one 
 of  thefe  little  ones;  for 
 I  fay  unto  you,  that  in 
 heaven  their  angels  do 
 always  behold  the  face 
 of  my  Father  which  is 
 in  heaven. 
 
 1 1  For  the  Son  of 
 man  is  come  to  fave 
 that  which  was  loft. 
 
 ii  How  think  ye? 
 if  a  man  have  an  hun- 
 dred fheep,  and  one  of 
 them  be  gone  aftray, 
 doth  he  not  leave  the 
 ninety  and  nine,  and 
 goeth  into  the  moun- 
 tains, and  feeketh  that 
 which  is  gone  a- 
 ftray  ? 
 
 13  And  if  fd  be 
 that  he  find  it ,  verily 
 I  fay  unto  you,  he  re- 
 joyceth  more  of  that 
 Jheep,ihen  of  the  nine- 
 ty and  nine  which 
 went  not  aftray. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 worm  dicth  not,  and 
 the  fire  is  not  quench- 
 ed. 
 
 49  For  every  one 
 (hall  be  falted  with 
 fire,  and  every  facri- 
 fice  fhall  be  falted  with 
 fait. 
 
 fo  Salt  h  good  : 
 but  if  the  fait  have 
 loft  his  faltnefs.where- 
 with  will  ye  feafbn 
 it  ?  I  lave  fait  in  your 
 felves,  and  have  peace 
 one  with  another. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 X  x   a 
 
 t4  Even 
 
2^8  The  Harmony 
 
 "  Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 14  Even  fo  it 'is  not  the  will  of 
 your  Father  which  is  in  heaven, 
 that  one  of  thefe  little  ones  fhould 
 perifli. 
 
 if  Moreover,  if  thy  brother  (hall  ^ 
 
 irefpafs  againft  thee,  go  and  tell 
 him  his  fault  between  thee  and  him 
 alone :  if  he  fhall  hear  thee ,  thou 
 haft  gained  thy  brother. 
 
 16  But  if  he  will  not  hear  thee, 
 then  take  with  thee  one  or  two 
 more,  that  in  the  mouth  of  two  or 
 three  witnefles  every  word  may  be 
 eftablifhed. 
 
 17  And  if  he  fhall  negleft  to 
 hear  them,  tell  it  unto  the  church : 
 but  if  he  neglect  to  hear  the  church, 
 let  him  be  unto  thee  as  an  heathen 
 man,  and  a  publicane. 
 
 18  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,what- 
 foever  ye  fhall  bind  on  earth,  fhall 
 be  bound  in  heaven :  and  whatfo- 
 ever  ye  fhall  loofe  on  earth,  fhall 
 be  loofed  in  heaven. 
 
 19  Again  I  fay  unto  you,  that  if 
 two  of  you  fhall  agree  on  earth,  as 
 touching  any  thing  that  they  fhall 
 ask,  it  fhall  be  done  for  them  of  my 
 hither  which  is  in  heaven. 
 
 20  For  where  two  or  three 
 are  gathered  together  in  my  name, 
 there  am  I  in  the  mid  ft  of  them. 
 
 2 1  Then  came  Peter  to  him,  and 
 faid,  Lord,  how  oft  fhall  my  bro- 
 ther fin  againft  me,  and  I  forgive 
 him?   till  feven  times? 
 
 ai  Jefus  faith  unto  him ,  I  fay 
 not  unto  thee,  Until  feven  times  : 
 but,  until  feventy  times  feven. 
 
 25  Therefore  is  the  kingdom  of 
 heaven  likened  unto  a  certain  king 
 which  would  take  account  of  his 
 
 feryants. 
 
 24  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  3  49 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.-  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 24  And  when  he  had  begun  to 
 reckon,  one  was  brought  unto  him 
 which  ought  him  ten  thoufand  ta- 
 lents. 
 
 z?  But  forafmuch  as  he  had  not 
 to  pay,  his  lord  commanded  him 
 to  be  fold,  and  his  wife  and  chil- 
 dren, and  all  that  he  had,  and  pay- 
 ment to  be  made. 
 
 z6  The  fervant  therefore  fell 
 down ,  and  worfhipped  him ,  fay- 
 ing,  Lord,  have  patience  with  me , 
 and  I  will  pay  thee  all. 
 
 27  Then  the  lord  of  that  fer- 
 vant was  moved  with  compaffion , 
 and  loofed  him,  and  forgave  him 
 the  debt. 
 
 28  But  the  fame  fervant  went  out, 
 and  found  one  of  his  fellow-fer- 
 vants,  which  ought  him  an  hun- 
 dred pence  :  and  he  laid  hands  on 
 him ,  and  took  him  by  the  throat , 
 faying,  Pay  me  that  thou  owed. 
 
 29  AnJ  his  fellow-fervant  fell 
 down  at  his  feet,  and  befoughthim, 
 faying,  Have  patience  with  me,  and 
 I  will  pay  thee  all. 
 
 30  And  he  would  not :  but  went 
 and  caft  him  into  prifon,  till  he 
 fhould  pay  the  debt. 
 
 3 1  So  when  his  fellow-fervants 
 faw  what  was  done,  they  were  very 
 forry,  and  came  and  told  unto  their 
 lord  all  that  was  done. 
 
 22  Then  his  lord,  after  that  he 
 had  called  him ,  fail  unto  him ,  O 
 thou  wicked  fervant,  I  forgave  thee 
 all  that  debt,  becaufe  thou  defiredfl: 
 me  : 
 
 33  Shculdeft  not  thou  alfo  have 
 had  companion  on  thy  fellow-fer- 
 vant, even  as  I  had  pity  on  thee  ? 
 
 24  And  his  lord  was  wroth,  and 
 
-50  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 delivered  htm  to  the  tormentors, 
 till  he  mould  pay  all  that  was  due 
 unto  him. 
 
 35-  So  likewife  mail  my  hea- 
 venly Father  do  alfo  unto  you ,  it 
 ye  from  your  hearts  forgive  not 
 every  one  his  brother  their  tref- 
 pafles. 
 
 Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  X. 
 
 AN D  it  came  to  pafs,  that  when  A  N  D he arofe from 
 Jefus  had  finifhed  thefe  fay-  J\  thence,  and  com- 
 ings, he  departed  from  Galilee,  and  eth  into  the  coafts  of 
 came  into  the  coafts  of  Judea,  be-  Judea,  by  the  farther 
 yond  Jordan  :  fide  of  Jordan  :   and 
 
 2  And  great  multitudes  follow-   the  people  refort  un- 
 ed  him,  and  he  healed  them  there,     to  him  again  ;  and  as 
 he    was    wont,     he 
 taught  them  again. 
 
 c  h  a  r; 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis;  3  5  1 
 
 CHAP.    XII. 
 
 From  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  till  the  Feaft  of  'Dedication  fol- 
 lowing :  containing  the  ipace  of  two  months  and  ten  days, 
 from  OcJober  A.  CD.  32 >  till  ^December  the  fame  year. 
 
 THat  this  Period  and  its  particular  Sections  are  in  their  proper  Places,  will 
 be  eafily  granted,  if  we  can  but  prove  that  the  Journey  to  Jerufalem, 
 recorded  in  the  latter  part  of  the  ninth  Chapter  of  St.  Luke,  is  the  fame  with 
 that  in  the  beginning  of  the  feventh  Chapter  of  St.  John,  to  the  Feaft  of  Taber- 
 nacles, upon  which  the  Series  both  here  and  afterward  does  principally  depend. 
 Now  that  it  is  the  very  fame ,  will  be  provd  by  the  following  -Arguments* 
 (i.J  We  have  already  provd ',  that  this    Journey  to  Jerufalem,  in  St.  John, 
 was  the  very  firft  which  our  Saviour  took  thither  within  the  compafs  of  the 
 Annals  of  the  other  Three  Evange lifts  ;  and  fince  this  is  the  firft  which  we  find 
 in  any   of  them ,    it  will  naturally  appear  to  be  one  and  the  fame  Journey. 
 (1.)  This  Journey  in  St.  John  was  after  a  very  long  ab fence  from Jerufalem, 
 as  we  have  alrtady  prov  d  ;    and  St.  Luke'*  Words  upon  the  Journey  men- 
 tion d  by  him,  imply  no  lefs  alfo,  Jefus  knowing  that  the  Days  were  fulfilled 
 that  he  ihould  be  received  up,  he  ftedfaftly  fet  his  face  to  go  to  Jerufalem  $ 
 Intimating,  that  he  now  at  laft  fet  his  face  to  go  into  thofe  Dangers  at  Jeru- 
 falem,  on  account  of  the  Completion  of  the  Time  for  his  Death  and  Afumption3 
 which  till  that  time  was  compleated,  he  had  hitherto  avoided  by  a  long  Abfence 
 from  that  City.     (3 .)  -After  this  Journey  we  have  both  in  St.  Luke  and  St.  John 
 an  -Account  of  Chrift's  going  up  to  Jerufalem  twice,  and  no  more;  which,  be- 
 canfe  they  will  naturally  be  allow  d  to  correfpond  to^  one  another,  do  as  natu- 
 rally permit  us  to  allow  thofe  before  us  to  correfpond  to  each  other  in  the  fame 
 Evange  lifts.      (^.)  This  Journey  in  St.  Luke  could  neither  be  before  nor  after 
 that  in  St.  John  to  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  ;  and  therefore  was  the  very  fame  ; 
 It  could  not  be  before ;  for  Chrift  was  abfent  from  Jerufalem  for  Two  years 
 and.  an  half  be.  ore  this  Feaft,  as  we  have  already  demonftrated.     It  could  not 
 be  alter;  fur  then  we  have  not  fuffic  tent  room  for  the  two  other  Journeys  fuc- 
 ceeding  this  in  the  fame  Go/pel.     For  as  to  the  Journey  at  the  raiftng  of  Laza-  . 
 rus,  it  was  not  f<?  Jerufalem,  but  to  Bethany  :  Nay,  fo  far  was  our  Saviour 
 
352,  The  Harmony 
 
 from  going  thence  to  Jerufalem  at  this  time,  that  he  was  obligd  for  his  fafety 
 to  retire  out  of  the  reach  of  the  Sanhedrin  unto  the  City  Ephraim,  near  Hazor 
 in  Galilee,  as  we  pall  fee  hereafter, 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 §  t.    A  Fter    thefe    things ,    Jefus 
 J\.  walked  in  Galilee:  foi  he 
 would  not  walk  in  Jewry,  becaufe 
 the  Jews  fought  to  kill  him. 
 
 2  Now  the  Jews  feaft  of  taber- 
 nacles was  at  hand. 
 
 3  His  brethren  therefore  faid  un- 
 to him,  Depart  hence ,  and  go  into 
 Judea,  becaufe  thy  difciples  alio  may 
 fee  the  works  that  thou  doeft. 
 
 4  For  there  is  no  man  that  doeth 
 any  thing  in  fecret,  and  he  himfelf 
 feeketh  to  be  known  openly  :  If 
 thou  do  thefe  things,  mew  thyfelf 
 to  the  world. 
 
 $  For  neither  did  his  brethren 
 believe  in  him. 
 
 6  Then  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  My 
 time  is  not  yet  come:  but  your  time 
 is  alway  ready. 
 
 7  The  world  cannot  hate  you  ; 
 but  me  it  hateth,  becaufe  I  teftifyof 
 it,  that  the  works  thereof  are  evil. 
 
 8  Go  ye  up  unto  this  feaft:  I  go 
 not  up  yet  unto  this  feaft ,  for  my 
 time  is  not  yet  full  come. 
 
 9  When  he  had  faid  thef:  words 
 unto  them,  he  abode  JIM  in  Galilee. 
 
 io  But  when  his  brethren  were 
 gone  up,  then  went  he  alfo  up  un- 
 to the  feaft,  not  openly,  but  as  it 
 were  in  fecret. 
 
 §2.  j-iAnd 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs.  3  5  3 
 
 v        Matthev.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Ghap.  IX. 
 
 John. 
 
 §  2.  ft  And  it  came  to  pafs,  when 
 the  time  was  come  that  he  fhould 
 be  received  up,  he  ftedfaflly  fet  his 
 face  to  go  to  Jerufalem, 
 
 fx  And  fent  meflengers  before 
 his  face  :  and  they  went ,  and  en- 
 tred  into  a  village  of  the  Samari- 
 tanes  to  make  ready  for  him. 
 
 fl  And  they  did  not  receive  him, 
 becaufe  his  face  was  as  though  he 
 would  go  to  Jerufalem. 
 
 5-4  And  when  his  difciples  James 
 and  John  faw  this,  they  faid,  Lord, 
 wilt  thou  that  we  command  fire 
 to  come  down  from  heaven ,  and 
 confume  them  ,  even  as  Elias 
 did? 
 
 ff  But  he  turned ,  and  rebuked 
 them,  and  faid,  Ye  know  not  what 
 manner  of  fpirit  ye  are  of. 
 
 f6  For  the  Son  of  man  is  not 
 come  to  deftroy  mens  lives ,  but  to 
 Cave  them.  And  they  went  to  ano- 
 ther village. 
 
 fj  And  it  came  to  pafs  that  as 
 they  went  in  the  way,  afcertain 
 man  faid  unto  him,  Lord,  I  will 
 follow  thee  whitherfbever  thou 
 goefr. 
 
 f8  And  Jefus  faid  unto  him.Foxes 
 have  holes,  and  birds  of  the  air  have 
 nefts ,  but  the  Son  of  man  hath  not 
 where  to  lay  his  head. 
 
 5*9  And  he  faid  unto  another, 
 Follow  me:  but  he  faid,  Lord,  fuf- 
 fer  me  firft  to  go  and  bury  my  fa- 
 ther. 
 
 60  Jefus  faid  unto  him,  Let  the 
 dead  bury  their  dead  ;  but  go 
 thou  and  preach  the  kingdom  of 
 
 61  And  another  alfo  faid,  Lord, 
 I  will  follow  thee :  but  let  me  firft 
 
354  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthe^  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 go  bid  them  farewel 
 which  are  at  home  at 
 my  houfe. 
 
 62  And  Jefus  faid 
 unto  him,  No  man  ha- 
 ving put  his  hand  to 
 the  plough,  and  look- 
 ing back,  is  fit  for  the  Chap.  VII. 
 kingdom  of  God. 
 
 §3.  11  Then  the 
 Jews  fought  him  at 
 the  feuft,  and  faid, 
 "Where  is  he? 
 
 12  And  there  was 
 much  murmuring  a- 
 mong  the  people  con- 
 cerning him:  forfome 
 laid,  He  is  a  good  man  : 
 others  faid,  Nay;  but 
 he  deceiveth  the  peo- 
 ple. 
 
 ijHowbeit,noman 
 fpake  openly  of  him, 
 
 • 
 
 ■ 
 
 (LioJ  ,  rn':; 
 
 ' 
 
 for  fear  of  the  Jews. 
 
 14  Now  about  the 
 midft  of  the  feaft,  Je- 
 fus went  up  into  the 
 temple,  anJ  taught. 
 
 1  f  And  the  Jews 
 marvelled  ,  faying  ± 
 How  knoweth  this 
 man  letters  ,  having 
 never  leurned  ? 
 
 16  Jefus 1  nfwered 
 them,  an!  (kid,  My 
 dodtrine  is  not  min?, 
 but  his  that  fentaie. 
 
 17  It  any  man  will 
 do  his  will,  he  (hall 
 know  of  the  doctrine, 
 whether  it  be  of  Go.l. 
 or  whether  I  ipe^k  of 
 myielf. 
 
 18  He 
 
Matthew.. 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelifis. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 ,L  U  K  E. 
 
 3  5  5" 
 
 John. 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 i 
 
 18  He  that  fpcaketli  of  himfelf, 
 fceketli  his  own  glory :  but  he  1  tut 
 feeketh  his  gloi  y  that  lent  him,  the 
 fume  is  true ,  and  no  unnghtcoui- 
 neis  is  in  him. 
 
 19  Did  not  Mofes  give  you  the 
 law,  andyet  none  of  you  kecpeth  the 
 law  ?  why  go  ye  about  to  kill  mc? 
 
 20  The  people  anfwered  and  faid, 
 Thou  hall:  a  devil :  whogoeth  about 
 to  kill  thee  ? 
 
 2  1  Jrfus  pnfwered  and  faid  unto 
 them ,  I  have  done  one  work ,  and 
 ye  all  marvel. 
 
 22  Mofes  therefore  gave  unto 
 you  circumcihon,  ( not  becaufe  it  is 
 of  Mofes ,  but  of  the  fathers )  and 
 ye  on  the  fabbath-day  circumcife  a 
 man. 
 
 23  If  a  man  on  the  fabbath-day 
 receive  circumcihon ,  that  the  law 
 of  Mofes  fliould  not  be  broken  j  are 
 ye  angry  at  me,  becaufe  I  have  made 
 a  man  every  whit  whole  on  the 
 fabbath-day? 
 
 24  Judge  not  according  to  the 
 appearance,  but  judge  righteous 
 judgment. 
 
 zf  Then  faid  fome  of  them  of 
 JerufJem  ,  Is  not  this  he  whom 
 they  feek  to  kill? 
 
 26  But  lo,  he  fpeaketh  boldly, 
 and  they  fay  nothingunto  him:  do 
 the  rulers  know  indeed  that  this  is 
 the  very  Chrilt  ? 
 
 27  Howbeit  we  know  this  man 
 whence  he  is :  but  when  Chrift 
 cometh,  no  man  knoweth  whence 
 he  is. 
 
 28  Then  cried  Jefus  in  the  tem- 
 ple as  he  taught,  faying,  Ye  both 
 know  me,  and  ye  know  whence  I 
 am :  and  I  am  not  come  of  my  felf, 
 
 Y  y  x  bur 
 
3  5  6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 but  he  that  fent  me  is  true,  whom 
 ye  know  not. 
 
 29  But  I  know  him ,  for  I  am 
 from  him,  and  he  hath  fent  me. 
 
 30  Then  they  fought  to  take  him : 
 but  no  man  laid  hands  on  him,  be- 
 caufehis  hour  was  not  yet  come. 
 
 3 1  And  many  of  the  people  be- 
 lieved on  him,  and  faid,  When 
 Chrifl  cometh.  will  he  do  more  mi- 
 racles then  thefe  which  this  man 
 hath  done  ? 
 
 §  4.  3 1  The  Pharifees  heard  that 
 the  people  murmured  iuch  things 
 concerning  him :  and  the  Pharifees, 
 and  the  chief  priefts  fent  officers  to 
 take  him. 
 
 3  3  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  them, 
 Yet  a  little  while  am  I  with  you , 
 and  then  I  go  unto  him  that  fent 
 me. 
 
 34  Ye  (hall  feek  me,  and  fhall 
 not  find  me  :  and  where  I  am,  thi- 
 ther ye  cannot  come. 
 
 35-  Then  faid  the  Jews  among 
 themfelves,  Whither  will  he  go, 
 that  we  fhall  not  find  him  ?  will  he 
 go  unto  the  difperfed  among  the 
 Gentiles,  and  teach  the  Gentiles? 
 
 3  6  What  manner  of  faying  is  this 
 thit  he  faid,  Ye  fhall  feek  me,  and 
 fhall  not  find  me :  and  where  I  am, 
 thither  ye  cannot  come? 
 
 3  7  In  the  laft  day,  that  great  day 
 of  the  feaft,  Jefiis  flood  and  cried, 
 faying,  If  any  man  thirft ,  let  him 
 come  unto  me,  and  drink. 
 
 38  He  that  believeth  on  me,  as 
 the  fcripture  hath  faid ,  out  of  his 
 belly  fhall  flow  rivers  of  living  wa- 
 ter. 
 
 39  (But  this  fpakehe  of  the  Spi- 
 
 rit, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifis.  5  57 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VII. 
 
 rit,  which  they  that  believe  on  him, 
 ihould  receive :  for  the  holy  Ghoft 
 was  not  yet  given,  becaufe  that  Je- 
 fus  was  not  yet  glorified) 
 
 40  Many  of  the  people  there- 
 fore, when  they  heard  this  faying, 
 faid,  Of  a  truth  this  is  the  prophet. 
 
 4 1  Others  Grid,  This  is  the  Chrift. 
 But  fome  faid ,  Shall  Chrift  come 
 out  of  Galilee  ? 
 
 42  H-th  not  the  fcripture  faid, 
 That  Chrift  cometh  of  the  feed  of 
 David,  and  out  of  the  town  of  Beth- 
 lehem, where  David  was? 
 
 45  So  there  was  a  divifion-  a- 
 mong  the  people  becaufe  of  him. 
 
 44  .And  fome  of  them  would 
 have  taken  him  ;  but  no  man  laid 
 hands  on  him. 
 
 4jr  Then  came  the  officers  to  the 
 chief  priefts  and  Pharifees ;  and  they 
 faid  unto  them,  Why  have  ye  not 
 brought  him  ? 
 
 46  The  officers  anfwered ,  Ne- 
 ver man  fpake  like  this  man. 
 
 47  Then  anfwered  them  the  Pha- 
 rifees, are  ye  alfo  deceived  ? 
 
 48  Have  any  of  the  Rulers,  or 
 of  the  Pharifees  believed  on  him? 
 
 49  But  this  people  who  know- 
 ethnot  the  law  are  curfed. 
 
 5-0  Nicodemus  faith  unto  them, 
 (  he  that  came  to  Je-fus  by  night,  be- 
 ing one  of  them) 
 
 f\  Doth  our  law  judge  any  man 
 before  it  hear  him,  and  know  what 
 he  doeth? 
 
 5*2  They  anfwered,  and  faid  un- 
 to him ,  Art  thou  alfo  of  Galilee  ? 
 Search,  and  look:  for  out  of  Gali- 
 lee arifeth  no  prophet. 
 
 ^■5  And  every  man  went  unto  his 
 own  houfe. 
 
 Y.  y   3  §j%  Jefus 
 
358  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 §  f.  TEfus  went  unto  the  mount  of 
 J  Olives  : 
 i  And  early  in  the  morning  he 
 came  again  into  the  ten  pic,  and  all 
 the  people  came  unto  him ;  and  he 
 fat  down,  and  taugiv  iheni. 
 
 3  And  the  Scrit  es  and  Pharifees 
 brought  unto  him  ..  wok  an  taken 
 in  adultery;  ;.nd  when  they  had  fee 
 her  in  the  midft  , 
 
 4  They  lay  unto  him,  Maficr,  this 
 woman  w  s  taken  in  adultery,  in 
 the  very  act. 
 
 f  Now  Moles  in  the  law  com- 
 manded us,  thai  inch  fhould  be 
 ftoned  :  but  what  taycir  thou  ? 
 
 6  This  they  'aid,  tempting  him, 
 that  they  might  havetoaccule  him. 
 But  Jefus  ftooped  down,  and  with 
 his  finger  wrote  on  the  ground  as 
 though  he  heard  them  not. 
 
 7  So  when  they  continued  ask- 
 ing him,  he  lift  up  himfelf,  and  faid 
 unto  them ,  He  that  is  without  fin 
 among  you,  lethimfirftcafta  ftone 
 at  her 
 
 8  And  again  he  ftooped  down, 
 and  wrote  on  the  groun  1. 
 
 9  And  they  which  hea^d  it,  be- 
 ing convicted  by  their  ow  --onf.i- 
 ence,  went  out  one  by  one,  ec  n- 
 ning  at  the  eldeft,  eien  unto  tht  ft : 
 and  Jefus  was  left  alone,  and  i.e 
 woman  flanding  in  the  midft. 
 
 10  When  Jefus  had  li't  up  him- 
 felf, and  faw  none  but  the  woman", 
 he  faid  unto  her,  Woman ,  where 
 are  thofe  thine  accufers  ?  hath  no 
 man  condemned  thee  ? 
 
 11  ShefaiJ,No man,  Lord.  And 
 Jefus  faid  unto  her,  Neither  do  I 
 condemn  thee:  go,  and  fin  no 
 more. 
 
 iz  The 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls 
 
 159 
 
 Matthew.  Mark. 
 
 .    ■ 
 ■ 
 I 
 
 [O 
 
 ■ 
 ~io  no'-: 
 
 Luke. 
 
 .' 
 
 . 
 
 d    l\ 
 
 ■  ' 
 
 - 
 
 ■ 
 
 - 
 
 I 
 
 -< 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 ii  Then  fpake  Jefus  again  unto 
 them,  faying.  I  am  the  light  of  the 
 world :  he  that  followeth  me,  fhall 
 not  walk  in  darknefs,  but  mall  have 
 the  light  of  life. 
 
 1 3  The  Pharifees  therefore  faid 
 unto  him ,  Thou  beareft  record  of 
 thy  felf ;  thy  record  is  not  true. 
 
 14  Jefus  anfwcred  and  faid  un- 
 to them,  Though  I  bear  record  of 
 my  ielf,  yet  my  record  is  true:  for 
 I  know  whence  I  came,  and  whi- 
 ther I  go ;  but  ye  cannot  tell  whence 
 I  come,  and  whither  I  go. 
 
 iy  Ye  judge  after  the  flelh,  I 
 judge  no  man. 
 
 16  And  yet  if  I  judge,  my  judg- 
 ment is  true :  for  I  am  not  alone, 
 but  I  and  the  Father  that  fent  me. 
 
 17  It  is  alio  written  in  your  law, 
 that  the  teftimony  of  two  men  is 
 true. 
 
 1 8  I  am  one  that  bear  witnefs  of 
 my  lelf,  and  the  Father  that  fent 
 me,  bearcth  witnefs  of  me. 
 
 tq  Then  faid  they  unto  him. 
 Where  is  thy  Father?  Jefus  anfwer- 
 ed,  Ye  neither  know  me,  nor  my  Fa- 
 ther: if  ye  had  known  mcyefhould 
 have  known  my  Father  alio. 
 
 20  Theft  words  fpake  Jefus  in 
 the  trefuryrs  he  taught  in  the  tem- 
 ple: .n.l  no  man  laid  hands  on  him, 
 for  his  hour  was  n:t  yet  come. 
 
 21  Then  faid  Jefus  again  unto 
 them  ,  T  go  my  way,  and  ye  fhall 
 feek  me,  ;.nd  frail  die  in  your  iins; 
 whither  I  go,  ye  cannot  corre. 
 
 22  Then  faid  the  Jews,  wiil  he 
 kill  himlelf?  beeaufe  hekkh,  Whi- 
 I  go,  ye  cannot  come. 
 
 23  And  he  laid  unto  them,  Ye 
 aie  from  beneath, lam  from  above : 
 
 ye 
 
^co  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VIIT. 
 
 ye  are  of  this  world ,  I  am  not  of 
 this  world. 
 
 14  I  faid  therefore  unto  you,  that 
 ye  lhall  die  in  your  fins :  for  if  ye 
 believe  not  that  lam  he,  ye  (hall  die 
 in  your  fins. 
 
 %f  Then  faid  they  unto  him,  Who 
 art  thou  ?  And  Jefus  faith  unto  them, 
 Even  the  fame  that  I  faid  unto  you 
 from  the  beginning. 
 .  z6  I  have  many  things  to  fay,  and 
 to  judge  of  you:  but  he  that  fent 
 me,  is  true ;  and  I  lpeak  to  the  world 
 thofe  things  which  I  have  heard  of 
 him. 
 
 17  They  underftood  not  that  he 
 Ipake  to  them  of  the  Father. 
 
 28  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  them, 
 When  ye  have  lift  up  the  Son  of 
 man,  tben  {hall  ye  know  that  I  am 
 he,  and  that  I  do  nothing  of  my 
 {elf;  but  as  my  Father  hath  taught 
 me,  I  fpeak  thefe  things. 
 
 19  And  he  that  fent  me,  is  with 
 me :  the  Father  hath  not  left  me  a- 
 lone :  for  I  do  always  thofe  things 
 that  pleafe  him. 
 
 30  As  he  ipake  thefe  words,  ma- 
 ny believed  on  him. 
 
 3 1  Then  faid  Jefus  to  thofe  Jewi 
 which  believed  on  him ,  If  ye  con- 
 tinue in  my  word ,  then  are  ye  my 
 difciples  indeed; 
 
 $6.  31  And  ye  fliall  know  the 
 truth,  and  the  truth  lhall  make  you 
 free. 
 
 33  They  anfwered  him ,  We  be 
 Abrahams  feed,  and  were  never  in 
 bondage  to  any  man  :  how  fayeft 
 thou,  Ye  (hall  be  made  free  ? 
 
 34  Jefus  anfwered  them,  Verily 
 verily  I  fay  unto  you ,  Whofoever 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijh.  361 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 committeth  fin,  is  the  fervant  of 
 fin. 
 
 35-  And  the  fervant  abiJeth  not 
 in  the  houic  for  ever:  but  the  Son 
 abideth  ever. 
 
 36  If  the  Son  therefore  fhall 
 make  you  free,  ye  {lull  be  free  in- 
 deed. 
 
 37  I  know  that  ye  are  Abrahams 
 feed;  but  ye  leek  to  kill  me,  becaufe 
 my  word  hath  no  place  in  you. 
 
 38  I  fpeak  that  which  I  have 
 feen  with  my  Father :  and  ye  do 
 that  which  ye  have  feen  with  your 
 father. 
 
 39  They  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to him,  Abraham  is  our  father.  Je- 
 fus  faith  unto  them ,  If  ye  were  A- 
 brahams  children,  ye  would  do  the 
 works  of  Abraham. 
 
 40  But  now  ye  feek  to  kill  me, 
 a  man  that  hath  told  you  the  truth, 
 which  I  have  heard  of  God:  this  did 
 not  Abraham. 
 
 41  Ye  do  the  deeds  of  your  fa- 
 ther. Then  faid  they  to  him,  We 
 be  not  born  of  fornication ,  we  have 
 one  Father,  even  God. 
 
 41  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  if  God 
 were  your  Father,  ye  would  love 
 me :  for  I  proceeded  forth,  and  came 
 from  God,  neither  came  I  of  my 
 felf,  but  he  fent  me. 
 
 43  Whydoyenotunderfhndmy 
 fpeech  ?  even  becaufe  ye  cannot  hear 
 my  word. 
 
 44  Ye  are  of your  father  the  de- 
 vil, and  the  lufts  of  your  father  ye 
 will  do  :  he  was  a  murderer  from 
 the  beginning,  and  abode  not  in  the 
 truth,  becaufe  there  is  no  truth  in 
 him.  When  he  fpeaketh  a  lye,  he 
 fpeaketh  of  his  own  :  for  he  is  a 
 
 ^  z  liar, 
 
$6i  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John.  ■ 
 
 Chap.  VIII. 
 
 liar,  and  the  father  of  it. 
 
 4f  And  becaufe  I  tell  you  the 
 truth,  ye  believe  me  not. 
 
 46  Which  of  you  convincethmc 
 of  fin?  And  if  1  fay  the  truth,  why 
 do  ye  not  believe  me  ? 
 
 47  He  that  is  of  God,  heareth.' 
 Gods  words  :  ye  therefore  hear 
 them  not,  becaufe  ye  are  not  of 
 God. 
 
 48  Then  anfwered  the  Jews,  and 
 faid  unto  him,  Say  we  not  well,  that 
 thou  art  a  Samaritan ,  and  haft  a 
 devil  ? 
 
 49  Jefus  anfwered,  I  have  not  a 
 devil  i  but  I  honour  my  Father,  and 
 ye  do  dishonour  me. 
 
 5-0  And  I  feek  not  mine  own 
 glory:  there'is  one  that  feeketh  and 
 judgeth. 
 
 $■1  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 If  a  man  keep  my  faying ,  he  fhall 
 never  fee  death. 
 
 5-2  Then  faid  the  Jews  unto  him, 
 Now  we  know  that  thou  haft  a  de- 
 vil. Abraham  is  dead,  and  the  pro- 
 phets ;  and  thou  fayeft ,  If  a  man 
 keep  my  faying,  he  fhall  never  tafte 
 of  death*. 
 
 j-3  Art  thou  greater  then  our  fa- 
 ther Abraham,  which  is  dead  ?  and 
 the  prophets  are  dead :  whom  ma- 
 keftthou  thyfelf? 
 
 5-4  Jefus  anfwered  ,  If  I  honour 
 my  felf,  my  honour  is  nothing,  it 
 is  my  Father  that  honoureth  me,  of 
 whom  ye  fay,  that  he  is  your  God: 
 
 ff  Yet  ye  have  not  known 
 him  j  but  1  know  him  :  and  if  I 
 fhould  fay,  I  know  him  not,  I  fhall 
 be  a  liar  like  unto  you:  but  I  know 
 him,  and  keep  his  faying. 
 
 5-6  Your  father  Abraham  rejoy- 
 ced 
 
of  the  four  Evangelip.       363 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  VIIT. 
 
 ced  to  fee  my  day :  and  he  faw  it, 
 and  was  glad. 
 
 f7  Then  faid  the  Jews  unto  him, 
 Thou  art  not  yet  fifty  years  old,  snd 
 haft  thou  feen  Abraham? 
 
 j-8  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  Veriljr 
 verily  I  fay  unto  you,  Before  Abra- 
 ham was,  I  am. 
 
 5-9  Then  took  they  up  ftones  to 
 caft  at  him:  but  Jefus  hid  himfelf, 
 and  went  out  of  the  temple,  going 
 through  the  midft  of  them,  and  fo 
 pa fled  by. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  7.    A  N  D  as  Jefus  pafled  by,  he 
 J\  faw  a  man  which  was  blind 
 from  his  birth. 
 
 2  And  his  difciples  asked  him, 
 faying,  Mafter,  who  did  fin,  this 
 man ,  or  his  parents ,  that  he  was 
 born  blind  ? 
 
 3  Jefus  anfwered,  Neither  hath 
 this  man  finned,  nor  his  parents: 
 but  that  the  works  of  God  (hould 
 be  made  manifeft  in  him. 
 
 4  I  muft  work  the  works  of  him 
 that  fent  me,  while  it  is  day  :  the 
 night  cometh  when  no  man  can 
 work. 
 
 j  As  long  as  I  am  in  the  world, 
 I  am  the  light  of  the  world. 
 
 6  When  he  had  thus  fpoken,  he 
 fpat  on  the  ground,  and  made  clay 
 of  the  fpittle,  and  he  anointed  the 
 eyes  of  the  blind  man  with  the 
 clay, 
 
 7  And  faid  unto  him ,  Go  wafh 
 in  the  pool  of  Siloam  (which  is  by 
 interpretation,  Sent.)  He  went  his 
 way  therefore,  and  wafhed,  and 
 came  feeing, 
 
 Z  z  z  8  The. 
 
3^4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 S  The  neighbours  therefore,  and 
 they  which  before  had  feen  him, 
 that  he  was  blind,  faid,  Is  not  this 
 he  that  fat  and  begged  ? 
 
 9  Some  faid,  This  is  he :  others 
 faid,  He  is  like  him :  but  he  faid,  I 
 am  be. 
 
 i  o  Therefore  faid  they  unto  him , 
 How  were  thine  eyes  opened  ? 
 
 1 1  He  anfwered  and  faid.  A  man 
 that  is  called  Jefus,  made  clay,  and 
 anointed  mine  eyes ,  and  faid  unto 
 me,  Go  to  the  pool  of  Siloam,  and 
 wafh :  and  I  went  and  wafhed,  and 
 I  received  fight. 
 
 12  Then  faid  they  unto  him, 
 Where  is  he  ?  He  faid,  I  know  not. 
 
 i  j  They  brought  to  the  Pharifees 
 him  that  aforetime  was  blind. 
 
 14  And  it  was  the  fabbath-day 
 when  Jefus  made  the  clay ,  and 
 opened  his  eyes. 
 
 if  Then  again  the  Pharifees  alfb 
 asked  him  how  he  had  received  his 
 light.  He  faid  unro  them ,  He  put 
 clay  upon  mine  eyes,  and  I  wafhed, 
 and  do  lee. 
 
 16  Therefore  faid  fome  of  the 
 Pharifees,  This  man  is  not  of  God, 
 becaufe  he  keepeth  not  the  fabbath- 
 day.  Others  faid,  How  can  a  man 
 that  is  a  finner ,  do  fuch  miracles  ? 
 And  there  was  a  diviiion  among 
 them. 
 
 17  They  fay  unto  the  blind  man 
 again,  what  fayeft  thou  of  him, 
 that  he  hath  opened  thine  eyes?  He 
 faid,  He  is  a  prophet. 
 
 18  But  the  Jews  did  not  believe 
 concerning  him ,  that  he  had  been 
 blind ,  and  received  his  fight,  until 
 they  called  the  parents  or  him  that 
 had  received  his  fight. 
 
 19  And 
 
of  the  four  EwangeliJIs.  3  6  5 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 1 9  And  they  asked  them,  faying, 
 Is  this  your  fbn ,  who  ye  fay  was 
 born  blind  ?  how  then  doth  he  now 
 fee? 
 
 20  His  parents  anfwered  them 
 and  faid,  We  know  that  this  is  our 
 ion,  and  that  he  was  born  blind . 
 
 21  But  by  what  means  he  now 
 feeth,  we  know  not ;  or  who  hath 
 opened  his  eyes,  we  know  not :  he 
 is  of  age,  ask  him,  he  fhallfpeak 
 for  himfelf. 
 
 22  Thefe  words  fpake  his  pa- 
 rents, becaufe  they  feared  the  Jews : 
 for  the  Jews  had  agreed  already,  that 
 if  any  man  did  confefs  that  he  was 
 Chrift,  he  mould  be  put  out  of  the 
 fynagogue. 
 
 22  Therefore  faid  his  parents, 
 He  is  of  age,  ask  him. 
 
 24  Then  again  called  they  the 
 man  that  was  blind ,  and  faid  unto 
 him,  Give  God  the  praife :  we  know 
 that  this  man  is  a  ilnner. 
 
 25-  He  anfwered  and  faid,  Whe- 
 ther he  be  a  finner  or  no ,  I  know 
 not :  one  thing  I  know,  rhat  where- 
 as 'I  was  blind,  now  I  fee. 
 
 26  Then  faid  they  to  him  again, 
 What  did  he  to  thee?  how  opened. 
 he  thine  eyes  ? 
 
 27  He  anfwered  them,  I  have 
 told  you  already,   and  ye  did  not- 
 
 .  hear :  wherefore  would  ye  hear  it 
 again  ?  will  ye  alio  be  his  difci- 
 files  ? 
 
 28  Then  they  reviled  him,  and 
 iaid,  Thou  art  his  difciple;  but  we 
 are  Mofes  diiciples. 
 
 29  We  know  that  God  fpake  un- 
 .  to  Mofes  :   as  for  this  fellow ,   wc 
 
 know  not  from  whence  he  is. 
 20   The  man  anfwered  and  faid 
 z  z    3  unto, 
 
2,66 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mar  k. 
 
 L'JKE- 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 unto  them*  Why,  herein  is  a  mar- 
 vellous thing,  that  ye  know  nof 
 from  whence  he  is,  and^ye*  he  hath 
 opened  mine  eyes. 
 
 31  Now  we  know  that  God 
 hearcth  not  Tinners:  but  if  any  man 
 be  a  worfhippei  of  God,  anddoeth 
 his  will,  him  he  heareth. 
 
 32  Since  the  world  began  was 
 it  not  heard  that  any  man  opened 
 the  eyes  of  one  that  was  born  blind. 
 
 3  3  If  this  man  were  not  of  God, 
 he  could  do  nothing. 
 
 34  They  anfwered  and  faid  un- 
 to him,  Thou  waft  altogether  born 
 in  iins,  and  doft  thou  teach  us  ? 
 And  they  caft  him  out. 
 
 §8.     AFter 
 
 thefe 
 things,  the 
 Lord  appointed  other 
 feventyalfo,  and  fent 
 them  two  and  two 
 before  his  face  into 
 every  city,  and  place, 
 whither  he  himfelf 
 would  come. 
 
 x  Therefore  faid  he 
 unto  them,  The  har- 
 veft  truly  is  great,  but 
 the  labourers  are  few : 
 pray  ye  therefore  the 
 Lord  of  the  harveft, 
 that  he  would  fend 
 forth  labourers  into 
 his  harveft. 
 
 3  Go  your  ways: 
 behold  I  fend  you 
 forth  as  lambs  among 
 wolves. 
 
 4  Carry  neither 
 purfe,  nor  fcrip ,  nor 
 
 ftioes 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  3  c  7 
 
 1     ■ — 1. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 (hoes  .  and  falute  no  man  by  the 
 way. 
 
 f  And  into  whatfbever  houfe  ye 
 enter,  firft  fay,  Peace  be  to  this  houfe. 
 
 6  And  if  the  ion  of  peace  be 
 there,  your  peace  fhall  reft  upon  it : 
 if  not,  it  (hall  turn  to  you  again. 
 
 7  And  in  the  fame  houfe  remain, 
 eating  and  drinking  fuch  things  as 
 they  give :  for  the  labourer  is  wor- 
 thy of  his  hire.  Go  not  from  houfe 
 to  houfe. 
 
 8  And  into  whatfbever  city  ye 
 enter,  and  they  receive  you,  eat 
 fuch  things  as  are  fet  before  you. 
 
 9  And  heal  the  fick  that  are 
 therein,  and  fay  unto  them,  The 
 kingdom  of  God  is  come  nigh  unto 
 you. 
 
 I  o  But  into  whatfoever  city  ye 
 enter,  and  they  receive  you  not,  go 
 your  ways  out  into  the  ftreets  of 
 the  fame,  and  fay, 
 
 I I  Even  the  very  duft  of  your 
 city  which  cleaveth  on  us,  we  do 
 wipe  off  againft  you :  notwithftand- 
 ing  be  ye  fureof  this,  that  the  king- 
 dom of  God  is  come  nigh  unto 
 you. 
 
 1  2  But  I  fay  unto  you ,  that  it 
 fhall  be  more  tolerable  in  that  day 
 for  Sodom,  then  for  that  city. 
 
 1 3  Wo  unto  thee  Chorazin,  wo 
 unto  thee  Bet.hfaida  :  for  if  the 
 mighty  works  had  been  done  in 
 Tyre  and  Sidon ,.  which  have  been 
 done  in  you,  they  had  a  great  while 
 ago  repented,  litting  m  lackcloth 
 and  afhes. 
 
 14  But  it  fhall  be  more  tolerable 
 for  Tyre  and  Sidon  at  the  judgment, 
 then  for  you. 
 
 iS  And  thou  Capernaum,  which 
 
3 68  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johi 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 art  exalted  to  heaven,  (halt  be  thruft 
 down  to  hell. 
 
 1 6  He  that  heareth  you,  hcareth 
 me:  and  he  that  defpifeth  you,  de- 
 fpifeth me  :  and  he  that  defpifeth 
 me,  defpifeth  him  that  fcnt  me. 
 
 §9.  17  And  the  feventy  returned 
 again  with  joy,  faying,  Lord,  even 
 the  devils  are  fubjeft  unto  us  through 
 thy  name. 
 
 18  And  he  faid  unto  them,  I 
 beheld  Satan  as  lightning  fall  from 
 heaven. 
 
 19  Behold,  I  give  unto  you 
 power  to  tread  on  ferpents  and  fcor- 
 pions,  and  over  all  the  power  of  the 
 enemy  ;  and  nothing  mail  by  any 
 means  hurt  you. 
 
 20  Notwithftanding  in  this  re- 
 joyce  not,  that  the  fpirits  are  fub- 
 
 .  je£t  unto  you  :  but  rather  rejoyce, 
 becaufe  your  names  are  written  in 
 heaven. 
 
 2 1  In  that  hour  Jefus  rejoyced 
 '    in  fpirit,  and  faid,  I  thank  thee,  O 
 
 Father,  Lord  of  heaven  and  earth , 
 that  thou  haft  hid  thefe  things  from 
 the  wife  and  prudent,  and  haft  re- 
 vealed them  unto  babes  :  even  fb 
 Father,  for  fo  it  feemed  good  in  thy 
 fight. 
 
 22  All  things  are  delivered  to 
 me  of  my  Father :  and  no  man 
 knoweth  who  the  Son  is ,  but  the 
 Father  ;  and  who  the  Father  is,  but 
 the  Son,  and  he  to  whom  the  Son 
 will  reveal  him. 
 
 2  3  And  he  turned  him  unto  his 
 difciples,  and  faid  privately,  Blef- 
 fed  are  the  eyes  which  fee  the  things 
 that  ye  fee. 
 
 24  For  I  tell  you,  that  many 
 
 prophets 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  $69 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk, 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 prophets  and  kings  have  defired  to 
 fee  thofc  things  which  ye  fee ,  and 
 have  not  feen  them  ;  and  to  hear 
 thofe  things  which  ye  hear,  and 
 have  not  heard  them. 
 
 $  1 0.  if  And  behold,  a  certain 
 lawyer  flood  up,  and  tempted  him, 
 faying,  Mafter,  what  fhall  I  do  to 
 inherit  eternal  life? 
 
 26  He  did  unto  him,  What  is 
 written  in  the  law  ?  "how  rcadeft 
 thou  ? 
 
 27  And  he  anfwering,  faid,  Thou 
 
 lhalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God  with  all 
 
 thy  heart,  and  with  all  thy  foul,  and 
 
 with  all  thy  ftrength,  and  with  all 
 thy  mind  j  and  thy  neighbour  as 
 thy  felf. 
 
 28  And  he  did  unto  him,  Thou 
 haft  anfwered  right :  this  do,  and 
 thou  (halt  live. 
 
 29  But  he  willing  to  juftifie  him- 
 ielf,  faid  untojefus,  And  who  k 
 my  neighbour  ? 
 
 30  Andjefiis  anfwering,  faid,  A 
 certain  man  went  down  from  Je- 
 rufalem  to  Jericho,  and  fell  among 
 thieves  which  ftripped  him  of  his 
 raiment,  and  wounded  him,  and 
 departed,  leaving  him  half-dead. 
 
 31  And  by  chance  there  came 
 down  a  certain  prieft  that  way  j 
 and  when  he  faw  him,  he  pafled 
 by  on  the  other  fide. 
 
 32  And  likewifea  Levite,when 
 he  was  at  the  place,  came  and  look- 
 ed on  him,  and  pafled  by  on  the 
 other  fide. 
 
 33  But  a  certain  Samaritan ,  as 
 he  journeyed,  came  where  he  was  : 
 and  when  he  faw  him,  he  had  com- 
 panion on  him, 
 
 A  a  a  ?4  An4 
 
37°  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 34  And  went  to  him,  and  bound 
 up  his  wounds,  pouring  in  oyl  and 
 wine,  and  fet  him  on  his  own 
 beaft,  and  brought  him  to  an  inn, 
 and  took  care  of  him. 
 
 35*  And  on  the  morrow  when  he 
 departed,  he  took  out  two  pence, 
 and  gave  them  to  the  hoft,  and 
 faid  unto  him,  Take  care  of  him  $ 
 and  whatiiever  thou  fpendeft  more, 
 when  I  come  again  I  will  repay 
 thee. 
 
 36  Which  now  of  thefe  three, 
 thinkeft  thou,  was  neighbour  unto 
 him  that  fell  among  the  thieves  ? 
 
 37  And  he  faid,  He  that  fhewed 
 mercy  on  him.  Then  faid  Jefiis 
 unto  him,  Go,  and  do  thou  like- 
 wife. 
 
 §  ir.  38  Now  it  came  to  pafs, 
 as  they  went,  that  he  entred  into 
 a  certain  village:  and  a  certain  wo- 
 man named  Martha,  received  him 
 into  her  houfe. 
 
 39  And  fhe  had  a  fitter  called 
 Mary,  which  alfo  fat  at  Jefus  feet, 
 and  heard  his  word. 
 
 40  But  Martha  was  cumbred  a- 
 bout  much  ferving,  and  came  to 
 him,  and  faid,  Lord,  doft  thou  not 
 care  that  my  lifter  hath  left  me  to 
 ferve  alone  ?  bid  her  therefore  that 
 fhe  help  me. 
 
 .  4 1  And  Jefiis  anfwered,  and  faid 
 unto  her,  Martha,  Martha,  thou  art 
 careful,  and  troubled  about  many 
 things: 
 
 4z  But  one  thing  is  needful.  And 
 Mary  hath  chofen  that  good  part,  . 
 which  fhallnot  be  taken  away  from 
 her. 
 
 §  12;  And 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUjls.  371 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Lore.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XT. 
 
 §  12.  AND  it  came  to  pafs,  that 
 Xjl  as  he  was  praying  in  a 
 certain  place:  when  he ceafed,  one 
 of  his  difciples  faid  unto  him,  Lord, 
 teach  us  to  pray,  as  John  alfo  taught 
 his  difciples. 
 
 2  And  he  faid  unto  them,  When 
 ye  pray,  fay,  Our  Father  which  art 
 in  heaven,  Hallowed  be  thy  name. 
 Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be 
 done,  as  in  heaven,  fo  in  earth. 
 
 3  Give  us  day  by  day  our  daily 
 bread. 
 
 4  And  forgive  us  our  fins  ;  for 
 we  alfo  forgive  every  one  that  is 
 indebted  to  us.  And  lead  us  not  into 
 temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil. 
 
 f  And  he  faid  unto  them,  Which 
 of  you  mail  have  a  friend,  and  fhall 
 go  unto  him  at  midnight ,  and  fay 
 unto  him ,  Friend ,  lend  me  three 
 loaves; 
 
 6  For  a  friend  of  mine  in  his 
 journey  is  come  to  me,  and  I  hare 
 nothing  to  fet  before  him: 
 
 7  And  he  from  within  fhall  an- 
 fwer  and  fay,  Trouble  me  not:  the 
 door  is  now  {hut,  and  my  children 
 are  with  me  in  bed  ;  I  cannot  rife 
 and  give  thee. 
 
 8  I  fay  unto  you,  Though  he  will 
 not  rife  and  give  him,  becaufe  he  is 
 his  friend :  yet  becaufe  of  his  im- 
 portunity, he  will  rife  and  give  him 
 as  many  as  he  needeth. 
 
 9  And  I  fay  unto  you,  Ask,  and 
 it  fhall  be  given  you  :  feek,  and  ye 
 fhall  find  :  knock,  and  it  fhall  be 
 opened  unto  you. 
 
 1  o  For  every  one  that  asketh,  re- 
 ceiveth:  and  he  that  feeketh,  find- 
 eth  :  and  to  him  that  knocketh*  it 
 fhall  be  opened. 
 
 A  a  a  e  it  tf 
 
3  7  *  1%e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 John. 
 
 i  i  If  a  fon  {hall  ask  bread  of 
 say  of  you  that  is  a  father,  will  he 
 give  him  a  ftone?  or  if  he  ask  a  fifli, 
 will  he  for  a  fifh  give  him  a  fer- 
 pent  ? 
 
 12  Or  if  he  fhall  ask  an  egg, 
 will  he  offer  him  a  fcorpion  ? 
 
 13  If  ye  then,  being  evil,  know 
 how  to  give  good  gifts  unto  your 
 children :  how  much  more  (hall 
 your  heavenly  Father  give  the  holy 
 Spirit  to  them  that  ask  him? 
 
 §13.  14  And  he  was  calling  out 
 a  devil,  and  it  was  dumb.  And  it 
 came  to  paft ,  when  the  devil  was 
 gone  out,  the  dumb  fpake :  and 
 the  people  wondred. 
 
 15-  But  fome  of  them  faid,  He 
 cafteth  out  devils  through  Beelze- 
 bub, the  chief  of  the  devils. 
 
 16  And  others  tempting  him, 
 fought  of  him  afign  from  heaven. 
 
 T7  But  he  knowing  their  thoughts, 
 faid  unto  them,  Every  kingdom  di- 
 vided againft  it  felf ,  is  brought  to 
 defolation  :  and  a  houfe  divided  a- 
 gainffa  houfe,  falleth. 
 
 18  If  Satan  alfo  be  divided  a- 
 gainft  himfelf,  how  fhall  his  king- 
 dom (land  ?  becaufe  ye  fay  that  I 
 caff  out  devils  through  Beelzebub. 
 
 19  And  if  I  by  Beelzebub  caff 
 out  devils,  by  whom  do  your  fons 
 caff  them  out?  therefore  fhall  they 
 be  your  judges; 
 
 20  But  if  I  with  the  finger  of 
 God  caff  out  devils,  no  doubt  the 
 kingdom  of  God  is  come  upon  you. 
 
 2 1  When  a  ftrong  man  armed 
 keepeth  his  palace,  his  goods  are  in 
 peace. 
 
 22  But  when  a  ftronger  then  he 
 
 fhall 
 
■    MV-    ■  "*■    '1 
 
 I    ■  ■     Ml  J  1  ii       I  ■         ■  ■»»— ■— « »— »  i  II 
 
 of  r#*  /oar  EvangeUjis.  3  7  3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 {hall  come  upon  him,  and  over- 
 come him,  he  taketh  from  him  all 
 his  armour  wherein  he  trufted,  and 
 divideth  his  fpoils. 
 
 23  He  that  is  not  with  me,  is  a- 
 gainft  me  :  and  he  that  gathereth 
 not  with  me,  fcattereth. 
 
 24  When  the  unclean  fpirit  is 
 gone  out  of  a  man,  he  walketh 
 through  dry  places ,  feeking  reft  : 
 and  finding  none ,  he  faith ,  I  will 
 return  unto  my  houfe  whence  I 
 came  out. 
 
 z?  And  when  he  cometh,  he 
 findeth  it  fwept  and  garnifhed. 
 
 26  Then  goeth  he,  and  taketh 
 to  him  ieven  other  fpirits  more 
 wicked  then  himfelf,  and  they  en- 
 ter in ,  and  dwell  there:  and  the  laft 
 ftate  of  that  man  is  worfe  then  the 
 firfc 
 
 27  And  it  came  to  pafs  as  he 
 /pake  thefe  things,  a  certain  wo- 
 man of  the  company  lift  up  her 
 voice,  and  faid  unto  him,  Blefled  is 
 the  womb  that  bare  thee,  and  the 
 paps  which  thou  haft  fucked. 
 
 28  But  he  faid,  Yea,  rather  blefl 
 fed  are  they  that  hear  the,  word  of 
 God  and  keep  it. 
 
 29  And  when  the  people  were 
 gathered  thick  together,  he  began 
 to  fay,  This  is  an  evil  generation : 
 they  feek  a  fign,  and  there  fhall  no 
 fign  be  given  it,  but  the  fign  of  Jo- 
 nas the  prophet. 
 
 30  For  as  Jonas  was  a  fign  unto 
 the  Ninevites,  fo  fhall  alfo  the  Son 
 of  man  be  to  this  generation. 
 
 3 1  The  queen  of  the  fouth  fhall 
 rife  up  in  the  judgment  with  the 
 men  of  this  generation ,  and  con- 
 demn them :  f  or.fhe  came  from  the 
 
 A  a  a  3  utter.. 
 
The  Harmony 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 uttermoft  parts  of  the  earth,  to  hear 
 the  wifdom  of  Solomon ;  and  be- 
 hold, a  greater  then  Solomon  is 
 here. 
 
 3 1  The  men  of  Nineve  fhall  rife 
 up  in  the  judgment  with  this  gene- 
 ration, and  (hall  condemn  it :  for 
 they  repented  at  the  preaching  of 
 Jonas  ;  and  behold,  a  greater  then 
 Jonas  is  here. 
 
 33  No  man  when  he  hath  light- 
 ed a  candle ,  putteth  it  in  a  fecret 
 place ,  neither  under  a  bufhel ;  but 
 on  a  candlcftick ,  that  they  which 
 come  in  may  fee  the  light. 
 
 34  The  light  of  the  body  is  the 
 eye  :  therefore  when  thine  eye  is 
 fingle,  thy  whole  body  alio  is  full 
 of  light :  but  when  thine  eye  is  evil, 
 thy  body  alfo  is  full  of  darknefs. 
 
 35-  Take  heed  therefore,  that  the 
 light  which  is  in  thee  be  not  dark- 
 nefs. 
 
 36  If  thy  whole  body  therefore 
 be  full  of  light,  having  no  part 
 dark,  the  whole  fhall  be  full  of 
 light,  as  when  the  bright  fhining  of 
 a  candle  doth  give  thee  light. 
 
 §  14.  37  And  as  he  fpake,  a  cer- 
 tain Pharifee  befbught  him  to  dine 
 with  him  :  and  he  went  in  and  fat 
 down  to  meat. 
 
 38  And  when  the  T?harifee  faw 
 it,  he  marvelled  that  he  had  not 
 firft  wafhed  before  dinner. 
 
 39  And  the  Lord  faid  unto  him, 
 Now  do  ye  Pharifees  make  clean 
 the  outfide  of  the  cup  and  the  plat- 
 ter: but  your  inward  part  is  full  of 
 ravening  and  wickednefs. 
 
 40  Ye  fools,  did  not  he  that 
 •   made  that  which  is  without,  make 
 
 that 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 375 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 that  which  is  within  alfo  ? 
 
 4 1  But  rather  give  alms  of  fuch 
 things  as  you  have:  and  behold,  all 
 things  are  clean  unto  you. 
 
 42  But  wo  unto  you  Pharifees: 
 ye  tithe  mint  and  rue  and  all  man- 
 ner of  herbs,  and  pafs  over  judg- 
 ment and  the  love  of  God  :  thefe 
 ought  ye  to  hare  done,  and  not  to 
 leave  the  other  undone. 
 
 45  Wo  unto  you  Pharifees  :  for 
 ye  love  the  uppermoft  feats  in  the 
 fynagogues,  and  greetings  in  the 
 markets. 
 
 44  Wo  unto  you,  Scribes  and 
 Pharifees,  Hypocrites:  for  ye  are  as 
 graves  which  appear  not,  and  the 
 men  that  walk  over  them,  are  not 
 aware  of  them. 
 
 4jr  Then  anfwered  one  of  the 
 lawyers,  and  faid  unto  him,  Matter, 
 thus  faying,  thou  reproacheft  us  alfb. 
 
 46  And  he  faid,  Wo  unto  you 
 alfb  ye  lawyers :  for  ye  lade  men 
 with  burdens  grievous-  to  be  born, 
 and  ye  your  felves  touch  not  the 
 burdens  with  one  of  your  fingers. 
 
 47  Wo  unto  you  :  for  ye  build 
 the  fepulchres  of  the  prophets,  and 
 your  fathers  killed  them. 
 
 48  Truly  ye  bear  witnefs  that  yc 
 allow  the  deeds  of  your  fathers-: 
 for  they  indeed  killed  them,  and  ye 
 build  their  fepulchres. 
 
 49  Therefore  alfb  faid  the  wif. 
 dom  of  God,  I  will  fend  them  pro. 
 phets  and  apoflles,  and fome  of  them- 
 they  fhall  flay  and  persecute : 
 
 fo  That  the  blood  of  all  the  pro- 
 phets, which  was  fhed  from  the 
 foundation  of  the  world,  may  be. 
 required  of  this  generation ; 
 
 f\  From  the  blood  of  Abel  unto 
 
 John. 
 
 the 
 
2  7  C  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 the  blood-of  Zacharias,  which  pe- 
 rilled between  the  altar  and  the 
 temple :  verily  I  fay  unto  you ,  it 
 {hail  be  required  of  this  generation. 
 
 5-2  Wo  unto  you  lawyers:  roi  ye 
 have  taken  away  -he  key  of  know- 
 ledge :  ye  entrea  noc  111  your  ielves, 
 and  them  that  were  enuring  in,  ye 
 hindred. 
 
 f  3  And  as  he  {aid  thefe  things 
 unto  them,  theScribesandthePha- 
 rifees  began  to  urge  him  vehement- 
 ly, and  to  provoke  him  to  {peak  of 
 many  things. 
 
 $•4  Laying  wait  for  him,  and 
 .feeking  to  catch  fomething  out  of 
 his  mouth,  that  they  might  accufe 
 Jhinu 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 §  if.  TN  the  mean  time,  when 
 JL  there  were  gathered  toge- 
 ther an  innumerable  multitude  of 
 people,  infomuch  that  they  trode 
 ■one  upon  another ,  he  began  to  {ay 
 unto  his  difciples  firft  of  all ,  Be- 
 ware ye  of  the  leaven  of  the  Pha- 
 rifees,  which  is  hypocrifie. 
 
 %  For  there  is  nothing  covered, 
 that  fhall  not  be  revealed  ;  neither 
 .hid,  that  {hall  not  be  known. 
 
 3  Therefore  whatlbever  ye  have 
 fpoken  in  darknefs ,  {hall  be  heard 
 in  the  light :  and  that  which  ye  have 
 fpoken  in  the  ear  in  clofets,  fhall  be 
 proclaimed  upon  the  houfe-tops. 
 
 4  And  I  fay  unto  you  my  friends, 
 JBe  not  afraid  of  them  that  kill  the 
 body,  and  after  that,  have  no  more 
 that  they  can  do. 
 
 f  But  I  will  forewarn  you  whom 
 you  fhall  fear :  Fear  him,  which  af- 
 
 ter 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  377 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 ter  he  hath  killed ,  hath  power  to 
 call  into  hell;  yea,  I  fay  unto  you, 
 tear  him. 
 
 6  Are  not  five  fparrows  fold  for 
 two  farthings,  and  not  one  of  them 
 is  forgotten  before  God  ? 
 
 7  But  even  the  very  hairs  of  your 
 head  are  all  numbred.  Fear  not 
 therefore :  ye  are  of  more  value  then 
 many  fparrows. 
 
 8  Alio  I  fay  unto  you ,  whofo- 
 ever  fhall  confefs  me  before  men, 
 him  fiull  the  Son  of  man  alio  con- 
 fefs before  the  angels  of  God. 
 
 9  But  he  that  denieth  me  before 
 men,  fhall  be  denied  before  the  an- 
 gels of  God. 
 
 I  o  And  whofoever  fhall  fpeak  a 
 word  againft  the  Son  of  man,  it 
 fhall  be  forgiven  him :  but  unto 
 him  that  blafphemeth  againft  the 
 holyGhoft,  it  fhall  not  be  forgiven. 
 
 II  And  when  they  bring  you 
 unto  the  fynagogues,  and  unto  ma. 
 giftrates,  and  powers,  take  ye  no 
 thought  how  or  what  thing  ye  fhall 
 anfwer,  or  what  ye  fhall  fay : 
 
 1 1  For  the  holy  Ghoft  fhall  teach 
 you  in  the  fame  hour  what  ye 
 ought  to  fay. 
 
 1 3  And  one  of  the  company  faid 
 unto  him,  Mafter,  fpeak  to  my  bro- 
 ther, that  he  divide  the  inheritance 
 with  me. 
 
 14  And  he  faid  unto  him,  Man, 
 who  made  me  a  Judge ,  or  a  divi- 
 der over  you  ? 
 
 iy  And  he  faid  unto  them,  Take 
 heed,  and  beware  of  covetoufhefs : 
 for  a  mans  life  coniifteth  not  in  the 
 abundance  of  the  things  which  he 
 poueffeth. 
 
 i(J  And  he  fpake  a  parable  un- 
 B  bb 
 
 4 
 
.11      I      I—  ' 
 
 3-78  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 to  them,  faying,  The  ground  of  a 
 certain  rich  man  brought  forth  plen- 
 tifully. 
 
 17  And  he  thought  within  him- 
 felf ,  faying ,  What  fhall  I  do,  be- 
 caufe  I  have  no  room  where  to  be- 
 ftow  my  fruits  ? 
 
 18  And  he  faid,  this  will  I  do : 
 I  will  pull  down  my  barns  and 
 build  greater  :  and  there  will  I  be- 
 ftow  all  my  fruits  and  my  goods. 
 
 19  And  I  will  fay  to  my  foul, 
 Soul,  thou  haft  much  goods  laid  up 
 for  many  years ;  take  thine  eafe , 
 eat,  drink,  and  be  merry. 
 
 zo  But  God  faid  unto  him,  Thou 
 fool,  this  night  thy  foul  fhall  be  re- 
 ouired  of  thee  :  then  whofe  fhall 
 rhofe  things  be  which  thou  haft  pro- 
 vided ? 
 
 2 1  So  is  he  that  layeth  up  trea- 
 sure for  himfelf,  and  is  not  rich  to- 
 wards God. 
 
 2  a  And  he  faid  unto  his  difci- 
 ples,  Therefore  I  fay  unto  you,  Take 
 no  thought  for  your  life,  what  ye 
 fhall  eat  j  neither  for  the  body,  what 
 ye  fhall  put  on. 
 
 22  The  life  is  more  then  meat, 
 and  the  body  is  more  then  rai- 
 ment. 
 
 24  Confider  the  ravens :  for  they 
 neither  fow  nor  reap  ;  which  nei- 
 ther have  ftore-houfe  nor  barn;  and 
 God  feedcth  them  :  How  much 
 more  a  re  ye  better  then  the  fowls  ? 
 
 2f  And  which  of  you  with  ta- 
 king thought  can  add  to  his  ftature 
 one  cubit? 
 
 26  If  ye  then  be  not  able  to  do 
 that  thing  which  is  leaft,  why  take 
 ye  thought  for  the  reft  ? 
 
 17  Confider  the  lilies  how  they 
 
 grow; 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelijls.  3  7  9 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 »  grow:    They  toyl  not,   they  fpin 
 
 not :  and  yet  I  fay  unto  you ,  that 
 Solomon  in  all  his  glory,  was  not 
 arayed  like  one  of  thefe. 
 
 28  If  then  God  fo  clothe  the 
 grafs,  which  is  to  day  in  the  field, 
 and  to  morrow  is  cafl:  into  the  oven 
 how  much  more  will  he  clothe  you, 
 O  ye  of  little  faith  ? 
 
 29  And  feek  not  ye  what  ye 
 fhall  eat ,  or  what  ye  (hall  drink , 
 neither  be  ye  of  doubtful  mind. 
 
 30  For  all  thefe  things  do  the 
 nations  of  the  world  feek  after  : 
 and  your  Father  knoweth  that  ye 
 have  need  of  thefe  things. 
 
 3  1  But  rather  feek  ye  the  king- 
 dom of  God ,  and  all  thefe  things 
 (hall  be  added  unto  you. 
 
 32  Fear  not,  little  flock  ;  for  it 
 is  your  Fathers  good  pleafure  to 
 give  you  the  kingdom. 
 
 33  Sell  that  ye  have,  and  give 
 alms :  provide  your  felves  bags 
 which  wax  not  old ,  a  treafure  in 
 the  heavens  that  faileth  not,  where 
 no  thief  approacheth,  neither  moth 
 corrupteth. 
 
 34  For  where  your  treafure  is, 
 there  will  your  heart  be  alfo. 
 
 35-  Let  your  loyns  be  girded  a- 
 bout,  and  your  lights  burning  ; 
 
 36  And  ye  your  felves  like  unto 
 men  that  wait  for  their  lord,  when 
 he  will  return  from  the  wedding, 
 that  when  he  cometh,  and  knock- 
 eth ,  they  may  open  unto  him  im- 
 mediately. 
 
 37  Bleffed  are  thofe  fervants, 
 whom  the  lord  when  he  cometh 
 fhall  find  watching  :  verily,  I  fay 
 unto  you,  that  he  fhall  gird  him- 
 felf ,  and  make  them  to  fit  down 
 
 B  b  b   2  t° 
 
2  go  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 to  meat,  and  will  come  forth  and 
 ferve  them. 
 
 38  And  if  he  fhall  come  in  the 
 fecond  watch,  or  come  in  the  third 
 watch,  and  find  them  lb,  blefled  are 
 thofe  fervants . 
 
 39  And  this  know,  that  if  the 
 good-man  of  the  houfe  had  known 
 what  hour  the  thief  would  come, 
 he  would  have  watched ,  and  not 
 have  fuffered  his  houfe  to  be  bro- 
 ken through. 
 
 40  Be  ye  therefore  ready  alfo: 
 for  the  Son  of  man  cometh  at  an 
 hour  when  ye  think  not. 
 
 41  Then  Peter  faid  unto  him, 
 Lord,  fpeakeft  thou  this  parable  un- 
 to us,  or  even  to  all  ? 
 
 42  And  the  Lord  faid,  who  then 
 is  that  faithful  and  wife  fleward, 
 whom  his  lord  fhall  make  ruler  over 
 his  houfhold,  to  give  them  their 
 portion  of  meat  in  due  feafon  ?  _ 
 
 43  BlefTed  is  that  fer van t,  whom 
 his  lord  when  he  cometh  fhall  find 
 fo  doing. 
 
 44  Of  a  truth  I  fay  unto  you, 
 that  he  will  make  him  ruler  over 
 all  that  he  hath. 
 
 45-  But  and  if  that  fervant  fay  in 
 his  heart,  My  lord  delayeth  his  com- 
 ing 5  and  fhall  begin  to  beat  the 
 men-fervants,  and  maidens,  and  to 
 eat  and  drink,  and  to  be  drunken: 
 
 46  The  lord  of  that  fervant  will 
 come  in  a  day  when  he  looketh  not 
 for  him,  and  at  an  hour  when  he  is 
 
 •not  aware,  and  will  cut  him  in  Hin- 
 der, and  will  appoint  him  his  por- 
 tion with  the  unbelievers. 
 
 47  And  that  fervant  which  knew 
 his  lords  will,  and  prepared  not 
 him/elf,  neither  did  according  to 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijts.  3  S  1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 his  will,  fhall  be  beaten  with  many 
 pipes. 
 
 48  But  he  that  knew  not,  and 
 did  commit  things  worthy  ot  ftripes, 
 fhall  be  beaten  with  few  firipes. 
 For  unto  whomsoever  much  is  gi- 
 ven, of  him  lhail  be  much  required  : 
 and  to  whom  men  have  committed 
 much,  of  him  they  will  ask  the 
 more. 
 
 49  I  am  come  to  fend  fire  on  the 
 earth,  and  what  will  I,  if  it  be  al- 
 ready kindled  ? 
 
 5-0  But  I  have  a  baptiim  to  be 
 baptized  with,  and  how  am  I  ftrait- 
 ned  till  it  be  accomplished  I 
 
 f  x  Suppofe  ye  that  I  am  come 
 to  give  peace  on  earth  ?  I  tell  you, 
 Nay  j  but  rather  diviiion. 
 
 f%  For  from  henceforth  there 
 ihall  be  five  in  one  houfe  divided, 
 three  againft  two,  and  two  againft 
 three. 
 
 f  3  The  father  fhall  be  divided  a- 
 gainft  the  fon ,  and  the  fon  againft: 
 the  father  :  the  mother  againft  the 
 daughter,  and  the  daughter  againft 
 the  mother :  the  mother  in  law  a- 
 gainft  her  daughter  in  law,  and  the 
 daughter  in  law  againft  her  mother 
 in  law. 
 
 /4  And  he  faid  alio  to  the  peo- 
 ple, When  ye  fee  a  cloud  rife  out 
 of  the  weft,  ftraightway  ye  fay, 
 there  cometh  a  fhowre  j  and  fo 
 it  is. 
 
 ff  And  when  ye  fee  the  fouth- 
 wind  blow ,  ye  fay,  There  will  be 
 heat;  and  it  cometh  to  pafs. 
 
 f6  Ye  hypocrites,  ye  can  difccrn 
 the  face  of  the  skie,  and  of  the 
 earth :  but  how  is  it,  that,  ye  do  not 
 difcern  this  time  ?  ^ 
 
 B;b  b    3  n  yea' 
 
3  8  z  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 $7  Yea,  and  why  even  of  your 
 felves  judge  ye  not  what  is  right  ?" 
 
 5-8  When  thou  gocft  with  thine 
 adverfary  to  the  magtftrate,  as  thou 
 art  in  the  way,  give  diligence  that 
 thou  mayeft  be  delivered  from  him; 
 left  he  hale  thee  to  the  judge ,  and 
 the  judge  deliver  thee  to  the  officer, 
 and  the  officer  caft  thee  into  prifon. 
 
 5-9  I  tell  thee,  thou  (halt  not  de- 
 part thence ,  till  thou  haft  paid  the 
 very  laft  mite. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 §  16.  fT«Here  were  prefent  at  that 
 X  feafbn,  fome  that  told 
 him  of  the  Galileans,  whofe  blood 
 Pilate  had  mingled  with  their  fa- 
 crifices. 
 
 2  And  Jefus  anfwering,  faid  un- 
 to them,  Suppofe  ye  that  thefe  Ga- 
 lileans were  tinners  above  all  the 
 
 Galileans,  becaufe  they  fufrered  fuch  ^ 
 
 things? 
 
 3  I  tell  you,  Nay :  but  except  ye  * 
 repent,  ye  fhall  all  likewife  perifh. 
 
 4  Or  thofe  eighteen,  upan  whom 
 the  towre  in  Siloam  fell,  and  flew 
 them ,  think  ye  that  they  were  fin- 
 ners  above  all  men  that  dwelt  in 
 Jerufalem  ? 
 
 ?  I  tell  you,  Nay:  but  except  ye 
 iepent,  ye  fhall  all  likewife  pe- 
 rifh. 
 
 6  He  fpake  alfo  this  parable:  A 
 certain  man  had  a  fig-tree  planted 
 in  his  vineyard ,  and  he  came  and 
 fought  fruit  thereon,  and  found 
 none. 
 
 7  Then  faid  he  unto  the  drefler 
 of  his  vineyard,  Behold,  thefe'three 
 years  I  come  feeking  fruit  on  this 
 
 fig- 
 
■•i""^ ■ ■ ■ ^^»™««n««Bss 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelijls.  3  8  3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 fig-tree,  and  find  none:  cut  it  down, 
 why  cumbreth  it  the  ground  ? 
 
 8  And  he  anfwering ,  faid  unto 
 him,  Lord,  let  it  alone  this  year  al- 
 io, till  I  fhall  dig  about  it,  and  dung 
 it  : 
 
 9  And  if  it  bear  fruit,  well:  and 
 if  not,  then  after  that  thou  lhalt  cut 
 it  down. 
 
 §  1 7,  10  And  he  was  teaching  in 
 one  of  the  fynagogues  on  the  fab- 
 bath. 
 
 1 1  And  behold,  there  was  a  wo- 
 t                        man  which  had  a  fpirit  of  infirmity 
 
 eighteen  years,  and  was  bowed  to- 
 gether, and  could  in  no  wife  lift 
 up  herfelf. 
 
 1 2  And  when  Jefus  faw  her,  he 
 called  her  to  him,  and  faid  unto 
 her,  Woman,  thou  art  looled  from 
 thine  infirmity. 
 
 1 3  And  he  laid  his  hands  on  her : 
 and  immediately  fhe  was  made 
 ftraight,  and  glorified  God. 
 
 14  And  the  ruler  of  the  fyna- 
 gogue  anfwered  with  indignation, 
 becaufe  that  Jefus  had  healed  on  the 
 labbath-day,  and  faid  unto  the  peo- 
 ple, There  are  fix  days  in  which 
 men  ought  to  work :  in  them  there- 
 fore come  and  be  healed ,  and  not 
 on  the  fabbath-day. 
 
 1  f  The  Lord  then  anfwered  him, 
 and  faid,  Thou  hypocrite,  doth  not 
 each  one  of  you  on  the  fabbathloofe 
 his  ox  or  his  afs  from  the  flail,  and 
 lead  him.  away  to  watering? 
 
 16  And  ought  not  this  woman 
 being  a  daughter  of  Abraham,  whom 
 Satan  hath  bound,  !o  thefe  eighteen 
 years,  be  loofed  from  this  bond  on 
 the  fabbath-day  ?; 
 
 17  And 
 
384  T^e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 ry  And  when  he  had  faid  thefe 
 things,  all  his  adverfaries  were  a- 
 fhamed  :  and  all  the  people  rejoy- 
 ced  for  all  the  glorious  things  that 
 were  done  by  him. 
 
 18  Then  laid  he,  Unto  what  is 
 the  kingdom  of  God  like  ?  and 
 whereunto  (hall  I  referable  it? 
 
 19  It  is  like  a  grain  of  mufrard- 
 feed ,  which  a  man  took,  and  call 
 into  his  garden,  and  it  grew,  and 
 waxed  a  great  tree  :  and  the  fowls 
 of  the  air  lodged  in  the  branches 
 of  it. 
 
 20  And  again  he  faid,  Whereunto 
 fhall  I  liken  the  kingdom  of  God? 
 
 a  1  It  is  like  leaven,  which  a  wo- 
 man took  and  hid  in  three  meafures 
 of  meal,  till  the  whole  was  lea- 
 vened. 
 
 ai  And  he  went  through  the  ci- 
 ties and  villages,  teaching  and  jour- 
 nying  towards  Jerusalem. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  385 
 
 CHAP.    XIII. 
 
 From  the  Feaft  of  dedication-,  till  the  Death  of  Lazarus : 
 containing  about  Two  months  fpace,  from  'December  A.D. 
 3  2 .  till  February  A.T).  33. 
 
 THE  Order  of  mofl  of  the  Sections  of  this  Period  will  be  eafy  enough,  if 
 we  obferve  but  one  things  which  has  not  hitherto >  I  thinly,  been  taken 
 notice  of  by  any-,  viz.  That  our  Saviour  fent  the  Blind  Man  to  the  Fool  of 
 Siloam,  as  he  went  from  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles :   But  that  he  did  not  after- 
 ward light  on  him,  and  difcourfe  him  till  the  Feaft  of  Dedication  following. 
 That  this  is  a  true  Obfervation,  I  fhall  fjew  from  thefe  Arguments,     (i .)  The 
 .Accidents  and  Events  which  intervene  between  the  jtnding  this  Blind  Man  to 
 the  Pool  of  Siloam,  and  our  Saviour  s  difcourfe  with  him  afterwards,  mufi  take 
 up  a  conjiderable  time ;  nap  perhaps  not  much  lefs  than  the  whole  Interval  be- 
 tween the  two  Feafls  here  mentioned.     The  Blind  Alan  is  fent  to  the  Pool  of 
 Siloam.     He  Waflies  therein  -,  recovers  his  Sight.    His  Neighbours  are  inform  d 
 of  it.     They  are  divided  about  him :  Some  fay  he  was  the  Perfon  that  had  been 
 Blind ;  others  cannot  believe  it.     He  afjures  'em  he  is  the  fame  Perfon.     The 
 Sanhedrin  hear  of  it.     He  is  conven'd  before  them  firfi  without  his  Parents, 
 and  then  with  them.     After  fever al  Examinations,  and  a  legal  Procefs,  they 
 Excommunicate  him.     After  this,  how  long  we  know  not-,  our  Saviour  hears 
 of  his  Excommunication.,  and  lights  on  him  again  :  Informs  him  that  he  is  the 
 Meffias.,  and  receives  Adoration  from  him  accordingly.     Could  all  thefe  Ac- 
 cidents belong  to  the  fame  time  at  the  Feaft  of  Tabernacles  ?  Ifuppofe  not :  Efpe- 
 cially  confidering  ,    (i.)  The  great  hafte  with  which  our  Saviour  was  leaving 
 Jerufalem,  when  he  fent  the  Blind  Man  to  Waft)  in  the  Pool  of  Siloam.    He  had 
 juft  then  ef  aped  Stoning ;  and  as  he  was  patting  away  in  hafte  from  his  Ad- 
 verfaries,  he  fends  the  Blind  Man  away  to  the  Pool.      Can  we  imagin  any  thinv 
 elfe,  but  that  he  directly  went  on  his  way,  and  left  Jerufalem  forthwith  ?   Nay, 
 (l.)   Our  Saviour  feems  to  have  been  fo  far  from  flaying  there  till  all  the 
 forementiond  Events  were  over,  that  he  appears  to  be  gone  before  the  return  of 
 the  Blind  Man  from  the  Pool;  for  otherwife  He,  upon  the  recovery  of  his  Sight, 
 would  have  return  d,  and  enquird  for  him  that  curd  him  ;  of  which  we  have 
 not  a  fy liable  in  the  Hiflory,  but  rather  the  contrary.      (<\.)  This  is  alfo  con- 
 firm'd  by  the  way  of  the  mention  of  the  Feafl  of  Dedication,  immediately  upon 
 
 C  c  c  our 
 
3  8  6  The  Harmony 
 
 our  Lord's  difcourfe  with  this  A4an,  and  with  thofe  who  thereupon  argued  againfi 
 him :  And  it  was  the  Feaft  of  Dedication  at  Jerufalem,  and  it  was  Winter ; 
 and  Jefus  walked  in  the  Temple  in  Solomon's  Cloifters,  &c.  Where  we  have 
 not  a  word  of  any  Journey  /<?  Jerufalem  undertaken  after  the  Difc our fes  fore- 
 going ■>  but  rather  an  intimation,  that  Jefus  was  then,  and  might  have  been  for 
 fome  time  at  Jerufalem,  agreeably  to  the  Series  of  the  prefent  Harmony.  That 
 the  reft  of  thtsFeriod,  containing  chiefly  part  of  the  i^th,  all  the  \/\th,  iph,  - 
 1 6th,  and  part  of  the  ijth  Chapters  of  St.  Luke,  is  in  its  right  place,  beyond 
 Jordan,  but  not  in  Judea  ;  and  after  the  Feaft  of  Dedication,  but  not  before 
 it,  is  plain  from  the  Conclufion  of  the  i$th  Chapter,  where  our  Saviour  is  bid 
 to  be  zone*  left  Herod  jloould  kill  him-,  which  is  a  certain  Jign  that  he  was  now 
 not  in  Judea,  under  Pilate' j  Jurifditlion,  but  in  Peraea,  beyond  Jordan,  un- 
 der that  of  Herod.  Where  alfo  our  Saviour,  fpeakjng  of  Jerufalem,  fays  ex- 
 prefsly,  They  (hall  not  fee  me  till  they  (hall  fay,  Blefledbe  he  thatcometh 
 m  the  Name  of  the  Lord ;  i.  e.  not  till  my  Triumphal  Entry  into  Jerufalem;, 
 five  days  before  my  Paffwn.  Which  is  a  like  evident  Token  that  this  was  not  be- 
 fore, but  after  ?/#  Feaft  of  Dedication,  as  'tis  here  placd  in  the  prefent  Har- 
 mony. And  it  muft  be  obferv'd  withal,  that  the  Branches  of  this  Section  are  fo 
 frequently  mifplac  d  hitherto  in  the  Harmonies  of  the  Evangelifts,  that  even  that 
 Great  Man,Bifoop  Richardfon  himfelfby  whom  the  true  Order  of  the  Evangelifts 
 has  been  much  better  ftated,  than  by  any  other  whomfoever,  and  to  whom  we  have 
 been  principally  obltgd  in  this  Harmony,  was  miftaken  alfo,  and  thereby  very 
 much  perplex  d  in  this  part  of  our  Saviour's  Hiftorj. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 §  \>  3i"  Jefus  heard  that  they  had 
 caft  him  out  ■■>  and  when  he  had 
 found  him,  he  faid  unto  him,  Doft 
 thou  believe  on  the  Son  of  God  ? 
 
 36  He  anfwered  and  faid,  Who 
 is  he,  Lord,  that!  might  believe  on 
 him? 
 
 37  And  Jefus  faid  unto  him,Thou 
 haft  both  feen  him,  and  it  is  he  that 
 talketh  with  thee. 
 
 38  And  he  faid,  Lord,  I  believe. 
 And  he  worfhipped  him. 
 
 39  And 
 
of  the  four  Evafigelifls.  3  87 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Joht*. 
 
 Chap.  IX. 
 
 39  And  Jefus  Cud,  For  judgment 
 I  am  come  into  this  world :  that 
 they  which  Tee  not,  might  fee ;  and 
 that  they  which  fee,  might  be  made 
 blind. 
 
 40  And  fotne  of  the  Pharifees 
 which  were  with  him  heard  thefe 
 words,  and  faid  unto  him,  Are  we 
 blind  alio  ? 
 
 41  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  If  ye 
 were  blind,  ye  fhould  have  no  fin : 
 but  now  ye  fay,  We  fee  s  therefore 
 your  fin  remaineth. 
 
 X. 
 
 §  2."T7"Erily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 V  He  that  entreth  not  by  the 
 door  into  the  fheepfold ,  but  climb- 
 eth  up  fome  other  way,  the  fame  is 
 a  thief  and  a  robber. 
 
 2  But  he  that  entreth  in  by  the 
 door,  is  the  fhepherd  of  the  fheep. 
 
 3  To  him  the  porter  openeth; 
 and  the  fheep  hear  his  voice  :  and 
 he  calleth  his  own  fheep  by  name, 
 and  leadeth  them  out. 
 
 4  And  when  he  putteth  forth  his 
 own  fheep ,  he  goeth  before  them , 
 and  the  fheep  follow  him :  for  they 
 know  his  voice. 
 
 f  And  a  ftranger  will  they  not 
 follow,  but  will  flee  from  him  :  for 
 they  know  not  the  voice  of  Gran- 
 gers. 
 
 6  This  parable  fpake  Jefus  unto 
 them :  but  they  underftood  not  what 
 things  they  were  which  he  fpake 
 unto  them. 
 
 7  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  them  a- 
 gain,  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 I  am  the  door  of  the  fheep. 
 
 $  All  that  ever  came  before  me, 
 C  c  c  z  are 
 
388  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 are  thieves  and  robbers :   but   the 
 fheep  did  not  hear  them. 
 
 9  I  am  the  door  :  by  me  if  any 
 man  enter  in,  he  (hall  be  faved,  and 
 fhall  go  in  and  out,  and  find  pa- 
 fture. 
 
 10  The  thief  cometh  not,  but 
 for  to  Meal,  and  to  kill,  and  to  de- 
 ftroy  :  I  am  come  that  they  might 
 have  life,  and  that  they  might  have 
 it  more  abundantly. 
 
 1 1  I  am  the  good  fhepherd :  the 
 good  fhepherd  giveth  his  life  for  the 
 fheep. 
 
 1  2  But  he  that  is  an  hireling,  and 
 not  the  fhepherd ,  whole  own  the 
 iheep  are  not,  feeth  the  wolf  com- 
 ing, and  lea veth  the  fheep,and  flceth  ; 
 and  the  wolf  catcheth  them ,  and 
 fcattereth  the  fheep. 
 
 1 3  The  hireling  fleeth ,  becaufe 
 he  is  an  hireling,  and  careth  not  for 
 the  fheep. 
 
 14  I  am  the  good  fhepherd,  and 
 know  my  ftjep,  and  am  known  of 
 mine. 
 
 if  As  the  Father  knoweth  me, 
 even  fb  know  I  the  Father  :  and  I 
 lay  down  my  life  for  the  fheep. 
 
 1 6  And  other  fheep  I  have,  which 
 are  not  of  this  fold  .  them  alfo  I 
 mufl  bring,  and  they  fhall  hear  my 
 voice  j  and  there  fhall  be  one  fold, 
 and  one  fhepherd. 
 
 17  Therefore  doth  my  Father 
 love  me,  becaufe  I  lay  down  my 
 life,  that  I  might  take  it  again. 
 
 18  No  man  taketh  it  from  me, 
 but  1  lay  it  down  of  my  felf:  I  have 
 power  to  lay  it  down ,  and  I  have 
 power  to  take  it  again.  This  com- 
 mandment have  I  received  of  my 
 Father. 
 
 19  There 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  $%5> 
 
 Matthew*  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 19  There  was  a  divifion  there- 
 fore again  among  the  Jews  for  thefc 
 fayings. 
 
 20  And  many  of  them  faid,  He 
 hath  a  devil,  and  is  mad ;  why  hear 
 ye  him? 
 
 2 1  Others  faid,  Thefe  are  not  the 
 words  of  him  that  hath  a  devil : 
 Can  a  devil  open  the  eyes  of  the 
 blind  ? 
 
 §3.  22  And  it  was  at  Jerufalem 
 the  feaft  of  the  dedication,  and  it 
 was  winter. 
 
 2  3  And  Jefus  walked  in  the  tem- 
 ple in  Solomons  porch. 
 
 24  Then  came  the  Jews  round 
 about  him,  and  faid  unto  him,  How 
 long  doft  thou  make  us  to  doubt? 
 If  thou  be  the  Chrift,  tell  us  plainly. 
 
 if  Jefus  anfwered  them,  I  told 
 you,  and  ye  believed  not :  the  works 
 that  I  do  in  my  Fathers  name,  they 
 bear  witnefs  of  me. 
 
 26  But  ye  believe  not ;  becaufe 
 ye  are  not  of  my  fheep ,  as  1  faid 
 unto  you. 
 
 27  My  iheep  hear  my  voice,  and 
 I  know  them,  and  they  follow 
 me. 
 
 28  And  I  give  unto  them  eternal 
 life,  and  they  {hall  never  perifh,  nei- 
 ther mail  any  pluck  them  out  of  my 
 hand. 
 
 29  My  father  which  gave  them 
 me,  is  greater  then  all :  and  none 
 is  able  to  pluck  them  out  of  my  Fa- 
 thers hand. 
 
 30  I  and  my  Father  are  one. 
 
 3  1  Then  the  Jews  took  up  ftones 
 again  to  flone  him. 
 
 32  Jefus  anfwered  them,  Many 
 
 good  works  have  I  fhewed  you  from  1 
 
 C  c  c  3  my 
 
35>o  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  L«ke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 my  Father  j  for  which  of  thofe 
 works  do  ye  ftone  me  ? 
 
 3  3  The  Jews  anfwered  him,  fay- 
 ing, For  a  good  work  we  ftone  thee 
 not  j  but  for  blafphemy.and  becaufe 
 that  thou,  being  a  man,  makeft  thy 
 felfGod. 
 
 34  Jefus  anfwered  them ,  Is  it 
 not  written  in  your  law,  I  faid,  Ye 
 are  gods  ? 
 
 $y  If  he  called  them  gods,  unto 
 whom  the  word  of  God  came,  and 
 the  fcripture  cannot  be  broken : 
 
 36  Say  ye  of  him  whom  the  Fa- 
 ther hath  fan&ified ,  and  fent  into 
 the  world,  Thou  blafphemeft  j  be- 
 caufe I  faid,  I  am  the  Son  of  God? 
 
 37  If  I  do  not  the  works  of  my 
 Father,  believe  me  not. 
 
 38  But  if  I  do,  though  ye  be- 
 lieve not  me ,  believe  the  works  : 
 that  ye  may  know  and  believe  that 
 the  Father  is  in  me,  and  I  in  him. 
 
 39  Therefore  they  fought  again 
 to  take  him :  but  he  elcaped  out  of 
 their  hand, 
 
 40  And  went  away  again  be- 
 yond Jordan,  into  the  place  where 
 
 Chap.  XIII.         John  at  firft  baptized j  and  there  he 
 abode. 
 
 ^  4.  23  Then  faid 
 one  unto  him ,  Lord, 
 are  there  few  that  be 
 faved  ?  And  he  faid 
 unto  them, 
 
 34  Strive  to  enter 
 in  at  the  ftrait  gate  : 
 for  many,  I  fay  unto 
 you,  will  feek  to  en- 
 ter in ,  and  mail  not 
 be  able. 
 
 25-  When  once  the 
 mafter  of  the  houfe  is 
 
 rifen 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  $91 
 
 Matthew.  MaHk.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 rifen  up,  and  hath  (hut  to.  the  door, 
 and  ye  begin  to  ftand  without,  and 
 to  knock  at  the  door,  faying,  Lord* 
 Lord ,  open  unto  us ;  and  he  fhali. 
 anfwer,  and  fay  unto  you,  I  know 
 you  not  whence  you  are : 
 
 a  6  Then  (hall  ye  begin  to  fay, 
 We  have  eaten  and  drunk  in  thy 
 prefence ,  and  thou  haft  taught  in 
 our  ftreets. 
 
 27  But  he  ihall  lay,  I  tell  you,  I 
 know  you  not  whence  you  are ;  de- 
 part from  me  all  ye  workers  of  ini- 
 quity. 
 
 a  8  There  (hall  be  weeping  and 
 gnaftung  of  teeth,  when  ye  (hall  fee 
 Abraham,  and  Iiaac,  and  Jacob,  and 
 all  the  prophets  in  the  kingdom  of 
 Cod,  and  you  your  J relves  thruftout. 
 
 29  And  they  (ball  come  from  the 
 eaft,  and  from  the  weft,  and  from 
 the  north,  and  from  thefouth,  and 
 (hall  fit  down  in  the  kingdom  of 
 God. 
 
 30  And  behold,  there  are  laft 
 which  (hall  be  firft,  and  there  are 
 iirft  which  (ball  be  laft. 
 
 3 1  The  fame  day  there  came  cer- 
 tain of  the  Pharifees ,  faying  unto 
 him,  Get  thee  out,  and  depart  hence : 
 for  Herod  will  kill  thee. 
 
 1%  And  lie  faid  unto  them,  Go 
 ye  and  tell  that  fox,  Behold,  I  caft 
 out  devils,  and  I  do  cures  to  day 
 and  to  morrow,  and  the  third  day 
 I  (ball  be  perfected. 
 
 33  Neverthelefs,  Imuftwalkto 
 day  and  to  morrow,  and  the  day 
 following :  for  it  cannot  be  that  a 
 prophet  perifti  out  of  Jerufalem. 
 
 34  O  Jerufalemjeruialem,  which 
 killeft  the  prophets,  and  ftoneft  them 
 *hat  are  fent  unto  thee :  how  often 
 
 would 
 
3  5?  z  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 Would  I  have  gathered  thy  children 
 together ,  as  a  hen  doth  gather  her 
 brood  under  her  wings,  and  ye 
 -would  not  ? 
 
 35-  Behold,  your  houfe  is  left  un- 
 to you  defolate:  and  verily  I  fay 
 •unto  you ,  ye  fhall  not  fee  me,  un- 
 til the  time  when  ye  fhall  fay,  Blef- 
 fed  is  he  that  cometh  in  the  name 
 of  the  T.orH 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 §  f ■  A  ^  ^  ll  came  to  Pa^' as  nc 
 
 A  went  into  the  houfe  of  one 
 of  the  chief  Pharifees  to  eat  bread 
 on  the  iabbath-day,  that  they  watch- 
 ed biro. 
 
 2  And  behold ,  there  was  a  cer- 
 tain man  before  him  which  had  the 
 dropfie. 
 
 3  And  Jefus  anfwering,  fpake 
 unto  the  Lawyers  and  Pharifees,  fay- 
 
 '    ing,  Is  it  lawful  to  heal  on  the  fab- 
 bath-day? 
 
 4  And  they  held  their  peace.  And 
 he  took  him  and  healed  him ,  and 
 let  him  go  : 
 
 f  And  anfwered  them ,  laying. 
 Which  of  you  fhall  have  an  afs  or 
 an  ox  fallen  into  a  pit,  and  will  not 
 ftraightway  pull  him  out  on  the 
 fabbath-day  ? 
 
 6  And  they  could  not  anfwer 
 him  again  to  thefe  things. 
 
 7  And  he  put  forth  a  parable  to 
 thofe  which  were  bidden,  when  he 
 marked  how  they  chofe  out  the 
 chief  rooms  5  faying  unto  them, 
 
 8  When  thou  art  bidden  of  any 
 man  to  a  wedding,  fit  not  down  in 
 the  highefl  room  :  left  a  more  ho- 
 nourable man  then  thou  be  bidden 
 
 of  him  }  9  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  32$ 
 
 Matthews  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 JOHK, 
 
 9  And  he  that  bade  thee  and  him, 
 come  and  fay  to  thee,  Give  this  man 
 place ;  and  thou  begin  with  fliame 
 to  take  the  loweft  room. 
 
 i  o  But  when  thou  art  bidden,  go 
 and  fit  down  in  the  loweft  room  * 
 that  when  he  that  bade  thee  cometh, 
 he  may  fay  unto  thee,  Friend,  go  up 
 higher  :  then  fhalt  thou  have  wor- 
 ship >in  the  prefence  of  them  that  fit 
 at  meat  with  thee. 
 
 ii  Forwhofoeverexaitethhira- 
 felf,  fhall  be  abafed ;  and  he  that 
 humbleth  himfelf,  fhall  be  exalted. 
 12  Thenfaid  he  alfo.to  him  that 
 bade  him,  When  thou  makeft  a  din- 
 ner or  a  fupper,  call  not  thy  friends. 
 nor  thy  brethren,  neither  thy  kinf- 
 men,  nor  thy  rich  neighbours;  left 
 they  alfb  bid  thee  again ,  and  a  re- 
 jcpmpenfe  be  made  thee. 
 
 1 2  But  when  thou  makeft  a  feaft, 
 call  the  poor,  the  maimed,  the  lame, 
 the  blind  : 
 
 14  And  thou  fhalt  be  blefTed ;  for 
 they  cannot  recompenfe  thee :  for 
 thou  fhalt  be  recompenfed  at  the  re- 
 furre&ion  of  the  jufh  • 
 
 if  And  when  one  of  them  that 
 fat  at  meat  with  him ,  heard  thefc 
 things,  he  faid  unto  him,  BlefTed  it 
 he  that  fhall  eat  bread  in  the  king- 
 dom of  God. 
 
 1 6  Then  faid  he  unto  him,  A  cer- 
 tain man  made  a  great  fupper,  and 
 bade  many: 
 
 17  Andfenthisfervantatfupper- 
 time,  to  fay  to  them  that  were  bid- 
 den, Come,  for  all  things  are  now 
 ready. 
 
 18  And  they  all  with  otxconfent 
 began  to  make  excufe.  The  firft 
 faid  unto  him,  I  have  bought  a  piece 
 
 Ddd  of 
 
3  5?  4  "7ke  Harmony 
 
 -    ...      .     ■  j.»i  —  .."-'"■  "       "  •  '  ' 
 
 Matthew..         Mark,  Luke.  John. 
 
 Cbap.  XIV. 
 
 of  ground,  and  I  muft  needs  go  and 
 fee  it :  I  pray  thee  have  me  excu- 
 fed. 
 
 1 9  And  another  faid,  I  have  bought 
 five  yoke  of  oxen,  and  I  go  to  prove 
 them :  I  pray  thee  have  me  excufed. 
 
 20  And  another  faid,  I  have  mar- 
 ried a  wife,  and  therefore  I  cannot 
 come. 
 
 zi  So  that  fervant  came,  and 
 •jhewed  his  lord  thefe  things.  Then 
 the  matter  of  the  houfe  being  an- 
 gry, faid  to  his  fervant,  Go  out 
 quickly  into  the  ftreets  and  lanes  of 
 the  city,  and  bring  in  hither  the  poor, 
 and  the  maimed,  and  the  halt,  and 
 the  blind. 
 
 ii  And  the  fervant  faid,  Lord, it 
 U  done  as  thou  haft  commanded, 
 and  yet  there  is  room. 
 /  .23.  And  the  lord  faid  unto  the  fer- 
 
 vant, Go  out  into  the  high-ways  and 
 hedges,  and  compel  them  to  come 
 in,  that  my  houfe  may  -be  filled. 
 .  24  Fori  fay  unto  you,  that  none 
 of  thofe  men  which  were  bidden, 
 ihall  tafte  of  my  fupper. 
 • 
 
 §  6.  25-  And  there  went  great  mul- 
 titudes with  him :  and  he  turned , 
 and  faid  unto  them, 
 
 26  If  any  man  come  to  me,  and 
 hate  not  his  father,  and  mother,  and 
 wife,  and  children,  and  brethren , 
 and  fi'-ers,  yea,  and  his  own  life 
 alfo,  he  cannot  be  my  difciple. 
 
 27  And  whofoever  doth  not  bear 
 his  crofs,  and  come  after  me,  can- 
 not be  my  difciple. 
 
 28  For  whic  h  of  you  intending 
 to  build  atowre,  fitteth  not  down 
 firft,  and  counteth  the  coft,  whe- 
 ther he  hxvzfnffkient  to  finifh  it  ? 
 
 2p  Left 
 
of  the  fomEwtofigeUJli 
 
 35>5 
 
 Matthew 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 o  to  Left  haply  after  "he  hath  laid 
 the-f  undation*  and  is  not  able  to 
 firiifh  it,  all  that  bdiold'ir,  begin  to 
 mock  him,    "' 
 
 3-0  Saying,  this- man  began  to 
 build,  and  was  not  able  to  finilh. 
 
 3  1  Or  what  king  going  to  make 
 war  againft  another  king ,  fitted) 
 not  d6wn  firft,  and  confulteth  whe- 
 ther he  be  able  with  ten  thoufand 
 to  meet  him  that  cometh  againft 
 him  with  twenty  thoufond  ? 
 
 32  Orelfe,  while  the  other  is 
 yet  a  great  way  off,  he  fendeth  an 
 ambaflage,  and  defireth  conditions 
 of  peace. 
 
 3  3  So  likewife,  whomever  he  be 
 of  you ,  that  forfaketh  not  all  that 
 he  hath,  he  cannot  be  my  difciple. 
 
 34  Salt  &  good  :  but  if  the  fait 
 have  loft  hisiavour,  wherewith  fhall 
 it  be  feafbned  ? 
 
 35-  It  is  neither  fit  for  the  land, 
 nor  yet  for  the  dunghil ;  but  men 
 caft  it  out.  He  that  hath  ears  to 
 hear,  let  him  hear. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 §  7.  *TiHen  drew  near  unto  him 
 _L    all  the  publicans  and  tin- 
 ners for  to  hear  him. 
 
 2  And  the  Pharifees  and  Scribes 
 murmured,  faying,  This  man  recei- 
 veth  finners,  and  eateth  with  them. 
 
 3  And  he  fpake  this  parable  unto 
 them,  faying, 
 
 4  What  man  of  you  having  an 
 hundred  fheep,  if  he  lofe  one  of 
 them,  doth  not  leave  the  ninety  and 
 nine  in  the  wildernefs,  and  go  after 
 that  which  is  loft,  until  he  find  it? 
 
 D  d  d  7. 
 
 John. 
 
 j-  And 
 
^96  ^e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 f  And  when  he  hath,  found  it,  he 
 layeth/Vonhisfhoulders,  rejoycingi 
 
 6  And  when  he  cometh  home, 
 he  calleth  together  his  friends  and 
 neighbours,  faying  unto  them,  Re- 
 joyce  with  me,  for  I  have  found  my 
 iheep  which  was  loft. 
 
 7  I  fay  unto  you ,  that  likewife 
 joy  fhall  be  in  heaven  over  one  fin- 
 ner  that  repenteth,  more  then  over 
 ninety  and  nine  juft  perfons,  which 
 need  no  repentance. 
 
 8  Either  what  woman  having  ten 
 pieces  of  filver,  if  fhe  lofe  one  piece, 
 doth  not  light  a  candle,  and  fweep 
 the  houfe ,  and  feek  diligently  till 
 fhe  find  it  ? 
 
 9  And  when  fhe  hath  found  //, 
 fhe  calleth  her  friends  and  ^neigh- 
 bours together,  faying,Rejoyce  with 
 me,  for  Ihave  found  the  piece  which 
 I  had  loft. 
 
 io  Likewifel  fay  unto you.There 
 is  joy  in  the  prefence  of  the  angels  of 
 God,  over  one  finner  that  repenteth. 
 
 1 1  Aud  he  laid ,  A  certain  man 
 had  two  fbns : 
 
 i  x  And  the  younger  of  them  faid 
 to  his  father ,  Father,  give  me  the 
 portion  of  goods  that  falleth  to  me. 
 And  he  divided  unto  them  his  living. 
 
 1 3  And  not  many  days  after,  the 
 younger  fon  gathered  all  together, 
 and  took  his  journey  into  a  far 
 countrey,  and  there  wafted  his  fub- 
 ftance  with  riotous  living. 
 
 14  And  when  he  had  fpent  all, 
 there  arofe  a.  mighty  famine  in  that 
 land  i  and  he  began  to  be  in  want. 
 
 1  j-  Andhewentandjoynedhim- 
 felf  to  a  citizen  of  that  countrey  j 
 and  he  fent  him  into  the  fields  to 
 feed  fwine. 
 
of  the  four  Eyangelijls.  35>7 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 16  And  he  would  fain  have  filled 
 his  belly  with  the  husks  that  the 
 
 *  {wine  did  eat :   and  no  man  gave 
 unto  him. 
 
 17  And  when  he  came  to  him- 
 felf,  he  fiid,  How  many  hired  fer- 
 vants  of  my  fathers  have  bread  e- 
 nough  and  to  fpare,  and  I  perifh 
 with  hunger  ? 
 
 18  I  will  arife,  and  go  to  my  fa- 
 •    ther,  and  will  iayunro  him,  Father, 
 
 I  have  finned  againft  heaven,  and 
 before  thee, 
 
 19  And  am  no  more  worthy  to 
 be  called  thy  Ion:  make  me  as  one 
 of  thy  hired  fervants. 
 
 20  And  he  arofe,  and  came  to 
 his- father.  But  when  he  was  yet  a 
 great  way  off,  his  father  faw  him , 
 and  had  companion,  and  ran,  and 
 fell  on  his  neek ,  and  kifled  him. 
 
 ai  And  die  fon  faid  unto  him, 
 Father,  I  have  finned  againft  heavens 
 and  in  thy  fight,  and  am  no  more 
 worthy  to  be  called  thy  fon. 
 
 a  a  But  the  father  faid  to  his  fer- 
 vants, Bring  forth  thebeft  robe,  and 
 put  it  on  him ,  and  put  a  ring  on 
 feis  hand,  and  fhoes  on  Bis  feet. 
 
 23  And  bring  hither  the  fatted 
 calf,  and  kill  it,  and  let  us  eat  and 
 be  merry. 
 
 24  For  this  my  fon  was  dead,  and 
 is  alive  again  j  he  was  loft ,  and  is 
 found.  And  they  began  to  be  merry. 
 
 z?  Now  his  elder  fon  was  in  the 
 field :  and  as  he  came  and  drew 
 nigh  to  the  houfe,  he  heard  mufick 
 and  dancing. 
 
 26  And  he  called  oneof  the  fer- 
 vants, and  asked  what  thefe  things 
 meant. 
 
 27  And  he  faid  unto  him,  Thy 
 
 D  d  d    3  brethev' 
 
3  <>  8  ,    The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew,  Mark.  ...  L'jke. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 brother  is  come  y  and  thy  father 
 hath  killed;  the  fatted  calf,  becaufe 
 he  hath  received  him  fafejarid  found. 
 
 28  And  he  was  angry,  and  would 
 .      not  go  in  :   therefore  came  his  fa- 
 
 ,  ther  out,  and  intreated  him. 
 
 29  And  he  anfwering,  faid  to 
 his  father,  Lo,  thefe  many  years  do 
 I  ferve  thee,  neither  tranfgrefled  I 
 
 ,.  at  any  time  ,thy  commandment, 
 .and  yet  thou  never  gaveft  me  a  kid, 
 that  I  might  make  merry  with  my 
 
 iricnoU  ;  ' 
 
 30  But  afloon  as, this  thy  fon 
 was  come ,  which  hath  devoured 
 thy  living  with  harlots,  thou  haft 
 ■killed  for  him  the.  fatted  calf. 
 
 3 1  And  he  fay  unto  him  ,  Son, 
 thou  art  ever  with  me,  and  all  that 
 Ihaye  is  thine.    • 
 
 32  It  was  meet  th*t  we  fhould 
 make  merry,  and  be  glad:  for  this 
 thy  brother  was  dead ,   and  is  a- 
 
 .',     live  again  j  and -was  loft,  and  is 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 §  8.  AN  D  he  faid  alfo  unto  his 
 XX  difa'ples,  There  was  a  cer- 
 tain rich  man  which  had  a  fteward ; 
 and  the  fame  was  accufed  unto  him 
 that  he  had  wafVd  his  goods. 
 
 2  Arid  he  called  him ,  and  faid 
 unto  him,  Kow  is  it  that  I  hear  this 
 of  thee  ?  give  an  account  of  thy 
 fteward  (hip  :  for  thou  mayeft  be  no 
 longer  fteward. 
 
 3  Then  the  fteward  laid  within 
 himfelf ,  What  (hall  I  do  ?  for  my. 
 lord  taketh  away  from  me  the  ftew- 
 ardlhip :  I  cannot  dig,  to  beg  I  am 
 aihamedl 
 
 Jo  HS, 
 
 4  I  am 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelijis.  3  ^  $ 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 4  I  am  reiblved  what  to  do,  that 
 when  I  am  put  out  of  the  fteward- 
 fhip,  they  may  receive  me  into  their 
 houfes. 
 
 f  So  he  called  every  one  of  his 
 lords  debters  unto  him,  and  {aid  un- 
 .  to  the  firft,  How  much  owefl  thou 
 unto  my  lord  ? 
 
 6  And  he  (aid?,  An  hundred  mea- 
 sures of  oyl.  And  he  faid  unto  him, 
 Take  thy  bill,  and  lit  down  quickly, 
 and  write  fifty. 
 
 7  Then  iaid  he  to  another,  And 
 how  much  oweft  thou?  And  he 
 faid,  Aniiundred  meafures  of  wheat. 
 And  he  iaid  unto  him,'  Take  thy  bill, 
 and  write  fourfcore. 
 
 8  And  the  lord  commended  the 
 unjuft.  fteward,  becaufe  he  had  done 
 wiiely :  for  the  children  of  this 
 world  are  in  their  generation  wifer 
 then  the  children  of  light, 
 
 9  And  I  lay  unro  you  ,  Make  to 
 your  felves  friends  of  the  mammon 
 of  unrighteoufnefs  g  that  when  ye 
 fail,  they  may  receive  you  into  ever- 
 iafUng  habitations. 
 
 loHethatistaithfulin  that  which 
 is  leafr,  is  faithful  alfo  in  much :  and 
 he  that  is  unjuft  in  the  leaft,  is  un- 
 juft alio  in  much. 
 
 1 1  If  therefore  ye  have  not  been 
 faithful  in  the  unrighteous  mam- 
 mon, who  will  commit  to  your 
 truft  the  true  riches  ? 
 
 12  And  if  ye  have  not  been  faith- 
 ful in  that  which  is  another  mans, 
 who  fliall  give  you  that  which  is 
 your  own  ? 
 
 13  No  fervant  can  ferve  two 
 matters:  for  either  he  will  hate  the 
 one,  and  love  the  other;  orelfe  he 
 will  hold  to  the  one,  and  defpife 
 
 the 
 
400  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 the  other.  Ye  cannot  ierve  God 
 and  mammon. 
 
 »4  And  the  Pharifces  alio  who 
 were  covetous,  heard  all  thci'e 
 things :  and  they  derided  him. 
 
 ij*  And  he  faid  unto  them,  Ye 
 are  they  which  juftifie  your  felves 
 before  men  j  but  God  knoweth 
 your  hearts :  for  that  which  is 
 highly  efteemed  amongft  men  ,  is 
 abomination  in  the  light  of  God. 
 
 16  The  law  and  the  prophets 
 were  until  John :  iince  that  time 
 the  kingdom  of  God  is  preached, 
 and  every  man  preireth  into  it. 
 
 17  And  it  is  eafier  for  heaven 
 and  earth  to  pais,  then  one  tittle  of 
 the  law  to  fail. 
 
 18  Whoibever  putteth  away  his 
 wife,  and  marrieth  another,  com- 
 mitteth  adultery  :  and  whoibever 
 marrieth  her  that  is  put  away  from 
 her  husband,  committeth  adultery. 
 
 §  0.  19  There  was  a  certain  rich 
 man,  which  was  clothed  in  purple 
 and  fine  linen ,  and  fared  fumptu- 
 ouily  every  day. 
 
 20  And  there  was  a  certain  beg- 
 gar named  Lazarus,  which  was  laid 
 at  his  gate,  full  of  ibres, 
 
 21  And  defiring  to  be  fed  with 
 the  crumbs  which  fell  from  the  rich 
 mans  table  :  moreover,  the  dogs 
 came  and  licked  his  fores. 
 
 22  And  it  came  to  pafs  that  the 
 begger  died,  and  was  carried  by  the 
 angels  into  Abrahams  bofom  :  the 
 rich  man  alio  died,  and  was  buried. 
 
 25  And  in  hell  he  lift  up  his  eyes, 
 being  in  torments ,  and  feeth  Abra- 
 ham afar  off,  and  Lazarus  in  his 
 bofom,  2'4  And 
 
m      — — —  I  I, 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelijts.  40 1 
 
 Matthew.  Ma^k.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 24  And  he  cried  and  faid,  Father 
 Abraham,  have  mercy  on  me,  and 
 fend  Lazarus  that  he  may  dip  the 
 tip  of  his  finger  in  water  and  cool 
 my  tongue  ;  for  I  am  tormented  in 
 this  flame. 
 
 if  But  Abraham  faid,  Son,  re- 
 member that  thou  in  thy  life-time 
 receivedft  thy  good  things,  and  like- 
 wife  Lazarus  evil  things:  but  now 
 he  is  comforted ,  and  thou  art  tor- 
 mented. 
 
 26  And  befides  all  this,  between 
 us  and  you  there  is  a  great  gulf 
 fixed  :  £6  that  they  which  would 
 pafs  from  hence  to  you,  cannot,- 
 neither  can  they  pafs  to  us ,  that 
 mould  come  from  thence. 
 
 27  Then  he  faid »  I  pray  thee 
 therefore  father,  that  thou  wouldefl 
 fend  him  to  my  fathers  houfe: 
 
 28  For  I  have  five  brethren ;  that 
 he  may  teftify  unto  them,  left  they 
 alfb  come  into  this  place  of  tor- 
 ment. 
 
 29  Abraham  faith  unto  him,  they 
 have  Mofes  and  the  prophets  ;  let 
 them  hear  them. 
 
 30  And  he  faid,  Nay,  father  A- 
 braham :  but  if  one  went  unto  them 
 from  the  dead,  they  will  repent. 
 
 31  And  he  faid  unto  them,  If  they 
 hear  not  Mofes  and  the  prophets, 
 neither  will  they  be  perfwaded, 
 though  one  role  from  the  dead. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 %  1  i.*Tf«Hen  laid  he  unto  thedifci* 
 JL  pies,  It  is  impoflible  but 
 that  offences  will  come  :  but  wo 
 unto  him  through  whom  they 
 come. 
 
 E  c  c  aft 
 
 i 
 
-.-  ■-  J  ,rni     ^- 
 
 40 2,  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 a  It  were  better  for  him  that  a 
 milftone  were  hanged  about  his 
 neck,  and  he  caft  into  the  lea,  then 
 that  he  fhould  offend  one  of  thefe 
 little  ones. 
 
 3  Take  heed  to  your  felves  :  If 
 thy  brother  trefpafs  againft  thee,  re- 
 buke him;  and  if  he  repent,  forgive 
 him. 
 
 4  And  if  he  trefpafs  againft  thee 
 feven  times  in  a  day,  and  feven 
 times  in  a  day  turn  again  to  thee , 
 faying,  I  repent;  thou  fhalt  forgive 
 him. 
 
 f  And  the  apoftles  faid  unto  the 
 Lord,  Increafe  our  faith. 
 
 6  And  the  Lord  faid,  If  ye  had 
 faith  as  a  grain  of  muftard-feed,  ye 
 might  fay  unto  this  fycamine-tree, 
 Be  thou  plucked  up  by  the  root,  and 
 be  thou  planted  in  the  lea ;  and  it 
 Should  obey  you. 
 
 7  But  which  of  you  having  a 
 fcrvant  plowing,  or  feeding  cattel, 
 will  fay  unto  him  by  and  by,  when 
 he  is  come  from  the  field ,  Go  and 
 lit  down  to  meat? 
 
 8  And  will  not  rather  lay  unto 
 him,  Make  ready  wherewith  I  may 
 fup,  and  gird  thy  felf,  and  ferve 
 me,  till  I  have  eaten  and  drunken ; 
 and  afterward  thou  fhalt  eaf  and 
 drink  ? 
 
 9  Doth  he  thank  that  fervant  be- 
 caufe  he  did  the  things  that  were 
 commanded  him  ?  I  trow  not. 
 
 ,  i6  So  like  wife  ye,  when  ye  fhall 
 have  done  all  thofe  things  which 
 are  commanded  you,  fay,  We  arc 
 unprofitable  fervants:  we  have  done 
 that  which  was  our  duty  to  do. 
 
 CHAP, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  403 
 
 CHAP.    XIV. 
 
 From  tkeTtedth  of  Lazarus  >  till  the  Beginning  of  the  Taffover- 
 Week :  containing  about  fix  weeks,  from  February  A.  T>.  3  3. 
 till  March  the  fame  year. 
 
 IF  we  remember  that  we  left  Chrifl  beyond  Jordan,  at  the  Conclufwr.  of  the 
 former  Period^  according  to  the  Accounts  both  of  St.  Luke  and  St.  John. 
 That  from  thence ■,  by  St.  John's  Accounts,  he  went  to  Bethany  toraife  Laza- 
 rus'; and  after  that  retird  to  Ephraim,  near  Hazor,  in  the  remoter  Parts  of 
 Galilee :  And  withal  obferve,  that  St.  Luke  fays,  His  lafi  Journey  was  through 
 the,  midfi  of  Samaria  and  Galilee,  as  it  mufi  be  from  Ephraim;  we  foall  cajily 
 find,  that  the  feveral  Seclions  of  this  Chapter  are  in  their  proper  places  in  the 
 prefent  Harmony. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 §  1.  41  A  N  D  many  refbrted  unto 
 A  him,andfaid,  John  did 
 no  miracle:  but  all  things  that  John 
 ipake  of  this  man,  were  true. 
 
 42  And  many  believed  on  him 
 there. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 NOW  a  certain  man  was 
 lick,  named  Lazarus  of 
 Bethany,  the  town  of  Mary  and 
 her  lifter  Martha. 
 
 2  ( It  was  that  Mary  which  a- 
 nointed  the  Lord  with  ointment, 
 and  wiped  his  feet  with  her  hair, 
 whole  brother  Lazarus  was  lick.) 
 
 3  Therefore  his  fillers  lent  unto 
 him,  faying,  Lord,  behold3  he  whom 
 thou  loveft,  is  fick. 
 
 4  When  Jefus  heard  that,  hefaid , 
 This  ficknels  is  not  unto  death,  but 
 
 E  e  e  z  for 
 
404  The  Harmony 
 
 A-TTHEwr.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 for  the  glory  of  God,  that  the  Son 
 of  God  might  be  glorified  thereby. 
 f  Now  Jefus  loved  Martha,  and 
 her  fifter,  and  Lazarus. 
 
 6  When  he  had  heard  therefore 
 that  he  was  fick,  he  abode  two  days 
 full  in  the  fame  place  where  he  was. 
 
 7  Then  after  that,  faith  he  to  his 
 difciples,  Let  us  go  into  Judea  again. 
 
 8  His  difciples  fay  unto  him, 
 Mafter,  the  Jews  of  late  fought  to 
 (lone  thee  ;  and  goeft  thou  thither 
 again? 
 
 9  Jefus  anfwered,  Are  there  not 
 twelve  hours  in  the  day  ?  If  any 
 man  walk  in  the  day,  he  ftumbleth 
 not ,  becaufe  he  feeth  the  light  of 
 this  world. 
 
 I  o  But  if  a  man  walk  in  the  night, 
 he  ftumbleth,  becaufe  there  is  na 
 light  in  him. 
 
 I I  Thefe  things  faidhe:  and  af- 
 ter that,  he  faith  unto  them,  Our 
 friend  Lazarus  fleepeth  j  but  I  go, 
 that  I  may  awake  him  out  of  fleep. 
 
 iz  Then  faid  his  difciples,  Lord, 
 if  he  fleep,  he  fhali  do  well. 
 
 13  Howbeit  Jefus  fpake  of  his 
 death:  but  they  thought  that  he 
 had  fpoken  of  taking  of  reft  in 
 fleep. 
 
 14  Then  faid  Jefus  unto  them 
 plainly,  Lazarus  is  dead. 
 
 1  $■  And  I  am  glad  for  your  fakes, 
 that  I  was  not  there  (to  the  intent 
 ye  may  believe)  neverthelefs,  let  us 
 go  unto  him. 
 
 16  Then  faid  Thomas,  which  is 
 called  Didymus,  unto  his  fellow- 
 difciples ,  Let  us  alfo  go ,  that  we 
 may  die  with  him. 
 
 §i.  7 1  Then 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis*  405 
 
 Matthew.  Mabk.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 §2.  17  Then  when  Jefus  came,. 
 he  found  that  he  had  iien  in  the 
 grave  four  days  already. 
 
 18  (Now Bethany  was  nigh  un£o 
 Jeruialem.about  fifteen  furlongs  off) 
 
 19  And  many  of  the  Jews  came 
 to  Martha  and  Mary,  to  comfort 
 them  concerning  their  brother. 
 
 20  Th  n  Martha,  aflbon  as  fhc 
 heard  that  Jefus  was  coming,  went 
 and  met  him  :  but  Mary  fat  fiill  ia 
 the  houfe. 
 
 21  Then  faid  Martha  unto  Jefus, 
 Lord,  if  thou  hadft  been  here,  my 
 brother  had  not  died. 
 
 22  But  I  know,  that  even  now 
 whatfoever  thou  wilt  ask  of  God, 
 God  will  give  it  thee. 
 
 a  3  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Thy  bro- 
 ther fhall  rife  again. 
 
 24  Martha  faith  unto  him,  I  know 
 that  he  fhall  rife  again  in  the  refiir- 
 rection  at  the  laft  day. 
 
 25-  Jefus  faid  unto  her,  I  am  the 
 refurre&ion,  and  the  life  :  he  that 
 believeth  in  me,  though  he  were 
 dead,  yet  fhall  he  live ; 
 
 26  And  whofoever  liveth ,  and 
 believeth  in  me,  fhall  never  die.  Be- 
 Ueveft  thou  this  ? 
 
 27  She  faith  unto  him,  Yea, 
 Lord  :  I  believe  that  thou  art  the 
 Chrift  &e  Son  of  God  which  fhould 
 come  into  the  world. 
 
 28  And  when  fhe  had  fo  faid,  fhe 
 went  her  way,  and  called  Mary  her 
 fitter  fecrefly ,  faying,  The  Matter 
 is  come,  and  calkrh  ,or  thee. 
 
 29  Aflbon  as  fhc  heard  that,  fhc 
 arofe  quickly,  and  came  unto  him, 
 
 30  Now  Jefus  was  not  yet  come 
 into  the  town,  but  was  in  that  place 
 where  Martha  met  him, 
 
 E  e  e  3,  31  The-. 
 
4o  6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Lvke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 3 1  The  Jews  then  which  were 
 with  her  in  the  houfe,  and  com- 
 forted her,  when  they  faw  Mary 
 that  fhe  rofe  up  hafhly ,  and  went 
 out,  followed  her,  faying,  She  go- 
 eth  unto  the  grave,  to  weep  there. 
 
 3  2  Then  when  Mary  was  come 
 where  Jefus  was,  and  faw  him,  fhe 
 fell  down  at  his  feet ,  laying  unto 
 him,  Lord,  if  thou  hadft  been  here, 
 my  brother  had  not  died. 
 
 33  When  Jefus  therefore  faw  her 
 weeping,  and  the  Jews  alfo  weeping 
 which  jame  with  her,  he  groaned 
 in  the  fpirit  and  was  troubled , 
 
 34  And  faid,  Where  have  ye  laid 
 him  ?  They  fay  unto  him,Lord,come 
 and  fee. 
 
 3^  Jefus  wept. 
 
 36  Then  faid  the  Jews,  Behold 
 how  he  loved  him. 
 
 3  7  And  fome  of  them  faid,  Could 
 not  this  man  which  opened  the  eyes 
 of  the  blind,  have  caufed  that  even 
 this  man  (hould  not  have  died  ? 
 
 38  Jefus  therefore  again  groan- 
 ing in  himfelf,  cometh  to  the  grave. 
 It  was  a  cave,  and  a  ftone  lay  up- 
 on it. 
 
 39  Jefus  faid,  Take  ye  away  the 
 ftone.  Martha,  the  fifter  of  him 
 that  was  dead,  faith  unto  him,  Lord, 
 by  this  time  he  ftinketh :  for  he  hath 
 been  dead  four  days. 
 
 40  Jefus  faith  unto  her ,  Said  I 
 not  unto  thee,  that  if  thou  would- 
 eft  believe,  thou ftiouldeft  fee  the 
 glory  of  God  ? 
 
 41  Then  they  took  away  the 
 ftone  from  the  place  where  the  dead 
 was  laid.  And  Jefus  lift  up  his  eyes, 
 and  faid,  Father,  I  thank  thee  that 
 thou  haft  heard  me. 
 
 4z  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  407 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XL 
 
 •  41  And  I  knew  that  thou  heareft 
 
 me  always :  but  becaufe  or"  the  peo- 
 ple which  ftand  by,  I  faid  it,  that 
 they  may  believe  that  thou  haft  fent 
 me. 
 
 43  And  when  he  thus  had  ipo- 
 ken ,  he  cried  with  a  loud  voice, 
 Lazarus,  come  forth. 
 
 44  And  he  that  was  dead  came 
 forth,  bound  hand  and  foot  with 
 grave-clothes :  and  his  face  was 
 bound  about  with  a  napkin.  Jefus 
 faith  unto  them ,  Loofe  him ,  and 
 let  him  go. 
 
 45-  Then  many  of  the  Jews  which 
 came  to  Mary,  and  had  feen  the 
 things  which  Jefus  did,  believed  on 
 .  him. 
 
 §  3.  46  But  fome  of  them  went 
 thtir  ways  to  the  Pharifees,  and  told 
 them  what  things  Jefus  had  done. 
 
 47  Then  gathered  the  chief  priefts 
 and  the  Pharifees  a  councel ,  and 
 faid,  What  do  we?  for  this  man  do- 
 eth  many  miracles. 
 
 48  If  we  let  him  thus  alone,  all 
 men  will  believe  on  him  ;  and  the 
 Romans  fhall  come  and  take  away 
 both  our  place  and  nation. 
 
 49  And  one  of  them  named  Caia- 
 phas,  being  the  high  pried  that  fame 
 year,  laid  unto  them,  Ye  know  no- 
 thing at  all : 
 
 j-o  Nor  coniider  that  it  is  expe- 
 dient for  us ,  that  one  man  fhould 
 die  for  the  people,  and  that  the 
 whole  nation  perifh  not. 
 
 fi  And  this  fpake  he  not  of  him- 
 felf :  but  being  high  prielt  that  year, 
 he  propheiied  that  Jefus  fhould  die 
 n  for  that  nation  : 
 
 ft  And  not  for  that  nation  only, 
 but. 
 
4o8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 but  that  alfo  he  fhouid  gather  toge- 
 ther in  one ,  the  children  of  God 
 that  were  fcattercd  abroad. 
 
 5-3  Thjn  from  that  clay  forth, 
 they  took  counfel  together  for  to 
 put  him  to  i  nth. 
 
 $■4  jefus  therefore  walked  no 
 
 more  openly  among  the  Jews;  but 
 
 went  thence  into  a  countrey  near 
 
 to  the  wildernefs,  into  a  city  called 
 
 Chap.  XVII.         Ephraim,  and  there  continued  with 
 
 his  difciples. 
 §4.  1 1  And  it  came 
 to  pafs,  as  he  went  to 
 Jerufalem,  that  he  paf- 
 ied  through  the  midft 
 of  Samaria  and  Gali- 
 lee. 
 
 ii  And  as  he  en- 
 tred  into  a  certain  vil- 
 lage, there  met  him 
 ten  men  that  were  le- 
 pers ,  which  ftood  a- 
 faroff: 
 
 13  And  they  lifted 
 up  their  voices*  and 
 faid,  Jefus  Mafter,have 
 mercy  on  us. 
 
 14  And  when  he 
 faw  them,  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Go  ihew 
 your  lelves  unto  the 
 priefts.  And  it  came 
 to  pafs  that  as  they 
 went,they  were  dean- 
 fed. 
 
 ij*  And  one  of  them, 
 when  he  faw  that  he 
 was  healed ,  fumed 
 back,  and  with  c;  loud 
 voice  glorified  God, 
 
 16  And  fell  down 
 -on  h'n  face  at  his  feet, 
 
 giving 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  4°  9 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  Johh. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 giving  him  thanks :    and  he  was 
 a  Samaritan. 
 
 17  Andjefus  anfwering,  faid, 
 Were  there  not  ten  cleanfcd?  but 
 where  are  the  nine  ? 
 
 1 8  There  are  not  found  that  re- 
 turned to  give  glory  to  God ,  fave 
 this  flranger. 
 
 19  And  he  faid  unto  him,  Arife, 
 go  thy  way  ;  thy  faith  hath  made 
 thee  whole. 
 
 §  j.  20  And  when  he  was  de- 
 manded of  the  Pharifecs,  when  the 
 kingdom  of  God  mould  come;  he 
 anfwered  them  and  faid,  The  king- 
 dom of  God  cometh  not  with  ob- 
 fervation. 
 
 21  Neither  mall  they  {ay,  Lo 
 here,  or,  lo  there  :  for  behold,  the 
 kingdom  of  God  is  within  you. 
 
 22  And  he  faid  unto  the  difci- 
 ples,  The  days  will  come  when  ye 
 lhall  defire  to  fee  one  of  the  day* 
 of  the  Son  of  man,  and  ye  {hall  not 
 fee  it. 
 
 2  3  And  they  mall  fay  to  you,  See 
 here,  or  fee  there;  go  not  after  them, 
 nor  follow  them. 
 
 24  For  as  the  lightning  that  light- 
 neth  out  of  the  one  part  under  hea- 
 ven, fhineth  unto  the  other  fart  un- 
 der heaven:  fo  (hall alfo  the  Son  of 
 man  be  in  his  day. 
 
 25*  But  firft  muft  he  fuffer  many 
 things ,  and  be  rejected  of  this  ge- 
 neration, 
 
 26  And  as  it  was  in  the  days  of 
 Noe,  fo  mail  it  be  alfo  in  the  days 
 of  the  Son  of  man. 
 
 27  They  did  eat,  they  drank, 
 they  married  wives,  they  were  gi- 
 ven in  marriage,  until  the  day  that 
 
 F  f  f  Noc 
 
410  The  Harmony 
 
 I, 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.   "  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 Noe  entred  into  the  ark :   and  the 
 flood  came,  and  deftroyed  them  all. 
 
 28  Likewife  alfo  as  it  was  in  the 
 days  of  Lot,  they  did  eat,  they  drank, 
 they  bought,  they  fold,  they  planted, 
 they  builded : 
 
 29  But  the  fame  day  that  Lot 
 went  out  of  Sodom ,  it  rained  fire 
 and  brimftone  from  heaven,  and 
 deftroyed  them  all : 
 
 30  Even  thus  (hall  it  be  in  the 
 day  when  the  Son  of  man  is  re- 
 vealed. 
 
 3 1  In  that  day,  he  which  (hall  be 
 upon  the  houfe-top,  and  his  ftuff 
 in  the  houfe,  let  him  not  come  down 
 to  take  it  away  :  and  he  that  is  in 
 the  field ,  let  him  likewife  not  re- 
 turn back. 
 
 32  Remember  Lots  wife. 
 
 33  Whofoever  (hall  feek  to  fave 
 his  life,  fhall  loie  it :  and  whofoe- 
 ver fhall  lofe  his  life,  fhall  preferve 
 it. 
 
 34  I  tell  you,  in  that  night  there 
 fhall  be  two  men  in  one  bed  ;  the 
 one  fhall  be  taken ,  and  the  other 
 fhall  be  left. 
 
 3  f  Two  women  fhall  be  grind- 
 ing together  ;  the  one  fhall  be  ta- 
 ken, and  the  other  left. 
 
 36  Two  men  fhall  be  in  the  field; 
 the  one  fhall  be  taken,  and  the  other 
 left. 
 
 37  And  they  anfwered,  and  faid 
 unto  him,  Where,  Lord?  And  he 
 faid  unto  them ,  Wherefoever  the 
 body  is ,  thither  will  the  eagles  be 
 gathered  together. 
 
 J°HN. 
 
 §6.  AND 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  41 1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 §  6.  A  ND  he  fpake  a  parable  un- 
 A  to  them,  to  this  end,  that 
 men  ought  always  to  pray,  and  not 
 to  faint. 
 
 2  Saying,  There  was  in  a  city  a 
 judge,  which  feared  not  .God,  nei- 
 ther regarded  man. 
 •■  3  And  there  was  a  widow  in  that 
 
 city,  and  (he  came  unto  him,  fay- 
 ing, Avenge  me  of  mine  adver- 
 
 fai7' 
 
 4  And  he  would  not  for  a  while; 
 
 but  afterward  he  faid  within  him- 
 felf,  Though  I  fear  not  God,  nor 
 regard  man ; 
 
 f  Yet  becaufe  this  widow  trou- 
 bled me,  I  will  avenge  her,  left  by 
 her  continual  coming  ihe  weary 
 me. 
 
 6  And  the  Lord  faid,  Hear  what 
 the  unjuft  judge  faith. 
 
 7  And  mall  not  God  avenge  hie 
 own  eleft,  which  cry  day  and  night 
 unto  him,  though  he  bare  long  with 
 them? 
 
 8  I  tell  you  that  he  will  avenge 
 them  fpeedily.  Neverthelefs,  when 
 the  Son  of  man  cometh,  mall  he 
 find  faith  on  the  eartfer  ? 
 
 9  And  he  fpake  this  parable  un- 
 to certain  which  trufted  in  them- 
 felves  that  they  were  righteous,  and 
 defpifed  others : 
 
 10  Two  men  went  up  into  the 
 temple  to  pray;  the  one  aPharifee, 
 the  other  a  Publican. 
 
 1 1  The  Pharifee  ftood  and  pray- 
 ed thus  with  himfelf,  God  I  thank 
 thee,  that  I  am  not  as  other  men 
 are,  extortioners,  unjuft,  adulter- 
 ers, or  even  as  this  Publican. 
 
 12  I  faft  twice  in  the  week ,  I 
 give  tithes  of  all  that  I  poflefs. 
 
 Fff  1  *5  And 
 
4 1  %  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 1 3  And  the  Publi- 
 can ftanding  afar  off, 
 would  not  lift  up  fo 
 much  as  his  eyes  unto 
 heaven,  biitfmote  up- 
 onhisbreaft,  laying, 
 God  be  merciful  to  me 
 a  {inner. 
 
 14  I  tell  you,  this 
 man  went  down  to 
 his  houfe  juftified  ra- 
 ther then  the  other: 
 for  every  one  that  ex- 
 alteth  himfelf,  fhall  be 
 abafed  ;   and  he  that 
 
 Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  X.  humbleth     himfelf  , 
 
 $7.  gThePharifees  '  *  And  the  Pharifees 
 alfo  came  unto  him,  came  to  him,  and  ask- 
 temptinghim,andfay-  cd  him,  Is  it  lawful 
 inguntohim,Isitlaw-  for  a  man  to  put  away 
 ful  for  a  man  to  put  a-  his  wife?  tempting 
 way  his  wife  for  every  him. 
 caufe?  3  Andheanfwered 
 
 4  Andheanfwered  and  faid  unto  them, 
 and  faid  unto  them ,  What  did  Mofes  corn- 
 Have  ye  not  read,  that  mand  you  ? 
 he  which  made  them  4  And  they  faid, 
 at  the  beginning,  made  Moles  fuffered  to 
 them  male  and  fe-  write  a  bill  of  divorce- 
 male  ?  ment,  and  to  put  her 
 
 f  And  faid,  For  this  away. 
 caufe  fhall  a  man  leave  5  And  Jefus  anfwer- 
 father  and  mother,  and  ed  and  faid  unto  them, 
 fhall  cleave  to  his  wife:  For  the  hardnefs  of 
 and  they  twain  fhall  your  heart,  he  wrote 
 be  one  flefh.  you  this  precept. 
 
 6  Wherefore  they  6  But  from  the  be- 
 are  no  more  twain ,  ginning  of  the  creati- 
 but  one  flefh.  What  on,  God  made  them 
 therefore  God  hath  male  and  female. 
 joyned  together,  let  7  For  this  caufe  Hull 
 no  man  put  afrnder.    a  man  leave  his  father 
 
 fhall  be  exalted. 
 
 7.  They 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 4M 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 7  They  fay  unto 
 him,  Why  did  Mofes 
 then  command  to  give 
 a  writing  of  divorce- 
 ment, and  to  put  her 
 away  ? 
 
 8  He  faith  unto 
 them*  Mofes,  becaufe 
 of  the  hardnefsof  your 
 hearts,  fuffered  you  to 
 put  away  your  wives : 
 but  from  the  begin- 
 ning it  was  not  fo. 
 
 9  And  I  fay  unto 
 you,  Whofoever  (hall 
 put  away  his  wife,  ex- 
 cept it  be  for  fornica- 
 tion, and  (hall  marry 
 another,  committeth 
 adultery :  and  whofo 
 marrieth  her  which  is 
 put  away,  doth  com- 
 mit adultery. 
 
 10  His  difciples  fay 
 unto  him,  If  the  cafe 
 of  the  man  be  ib  with 
 his  wife,  it  is  not  good 
 to  marry. 
 
 1 1  But  he  laid  un- 
 to them,  All  men  can- 
 not receive  thifrfaying, 
 fave  they  to  whom  it 
 is  given. 
 
 iz  For  there  are 
 fbme  eunuchs,  which 
 were  fo  born  from 
 their  mothers  womb: 
 and  there  are  fome  eu- 
 nuchs, which  were 
 made  eunuchs  of  men : 
 and  there  be  eunuchs, 
 which  have  made 
 themfelves     eunuchs 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  X, 
 
 and  mother,and  cleave 
 to  his  wife; 
 
 8  And  '.'.ty  twain 
 (hall  be  one  flelh  :  fo 
 then  they  are  no  more 
 twain,  butonerlefh. 
 
 9  What  therefore 
 God  hath  joyned  to- 
 gcther,let  not  man  put 
 afunder. 
 
 10  Andinthehoufe 
 his  difciples  asked  him 
 again  of  the  fame  mat- 
 ter.. 
 
 11  And  he  faith  un- 
 to them ,  Whofoever 
 fhall  put  away  his 
 wife,  and  marry  ano- 
 ther, committeth  a- 
 dultery  againft  her. 
 
 12.  And  if  a  wo- 
 man fhall  put  away 
 her  husband,  and  be 
 married  to  another  9 
 fhe  committeth  adul- 
 tery. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Jo-hh. 
 
 Ff  f 
 
 fin* 
 
4i 4  Tke  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  L'^ke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  X.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 for  the  kingdom  of 
 heavens  fake.  He  that 
 is  able  to  receive  it, 
 let  him  receive  it. 
 
 §8.  1 3  Then  were  ^  3  And  they  brought  if  And  they  brought 
 there  brought  unto  y0ung  children  to  unto  him  alfo  infants, 
 him  little  children,  him,  that  he  mould  that  he  ttioold  tauch 
 that  he  mould  pat  bis  t0uch  them  ;  and  his  them:  btrt  Wfcen'fe 
 hands  on  them,  and  difciples rebuked thofe  difciples  frvv  it ,  they 
 pray  :  and  the  difci-  that  brought  them.  rebuked  rhern. 
 >ples  rebuked  them.  r4  But  when  Jefus        16  But  Jefus  called 
 
 14  But  Jefus  faid,  faw  ,>,  he  was  much  them  unto  htm,  and 
 Surfer  little  children,  difpleafed,  and  faid  un-  faid,  Surfer  little  chil- 
 and  forbid  them  not  to  them,Suffer  the  little  dren  to  come 'unto 
 to  come  unto  me:  for  children  to  come  unto  me,  and  forbid  them 
 of  fuch  is  the  king-  me,  and  forbid  them  not:  for  of  fuch  is  the 
 dom  of  heaven,  not :  for  of  fuch  is  the   kingdom  of  God. 
 
 1  j-  And  he  laid  his  kingdom  of  God.  1 7  Verily  I  fay  un- 
 
 hands on  them  ,   and        15-  Verily  I  fay  un-  to    you,    whomever 
 •departed  thence.  to  you,    Whomever   (hall  not  receive  the 
 
 16  And  behold,  one  flian  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God  as  a 
 came,  and  faid  unto  kingdom  of  God  as  a  little  child,  fhallinno 
 him,  Good  mafter,  little  child,  he  (hall  wile  enter  therein, 
 what  good  thing  (hall  not  enter  therein.  18  Arid  a  certain 
 I  do  that  I  may  have  ,6  And  he  took  ruler  asked  him,  fay- 
 eternal  lite  ?                  them  up  in  his  arms,  ing,Good  mafter,what 
 
 1 7  And  he  faid  un-  put  his  hands  upon  mall  I  do  to  inherit 
 to  him,  Why  callefl:  them,     and    blelfed  eternal  life? 
 
 thou  me  good"?  there  them.  19   And  Jefus  faid 
 
 is  none  good  but  one,       ,7    And  when  he   unto  him,  Why  callefl: 
 that  is  God:   but  if  was  gone  forth  into  thou  me  good?  none 
 thou  wilt  enter  intc  the  way,  there  came  is  good  fave  one,  that 
 life   keep    the    com-  one     running  ,     and  is,  God. 
 mandments.  kneeled  to  him,  and       20   Thou  knowefl: 
 
 j 8  He  faith  unto  asked  him,  Good  ma-  the  commandments, 
 him,  Which  ?  Jefus  fter,  what  (hall  I  do  Do  not  commit  adul- 
 faid ,  Thou  (halt  do  that  I  may  inherit  e-  tery,  Do  not  kill,  Do 
 no  murder,  Thou  malt  ternal  life  ?  not  flea],  Do  not  bear 
 
 not  commit  adultery,       18   And  Jefus  faid  falfe  witnefs,  Honour 
 Thou  malt  not  fleal,  unto  him,  Why  callefl:   thy  rather  and  thy  mo- 
 Thou   fhalt  not  be.r  thou  me  good  ?  there  ther. 
 fuUe  witnefs,  is  none  good,  but  one,       n   And  he  faid,  All 
 
 .oH<V 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  4 1  5 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  X.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 ip  Honour  thy  fa-  that  is,  God.  thefe  have  I  kept  from 
 
 ther  and  thy  mother  :       19  Thou  knoweft    my  youth  up. 
 and,  Thou  (halt  love  the  commandments  ,        2z  Now  whenje- 
 thy  neighbour  as  thy  Do  not  commit  adul-  fus  heard  thefe  things, 
 felf.  tery,  Do  not  kill,  Do  he  faid  unto  him,  Yet 
 
 20  The  young  man  not  ileal,  Do  not  bear  lack  eft  thou  one  thing : 
 faith  unto  him ,  All  falfe  witnefs,  Defraud  fell  all  that  thou  haft, 
 thefe  things  have  I  not,H©nour  thy  father  and  diftribute  unto  the 
 kept  from  my  youth  and  mother.  poor ,  and  thou  malt 
 up:  what  lack  I  yet  ?         20  Andheanfwer-  have  treafure  in  hea- 
 
 21  Jefus  faid  unto  ed  and  faid  unto  him,  ven  :  and  come,  fol- 
 ium ,  If  thou  wilt  be  Mafter,  all  thefe  have  low  me. 
 
 per  fe&,go  and  fell  that  I  obferved  from  my       23   And  when  he 
 
 thou  haft,  and  give  to  youth.  heard  this,     he  was 
 
 the  poor,  and   thou       21  Then  Jefus  be-  very  forrowful :    for 
 
 fhalt  have  treafure  in  holding   him ,    loved  he  was  very  rich, 
 
 heaven:  and  come  and  him,    and  faid  unto       24  And  when  Je- 
 
 fbllow  me.  him ,  One  thing  thou  fus  faw  that  he  was 
 
 22  But  when  the  lackeft:  go  thy  way,  very  forrowful ,  he 
 young  man  heard  that  fell  whatfoever  thou  faid,  How  hardly  (hall 
 faying,  he  went  away  haft ,  and  give  to  the  they  that  have  riches 
 forrowful:  for  he  had  poor;  and  thou  fhalt  enter  into  the  king- 
 great  poffeflions.  have  treafure  in  hea-  dom  of  God ! 
 
 23  Then  faid  Jefus  ven;  and  come,  take  2/  For  it  is  eafier 
 unto  his  difciples,  Ve-  up  the  crofs,  and  fol-  for  a  camel  to  go 
 rily  I  fay  unto  you ,  low  me.  through  a  needles  eye, 
 that  a  rich  man  (hall  22  And  he  was  fad  then  for  a  rich  man  to. 
 hardly  enter  into  the  at  that  faying,  and  enter  into  the  king- 
 kingdom  of  heaven,  went   away  grieved  :  dom  of  God. 
 
 24  And  again  I  fay  for  he  had  great  pof-  26  And  they  that 
 unto  you,  It  is  ealier  fefllons.  heard  it,  faid,  Who 
 for  a  camel  to  go  23  And  Jefus  look-  then  can  be  faved  ? 
 through  the  eye  ot  a  ed  round  about,  and  27  And  he  faid, 
 needle,  then  for  a  rich  faith  unto  his  difciples,  The  things  which  are 
 man  to  enter  into  the  How  hardly  (hall  they  unpoffible  with  men, 
 kingdom  of  God.  that  have  riches  enter  are  poffible  with  God. 
 
 2y  When  his  difci-  into  the  kingdom  of  28  Then  Peter  faid, 
 pics hcaru//,f hey  were  God  \  Lo,  we  have  left  all, 
 
 exceedingly  amazed  ,       24  And  the  difci-  and  followed  thee, 
 faying,  Who  then  can  pics   were  aftonifhed        29  And  he  (aid  un- 
 be  faved  ?  at  his  words.   But  Je-  to  them ,  Verily  I  fay 
 
 26  But  Jefus  beheld  fus  anfwereth  again,  unto  you,  there  is  no 
 them,  and  faid  unto  and  faith  unto  them,  man  that    hath    left 
 
 them 
 
4i  6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Ljke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  X.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 them,  With  men  this  Children,  how  hard  houfe,  or  parents,  or 
 
 isunpoffible,  but  with  is   it   for   them   th3t  brethren,  or  wife,  or 
 
 God  all  things  arepof-  truft  in  riches,  to  en-  childifn,  for  the  king, 
 
 iible.  ter  into  the  kingdom  dom  ot  Gods  'ike, 
 
 27  Thenanfwered  of  God!  30  Who  fhaU  not 
 -Peter ,  and  faid  unto  2 f  It  is  eafier  for  a  receive  m~nirola  more 
 him,  Behold,  we  have  camel  to  go  through  in  this  preient  time, 
 forfaken  all,  and  fo'-  the  eye  of  a  needle,  and  in  the  world  to 
 lowed  thee  j  what  then  for  a  rich  man  to  come  life  everiafting. 
 lhall  we  have  there-  enter  into  the  king- 
 fore  ?  dom  of  God. 
 
 28  And  Jefus  faid  26  And  they  were 
 unto  them,  Verily  I  aftonilhed  out  of  mea- 
 fay  unto  you,  that  ye  fure,  faying  among 
 which  have  followed  themfelves,  Who  then 
 me  in  the  regenera-  can  be  faveJ  ? 
 
 tion,  when  the  Son  27  And  Jefus  look- 
 of  man  lhall  lit  in  ing  upon  them,  faith, 
 the  throne  of  his  glo-  with  men  *>»  impofii- 
 ry,  ye  alio  lhall  *tt  ble,  but  not  with  God: 
 upon  twelv-  thiun^s,  for  with  God  all  things 
 judging  the  twelve  are  pofllble. 
 tribes  of  Ifrael.  28  Then  Peter  be- 
 
 29  And  every  one  gan  to  fa^  unto  him, 
 that  hath  fcrfaken  Lo,  we  have  left  all , 
 houfes,or  b»erriren,or  and  have  followed 
 lifters,   or  father,  or  thee. 
 
 mother,  or  wife,  or       29   And  jefus  an- 
 
 children,  or  lands  for  fwered  and  laid,  Ve- 
 
 my  names  :ake,  lhall  riry  I  lay  unto  you, 
 
 receive  an   hundred-  There  is  no  man  that 
 
 fold,  and  lhall  inherit  hath  left  houfe,  orbTC- 
 
 everlafting  life.  thren,  or  fillers,  or  fa- 
 
 30  But  many  that  ther,  or  mother,  or 
 tire  firft,  lhall  be  laft;  wife,  or  children,  or 
 ?.nd  the  laft  /I}  all  be  lands,  for  my  fake  and 
 
 ffirft.  the  gofpels , 
 
 30  But  he  lhall  re- 
 ceive an  hundred-fold 
 now  in  this  time,  hou- 
 fes,  and  brethren,  and 
 fillers,  and  mothers > 
 and    children ,    and 
 
 lands, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 4i7 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 §p.T-iOR  the  kingdom  of  heaven 
 1.  is  like  unto  a  man  that  is 
 an  houfholder,  which  went  out  ear- 
 ly in  the  morning  to  hire  labourers. 
 into  his  vineyard. 
 
 2  And  when  he  had  agreed  with 
 the  labourers  for  a  peny  a  day,  he 
 fent  them  into  his  vineyard. 
 
 3  And  he  went  out  about  the 
 third  hour,  and  faw  others  (landing 
 idle  in  the  market-place, 
 
 4  And  faid  unto  them,  Go  ye  al- 
 io into  the  vineyard ,  and  whatfo- 
 ever  is  right,  I  will  give  you.  And 
 they  went  their  way. 
 
 $•  Again  he  went  out  about  the 
 lixth  and  ninth  hour,  and  did  like- 
 wife. 
 
 6  And  about  the  eleventh  hour 
 he  went  out,  and  found  others  (land- 
 ing idle,  and  faith  unto  them,  Why 
 ftand  ye  here  all  the  day  idle  ? 
 
 7  They  fay  unto  him,  Becaufe  no 
 man  hath  hired  us.  He  faith  unto 
 them,  Go  ye  alfo  into  the  vineyard, 
 and  whatfoever  is  right,  that  mall 
 ye  receive. 
 
 8  So  when  even  was  come,  the 
 lord  of  the  vineyard  faith  unto  his 
 {reward,  Call  the  labourers,  and  give 
 them  their  hire,  beginning  from  the 
 laft  unto  the  fijft. 
 
 9  And  when  they  came  that  were 
 hired  about  the  eleventh  hour,  they 
 received  every  man  a  peny. 
 
 1  o  But  when  the  firft  came,  they 
 fuppofed  that  they  mould  have  re- 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 lands,  with  perfec- 
 tions; and  in  the  world 
 to  come  eternal  life. 
 
 3 1  But  many  that 
 are  firft,  fhall  be  laft: 
 and  the  laft,  firft. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 gg 
 
 ceiyed 
 
4 1  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 ceived  more,  and  they  likewife  re- 
 ceived every  man  a  peny. 
 
 1 1  And  when  they  had  received 
 it,  they  murmured  againft  the  good 
 man  of  the  houfe, 
 
 1 2  Saying.Thefe  laft  have  wrought 
 but  one  hour,  and  thou  haft  made 
 them  equal  unto  us,  which  have 
 born  the  burden  and  heat  of  the 
 day. 
 
 1 3  But  he  anfwered  one  of  them, 
 and  faid,  Friend,  I  do  thee  no  wrong : 
 didft  not  thou  agree  with  me  for  a 
 peny? 
 
 14  Take  that  thine  is,  and  go 
 thy  way:  I  will  give  unto  this  laft, 
 even  as  unto  thee. 
 
 1  f  Is  it  not  lawful  for  me  to  do 
 what  I  will  with  mine  own  ?  is  thine 
 eye  evil,  becaufe  I  am  good  ? 
 
 16  So  the  laft  fhall  be  firft,  and 
 the  firft,  laft  :  for  many  be  called, 
 but  few  chofen.  Chap.  X.  Chap.  XVTII. 
 
 §  10.  17  And  Jefus  going  up  to  32  And  they  were  31  Then  he  took 
 jerufalem ,  took  the  twelve  difci-  in  the  way  going  up  unto  him  the  twelve, 
 pies  apart  in  the  way,  and  faid  unto  to  Jerufalem :  and  Je-  and  faid  unto  them , 
 them ,  fus  went  before  them ;  Behold ,  we  go  up  to 
 
 18  Behold,  we  go  up  to  Jerufa-  and  they  were  ama- Jerufalem  ,  and  all 
 lem,  and  the  Son  of  man  fhall  be  zed,  and  as  they  fol-  things  that  are  writ- 
 betrayed  unto  the  chief  priefts,  and  lowed,  they  were  a-  ten  by  the  prophets 
 unto  the  fcribes,  and  they  fhall  con-  fiaid.  And  he  took  concerning  the  Son  of 
 demn  him  to  death,  again  the  twelve,  and  man  fhall  be  accom- 
 
 19  And  fhall  deliver  him  to  the  began  to    tell    them  plifhed. 
 
 Gentiles  to  mock,  and  to  fcourge,  what  things  fhould  32  For  he  fhall  be 
 and  to  crucifie  him  :  and  the  third  happen  unto  him ,  delivered  unto  the 
 day  he  fhall  rife  again.  33  Saying,  Behold,  Genti.es,  and  fhall  be 
 
 20  Then  came  to  him  the  mo-  wegouptojerufalem,  mocked, and fpitefully 
 ther  of  Zi'bedee's  children,  with  her  and  the  Son  of  man  entreated  and  {pitted 
 fons,  worfhipping  him,  and  dcfiring  fhall  be  delivered  un-  on  ; 
 
 a  certain  thing  of  him.  to   the   chief  priefts ,       33    And  they  fhall 
 
 2t  And  he  faid  unto  her  ,  What  and  unto  the  fcribes:  fcourge  him,  and  put 
 
 wilt  thou  ?    She  faith  unto  him ,  and    they   fhall  con-  him  to  death :  and  the 
 
 Grant 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts 
 
 419 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 Grant  that  thefe  my 
 two  fbns  may  fit, 
 the  one  on  thy  right 
 hand ,  and  the  other 
 on  the  left  in  thy  king- 
 dom. 
 
 a  2  But  Jefus  an- 
 fwered  and  faid ,  Ye 
 know  not  what  ye 
 ask.  Are  ye  able  to 
 drink  of  the  cup  that 
 I  (hall  drink  of,  and 
 to  be  baptized  with 
 the  baptifm  that  I  am 
 baptized  with?  They 
 fay  unto  him,  We  are 
 able. 
 
 23  And  he  faith 
 unto  them,  Ye  fhall 
 drink  indeed  of  my 
 cup,  and  be  baptized 
 with  the  baptifm  that 
 I  am  baptized  with: 
 but  to  fit  on  my  right 
 hand,  and  on  my  left, 
 is  not  mine  to  give,  but 
 itjhall  be  given  to  them 
 for  whom  it  is  prepa- 
 red of  my  Father. 
 
 24  And  when  the 
 ten  heard  it,  they  were 
 moved  with  indigna- 
 tion againft  the  two 
 brethren. 
 
 x$  But  Jefus  called 
 them  unto  him ,  and 
 faid,  Ye  know  that 
 the  princes  of  the  Gen- 
 tiles exercife  domini- 
 on over  them,and  they 
 that  are  great,  exercife 
 authority  upon  them. 
 
 26  But  it  (hall  not 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  X. 
 
 demn  him  to  death, 
 and  fhall  deliver  him 
 to  the  Gentiles ; 
 
 34  And  they  fhall 
 mock  him,  and  fhall 
 fcourge  him,  and  fhall 
 fpit  upon  him,  and 
 fhall  kill  him:  and  the 
 third  day  he  fhall  rife 
 again. 
 
 35*  And  James  and 
 John  the  fons  of  Ze- 
 bedee  come  unto  him, 
 faying,  Mafter,  we 
 would  that  thou 
 fhouldefl  do  for  us 
 whatfbever  we  fhall 
 deiire. 
 
 36  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  What  would 
 ye  that  I  fhould  do  for 
 you? 
 
 37  They  faid  unto 
 him,  Grant  unto  us 
 that  we  may  fit ,  on« 
 on  thy  right  hand,  and 
 the  other  on  thy  left 
 hand,  in  thy  glory.     t 
 
 38  But  Jefus  faid 
 unto  them,  Ye  know 
 not  what  ye  ask:  can 
 ye  drink  of  the  cup 
 that  I  drink  of?  and 
 be  baptized  with  the 
 baptifm  that  I  am  bap- 
 tized with? 
 
 39  And  they  faid 
 unto  him,  We  can. 
 And  Jefus  faid  unto 
 them,  Ye  fhall  indeed 
 drink  of  the  cup  that 
 I  drink  of;  and  with 
 the  baptifm  that  I  am 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 third  day  he  fhall  rife 
 again. 
 
 34  And  they  un- 
 derftood  none  of  theie 
 things  :  and  this  fay- 
 ing was  hid  from 
 them,  neither  knew 
 they  the  things  whick 
 were  fpoken. 
 
 JOHW. 
 
 Ggg  * 
 
4io  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark*  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XX.  Chap.  X- 
 
 be  fo  among  you:  but  baptized  withall,  (hall 
 
 whofoever    will    be  ye  be  baptized  : 
 
 great  among  you,  let  40  But  to  fit  on  my 
 
 him  be  your  minifter.  right  hand  and  on  my 
 
 27  And  whofoever  left  hand,  is  not  mine 
 will  be  chief  among  to  give,  but  itjhall  be 
 you  >  let  him  be  your  given  to  them  for 
 iervant.  whom    it   is    prepa- 
 
 28  Even  as  the  Son  red. 
 
 ©f  man  came  not  to  41  And  when  the 
 be  miniftred  unto,  but  ten  heard  it,  they  be- 
 to  minifter,and  to  give  gan  to  be  much  dif 
 his  life  a  ranfbm  for  pleafed  with  James 
 many,  and  John. 
 
 42  But  Jefus  called 
 them  to  him,  and  faith 
 unto  them,  Te  know 
 that  they  which  are 
 accounted  to  rule  over 
 the  Gentiles ,  exercife 
 lordfhip  over  them  j 
 and  their  great  ones* 
 exercife  authority  up- 
 on them. 
 
 43  But  fo  fhall  it 
 not  be  among  you: 
 but  whofoever  will  be 
 great  among  you,  fhall 
 be  your  minifter. 
 
 44  And  whofoever 
 of  you  will  be  the 
 ehiefefh  fhall  be  fer- 
 vant  of  all. 
 
 4j  For  even  the 
 Son  of  man  came  not 
 to  be  miniftred  unto, 
 but  to  minifter,  and 
 to  give  his  life  a  ran- 
 fbm  tor  many. 
 
 §  1  *.  29 And 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelifls. 
 
 42.1 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XX.  Chap.  X.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 §  1  f.  29  And  as  they  46  And  they  came  jj-  And  it  came  to 
 departed  from  Jeri-  to  Jericho :  and  as  he  pais,  that  as  he  was 
 cho ,  a  great  multi-  went  out  of  Jericho  come  nigh  unto  Jeri- 
 tude  followed  him.     with  his  dhciples,,  arid   cho,   a  certain  blind 
 
 30  And  behold/wo  a grc  r number  otpeo-  man  iat  by  the  way- 
 blind  men  fitting  by  pie.  ^lino  Baytimeus,  fide  begging. 
 
 the  way- fide,  when  the  ion  of  Timeus,  lat  36  And  hearing  the 
 they  heard  that  Jefus  by  the  high-way  iide,  multitude  pais  by,  he 
 paired  by,  cried  out,  begging.  asked  what  it  meant, 
 
 laying,  Have  mercy  47  And  when  he  37  And  they  told 
 onus,  O  Lord,  thou  heard  that  it  was  Jefus  him,  thatjefusof  Na- 
 fon  of  David.  of  Nazareth,  he  began   zareth  pafleth  by. 
 
 31  And  the  multi-  to  cry  out,  and  fay,  38  And  he  cried, 
 tudi  rebuked  them,  Jefus,.  thou  fon  of  Da-  faying,  Jeiiis,  Thou 
 bec^ufe  they  fhould  vid,  have  mercy  on  Son  of  David,  have 
 hold  their  peace :  but   me.  mercy  on  me. 
 
 they  cried  the  more,  48  And  many  char-  39  And  they  which 
 faying  ,  Have  mercy  ged  him  that  he  fhould  went  before,  rebuked 
 ejnus,  O  Lord,  thou  hold  his  peace:  but  he  him,  that  he  fhould 
 lbn  of  David.  cried  the  more  a  great   hold  his  peace  :    but 
 
 32  And  Jefus  ftood  deal,  Thou  fon  of  Da-  he  cried  fo  much  the 
 frill,  and  called  them,  vid,  have  mercy  on  more,  Thou  Soa  of 
 and  faid,  What  will  ye  me.  David,  have  mercy  on 
 that  I  fhould  do  unto       49  And  Jefus  ftood   me. 
 
 you  ?  ftill,  and  commanded       40  And  Jefus  ftood 
 
 33  They  fay  unto  him  to  be  called :  and  and  commanded  him 
 him,  Lord,  that  our  they  call  the  blind  to  be  brought  unto 
 eyes  may  be  opened      man,  faying  unto  him,  him :  and  when  he  was 
 
 34  So  Jefus  had  Be  of  good  comfort,  come  near,  he  asked 
 co^-.paffion  on  them,  rife;  he  calleth  thee,     him, 
 
 and  toucheJ  their  yo  And  he  carting  41  Saying,  What 
 eyes:  and  immediate-  away  his  garment,  wilt  thou  that  I  fhall 
 ly  their  eyes  received  rofe,  and  came  to  Je-  do  unto  thee?  And  he 
 fight,  and  they  follow-  has.  faid,  Lord,  that  I  may 
 
 edhim.  5"  J    And  Jefus  an-   receive  my  light. 
 
 fwered  and  laid  unto  4a  And  Jefus  faid 
 him ,  What  wilt  thou  unto  him,  Receive  thy. 
 that  I  fhould  do  unto  fighc :  thy  faith  hath . 
 thee?  The  blind  man  faved  thee, 
 faid  unto  him,  Lord,  43  And immediate- 
 that  I  might  receive  ly  he  received  his  fight, 
 my  fight.  and  followed  him,  glo- 
 
 Ggg   J.  ?i- And 
 
4Z2  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  X,  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 $•2   And  Jefus  faid  rifying  GcH  .    and  ill 
 unto  him,  Go  thy  way ;  the  people  \vhcr»  they 
 thy  faith  hath  made  faw/f,  gavepraiieun- 
 thee  whole.  And  im-  to  God. 
 mediately  he  received 
 his  fight,  and  followed  Chap.  XIX. 
 
 Jefus  in  the  way. 
 
 §  ra.    A   N  D   Jefus 
 J\.  entred  and 
 pafled   through  Jeri- 
 cho. 
 
 2  .And  behold,*/;  ere 
 •»» s  a  man  n?  med  Zac- 
 cheus,  whicii  was  the 
 chief  among  the  pub- 
 licans, and  he  was 
 rich. 
 
 3  And  he  fought 
 to  fee  Jefus  who  he 
 was,  and  could  not  for 
 the  prexs ,  becaufe  he 
 was  little  of  ftature. 
 
 4  And  he  ran  be- 
 fore, and  climbed  up 
 into  a  fycamore-tree 
 to  fee  him ,  for  he  was 
 to  pais  that  way. 
 
 f  And  when  Jefus 
 came  to  the  place,  he 
 looked  up,  and  faw 
 him,  and  faid  unto 
 him,  Zaccheus.  make 
 hafte.and  come  down^ 
 for  to  day  I  muft  abide 
 at  thy  houfe. 
 
 6  And  he '  made 
 haftcand  came  down, 
 and  received  him  joy- 
 fully. 
 
 7  And  when  they 
 faw  it ,  they  all  mur- 
 mured, faying,  That 
 he  was  gone  to  be 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  413 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John, 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 gueft  with  a  man  that  is  a  fin- 
 ner. 
 
 8  And  Zaccheus  flood,  and  faid 
 unto  the  Lord ,  Behold,  Lord,  the 
 half  of  my  goods  I  give  to  the  poor : 
 and  if  I  have  taken  any  thing  front 
 any  man  by  faife  accufation ,  I  re- 
 ftore  him' fourfold. 
 
 9  And  Jelus  faid  unto  him,  This 
 day  is  ialvation  come  to  this  uouie, 
 foribmuch  as  he  alfo  is  the  fon  of 
 Abraham. 
 
 10  For  the  Son  of  man  is  come 
 to  feek  and  to  fave  that  which  was 
 loft. 
 
 1 1  And  as  they  heard  thefe  things, 
 he  added,  and  fpake  a  parable,  be- 
 caufe  he  was  nigh  to  Jerufalem , 
 and  becaufe  they  thought  that  the 
 kingdom  of  God  ftiould  immediate- 
 ly appear. 
 
 ii  He  Cud  therefore,  A  certain 
 nobleman  went  into  a  far  countrey, 
 to  receive  for  hirnfelf  a  kingdom, 
 and  to  return. 
 
 1 3  And  he  called  his  ten  fervants, 
 and  delivered  them  ten  pounds, 
 and  faid  unto  them,  Occupy  till  I 
 come. 
 
 14  But  his  citizens  hated  him, 
 and  fent  a  meflage  after  him,  fay- 
 ing, We  will  not  have  this  man  to 
 reign  over  us. 
 
 1  j*  And  it  came  to  pafs,  that  when 
 he  was  returned,  having  received 
 the  kingdom,  then  he  commanded 
 thefefervants  to  be  called  unto  him, 
 to  whom  he  had  given  the  money, 
 that  he  might  know  how  much 
 every  man  had  gained  by  trading. 
 
 16  Then  came  the  firft,  laying, 
 Lord ,  thy  pound  hath  gained  ten 
 pounds. 
 
 if  AMI 
 
4*4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 17  And  he  faid  w  to  him,  Well, 
 thou  good  fervanv  becaui.  thou 
 haft  been  faithful  \h  a  ven  tittle, 
 -have  thou  authority  over  ten        s. 
 
 j  8  And  the  fccondcame,  ..  :  g, 
 Lord  ,  thy  pound  hath  gaincu  five 
 pounds. 
 
 19  And  he  faid  likewife  to  him; 
 Be  thou  alfo  over  five  cities 
 
 20  And  another  came,  faying, 
 Lord,  behold,  here  is  thy  pound 
 which  I  have  kept  laid  up  in  a  nap- 
 kin. 
 
 2  1  For  I  feared  thee,  becau  fe  thou 
 art  an  auftere  man  :  thou  takeft  up 
 that  thou  layedft  not  down,  and 
 reapeft  that  thou  didft  not  fow. 
 
 22  And  he  faith  unto  him ,  Out 
 of  thine  own  mouth  will  I  judge 
 thee,  thou  wicked  fervant  Thou 
 kneweft  that  I  was  an  auftere  man, 
 taking  up  that  I  laid  not  down,  and 
 reaping  that  I  did  not  low  : 
 
 23  Wherefore  then  gaveft  not 
 thou  my  money  into  the  bank,  that 
 at  my  coming  I  might  have  requi- 
 red mine  own  with  ufury  ? 
 
 24  And  he  faid  unto  them  that 
 Jftood  by,  Take  from  him  the  pound, 
 
 and  give  it  to  him  that  hath  ten 
 pounas. 
 
 25-  (And  they  faid  unto  him, 
 Lord,  he  hath  ten  pounds.  J 
 
 26  For  I  fay  unto  you,  that  unto 
 every  one  which  hath ,  fhall  be  gi- 
 ven :  and  from  him  that  hath  not, 
 even  that  he  hath  fhall  be  taken 
 away  from  him. 
 
 27  But  thofe  mine  enemies 
 which  would  not  that  I  fhould 
 reign  over  them,  bring  hither,  and 
 flay  them  before  me. 
 
 aS  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangetijls.  415 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 28  And  when  he 
 had  thus  fpoken,  he 
 went  before,  afcend-  Chap.  Xl 
 
 ing  up  to  Jerufalem. 
 
 £i2.$j-AndtheJew« 
 paflbver  was  nigh  at 
 hand :  and  many  went 
 out  of  the  countrey 
 up  to  Jerufalem  be- 
 fore the  paflbver,  to 
 purine  themfelves. 
 
 y  6  Then  fought  they 
 for  Jefus,  and  fpake  a- 
 mong  themfelves,  as 
 they  flood  in  the  tem- 
 ple, What  think  ye, 
 that  he  will  not  come 
 tothefeaft? 
 
 $7  Now  both  the 
 chief  priefts  and  the 
 Pharifees  had  given  a 
 commandment,  that 
 if  any  man  knew 
 where  he  were,  he 
 fliould  fliew  it,  that 
 they  might  take  hutu 
 
 H  h  h  CHAP. 
 
4*6  The  Harmony 
 
 CHAP.    XV. 
 
 From  the  Beginning  of  the  Taffover-Weeh  till  the  Taffover  it 
 felf:  containing  the  fpace  of  Six  days  j  from  Saturday  March 
 28.  tillThurfday  April  2. 
 
 THE  Setlions  of  this,  and  of  the  Tivo  other  Periods  following,  do  fo  natu- 
 rally and  exaclly  rank^  themfelves  in  the  fame  Order  in  -which  they  are 
 plac'din  this  Harmony,  that  they  fiand  in  need  of  no  particular  Explication  here. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 §  i.  *TiHen  Jcfus,  fix  days  before 
 X  the  paflbver,  came  to  Be- 
 thany ,  where  Lazarus  was  which 
 had  been  dead,  whom  he  raifed  from 
 the  dead. 
 
 2  There  they  made  him  a  fupper, 
 and  Martha  ferved :  but  Lazarus  was 
 one  of  them  that  fat  at  the  table 
 with  him. 
 
 3  Then  took  Mary  a  pound  of 
 ointment,  of  fpikenard,  very  cofl> 
 Iy,  and  anointed  the  feet  of  Jefus, 
 and  wiped  his  feet  with  her  hair: 
 and  .the  houfe  was  filled  with  the 
 odour  of  the  ointment. 
 
 4  Then  faith  one  of  *is  difci- 
 ples,  Judas  Ifcariot,  Simons  fon 
 which  mould  betray  him, 
 
 f  Why  was  not  this  ointment 
 fold  for  three  hundred  pence,  and 
 given  to  the  poor? 
 
 6  This  he  faid,  not  that  he  cared 
 for  the  poor ;  but  becaufe  he  was  a 
 thief,  and  had  the  bag,  and  bare 
 what  was  put  therein. 
 
 7  Then  faid  Jefus,  Let  her  alone : 
 againft  the  day  of  my  burying  hath 
 Ihe  kept  this. 
 
 &  For 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  42.7 
 
 Matthew.  Mark,  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 8  For  the  poor  ah 
 ways  ye  have  with 
 you ;  but  me  ye  have 
 not  always. 
 
 9  Much  people  ot 
 the  Jews  therefore 
 knew  that  he  was 
 there :  and  they  came, 
 not  for  Jefus  fake  on- 
 ly, but  that  they  might 
 fee  Lazarus  alfo.whom 
 he  had  raifed  from  the 
 dead. 
 
 10  But  the  chief 
 priefts  confulted,  that 
 they  might  put  Laza- 
 rus alio  to  death ; 
 
 1 1  Becaufe  that  by 
 reafbn  of  him  many 
 of  the  Jews  went  a- 
 way,  and  believed  on 
 
 Chap.  XXL  Chap.  XI.  Chap.  XIX.  Jefus. 
 
 §z.  A  ND  when  they  AND  when  they       29  And  it  came  to       i*    On    the   next 
 
 A  drew  nigh  un-  J\  came  nigh  to  Je-  pafs,  when   he  was  day,  much  people  that 
 
 toJerufalem,andwere  rufalem  ,  unto  Beth-  come  nigh  to  Beth-  were  come  to  the  feaft, 
 
 come  to   Bethphage,  phage,  and  Bethany,  phage  and  Bethany,  at  when  they  heard  that 
 
 unto  the    mount   of  at  the  mount  of  Olives,  the  mount  called  the  Jefus  was  coming  to 
 
 Olives,  then fent Jefus  he  fendeth  forth  two  mount  of  Olives,   he  Jerufalem, 
 
 twodifciples,     '  of  his  difciples ,            fent  two  of  his  difci-       13  Took  branches 
 
 2  Saying  unto  them,  2   And  faith  unto  pies,                             of  palm-trees,    and 
 
 Go  into  the    village  them,  Go  your  way        30  Saying,  Go  ye  went   forth   to  meet 
 
 over  againftyou,  and  into  the  village  over   into  the  village  over  him,  and  cried,  Ho- 
 
 ftraightway  ye   fhall  agamft  you ;   and  af-   againfr.  you ;    in    the  fanna ,   blefled  is  the 
 
 find  an  afs  tied ,   and  foon  as  ye  be  entred  which  at  your  entring  King  of  Ifrael    that 
 
 a  colt  with  her:  loofe  into  it,  ye  fhall  find  a   ye  fhall  find  a  colt  ti-  cometh  in  the  name 
 
 them,  and  bring  them  colt  tied,  whereon  ne-  ed,  whereon  yet  ne-  of  the  Lord, 
 
 unto  me.  ver  man   fat;    loofe  ver   man  fat:    loofe       14  And  Jefus  when 
 
 3  And  if  any  man  him,  and  bring  him.     him ,   and  bring  him  he  had  found  a  young 
 
 fay  ought  unto  you,  3  And  if  any  man  hither.                          afs,  fat  thereon;  as  it 
 
 ye  fhall  fay,  The  Lord  fay  unto  you,  Why  do        3 1   And  if  any  man   is  written, 
 
 hath  need  of  them;  ye  this  ?  fay  ye  that  the  ask  you  ,  Why  do  ye        ij-Fearnot.daugh- 
 
 and    ftraightway    he  Lord  hath    need    of  loofe  him  ?  thus  fhall    ter  of  Sion :   behold 
 
 H  h  h  2  will 
 
4Zg  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI.  Chap.  XI.  Chap.  XIX.  Chap.  XII. 
 
 will  Tend  them.           him;  and  ftraightway  ye  fay  unto  him,  Be-  thy  kingcometh,  fit- 
 
 a  All  this  was  done,  he  will  fend  him  hi-  caufe  the  Lord  hath  ting  on  an  afles  colt, 
 that  it  might  be  ful-  ther.  need  of  him.  16  Thefe  things  un- 
 filled which  was  fpo-  4  And  they  went  32  And  they  that  derftood  not  his  difci- 
 ken  by  the  prophet ,  their  way,  and  found  were  fent,  went  their  pies  at  the  firft :  but 
 faying,  the  colt  tied  by  the  way,  and  found  even  when  Jefus  was  glori- 
 ■fTellyethedaugh-  door  without,  in  a  as  he  had  faid  unto  fied,  then remembred 
 ter  of  Sion,  Behold,  thy  place  where  two  ways  them .  they  that  thefe  things 
 kingcometh  unto  thee,  met:  and  they  loofe  3  3  And  as  they  were  were  written  of  him, 
 meek,  and  fitting  up-  him.  loofing  the  colt ,  the  and  that  they  haddone 
 on  an  afs,  and  a  colt  f  And  certain  of  owners  thereof  faid  thefe  things  unto  him. 
 the  fole  of  an  afs.           them  that  flood  there,  unto  them,  Why  loofe      1 7  The  people  there- 
 
 6  And  the  difciples  faid  unto  them,  What  ye  the  colt  ?  fore  that  was  with 
 went,  and  did  as  Jefus  do  ye  loofing  the  colt?  34  And  they  faid,  him  when  he  called 
 commanded  them,           6  And  they  faid  un-  the  Lord  hath  need  of  Lazarus    out  of   his 
 
 7  And  brought  the  to  them  even  as  Jefus  him.  grave,  and  raifed  him 
 afs,  and  the  colt,  and  hid  commanded:  and  35- And  they  brought  from  the  dead,  bare 
 put    on.    them    their  they  let  them  go.  him  to  Jefus:  and  they  record. 
 
 clothes,   and  they  fct        7  And  they  brought  caft  their  garments  up-        18    For  this  caufe 
 /,/>»  thereon,  the. celt  to  fefus,  and  on  the  colt,  and  they  the  people  alfo  met 
 
 8  And  a  very  great  caft  their  garments  on  fet  Jefus  thereon.  him  ,  for  that  they 
 multitude  fpread  their  him;  and  he  fat  upon  36  And  as  he  went,  heard  that  he  had  done 
 garments  in  the  way;  him.  they     fpread      their  this  miracle. 
 
 others  cut  down  bran-  8  And  many  fpread  clothes  in  the  way.            19.  The   Pharifees 
 
 ches  from  the  trees,  their  garments  in  the       37    And  when  he  therefore  faid  among 
 
 and  ftrawed  thtm  in  way:  and  others  cut  was  come  nigh,  even  themfelves ,  Perceive 
 
 the  way.  down  branches  off  the  now  at  the  defcent  of  ye  how  ye  prevail  no- 
 
 9  And  the  multi-  trees,and  ftrawed  them  the  mount  of  Olives,  thing  ?  behold  ,  the 
 tades  that  went  before,  in  the  way.  the  whole  multitude  world  is  gone  after, 
 and  that  followed,  cri-  9    And   they   that  of  the  difciples  began  him. 
 
 ed,    faying,  Hofanna  went  before,  and  they  to  rejoyce,  and  praife 
 
 to  the  fon  of  David;  that  followed  ,  cried,  God  with  a  loud  voice, 
 
 bleffed  is  he  that  com-  faying,  Hofanna,  blef-  for    all    the    mighty, 
 
 eth  in  the  name  of  the  fed  is  be  that  cometh  works  that  they  had 
 
 Lord,  Hofanna  in  the  in  the   name   of  the  feen. 
 
 higheft.  Lord.  38  Saying,  Bleffed 
 
 I  o  And  when  he  1  o  Bleffed  be  the  be  the  king  that  corn- 
 was  come  into  Jera-  kingdom  of  our  father  eth  in  the  name  of  the 
 falem,  all  the  city  was  David,  that  cometh  in  Lord:  peace  in  hea- 
 moved,  faying,  Who  the  name  of  the  Lord;  ven,  and  glory  in  the 
 is  this  ?  Hofanna  in  the  high-  higheft. 
 
 II  And  the  multi-  eft.  39  Andfomeof  the 
 tude  feid,  This  is  Je-        1.1    And  Jefus  en-  Pharifees  from  among 
 
 £s 
 
Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 fus,  the  prophet  of  Na- 
 zareth of  Galilee. 
 
 ii  And  Jefus  went 
 into  the  tempk  of 
 God,  and  caft  out  all 
 them  that  fold  and 
 bought  in  the  temple, 
 and  overthrew  the  ta- 
 bles of  the  money- 
 changers,  and  the  feats 
 .  of  them  that  fold 
 doves, 
 
 13  And  faid  unto 
 them,  It  is  written, 
 My  houfelhall  be  call- 
 ed the  houfe  of  pray- 
 er, but  ye  have  made 
 it  a  den  of  thieves. 
 
 14  And  the  blind 
 and  the  lame  came  to 
 him  in  the  temple,  and 
 he  healed  them. 
 
 1  j  And  when  the 
 chief  priefts  and  fcribes 
 faw  the  wonderful 
 things  that  he  did,  and 
 the  children  crying  in 
 the  temple,  and  faying, 
 Hofinna  to  the  fon  of 
 David;  they  were  fore 
 difpleafed, 
 
 16  And  faid  unto 
 him ,  Heareft  thou 
 what  thefe  fay?  And 
 Jefus  faith  unto  them, 
 Yea  j  have  ye  never 
 read.Out  of  the  mouth 
 of  babes  and  fucklin^s 
 thou  haft  perfected 
 praife.? 
 
 J  7  And  he  left  them, 
 and  went  out  of  the 
 city  into  Bethany,  and 
 he  lodged  there. 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 419 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 tred  into  Terufalem , 
 and  into  the  temple; 
 and  when  he  had 
 looked  round  about 
 upon  all  things,  and 
 now  the  even-tide  was 
 come,  he  went  out 
 unto  Bethany  with  the 
 twelve. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 the  multitude  faid  un- 
 to him,  Mafter,  rebuke 
 thy  difciples. 
 
 40  Andheanfwer- 
 ed,  and  faid  unto  them, 
 I  tell  you,  that  if 
 thefe  fhould  hold  their 
 peace,the  ftoneswould 
 immediately  cry  out, 
 
 41  And  when  he 
 was  come  near,  he  be- 
 held the  city,and  wept 
 over  it, 
 
 4»  Saying,  If  thou 
 hadft  known,  even 
 thou,  at  leaft  in  this 
 thy  day,  the  things 
 which  belong  unto  thy 
 peace  .'  but  now  they 
 are  hid  from  thine 
 eyes. 
 
 43  For  the  days 
 fhall  come  upon  thee, 
 that  thine  enemies  fhall 
 caft  a  trench  about 
 thee,  and  compafs  thee 
 round,  and  keep  thee 
 in  on  every  fide, 
 
 44  And  fhall  lay 
 thee  even  with  the 
 ground,  and  thy  chil- 
 dren within  thee;  and 
 they  fhall  not  leave  in 
 thee  one  ftone  upon 
 another:  becaufe  thou 
 kneweft  not  the  time 
 of  thy  vifitation. 
 
 4?  And  he  went 
 jnto  the  temple,  and 
 began  to  caft  out  them 
 that  fold  therein,  and 
 them  that  bought, 
 4<5Sayinguntothem, 
 
 H  h  h  3 
 
 John. 
 
45° 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 §3.  1 8  Now  in  the 
 morning  as  he  return- 
 ed into  the  city,  he 
 -hungred. 
 
 19  And  when  he 
 faw  a  fig-tree  in  the 
 way,  he  came  to  it, 
 and  found  nothing 
 thereon, but  leaves  on- 
 ly, and  faid  unto  it, 
 Let  no  fruit  grow  on 
 thee  henceforward  for 
 ever.  And  prefently 
 the  fig-tree  withered 
 away. 
 
 Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XI.  Chap.  XIX. 
 
 It  is  written,  My  houfe 
 is  the  houfe  of  prayer  : 
 but  ye  have  made  it  a 
 den  ot   sieves. 
 
 1 2  And  on  the  mor-  47  ,ad  he  taught 
 row  when  they  were  daily  in  the  temple. 
 come  from  Bethany,  But  the  chief  priefts 
 he  was  hungry.  and  the  fcribes ,  and 
 
 13  And  feeing  a  fig-  the  chief  of  the  peo- 
 tree  afar 'off,  Having  pie  fought  to  defiroy 
 leaves,  he  came,  if  hap-  him , 
 
 ly  he  might  find  any  48  And  couid  not 
 thing  thereon  :  and  find  what  they  might 
 when  he  came  to  it,  do :  for  all  the  people 
 he  found  nothing  but  were  very  attentive  to 
 leaves;  for  the  time  hear  him. 
 of  figs  was  not  yet. 
 
 14  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwered  and  faid  unto 
 it,  No  man  eat  fruit 
 of  thee  hereafter  for 
 ever.  And  his  difei- 
 ples  heard  it. 
 
 if  And  they  come 
 to  Jerufalem :  and  Je- 
 fus went  into  the 
 temple,  and  began  to 
 caft  out  them  that  fold 
 and  bought  in  the  tem- 
 ple, and  overthrew  the 
 tables  of  the  money- 
 changers, and  the  feaf  s 
 of  them  that  fold 
 doves  j 
 
 1 6  And  would  not 
 fuffer  that  any  man 
 fhould  carry  any  veflel 
 through  the  temple. 
 
 17  And  he  taught, 
 faying  unto  them,  Is  it 
 not  written,  My  houic 
 -Khali  be  called  of  all 
 
 John, 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 20  And  there  were 
 lain  Greeks  among 
 
 ft,  that  came  up  to 
 worfhipatthe  feaft: 
 
 z  1  The  fame  came 
 therefore  to  Philip , 
 which  was  of  Beth- 
 faida  of  Galilee ,  and 
 defired  him  ,  faying  / 
 Sir,  we  would  fee  Je- 
 fus. 
 
 21  Philip  cometh 
 and  telleth  Andrew : 
 and  again,Andrewand 
 Philip  told  Jefus. 
 
 23  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwered  them,  laying, 
 The  hour  is  come,  that 
 the  Son  of  man  fhould 
 be  glorified. 
 
 24  Verily  verily  I 
 fay  unto  you,  Except 
 a  corn  of  wheat  fall 
 into  the  ground ,  and 
 die,  it  abideth  alone: 
 but  if  it  die,  it  bring- 
 eth  forth  much  fruit. 
 
 2f  He  that  loveth 
 his  life,  fhall  lofe  it  : 
 and  he  that  hateth  his 
 life  in  this  world,  fhall 
 keep  it  unto  life  eter- 
 nal. 
 
 26  If  any  man  ferve 
 me,let  him  follow  me ; 
 and  where  I  am,  there 
 fhall  alfo  my  fervant 
 be :  if  any  man  ferve 
 nations 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelifts 
 
 43* 
 
 MATTHE' 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 nations  the  houfe  of 
 prayer  ?  but  ye  have 
 made  it  a  den  of 
 thieves. 
 
 1 8  And  the  fcribes 
 and  the  chief  priefts 
 heard  it,  and  fought 
 how  they  might  de- 
 ftroy  him  :  for  they 
 feared  him,  becaufe  all 
 the  people  was  afto- 
 nifhed  at  his  doctrine. 
 
 ip  And  when  even 
 was  come,he  went  out 
 of  the  city. 
 
 Luke, 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 me,  him  will  my  Fa. 
 ther  honour. 
 
 27  Now  is  my  foul 
 troubled ;  and  what 
 fhall  I  fay?  Father, 
 fave  me  from  this 
 hour :  but  for  this 
 caufe  camel  unto  this 
 hour. 
 
 28  Father,  glorifie 
 thy  name.  Then  came 
 there  a  voice  from 
 heaven,  faying,  I  have 
 both  glorified  it,  and 
 will  glorifie  it  again. 
 
 29  The  people  there- 
 fore that  flood  by,  and 
 heard  it,  faid  that  it 
 thundred:  others  faid. 
 An  angel  fpake  to 
 him. 
 
 30  Jefus  anfwered 
 and  faid,  This  voice 
 came  not  becaufe  of 
 me,  but  for  your  fakes* 
 
 3 1  Now  is  the  judg- 
 ment of  this  world : 
 now  fhall  the  prince 
 of  this  world  be  caft 
 out. 
 
 32  And  I,  if  I  be 
 lifted  up  from  the 
 earth,  will. draw  all 
 men  unto  me. 
 
 33  (This  he  faid, 
 fignifying  what  death 
 he  fhould  die.J 
 
 34  The  people  an- 
 fwered him,  We  have 
 heard  out  of  the  law5 
 that  Chriftabideth  for 
 ever:  and  how  fayed 
 thou,  The  Son  of  man 
 
 itfttft 
 
452,  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 muft  be  lift  up  ?  who  is  this  Son  of 
 man? 
 
 35*  Then  Jefus  faid  unto  them , 
 Yet  a  little  while  is  the  light  with 
 you :  walk  while  ye  have,  the  light, 
 left  darknefs  come  upon  you :  for  he 
 that  walketh  in  darknefs,  knoweth 
 not  whither  he  goeth. 
 
 36  While  ye  have  light,  believe 
 in  the  light,  that  ye  may  be  the  chil- 
 dren of  light.  Thefe  things  fpake 
 Jefus  and  departed ,  and  did  hide 
 himfelf  from  them. 
 
 37  But  though  he  had  done  Co 
 many  miracles  before  them,  yet  they 
 believed  not  on  him : 
 
 38  That  the  faying  of  Efaias  the 
 prophet  might  be  fulfilled,  which 
 he  fpake,  Lord,  who  hath  believed 
 our  report  ?  and  to  whom  hath  the 
 arm  of  the  Lord  been  revealed  ? 
 
 39  Therefore  they  could  not  be- 
 lieve, bccaufe  that  Efaias  faid  again, 
 
 40  He  hath  blinded  their  eyes  , 
 and  hardened  their  heart  j  that  they 
 (hould  not  fee  with  their  eyes,  nor 
 underftand  with  their  heart,  and  be 
 converted,  and  I  fhould  heal  them. 
 
 41  Thefe  things  faid  Efaias,  when 
 he  faw  his  glory,  and  fpake  of 
 tim. 
 
 42  Neverthelefs,  among  the  chief 
 rulers  alfb,  many  believed  on  him  j 
 but  becaufe  of  the  Pharifees  they 
 did  not  confefs  £/'/»,  left  they  fhould 
 be  put  out  of  the  fynagogue. 
 
 43  For  they  loved  the  praife  of 
 men,  more  then  the  praife  of  God. 
 
 44  Jefus  cried,  and  faid,  he  that 
 believeth  on  me ,  believeth  not  on 
 me,  but  on  him  that  fent  me. 
 
 4y  And  he  that  feeth  me,  leeth 
 him  that  fent  me. 
 
 . 46  lam 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis. 
 
 43  5 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XII. 
 
 46  I  am  come  a  light  into  the 
 world,  that  whofbever  believeth  on 
 me,  fhould  not  abide  in  darknefs. 
 
 47  And  ifany  man  hear  my  words  i 
 and  believe  not,  I  judge  him  not; 
 for  I  came  not  to  judge  the  world, 
 but  to  fave  the  world. 
 
 48  Hethatrejedteth  me,  andre- 
 ceiveth  not  my  words,  hath  one 
 that  judgeth  him  :  the  word  that  I 
 have  ipoken,  the  fame  (hall  judge 
 him  in  the  laft  day. 
 
 49  For  I  have  not  fpoken  of  my 
 felf;  but  the  Father  which  fentme, 
 he  gave  ma  commandment,  what 
 I  fhould  fay,  and  what  I  fhould 
 fpeak. 
 
 fo  And  I  know  that  his  com- 
 mandment is  life  everlafting :  what- 
 fbever  I  fpeak  therefore,  even  as  the 
 Father  faid  unto  me,  fo  I  fpeak. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 §  4.  20  And  when 
 the  difciples  faw  it, 
 they  marvelled,  fay- 
 ing, How  foon  is  the 
 fig-tree  withered  a- 
 way  ? 
 
 2 1  Jefus  anfwered 
 and  faid  unto  them, 
 Verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 If  ye  have  faith,  and 
 doubt  not,  ye  fhall 
 not  only  do  this  which 
 is  done  to  the  fig-tree, 
 but  alfo  if  ye  fhall  fay 
 unto  this  mountain , 
 Be  thou  removed,  and 
 be  thou  caft  into  the 
 fea;  it  fhall  be  done. 
 
 22  And  all  things 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 20  And  in  the  morn- 
 ing, as  they  patted  by, 
 they  faw  the  fig-tree 
 dried  up  from  the 
 roots. 
 
 2 1  And  Peter  call- 
 ing to  remembrance, 
 faith  unto  him,  Matter, 
 behold ,  the  fig-tree 
 which  thou  curfedft, 
 is  withered  away. 
 
 22  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwering ,  faith  unto 
 them,  Have  faith  in 
 God. 
 
 23  For  verily  I  fay 
 unto  you,  that  whofo- 
 ever  fhall  fay  unto  this 
 mountain.  Be  thou  re- 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 AND  it  came  to 
 pafs,  that  on  one 
 of  thofe  days,  as  he 
 taught  the  people  in 
 thetemple.and  preach- 
 ed the  gofpel,  the  chief 
 priefts  and  the  fcribes 
 came  upon  him  with 
 the  elders, 
 
 2  And  fpake  unto 
 him,  faying,  Tell  us, 
 by  what  authority  do- 
 eft  thou  thefe  things? 
 or  who  is  he  that  gave 
 thee  this  authority? 
 
 3  And  he  anfwer- 
 ed, and  faid  unto  them, 
 I  will  alfo  ask  you  one 
 thing ;  and  anfwer  me : 
 
 whatfo- 
 
434  The 
 
 AiAfTHEr.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI.  Chap.  XI.  Chap.  XX. 
 
 whatfbever  ye  fhall  moved,  and  be  thou  4  The  baptifm  of 
 ask  in  prayer,  belie-  caft  into  thefea,  and  John,  was  it  from  hea- 
 ving, ye  fhall  receive,    mail  not  doubt  in  his   ven,  or  of  men? 
 
 13  And  when  he  heart,  but  fhall  believe  $  And  they  reafon- 
 was  come  into  the  that  thofe  thingswhich  ed  with  themielves , 
 tern  pie,  the  chiefprit  lis  he  faith  (hall  come  to  faying,  If  we  fhall 
 and  the  elders  of  the  pafs,  he  mail  have  fay,  From  heaven ;  he 
 people  came  unto  him  whatfoever  he  faith,  will  fay,  Why  then  be- 
 as  he  was  teaching ,  24  Therefore  I  fay  lieved  ye  him  not  ? 
 and  faid,  By  what  au-  unto  you,  What  things  6  But  and  if  we  fay, 
 thority  doeft  thou  foever  ye  defire  when  Of  men  ;  all  the  peo- 
 thefe  things?  and  who  ye  pray,  believe  that  pie  will  flone  us :  for 
 gave  thee  this  autho-  ye  receive  them,  and  they  be  perfwaded 
 rity  ?  yc  fhill  have  them.        that  John  was  a  pro- 
 
 24  And  Jefus  an-  25-  And  when  ye  phet. 
 fwered  and  faid  unto  flan  J  praying,  forgive,  7  And  they  anfwer- 
 them,  I  alio  will  ask  if"  ye  have  ought  a-  ed,  that  they  could  not 
 you  one  thing,  whkh  gamftany:  that  your  tell  whence  it  was. 
 if  ye  tell  me ,  I  in  like  Father ..alio  which  is  in  8  And  Jefus  faid  un- 
 wife  will  tell  you  by  heaven  may  forgive  to  them,  Neither  tell 
 what  authority  I  do  you  your  trefpaffes.  I  you  by  what  autho- 
 thefe  things  ?  26  But  if  you  do  not  rity  I  do  thefe  things. 
 
 25-  The  baptifm  of  forgive,  neither  will  9  Then  began  he 
 *ohn,  whence  was  it?  your  Father  which  is  to  fpeak  to  the  people 
 trom  heaven,  or  of  inheaven,forgiveyour  this  parable:  A  cer- 
 rnen  ?    And  they  rea-  trefpailes.  tain    man    planted    a 
 
 ibned  with  themielves,  27  And  they  come  vineyard,  and  let  it 
 faying,  If  we  fhall  fay,  again  to  Jerusalem  :  forth  to  husbandmen , 
 From  heaven  j  he  will  and  as  he  was  walking  and  went  into  a  far 
 fay  unto  us,  Why  did  in  the  temple,  there  countrey  for  a  long 
 ye  not  then  believe  come  to  him  the  chief  time, 
 him?  prieffs,  and  thefcribes,        ro  And  at  jhe  fea- 
 
 z6  But  if  we  fhall   and  the  ciders,  fon,  he  fent  a  fervant 
 
 fay,  Of  men ;  we  fear  28  And  iay  unto  to  the  husbandmen, 
 the  people ;  for  all  hold  him,  By  what  autho-  that  they  fhould  give 
 John  as  a  prophet.         rity  doeil  thou  thefe  him  of  the  fruit  of  the 
 
 27  And  they  an-  things?  and  who  gave  vineyard:  butthehuf- 
 fwered  Jefus,  and  laid,  thee  this  authority  to  bandmen  beat  him, and 
 We  cannot  tell.    And    do  thefe  things  ?  fent^iwzaway  empty, 
 
 he  faid  unto  them,  29  AnJ  Jefus  an-  11  And  again  he 
 Neither  tell  I  you  by  fwered  and  Yaid  un'o  fent  another  iervant; 
 what  authority  I  do  them,  1  will  &Wb  ask  and  they  beat  him  al- 
 thefe  things.  of  you  one  cjuefUon,  fo,  and  entreated  him 
 
 28  But 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 435 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 18  But  what  think 
 you  ?  A  certain  man 
 had  two  fons,  and  he 
 came  to  the  firft,  and 
 laid,  Son,  go  work  to 
 day  in  my  vineyard. 
 
 19  He  anfwered 
 and  laid,  I  will  not : 
 but  afterward  he  re- 
 pented, and  went. 
 
 30  And  he  came 
 to  the  fecond,  and  faid 
 likewife.  And  he  an- 
 fwered and  faid,  I  go, 
 fir;  and  went  not. 
 
 31  Whether  of  them 
 twain  did  the  will  of 
 his  father  ?  They  fay 
 unto  him ,  The  firft. 
 Jefus  faith  unto  them, 
 Verily  T  fay  unto  you, 
 that  the  publicans  and 
 the  harlots  go  into  the 
 kingdom  of  God  be- 
 fore you. 
 
 32  For  John  came 
 unto  you  in  the  way 
 of  righteoufnefs,  and 
 ye  believed  him  not: 
 but  the  publicans  and 
 the  huilots  believed 
 him.  And  ye  when 
 ye- had  ieen  it ,  repent- 
 ed not  afterward, that 
 ye  might  believe  him. 
 
 33  Hear  .another 
 parable  :  There  was 
 a  certain  houiholder 
 which  planted  a  vine- 
 yard, and  hedged  it 
 round  about,  and  dig- 
 ged a  winc-prefs  in  it, 
 aad  builtatowre,  and 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XI. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 and  anfwerme,   and   fhamcfully,   and  fcnt 
 I  will  tell  you  by  what  him  away  empty, 
 authority  I  do  thefc        12    And   again   he 
 things.  fent   the   third  :   and 
 
 30  Thebaptifm  of  they  wounded  him  al- 
 John,  was  it  from  hea-  (6,  and  caft  him  out. 
 ven,  or  of  men?  an-        13   Then  faid  the 
 fwer  me.  Lord  of  the  vineyard, 
 
 3 1  And  they  rea-  What  fhall  I  do  ?  I  will 
 foned  with  them-  fend  my  beloved  fon : 
 felves,  faying,  If  we  it  may  be  they  Will 
 fhall  fay, From  heaven,  reverence  him  when 
 hewill  fay,  Whythen  they  fee  him. 
 
 did  ye  not  believe  him?        14    But  when  the 
 
 32  But  if  we  fhall  husbandmen  fa  whim, 
 fay,  Of  men,  they  they  reafoned  among 
 feared  the  people :  for  themfelves ,  faying  , 
 all  men  counted  John,  This  is  the  heir:  come, 
 that  he  was  a  prophet  let  us  kill  him,  that  the 
 indeed.  inheritance    may    be 
 
 33  And  they  an-  ours. 
 
 fwered  and  faid  unto  ty  So  they  caft  him. 
 Jefus,  We  cannot  tell,  out  of  the  vineyard , 
 And  Jefus  anfwering,  and  killed  him.  What 
 faith  unto  them,  Nei-  therefore  fhall  the  lord 
 ther  do  I  tell  you  by  of  the  vineyard  do  un- 
 what  authority  I  do  to  them  ? 
 thefe  things.  1 6  He  fhall  come 
 
 and  deftroy  thefe  huf- 
 Chap.  XII.  bandmen,    and    fhall 
 
 give  the  vineyard  to 
 
 AND  he  began  to  others.  And  when 
 fpeak  unto  them  they  heard  it,  they 
 by  parables.  A  certain  faid ,  God  forbid, 
 man  planted  a  vine-  17  And  he  beheld 
 yard,  and  let  an  hedge  them,  and  faid,  what 
 about  it,  and  digged  a  is  this  then  that  is 
 place  for  the  wine-fat,  written  ,  The  ftone 
 and  built  a  towre,  and  which  the  bui'ders  re- 
 let it  out  to  husband-  jedted,  the  fame  is  be- 
 men,  and  went  into  a  come  the  head  of  the 
 far  countrcy.  corner? 
 
 2  And  at  the  fealbn       18  Whofoever  fhall 
 I  i  i  a 
 
 JOHK. 
 
 let 
 
456  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI.  Chap.  XII.  Chap.  XX. 
 
 let  it  out  to  husband-  he  fent  to  the  husband-  fall  upon  that  (tone, 
 men,  and  went  into  a  men  a  fervant  ,  thit  fliall  be  broken:  but 
 far  countrey.  he  might  receive  from  0.1  whomfoever  it  fliall 
 
 34  And  when  the  the  husbandmen  of  the  fall,  it  will  grind  him 
 time  of  the  fruit  drew   fruit  of  the  vineyard,     to  powder, 
 near ,  he  fent  his  fer-        3   And  they  caught 
 vants  to  the  husband-  him  and  beat  him,  and 
 men,  that  they  might  fent  him  away  empty, 
 receive  the  fruits  of  it.       4  And  again  he  fent 
 
 if  And  the  huf-  unto  them  another  fer- 
 bandmen  took  his  fer-  vant,  and  at  him  they 
 vants,  and  beat  one,  caft ftones,and wound- 
 and  killed  another,and  ed  him  in  the  head  and 
 ftoned  another.  fent  htm  away  fhame- 
 
 36  Again,  he  fent  fully  handled.  :  ■ 
 ether   fervants,     mo       5-    And    again    he 
 
 then  the  firft :  and  they  fent  another ;  and  him 
 did  unto  them  like-  they  killed:  and  many 
 ■wife.  others,  beating  fame, 
 
 37  But  hit  of  all ,  and  killing  fome.   y 
 he  fent  unto  them  his       6  Having  yet  there- 
 
 ion,  faying,  They  will  fore  one  ion,  his  well-  .  :. 
 
 reverence  my  fon.         beloved  ,  he  fent  him 
 
 38  But  when  the  alfo  laft  unto  them., 
 husbandmen  faw  the  faying,  They  will  re- 
 uon,  they  faid  among  vcrence  my  ion. 
 rhemfelves,Thisisthe  7  But  thofe  huf- 
 Leir,  come,  let  us  kill  bandmen  faid  amongft 
 him,  and  let  us  feife  themfelves,Thisisthe 
 on  his  inheritance.         heir ;  come,  let  us  kill 
 
 39>nd they  caught  him,  and  the  inheri- 
 him,  and  caft  him  out  tance  fliall  be  ours, 
 of  the  vineyard,  and       8    And   they  took 
 {lew  him.  him,  and  killed  him, 
 
 40  When  the  Lord  and  caff  him  out  oi  the 
 therefore  of  the  vine-  vineyard. 
 
 yard  cometh,  what  9  What  fhall  there- 
 will  he  do  unto  thofe  fore  the  Lord  of  the 
 husbandmen?  vineyard  do?   he  will 
 
 41  They  fay  unto  come  an  J  deftroy  the 
 him,He  will  miferably  husbandmen,  and  will 
 deftroy  thofe  wicked  give  the  vineyard  mi- 
 ni en,   and    will   let  toothers.. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  437 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI.  Chap.  XII. 
 
 out  his  vineyard  unto  io  And  have  ye  not 
 other  husbandmen  ,  read  this  fcripture  ? 
 which  frail  render  The  ftone  which  the 
 him  the  fruits  in  their  builders  rejected  is  be- 
 ieaibns.  come  the  head  of  the 
 
 42  Jefus  faith  unto  corner, 
 them,  Did  ye  never  n  This  was  the 
 read  in  the  fcriptures,  Lords  doing,  and  it  is 
 The  ftone  which  the  marvellous  in  our 
 builders  rejected ,  the  eyes, 
 fame  is  become  the  i  ^  And  they  fought 
 head  of  the  corner:  to  lay  hold  on  him,  but 
 this  is  the  Lords  do-  feared  the  people,  for 
 ing,  and  it  is  marvel-  they  knew  that  he  had 
 lous  in  our  eyes  ?  fpoken  the  parable  a- 
 
 43  Therefore  fay  I  gainftthem:  and  they 
 unto  you,  The  king-  left  him,and  went  their 
 dom  of  God  fhall-  be  way. 
 
 taken  from  you,  and 
 given  to  a  nation 
 bringing  forth  the 
 fruits  thereof. 
 
 44  Andwhofbever 
 fhall  fall  on  this  ftone, 
 fhall  be  broken  :  but 
 on  whomfbever  it  fhall 
 fall,  it  will  grind  him 
 to  powder. 
 
 4_f  And  when  the 
 chief  priefts  and  ha- 
 rifees  had  heard  his 
 parables,  they  percei- 
 ved that  he  fpake  of 
 them. 
 
 46  But  when  they 
 fought  to  lay  hands  on 
 him,  they  feared  the 
 multitude  ,  becaufe 
 they  took  him  for  a 
 prophet. 
 
 I  i  *  3  AND 
 
4  $  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 AN  D  Jefus  anfwered,  and  fpakc 
 unto  them  again  by  parables, 
 .  and  faid, 
 
 a  The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  like 
 unto  a  certain  king,  which  made  a 
 marriage  tor  his  fon, 
 
 3  And  lent  forth  his  fervants  to 
 call  them  that  were  bidden  to  the 
 wedding:  and  they  would  not  come. 
 
 4  Again  he  lent  forth  other  fer- 
 vants, faying,  Tell  them  which  are 
 bidden,  Behold,  I  have  prepared  my 
 dinner  :  my  oxen  and  my  fadings 
 are  killed,  and  all  things  are  ready: 
 come  unto  the  marriage. 
 
 $•  But  they  made  light  of  it,  and 
 went  their  ways ,  one  to  his  farm , 
 another  to  his  merchandife : 
 
 6  And  the  remnant  took  his  fer- 
 vants, and  entreated  them  fpitefully, 
 and  flew  them. 
 
 7  But  when  the  king  heard  there- 
 of, he  was  wroth:  and  he  fent  forth 
 his  armies,  and  deftroyed  thole  mur- 
 derers, and  burnt  up  their  city. 
 
 8  Then  faith  he  to  his  fervants, 
 The  wedding  is  ready,  but  they 
 which  were  bidden  were  not  wor- 
 thy. 
 
 9  Go  ye  therefore  into  the  high- 
 ways, and  as  many  as  ye  mail  find, 
 .bid  to  the  marriage. 
 
 io  So  thole  fervants  went  out 
 into  the  bigh-wnys,  and  gathered 
 together  all  as  many  as  they  found, 
 both  bad  and  good  ;  and  the  wed- 
 ding was  furnifhed  with  guefts. 
 
 1 1  And  when  the  king  came  in 
 to  fee  the  guefts ,  he  law  there  a 
 man  which  had  not  on  a  wedding- 
 garment  : 
 
 12  And  he  faith  unto  him,  Friend, 
 how  cameft  thou  in  hither,  not  ha- 
 
 ving 
 
of  the  four  Rqjamelijis.  4  2  9 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 ving  a  wedding-gar- 
 ment ?  And  he  was 
 ipeechlefs. 
 
 13  Then  faid  the 
 king  to  the  fervants, 
 Bind  him  hand  and 
 foo;  and  take  him  a- 
 wa  r,  and  ca  ft  &/>»  into 
 ou-  :  darkne%  there 
 ma  2  weeping  and 
 gr  ihing  of  teeth. 
 
 f  For  many  are 
 called,  but  tew  are 
 chofen.  Chap.  XII.  Chap.  XX, 
 
 §f.   if  Then  went       13  And  they  fend        19  And  the  chief 
 
 the  Pharifees.snd  took  unto   him  certain  of  priefts  and  the  fcribes 
 
 counfel     how     they  the  Pharifees ,  and  of  the  fame  hour  fought 
 
 mighr   intangle    him  the  Herodians.to  catch  to  lay  hands  on  him ; 
 
 in  his  talk.  him  in  his  words.         and   they  feared  the 
 
 16  And  they  fent  14  And  when  they  people:  for  they  per- 
 out  unto  him  their  were  come,  they  fay  ceived  that  he  had  lpo- 
 difciples,  with  the  He-  unto  him,  Mailer,  we  ken  this  parable  a- 
 rodians,  faying,  Ma-  know    that  thou  art  gainft  them. 
 
 fter,  we  know  that  true,  and  cireft  for  no  20  And  they  watch- 
 thou  art  true,  and  man :  for  thou  regard-  edbim,  and  fent  forth 
 teacheft  the  way  of  eft  not  the  perlon  of  fpies ,  which  fhould 
 Gouintiuih  neither  men,  but  teacheft  the  feign  themfelves  juft 
 eareft  thou  for  any  way  of  God  in  truth:  men,  that  they  might 
 man:  for  rhu  1.:  regard-  Is  it  lawful  to  give  take  hold  of  his  words, 
 eft  not  the  perfen  of  tribute  to  Cefar,  or  that  fo  they  might  de- 
 men,  not  ?  liver    him   unto   the 
 
 17  Tdl  us  there-        ij   Shall  we  give,  power  and  authority 
 fore ,    What  thinkeft  or  fhall  we  not  give  ?  of  the  governour. 
 thou?  Is  it  lawful  to  But  he  knovmg  their       21  And  they  asked 
 give  triSutc  unto  Ce-  hypoenfie,   laid  unto  him,  faying,  Mafter, 
 iar,  or,wt?  them,  Why  tempt  ye  we   know  that  thou 
 
 18  But  Jefis  per-  me?  bring  me  a  peny,  fayeft  and  teacheft 
 ceiveci  their  witl  ed-  that  I  may  fee  /'/.  rightly,  neither  ac- 
 neis,  and  fait,  Why  16  And  they  brought  cepteft  thou  the  per- 
 temp.-  ye  ire,  yc  hy  •  :  and  he  faith  unto  fon  of  any,  but  teach 
 poaius"-1                      theu      Whole  is  this  eft  the  way  of  God 
 
 jq  Shew  me  the  image  and  fuperlcrip-  truly. 
 
 tribute- 
 
44 o  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XII.  Chip.  XX. 
 
 tribute-money.      And  tion  ?   And -they  faid       22  Is  it  lawful  for 
 
 they  brought  unto  him  unto  him,  Cefars.         us  to  give  tribute  unto 
 -a  peny.  1 7   And  Jefus  an-   Cefai ,  or  no  ? 
 
 20  And  he  faith  un-  fwering  ,  faid  unto  13  B<  heperce'  ved 
 to  them,  Whole  is  this  them,  Render  to  Ce-  the;,  crafthiefs  ,  * 
 image  and  fupeiicrip-  far  the  things  that  are  taid  unto,  them,  Whj 
 tion?  Cefars,  and  to  God  th.  tempi  ye  me? 
 
 21  They  fay  unto  things  that  are  Gods  24  Shew  me  a  pe- 
 him,  Cefars.  Then  And  they  marvelled  ny:  whrfc  image  and 
 faith  he  unto  them,  at  him.  iu  peri' -iotion  hath  it? 
 -Render  therefore  un-  18  Then  come  un-  Tliey  nfwered  and 
 to  Cefar,  the  things  to  him  the  Sadducees,  faid,  efars. 
 ■which are  Cefars;  and  which  fay  there  is  no  2?  And  he  faid  un- 
 untoGod,  the  things  refurrecrion ;  and  they  to  ihui,  Render  here- 
 that  are  Gods.  asked  him,  faying ,       fore  unto  "Cefar    he 
 
 22  When  they  had  ro  Matter,  Mofes  things  which  be  Ce- 
 heard thefe words, they  wrote  unto  us,  If  a  fars,  and  unto  God 
 marvelled ,  and  left  mans  brother  die,  and  the  things  which  be 
 him,  and  went  their  leave  his  wife  behind  Gods. 
 
 -way.  him,    and   leave    no        26  And  they  could 
 
 23  The  fame  day  children,  that  hisbro-  not  take  hold  of  his 
 came  to  him  the  Sad-  ther  (hould  take  his  words  before  the  peo- 
 ducees,  which  lay  that  wife,  and  raife  up  feed  pie :  and  they  marvel- 
 there  is  no  refurre&i-  unto  his  brother.  led  at  his  anfwer,  and 
 on,  and  asked  him,  20  Now  there  were  held  their  peace. 
 
 24  Saying,  Mafter,  feven  brethren  :  and  27  Then  came  to 
 Mofes  faid,  If  a  man  the  firft  took  a  wife,  him  certain  of  the 
 die,  having  no  chil-  and  dying  left  no  feed.  Sadducees  (which  de- 
 dren,  his  brother  (hall  21  And  the  fecond  ny  that  there  is  any 
 marry  his  wife ,  and  took  her ,  and  died ,  refurre&ion)  and  they 
 raife  up  feed  unto  his  neither  left  he  any  asked  him,  _ 
 brother.  feed  :    and  the   third        28  Saying,  Mafter, 
 
 25- Now  there  were  likewife.  Mofes  wrote  unto  us, 
 
 with    us   feven    bre-        22   And  the  feven  if  any  mans  brother 
 
 thren,    and  the   firft  had  her,   and  left  no  die,  having  a  wife,  and 
 
 when  he  had  married  feed  :   laft  of  all  the  he  die  without  chil- 
 
 a  wife,  deceafed,  and  woman  died  alfo.  dren,  that  his  brother 
 
 having  no  iiiue ,  left        22  In  the  refurre-  mould  take  his  wife, 
 
 his  wife  unto  his  bro-  ction  therefore,  when  and  raife  up  feed  unto 
 
 ther.  they  (hall  rife,  whole  his  brother. 
 
 26    Likewife    the  wife   (hail  (lie  be  of     2oTherewcrethere- 
 
 fecond  alfo,  and  the  them  ?  for  the  feven  fore  feven  brethren 
 
 •thirdjunto  the  feventh.  had  her  ro  wife.  and  the   firft    took 
 
of  the  four  Ewangelijls.  441 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XII.  Chap.  XX. 
 
 27  And  lafl:  of  all  24  And  Jefus  an-  wife,  and  died  with- 
 the  woman  died  alio,  fwering ,    faid    unto  out  children. 
 
 28  Therefore  in  the  them,  Do  ye  not  there-  30  And  the  fccond 
 refurrection  ,  whofe  fore  err ,  becaufe  ye  took  her  to  wife,  and 
 wife  fhall  fhe  be   of  know  not  the  fcrip-  he  died  childlefs. 
 
 the  feven  ?   for   they  tures  ,     neither     the       3 1    And  the  third 
 
 all  had  her.  power  of  God  ?  took  her  ,•  and  in  like 
 
 29  Jefus  anfwercd,  if  For  when  they  manner  the  feven  alfo. 
 and  fiid  unto  them ,  fhall  rife  from  the  And  they  left  no  chil- 
 Ye  do  err,  not  know-  dead  ,     they    neither  dren,  and  died.  • 
 
 ing  the  fcriptures,  nor  marry,  nor  are  given       32    Lad  of  all  the 
 the  power  of  God.        in  marriage  :  but  are  woman  died  alfo. 
 
 30  For  in  the  re-  as  the  angels  which  3  3  Therefore  in  the 
 furrection  they  nei-  are  in  heaven.  refurre&ion ,  whofe 
 ther  marry,  nor  are  26  And  as  touch-  wife  of  them  is  fhe? 
 given  in  marriage;  but  ing  the  dead,  that  they  for  feven  had  her  to 
 are  as  the  angels  of  rile ,  have  ye  not  read  wife, 
 
 God  in  heaven.  in  the  book  of  Mofes,       34   And  Jefus  an- 
 
 31  But  as  touching  how  in  the  bufh  God  fwering,  {'aid  unto 
 the  refurrection  of  the  fpake  unto  him ,  fay-  them,  The  children  of 
 dead,  have  ye  not  read  ing,  I  am  the  God  of  this  world  marry,  and 
 that  which  was  fpo-  Abraham,  and  the  God  are  given  in  marriage: 
 ken  unto  you  by  God,  oflfaac,  and  the  God  3^  But  they  which 
 faying,  of  Jacob?  .         fhall     be     accounted 
 
 32  IamtheGodof  27  He  is  not  the  worthy  to  obtain  that 
 Abraham,  and  the  God  God  of  the  dead,  but  world,  and  the  refur- 
 oflfaac,  and  the  God  the  God  of  the  living:  re6t ion  from  the  dead, 
 of  Jacob?  God  is  not  ye  therefore  do  great-  neither  marry,  nor 
 the  God  of  the  dead ,  ly  err.  are  given  in  marri- 
 but  of  the  living.              28  And  one  of  the  age. 
 
 33  And  when  the  Scribes  came,  and  ha-  3  6  Neither  can  they 
 multitude  heard  this,  ving  heard  them  rea-  die  any  more ;  for  they 
 they  were  aftonifhed  foning  together ,  and  are  equal  unto  the  an- 
 at  his  doctrine.  perceiving  that  he  had  gels,  and  are  the  chil- 
 
 34  But  when  the  anfwered  them  well,  dren  of  God ,  being 
 Pharifees  had  heard  asked  him ,  Which  is  the  children  of  the  re- 
 that  he  had  put  the  the  firft  command-  furreclion. 
 Sadducees  to  filence,  ment  of  all?  37  Now  that  the 
 they  were  gathered  29  And  Jefus  an-  dead  are  raifed,  even 
 together.                      fwered  him,  The  firfl  Mofes  fhewed  at  the 
 
 3f  Then  one  of  of  all  the  command-  bufh,  when  he  calleth 
 them  which  was  a  ments  is ,  Hear,  O  If-  the  Lord  the  God  of 
 lawyer,  asked  him  a  rael,    the  Lord  our  Abraham,  and  the  God 
 
 Kkk  queftioa, 
 
442,  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XII.  Chap.  XX. 
 
 queftion  ,    tempting  God  is  one  Lord  ;      or  Ifaac,  and  the  God 
 him,  and  faying,  30   And  thou  fhalt   of  Jacob. 
 
 36  Mafter,  which  love  the  Lord  thy  God  38  For  he  is  not  a 
 is  the  great  command-  with  all  thy  heart,  and  God  of  the  dead,  but 
 mcnt  in  the  law?  with  all  thy  foul,  and   of  the  living:  lor  alL 
 
 37  Jefus  faid  unto  with  all  thy  mind,  and   live  unto  him. 
 
 him,  Thou  fhalt  love  with  all  thy  ftrength :        39  Then  certain  of 
 
 the  Lord  thy  God  with  this  is  the  firft  com-  the  Scribes  anfwering, 
 
 all  thy  heart,  and  with  mandment.  faid,  Mafter, thou  hafc 
 
 all  thy  foul,  and  with        3  1  And  the  fecond   well  faid. 
 
 all  thy  mind.  is  like,   namely  this,        40  And  after  that, 
 
 38  This  is  the  firft  Thou  fhalt  love  thy   they  durft  not  ask  him. 
 and  great  command-  neighbour  as  thy  felf :   any  queftion  at  all. 
 ment.  there  is  none  other       4 1  And  he  faid  un- 
 
 39  And  the  fecond  commandment  great-  to  them,  How  fay  they 
 is  like  unto  it ,  Thou  er  then  thefe.  that  Chrift  is  Davids 
 fhalt  love  thy  neigh-       32  And  the  Scribe  fon  ? 
 
 bour  as  thy  felf.  faid  unto  him ,  Well       4a  And  David  him- 
 
 40  On  thefe  two  Mafter,  thou  haft  faid  felf  faith  in  the  book 
 commandments  hang  the  truth:  for  there  is  of  pfalms,  The  Lord 
 all  the  law  and  the  one  God,  and  there  is  faid  unto  my  Lord ,, 
 prophets.  none  other  but  he.        Sit  thou  on  my  right 
 
 41  While  the  Pha-       3.3  And  to  love  him  hand, 
 
 ri  fees  were  gathered  with  all  the  heart,  and       43  Till  I  make  thine 
 
 together ,  Jefus  asked  with  all   the   under-   enemies  thy  footftool. 
 
 them,  ftanding,  and  with  all       44  David  therefore 
 
 41  Saying,   What  the  foul,  and  with  all  calleth  him  Lord,  how 
 
 think   ye  of  Chrift,  the  ftrength,  and  to  is  he  then  his  fon ? 
 
 whole  fon  is  he?  They  love  his  neighbour  as       4^  Then  in  the  au- 
 
 fay  unto  him,  The  Jon  himfelf,  is  more  then  dience  of  all  the  peo- 
 
 af  David.  all  whole-burnt-offer-  pie,  he  faid  unto  his 
 
 43  He   faith  unto  ings  and  facrifices.         difciples, 
 
 them,  How  then  doth        34  And  when  Jefus       46   Beware  of  the 
 
 David   in   fpirit   call  faw  that  he  anfwered  Scribes,  which  defire. 
 
 him  Lord,  faying,  difcreetly,  he  faid  un-  to  walk  in  long  robes,. 
 
 44  The  Lord  faid  to  him,  Thou  art  not  and  love  greetings  in 
 onto  my  Lord,Sit  thou  far  from  the  kingdom  the  markets,  and  the. 
 on  my  right  hand,  till  of  God.  And  no  man  higheft  feats  in  the  fy- 
 I  make  thine  enemies  after  that  durft  ask  nagogues,and  the  chief 
 thy  footftool  ?  him  any  queftion.         rooms  at  feafts  j 
 
 45-   If  David  then        35-   And  Jefus  an-       47   Which  devour 
 
 call  him  Lord,  how  is  fwered  and  faid,  while  widows  houfes,   and 
 
 fee  his  fon  ?  he  taught  in  the  tem-  for  a  fhew  make  long. 
 
 46  As4 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs.  443 
 
 /TTHEW. 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XII.  Chap.  XX, 
 
 46    And  no    man   pic,     How    fay    the  prayers :  the  fame fhall 
 was   able   to    anfwer   Scribes  that  Chrift  is   receive  greater  dam- 
 him  a  word,  neither    the  fon  of  David  ?         nation. 
 durft  any  man  (from        36  For  David  him- 
 that   day  forth)   ask   felt  fud  by  the  holy  Chap.  XXI. 
 
 him  any  more  quefti-   Ghoft,  The  Lord  laid 
 
 ons.  to  my  Lord,  Sit  thou     A  N  D   he  looked 
 
 on  my  right  hand,  till   XX  up,  and  faw  the 
 
 Chap.  XXIII.         I  make  thine  enemies   rich  men  calling  their 
 thy  footftool.  gifts  into  the  treafury. 
 
 THen   fpake  Jefus       37  David  therefore       2  And  he  faw  alio 
 to  the  multitude,   himielf   calleth    him  a  certain  poor  widow, 
 and  to  his  difciples,       Lord  ;  and  whence  is  calling  in  thither  two 
 
 2  S-ying,The  Scribes  he  */;««  his  fon  ?   And  mites. 
 andthePhariiees  fitin   the  common  people       3  And  he  faid,  Of 
 Moles  feat.  heard  him  gladly.         a  truth  I  lay  unto  you, 
 
 3  All  therefore  what-  38  And  he  faid  un-  that  this  poor  widow 
 foever  they  bid  you  ob-  to  them  in  his  do-  hath  call  in  more  then 
 lerve,?^obferveand   6trine,  Beware  of  the  they  all. 
 
 do;  but  do  not  ye  af-  Scribes,  which  love  to  4  For  all  thefe  have 
 tcr  their  works  :  for  go  in  long  clothing,  of  their  abundance 
 they  fay,  and  do  not.     and  love  falutations  in  call  in  unto  the  of- 
 
 4    For   they  bind   the  market-places,       ferings  of  God :  but 
 heavy  burdens,   and        39  And  the  chief  fhe  of  her  penury  hath 
 grievous  to  be  born,  feats    in    the    fyna-  call  in  all  the  living 
 and  lay  them  on  mens  gogues,  and  the  up-  that  fhe  had. 
 moulders ,    but  they  permoft     rooms     at 
 themfelves   will   not  feafts : 
 move  them  with  one       40  Which  devour 
 of  their  fingers.  widows  houfes ,  and 
 
 f  But  all  their  works  for  a  pretence  make 
 they  do,  for  to  be  feen  long  prayers:  thefe 
 of  men :  they  make  fhall  receive  greater 
 broad  their  phylacle-  damnation, 
 ries,  and  enlarge  the  41  And  Jefus  fat 
 borders  of  their  gar-  over  againft  the  trea- 
 ments ,  fury,  and  beheld  how 
 
 6  And    love    the  the  people  call  money 
 uppermofl  rooms  at  into  the  treafury :  and  • 
 feafts ,  and  the  chief  many  that  were  rich 
 
 feats     in   the    fyna-  call  in  much, 
 gogues,  42  And  there  came 
 
 7  And  greetings  in  a  certain  poor  widow, 
 
 Kkkz 
 
444  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  X.  Chap.  XII. 
 
 the  markets,  and  to  and  (he  threw  in  two 
 be  called  of  men ,  mites,  which  make  a 
 Rabbi,  Rabbi.  farthing. 
 
 8  But  be  not  ye  43  And  he  called 
 called  Rabbi :  for  one  unto  him  his  difci- 
 is  your  Matter,  even  pies,  and  faith  unto 
 Chrift,  and  all  ye  are  them,  Verily  I  fayun- 
 brethren.  to  you,  that  this  poor 
 
 9  And  call  no  man  widow  hath  caft  more 
 your  father  upon  the  in,  then  all  they  which 
 earth:  for  one  is  your  have  caft  into  the  trea- 
 father  which  is  in  hea- fury. 
 
 Ven.  44  For  all  they  did 
 
 10  Neither  be  ye  caft  in  of  their  abun- 
 called  maflers:  for  one  dance:  but  fhe  of  her 
 is  your  mafter,  even  want  did  caft  in  all 
 Chrift.  that  the  had,  even  all 
 
 1 1  But  he  that  is  her  living, 
 greateft  among  you* 
 
 Jhall  be  your  fervant. 
 
 12  Andwhofoever 
 ihall  exalt  himfelf,fhall 
 beabafed;  and  he  that 
 fhall  humble  himfelf, 
 fliall  be  exalted. 
 
 13  But  woe  unto 
 you  Scribes  and  Phari- 
 sees, hypocrites;  for  ye 
 fhut  up  the  kingdom  of 
 heaven  againft  men  : 
 for  ye  neither  go  in 
 your  fclves,  neither 
 iuffer^ethem  that  are 
 entring,  to  go  in. 
 
 14  Woe  unto  you 
 Scribes  and  Pharifees, 
 hypocrites;  foryede- 
 vou  r  widows  houfes  , 
 and  for  a  pretence 
 make  long  prayers  j 
 therefore  ye  lhall  re- 
 ceive the  greater  dam- 
 nation. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  445 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 if  Woe  unto  you  Scribes  and 
 Pharifees,hypocrites ;  for  ye  compifs 
 iea  and  land  to  make  one  profelyte, 
 and  when  he  is.  made,  ye  make  him 
 twofold  more  the  child  of  hell  then 
 your  felves. 
 
 1 6  Woe  unto  you,  ye  blind  guides, 
 which  fay,  Whofoever  fhall  fwear 
 by  the  temple ,  it  is  nothing :  but 
 whofoever  ihall  fwear  by  the  gold 
 of  the  temple,  he  is  a  debter. 
 
 17  Ye  fools,  and  blind:  for  whe- 
 ther is  greater,  the  gold,  or  the  tem- 
 ple that  fan&ifieth  the  gold? 
 
 18  And  whofoever  ihall  fwear 
 by  the  altar,  it  is  nothing :  but  who- 
 foever fweareth  by  the  gift  that  is 
 upon  it,  he  is  guilty. 
 
 19  Ye  fools,  and  blind:  for  whe- 
 ther is  greater,  the  gift,  or  the  altar 
 that  fanftifieth  the  gift? 
 
 10  Whofo  therefore  Ihall  fwear 
 by  the  altar,  fweareth  by  it,  and  by 
 all  things  thereon. 
 
 n  And  whofo  Ihall  fwear  by  the 
 temple,  fweareth  by  it,  and  by  him 
 that  dwelleth  therein. 
 
 22  And  he  that  fhall  fwear  by 
 heaven,  fweareth  by  the  throne  of 
 God,  and  by  him  that  iitteth  there- 
 on. 
 
 2  3  Wo  unto  you  Scribes  and  Pha- 
 rifees,  hypocrites  ;  for  ye  pay  tithe 
 of  mintandanife,  and  cummin,  and 
 have  omitted  the  weightier  matters 
 of  the  law,  judgment,  mercy,  and 
 faith:  thefe  ought  ye  to  have  done, 
 and  not  to  leave  the  other  undone. 
 
 24  Ye  blind  guides,  which  ftrain 
 at  a  gnar,  and  (wallow  a  camel. 
 
 25-  Wo  unto  you  Scribes  and  Pha- 
 rifees,  hypocrites ;  for  ye  make  clean 
 the  outftde  of  the  cup,  and  of  the 
 
 K  k  k   3  platt* 
 
446  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 platter,  but  within  they  are  full  of 
 extortion  and  excefs. 
 
 i6  Thou  blind  Pharifee,  cleanfe 
 firfl:  that  -which  is  within  the  cup  and 
 platter, that  theoutfideof  them  may 
 be  clean  alio. 
 
 27  Wo  unto  you  Scribes  and  Pha- 
 rifees,hypocrites ;  for  ye  are  like  un- 
 to whited  fepulchres,  which  indeed 
 appear  beautiful  outward,  but  are 
 within  full  of  dead  mens  bones,  and 
 of  all  uncleannefs. 
 
 28  Even  fo  ye  alfo  outwardly  ap- 
 pear righreous  unto  men,  but  with- 
 in ye  are  full  of  hypocrifie  and  ini- 
 quity. 
 
 29  Wo  unto  you  Scribes  and  Pha- 
 rifees,  hypocrites  ;  becaufe  ye  build 
 the  tombs  of  the  prophets,  and  gar- 
 nifh  the  fepulchres  of  the  righte- 
 ous, 
 
 30  And  fay,  If  we  had  been  in 
 the  days  of  our  fathers,  we  would 
 not  have  been  partakers  with  them 
 in  the  blood  of  the  prophets. 
 
 31  Wherefore  ye  be  witnefles 
 unto  your  felves,  that  ye  are  the  chil- 
 dren of  them  which  killed  the  pro- 
 phets. 
 
 3  2  Fill  ye  up  then  the  meafure  of 
 your  fathers. 
 
 33  Ye  ferpents,  ye  generation  of 
 vipers,  how  can  ye  efcape  the  dam- 
 nation of  hell  ?  * 
 
 34  Wherefore  behold,  I  fend  un- 
 to you  prophets,  and  wife  men,  and 
 fcribes;  and  fome  of  them  ye  fhall 
 kill  and  crucifie,  and  fome  of  them 
 fhall  ye  fcourgeinyourfynagogues, 
 and  perfecute  them  from  ciiy  to 
 city  i 
 
 35-  That  upon  you  may  come  all 
 she  righteous  biood  (hed  upon  the 
 
 earth; 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  447 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 earth,  from  the  blood  of  righteous 
 Abel ,  unto  the  blood  of  Zacharias, 
 fon  of  Barachias,  whom  ye  flew 
 between  the  temple  and  the  altar. 
 
 36  Verily  I  fay  unto  you.  All 
 thefe  things  fhall  come  upon  this 
 generation. 
 
 37  O  Jerufalem,Jerufalem,thou 
 that  killed  the  prophets,  and  ftoneft 
 them  which  are  fent  unto  thee,  how 
 often  would  I  have  gathered  thy 
 children  together  even  as  a  hen  ga- 
 thereth  her  chickens  under  her 
 wings,  and  ye  would  not  J 
 
 38  Behold,  your  houfeis  left  un- 
 to you  defolate. 
 
 39  For  I  fay  unto  you,  Ye  fhall 
 not  fee  me  henceforth,  till  ye  fhall 
 fay,  Bleffed  is  he  that  cometh  in  the 
 name  of  the  Lord. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV.  Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  XXL 
 
 §  6.  A  N  D  Jefus  went  out,  and  AND  as  he  went  f  And  as  fome 
 J\  departed  rrom  the  temple ;  J\  out  of  the  tem-  fpake  of  the  temple, 
 and  his  difciples  came  to  him  for  to  pie,  one  of  his  difci-  how  it  was  adorned 
 fhew  him  the  buildings  of  the  tem-  pies  faith  unto  him,  with  goodly  ftones, 
 pie.  Mafter,  fee  what  man-  and  gifts,  he  faid, 
 
 2  And  Jefus  faid  unto  them,  See  ner  of  ftones,  and  what  6  As  for  th^e  things 
 ye  not  all  thefe  things?  Verily  I  fay  buildings  are  here.  which  ye  behold ,  the 
 unto  you,  There  fhall  not  be  left  a  And  Jefus  anfwer-  days  will  come,  in  the 
 here  one  ftone  upon  another,  that  ing,  faid  unto  him,  which  there  fhall  not 
 fhall  not  be  thrown  down.  Seeft  thou  thefe  great  be  left  one  ftone  upon 
 
 3  And  as  he  fat  upon  the  mount  buildings  ?  there  fhall  another,  that  fhall  not 
 of  Olives ,  the  difciples  came  unto  not  be  left  one  ftone  be  thrown  down, 
 him  privately,  faying,  Tell  us,  when  upon  another,  that  7  And  they  asked 
 fhall  thefe  things  be  ?  and  whatyW/  fhall  not  be  thrown  him,  faying,  Mafter,. 
 be  the  fign  of  thy  coming,  and  of  down.  but  when  fhall  thefe 
 the  end  of  the  world  ?                           3   And  as  he  fat  things  be  ?  and  what 
 
 4  And  Jefus  anfwered,  and  faid  upon  the  mount  of  fign  will  there  be  when 
 unto  them,  Take  heed  that  no  man  Olives ,  over  againft  thefe  things  (hall  come 
 deceive  you.  the  temple,  Peter,  and  to  pafs  ? 
 
 f  For  many  fhall  come  in  my  James,  and  John,  and      8  And  he  faid,  Take 
 
 »ame. 
 
448  ^°e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV.  Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  XXI. 
 
 name,  faying,  I  am  Andrew    asked    him  heed  that  ye  be  not  de- 
 
 Chrift  :   and  (hall  de-  privately,  ceived :  for  many  mail 
 
 ceive  many.  4  Tell  us,  when  fhall  come  in  my  name,  fay- 
 
 6  And  ye  (hall  hear  thefe  things  be?  and  ing,  lamChrifii  and 
 of  wars,  and  rumours  what  fliall  be]  the  fign  the  time  dra weth  near, 
 of  wars  :  fee  that  ye  when  all  thefe  things  go  ye  not  therefore  af- 
 be  not  troubled:   for  fhall  be  fulfilled  ?  terthem. 
 
 all  thefe  things  mud  jAnd  Jefusanfwer-  9  But  when  ye  fhall 
 come  to  pals,  but  the  ing  them,  began  to  fay,  hear  of  wars  and  corn- 
 end  is  not  yet.               Take   heed   left   any  motions,  be  not  terri- 
 
 7  For  nation  fhall  man  deceive  you.  fied  :  for  thefe  things 
 rife  againft  nation,  and  6  For  many  fhall  muftfirft  come  to  pais, 
 kingdom againft  king-  come  in  my  name,  but  the  end  is  not  by 
 dom :   and  there  fhall  faying ,   I  am  Chrifi  :  and  by. 
 
 be  famines,  and  pefti-  and  fhall  deceive  ma-  10  Then  faid  he 
 lences ,    and     earth-  ny.  unto  them ,    Nation 
 
 quakes,  in  divers  pla-  7  And  when  ye  fhall  rife  againft  nati- 
 ce§.  fhall  hear  of  wars,  and  on,  and  kingdom  a- 
 
 8  All  thefe  are  the  rumours  of  wars,  be  gainft  kingdom: 
 beginning  of  forrows.  ye  not  troubled:  for        1 1  And  great  earth- 
 
 9  Then  (hall  they  fitch  things  muA  needs  quakes  fhall  be  in  di- 
 deliver  you  up  to  be  be,  but  the  end  /hall  vers  places,  and  fa- 
 affli&ed,  and  fhall  kill  not  be  yet.  mines, and  peftilences, 
 you :  and  ye  fhall  be  8  For  nation  fhall  and  fearful  fights,  and 
 hated  of  all  nations  for  rife  againft  nation,  and  great  figns  fhall  there 
 my  names  fake.            kingdom  againft  king-  be  from  heaven. 
 
 10  And  then  fhall  dom:  and  there  fhall  12  But  before  all 
 many  be  offended,  and  be  earthquakes  in  di-  thefe  things  they  fhall 
 fhall  betray  one  ano-  "vers  places,  and  there  lay  their  hands  on  you, 
 ther,  and  fhall  hate  fhall  be  famines,  and  and  perfecu te_y<;#,  de- 
 one  another.  troubles :  thefe  are  the  livering  you  up  to  the 
 
 1 1  And  many  falfe  beginnings  of  for-  fy  nagogues,  and  into 
 prophets  fhall  rife,  and  rows.  prifons,  being  brought 
 fhall  deceive  many.  9  But  take  heed  to  before  kings  and  rulers 
 
 tz  Andbecaufeini-  yourfelves:  for  they  for  my  names  fake, 
 
 quity  fhall  abound,  the  fhall  deliver  you  up  to  13'  And  it  fhall  turn 
 
 love  ofmany  fhall  wax  councels  j   and  in  the  toyouforateftimony. 
 
 cold.                             fynagogues  ye  fhall  be  14  Settle/*  there- 
 
 13  But  he  that  fhall  beaten,  and  ye  fhall  be  fore  in  your  hearts,  not 
 endure  unto  the  end,  brought  before  rulers  to  meditate  before, 
 the  fame  fhall  be  fa-  and  kings  for  my  fake,  what  ye  fhall  anfwer. 
 ved.                             for  a  teftimony  againft  if  For  I  will  give 
 
 14  And  this  gofpel  them.  you  a  mouth  and  wif- 
 
of  the  four  Ewangelijls. 
 
 44? 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 of  the  kingdom  fhall 
 be  preached  in  all  the 
 world ,  for  a  witnefs 
 unto  all  nations,  and 
 then  fhall  the  end 
 come. 
 
 if  When  ye  there- 
 fore (hall  fee  the  abo- 
 mination of  defolati- 
 on,  fpoken  of  by  Da- 
 niel the  prophet,  ftand 
 in  the  holy  place , 
 (  whofo  readeth ,  let 
 him  underftand.) 
 
 16  Then  let  them 
 which  be  in  Judea  flee 
 into  the  mountains. 
 
 17  Let  him  which 
 is  on  the  houfe-top, 
 not  come  down  to 
 take  any  thing  out  of 
 his  houfe : 
 
 18  Neither  let  him 
 which  is  in  the  field , 
 return  back  to  take  his 
 clothes. 
 
 19  And  wo  unto 
 them  that  are  with 
 child,  and  to  them 
 that  give  fuck  in  thofe 
 days. 
 
 10  But  pray  ye  that 
 your  flight  be  not  in 
 the  winter,  neither  on 
 the  fabbath-day. 
 
 21  For  then  fhall 
 be  great  tribulation, 
 fuch  as  was  not  fince 
 the  beginning  of  the 
 world  to  this  time,  no, 
 nor  ever  fhall  be. 
 
 a  a  And  except  thofe 
 daysihould  be  fhort- 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 10  And  the  gofpel 
 muft  firftbepublifhed 
 among  all  nations. 
 
 1 1  But  when  they 
 fhall  lead  you,  and  de- 
 liver you  up,  take  no 
 thought  before-hand 
 what  ye  fhall  fpeak , 
 neither  do  ye  preme- 
 ditate: but  whatfoever 
 fhall  be  given  you  in 
 that  hour ,  that  fpeak 
 ye:  for  it  is  not  ye  that 
 fpeak,  but  the  holy 
 Ghoft. 
 
 12  Now  the  bro- 
 ther fhall  betray  the 
 brother  to  death,  and 
 the  father  the  ion  :  and 
 children  fhall  rife  up 
 again  ft  their  parents, 
 and  fhall  caufe  them 
 to  be  put  to  death. 
 
 1 3  And  ye  fhall  be 
 hated  of  all  men  for 
 my  names  fake  :  but 
 he  that  fhall  endure 
 unto  the  end,  the  fame 
 fhall  be  faved. 
 
 1+  But  when  ye 
 fhall  fee  the  abomina- 
 tion of  defolation , 
 fpoken  of  by  Daniel 
 the  prophet,  ftand- 
 ing  where  it  ought 
 not,  (let  him  that  read- 
 eth underftand )  then 
 let  them  that  be  in  Ju- 
 dea, flee  to  the  moun- 
 tains : 
 
 1  f  And  let  him  that 
 is  on  the  houfe-top, 
 not  go  down  into  the 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 dom ,  which  all  your 
 adverfaries  fhall  not 
 be  able  to  gainfay,  nor 
 refift. 
 
 16  And  ye  fhall  he 
 betrayed  both  by  pa- 
 rents, and  brethren, 
 and  kinsfolks ,  and 
 friends  ;  and  fotne  of 
 you  fhall  they  caufe  to 
 be  put  to  death. 
 
 17  And  ye  fhall  be 
 hated  of  all  men  for 
 my  names  fake. 
 
 18  But  there  fhall 
 not  an  hair  of  your 
 head  perifh. 
 
 19  In  your  pati- 
 ence poffefs  ye  your 
 fouls. 
 
 20  And  when  yc 
 fhall  fee  Jerufalem 
 .compafled  with  ar- 
 mies, then  know  that 
 the  defolation  thereof 
 is  nigh. 
 
 21  Then  let  thenl*- 
 which  are  in  Judea, 
 flee  to  the  mountains} 
 and  let  them  which 
 are  inthemidft  of  it, 
 depart  out  j  and  let  not 
 them  that  are  in  the 
 countreys,  enter  there- 
 into. 
 
 at  Forthefebethe 
 days  of  vengeance, 
 that  all  things  which 
 are  written  may  be  ful- 
 filled. 
 
 23  But  wo  unto 
 them  that  are  with 
 child,  and  to  them 
 
 Lll 
 
 JOHKT. 
 
 aedi 
 
45  o 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 ned,  there  fhould  no 
 flelh  be  faved :  but  for 
 the  elects  fake  thofe 
 days  fhall  be  fhortned. 
 
 23  Then  if  any  man 
 fhall  fay  unto  you,  Lo, 
 hcre/i  Chrift,  or  there: 
 believe  it  not. 
 
 24  For  there  fhall 
 arife  falfe  Chrifts,  and 
 falfe  Prophets,  and 
 fhall  fhew  great  figns 
 and  wonders,  info- 
 much  that  ( if  it  were 
 poffible)  they  fhall  de- 
 ceive the  very  elect. 
 
 zf  Behold,  I  have 
 told  you  before. 
 
 26  Wherefore,  if 
 they  fhall  fay  unto 
 you,  Behold,  he  is  in 
 the  defert,  go  not 
 forth  :  behold,  he  is  in 
 the  fecret  chambersv 
 believe  it  not. 
 
 27  For  as  the  light- 
 ning cometh  out  of  the 
 caff,  and  fhineth  even 
 unto  the  weft :  fo  fhall 
 2Kb  the  coming  of  the 
 Son  of  man  be. 
 
 28  For  wherefbe- 
 ver  the  carcafe  is,  there 
 will  the  eagles  be  ga- 
 thered together. 
 
 29  Immediately  af- 
 ter the  tribulation  of 
 thofe  days,  fhall  the 
 fun  be  darkned,  and 
 the  moon  fhall  not 
 give  her  light,  and  the 
 rtars  fhall  fall  from 
 keaven,  andthepow- 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 houfe,  neither  enter 
 therein ,  to  take  any 
 thing  out  of  his  houfe. 
 
 16  And  let  him  that 
 is  in  the  field,  not  turn 
 back  again  for  to  take 
 up  his  garment. 
 
 17  But  wo  to  them 
 that  are  with  child, 
 and  to  them  that  give 
 fuck  in  thofe  days. 
 
 1 8  And  pray  ye  that 
 your  flight  be  not  in 
 the  winter. 
 
 19  For  in  thofe 
 days  fhall  be  affliction, 
 fuch  as  was  not  from 
 the  beginning  of  the 
 creation  which  God 
 created,unto  this  time, 
 neither  fhall  be. 
 
 20  And  except  that 
 the  Lord  had  fhort- 
 ned thofe  days,no  flefh 
 fhould  be  faved  :  but 
 for  the  elects  fake, 
 whom  he  hath  cho- 
 fcn,  he  hath  fhortned 
 the  days. 
 
 21  And  then,  if  any 
 man  fhall  fay  to  you, 
 Lo,  here  is  Chrift,  or 
 lo,  he  is  there:  believe 
 him  not. 
 
 22  For  falfe  Chrifts, 
 and  falfe  Prophets  fhall 
 rife,  and  fhall  fhew 
 figns  and  wonders , 
 to  feduce  ,  if  it  were 
 poffible,  even  the  e- 
 lect. 
 
 2  3  But  take  ye  heed: 
 behold,  I  have  foretold 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 that  give  fuck  in  thofe 
 days  :  for  there  fhall 
 be  great  diftrefs  in  the 
 land,  and  wrath  upon 
 this  people. 
 
 24  And  they  fhall 
 fall  by  the  edge  of  the 
 fword,  and  fhall  be 
 led  away  captive  into 
 all  nations:  and  Jeru- 
 falem  fhall  be  trodden 
 down  of  the  Gentiles, 
 until  the  times  of  the 
 Gentiles  be  fulfilled. 
 
 if  And  there  fhall 
 be  figns  in  the  fun, 
 and  in  the  moon,  and 
 in  the  ftars ;  and  upon 
 the  earth  diftrefs  of 
 nations,  with  perplexi- 
 ty, the  fea  and  the 
 waves  roaring } 
 
 26  Mens  hearts  fail- 
 ing them  for  fear,  and 
 for  looking  after  thofe 
 things  which  are  com- 
 ing on  the  earth  :  for 
 the  powers  of  heaven 
 fhall  be  fhaken. 
 
 27  And  then  fhall 
 they  fee  the  Son  of 
 man  coming  in  a  cloud 
 with  power  and  great 
 glory. 
 
 28  And  when  thefe 
 things  begin  to  come 
 to  pafs,  then  look  up, 
 and  lift  up  your  heads ; 
 for  your  redemption 
 draweth  nigh. 
 
 29  And  he  fpake 
 to  them  a  parable . 
 Behold  the    fig-tree, 
 
 John. 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  45  1 
 
 atthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV.  Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  XXI. 
 
 crs  of  the  heavens  fhall    you  all  things.  arid  all  the  trees ; 
 
 be  fhaken.  24    But   in    thofe       30  When  they  now 
 
 30  And  then  fhall  days,  after  that  tribu-  fhoot forth,  yefeeani 
 appear  the  fign  of  the  lation ,  the  fun  fhall  know  of  your  own 
 Son  of  man  in  hea-  be  darkened,  and  the  felves ,  that  fummer 
 ven :  and  then  fhall  all  moon  fhall  not  give  is  now  nigh  at  hand, 
 the  tribes  of  the  earth  her  light :  3  1  So  likewife  ye, 
 mourn,  and  they  fhall  25-  And  the  Iters  of  when  ye  fee  thefc 
 fee  the  Son  of  man  heaven  fhall  fall,  and  things  come  to  pafs, 
 coming  in  the  clouds  the  powers  that  arc  in  know  ye  that  the 
 of heaven,with  power  heaven  fhall  be  fha-  kingdom  of  God  is 
 and  great  glory.            ken.    -                         nigh  at  hand; 
 
 31  And  he  fhall  fend  26  And  then  fhall  32  Verily  I  fay  un- 
 his  angels  with  a  great  they  fee  the  Son  of  to  you,  This  genera- 
 found  of  a  trumpet,  man  coming  in  the  tion  fhall  not  pafs  a- 
 and  they  fhall  gather  clouds,  with  great  way,  till  all  be  fulfil- 
 together     his     elett  power  and  glory.  led. 
 
 from  the  four  winds,  27    And  then  fhall  3?  Heaven  and  earth 
 
 from  one  end  of  hea-  he  fend  his  angels,  and  fhall  pafs  away :    but 
 
 ven  to  the  other.  fhall  gather   together  my  words  fhall  not 
 
 32  Now  learn    a  his  eleclrfrom  the  four  pafs  away. 
 
 parable    of   the    fig-  winds,  from  the  ut-       34  And  take  heed 
 
 tree:  When  his  branch  termoft  part    of    the  to  your  felves ,  left  at 
 
 is  yet  tender,  and  put-  earth ,   to   the   utter-  any  time  your  hearts 
 
 teth  forth  leaves ,  ye  moft  part  of  heaven,     be  over-charged  with 
 know  that  fummer  is        28   Now   learn   a  furfeiting   and    drun- 
 
 nigh  :  parable  of  the  fig-tree :  kennefs,  and  cares  of 
 
 3  3  So  likewife  ye,  When   her  branch  is   this  life ,  and  fo  that 
 
 when  ye  fhall  fee  all  yet  tender,  and  put-  day  come  upon   you 
 
 thefe  things  ,    know  teth  forth  leaves ,   ye  unawares, 
 
 that  it  is  near,  even  at  know  that  fummer  is       if  For  as  a  fhare 
 
 the  doors.  near :  fhall  it  come   on  all 
 
 34  Verily  I  fay  un-  29  So  ye  in  like  them  that  dwell  on 
 to  you,  This  genera-  manner,  when  ye  fhall  the  fece  of  the  whole 
 tion  fhall  not  pafs,  till  fee  thefe  things  come  earth.  ' 
 all  thefe  things  be  ful-  to  pafs ,  know  that  it  3  6  Watch  ye  there- 
 filled,  is  nigh,  even  at  the  fore,  and  pray  always, 
 35- Heaven  and  earth  doors.  that  ye  may  be  ac- 
 fhall  pafs  away,  but  30  Verily  I  fay  un-  counted  worthy  to  e- 
 my  words  fhall  not  to  you,  that  this  gene-  fcape^all  thefe  things 
 pafs  away.  ration  fhall  not  pafs,  that  fhall  come  to  pafs, 
 
 36  But  of  that  day  till  all  thefe  things  be  and  to  ftand  before  the 
 
 and  hour  knoweth  no  done.  Son  of  man. 
 
 L  1  1  z  maa 
 
452,  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV.  Chap.  XIII.  Chap.  XXL 
 
 man ,  no ,  not  the  an-  3 1  Heaven  and  earth  3  7  And  in  the  day- 
 gels  of  heaven ,  but  fhaLl  pafs  away :  but  time  he  was  teaching 
 my  Father  onely.  my  words   fhall  not  in  the  temple ,  and  at 
 
 37  But  as  the  days  pafs  away.  night  he  went  out,  and 
 of  Noe  were,  (o  ftiall  3 1  But  of  that  day  abode  in  the  mount 
 alfb  the  coming  of  the  and  that  hour  know-  that  is  called  the  mount 
 Son  of  man  be.              eth  no  man ,  no,  not  of  Olives. 
 
 38  For  as  in  the  the  angels  which  are  38  And  all  the  peo- 
 days  that  were  before  in  heaven,  neither  the  pie  came  early  in  the 
 the  floud ,  they  were  Son,  but  the  Father,  morning  to  him  in 
 eating  and  drinking,  33  Take  ye  heed,  the  temple,  for  to  hear 
 marrying,  and  giving  watch  and  pray:  for  him. 
 
 in  marriage,  until  the  ye  know  not  when  the 
 
 day  that  Noe  entred  time  is. 
 
 into  the  ark*  34  For  the  Son  of 
 
 39  And  knew  not  man  is  as  a  man  taking 
 until  the  floud  came,  afar  journey,  who  left 
 and  took  them  all  a-  his  houfe,  and  gave  au- 
 way  ;  fo  (hall  alfo  the  thority  to  his  fervants, 
 coming  of  the  Son  of  and  to  every  man  his 
 man  be.  work,  and  command- 
 
 40  Then  fhall  two  ed  the  porter  to  watch. 
 be  in  the  field,  the  one  3  s  Watch  ye  there- 
 mall  betaken,  and  the  fore,  (for  ye  know  not 
 other  left.  when  the  mafter  of 
 
 41  Two  women  /hall  the  houfe  cometh;  at 
 be  grinding  at  the  mill,  even,  or  at  mid-night, 
 the  one  fhall  be  taken,  or  at  the  cock-crow- 
 jnd  the  other  left.        ing,  or  in  the  morn- 
 
 42  Watch  therefore,  ing. ) 
 
 for  ye  know  not  what  36  Left  coming  fud- 
 hour  your  Lord  doth  denly,  he  find  you 
 come.  fleeping. 
 
 43  But  know  this,       37  And  what  I  fay 
 that  if  the  good-man  unto  you,  I  fay  unto 
 of    the    houfe    had  all,  Watch. 
 known  in  what  watcfy 
 
 the  thief  would  come, 
 lie  would  have  watch- 
 ed ,and  would  not  have 
 fuffered  his  houfe  to  be 
 broken  up. 
 
 44  There- 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  45  y 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Jouk. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 44  Therefore  be  ye  alfo  ready: 
 for  in  fuch  an  hour  as  you  think  not, 
 the  Son  of  man  cometh. 
 
 4y  Who  then  is  a  faithful  and 
 wife  fervant,  whom  his  Lord  hath 
 made  ruler  over  his  houfhold,  to  give 
 them  meat  in  due  feafon  ? 
 
 46  Blefled  is  that  fervant,  whom 
 his  Lord  when  he  cometh,  fhall  find 
 fo  doing. 
 
 47  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  that  he 
 (hall  make  him  ruler  over  all  his 
 goods. 
 
 48  But  and  if  that  evil  fervant 
 fhall  fay  in  his  heart,  My  lord  de- 
 layeth  his  coming, 
 
 49  And  fhall  begin  to  fmite  his 
 fellow-fervants,and  to  eat  and  drink 
 with  the  drunken : 
 
 5 0  The  Lord  of  that  fervant  fhall 
 come  in  a  day  when  he  looketh  not 
 for  him ,  and  in  an  hour  that  he  is 
 n«t  aware  of ; 
 
 f\  And  fhall  cut  him  afunder, 
 and  appoint  him  his  portion  with  the 
 hypocrites :  there  fhall  be  weeping 
 and  gnafhing  of  teeth. 
 
 Chap.  XXV. 
 
 THen  fhall  the  kingdom  of  hea- 
 ven be  likened  unto  ten  vir- 
 gins, which  took  their  lamps,  and 
 went  forth  to  meet  the  bridegroom. 
 
 2  And  five  of  them  were  wife,, 
 and  five  were  foolifh. 
 
 3  They  that  were  foolifh  took 
 their  lamps,  and  took  no  oil  with 
 them. 
 
 4  But  the  wife  took  oil  in  their 
 vefiels  with  their  lamps. 
 
 f  While  the  bridegroom  tarried* 
 they  all  flumbred  and  fiept. 
 
 L  11   a  i  And 
 
454  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Jqhk. 
 
 Chap.  XXV. 
 
 6  And  at  midnight  there  was  a 
 cry  made,  Behold,  the  bridegroom 
 cometh,  go  ye  out  to  meet  him. 
 
 7  Then  all  thofe  virgins  arofe, 
 ■and  trimmed  their  lamps. 
 
 8  And  the  foolifh  faid  unto  the 
 wife,  Give  us  of  your  oil,  for  our 
 lamps  are  gone  out. 
 
 9  But  the  wife  anfwered,  iay- 
 ing,  Notfo  -,  left  there  be  not  enough 
 for  us  and  you :  but  go  ye  rather  to 
 them  that  fell,  and  buy  for  your 
 felves. 
 
 io  And  while  they  went  to  buy , 
 the  bridegroom  came,  and  they  that 
 were  ready,  went  in  with  him  to 
 the  marriage,  and  the  door  was 
 fhut. 
 
 i  r  Afterward  came  alfo  the  other 
 virgins,  faying,  Lord,  Lord,  open 
 to  us. 
 
 i  z  But  he  anfwered  and  faid,  Ve- 
 rily, I  fay  unto  you,  I  know  you 
 not. 
 
 1 3  Watch  therefore,  for  ye  know 
 neither  the  day,  nor  the  hour,  where- 
 in the  Son  of  man  cometh. 
 
 14  For  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is 
 as  a  man  travelling  into  a  far  coun- 
 trey,  who  called  his  own  fervants, 
 and  delivered  unto  them  his  goods : 
 
 if  And  unto  one  he  gave  five  ta- 
 lents ,  to  another  two,  and  to  ano- 
 ther one,  to  every  man  according 
 to  his  fevcral  ability,  and  ftraight- 
 way  took  his  journey. 
 
 1 6  Then  he  that  had  received  the 
 five  talents,  went  and  traded  with 
 the  fame,  and  made  them  other  five 
 talents. 
 
 17  And  likewife  he  that  had  re- 
 ceived two,  he  alio  gained  other 
 two. 
 
 18  But 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUfls.  455 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXV. 
 
 18  But  he  that  had  received  one, 
 went  and  digged  in  the  earth,  and 
 hid  his  lords  money. 
 
 19  After  a  long  time,  the  lord  of 
 thofe  fervants  cometh,  and  reckon- 
 eth  with  them. 
 
 20  And  fo  he  that  had  received 
 five  talents,  came  and  brought  other 
 five  talents,  faying,  Lord,  thou  de- 
 liveredft  unto  me  five  talents  :  be- 
 hold ,  I  have  gained  beiides  them 
 five  talents  more. 
 
 21  His  lord  faid  unto  him,  Well 
 done,  thou  good  and  faithful  fer- 
 vant ;  thou  haft  been  faithful  over 
 a  few  things,  I  will  make  thee  ru- 
 ler over  many  things  :  enter  thou 
 into  the  joy  of  thy  lord. 
 
 22  He  alfo  that  had  received  two 
 talents,  came  and  faid,  Lord,  thou 
 deliveredft  unto  me  two  talents:  be- 
 hold, I  have  gained  two  other  ta- 
 lents befides  them. 
 
 23  His  lord  faid  unto  him,  Well 
 done,  good  and  faithful  fervant  j 
 thou  haft  been  faithful  over  a  few 
 things,  I  will  make  thee  ruler  over 
 many  things  :  enter  thou  into  the 
 joy  of  thy  lord. 
 
 24  Then  he  which  had  received 
 the  one  talent,  came  and  faid,  LordJ 
 knew  thee  that  thou  art  an  hard 
 man,  reaping  where  thou  haft  not 
 fown,  and  gathering  where  thou 
 haft  not  ftrawed : 
 
 2j-  And  I  was  afraid,  and  went 
 and  hid  thy  talent  in  the  earth  :  lo, 
 there  thou  haft  that  is  thine. 
 
 26  His  lord  anfwered  and  faid 
 unto  him,  Thou  wicked  and  floth- 
 ful  fervant,  thou  kneweft  that  I 
 reap  where  I  fowednot,  and  gather 
 where  I  haye  not  ftrawed : 
 
 %j  Thou 
 
45  6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXV. 
 
 27  Thou  oughteft  therefore  to 
 have  put  my  money  to  the  exchan- 
 gers, and  then  at  my  coming  I 
 fhould  have  received  mine  own  with 
 ufury. 
 
 28  Take  therefore  the  talent  from 
 htm,  and  give  it  unto  him  which 
 hath  ten  talents. 
 
 29  For  unto  every  one  that  hath 
 {hall  be  given,  and  he  fhall  have 
 abundance:  but  from  him  that  hath 
 not  (hall  be  taken  away,  even  that 
 which  he  hath. 
 
 30  And  caft  ye  the  unprofitable 
 fervant  into  outer  darknefs :  there 
 {hall  be  weeping  and  gnafhing  of 
 teeth. 
 
 3 1  When  the  Son  of  man  fhall 
 come  in  his  glory,  and  all  the  holy 
 angels  with  him ,  then  fhall  he  fit 
 upon  the  throne  of  his  glory. 
 
 32  And  before  him  fhall  be  ga- 
 thered all  nations  5  and  he  fhall  fe- 
 parate  them  one  from  another,  as 
 a  fhepherd  divideth  his  fheep  from 
 the  goats : 
 
 33  And  he  fhall  fet  the  fheep  on 
 his  right  hand,  but  the  goats  on  the 
 left. 
 
 34  Then  {hall  the  King  fay  unto 
 them  on  his  right  hand ,  Come  ye 
 blefTed  of  my  Father,  inherit  the 
 kingdom  prepared  for  you  from  the 
 foundation  of  the  world. 
 
 3f  For  I  was  an  hungred,  and 
 ye  gave  me  meat:  I  was  thirfty,  and 
 ye  gave  me  drink :  I  was  a  ftranger, 
 and  ye  took  me  in : 
 
 36  Naked,  and  ye  cloathedme: 
 I  was  fick,  and  ye  vifited  me  :  I 
 was  in  prifon ,  and  ye  came  unto 
 me. 
 
of  the  four  Evangeli/ls.  4  5  7 
 
 — —        II  'HI  '  '      "' 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXV. 
 
 37  Then  fhall  the  righteous  an- 
 fwer him,  faying,  Lord,  when  faw 
 we  thee  an  hungred,  and  fed  thee  ? 
 or  thirfty,  and  gave  thee  drink  ? 
 
 3  8  When  faw  we  thee  a  ftra  nger , 
 and  took  thee  in  ?  or  naked,  and 
 cloathed  thee  ? 
 
 39  Or  when  faw  we  thee  fick, 
 or  in  prifon,  and  came  unto  thee  ? 
 
 40  And  the  King  fhall  anfwer, 
 and  fay  unto  them,  Verily  I  fay  un- 
 to you,  In  as  much  as  ye  have  done 
 it  unto  one  of  the  leaft  of  thefe  my 
 brethren,  ye  have  done  it  unto  me. 
 
 41  Then  fhall  he  fay  alfb  unto 
 them  on  the  left  hand,  Depart  from 
 me,  ye  curfed,  into  everlafting  fire, 
 prepared  for  the  devil  and  his  an- 
 gels. 
 
 41  For  I  was  an  hungred ,  and 
 ye  gave  me  no  meat :  I  was  thirfty, 
 and  ye  gave  me  no  drink : 
 
 43  I  was  a  ftranger,  and  ye  took 
 me  not  in :  naked,  and  ye  cloathed 
 me  not :  fick,  and  in  prifon,  and  ye 
 vifited  me  not. 
 
 44  Then  fhall  they  alfb  anfwer 
 him,  faying,  Lord,  when  faw  we 
 thee  an  hungred ,  or  athirft ,  or  a 
 ftranger ,  or  naked ,  or  fick ,  or  in 
 prifon ,  and  did  not  minifter  unto 
 thee  ? 
 
 45-  Then  fhall  he  anfwer  them, 
 faying,  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  In 
 as  much  as  ye  did  it  not  to  one  of 
 the  leaft  of  thefe ,  ye  did  it  not  to 
 me. 
 
 46  And  thefe  fhall  go  away  into 
 everlafting  punifhment :  but  the 
 righteous  into  life  eternal 
 
 M  m  m  §  7.  AN  D 
 
ac  8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII. 
 
 §7'  A  N  D  it  came  A  Ftertwodays.was  vrOW  the  feaft  of 
 ./\.topafs,when  J\  the  feaji  of  the  JLN  unieavened  bread 
 Tefus  had  finifhed  all  paflbver,  and  of  un-  drew  nigh,  which  is 
 thefe  fayings ,  he  faid  leavened  bread  :  and  called  the  paflbver. 
 unto  his  diiciples.  the  chief  priefts  and  2  And  the  chief  priefts 
 2  Ye  know  that  af-  the  fcribes  ibught  how  and  fcribes  fought  how 
 ter  two  day  sis  i  he  feaji  they  might  take  him  they  might  kill  him* 
 of  the  paflbver,  and  by  craft,  and  put  him  for  they  feared  the 
 the  Son  of  man  is  be-  to  death.  people. 
 
 trayed  to  be  crucified.       2  But  they  (aid, Not       3  Then  entred  Sa- 
 2   Then  aflembled  on  the  fea(Way,  left  tan  into  Judas  furna- 
 together     the    chief  there  be  an  uproar  of  medlfcariot,  being  of 
 priefts,  and  the  fcribes,  the  people.  the  number  of    the 
 
 and  the  elders  of  the       3  And  being  in  Be-  twelve, 
 people,  unto  the  pa-  thauy,  inthehoufeof      4  And  he  went  his 
 lace  of  the  high  prieft,  Simon  the  leper,  as  he  way,  and  communed 
 who  was  called  Caia-  fat  at  meat,  there  came  with  the  chief  priefts 
 phas  f  a  woman,  having  an  and  captains,  how  he 
 
 4' And     confulted  alabafter-box  of  oint-  might  betray  him  un- 
 that  they  might  take  ment  of   fpikenard  ,  to  them. 
 Tefus  by  fubtilty,  and  very  precious ;  and  flie       y   And  they  were 
 foil  him.  brake  the  box ,    and  glad,  and  covenanted 
 
 <■  But  they  faid,  Not  poured  it  on  his  head,  to  give  him  money, 
 on  the  feaft.<tey,  left  4  And  there  were  6  And  he  promi- 
 there  be  an  uproar  a-  fome  that  had  indig-  fed,  and  fought  oppor- 
 mong  the  people.  nation  within  them-  tunity  to  betray  him 
 6  Now  when  Jefus  felves,  and  faid,  Why  unto  them  in  the  ab- 
 was  in  Bethany,  in  the  was  this  wafte  of  the  fence  of  the  multi- 
 houfe  of  Simon  the  le-  ointment  made  ?  tude. 
 
 pefj  f  For  it  might  have 
 
 j  There  came  un-  been  fold  for  more 
 to  him  a  woman  ha-  then  three  hundred 
 ving  an  alabafter-box  pence,  and  have  been 
 of  very  precious  oint-  given  to  the  poor.  And 
 ment,  and  poured  it  they  murmured  a- 
 on  his  head,  as  he  fat  gainft  her. 
 at  meat.  6  And  Jefus  faid, 
 
 8  But  when  his  di-  Let  her  alone,  why 
 fciplesfaw/V,  they  had  trouble  ye   her?  (he 
 indignation,faying,To  hath  wrought  a  good 
 what  purpofe  is  this  work  on  me. 
 wafl:  ?  7   For  ye  have  the 
 
 9  For    this  oint-  poor  with  you  always, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls,  45  9 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV. 
 
 ment  might  have  been  and    whenfoever    ye 
 
 fold  for  much,  and  gi-  will,  ye  may  do  them 
 
 ven  to  the  poor.  good :  but  me  ye  have 
 
 10  Whenjefusun-  not  always, 
 derftoodifrhefaidun-  8  She  hath  done 
 to  them,  Why  trouble  what  fhe  could :  (he  is 
 ye  the  woman  ?  for  come  aforehand  to  a- 
 fhe  hath  wrought  a  noint  my  body  to  the 
 good  work  upon  me.  burying. 
 
 1 1  For  ye  have  the  9  Verily  I  fay  unto 
 poor  always  with  you,  you,  Wherefbever  this 
 but  me  ye  have  not  al-  gofpel  (hall  be  preach, 
 ways.  ed    throughout    the 
 
 1 4  For  in  that  (he  whole  world,  this  alfb 
 hath  poured  this  oint-  that  (he  hath  done  (hall 
 ment  on  my  body,  (he  be  fpoken  of,  for  a  me- 
 did  it  for  my  burial.       morial  of  her. 
 
 1 3  Verily  I  fay  un-  1  o  And  Judas  Ifca- 
 toyou,  Whereibewr  riot,  one  of  the  twelve, 
 this  golpel  (hall  be  went  unto  the  chief 
 preached  in  the  whole  priefts,  to  betray  him 
 world,  there  (hallalfo  unto  them. 
 
 this,  that  this  woman  n  And  when  they 
 hath  done,  be  told  for  heard  it,  they  were 
 a  memorial  of  her.        glad,  and  promifedto 
 
 14  Then  one  of  the  give  Wm  money.  And 
 twelve,  called  Judas  he  fought  how  he 
 I(cariot,went  unto  the  might  conveniently 
 chief  priefts,  hetray.  him. 
 
 if  And  faid  unto 
 than,  What  will  ye 
 give  me,  and  I  will 
 deliver  him  unto  you? 
 And  they  covenanted 
 with  him  for  thirty 
 pieces  of  filvcr. 
 
 16  And  from  that 
 time  he  fought  oppor- 
 tunity to  betray  him. 
 
 .' '     '     1 
 
 M  m  m  1  NOW 
 
460  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 §  8.  XJO W  before  the feaft  of  the 
 JLN  paffover,  when  Jefus  knew 
 that  his  hour  was  come,  .that  he 
 fhould  depart  out  of  this  world  un- 
 to the  Father,  having  loved  his  own 
 which  were  in  the  world,  he  loved 
 them  unto  the  end. 
 
 2  And  fupper  being  ended,  (the 
 devil  having  now  put  into  the  heart 
 of  Judas  Iicariot,  Simons  font  to 
 betray  him) 
 
 3  Jefus  knowing  that  the  Father 
 had  given  all  things  into  his  hands, 
 and  that  he  was  come  from  God, 
 and  went  to  God, 
 
 4  He  rifeth  from  fupper,  and  laid 
 afide  his  garments,  and  took  a  towel, 
 and  girded  himfelf. 
 
 f  After  that ,  he  poureth  water 
 into  a  bafon,  and  began  to  wafh  the 
 difciples  feet,  and  to  wipe  them  with 
 the  towel  wherewith  he  was  girded. 
 
 6  Then  cometh  he  to  Simon  Pe- 
 ter :  and  Peter  faith  unto  him , Lord, 
 doft  thou  warn  my  feet? 
 
 7  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  unta 
 him,  What  I  do  thou  knoweft  not 
 now  >  but  thou  fhalt  know  here- 
 after. 
 
 8  Peter  faith  unto  him,  Thou 
 (halt  never  wafh  my  feet.  Jefus  an- 
 fwered him,  If  I  wafh  thee  not, 
 thou  haft  no  part  with  me. 
 
 9  Simon  Peter  faith  unto  him, 
 Lord,  not  my  feet  only,  but  alfomy 
 
 .  hands  and  my  head. 
 
 i  o  Jefus  faith  to  him,  He  that  is 
 wafhed,  needeth  not,  fave  to  wafh 
 bis  feet,  but  is  clean  every  whit :  and 
 ye  are  clean,  but  not  all. 
 
 1 1  For  he  knew  who  fhould  be- 
 tray him ;  therefore  faid  he,  Ye  are 
 not  all  clean. 
 
 i*  So 
 
•  « ■ —  — — ^— >«-— 
 
 of  the  four  Evangelijis.  4^1 
 
 1  — .^        —"■»■—— 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 1 2  So  after  he  had  wafhed  their 
 feet ,  and  had  taken  his  garments, 
 and  was  let  down  again,  he  faid  un- 
 to them,  Know  ye  what  I  have  done 
 to  you  ? 
 
 1 3  Ye  call  me  Mafter,  ind  Lord : 
 and  ye  lay  well;  for  fo  I  am. 
 
 14  If  I  thsnyour  Lord  and  Mafter,. 
 have  wu  flied  your  feet,  ye  alfo  ought 
 to  wafh  one  anothers  feet 
 
 1/  For  I  have  given  you  an  ex- 
 ample, that  ye  fhould  do  as  I  have 
 done  to  you. 
 
 16  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 The  fervant  is  not  greater  then  his 
 Lord,  neither  he  that  is  fent,  greater 
 then  he  that  fent  him. 
 
 17  If  ye  know  thefe  things,  hap- 
 py are  ye  if  ye  do  them. 
 
 18  Ifpeaknotof  you  all;  I  know 
 whom  I  have  chofen :  but  that  the 
 fcripture  may  be  fulfilled ,  He  that 
 eateth  bread  with  me,  hath  lift  up 
 his  heel  againft  me. 
 
 19  Now  I  tell  you  before  it  come, 
 that  when  it  is  cometopafs,  ye  may 
 believe  that  lam  he. 
 
 20  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 He  that  receiveth  whomfbever  I 
 fend,  receiveth  me:  and  he  that  re- 
 ceiveth me,  receiveth  him  that  fent 
 me. 
 
 21  When  Jefus  had  thus  faid,  he 
 was  troubled  in  fpirir,  and  teftified, 
 and  faid,  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto 
 you,  that  one  of  you  fhall  betray 
 me. 
 
 2  2  Then  the  difciples  looked  one 
 on  another,  doubting  of  whom  he 
 fpake. 
 
 23  Now  there  was  leaning  on 
 Jefus  bofom ,  one  of  his  difciples 
 whom  Jefus  loved. 
 
 M  m  m    3  Simon- 
 
AfG^  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 24  Simon  Peter  therefore  beck- 
 ened  to  him,  that  he  Ihould  ask  who 
 it  fhould  be  of  whom  he  fpake. 
 
 25-  He  then  lying  on  Jefus  breaft. 
 faith  unto  him,  Lord,  who  is  it? 
 
 26  Jefus  anfwered ,  He  it  is  to 
 whom  I  fhail  give  a  fop ,  when  I 
 have  dipped  it.  And  when  he  had 
 dipped  the  fop,  he  gave  it  to  Judas 
 Ifcariot,  the  f on  of  Simon. 
 
 27  And  after  the  fop,  Satan  en- 
 tred  into  him.  Then  faid  Jefus  un- 
 to him,  That  thou  doeft,do  quickly. 
 
 28  Now  no  man  at  the  table 
 knew  for  what  intent  he  fpake  this 
 unto  him. 
 
 29  For  fbme  of  them  thought,  be- 
 caufe  Judas  had  the  bag,  that  Jefus 
 had  faid  unto  him,  Buy  thofe  things 
 that  we  have  need  of  againft  the 
 feaft:  or  that  he  Ihould  give  fome» 
 thing  to  the  poor. 
 
 30  He  then  having  received  the 
 fop,  went  immediately  out :  audit 
 wasnight. 
 
 §  9.  3 1  Therefore  when  he  was 
 gone  out,  Jefus  faid,  Now  is  the 
 Son  of  man  glorified,  and  God  is 
 glorified  in  him. 
 
 32  If  God  be  glorified  in  him, 
 God  fhall  al/b  glorifie  him  in  him- 
 felf,  and  fhall  flraightway  glorifie 
 him. 
 
 33  Little  children,  yet  a  little 
 while  I  am  with  you.  Ye  fhall  feek 
 me :  and  as  I  faid  unto  the  Jews, 
 Whither  I  go,  ye  cannot  comej  Co 
 now  I  fay  unto  you. 
 
 34  A  new  commandment  I  give 
 unto  you,  That  ye  love  one  another; 
 as  I  have  loved  you,  that  ye  alfb  love 
 we  another. 
 
 3fBy 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijis.  4  6  3 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIII. 
 
 If  By  this  (hall  all  men  know 
 that  ye  are  my  difciples,  if  ye  have 
 love  one  to  another. 
 
 36  Simon  Peter  faid  unto  him. 
 Lord,  whither  goeft  thou  ?  Jefus 
 anfwered  him,  Whither  I  go,  thou 
 canft  not  follow  me  now;  but  thou 
 (halt  follow  me  arterwards. 
 
 37  Peter  faid  unto  hioi,  Lord  , 
 why  cannot  I  follow  thee  now  ?  I 
 will  lay  down  my  life  for  thy  fake. 
 
 38  J<-*fus  anfwered  him,  Wilt 
 thou  lay  down  thy  lite  foil  my  fake? 
 Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  thee,  The 
 cock  (hall  not  crow,  till  thou  haft 
 denied  me  thrice. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 LE  T  not  your  heart  be  troubled : 
 ye  believe  in  God,  believe  alfo 
 in  me. 
 
 ±  In  my  fathers  houfe  are  many 
 manfions;  if  it  were  notfo,  I  would 
 have  told  you :  I  go  to  prepare  a 
 place  for  you. 
 
 3  And  if  I  go  and  prepare  a 
 place  for  you ,  I  will  come  again, 
 and  receive  you  unto  my  felf,  that 
 where  I  am,  there  ye  may  be  alfb. 
 
 4  And  whither  I  go,  ye  know, 
 and  the  way  ye  know. 
 
 /  Thomas  faith  unto  him,  Lord,," 
 we  know  not  whither  thou  goeft, 
 and  how  can  we  know  the  way  ? 
 
 6  Jefus  faith  unto  him,  I  am  the 
 way,  and  the  truth,  and  the  life  : 
 no  man  cometh  unto  the  Father 
 but  by  me. 
 
 7  If  ye  had  known  me,  ye  (hould 
 have  known  my  Father  alfb :  and 
 from  henceforth  ye  know  him,  and 
 have  feen  him, 
 
 8  Philip 
 
4^4  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 8  Philip  faith  unto  him ,  Lord , 
 fliew  us  the  Father,  and  it  fufficcth 
 us. 
 
 9  Jefus  faith  unto  him ,  Have  I 
 been  fo  long  time  with  you ,  and 
 yet  haft  thou  not  known  me,  Phi- 
 lip ?  he  that  hath  feen  me,  hath  feen 
 the  Father  j  and  how  fayeft  thou 
 then,  Shew  us  the  Father  ? 
 
 io  Believed  thou  not  that  I  am 
 in  the  Father ;  and  the  Father  in 
 me  ?  the  words  that  I  fpeak  unto 
 you ,  I  fpeak  not  of  my  felf :  but 
 the  Father  that  dwelleth  in  me,  he 
 doeth  the  works. 
 
 1 1  Believe  me  that  I  am  in  the 
 Father,  and  the  Father  in  me:  or 
 elfe  believe  me  for  the  very  works 
 fake. 
 
 12  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 He  that  believeth  on  me,  the  works 
 that  I  do,  fhall  he  do  alfo,  and  greater 
 works  then  thefe  fhall  he  do;  becaufe 
 I  go  unto  my  Father. 
 
 1 3  And  whatfbever  ye  (hall  ask 
 in  my  name,  that  will  I  do,  that 
 the  Father  may  be  glorified  in  the 
 Son. 
 
 14  If  ye  ask  any  thing  in'  my 
 name,  I  will  do  it. 
 
 \f  If  ye  love  me,  keep  my  com- 
 mandments. 
 
 16  And  I  will  pray  the  Father, 
 and  he  fhall  give  you  another  Com- 
 forter, that  he  may  abide  with  you 
 for  ever. 
 
 1 7  Eve  n  the  Spirit  of  truth,  whom 
 the  world  cannot  receive,  becaufe 
 it  feeth  him  not,  neither  knoweth 
 him :  but  ye  know  him,  for  he  dwel- 
 leth with  you,  and  fhall  be  in  you; 
 
 1 8  I  will  not  leave  you  comfort- 
 Jefs  >   I  will  come  to  you. 
 
 19  Yet 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  465 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 to  Yet  a  little  while,  and  the. 
 world  feeth  me  no  more :  but  ye 
 fee  me :  becaufe  I  live,  ye  (hall  live 
 alfo. 
 
 20  At  that  day  ye  (hall  know, 
 that  I  am  in  my  Father,  and  you  in 
 me,  and  I  in  you. 
 
 2 1  He  that  hath  my  command- 
 ments ,  and  keepeth  them ,  he  it  is 
 that  loveth  me :  and  he  that  loveth 
 me  (hall  be  loved  of  my  Father,  and 
 I  will  love  him,  and  will  manifefl: 
 myfelftohim. 
 
 22  Judas  faith  unto  him,  not  Ifca- 
 riot,  Lord,  how  is  it  that  thou  wilt 
 manifeft  thy  felf  unto  us ,  and  not 
 unto  the  world  ? 
 
 23  Jefus  anfwered  and  faid  unto 
 him,  If  a  man  love  me,  he  will 
 keep  my  words :  and  my  Father 
 will  love  him  ,  and  we  will  come 
 unto  him,  and  make  our  abode  with. 
 him. 
 
 24  He  that  loveth  me  not,  keep- 
 eth not  my  fayings  :  and  the  word 
 which  you  hear,  is  not  mine,  but 
 the  Fathers  which  fent  me. 
 
 if  Thefe  things  have  I  fpoken 
 unto  you ,  being  yet  prefent  with 
 you. 
 
 26  But  the  Comforter,  which  it 
 the  holy  Ghoft,  whom  the  Father 
 will  fend  in  my  name,  he  (hall  teach 
 you  all  things,  and  bring  all  things 
 to  your  remembrance ,  whatfoever 
 I  have  faid  unto  you. 
 
 27  Peace  I  leave  with  you,  my 
 peace  I  give  unto  you  :  not  as  the 
 world  giveth,  give  I  unto  you.  Let 
 not  your  heart  be  troubled,  neither 
 let  it  be  afraid. 
 
 2  8  Ye  have  heard  how  I  faid  un- 
 to you,  I  go  away,  and  come  again 
 ^  N  n  n  unt» 
 
466  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John.     ■ 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 unto  you.  If  ye  loved  me,  ye  would 
 rejoyce ,  becaufe  I  faid ,  I  go  unto 
 the  Father :  for  my  Father  is  greater 
 then  I. 
 
 29  And  now  I  have  told  you  be- 
 fore it  come  to  pafs,  that  when  it  is 
 come  to  pafs,  ye  might  believe. 
 
 3  c  Hereafter  I  will  not  talk  much 
 with  you  :  for  the  prince  of  this 
 world  cometh ,  and  hath  nothing 
 in  me. 
 
 3 1  But  that  the  world  may  know 
 that  I  love  the  Father }  and  as  the 
 Father  gave  me  commandment, 
 even  fo  I  do.  Arife,  let  us  go 
 hence. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 $  1  o.T  Am  the  true  vine,  and  my 
 X  Father  is  the  husbandman. 
 
 2  Every  branch  in  me  that  bear- 
 cth  not  fruit,  he  taketh  away :  and 
 every  branch  that  beareth  fruit,  he 
 purgeth  it,  that  it  may  bring  forth 
 more  fruit. 
 
 3  Now  ye  are  clean  through  the 
 word  which  I  have  fpoken  unto 
 you. 
 
 4  Abide  in  me,  and  I  in  you.  As 
 the  branch  cannot  bear  fruit  of  it 
 felf,  except  it  abide  in  the  vine:  no 
 more  can  ye,  except  ye  abide  in  me. 
 
 f  I  am  the  vine,  ye  are  the  bran- 
 ches :  He  that  abideth  in  me,  and  I 
 in  him,  the  fame  bringeth  forth 
 much  fruit :  for  without  me  ye  can 
 do  nothing. 
 
 6  If  a  man  abide  not  in  me,  he 
 is  caft  forth  as  a  branch,  and  is  wi- 
 thered i  and  men  gather  them,  and 
 call  them  into  the  fire,  and  they  are 
 burned. 
 
 7  ^ 
 
of  the  four  Evangetifts.    4^7 
 
 Matthsw.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 7  If  ye  abide  in  me,  and  my  words 
 abide  in  you,  ye  fhall  ask  what  yc 
 will,  and  it  (hall  be  done  unto  you. 
 
 8  Herein  is  my  Father  glorified, 
 that  ye  bear  much  fruit,  fo  mall  yc 
 be  my  difciples. 
 
 p  As  the  Father  hath  loved  me, 
 fo  have  I  loved  you :  continue  ye  in 
 my  love. 
 
 io  It  ye  keep  my  command- 
 ments ,  ye  fhall  abide  in  my  love  : 
 even  as  I  have  kept  my  Fathers  com- 
 mandments, and  abide  in  his  love. 
 
 1 1  Thefe  things  have  I  fpokea 
 unto  you,  that  my  joy  might  remain 
 in  you,  and  that  your  joy  might  be 
 full. 
 
 i  a  This  is  my  commandment, 
 That  ye  love  one  another,  as  I  have 
 loved  you. 
 
 13  Greater  love  hath  no  man 
 then  this ,  that  a  man  lay  down  his 
 life  for  his  friends. 
 
 14  Ye  are  my  friends ,  if  ye  do 
 whatfbever  I  command  you. 
 
 1/  Henceforth  I  call  you  notfer- 
 vantsj  for  thefervantknoweth  not 
 what  his  lord  doeth :  but  I  have  cal- 
 led you  friends ;  for  all  things  that 
 I  have  heard  of  my  Father,  I  have 
 made  known  unto  you. 
 
 16  Ye  have  not  chofen  me,  but 
 I  have  chofen  you ,  and  ordained 
 you ,  that  you  fhould  go  and  bring 
 forth  fruit,  and  that  your  fruit  mould 
 remain  :  ,that  whatfoever  ye  fhall 
 ask  of  the  Father  in  my  name,  he 
 may  give  it  you. 
 
 1 7  Thefe  things  I  command  you, 
 that  ye  love  one  another. 
 
 18  If  the  world  hate  you,  ye 
 know  that  it  hated  me  before  it  ha- 
 ted you. 
 
 N  n  n  2  19  If 
 
468  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 19  If  ye  were  of  the  world,  the 
 world  would  love  his  own:  but 
 becaufe  ye  are  not  of  the  world , 
 but  I  have  chofen  you  out  of  the 
 world ,  therefore  the  world  hateth 
 you. 
 
 20  Remember  the  word  that  I 
 faid  unto  you ,  The  fervant  is  not 
 greater  then  the  lord.  If  they  have 
 perfecuted  me,  they  will  alfo  per- 
 lecute  you  :  if  they  have  kept  my 
 faying ,  they  will  keep  yours 
 alfo. 
 
 2 1  But  all  thefe  things  will  they 
 do  unto  you  for  my  names  fake,  be- 
 caufe they  know  not  him  that  fent 
 me. 
 
 22  If  I  had  not  come,  and  fpo- 
 ken  unto  them ,  they  had  not  had 
 fin :  but  now  they  have  no  clokc 
 for  their  fin. 
 
 2  3  He  that  hateth  me,  hateth  my 
 Father  alfo. 
 
 24  If  I  had  not  done  among 
 them  the  works  which  none  other 
 man  did,  they  had  not  had  fin :  but 
 now  they  have  both  feen,  and  hated 
 both  me  and  my  Father. 
 
 tf  But  this  cometh  to  fafs,  that 
 the  word  might  be  fulfilled  that  is 
 written  in  their  law ,  They  hated 
 me  without  a  caufe. 
 
 26  But  when  the  Comforter  is 
 come,  whom  I  will  fend  unto  you 
 
 •  from  the  Father,  even  the  Spirit  of 
 
 truth,  which  proceedeth  from  the 
 Father,  he  fhall  teftify  of  me. 
 
 27  And  ye  alio  fhall  bear  wit- 
 nefs,  becaufe  ye  have  been  with  me 
 from  the  beginning. 
 
 Thefe 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  ^Cs> 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 THefe  things  have  I  fpoken  unto 
 you,  that  ye  fhould  not  be  of- 
 fended. 
 
 a  They  fhall  put  you  out  of  the 
 fynagogues :  yea,  the  time  cometh, 
 that  whofoever  killeth  you ,  will 
 think  that  he  doeth  God  fervice. 
 
 3  And  thefe  things  will  they  do 
 unto  you ,  becaufe  they  have  not 
 known  the  Father,  nor  me. 
 
 4  But  thefe  things  have  I  told 
 you,  that  when  the  time  (hall  come, 
 ye  may  remember  that  I  told  you  of 
 them.     And  thefe  things  I  faid  not 
 
 m  unto  you  at  the  beginning,  becaufe 
 
 I  was  with  you. 
 
 f  But  now  I  go  my  way  to  him 
 that  fent  me,  and  none  of  you  ask- 
 eth  me,  Whither  goeft  thou  ? 
 
 6  But  becaufe  I  have  faid  thefe 
 things  unto  you,  forrowhath  filled 
 your  heart. 
 
 7  Neverthelefs ,  I  tell  you  the 
 truth  j  It  is  expedient  for  you  that 
 I  go  away;  for  if  I  go  not  away, 
 the  Comforter  will  not  come  unto 
 you  j  but  if  I  depart,  I  will  fend 
 him  unto  you. 
 
 8  And  when  he  is  come,  he  will 
 reprove  the  world  of  fin,  and  of 
 righteoufnefs,  and  of  judgment: 
 
 9  Of  fin,  becaufe  they  believe 
 not  on  me ; 
 
 10  Of  righteoufnefs,  becaufe  I 
 go  to  my  Father,  and  ye  fee  me  no 
 more  j 
 
 ii  Of  judgment,  becaufe  the 
 prince  of  this  world  is  judged. 
 
 12  I  have  yet  many  things  to 
 fay  unto  you ,  but  ye  cannot  bear 
 them  now. 
 
 i  3  Howbeit,  when  he  the  Spirit 
 
 of  truth  is  come,  he  will  guide  you 
 
 N  n  n  3  into 
 
47° 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 §  it.  17  Now  the 
 
 nrft  day  of  the  feafl 
 of  unleavened  bread  , 
 the  difciples  came  to 
 lefts,  faying  unto  him, 
 Where  wilt  thou  that 
 we  prepare  for  thee  to 
 eat  the  paflbver  ? 
 
 18  And  he  faid,  Go 
 into  the  city  to  fuch  a 
 man,and  fay  unto  him, 
 The  Matter  faith,  My 
 time  is  at  hand,  I  will 
 keep  the  paflbver  at 
 thy  houfe  with  my  di- 
 fciples. 
 
 19  And  the  difci- 
 ples  did  as  Jefus  had 
 appointed  them ,  and 
 they  made  ready  the 
 paflbver. 
 
 Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 into  all  truth:  for  he  fliall  not  fpeak 
 of  himfelf ;  but  whatfoever  he  fliall 
 hear ,  that  fhall  he  fpeak  :  and  he 
 will  fhew  you  things  to  come. 
 
 14.  He  fhall  glorify  me  :  for  he 
 fhall  receive  of  mine,  and  /hall  fhew 
 it  unto  you. 
 
 if  All  things  that  the  Father 
 hath,  are  mine ;  therefore  faid  I,  that 
 he  fhall  take  of  mine,  and  fhall  fhew 
 it  unto  you. 
 
 16  A  little  while,  and  ye  fhall 
 not  fee  me :  and  again,  a  little  while 
 and  ye  fhall  fee  me,  becaufe  I  go  t© 
 the  Father. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 11  Andthefirftday 
 of  unleavened  bread, 
 when  they -killed  the 
 paflbver,  his  difciples 
 faid  unto  him,  Where 
 wilt  thou  that  we  go 
 and  prepare,  that  thou 
 mayeft  eat  the  paflb- 
 ver ? 
 
 1 3  And  he  fendeth 
 forth  two  of  his  difci- 
 ples, and  faith  unto 
 them,  Go  ye  into  the 
 city,  and  there  fhall 
 meet  you  a  man  bear- 
 ing a  pitcher  of  wa- 
 ter :  follow  him. 
 
 14  And  wherefoe- 
 vcr  he  fhall  go  in,  fay 
 ye  to  the  good-man  of 
 the  houfe,  TheMafter 
 faith  ,    Where  is  the 
 
 fieft-chambcr,  where 
 fhall  eat  the  paflbver 
 with  my  difciples  ? 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 7  Then  came  the 
 day  of  unleavened 
 bread,  when  the  paflb- 
 ver muft  be  killed. 
 
 8AndhefentPeter 
 and  John,  faying,  Go 
 and  prepare  us  the 
 paflbver,  that  we  may 
 eat. 
 
 9  And  they  faid  un- 
 to him ,  Where  wilt 
 thou  that  we  prepare  ? 
 
 10  And  he  faid  un- 
 them,  Behold,when  ye 
 are  entred  into  the  ci- 
 ty, there  fhall  a  man 
 meet  you ,  bearing  a 
 pitcher  of  water,  fol- 
 low him  into  the  houfe 
 where  he  entreth  in. 
 
 1 1  And  ye  fhall  fay 
 unto  the  good-man  of 
 thehoufe,  TheMafter 
 faith  unto  thee,  Where 
 is  the  gueft-chamber, 
 
 1$  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  47 1 
 
 Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII. 
 
 15-    And    he  will  where  I  fhall  eat  the 
 
 ftiew  you  a  large  upper  pafTover  with  my  di- 
 
 room    furnifhed    and  fciples  ? 
 prepared:  there  make        12   And   he    fhall 
 
 ready  for  us.  mew  you  a  large  up- 
 
 16  And  his  difci-  per  room  fumifhed  : 
 
 pies  went  forth,  and  there  make  ready. 
 came  into  the  city,  and        1 2  And  they  went 
 
 found  as  he  had  faid  and  found  as  he  had 
 
 unto  them:  and  they  faid  unto  them:  and 
 
 made  ready  the  pafTo-  they  made  ready  the 
 
 ver.  paflbver. 
 
 CHAP.    XVI. 
 
 From  thtT ajfover it/elf,  till  the  Death  ofChrift:  containing 
 about  2 1  Hours  -,  from  fix  a  clock  at  night3  April '2.  till  three 
 a  clock  in  the  afternoon,  April  3. 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII. 
 
 -N' 
 
 the  even   ing  he  cometh  with  hour  was  come,  he  fat 
 was  come,he  fat  down   the  twelve.  down,  and  the  twelve 
 
 with  the  twelve.  1 8  And  as  they  fat,  apoftles  with  him. 
 
 2 1  And  as  they  did  and  did  eat,  Jefusfaid,  if  And  he  faid  un- 
 eat,  he  faid,  Verily,  I  Verily  I  fay  unto  you,  to  them  ,  With  deiire 
 fay  unto  you,  that  one  One  of  you  which  eat-  I  have  defired  to  eat 
 of  you  fhall  betray  me.  eth  with  me,  fhall  be-  this  paflbver  with  you 
 
 2i  And  they  were  tray  me.  before  I  fufter. 
 
 exceeding  forrowful ,  19  And  they  began  \6  For  I  fay  unto 
 and  began  every  one  to  be  forrowful ,  and  you ,  I  will  not  any 
 of  them  to  fay  unto  to  fay  unto  him  one  by  more  eat  thereof,  un- 
 him,  Lord,  Is  it  I  ?       one,  Is  it  I?  and  ano-  til  it  be  fulfilled  in  th# 
 
 13  And 
 
47-  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII. 
 
 23  And  he  anfwer-  ther  faid ,  Is  it  I?  kingdom  of  God. 
 cd  and  faid,   He  that       20  And  he  anfwer-       17  And  he  took  the 
 dippeth  his  hand  with  ed  and  laid  unto  them,  cup,  and  gave  thanks, 
 me  in  the   difh,   the  It  is  one  of  the  twelve,  and  faid,  Take  this, 
 fame  lhall  betray  me.  that  dippeth  with  me  and  divide  it  among 
 
 24  The  Son  of  man  in  the  di(h.  yourfelves. 
 
 goeth  as  it  is  written       2 1  The  Son  of  man  1 8  For  I  fay  unto 
 
 of  him:  but  wo  unto  indeed  goeth,  as  it  is  you,  I  will  not  drink 
 
 that  man  by  whom  the  written  of  him :   but  of  the  fruit  of  the  v  ine, 
 
 Son  of  man  is  betray-  wo   to  that  man  by  until  the  kingdom  of 
 
 ed:  it  had  been  good  whom  the  Son  of  man  God  lhall  come, 
 
 for  that  man,if  he  had  is  betrayed:  good  were  ip   And   he    took 
 
 not  been  born.              it  for  that  man  if  he  bread.and  gave  thanks, 
 
 2  j-  Then  Judas,  which  had  never  been  born,  and  brake  it,  and  gave 
 
 betrayed  him,  anfwer-       2  2  And  as  they  did  unto  them  faying.This 
 
 ed,  and  faid,  Mafter.Is  eat,  Jefus  took  bread,  is  my  body  which  is 
 
 it  I?  He  faid  unto  him,  andbleffed,  and  brake  given   for   you:  this 
 
 Thou  haft  faid.             it,  and  gave  to  them,  do  in  remembrance  of 
 
 26  And    as   they  and  faid,  Take,  eat;  me. 
 
 were  eating  ,     Jefus  this  is  my  body.  io  Like  wife  alfo  the 
 
 took  bread,  andbleffed       23  And  he  took  the  cup  after  fupper,  fay- 
 
 it9  and  brake//,  and  cup,  and  when  he  had  ing,  This  cup  is  the 
 
 gave  it  to  the  difci-  given  thanks,  he  gave  new  teftament  in  my 
 
 pies,  and  faid,  Take,  it  to  them  :   and  they  blood,   which  is  fhed 
 
 eat ;  this  is  my  body,  all  drank  of  it.  for  you. 
 
 27  And  he  took  the  x\  And  he  faid  un-  i.  But  behold,  the 
 cup,  and  gave  thanks,  to  them,  This  is  my  hand  of  him  that  be- 
 and  gave  it  to  them,  blood  of  the  new  te-  trayeth  me,  is  with  me 
 faying ,  Drink  ye  all  ftament,  which  is  ftied  on  the  table. 
 
 of  it.  for  many.  22   And  truly  the 
 
 28  For  this  is  my  25-  Verily  I  fayun-  Son  of  man  goeth  as 
 blood  of  the  new  te-  to  you,  Twill  drink  it  was  determined: but 
 ftament,  which  is  fhed  no  more  of  the  fruit  wo  unto  that  man  by 
 for  many  for  the  re-  of  the  vine,  until  that  whom  he  is  betrayed. 
 miffion  of  lins.  day  that  I  drink  it  new       23  And  they  began 
 
 29  But  I  fay  unto  in  the  kingdom  ofGod.  to  enquire  among 
 you,  I  will  not  drink  26  And  when  they  themfelves,  which  of 
 henceforth  of  this  fruit  had  fimg  an  hymn,  them  itwas  that  mould 
 of  the  vine,  until  that  they  went  out  into  the  do  this  thing. 
 
 day  when  I  drink  it  mount  of  Olives, 
 new  with  you  in  my 
 Fathers  kingdom. 
 
 JOHS. 
 
 30  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls 
 
 473 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 30  And  when  they 
 had  fung  an  hymn  , 
 they  went  out  into  the 
 mount  of  Olives. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 31  Thenfaithjefos 
 unto  them,  All  ye  fhall 
 be  offended  becaufe  of 
 me  this  night :  for  it 
 is  written,  I  will  finite 
 the  fhepherd,  and  the 
 fheep  of  the  flock  fhall 
 be  fcattered  aoio-id. 
 
 32  But  after  I  am 
 
 27  And  Jefus  faith 
 unto  them,  Allyefhall 
 be  offended  becaufeof 
 me  this  night :  for  it 
 is  written,  I  will  finite 
 the  fhepherd,  and  the 
 fheep  fhall  be  {bat- 
 tered. 
 
 28  But  after  that  I 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap,  XXII. 
 
 §  1.  24  And  there  was  alio  a  ftrife 
 among  them,  which  of  them  fhould 
 be  accounted  the  greateft. 
 
 x$  And  he  faid  unto  them,  The 
 kings  of  the  Gentiles  exercife  lord- 
 ihip  over  them;  and  they  that  exer- 
 cife authority  upon  them,  are  called 
 benefactors. 
 
 26  But  ye /hall not  6e  fo:  but  he 
 that  is  greateft  among  you,  let  him 
 be  as  the  younger }  and  he  that  is 
 chief,  as  he  that  doth  ferve. 
 
 27  For  whether //greater,  he  that 
 fitteth  at  meat,  or  he  that  ferveth  ? 
 is  not  he  that  fitteth  at  meat?  but  I 
 am  among  you  as  he  that  ferveth. 
 
 28  Ye  are  they  which  have  con- 
 tinued with  me  in  my  temptati- 
 ons. 
 
 29  And  I  appoint  unto  you  a 
 kingdom,  as  my  father  hath  ap- 
 pointed unto  me . 
 
 30  That  ye  may  eat  and  drink  at 
 my  table  in  my  kingdom,  and  fit  on 
 thrones,  judging  the  twelve  tribe6 
 of  Iirael. 
 
 3 1  And  the  Lord  faid,  Simon, 
 Simon,  behold,  Satan  hath  defired 
 to  have  you,  that  he  may  Mt  you 
 as  wheat : 
 
 32  But- 1  have  prayed  for  thee, 
 that  thy  faith  fail  not ;  and  when 
 thou  art  converted ,  ftrengthen  thy 
 brethren. 
 
 3  3  And  he  faid  unto  him,  Lord, 
 I  am  ready  to  go  with  thee  both  in- 
 to prilbn,  and  to  death. 
 
 34  And  he  faid,  I  tell  thee,  Peter, 
 the  cock  fhall  not  crow  this  day,  be- 
 O  o  o 
 
 rifon 
 
474  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mask.  Luke.  John, 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XtV.  Chap.  XXII. 
 
 rifen  again,  I  will  go  am  rifen,  I  willgobe-  fore  that  thou  ihalt 
 before  you  intoGalilce.  fore  you  into  Galilee,     thrice  deny  thac  thou 
 
 33  Peter  anfwered        29   But  Peter  faid   knoweft  me. 
 
 and   faid    unto   him,  untohim.Althoughall        3^  And  he  faid  un- 
 
 Though  all  men  mall  fhall  be  offended,  yet  to  them,  When  I  fent 
 
 be  offended  becaufeof  mil  not  I.  you  without  purfe.and 
 
 thee,  yet  will  I  never        30  And  Jefus  faith  icrip,  and  (hoes,  lacked 
 
 be  offended.  unto  him,  Verily  I  fay  ye   any  thing  ?   And 
 
 34  Jefus  faid  unto  unto  thee,  that  this  they  faid,  Nothing, 
 him,  Verily  I  fay  unto  day,  e-ven  in  this  night  3  6  Then  faid  he  un- 
 thee,  that  this  night  before  the  cock  crow  to  them,  But  now  he 
 before  the  cock  crow,  twice,  thou  fhalt  deny  that  hath  a  purfe,  let 
 thou  fhalt  deny  me  me  thrice.  .  him  take  it,  and  like- 
 thrice.                               31  Buthefpakethe  wife  his  fcrip :  and  he 
 
 3j-  Peter  faid  unto  more  vehemently,  If  I  that  hath  no  fword, 
 him,  Though  I  fhould  fhould  die  with  thee,  I  let  him  fell  his  gar- 
 die  with  thee,  yet  will  will  not  deny  thee  in  ment,  and  buy  one. 
 I  not  deny  thee.  Like-  any  wife.  Likewifeal-       37  For  1  fay  unto 
 wife  alfo  faid  all  the  fbfaid  they  all.  you,  that  this  that  is 
 
 difciples.    .  written,  muft  yet  be 
 
 ^ccomplifhed  in  me, 
 And  he  was  reckoned 
 among  the  tranfgref- 
 ibrs  :  for  the  things 
 concerning  me  have 
 an  end. 
 
 38  And  they  faid, 
 Lord,  behold,  here^re 
 two  fword  s.  And  he 
 faid  unto  them ,  It  is 
 enough. 
 
 39  And  he  came 
 out,  and  went,  as  he 
 was  wont,    to  the 
 
 #  mount  of  Olives;  and 
 
 his  difciples  alio  fol- 
 lowed him. 
 
 $3.  f7Thea 
 
of  the  four  EvaHgeliJis.  475 
 
 MATTH«r.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI.         * 
 
 §  3.    17  Then  faid  fome  of  hit 
 difciples  among  themfelves ,  What 
 •  is  this  that  he  lakh  unto  us,  A  little 
 
 while  and  ye  fhall  not  fee  me:  and 
 again,  a  little  while  and  ye  {hall  fee 
 me :  and ,  Becaufe  I  go  to  the  Fa* 
 ther. 
 
 18  They  faid  therefore,  What  is 
 this  that  he  faith,  A  little  while  ?  we 
 cannot  tell  what  he  faith. 
 
 19  Now  Jefus  knew  that  they 
 were  defirous  to  ask  him,  and  faid 
 unto  them,  Do  ye  enquire  among 
 your  felves  of  that  I  faid ,  A  little 
 while  and  ye  fhall  not  fee  me:  and 
 again,  a  little  while  and  ye  (hall  fee 
 me  ? 
 
 20  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  you, 
 that  ye  fhall  weep  and  lament,  but 
 the  world  fhall  rejoyce:  and  ye  fhall 
 be  forrowful,  but  your  forrow  fhall 
 be  turned  into  joyA 
 
 2  r  A  woman  when  fhe  is  in  tra- 
 vail, hath  forrow,  becaufe  her  hour 
 is  come  :  but  afToon  as  fhe  is  deli- 
 vered of  the  child,  fhe  remembreth 
 no  more  the  anguifh,  for  joy  that  a 
 man  is  born  into  the  world. 
 
 22  And  ye  now  therefore  have 
 forrow  :  but  I  will  fee  you  again, 
 and  your  heart  fhall  rejoyce,  and 
 your  joy  no  man  taketh  from 
 you. 
 
 23  And  in  that  day  ye  fhall  ask 
 me  nothing:  Verily  verily  I  fay  un- 
 to you,  Whatfoever  ye  fhall  ask  the 
 Father  in  my  name,  he  will  give  it 
 you. 
 
 24  Hitherto  have  ye  asked  no- 
 thing in  my  name :  ask,  and  ye  fhall 
 receive,  that  your  joy  may  be  full. 
 
 O  0  o  2  if  Thefc 
 
47  &  Th*  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 1/  Thefe  things  have  I  fpoken 
 unto  you  in  proverbs :  the  time 
 comcth  when  I  fli  11  no  more  fpeak 
 unto  you  in  proverbs,  but  I  (hall 
 (hew  you  plainly  of  the  Father. 
 
 z6  At  that  day  yc  (hall  ask  in 
 my  name :  and  I  fay  not  unto  you» 
 that  I  will  pray  the  Father  for 
 you: 
 
 27  For  the  Father  himfelf  loveth 
 you,  becaufe  ye  have  loved  me,  and 
 have  believed  that  I  ame  out  from 
 God. 
 
 28  I  came  forth  from  the  Fathers 
 and  am  come  into  the  world :  again, 
 I  leave  the  world,  and  go  to  the  Fa- 
 ther. 
 
 29  His  difciples  {aid  unto  him, 
 Lo,  now  fpeakeft  thou  plainly,  and 
 fpeakeft  no  proverb. 
 
 30  Now  are  we  fure  that  thou 
 knoweft  all  things,  and  needed  not 
 that  any  man  (hould  ask  thee :  by 
 this  we  believe  that  thou  cameft 
 forth  from  God. 
 
 2 1  Jefus  anfwered  them,  Do  ye 
 now  believe  ? 
 
 3  2  Behold,  the  hour  cometh,  yea, 
 is  now  come,  that  ye  (hall  be  fcat- 
 tered ,  every  man  to  his  own ,  and 
 (hall  leave  me  alone :  and  yet  I  am 
 not  alone,  becaufe  the  Father  is 
 with  me. 
 
 3  3  Thcfe  things  I  have  fpoken 
 unto  you,  that  in  me  ye  might  have 
 peace.  In  the  world  ye  (hall  have 
 tribulation  :  but  be  of  good  cheer, 
 I  have  overcome  the  world. 
 
 §4.  Thefe 
 
of  the  four  Euangelifis.  477 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 §4.*T,Hefe  words  fpake  Jefus  j 
 X  and  lift  up  his  eyes  to  hea- 
 ven ,  and  faid ,  Father,  the  hour  is 
 come;  glorifie  thy  Son,  that  thy  Son 
 alfo  may  glorifie  thee. 
 
 a  As  thou  haft  given  him  power 
 over  all  flefh ,  that  he  fhould  give 
 eternal  life  to  as  many  as  thou  haft 
 given  him. 
 
 3  And  this  is  life  eternal ,  that 
 they  might  know  thee  the  only  true 
 God ,  and  Jefus  Chrift  whom  thou 
 haft  fent. 
 
 4  I  have  glorified  thee  on  the 
 earth  :  I  have  finifhea  the  work 
 which  thou  gaveft  me  to  do. 
 
 f  And  now,  O  Father ,  glorifie 
 thou  me  with  thine  own  felf",  with 
 the  glory  which  I  had  with  thee  be- 
 fore the  world  was. 
 
 6  I  have  manifefted  thy  namfl 
 unto  the  men  which  thou  gaveft  me 
 out  of  the  world:  thine  they  were, 
 and  thou  gaveft  them  me ;  and  they 
 have  kept  thy  word. 
 
 7  Now  they  have  known  that 
 all  things  whatfbever  thou  haft  gi- 
 ven me,  are  of  thee. 
 
 8  For  I  have  given  unto  them 
 the  words  which  thou  gaveft  me  5 
 and  they  have  received  them ,  and 
 have  known  furely  that  I  came  out 
 from  thee,  and  they  have  believed 
 that  thou  didft  fend  me. 
 
 9  I  pray  for  them  :  I  pray  not 
 for  the  world,  but  for  them  which 
 thou  haft  given  me  j  for  they  are 
 thine. 
 
 10  And  all  mine  are  thine,  and 
 thine  are  mine,  and  I  am  glorified 
 in  them. 
 
 O  o  o  3  11  And 
 
L » I  » ■!  '    -  i  " » 
 
 478  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 1 1  And  now  I  am  no  more  in 
 the  world,  but  thefe  are  in  the 
 world,  and  I  am  come  to  thee. 
 Holy  Father,  keep  through  thine 
 own  name  thofe ,  whom  thou  haft 
 given  me,  that  they  may  be  one,  as 
 we  are. 
 
 12  While  I  was  with  them  in 
 the  world,  I  kept  them  in  thy 
 name  :  thofe  that  thou  gaveft  me 
 I  have  kept ,  and  none  of  them  is 
 loft ,  but  the  fon  of  perdition  : 
 that  the  fcripture  might  be  fulfil- 
 led. 
 
 1 5  And  now  come  I  to  thee:  and 
 thefe  things  I  fpeak  in  the  world , 
 that  they  might  have  my  joy  fulfil- 
 led in  themfelves. 
 
 14  I  have  given  them  thy 
 word  j  and  the  world  hath  hated 
 them ,  becaufe  they  are  not  of  the 
 world,  even  as  I  am  not  of  the 
 world. 
 
 1  $•  I  pray  not  that  thou  fhouldeft 
 take  them  out  of  the  world,  but 
 that  thou  moulded:  keep  them  from 
 the  evil. 
 
 16  They  are  not  of  the  world, 
 even  as  I  am  not  of  the  world. 
 
 17  San&ify  them  through  thy 
 truth :  thy  word  is  truth. 
 
 18  As  thou  haft  fentme  into  the 
 world,  even  Co  have  I  alfo  fent 
 them  into  the  world. 
 
 ip  And  for  their  fakes  I  fan&ify 
 my  felf ,  that  they  alfo  might  be 
 ian&ined  through  the  truth. 
 
 ao  Neither  pray  I  for  thefe  a- 
 lone,  but  for  them  alfo  which 
 mall  believe  on  me  through  their 
 word  : 
 
 ai  That 
 
of  the  four  EvangeUJis.  4™ 
 
 Matthew.  Mar*>  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XVII. 
 
 *  1  That  they  all  may  be  one,  as 
 thou  Father  art  in  me,  and  I  in 
 thee  5  that  they  alfo  may  be  one  in 
 us:  that  the  world  may  believe  that 
 thou  haft  fent  me. 
 
 a  a  And  the  glory  which  thou 
 gaveftme,  I  have  given  them :  that 
 they  may  be  one,  even  as  we  are 
 one. 
 
 a 3  I  in  them,  and  thou  in  me, 
 that  they  may  be  made  perfect 
 in  one,  and  that  the  world  may 
 know  that  thou  haft  fent  me,  and 
 haft  loved  them,  as  thou  haft  lo- 
 ved me. 
 
 24  Father,  I  will  that  they  al- 
 io whom  thou  haft  given  me,  be 
 with  me  where  I  am  j  that  they 
 may  behold  my  glory  which  thou 
 haft  given  me:  for  thou  lovedft 
 me  before  the  foundation  of  the 
 world. 
 
 zf  O  righteous  Father,  the  world 
 hath  not  known  thee  ;  but  I  have 
 known  thee,  and  thefe  have  known 
 that  thou  haft  fent  me. 
 
 26   And  I   have  declared  unto 
 them  thy  name,  and  will  declare 
 tt:  that  the  love  wherewith  thou  ' 
 haft  loved  me,  may  be  in  them,  - 
 and  I  in  them. 
 
 $/.  3$  Then 
 
480 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 §5*.  36Thep.com- 
 eth  Jefus  with  them 
 unto  a  place  called 
 Gethfemaue,  and  faith 
 unto  the  difciples,  Sit 
 ye  here,  while  I  go 
 and  pray  yonder. 
 
 37  And  he  took 
 with  him  Peter,  and 
 the  two  fons  of  Ze- 
 bedee,  and  began  to  be 
 forrowful,  and  very 
 heavy. 
 
 38  Then  faith  he 
 unto  them,  My  foul 
 is  exceeding  forrow- 
 ful, even  unto  death : 
 tarry  ye  here,  and 
 watch  with  me. 
 
 39  And  he  went  a 
 little  further,  and  fell 
 on  his  face,and  prayed , 
 faying,  O  my  Father, 
 if  it  be  poffible,let  this 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 32  Andfthey  came 
 to  a  place  which  was 
 named  Gethfemane  : 
 and  he  faith  to  his  di- 
 fciples, Sit  ye  here, 
 while  I  fhall  pray. 
 
 33  And  he  taketh 
 with  him  Peter ,  and 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 40  And  when  he 
 was  at  the  place ,  he 
 faid  unto  them,  Pray, 
 that  ye  enter  not  into 
 
 temptation. 
 
 41  And  he  was  with- 
 drawn from  them  a- 
 bout  a  (tones  caff,  and 
 
 James,  and  John,  and    kneeled   down,    and 
 began  to  be  fore  ama-    prayed , 
 
 John. 
 
 chap.  xvm. 
 
 WHen  Jefus  had 
 fpoken  thefe  ' 
 words,  he  went  forth 
 with  his  difciples  oyer 
 the  brook  Cedron , 
 where  was  a  garden  > 
 into  the  which  he  en- 
 tred,  and  his  difci- 
 ples. 
 
 zed,  and  to  be  very        42  Saying,  Father, 
 heavy ,  if  thou  be  willing,  re- 
 
 34  And  faith  unto    move  this  cup  from 
 them ,  My  foul  is  ex-    me :  neverthelefs,  not 
 ceeding  ibrrowful  un-    my  will,  but  thine  be 
 to   death :    tarry    ye    done, 
 here,  and  watch.  42   And  there  ap- 
 
 3$  And  he  went  peared  an  angel  unto 
 forward  a  little ,  and  him  from  heaven, 
 fell  on  the  ground,  and  ftrengthening  him. 
 prayed,  that  if  it  were  44,  And  being  in  an 
 poilible  the  hour  agony.he  prayed  more 
 might  pafs  from  him.  earneftly  :  and  his 
 36  And  he  faid,  Ab-  fweat  was  as  it  were 
 cup  pafs  from  me:  ne-  ba,  Father ,.  all  things  great  drops  of  blood 
 verthelefs ,  not  as  I  are  poffi'ole  unto  thee,  falling  down  to  the 
 will,  but  as  thou  wilt,      take   away  this   cup    ground. 
 
 4e  And  he cometh  from  me:  neverthe-  4^  And  when  he 
 unto  the  difciples,  and  lefs,  not  what  I  will,  rofe  up  from  prayer, 
 findeth  them  afleep ,  but  what  thou  wilt,  and  was  come  to  his 
 and  faith  unto  Peter,  3  7  And  he  cometh,  difciples,  he  found 
 What,  could  ye  not  and  findeth  them  fleep-  them  fleeping  for 
 watch  with  me  one  ing,  and  faith  unto  forrow, 
 hour  ?    ■  Peter,  Simon,  fleepeft        46  And  faid  unto 
 
 41  Watch  and  pray,  thou?  couldft  not  thou  them,  Why  fleep  ye  ? 
 that  ye  enter  not  into  watch  one  hour  ?  rife,  and  pray,  left  ye 
 temptation:  thefpirk  38  Watch  ye  and  enter  into  temptati- 
 indeed  is  willing,  but   pray,  left  ye  enter  in-    on. 
 
 the  fleih  is  weak.  to    temptation  :    the 
 
 42  He  went  away   fpirit  truly  is  ready, 
 again  the  fecond  time,    but  the  flelh  is  weak. 
 and  prayed,  faying,  O        39   And  again  he 
 my  Father,  if  this  cup    went  away,  and  pray- 
 
 mty 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls.  481 
 
 Matthew.  •       Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 may  noe  pafs    away  ed,  and  fpake  the  fame 
 from   me,    except   I  words, 
 drink  it,  thy  will  be  40  And  when  he  re- 
 done, turned,  he  found  them 
 
 43    And    he  came  aileep  again,  (for  their 
 
 and  found  them  afleep  eyes  were  heavy)  nei- 
 
 again :  for  their  eyes  wift  they  what  to  an- 
 
 were  heavy.  fwer  him. 
 
 44  And  he  left  them,  41  And  he  cometh 
 
 and  went  away  again,  the    third  time,  and 
 
 and  prayed  the  third  faith  unto  them,  Sleep 
 
 time,  faying  the  fame  on  now,  and  take  your 
 
 words.  reft:  it  is  enough,  the 
 
 4^  Then  cometh  he  hour  is  come;  behold, 
 
 to  his  difciples ,   and  the  Son  of  man  is  b&- 
 
 faith  unto  them,  Sleep  trayed  into  the  hands 
 
 on  now,  and  take  your  of  finners. 
 
 reft;  behold,  the  hour  42  Rife  up,  let  us 
 
 is  at  hand,  and  the  Son  go ;  lo,  he  that  betray- 
 
 of  man  is  betrayed  in-  eth  me  is  at  hand, 
 to  the  hands  of  fin- 
 ners. 
 
 46  Rife,  let  us  be 
 going  :  behold,  he  is 
 at  hand  that  doth  be- 
 tray me. 
 
 §6.   47  And  while       43  And  immediate-       47   And  while  he  2.   And  Judas  alfo 
 
 he  yet  fpake,  lo,  Judas  ly,  white  he  yet  fpake,  yet  fpake,  behold,  a  which  betrayed  him, 
 
 one   of   the    twelve  cometh  Judas,  one  of  multitude,  and  he  that  knew  the  place  :   for 
 
 came,  and  with  him  the  twelve,  and  with  was  called  Judas,  one  Jefus  oft-times  refort- 
 
 agreatmultitudc,with  him   a   great  multi-  of  the  twelve,  went  ed  thither  with  his  di- 
 
 fwords    and    ftaves  ,  tude  with  fwords  and  before  them,and  drew  fciples. 
 
 from  the  chief  priefts  ftaves,  from  the  chief  near  unto  Jefus,  to  kifs  3  Judas  then  having 
 
 and  elders  of  the  peo-  priefts,  and  the  fcribes,  him.  received   a    band    of 
 
 pie.                                and  the  elders.                   48   But  Jefus  faid  meajand  officers  from 
 
 48  Now  he  that  be-  44  And  he  that  be-  unto  him,  Judas,  be-  the  chief  priefts  and 
 trayed  him,  gave  them  trayed  him,  had  given  trayeft  thou  the  Son  of  Pharifees,  cometh  thi- 
 afign,  faying,  Whom-  them  a  token,  faying,  man  with  a  kifs  ?  ther  with  Ian terns.and 
 foever  I  fhall  kifs,  that  Whomfoevcr  I  fhall  49  When  they  which  torches,  and  weapons, 
 fame  is  he,  hold  him  kifs,  that  fame  is  he  ;  were  about  him,  faw  4  Jefus  therefore 
 faft.                              take  him,   and  leacLjvhat  would  follow,  knowing    all    things 
 
 49  And  forthwith  him  away  fafely.       ^hey  faid  unto  him ,  that  fhould  come  up- 
 
 P  p  p  on 
 
4»z 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 he  came  to  Jefus,  and  45-  And  aflbon  as  he 
 faid,  Hail  matter,  and  was  come,  he  goeth 
 kilted  him.  ftraightway   to  him  , 
 
 fo   And  Jefus  faid  and  faith,  Matter,  ma- 
 unto    him,     Friend,   fter,  and  kitted  him. 
 wherefore    art    thou       46  And   they  laid 
 come  ?     Then    came   their  hands  on  him 
 they  and  laid  han/is  on   and  took  him. 
 Jefus,  and  took  him.  47  And  one  of  them 
 
 5-1  And  behold, one  that  flood  by,  drew  a 
 of  them  which  were  fword ,  and  fmote  a 
 with  Jefus,  ftretched  fervant  of  the  high 
 out  his  hand, and  drew  prieft,  and  cut  off  his 
 his  fword,  and  ftroke  ear. 
 a  fervant  of  the  high  48  And  Jefus  an- 
 priefts,  and  fmote  off  fwered  and  faid  unto 
 his  ear.  them  ,    Are  ye  come 
 
 fz  Then  faid  Jefus  out  as  againft  a  thief , 
 unto  him,  Put  up  a-  with  fwordsand  with 
 gain  thy  fword'into  his  ftaves,  to  take  me? 
 place;  for  all  they  that  49  I  was  daily  with 
 take  the  fword ,  fhall  you  in  the  temple , 
 perifh  with  the  fword.  teaching,  and  ye  took 
 
 5-3    Thinkeft  thou  me  hot:  ljut  the  fcrip- 
 that  I   cannot    now  tures  mutt  t>e   fulfil- 
 pray  to  my  Father,  and  led. 
 he  fhall  prefently  give       fo    And    they    all 
 mc  more  then  twelve  forfook  him,  and  fled. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 Lord,  fhall  we  fmite 
 with  the  fword  ? 
 
 So  And  one  of  them 
 fmote  the  fervant  of 
 the  high  priett,  and  cut 
 off  his  right  ear. 
 
 5-1  And  Jefus  an- 
 fwered  and  laid,  Suf- 
 fer ye  thus  far.  And 
 he  touched  his  ear,  and 
 healed  him. 
 
 5-2  Then  Jefus  faid 
 unto  the  chief  priefts, 
 and  captains  of  the 
 temple,  and  the  elders 
 which  were  come  to 
 him ,  Be  ye  come  out 
 as  againft  a  thief,  with 
 fwords  and  ftaves? 
 
 5-3  When  I  was  dai- 
 ly with  you  in  the  tem- 
 ple, ye  ftretched  forth 
 no  hands  againft  me : 
 but  this'  is  your  hour, 
 and  the  power  of 
 darknefs. 
 
 legions  of  angels  ? 
 
 5- 1    And  there  fol- 
 
 f4  But  how  then  lowed  him  a  certain 
 fhall  the  fcriptures  be  young  man,  having  a 
 fulfilled ,  that  thus  it  linen  cloth  caft  about 
 muft  be  ?  his  naked  body  ;  'and 
 
 f?   In    that   fame  the  young  men  laid 
 hour  faid  Jefus  to  the  hold  on  him. 
 multitudes" ,    Are   ye       ^a  And  he  left  the 
 come   out  as  againft  linen  cloth,   and  fled 
 a  thief  with  fwords  from  them  naked, 
 and  ftaves  for  to  take 
 me  ?   I  fat  daily  with 
 you  teaching   in   the 
 
 temple ,  and  "ye  laid  m 
 
 no  hold  on  me. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chip.  XVIII. 
 
 on  him ,  went  forth, 
 and  faid  unto  them, 
 Whom  feek  ye  ? 
 
 5-  They  anfwered 
 him,  Jefus  of  Naza- 
 reth. Jefus  faith  un- 
 to them,  lam  he.  And 
 Judas  alfo  which  be- 
 trayed him,  ftood  with 
 them. 
 
 6  Aflbon  then  as 
 he  had  faid  unto  them, 
 I  am  he,  they  went 
 backward  and  fell  to 
 the  ground. 
 
 7  Then  asked  !he 
 them  again,  Whom 
 feek  ye  ?  And  they  faid, 
 Jefus  of  Nazareth. 
 
 8  Jefus  anfwered,  I 
 have  told  you  that  I  am 
 he.  If  therefore  ye 
 feek  me,  let  thefe  go 
 their  way  : 
 
 9  That  the  faying 
 might  be  fulfilled 
 which  he  fpake,  Of 
 them  which  thou  ga- 
 veft  me,  have  I  loft 
 none. 
 
 te  Then  Simon  Pe- 
 ter having  a  fword  > 
 drew  it,  and  fmote  the 
 high  priefts  fervant, 
 and  cut  off  his  right 
 ear  .The  fervants  name 
 was  Malchus. 
 
 1 1  Then  faid  Jefus 
 unto  Peter,  Put  up  thy 
 fword  into  the  fheath : 
 the  cup  which  my  Fa- 
 ther hath  given  me, 
 fhall  I  not  drink  it? 
 ?6  But 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijfs. 
 
 483 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 $6  But  all  this  was 
 done,  that  the  fcrip- 
 tures  of  the  prophets 
 might  be  fulfilled. 
 Then  all  the  difcipies 
 fbrfook  him, and  fled. 
 
 §7.  j7  And  they  that 
 had  laid  hold  on  Jefus, 
 led  him  away  to  Caia- 
 phas  the  high  pried: , 
 where  the  fcribes  and 
 the  elders  were  affem- 
 bled. 
 
 /8  But  Peter  fol- 
 lowed him  afar  off 
 unto  the  .high  priefts 
 palace,  and  went  in, 
 and  fat  with  the  fer- 
 vants  to 'fee  the  end. 
 
 f  9  Now  the  chief 
 priefts  and  elders,  and 
 all  the  councel,  fought 
 falfe  witnefs  againft 
 Jefus  to  put  him  to 
 death, 
 
 60  But  found  none: 
 yea,  though  many  falfe 
 witnefles  came,  yet 
 found  they  none.  At 
 the  laftcame  two  falfe 
 witnefles , 
 
 61  And  faid,  This 
 fellow  faid ,  I  am  able 
 to  deftroy  the  temple 
 of  God,  and  to  build 
 it  in  three  days. 
 
 61  And  the  high 
 pricft  arofe ,  and  fiid 
 unto  him,  Anfwereft 
 thou  nothing  ?  what 
 is  it  which  thefe  wit- 
 nefs againft  thee  ? 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 SI  And  they  led  Je- 
 fus away  to  the  high 
 prieft;  and  with  him 
 were  aflembled  all  the 
 chief  priefts',  and  the 
 elders,  and  the  icribes. 
 
 /4  And  Peter  fol- 
 lowed him  afar  off, 
 even  into  the  palace 
 of  the  high  prieft:  and 
 he  fat  with  the  fer- 
 vants,  and  warmed 
 himfelf  at'  the  fire. 
 
 ff  And  the  chief 
 priefts,  and  all  the 
 councel  fought  for 
 witnefs  againft  Jefus 
 to  put  him  to  death, 
 and  found  none. 
 
 f6  For  many  bare 
 falfe  witnefs  againft 
 him,  but  their  wit- 
 nefs agreed  not  toge- 
 ther. 
 
 •  5-7  And  there  arofe 
 certain,  and  barefalie 
 witnefs  againft  him, 
 faying, 
 
 5-8  We  heard  him 
 fay,  I  will  deftroy  this 
 temple  that  is  made 
 with  hands,  and  with- 
 in three  days  I  will 
 build  another  made 
 without  hands. 
 
 5-9  But  neither  fo 
 
 5*4  Then  took  they 
 him,  and  led  him,  and 
 brought  him  into  the 
 high  priefts  hou  fe.  And 
 Peter  followed  afar 
 off. 
 
 ff  And  when  they 
 had  kindled  a  fire  in 
 the  niidftof  the  hall, 
 and  were  fet  down  to  - 
 gether,  Peter  fat  down 
 among  them. 
 
 $6  But  a  certain 
 maid  beheld  him  as  he 
 fat  by  the  fire,  and  ear- 
 neftly  looked  upon 
 him,  and  faid,  This 
 man  was  alfb  with 
 him. 
 
 fj  And  he  denied 
 him  faying ,  Woman, 
 I  know  him  not. 
 
 ^8  And  after  a  little 
 while  >  another  faw 
 him,  and  faid,  Thou 
 art  alio  of  them.  And 
 Peter  faid,  Man,  I  am 
 not. 
 
 5-9  And  about  the 
 fpace  of  one  hour  af- 
 ter, another  confident- 
 ly affirmed;  faying,  Of 
 a  truth  this  fellow  alfo 
 was  with  him  3  for  he 
 is  a  Galilean. 
 
 60  And  Peter  faid, 
 
 P  pp   x 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 1 1  Then  the  band, 
 and  the  captain ,  and 
 officers  of  the  Jews 
 took  Jefus,  and  bound 
 him, 
 
 13  And  led  him  a- 
 way  to  Annas  firft  (for 
 he  was  father  in  law 
 to  Caiaphas  ,  which 
 was  the  high  prieft 
 that  fame  year. ) 
 
 14  Now  Caiaphas 
 was  he  which  gave 
 counfel  to  the  Jews, 
 that  it  was  expedient 
 that  one  man  fhould 
 die  for  the  people. 
 
 1  j-  And  Simon  Pe- 
 ter followed  Jefus,and 
 fo  did  another  difci- 
 ple.  That  difciple  was 
 known  unto  the  high 
 prieft,  and  went  in 
 with  Jefus  into  the 
 palace  of  the  high 
 prieft. 
 
 16  But  Peter  ftood 
 at  the  door  without. 
 Then  went  out  that 
 other  difciple  which 
 was  known  unto  the 
 high  prieft,  and  fpake 
 unto  her  that  kept  the 
 door,  and  brought  in 
 Peter. 
 
 17  Then  faith  the 
 darufel  that  kept  the 
 door  unto  Peter,  Art 
 not  thou  alfo  one  or 
 this  mans  difcipies  ? 
 He  faith,  I  am  not. 
 
 18  And 
 
484 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXVI. 
 
 63  But  Jefus  held 
 his  peace.  And  the 
 high  prieft  anfwered 
 and  faid  unto  him ,  I 
 adjure  thee  by  the  li- 
 ving God ,  that  thou 
 tell  us,  whether  thou 
 be  the  Chrift,  the  Son 
 of  God. 
 
 64  Jefus  faith  unto 
 him,  Thou  haft  faid : 
 neverthelefs  1  fay  un- 
 to you,  Hereafter  fhall 
 ye  fee  the  Son  of  man 
 iitting  on  the  right 
 hand  of  power ,  and 
 coming  in  the  clouds 
 of  heaven. 
 
 65-  Then  the  high 
 prieft  rent  his  clothes, 
 faying,  He  hath  fpo- 
 ken  blafphemy ;  what 
 further  need  have  we 
 of  witneffes?  behold, 
 now  ye  have  heard  his 
 blafphemy. 
 
 66  What  think  ye? 
 They  anfwered  and 
 faid,  He  is  guilty  of 
 death. 
 
 67  Then  did  they 
 fpit  in  his  face,  and 
 buffeted  him,  and  o- 
 thers  fmote  him  with 
 the  palms  of  their 
 hands, 
 
 68  Saying, Prophe- 
 fie  unto  us.thou  Chrift, 
 who  is  he  that  fmote 
 thee? 
 
 69  Now  Peter  fat 
 ivithout  in  the  palace : 
 .mda  damfel  came  urt- 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XIV. 
 
 did  their  witnefs   a- 
 gree  together. 
 
 60  And  the  high 
 prieft  flood  up  in  the 
 midft,  and  asked  Jefus, 
 faying,Anfwereft  thou 
 nothing  ?  what  is  it 
 which  thefe  witnefs 
 againft  thee? 
 
 61  But  he  held  his 
 peace,  and  anfwered 
 nothing.  Again  the 
 high  pneft  asked  him, 
 and  faid  unto  him,  Art 
 thou  the  Chrift,  the 
 Son  of  the  blefled  ? 
 
 6z  And  Jefus  faid, 
 I  am :  and  ye  fhall  fee 
 the  Son  of  man  fitting 
 on  the  right  hand  of 
 power,  and  coming 
 in  the  clouds  of  hea- 
 ven. 
 
 63  Then  the  high 
 prieft  rent  his  clothes, 
 and  faith,  What  need 
 we  any  further  wit- 
 neffes ? 
 
 64  Ye  have  heard 
 the  blafphemy :  what 
 think  ye?  And  they  all 
 condemned  him  to  be 
 guilty  of  death. 
 
 6f  And  fbme  be- 
 gan to  fpit  on  him ,  and 
 to  cover  his  face,  and 
 to  buffet  him,  and  to 
 lay  unto  him,  Prophe- 
 lie  :  and  the  fervants 
 did  ftrikehim  with  the 
 palms  of  their  hands.  « 
 
 66  And  as  Peter  was 
 beneath  in  the  palace, 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXII. 
 
 Man,  I  know  not  what 
 thou  fayeft.  And  im- 
 mediately while  he 
 yet  fpake,  the  cock 
 crew. 
 
 61  And  the  Lord 
 turned ,  and  looked 
 upon  Peter;  and  Peter 
 remembred  the  word 
 of  the  Lord,  how  he 
 had  faid  unto  him,  Be- 
 fore che  cock  crow, 
 thou  fhalt  deny  me 
 thrice. 
 
 61  And  Peter  went 
 out,  and  wept  bitterly. 
 
 63  And  the  men 
 that  held  Jefus,  mock- 
 ed him, and  fmote  him. 
 
 64  And  when  they 
 had  blindfolded  him, 
 they  ftroke  him  on  the 
 face,  and  asked  him, 
 faying,  Prophefie,who 
 is  it  that  fmote  thee  ? 
 
 6y  And  many  other 
 things  blafphemoufly 
 fpake  they  againft 
 him. 
 
 66  Andaflbonasit 
 was  day,  the  elders  of 
 the  people,  and  the 
 chief  priefts,  and  the 
 fcribes  came  together, 
 and  led  him  into  their 
 counfel , 
 
 67  Saying,  Art  thou 
 the  Chrift?  tell  us.  And 
 he  faid  unto  them,  If 
 I  tell  you',  you  will 
 not  believe. 
 
 68  Andiflalfoask 
 you,  you  will  not  an- 
 
 John. 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 18  And  the  fer- 
 vants and  officers 
 flood  there,  who  had 
 made  a  fire  of  coals, 
 ( for  it  was  cold)  and 
 they  warmed  them- 
 lelves ;  and  Peter  flood 
 with  them, and  warm- 
 ed himfelf. 
 
 1 9  The  high  prieft 
 then  asked  Jefus  of  his 
 difciples,  and  of  his 
 doctrine. 
 
 20  Jefus  anfwered 
 him,  I  fpake  openly 
 to  the  world  ;  I  ever 
 taught  in  the  fyna- 
 gogue,  and  in  the 
 temple,  whither  the 
 Jews  always  reforf, 
 and  in  fecret  have  I 
 faid  nothing. 
 
 21  Why  askeft  thou 
 me  ?  ask  them  which 
 heard  me,  what  I  have 
 faid  unto  them  :  be- 
 hold,  they  know  what 
 I  faid. 
 
 xx  And  when  he 
 had  thus  fpoken,  one 
 of  the  officers  which 
 •flood  by,  ftroke  Jefus 
 with  the  palm  of  his 
 hand,  faying,  Anfwer- 
 eft  thou  the  high  prieft 
 fo  ? 
 
 23  Jefus  anfwered 
 him,  If  I  have  fpoken 
 evil ,  bear  witnefs  of 
 the  evil  ■  but  if  well, 
 why  fmiteft  thou  me? 
 
 24(NowAnnashad 
 
 fent  him  bound  unto 
 
 to 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls.  485 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVI.  Chap.  XIV.  Chap.  XXII.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 to  him,  faying,  Thou  there  cometh  one  of  fwer  me,  nor  let  me  Caiaphas     the    high 
 
 alfo  waft  with  Jefus  of  the  maids  of  the  high  go.  pncft.) 
 
 Galilee.  prieft.  69   Hereafter  fhall       *j"  And  Simon  Pe- 
 
 70  But  he  denied  67  And  when  fhe  the  Son  of  man  fit  on  ter  ftood  and  warmed 
 before  them  all,  fay-  faw  Peter  warming  the  right  hand  of  the  himfelf  .  They  faid 
 ing,  I  know  not  what  himfelf,  fhe  looked  up-  power  of  God.  therefore  unto  him, 
 thoufayeft.  on  him,  and  faid,  And       70  Then  fa  id  they  Art  not  thou  alfo  one 
 
 7 1  And  when  he  thou  alio  waft  with  all,  Art  thou  then  the  of  his  difciples  ?  He 
 was  gone  out  into  the  Jefus  of  Nazareth.  Son  of  God?  And  he  denied  it,  and  faid,  I 
 porch ,  another  maid       <58  But  he  denied,  faid   unto  them ,   Ye  am  not. 
 
 law  him,  and  faid  un-  faying,   I  know  not,  fay  that  I  am.  *6  One  of  the  fer- 
 
 to   them    that   were  neither  underftand    I       71   And  they  faid,  vants    of     the    high 
 
 there,  Th\s  felion  was  what  thoufayeft.  And  What  need  we  any  fur-  prieft  f  being  his  kinf- 
 
 alfb  with  Jefus  of  Na-  he  went  out  into  the  ther  witnefs  ?  for  we  man  whofe  ear  Peter 
 
 zareth.  porch,  and  the  cock  our  felves  have  heard  cutoff)  faith,  Did  I 
 
 72  And  again  he  crew.  of  his  own  mouth.  not  fee  thee  in  the  gar- 
 denied  with  an  oath,       69  And  a  maid  faw  ^en  with  him? 
 
 I  do  not  know  the  him  again,  and  began  a7  Peter  then  de- 
 man,  to  fay  to  them  that  niea<  again,  and  imme- 
 
 73  And  after  a  ftood  by,  This  is  one  diately the  cock  crew* 
 while  came  unto  him  of  them. 
 
 they  that  ftood  by,  and  70  And  he  denied 
 faid  to  Peter ,  Surely  it  again.  And  a  little 
 thou  alfo  art  one  of  after,  they  that  ftood 
 them,  for  thy  fpeech  by  faid  again  to  Peter, 
 bewrayeth  thee.  Surely  thou  art  one  of 
 
 74  Then  began  he  them  :  for  thou  art 
 tocurfe  and  tofwear,  a  Galilean,  and  thy 
 faying,  I  know  not  fpeech agreeth thereto. 
 the  man.  And  im-  71  But  he  began 
 mediately  the  cock  to  curfe  and  to  fwear, 
 crew.  y<*y/ȣ,Iknownotthis 
 
 75"  And  Peter  re-  raanofwhomyefpeak. 
 membred  the  words  72  And  the  fecond 
 of  Jefus,  which  faid  time  the  cock  crew* 
 unto  him,  Before  the  And  Peter  called  to 
 cockcrow,  thoufhalt  mind  the  word  that 
 deny  me  thrice.  And  Jefus  faid  unto  him, 
 he  went  out,  and  wept  Before  the  cock  crow 
 bitterly.  twice,  thou  fhalt  deny 
 
 me  thrice.  And  when 
 
 he  thought  thereon,  he 
 
 wept. 
 
 Pp  p  3  $8.  Vfh^ 
 
48£ 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVII. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 §S.  XTTHEN  the  AND  ftraightway 
 ,  VV  morning  j\.  in  the  morning 
 was  come,  all  the  the  chief  priefts  held 
 chief  priefts  and  el-  a  confutation  with 
 ders  of  the  people,  the  elders  and  fcribes, 
 took  counfel  againft  and  the  whole  coun- 
 Jefus  to  put  him  to  fel,  and  bound  Jefus, 
 death,  and  carried  him  away, 
 
 2.  And  when  they    and  delivered  htm  to 
 had  bound  him,  they   Pilate, 
 led  htm  away,  and  de-        2  And  Pilate  asked 
 liver ed  him  to  Pontius   him,  Art  thou  the  king 
 Pilate  the  governour.    of  the  Jews  ?  And  he 
 
 3  Thenjudas  which  anfwering,  faid  unto 
 had  betrayed  him  ,  him,  Thou  fayeft  it. 
 when  he  faw  that  he  3  And  the  chief 
 was  condemned ,  re-  priefts  accufed  him  of 
 pehted  himfelf ,  and  many  things:  but  he 
 brought  again  the  thir-   anfwered  nothing. 
 
 ty  pieces  of  filver  to  4  And  Pilate  asked 
 the  chief  priefts  and  him  again,  faying,  An- 
 elders,  fwereft' thou  nothing  ? 
 
 4  Saying,  I  have  behold  how  many 
 finned,  in  that  I  have  things  they  witnefs  a- 
 betrayed  the  innocent  gainft  thee. 
 
 blood.  And  they  faid,  f  But  Jefus  yet  an- 
 What urinous?  fee  fwered  nothing;  fo 
 thou  to  that.  that -Pilate  marvelled. 
 
 $■  And  he  ca  ft  down 
 the  pieces  of  filver  in 
 the  temple,  and  de- 
 parted, and  went  and 
 hanged  himfelf. 
 
 6  And  the  chief 
 priefts  took  the  filver 
 pieces,  and  faid ,  It  is 
 not  lawful  for  to  put 
 them  into  the  treafu- 
 ry,  becaufc  it  is  the 
 price  of  blood. 
 
 7  And  they  took 
 counfel,  and  bought 
 with  them  the  potters 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 AN  D  the  whole 
 multitude  of  them 
 arofe,  and  led  him  un- 
 to Pilate. 
 
 x  And  they  began 
 to  accufe  him,  faying, 
 We  found  this  fellow 
 perverting  the  nation, 
 and  forbidding  to  give 
 tribute  to  Cefar,  fay- 
 ing, that  he  himfelf  is 
 Chrift  a  king. 
 
 John.         v 
 Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 28  Then  led  they 
 Jefus  from  Caiaphas 
 unto  the  hall  of  judg- 
 ment: and  it  was  car- 
 ly.and  they  themfelves 
 went  not  into  the 
 judgment -hall,  left 
 they  fhould  be  defiled: 
 but  that  they  might  eat 
 the  paftbver. 
 
 29  Pilate  then  went 
 out  unto  them,  and 
 faid,  What  accufation 
 bring  you  againft  this 
 man? 
 
 30  They  anfwered 
 and  faid  unto  him,  If 
 he  were  not  a  male- 
 fa£tour,we  would  not 
 have  delivered  him  up 
 unto  thee. 
 
 31  Then  faid  Pilate 
 unto  them ,  Take  ye 
 him  and  judge  him 
 a  ccordi ng  to  you r  la w. 
 The  Jews  therefore 
 faid  unto  him,  It  is  not 
 lawful  for  us  to  put 
 any  man  to  death: 
 
 32  That  the  faying 
 of  Jefus  might  be  ful- 
 filled, which  he  fpake, 
 fignifying  what  death 
 he  fhould  die. 
 
 field 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  487 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap,  xxvir. 
 
 field  to  bury  ftrangers  in. 
 
 8  Wherefore  that  field  was  cal- 
 led, The  field  of  blood  unto  this 
 day. 
 
 9  (Then  was  fufilled  that  which 
 was  fpoken  by  Jeremy  the  prophet, 
 faying,  And  they  took  the  thirty 
 pieces  of  filver,  the  price  of  him 
 that  was  valued,  whom  they  of  the 
 children  of  Ifrael  did  value: 
 
 I  o  And  gave  them  for  the  pot- 
 ters field ,  as  the  Lord  appointed 
 me. ) 
 
 II  And  Jefus  flood  before  the 
 governour ;  and  the  governour 
 asked  him,  faying,  Art  thou  the 
 king  of  the  Jews  ?  And  Jefus  faid 
 unto  him,  Thou  fayeft. 
 
 1 1  And  when  he  was  accufed 
 of  the  chief  priefts  and  elders,  he 
 anfwered  nothing. 
 
 1 3  Then  faith  Pilate  unto  him, 
 Heareft  thou  not  how  many  things 
 they  witnefs  againft  thee  ? 
 
 j  4  And  he  anfwered  him  to  ne- 
 ver a  word ,  inibmuch  that  the  go- 
 vernour marvelled  greatly. 
 
 Chap.  XV.  Chap.  XXIII.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 §9.  1 y  Now  at  that       6  Now  at  that  feaft        5  And  Pilate  asked       33  Then  Pilate  en- 
 
 feaft    the   governour  he  releafed  unto  them  him,  faying,  Art  thou  tred   into  the   judg- 
 
 was  wont   to  releafe  one  prifoner,  whom-  the  king  of  the  Jews?  ment-hall  again,  and 
 
 unto  the  people  a  pri-  foever  they  defired.  And  he  anfwered  him  called  Jefus,  and  faid 
 
 foner,    whom    they       7   And   there  was  and  faid,  Thou  fayeft  unto  him,  Art  thou  the 
 
 would.  one  named  Barabbas,  it.  king  of  the  Jews  ? 
 
 \6  And   they  had  which  lay  bound  with       4  Then  faid  Pilate       34  Jefus  anfwered 
 
 then  a  notable  prifo-  them  that  had  made  to   the   chief  priefts,  him,  Sayeft  thou  this 
 
 ner,  called  Barabbas.     infurredKonwith  him,  and  to  the  people,  I  thing  of  thy  felf,  or 
 
 17  Therefore  when   who  had   committed  find  no  fault  in  this  did  others  tell  it  thee 
 
 they  were    gathered  murder  in  .the  infur-  man.  of  me  ? 
 
 together,   Pilate  faid  reftion.  f  And  they  were       3  y  Pilate  anfwered, 
 
 unto  them,    Whom       8  And   the  multi-  the  more  fierce,  fay-  Am  I  a  Jew  ?   Thine 
 
 will 
 
488  the  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXVII.  Chap.  XV.  Chap.  XXIII.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 will  ye  that  I  releafe  tudecryingaloud.be-  ing,   He  ftirreth  up  own  nation,  and  the 
 
 ointo  you  ?  Barabbas,  gan  to  deiirc him  to  do  the  people,  teaching  chief  priefts  have  de- 
 
 or  Jefus,  which  is  cal-  as  he  had  ever  done  throughout  all  Jewry,  livered  thee  unto  mfi : 
 
 led  Chrift?                     unto  them.  beginning  from  Gali-  What  haft  thou  done  ? 
 
 18  For  he  knew  9  But  Pilate  an-  lee  to  this  place.  36  Jefus  anfwered, 
 that  for  envy  they  had  fwered  them,  laying,  6  When  Pilate  heard  My  kingdom  is  not  of 
 delivered  him.               Will  ye  that  I  releaie  of  Galilee ,   he  asked  this  world :  if  my  king- 
 
 19  When  he  was  unto  you  the  king  of  whether  the  man  were  dom  were  of  this 
 fet  down  on  the  judg-  the  Jews  ?  a  Galilean.  world,  then  would  my 
 ment-feat ,  his  wite  10  (For  he  knew  7  And  aflbon  as  he  fervants  fight ,  that  I 
 fent  unto  him,  faying,  that  the  chief  priefts  knew  that  he  belong-  Ihould  not  be  deliver- 
 Have  thou  nothing  to  had  delivered  him  for  ed  unto  Herods  jurif-  ed  to  the  Jews:  but 
 do  with  that  juft  man:  envy.)  diction,  he  fent  him  now  is  my  kingdom 
 forlhavefufferedma-        n   But  the    chief  to  Herod,  who  him-  not  from  hence. 
 
 ny  things  this  day  in  a  priefts  moved  the  peo-   felf  was  alfo  at  Jeru-       37  Pilate  therefore 
 
 dream,  becaufe  of  him.  pie,  that  he  mould  ra-  falem  at  that  time.       faid   unto  him,    Art 
 
 xq  But  the    chief  ther  releafe  Barabbas       8  And  when  Herod  thou  a  king  then  ?  Je- 
 
 priefts  and  elders  per-  unto  them.  faw  Jefus,  he  was  ex-  fus  anfwered ,    Thou 
 
 fwaded  the  multitude        12  And  Pilate  an-  ceeding  glad:  for  he   fayeft   that    I    am   a 
 
 that  they   (hould  ask   fwered.land  faid  again   was   defirous    to  fee   king.      To  this   end 
 
 Barabbas,  and  deftroy   unto  them,  What  will  him  of  a  long  feafon,  was  I  born,  and  for 
 
 Jefus.  ye  then  that  I  mall  do  becaufe  he  had  heard  this  caufe  came  I  into 
 
 21  The  governour  unto  him   whom   ye   many  things  of  him  ;  the  world,that  I  ihould 
 
 anfwered  and  faid  un-  call  the  king  of  the  and  he  hoped  to  have  bear  witnefs  unto  the 
 
 to  them,  Whether  of  jews?  feen    fome    miracle  truth,  Every  one  that 
 
 the  twain  will  ye  that        ,3  And  they  cried  done  by  him.  is  of  the  truth,  heareth 
 
 I   releafe   unto  you  ?  out    again  ,    Crucifie       9  Then  he  quefti-  my  voice. 
 
 They  faid,  Barabbas.      him.  oned  with  him  in  ma-       38  Pilate  faith  unto 
 
 xx  Pilate  faith  unto        14  Then  Pilate  faid  ny  words;  but  he  an-  him,    What  is  truth? 
 
 them,  What  fhall  I  do  unt0  them,  Why, what  fwered  him  nothing.     And  when  he  had  faid 
 
 then  with Jefus,which   ev\\    hath  he   done?        10   And  the  chief  this,  he  went  out  a- 
 
 is  called  Chrift?  They   ^ncj   they   C1iecj   ouc  priefts     and     fcribes  gain  unto   the  Jews, 
 
 all  fay  unto  him,  Let  the  more  exceedingly,  ftood,  and  vehement-  and  faith  unto  them, 
 
 him  be  crucified.  Crucifie  him.  ly  accufed  him.  I  find  in  him  no  fault 
 
 13  And  the  gover-  1 1  And  Herod  with  at  all. 
 
 nour  faid,  Why  what  his  men  of  war  fet       39  But  ye  have  a 
 
 evil  hath  he  done  ?  But  him  at  nought :  and  cuftom,  that  I  Ihould 
 
 tHey    cried    out    the  mocked  him ,  and  a-  releafe  unto  you  one 
 
 more,  faying,  Let  him  rayed  him  in  a  gor-  at  the  p.flbver  :  will 
 
 .be  crucified.  geous  robe,  and  fent  ye  therefore  that  I  re- 
 
 hira  again  to  Pilate,     leafe    unto    you   the 
 
 1  x  And  the  fame  king  of  the  Jews  ? 
 day  Pilate  and  Herod       40  Then  cryed  they 
 
of  the  four  Evanzelifts.  4^9 
 
 ~~"  Luke.  John- 
 
 no 
 tou 
 
 Matthew.  MarK' 
 
 Chap/ XXIII.  Chap.  XVIII. 
 
 were  made  friends  to-  all  again,  faying,  Not 
 gethenforbeforethcy  this  man,  batBwb- 
 were  at  enmity  be-  bas.  Now  Baiabbas 
 tween  themfclves.         was  a  jobber. 
 
 i  3  And  Pilate  when 
 he  had  called  together  Chap.  XIX. 
 
 the  chief  priefts,  and 
 
 therulersjndthepeo-  hpHen  Pilate  there- 
 lc  X    tore  took  Jeius, 
 
 P    h  Saiduntothem,  and  fcourged  htm 
 ■      Ye  have  brought  tins       *  .  And  the  ionldi- 
 man  unto  me?  as  one  ers  platted  a  crown  o 
 that    perverteth    the  thorns,  and  put  it  on 
 people-  and  behold,  I  hishead,  and  they  put 
 having  examined  him  on  him  a  purple  robe 
 before  you,  have  found     .  3  And   faid,    Hail 
 fault  in  this  man  king  of  the  Jews:  and 
 uching  thofc  things  they  fmote  hrm  with 
 hereof    ye    accufe  their  hams. 
 ™f  U1     '  4    Pilate  therefore 
 
 ,;  No,  nor  yet  He-  went  forth  again,  an  J 
 rod :  for  I  fentyou  to  [aith  unto  them ,  Be- 
 him,  and  lo,  nothing  hold.I  bring  him  forth 
 worthy  of  death  is  to  you  that  ye  may 
 done  unto  him.  know  that  I  find  no 
 
 1 6  I  will  therefore  rault  m  him. 
 chaftifehim,   and  re-       f  Then  came rjcfns 
 
 leafed.  *°rth>    wcuannS    *? 
 
 17  ForofnecelTity  crown  of  thorns,  and 
 he  muft  releafe  one  the  purple  rooe  And 
 unto  them  at  thefeaft.  Tilate  faith  unto  them, 
 
 18  And  they  cried  Behold  the  man. 
 out  all  at  once,  faying,       6  When  the  chief 
 Away  with  this  man,  pnefts  therefore  and 
 and   releafe   unto   us  officers  faw  him,  tney 
 
 iQ  (Who  for  a  cer-  cifie  htm,  cnxcific  him. 
 tain  fedition  made  in  Pilate  faith  unto  diem, 
 the  city,  and  formur-  Take  ye  him,  and  cru- 
 der was  caft  in  pri-  cifie  him:  for  1  nnd 
 fon )  no  fault  in  him. 
 
 ao  Pilate  therefore  7  The  Jews  anfwer- 
 willing  to  releafe  Je-  edhim/Wehavealaw, 
 
 CLq  q  l** 
 
4<>o  The  Harmony 
 
 t,    ^Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII.  Chap.  XIX. 
 
 fu«,   fpake  again   to    and  by  our  law  he 
 them.  ought  to  die,  becaufe 
 
 a 1   But  they  cried,  he  made  himfelf  the 
 faying ,  Crucifie  him ,   Son  of  God. 
 crucifie  him.  8  When  Pilate  there- 
 
 22  Andhefaidun-  fore  heard  that  fay- 
 to  them  the  third  time,  ing,  he  was  the  more 
 Why,  what  evil  hath  afraid  ; 
 he  done?  I  have  found  9  And  went  again 
 no  caufe  of  death  in  into  the  judgment- 
 him:  I  will  therefore  hall,  and  faith  unto 
 *  chaftife  him ,  and  let  Jefus ,     Whence    art 
 
 him  go.  thou?  But  Jefus  gave 
 
 him  no  anfwer. 
 
 10  Then  faith  Pi- 
 late unto  him,Speakeft 
 thou  not  Unto  me  ? 
 knoweftthou  not,that 
 I  have  power  to  cru- 
 cifie thee,  and  have 
 power  to  releafe  thee  ? 
 
 11  Jefus  anfwered, 
 Thou  couldeft  have 
 110  power  at  all  againft 
 me,  except  it  were  gi- 
 ven thee  from  above : 
 therefore  he  that  de- 
 livered me  unto  thee 
 hath  the  greater  fin. 
 
 1 2  And  from  thence- 
 forth Pilate  fought  to 
 releafe  him:  but  the 
 Jews  cryed  out,  fay- 
 ing, If  thou  let  this 
 man  go,  thou  art  not 
 Cefars  friend:  who- 
 foevermaketh  himfelf 
 a  king.fpeakethagainfl: 
 Cefar. 
 
 13  When  Pilate 
 therefore  heard  that 
 laying,  he  brought  Je- 
 fus forth,  and  fat  down 
 
of  the  four  EvatigeUJls. 
 
 45>i 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXVII. 
 
 §  10.  24  When  Pi- 
 late fawthat  he  could 
 prevail  nothing,  but 
 that  rather  a  tumult 
 was  made,  he  took 
 water,  and  wafhed  his 
 hands  before  the  mul- 
 titude, iaying,  I  am 
 innocent  of  the  blood 
 of  this  jufl  perfon: 
 fee  ye  to  it. 
 
 if  Then  anfwered 
 all  the  people.and  faid, 
 His  blood  be  on  jjs, 
 and  on  our  children. 
 
 26  Then  releafed  he 
 Barabbas  unto  them: 
 and  when  he  had 
 fcourged  Jefus,  he  de- 
 livered him  to  be  cru- 
 cified. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 if  And  fo  Pilate 
 willing  to  content 
 the  people,  releafed 
 Barabbas  unto  them, 
 and  delivered  Jefus, 
 when  he  had  fcourged 
 him,  to  be  crucified. 
 
 16  And  the  fouldi- 
 ers  led  him  away  into 
 the  hall,  called  Pretc- 
 rium  j  and  they  call- 
 ed together  the  whole 
 band. 
 
 17  And  they  clo- 
 thed him  with  purple, 
 and  platted  a  crown 
 of  thorns,  and  put  it 
 about  his  head, 
 
 18  And  began  to 
 falute  him ,  Hail  king 
 of  the  Jews. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 23  And  they  were 
 infiant  with  loud  voi- 
 ces, requiring  that  he 
 might  be  crucified  : 
 and  the  voices  of  them, 
 and  of  the  chief  priefts 
 prevailed. 
 
 24  And  Pilate  gave 
 fentencethat  it  frould 
 be  as  they  required. 
 
 2f  And  he  releafed 
 unto  them,  him  that 
 for  fedition  and  mur- 
 der was  cafr  into  pri- 
 fon ,  whom  they  had 
 defired  ,-  but  he  deli- 
 vered Jefus  to  their 
 will. 
 
 26  And  as  they  led 
 him  away ,  they  laid 
 hold  upon  one  Simon 
 
 CLq  q  2 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 in  the  judgment-feat , 
 in  a  place  that  is  called 
 the  Pavement,  but  in 
 theHebrew,Gabbatha. 
 
 14  And  it  was  the 
 preparation  of  thepaf- 
 fbver,  and  about  the 
 fixth  hour :  and  h* 
 faith  unto  the  Jews, 
 Behold  your  king. 
 
 if  But  they  cried 
 out,  Away  with  him, 
 away  with  him,  cruci- 
 fie  him.  Pilate  faith 
 unto  them,ShallIcru- 
 cifie  your  king?  The 
 chiefpriefts  anfwered, 
 We  have  no  king  but 
 Cefar. 
 
 16  Then  delivered 
 he  him  therefore  unto 
 them  to  be  crucified. 
 And  they  took  Jefus, 
 and  led  him  away. 
 
 1 7  And  he  bearing 
 his  crofs,  went  forth 
 into  a  place  called  the 
 place  of  a  fcull,  which 
 is  called  in  the  He- 
 brew, Golgotha. 
 
 1 8  Where  they  cru- 
 cified him,  and  two 
 other  with  him,  on 
 either  fide  one,  and 
 Jefus  in  the  midft. 
 
 19  And  Pilate  wrote 
 a  title,  and  put  it  on 
 the  crofs.  And  the  wri- 
 ting was,  JESUS  OF 
 NAZARETH  THE 
 
 27  Then 
 
49 1 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 M  A  T  T  H  E  W. 
 
 -nap. 
 
 'II. 
 
 27  Then  the  ib.il- 
 diersof  thegov<rnour 
 took  Jefus  into  the 
 corrirrfon  lull,  and  ga- 
 thered unto  him  the 
 Whole  ban  J  of  fouldi- 
 ers, 
 
 28  And  they  ftrip- 
 pcd  him  ,  and  put  on 
 him  a  leaflet  robe. 
 
 29  And  when  they 
 had  platted  a  crown 
 of  thorns,  they  put  it 
 upon  his  head,  and  a 
 reed  in  his  right  hand: 
 and  they  bowed  the 
 knee  before  him,  and 
 mocked  him,  laying, 
 Hail  king  of  the  jews. 
 
 30  And  they  fpit 
 upon  him ,  and  took 
 the  reed,  and  fmote. 
 him  on  the  head. 
 
 3  t  And  after  that 
 they  had  mocked  him, 
 they  took  the  robe  off 
 from  him,  and  put  his 
 own  raiment  on  him, 
 and  led  him  away  to 
 crucifie  him. 
 
 3  2  And  as  they  came 
 out,  they  found  a  man 
 of  Gyrene,  Simon  by 
 name :  him  they  com- 
 pelled to  bear  his  crofs. 
 
 33  And  when  they 
 were  Come  unto  a 
 place  called  Golgotha, 
 that  is  to  fay,  a  place 
 of  a  fcull. 
 
 34  They  gave  him 
 vineger  to  drink,  min- 
 gled with  gall  v  and 
 
 Mar  k. 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 19  And  they  frtoote 
 
 him  on  the  head  with 
 a  reed,  and  did  fpit 
 upon  him ,  and  bow- 
 ing their  knees,  wor- 
 lhipped  him. 
 
 20  And  when  they 
 had  mocked  him,  they 
 took  off  the  purple 
 from  him,  and  put  his 
 own  clothes  on  him, 
 and  led  him  out  to  cru- 
 cifie him. 
 
 2 1  And  they  com- 
 pel one  Simon  a  Cy- 
 renian,  who  paffed  by, 
 coming  out  of  ths 
 countrey,  the  father 
 of  Alexander  and  Ru- 
 fus,  to  bear  his  crofs. 
 
 22  And  they  bring 
 him  unto  the  place 
 Golgotha,  which  is  , 
 being  interpreted,  the 
 place  of  a  fcull. 
 
 23  And  they  gave 
 him  to  drink,  wine 
 mingled  with  myrr he : 
 but  he  received  it  not. 
 
 24  And  when  they 
 had  crucified  him,they 
 parted  his  garments, 
 calling  lots  uponthem, 
 what  everymaa  fhould 
 take; 
 
 2  j-  And  it  was  the 
 third  hour,  and  they 
 crucified  him. 
 
 26  And  the  fuper- 
 fcription  of  his  accu- 
 fation  was  written 
 over,  THE  KING 
 OF  THE.  JEWS. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Ch  p.  XXTIT. 
 
 a  Cyrcuim,  coming 
 out  of  the  countrey, 
 and  on  him  they  laid 
 the  crofSjfJiat  he  might 
 bear  it  after  jefus. 
 
 27  And  there  fol- 
 lowed him  a  great 
 company  of  people , 
 and  of  women,  which 
 alfo  bewailed  and  la- 
 mented him. 
 
 28  But  Jefus  turn- 
 ing unto  them,  faid, 
 Daughters  of  Jerusa- 
 lem, weep  not  for  me, 
 but  weep  for  your 
 fclves,  and  for  your 
 children. 
 
 29  For  behold,  the 
 days  are  coming,  in 
 the  which  they  fhall 
 fay,  Bleffed  are  the 
 barren.and  the  wombs 
 that  never  bare,  and 
 the  paps  which  never 
 gave  fuck. 
 
 30  Then  fhall  they 
 begin  to  fay  to  the 
 mountains,  Fall  on  us ; 
 and  to  the  hills,  Cover 
 us. 
 
 3  1  For  if  they  do 
 thefe  things  in  a  green 
 tree,  what  {hall  be 
 done  in  the  dry? 
 
 32  And  there  were 
 alfo  two  other  male- 
 factors led  with  him 
 to  be  put  to  death. 
 
 33  And  when  they 
 were  come  to  the 
 place  which  is  -called' 
 Calvary,    there  they 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 KING    OF    THE 
 JEWS. 
 
 20  This  title  then 
 read  many  of  the  Jews: 
 for  the  place  where  Je- 
 fus was  crucified  was 
 nigh  to  the  city,  and 
 it  was  written  in  He- 
 brew, and  Greek,  and 
 Latine. 
 
 21  Then  faid  the 
 chief  priefls  of  the 
 Jews  to  Pilate,  Write 
 not,  The  king  of  the 
 Jews  ?  but  that  he 
 laid,  I  am  king  of  the 
 Jews. 
 
 22  Pilate  anfwered,. 
 What  I  have  writteu, 
 I  have  written. 
 
 wJicr 
 
of  the  four  E<vangelij}s. 
 
 4?  5 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVII. 
 
 when  he  had  tufted 
 thereof,  hewoul.f  not 
 drink. 
 
 35-  And  they  cru- 
 cified him,  and  parted 
 his  garments,  caftiug 
 lots :  that  it  might  be 
 fulfilled  which  was 
 ipoken  by  the  prophet, 
 They  parted  my  gar- 
 ments among  them, 
 and  upon  my  vefture 
 did  they  caft  lots. 
 
 3  6  And  fitting  down, 
 they  watched  him 
 there : 
 
 3?  Andfet  up  over 
 his  head  his  accufation 
 written,  THIS  IS  JE- 
 SUS THE  KING  OF 
 THE  JEWS. 
 
 3  8  Then  were  there 
 two  thieves  crucified 
 with  him:  one  on  the 
 right  hand ,  and  ano- 
 ther on  the  left. 
 
 M.A  R  K. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 27  And,  with  him 
 they  crucifie  two 
 thieves  ;  the  one  on 
 his  right  hand,  and 
 the  other  on  his  left. 
 •  28  And  the  fcrip- 
 ture  was  fulfilled , 
 which  faith,  And  he 
 was  numbred  with 
 the  tranigreflbrs. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 crucified  him,  and  the 
 malefu&ors ;  one  on 
 the  right  hand,  and 
 the  orher  on  the 
 left. 
 
 34  Thenfaidjefus, 
 Father,  forgive  them ; 
 for  they  know  not 
 what  they  do.  And 
 they  parted  his  rai- 
 ment, and  caft  lots. 
 
 35-  And  the  people 
 ftood  beholding:  and 
 the  rulers  alfo  with 
 them  derided  him,hy- 
 ing,  He  faved  others ; 
 let  him  favehimfelf,if 
 he  be  Chrift  the  cho- 
 fen  of  God. 
 
 36  And  thefouldi- 
 ers  alfo  mocked  him, 
 coming  to  him,  and 
 offering  him  vine- 
 ger, 
 
 37  And  faying,  If 
 thou  be  the  king  of 
 the  Jews,  fave  thy 
 felf. 
 
 38  And  a  fuper- 
 fcription  alfo  was 
 written  over  him  in 
 letters  of  Greek,  and 
 Latine ,  and  Hebrew, 
 T'HIS  IS  THE 
 KING  OF  THE 
 JEWS. 
 
 J  O  H  N, 
 
45>4 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXVII. 
 
 §11.  39  And  they 
 that  patted  by,  reviled 
 him  ,  wagging  their 
 heads , 
 
 40  And  faying,Thou 
 that  deftroyeft  the 
 temple,  and  buildeft 
 it  in  three  days,  fave 
 thy  iclf :  if  thou  be  the 
 Son  of  God,  come 
 down  from  the  crofs. 
 
 4r  Likewife  alfo 
 the  chief  pri efts  mock- 
 ing him ,  with  the 
 fcribes  and  elders, 
 faid, 
 
 42Hefaved  others, 
 him  felf  he  cannot 
 lave:  if  he  be  the  king 
 of  Ifrael,  let  him  now 
 come  down  from  the 
 crofs,  and  we  will  be- 
 lieve him. 
 
 43  He  trufted  in 
 God  ;  let  him  deliver 
 him  now  if  he  will 
 have  him  :  for  he  faid, 
 I  am  the  Son  of  God. 
 
 44  The  thieves  alfo 
 which  were  crucified 
 with  him,  caft  the 
 fame  in  hi3  teeth. 
 
 '  4j*  Now  from  the 
 fixth  hour  there  was 
 darknefs  over  all  the 
 land  unto  the  ninth 
 hour. 
 
 46  And  about  the 
 ninth  hour  Jefus  cried 
 with  a  loud  voice,  fay- 
 ing, Eli,  Eli,  lama  fa- 
 bachthani  ?  that  is  to 
 fay,  My  God,  my  God, 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 29  And  they  that 
 parted  by,  railed  on 
 him ,  wagging  their 
 heads,  and  laying,  Ah, 
 thou  that  deftroyeft 
 rhc  temple,  and  build- 
 eft  it  in  three  days, 
 
 30  Save  thy  felf, 
 and  come  down  from 
 the  crofs. 
 
 3 1  Likewife  alfo 
 the  chief  priefts  mock- 
 ing, faid  among  them- 
 felves  with  the  fcribes, 
 He  faved  others,  him- 
 felf  he  cannot  fave. 
 
 32  Let  Chrift  the 
 king  of  Ifrael  defcend 
 now  from  rhe  crofs, 
 that  we  may  fee  and 
 believe.  And  they  that 
 were  crucified  with 
 him,  reviled  him. 
 
 3  3  And  when  the 
 fixth'  hour  was  come, 
 there  was  darknefs 
 over  the  whole  land, 
 until  the  ninth  hour. 
 
 34  And  at  the  ninth 
 hour  Jefus  cried  with 
 a  loud  voice,  faying, 
 Eloi,  Eloi,  Lama  fa- 
 bachthani  ?  which  is, 
 being  interpreted,  My 
 God,  my  God,  why 
 haft  thou  forfaken 
 me  ? 
 
 3?  And  fbme  of 
 them  that  flood  by, 
 when  they  heard  it, 
 faid,  Behold,  he  calleth 
 Elias. 
 
 36   And  one  ran, 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 39  And  one  of  the 
 malefactors ,  which 
 were  hanged,  railed 
 on  him,  faying,  If  thou 
 be  Chrift,  fave  thy  felf 
 and  us. 
 
 40  But  the  other 
 anfwering ,  rebuked 
 him,  faying,  Doft  not 
 thou  fear  God,  feeing 
 thou  art  in  the  fame 
 condemnation  ? 
 
 41  And  we  indeed 
 juftly,-  for  we  receive 
 the  due  reward  of  our 
 deeds:  but  this  man 
 hath  done  nothing  a- 
 mifs. 
 
 4  2  And  he  faid  unto 
 Jefus,  Lord,remember 
 me  when  thou  corned; 
 into  thy  kingdom. 
 
 43  And  Jefus  faid 
 unto  him,  Verily  I  fay 
 unto  thee,  To  day 
 fhalt  thou  be  with  me 
 in  paradife. 
 
 44  And  it  was  a- 
 bout  the  fixth  hour, 
 and  there  was  a  dark- 
 nefs over  all  the  earth, 
 until  the  ninth  hour. 
 
 4f  And  the  fun  was 
 darkned,  and  the  vail 
 of  the  temple  was 
 rent  in  the  mids. 
 
 46  And  when  Jefus 
 had  cried  with  a  loud 
 voice,  he  faid,  Father, 
 into  thy  hands  I  com- 
 mend my  fpirit :  and 
 having  faid  thus,  he 
 gave  up  the  ghoft. 
 
 John. 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 23  Then  the  foul- 
 diers,  when  they  had 
 crucified  Jefus ,  took 
 his  garments  ( and 
 made  four  parts,  to 
 every  fouldier  a  part ) 
 and  alfo  his  coat :  now 
 the  coat  was  without 
 feam,  woven  from  the 
 top  throughout. 
 
 24  They  faid  there- 
 fore among  them- 
 felves,  Let  us  not  rent 
 it,  but  caft  lots  for  it, 
 whofeitfhallbe:  that 
 the  fcripture  might  be 
 fulfilled,  which  faith, 
 They  parted  my  rai- 
 ment among  them, 
 and  for  my  vefture 
 they  did  caft  lots. 
 Thefe  things  therefore 
 the  fbuldiers  did. 
 
 25- Now  there  flood 
 by  the  crofs  of  Jefus, 
 his  mother,  and  his 
 mothers  fifter,  Mary 
 the  wife  of  Cleophas, 
 and  Mary  Magdalene. 
 
 26  When  Jefus 
 therefore  faw  his  mo- 
 ther, and  the  difciple 
 ftanding  by,  whom  he 
 loved,  he  faith  unto 
 his  mother,  Woman, 
 behold  thy  fbn. 
 
 27  Then  faith  he 
 to  the  difciple,  Behold 
 thy  mother.  And  from 
 that  hour  that  difciple 
 took  her  unto  his  own 
 
 why 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts. 
 
 495 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVII, 
 
 why  haft  thou  forfa- 
 ken  me? 
 
 47  Some  of  them 
 that  flood  there,  when 
 they  heard  that,  faid, 
 This  man  calleth  for 
 Elias. 
 
 48  And  ftraightway 
 one  of  them  ran,  and 
 took  a  Ipunge,  and  fil- 
 led it  with  vineger,and 
 put  it  on  a  reed ,  and 
 gave  him  to  drink. 
 
 49  The  reft  faid. 
 Let  be,  let  us  fee  whe- 
 ther iEIias  will  come 
 to  fave  him. 
 
 yo  Jefus,  when  he 
 had  cried  again  with 
 a  loud  voice,  yielded 
 up  the  ghoft. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 and  filled  a  fpungefull 
 of  vineger,  and  put  it 
 on  a  reed ,  and  gave 
 him  to  drink,  faying, 
 let  .alone  ;  let  us  fee 
 whether  Elias  will 
 come  to  take  him 
 down. 
 
 37  And  Jefus  cried 
 with  a  loud  voice,  and 
 gave  up  the  ghoft. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 Chip.  XIX. 
 
 28  After  this,  Je- 
 fus knowing  that  all 
 things  were  now  ac- 
 complished, that  the 
 fcripture  might  be  ful- 
 filled, faith,  I  thirft, 
 
 29  Now  there  was 
 fet  a  veffel  full  of  vi- 
 neger: and  they  filled 
 a  ipunge  with  vine- 
 ger ,  and  put  it  upon 
 hyfibp,  and  put  it  to 
 his  mouth. 
 
 30  When  Jefus 
 therefore  had  recei- 
 ved the  vineger,  he 
 faid,  It  is  finifned  : 
 and  he  bowed  his 
 head,  and  gave  up  the 
 ghoft. 
 
 C  H  A  P, 
 
496 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 CHAP.    XVIL 
 
 From  thcT>eath  ofChrift  till  his  Afienjion:  containing  the 
 fpace  of  42  Daysj  from  April '3.  till  May  14.  - 
 
 Matthe  w. 
 
 Chap.  XXVlt. 
 
 AND  be 
 vail  of 
 
 N  D  bchold,the 
 f  the  tem- 
 ple was  rent  in  twain, 
 Trom  the  top  to  the 
 bottom,  and  the  earth 
 did  quake,  and  the 
 rocks  ren-, 
 
 j-z  Arid  the  graves 
 were  opened,  and  ma- . 
 ny  bodies  of  faints 
 which  flept,  arofe, 
 
 5-3  And  came  out 
 of  the  graves  after  his 
 refurredlion.and  went 
 inro  the  holy  city,  and 
 a  ppeared  unto  many. 
 
 5-4  Now  when  the 
 centurion,  and  they 
 that  were  with  him, 
 watching  Jefus,  faw 
 the  earthquake,  and 
 thofe  things  that  were 
 clone ,  they  feared 
 greatly,  faying,  Truly 
 -  this  was  the  Son  of 
 God. 
 
 5- j-  And  many  wo- 
 men were  there  (be- 
 holding afar  ofr)which 
 followed  Jefus  from 
 Galilee,  miniftring  un- 
 to him. 
 
 5-6  Among  which 
 was  Mary  Magdalene, 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 38  And  the  vail  of 
 the  temple  was  rent 
 in  twain,  trom  the  top 
 to  the  bottom. 
 
 39  And  when  the 
 centurion  which  flood 
 overagainft  him,  faw 
 that  he  fo  cried  out, 
 and  gave  up  the  ghoft, 
 hefaid,T;uly  this  man 
 was  the  Son  of  God. 
 
 40  There  were  alfo 
 women  looking  on  a- 
 far  off:  among  whom 
 was  Mary  Magdalene, 
 and  Mary  the  mother 
 of  James  the  lefs  and 
 of  Jofes,  and  Salome : 
 
 41  Who  alfo  when 
 he  was  in  Galilee,  fol- 
 lowed him,  and  mini- 
 ftred  unto  him  ;  and 
 many  other  women 
 which  came  up  with 
 him  unto  Jerufalem. 
 
 41  And  now  when 
 the  even  was  come, 
 (becaufe  it  was  the 
 preparation,  that  is, 
 the  day  before  the  fab- 
 bath) 
 
 43  Jofeph  of  Ari- 
 mathea,an  honourable 
 counfeller,  which  alfo 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 47  Now  when  the 
 Centurion  faw  what 
 was  done,  he  glorified 
 God,  faying,  Certainly 
 this  was  a  righteous 
 man. 
 
 48  And  all  the  peo- 
 ple that  came  together 
 to  that  fight,  behold- 
 ing the  things  which 
 were  done,fmote  their 
 breads.,  and  returned. 
 
 49  And  all  his  ac- 
 quaintance, and  the 
 women  that  followed 
 him  fromGalilee,ftood 
 afar  off,  beholding 
 thefe  things. 
 
 yc  And  behold , 
 there  was  a  man  named 
 Jofeph,  a  counfeller, 
 and  be  was  a  good 
 man,  and  ajuft: 
 
 5- 1  ("The  fame  had 
 not  confented  to  the 
 counfel  and  deed  of 
 them )  he  was  of  Ari- 
 mathea ,  a  city  of  the 
 Jews  (who  alfo  him- 
 ielf  waited  for  the 
 kingdom  of  God) 
 
 $•2  This  man  went 
 unto  Pilate,  and  beg- 
 ged the  body  of  Jefus. 
 
 John. 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 ;  1  The  Jews  there- 
 fore,becauieit  was  the 
 preparation,  that  the 
 bodies  fhould  not  re- 
 main upon  the  crofs 
 on  the  fabbath-day, 
 (for  that  fabbath-day 
 was  an  high  day)  be- 
 foughtPilatethat  their 
 legs  might  be  broken, 
 and  that  they  might 
 be  taken  away. 
 
 3  %  Then  came  the 
 fouldiers,  and  brake 
 the  legs  of  the  firfr, 
 and  of  the  other  which 
 was  crucified  with 
 him. 
 
 3  3  But  when  they 
 came  to  Jefus,  and  faw 
 that  he  was  dead  al- 
 ready, they  brake  not 
 his  legs. 
 
 34  But  one  of  the 
 fouldiers  with  a  fpear 
 pierced  his  fide,  and 
 forthwith  came  there 
 out  blood  and  water. 
 
 3)-  And  he  that  faw 
 it  bare  record,  and  his 
 record  is  true :  and  he 
 knoweth  that  he  faith 
 true,  that  ye  might  be- 
 lieve. 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls. 
 
 45>7 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXVII. 
 
 M  AKK. 
 
 Chap.  XV. 
 
 and  Mary  the  Mother  waited  for  the  king- 
 of  James  and  Jofes ,  dom  of  God ,  came , 
 and  the  mother  of  Ze-  and  went  in  boldly 
 bedee's  children.  unto  Pilate,  and  cra- 
 
 $7  When  the  even  ved  the  body  of  Je- 
 was  come,  there  came  fus. 
 a  rich  man  of  Arima-  44  And  Pilate  mar- 
 thea ,  named  Jofeph ,  veiled  if  he  were  al- 
 who  alfo  himfelfwas  ready  dead:  and  cal- 
 Jeius  difciple :  ling  unto  him  the  Cen- 
 
 5-8  He  went  to  Pi-  turion,  he  asked  him 
 late  and   begged  the  whether  he  had  been 
 body  of  Jeiiis  :   then  any  while  dead. 
 Pilate  commanded  the       4^  And  when  he 
 body  to  be  delivered,   knew  it  of  the  Cen- 
 
 f  9  And  when  Jo-  turion ,   he  gave  the 
 feph  had  taken  the  bo-  body  to  Jofeph. 
 dy»  he  wrapped  it  in       46  And  he  bought 
 a  clean  linen  cloth,       fine  linen ,  and  took 
 
 60  And  laid  it  in  him  down,  and  wrap- 
 his  own  new  tomb ,  ped  him  in  the  linen , 
 which  he  had  hewen  and  laid  him  in  a  fe- 
 out  in  the  rock;  and  pulchre  which  was 
 he  rolled  a  great  ftone  hewen  out  of  a  rock, 
 to  the  door  of  the  fe-  and  rolled  a  ftone  un- 
 pulchie,  and  departed,  to  the  door  of  the  fe- 
 
 61  And  there  was  pulchre. 
 
 Mary  Magdalene,  and  47  And  Mary  Mag- 
 the  other  Mary,  fitting  dalene,  and  Mary  the 
 over  againfl  the  fe-  mother  of  Jofes ,  be- 
 pulchre.  held  where   he  was 
 
 6z  Now  the  next  laid, 
 day  that  followed  the 
 day  of  the  preparati- 
 on, the  chief  priefls 
 and  Pharifeus  came 
 together  unto  Pilate, 
 
 63  Saying.  Sir,  we 
 remember  that  that 
 deceiver  faid,  while 
 he  was  yet  alive,  Af- 
 ter three  days  I  will 
 rife  again. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIII. 
 
 f%  And  he  took  it 
 down,  and  wrapped 
 it  in  linen ,  and  laid 
 it  in  a  fepulchre  that 
 was  hewn  in  ftone, 
 wherein  never  man 
 before  was  laid. 
 
 5-4  And  that  day 
 was  the  preparation, 
 and  the  fabbath  drew 
 on. 
 
 f/  And  the  women 
 alfo  which  came  with 
 him  from  Galilee,  fol- 
 lowed after ,  and  be- 
 held the  fepulchre,  and 
 how  his  body  was  laid. 
 
 f  6  And  they  return- 
 ed.and  prepared  fpices 
 and  ointments  ;  and 
 refted  the  fabbath- day, 
 according  to  the  com- 
 mandment. 
 
 R  r  r 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 36  For  thefe  things 
 were  done,  that  the 
 fcripture  fhould  be  ful- 
 filled, A  bone  of  him 
 fhall  not  be  broken. 
 
 37  And  again  ano- 
 ther fcripture  faith, 
 They  fhall  look  on 
 him  whom  they  pier- 
 ced. 
 
 38  And  after  thiY, 
 Jofeph  of  Arimathea 
 (  being  a  difciple  of  Je- 
 fus, but  fecretly  for 
 fear  of  the  Jews  )  be- 
 fought  Pilate  that  he 
 might  take  away  the 
 body  of  Jefus:  and  Pi- 
 late gave  him  leave  : 
 He  came  therefore  and 
 took  the  body  of  Je- 
 fus. 
 
 39  And  there  came  al- 
 fo Nicodemus  (which 
 at  the  firft  came  to  Je- 
 fus by  night)  and 
 brought  a  mixture  of 
 myrrhe  and  aloes,  a- 
 bout  an  hundred  pound 
 n  eight. 
 
 40  Then  took  they 
 the  body  of  Jefus,  and 
 wound  it  in  linen 
 clothes,  with  the  fpi- 
 ces, as  the  manner  of 
 the  Jews  is  to  bury. 
 
 41  Now  in  the 
 place  where  he  was 
 crucified,  there  was  a 
 garden  ;  and  in  the 
 garden  a  new  fepul- 
 chre, wherein  was  ne- 
 ver man  yet  laid. 
 
 64  Com- 
 
4?  8 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chip.  XXVII. 
 
 64  Command  there- 
 fore that  the  fepulchre 
 be  made  fure,  until 
 the  third  day,  left  his 
 dilciples  come  by 
 night,  and  fteal  him 
 away,  and  fay  unto 
 the  people,  He  is  ri- 
 fen  from  the  dead  :  fo 
 thelafterrourfhallbe 
 worfe  then  the  firft. 
 
 6$  Pilate  faid  un- 
 to them ,  Ye  have  a 
 watch,  go  your  way, 
 make  it  as  fure  as  you 
 can. 
 
 66  So  they  went 
 and  made  the  fepul- 
 chre fure,  fealing  the 
 ftone,  and  fetting  a 
 
 watch. 
 
 Chap.  XXVIII. 
 
 §2.  tN  the  end  of 
 1  the  fabbath, 
 as  it  began  to  dawn 
 towards  the  firft  day 
 of  the  week,  came 
 Mary  Magdalene,  and 
 the  other  Mary,  to  fee 
 the  fepulchre. 
 
 2  And  behold,  there 
 was  a  great  earth- 
 quake ;  for  the  angel 
 of  the  Lord  defend- 
 ed from  heaven,  and 
 came  and  rolled  back 
 the  ftone  from  the 
 door,  and  fat  upon 
 it. 
 
 3  His  countenance 
 wa»  like  lightning, 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XIX. 
 
 42  There  laid  they 
 Jefus  therefore,  be- 
 caufe  of  the  Jews  pre- 
 paration-^, for  the 
 fepulchre  was  nigh  at 
 hand. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 AN  D  when  the 
 fabbath  was  paft, 
 Mary  Magdalene,  and 
 Mary  the  mother  of 
 James,and  Salome,had 
 bought  fweet  fpices, 
 that  they  might  come 
 and  anoint  him. 
 
 2  And  very  early  in 
 the  morning,  the  firft 
 day  of  the  week,  they 
 came  unto  the  fepul- 
 chre at  the  riling  of 
 the  fun. 
 
 2  And  they  faid 
 among  themfelves , 
 Who  mall  roll  us  a- 
 way  the  ftone  from  the 
 door  of  the  fepulchre? 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 NO  W  upon  the 
 firft  day  of  the 
 week ,  very  early  in 
 the  morning,  they 
 came  unto  the  fepul- 
 chre ,  bringing  the 
 fpices  which  they  had 
 prepared,  and  certain 
 others  with  them. 
 
 2  And  they  found 
 the  ftone  rolled  away 
 from  the  fepulchre. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 TH  E  firft  day  of 
 the  week  cometh 
 Mary  Magdalene  early 
 when  it  was  yet  dark, 
 unto  the  fepulchre, 
 and  feeth  the  ftone 
 taken  away  from  the 
 fepulchre. 
 
 and 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifls. 
 
 499 
 
 Matthew. 
 Chap.  XXVIII. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 Jo  HK. 
 
 Chap,  XX. 
 
 and  his  raiment  white  4  (And  when  they 
 
 as  mow.  looked,  they  faw  that 
 
 4  And  for  fear  of  the  ftone  was  rolled 
 
 him  the  keepers  did  away)  for  it  was  very 
 
 fhake,  and  became  as  great, 
 dead  men. 
 
 §  j.  f  And  the  an- 
 gel  anfwered  and  faid 
 unto  the  women,  Fear 
 not  ye :  for  I  know 
 that  ye  feek  Jefus, 
 which  was  crucified. 
 
 6  He  is  not  here: 
 for  he  is  rifen,  as  he 
 laid  :  come ,  fee  the 
 pliPe  where  the  Lord 
 lay. 
 
 7  And  go  quickly, 
 and  tell  his  difciples 
 that  he  is  rifen  from 
 the  dead;  and  behold, 
 he  goeth  before  you 
 into  Gililee.there  fhall 
 ye  fee  him,  lo,  I  have 
 J»ld  you. 
 
 $4. 8  And  they  depart- 
 ed quickly  from  the 
 fepulchre ,  with  fear , 
 and  great  joy,  and  did 
 run  to  bring  his  uifci- 
 ples  word. 
 
 9  And  as  they  went 
 
 /  And  entriwg  into  3  And  they  cntfcd  a  Then  (he  run- 
 the  fepulchre,  they  in,  and  found  not  the  neth,  and  cometh  to 
 faw  a  young  man  fit-  body  of  the  Lord  je-  Simon^  Peter,  and  to 
 ting  on  the  right  fide,  fus.  the      other     difciple 
 
 clothed  in  a  long  white  4  And  it  came  to  whom  Jefus  loved, 
 garment;  and  they  pais,  as  they  were  and  faith  unto  them  , 
 were  affrighted.  much  perplexed  there-  They  have  t-ken  a- 
 
 6  And  he  faith  un-  about ,  behold  ,  two  way  the  Lord  out  of 
 to  them,  Be  not  af-  men  flood  by  them  in  the  fepulchre,  and  we 
 frighted :  ye  feek  Je-  fhining  garments.  know  not  wher«  they 
 fus  of  Nazareth,  which       f  And  as  they  were  have  hid  him, 
 
 was  crucified  :  he  is  afraid  ,  and  bowed 
 rifen,  he  is  not  here:  down  their  faces  to 
 behold  the  place  where  the  earth,  they  faid 
 they  laid  him.  unto  them,  Why  feek 
 
 7  But  go  your  way,  ye  the  living  among 
 tell  his  difciples  and  the  dead  ? 
 Peter.thathegoethbe-  6  He  is  not  here, 
 fore  you  into  Galilee:  but  is  rifen  :  remem- 
 there  fhall  ye  fee  him,  ber  how  he  fpake  un- 
 as  he  faid  unto  you.      to  you  when  he  was 
 
 yet  in  Galilee, 
 
 7  Saying,  The  Son 
 of  man  muft  be  deli- 
 vered into  the  hands 
 of  finful  men,  and  be 
 crucified,  and  the  third 
 day  rife  again. 
 
 8  And  they  wen  tout       8  And  they  remem-  3   Peter  therefore 
 
 quickly,  and  fled  from  bred  his  words ,  went  forth,  and  that 
 
 the  fepulchre;  for  they     9  And  returned  from  other    difciple,   and 
 
 trembled,  and  were  a- the  fepulchre,  and  told  came   to    the  fepul- 
 
 mazed  :  neither  faid  all  thefe  things  unto  chre. 
 
 they  any  thing  to  any  the  eleven,  and  to  all  4  So  they  ran  both 
 
 man;  for  they  were  the  reft.  together;  and  the  o- 
 
 R  r  r  a  to 
 
500 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVIII. 
 
 to  tell  bis  difciples, 
 behold ,  Jefus  met 
 them,  faying,  All  hail. 
 And  they  came  and 
 held  him  by  the  feet, 
 arid  worftiipped  him. 
 
 10  Then  (aid  Jefus 
 unto  them,  Be  not  a- 
 f raid ;  go  tell  my  bre- 
 thren that  the^  go  in- 
 to Galilee ,  and  there 
 (hall  they  fee  me. 
 
 ii  Now  when  they 
 were  going ,  behold , 
 fome  of  the  watch 
 came  into  the  city,  and 
 fhewed  unto  the  chief 
 pried  s  all  the  things 
 that  were  done. 
 
 1 2  And  when  they 
 were  aflembled  with 
 the  elders,  and  had  ta- 
 ken counfel,  they  gave 
 large  money  unto  the 
 fouldiers, 
 
 i3Saying,Sayye,His 
 difciples  came  by 
 night ,  and  dole  him 
 away  while  we  flept. 
 
 14  And  if  this  come 
 to  the  governors  ears, 
 we  will  perfuade  him, 
 and  fecurc  you. 
 
 tf  So  they  took  the 
 money,  and  did  as 
 they  were  taught  : 
 and  this  laying  is 
 commonly  reported 
 among  the  Jews  until 
 this  day. 
 
 Mark. 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 afraid. 
 
 9  Now  when  Jefus 
 was  rifen  early,  the 
 firft  day  of  the  week, 
 he  appeared  firft  to 
 Mary  Magdalene,  out 
 of  whom  he  had  caft 
 feven  devils. 
 
 10  And  (he  went 
 and  -told  them  that 
 had  been  with  him,  as 
 they  mourned  and 
 wept. 
 
 11  Andthey,when 
 they  had  heard  that  he 
 was  alive,  and  had 
 been  feen  of  her,  be- 
 lieved not. 
 
 Luke. 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 10  It  was  Mary 
 Magdelene,  and  Jo- 
 anna, and  Mary  the 
 mother  of  James,  and 
 other  women  that  -were 
 with  them,  which  told 
 thefe  things  unto  the 
 apoftles. 
 
 11  And  their  words 
 feemed  to  them  as  idle 
 tales,  and  they  belie- 
 ved them  not. 
 
 1 2  Then  arofe  Pe- 
 ter .  and  ran  unto  the 
 fepulchre,  and  ftoop- 
 ing  down ,  he  beheld 
 the  linen  clothes  laid 
 by  themfelves,  and  de- 
 parted ,  wondring  in 
 him  felt  at  that  which 
 was  come  to  pafs. 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 ther  difciple  did  out- 
 run Peter,  and  came 
 firft  to  the  fepulchre. 
 5-  And  he  (looping 
 down,  and  looking  int 
 faw  the  linen  clothes 
 lying,  yet  went  he  not 
 in. 
 
 6  Then  comcth  Si- 
 mon Peter  following 
 him,  and  went  into 
 the  fepjlchre,  and 
 feeth  the  linen  clothes 
 lie; 
 
 7  And  the  napkin 
 that  was  about  his 
 head,  not  lying  with 
 the  linen  clothes,  but 
 wrapped  together  in 
 a  place  by  itfelf. 
 
 8  Then  went  in  al- 
 io that  other  difciple, 
 which  came  firft  to  the 
 fepulchre,  and  he  faw 
 and  believed. 
 
 9  For  as  yet  they 
 knew  not  the  fcrip- 
 ture,  that  he  muft  rife 
 again  from  the  dead. 
 
 i©  Then  the  difci- 
 ples went  away  again 
 unto  their  own  home. 
 
 » 1  But  Mary  flood 
 without  at  the  fepul- 
 chre, weeping:  and 
 as  (he  wept,  (he  (loop- 
 ed down ,  and  looked 
 into  the  fepulchre, 
 
 12  And  feeth  two 
 angels  in  white,  fit- 
 ting, the  one  at  the 
 head,  and  the  other  at 
 the  feet,  where  the 
 body 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijls 
 
 501 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 M  ARK. 
 
 Luke.  Johk. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 body  of  Jefus  had  lain : 
 
 1 3  And  they  fay  unto  her,  Wo- 
 man, why  weepctt  thou  ?  Shefaifh 
 unto  them,  Becaufc  they  have  taken 
 away  my  Lord,  and  I  know  not 
 where  they  have  laid  him. 
 
 14  And  when  fhe  had  thus  faid, 
 me  turned  her  felf  back,  and  faw  Je- 
 fus {landing,  and  knew  not  that  it 
 was  Jefus. 
 
 if  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Woman, 
 why  Weepeft  thou?  whom  feekeft 
 thou  ?  fhe  fuppofing  him  to  be  the 
 gardener,  faith  unto  him,  Sir,  if  thou 
 haft  born  him  hence,  tell  me  where 
 thou  haft  laid  him,'  and  I  will  take 
 him  away. 
 
 16  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Mary.  She 
 turned  her  felf,  and  faith  unto  him, 
 Rabboni,  which  is  to  fay,  Mafter. 
 
 17  Jefus  faith  unto  her,  Touch 
 me  not:  fori  am  not  yet  af-ended 
 to  my  Father -.but  go  to  my  brethren, 
 and  fay  unto  them,  I  afcend  unto  my 
 Father  and  your  Father,  and  to  my 
 God  and  your  God. 
 
 18  Mary  Magdalene  came  and 
 told  the  difciples,  that  fhe  had  feen 
 the  Lord ,  and  that  he  had  fpoken 
 thefe  things  unto  her. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 §5-.  1  i  After  that,  he 
 appeared  in  another 
 form  unto  two  of 
 them,  as  they  walked, 
 and  went  into  the 
 countrey. 
 
 1 3  And  they  went 
 and  told  it  unto  the  rc- 
 fidue :  neither  believed 
 chey  them. 
 
 14  Afterward   he 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 1 3  And  behold,  two 
 of  them  went  that 
 fame  day  to  a  village 
 called  Emmaus.which 
 was  from  Jerufalem, 
 about  threefcore  fur- 
 longs. 
 
 14  And  they  talked 
 together  of  all  thefe 
 things  which  had  hap- 
 pened. 
 
 19  Then  the  fame 
 day  at  evening,  being 
 the  firft  day  of  the 
 week,  when  the  doors 
 were  fhut,  where  the 
 difciples  were  afl'era- 
 bled  for  fear  of  the 
 Jews,  came  Jefus  and 
 flood  in  the  midft,  and 
 faith  unto  them.  Peace 
 be  unto  you. 
 
 ap- 
 
5oz 
 
 The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew. 
 
 Chap.  XXVIII. 
 
 Mark. 
 
 Chap.  XVI. 
 
 appeared  unto  the  ele- 
 ven's they  fat  at  meat, 
 and  upbraided  them 
 with  their  unbelief, 
 and  hardness  of  heart, 
 becaufe  they  believed 
 not  them  which  had 
 fcen  him  after  he  was 
 rifen, 
 
 j  f  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them  ,  Go  ye  into 
 all  the  world,  and 
 preach  the  gofpel  to 
 every  creature. 
 
 1 6  He  that  belie- 
 veth  and  is  baptized, 
 fhall  be  faved ;  but  he 
 that  bclieveth  not,fhall 
 be  damned. 
 
 1 7  And  thefe  figns 
 fhall  follow  them  that 
 believe ;  In  my  name 
 fhall  they  caft  out  de- 
 vils, they  fhall  fpeak 
 with  new  tongues, 
 
 1 8  They  fhall  take 
 up  terpen  ts ,  and  if 
 they  drink  any  deadly 
 thing  it  fhall  not  hurt 
 them;  they  fhall  lay 
 hands  on  the  fick,  and 
 they  fhall  recover. 
 
 Luke. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 15-  And  it  came  to 
 pafs,  that  while  they 
 communed  together , 
 and  reafoned,  Jefus 
 himfelf  drew  near, 
 and  went  with  them. 
 
 16  But  their  eyes 
 were  hoi  Jen>  that  they 
 fhou'ld  not  know  him. 
 
 17  And  he  faid  un- 
 to them ,  What  man- 
 ner of  communicati- 
 ons are  thefe  that  ye 
 have  one  to  another, 
 as  ye  walk.and  are  fad? 
 
 18  And  the  one  of 
 them,  whofe  name 
 was  Cleopas,  anfwer- 
 ing,faid  unto  him,  Art 
 thou  only  a  Ilranger 
 in  Jerufalem,  and  haft 
 not  known  the  things 
 which  are  come  to 
 pafs  there  in  thefedays? 
 
 19  And  he  faid  un 
 to  them,  What  things  ? 
 And  they  faid  unto 
 him ,  Concerning  Je- 
 fus of  Nazarerh.which 
 was  a  prophet  mighty 
 in  deed  and  word  be-- 
 fore  God,  and  all  the 
 people. 
 
 20  And  how  the 
 chief  priefts  and  our 
 rulers  delivered  him 
 to  be  condemned  to 
 death,  and  have  cru- 
 cified him. 
 
 2 1  But  we  trufted 
 that  it  had  been  he, 
 which  fhould  have  re- 
 deemed Ifrael :    and 
 
 John. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 ao  And  when  he 
 had  fo  faid,  he  fhew- 
 ed  unto  them  his  hr.nds 
 and  his  fide.  Then 
 were  the  difciples  glad 
 when  they  law  the 
 Lord. 
 
 21  Then  faid  jefus 
 to  them  again ,  Peace 
 be  unto  you:  ss  my 
 Father  hath  fent:mc, 
 even  fo  fend  I  you. 
 
 22  And  when  he 
 had  faid  this.hc  breath- 
 ed on  them,  and  faith 
 unto  them ,  Receive 
 ye  the  holy  Ghoft. 
 
 23  Whofe  foever 
 fins  ye  remit,  they  are 
 remitted  unto  them  j 
 and  whofe  foever  fins 
 ye  retain,  they  are  re- 
 tained. 
 
 24ButThomas,one 
 of  the  twelve,  called 
 Didymus ,  was  not 
 -with  them  when  Je- 
 fus came. 
 
 2^  The  other  difci- 
 ples therefore  faid  un- 
 to him,  We  have  feen 
 the  Lord.  But  he  faid 
 unto  them ,  Except  I 
 fhall  fee  in  his  hands 
 the  print  of  the  nails, 
 and  put  my  finger  in- 
 to the  print  of  the 
 nails,  and  thruft  my 
 hand  into  his  fide ,  I 
 will  not  believe. 
 
 befn'c 
 
of  the  four  Ecvangelijls.  503 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 bcfidc  all  this,  to  day  is  the  third  day 
 iince  thefe  things  were  done. 
 
 xx  Yea,  and  certain  women  alfo  oF 
 our  company  made  us  aftonifhed, 
 which  were  early  at  the  fepulchre  : 
 
 xx  And  when  they  found  not  his 
 body,  they  came,  faying,  that  they 
 had  alfo  feen  a  virion  of  angels, 
 which  faid  that  he  was  alive. 
 
 24  And  certain  of  them  which 
 were  with  us ,  went  to  the  fepul- 
 chre, and  found  it  evenfo  as  the  wo- 
 men had  faid ;  but  him  they  faw  not. 
 
 xf  Then  he  faid  unto  them ,  O 
 fools,  and  flow  of  heart  to  believe 
 all  that  the  prophets  have  ipoken : 
 
 x6  Ought  not  Chrift  to  have  fuf- 
 fered  thefe  things,  and  to  enter  in- 
 to  his  glory  ?. 
 
 x?  And  beginning  at  Mofes,  and 
 all  the  prophets,  he  expounded  un- 
 to them  in  all  the  fcriptures,  the 
 things  concerning  himfelf. 
 
 28  And  they  drew  nigh  unto  the 
 village,  whether  they  went :  and  he 
 made  as  though  he  would  have  gone 
 farther. 
 
 29  But  they  contained  him,  fay- 
 ing, Abide  with  us,  for  it  is  to- 
 wards evening,  and  the  day  is  far 
 fpent.  And  he  went  in  to  tarry 
 with  them. 
 
 30  And  it  came  to  pais,  as  he  fat 
 it  meat  with  them,  he  took  bread, 
 und  bleiTed  it,  and  brake,  and  gave 
 to  them. 
 
 x 1  And  their  eyes  were  opened, 
 and  they  knew  him ;  and  he  va- 
 nifhed  out  of  their  fight. 
 
 xx  And  they  faid  one  to  another, 
 Did  not  our  heart  burn  within  us, 
 while  he  talked  with  us  by  the  way, 
 and  while  he  opened  unto  us  the 
 fcriptures?  tx  And 
 
jo4  *fl°e  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  Johm. 
 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 3  3  And  they  rofe  up  the  fame 
 hour,  and  returned  to  Jerufalem, 
 and  found  the  eleven  gathered  to- 
 gether, and  them  that  were  with 
 them, 
 
 34  Saying,  The  Lord  is  rifen  in- 
 deed,  and  hath  appeared  to  Simon. 
 
 37  And  they  told  what  things 
 were  done  in  the  way,  and  how  he 
 was  known  of  them  in  breaking 
 of  bread. 
 
 36  And  as  they  thus  fpake,  Jefus 
 himfelf  flood  in  the  midftof  them, 
 and  faith  unto  them,  Peace  be  unto 
 you. 
 
 37  But  they  were  terrified  and 
 affrighted,  and  fuppofed  that  they 
 had  feen  a  fpirit. 
 
 38  And  hefaid  unto  them,  Why 
 are  ye  troubled,and  why  do  thoughts 
 arife  in  your  hearts  ? 
 
 39  Behold  my  hands  and  my 
 feet,  that  it  is  I  my  felf:  handle  me, 
 and  fee,  for  a  fpirit  hath  not  flefli 
 and  bones,  as  ye  fee  me  have. 
 
 40  And  when  he  had  thus  Ipo- 
 ken,  he  (hewed  them  his  hands  and 
 his  feet. 
 
 41  And  while  they  yet  believed 
 not  for  joy,  and  wondred,  he  faid 
 unto  them,  Have  ye  here  any  meat  ? 
 
 42  And  they  gave  him  apiece  of 
 a  broiled  fifli,  and  of  an  honeycomb. 
 
 43  And  he  took  it,  and  did  eat 
 before  them. 
 
 44  And  he  faid  unto  them,  Thefe 
 Are  the  words  which  I  {pake  unto 
 you,  while  I  was  yet  with  you,  that 
 all  things  muft  be  fulfilled  which 
 were  written  in  the  lawof  Mofes, 
 and  in  the  prophets,  and  in  the  pfalms 
 concerning  me. 
 
 4f  Then  opened  he  their  under- 
 
 ftanding, 
 
of  the  four  Evangelijh 
 
 5°5 
 
 M 
 
 Mark. 
 
 L  u  K  E. 
 Chap.  XXIV. 
 
 John. 
 
 /landing  ,  that  they  might  under- 
 stand the  fcriptures  , 
 
 46  And  laid  unto  them,  Thus  it 
 is  written,  and  thus  it  behoved 
 Chrift  to  fuffer,  and  to  rife  from 
 the  dead  the  third  day  : 
 
 47  And  that  repentance  and  re- 
 million  of  fins  fhould  be  preached 
 in  his  name,  among  all  nations,  be- 
 ginning at  Jerufalem. 
 
 48  And  ye  are  witneffes  of  thefe 
 things. 
 
 49  And  behold,  I  fend  the  pro- 
 mife  of  my  father  upon  you :  but  tar- 
 ry ye  in  the  city  of  Jerufalem,until  ye 
 be  endued  withpower  from  on  high. 
 
 Chap.  XXVIII. 
 
 %6.  1 6  Then  the  ele- 
 ven difciples  went  a- 
 way  into  Galilee,into  a 
 mountain  where  Jefus 
 had  appointed  them. 
 
 17  And  when  they 
 faw  him,  they  wor- 
 shipped him :  but  fome 
 doubted. 
 
 r8  And  Jefus  came, 
 and  fpake  unto  them, 
 faying,  All  power  is 
 given  unto  me  in  hea- 
 ven and  in  earth. 
 
 19  Go  ye  therefore 
 and  teach  all  nations, 
 baptizing  them  in  the 
 name  of  the  Father* 
 and  of  the  Son ,  and 
 of  the  holy  Ghoft: 
 
 20  Teaching  them 
 to  obferve  all  things 
 whatsoever  I  have 
 commanded  you :  and 
 lo,  1  am  with  you  al- 
 waj  even  unto  the  end 
 of  the  world.  Amen, 
 
 Chap. 
 19  So 
 
 XVI. 
 
 then  after 
 
 5-0  And  he  led  them 
 the  Lord  had  fpoken  out  as  far  as  to  Betha- 
 unto  them,  he  was  re-  ny :  and  he  lift  up  his 
 ceived  up  into  heaven,  hands,  and  bleffed 
 and  fat  on  the  right  them, 
 hand  of  God. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 26  And  after  eight 
 days,  again  his  difci- 
 ples were  within,  and 
 Thomas  with  them  : 
 then  came  Jefus,  the 
 
 f  1  And  it  came  to    doors  being  Ihut,  and 
 
 20  And  they  went    pals,  while  he  bleffed    #°od  inthemidfhand 
 
 forth,   and   preached    them,  he  was  parted    ^a^»   Pe^ce   be  unto 
 
 every  where,  the  Lord    from  them,  and  car-    vou' 
 
 working  with  them,   ried  up  into  heaven.  z7   Then  faith  he 
 
 and    confirming    the        5-2  And  they  wor-    t0  Thomas,  Reach  hi- 
 
 word  withfigns  fol-    (hipped  him,  and  re-    £her  %  finger,  and 
 
 lowing.    Amen.  turned  to  Jerufalem    behold  my  hands;  and 
 
 with  great  joy  :  reacn  hither  thy  hand, 
 
 SI  And  were  con-    a,nd  thr"ft  it  into  my 
 
 tinually  in  the  temple,    h<io:  a"d  benotfaith- 
 
 praifing  and  bleffmg    Wft  hut  believing. 
 
 God.    Amen.  *8    And    Thomas 
 
 anfwered,    and    faid 
 
 nnto  him ,   My  Lord 
 
 and  my  God. 
 
 29  Jefus  faith  unto 
 him,  Thomas,  Because 
 thou  haft  feen  me, 
 thou  haft  believed  : 
 bleffed  are  they  that 
 have  not  feen,  zndyet 
 s  ,  ,  have  believed. 
 
 .  ?o  And 
 
$o6  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XX. 
 
 30  And  many  other  figns  truly  did 
 Jeiiis  in  the  prefenceof  his  difciples, 
 which  are  not  written  in  this  book. 
 
 3 1  But  thefe  are  written,  that  ye 
 mightbelievethat  Jefus  is  the  Chrift: 
 the  Son  of  God,  and  that  believing 
 ye  mighthave  life  through  his  name. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 AFter  thefe  things  Jefus  {hewed 
 himfelf  again  to  the  difciples 
 at  the  fea  of  Tiberias  ;  and  on  this 
 wife  fhewed  he  him/elf. 
 
 x  There  were  together  Simon 
 Peter,  and  Thomas  called  Didymus, 
 and  Nathanael  of  Cana  in  Galilee , 
 and  the  fons  of  Zebedee,  and  two 
 other  of  his  difciples. 
 
 3  Simon  Peter  faith  unto  them, 
 I  go  a  fifhing.  They  fay  unto  him, 
 We  alio  go  with  thee.  They  went 
 forth,  and  entred  into  a  fliip  imme- 
 diately; and  that  night  they  caught 
 nothing. 
 
 4  But  when  the  morning  was 
 now  come,  Jefus  flood  on  the  fhore : 
 but  the  difciples  knew  not  that  it 
 Was  Jefus. 
 
 •7  Then  Jefus  faith  unto  them , 
 Children,  have  ye  any  meat?  They 
 anfweredhim,  No. 
 
 6  And  he  faid  unto  them ,  Caft 
 the  net  on  the  right  fide  of  the  fhip, 
 and  ye  fhall  find.  They  caft  there- 
 fore, and  now  they  were  not  able 
 to  draw  it  for  the  multitude  of  fifties. 
 
 7  Therefore  that  difciple  whom 
 Jefus  loved ,  faith  unto  Peter,  It  is 
 the  Lord.  Now  when  Simon  Peter 
 heard  that  it  was  the  Lord,  he  girt 
 his  fiftiers  coat  unto  bhn,  (for  he  was 
 naked)  and  did  caft  himfelf  into  the 
 fea.  8  And 
 
of  the  four  Evangelifts.  507 
 
 Matth*»,  Makk.»  Luks.  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI 
 
 8  And  the  other  difclplcs  came 
 in  a  little  ftrip  ( for  they  were  not 
 far  from  land,  but  as  it  were  two 
 hundred  cubits)  dragging  the  net 
 with  fifties. 
 
 9  Aflbon  then  as  they  were  come 
 to  land,  they  faw  a  fire  of  coals  there, 
 and  fifti  laid  thereon ,  and  bread. 
 
 10  Jefus  faith  unto  them,  Bring  of 
 the  fiih,  which  ye  have  now  caught. 
 
 11  Simon  Peter  went  up,  and 
 drew  the  net  to  land  full  ot  great 
 fifhes,  an  hundred  and  fifty  and 
 three :  and  for  all  there  were  fo 
 many,  yet  was  not  the  net  broken. 
 
 12  Jefus  faith  unto  them,  Gome 
 and  dine.  And  none  of  the  difci- 
 ples  durftask  him,  Who  art  thou? 
 knowing  that  it  was  the  Lord. 
 
 1 3  Jefus  then  cometh ,  and  ta^ 
 keth  bread,  and  giveth  them,  and 
 fifti  likewise. 
 
 14  This  is  now  the  third  time 
 that  Jefus  (hewed  himfelf  to  his 
 difciples,  after  that  he  was  rifea 
 from  the  dead. 
 
 if  So  when  they  had  dined,  Je- 
 fus faith  to  Simon  Peter,  Simon  fon 
 of  Jonas,  Weft  thou  me  more  then 
 thefe?  He  faith  unto  him,  Yea, 
 Lord}  thou  knoweft  that  I  love  thee. 
 He  faith  unto  him,  Feed  my  lambs. 
 
 16  He  faith  unto  him  again  the 
 fecond  time,  Simon  fon  of  Jonas, 
 Joveftthoume?  He  faith  unto  him, 
 Yea,  Lord,  thou  knoweft  that  I 
 love  thee.  He  faith  unto  him,  Feed 
 my  iheep. 
 
 1 7  He  faith  unto  him  the  third 
 time,  Simon  fon  of  Jonas,  loveft 
 thou  me  ?  Peter  was  grieved ,  be- 
 caufe  he  faid  unto  him  the  third 
 time,  Loveft  thou  me  r  And  he  faid 
 *     Sff  :  unto 
 
5*o8  The  Harmony 
 
 Matthew.  Mark.  Luke.,  John. 
 
 Chap.  XXI. 
 
 unto  him ,  Lord,  thou  knoweft  all 
 things; thou  knoweft  that  I  love  thee. 
 Jefus  faith  unto  him,  Feed  my  fheep. 
 
 1 8  Verily  verily  I  fay  unto  thee, 
 When  thou  waft  young,  thou  gird- 
 edft  thy  felf,  and  walkedft  whither 
 thou  wouldeft :  but  when  rhou  ftialt 
 be  old,  thou  (halt  ftretch  forth  thy 
 hands,  and  another  fhall  gird  thee, 
 and  carry  thee  whither  thou  would- 
 eft not. 
 
 1  o  This  fpake  he ,  fignifying  by 
 what  death  he  ftiould  glorify  God. 
 And  when  he  had  fpoken  this,  he 
 faith  unto  him,  Follow  me. 
 
 20  Then  Peter  turning  about, 
 feeth  the  difciple  whom  Jefus  loved, 
 following ;  which  alfo  leaned  on 
 his  breaft  at  fupper,  and  faid,  Lord, 
 which  is  he  that  betrayeth  thee  ? 
 
 2 1  Peter  feeing  him,  faith  to  Je- 
 fus, Lord,  and  what  jJmll  this  man 
 do  ? 
 
 22  Jefus  faith  unto  him,  If  I  will 
 that  he  tarry  till  1  come ,  what  is 
 that  to  thee?   Follow  thou  me. 
 
 23  Then  went  this  faying  abroad 
 among  the  brethren,  that  that  difci- 
 ple mould  not  die:  yet  Jefus  faid 
 not  unto  him ,  He  fhall  not  die  J 
 but,  If  I  will  that  he  tarry  till  I  come, 
 what  is  that  to  thee  ? 
 
 24  This  is  the  difciple  which  te- 
 ftifieth  of  thefe  things,  anJ  wrote 
 thefe  things  :  and  we  know  that  his 
 teftimony  is  true. 
 
 2 j*  And  there  are  alfo  many- 
 other  things  which  Jefus  did,  the 
 wTiichif  they  mould  be  written  eve- 
 ry one,  I  fuppofe  that  even  the  world 
 it  felf  could  not  contain  the  books 
 that  ftiould  be  written.    Amen. 
 
 THE 
 
?r^ 
 
 3999 
 
 37f6 
 
 Ab. 
 
 ^jooo 
 
 375-7 
 
 Tebeth. 
 
 Tebeth 
 
 4709 
 Auguft 
 
 4710 
 January 
 
 January 
 
 Jyar.        May 
 
 (  509  ) 
 
 HARMONY 
 
 O  F     T  H  E 
 
 FourEvangelifts 
 
 Epitomiz'd. 
 
 I.  ^  T.  Luke'*  Preface.  Many  had 
 ^S  writ  Hijlories  of  Chrift.  Him- 
 f elf  had  obtained  a  full  know- 
 ledge of  all  things.  Is  refolv'd  there- 
 fore to  write  a  moft  exact  Hiflory. 
 Dedicates  it  to  Theophilus. 
 
 The  Angel  Gabriel  appears  to  Za- 
 charias.  Foretels  the  Birth  o/John 
 the  Baptijl.  Zacharias  is  dumb.  The 
 Baptijl  conceiv'd. 
 
 (z)  The  Angel  Gabriel  is  fent  to 
 Nazareth.  Appears  to  the  Virgin 
 Mary.  Foretels  the  Nativity  of 
 Chrijl.  Mary  is  amaz.'d  at  the  News. 
 The  Angel  ajfures  her  of  the  Cer- 
 tainty of  it.  Informs  her  of  the  Con- 
 ception of  the  Baptijl.  Mary  acqui- 
 efces. 
 
 (3)  The  Virgin  Mary  goes  into  Ju- 
 daea. Vifits  Elizabeth.  The  Baptiji 
 in  the  Womb  leaps  for  joy.  Elizabeth 
 tranfported ,  Sings  an  Hymn  of  joy. 
 Mary  ftngs  her  Hymn  of  I'raife  [the 
 Magnificat.}  She  fays  three  Months 
 with  Elizabeth.  Returns  to  Naza- 
 reth. 
 
 (4)  The  Baptijl  is  Born.  The  Bap- 
 tijl is  Circumcis'd,  and  named  at  firft 
 Zacharias.  His  Father  names  him 
 John.  Zacharias  recovers  his  Speech. 
 Sings  a  Frophetick  Hymn  of  Praife. 
 John  the  Baptijl  grows.  Continues 
 in  the  Deferts. 
 
 I 
 
 (0 
 
 C38) 
 
 (39) 
 
 (T7) 
 
 C80) 
 
(   5IQ 
 
 o  « 
 
 2.  o 
 
 5Sl 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 Jyar. 
 
 Jyar. 
 
 4001 
 37JTS 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 May 
 
 May 
 
 Oftob. 
 
 if. 
 
 O&ob. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 ur  Evange 
 
 Epitomizd, 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 II.  rj+HE  Genealogy   of  Jofcph, 
 JL     /&e  Husband  of  the  Virgin 
 Mary. 
 
 Before  *£?  Regal  Government  four- 
 teen Generations. 
 
 Under  the  Regal  Government  four- 
 teen Generations. 
 
 After  the  Regal  Government  four- 
 teen Generations. 
 
 (2)  The  Virgin  lAnryiifaund  with 
 Child  ly  Jofeph  He  thinks  to  put 
 her  away  privately.  An  Angel  ap- 
 pears to  him.  Bids  him  not  fear  to  re- 
 ceive his  Wife.  Foretells  the  Birth  of 
 fefus  the  true  Immanuel.  He  takes 
 his  Wife  home. 
 
 (3)  An  Enrolment  of  the  fern. 
 [The  Tax  it  felf  not  levyed  till  Cy- 
 renius  was  Governor  of  Syria,  9  or  1  o 
 years  afterwards]  Jofeph  and  Mary 
 afcendfrom  Nazareth  to  Bethlehem 
 to  be  enroled  there.  Chrifi  u  Born, 
 He  is  laid  in  a  Manger. 
 
 (4)  Shepherds  watch  their  Fhcks 
 by  night.  An  Angel  appears  to  them . 
 Informs  them  of  the  Nativity  of  Chrifi 
 that  day  at  Bethlehem.  A  Choire 
 of  Angels  join  in  a  fhort  Hymn  of 
 Fraife.  The  Shepherds  go  to  Beth- 
 lehem, and  find  Chrifi  there.  He  is 
 Ciratmcis'd.    l\amd  Jefus. 
 
 I 
 
 f'7) 
 
 (h) 
 
 M 
 
 11 
 
 (0 
 
 (7) 
 
 (8) 
 
 (1O1 
 
(  1 
 
 I  I 
 
 S3 
 
 J?^ 
 
 2  es> 
 
 Hhefva    Novem 
 
 Hhefva 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 4013 
 
 3770 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 47*3 
 10 
 April 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (f)  Wife  men  come  from  the  Baft 
 to  Jerufalem.  A  Jlrange  Star  had 
 been  their  Guide.  They  enquire  the 
 Place  for  the  Nativity  of  the  Mejfias. 
 They  find  Bethlehem  to  be  it.  Go 
 thither.  Adore  Chriji,  and  offer  him 
 Gifts.  Are  warned  not  to  return  by 
 Herod.     Go  home  another  way. 
 
 (6)  Jofeph  admont/h'd  by  an  An- 
 gel to  go  into  Egypt.  He  with  Mary 
 and  the  young  Child  defcends  thither. 
 Herod  kills  the  Infants  [and  his  Son 
 AntipaterJ  He  Dies.  The  Angel  re- 
 calls  Jofeph  out  of  Egypt.  He  fears 
 Archelaus.  Is  again  encourag'd  by 
 the  Angel.     Goes  for  Galilee. 
 
 (7)  [Archelaus  at  Jericho  :  and 
 Jerufalem  in  the  direel  Road  to  Na- 
 zareth.] Jofeph  and  Mary  with  the 
 young  Child  call  at  the  Temple.  The 
 Virgin  Mary  is  purify'd.  Jefus  her 
 firft-born  prefented  to  God.  Symeon 
 takes  Jefus  in  his  Arms.  Sings  his 
 Nunc  dimittis.  Anna  the  Prophetefs 
 blejfes  God.  Jofeph,  with  Mary  and 
 the  young  Child, goes  on  to  Nazareth. 
 
 (8)  Chriji  increafes  in  Wifdom  s 
 Stature,  and  Reputation.  His  Parents 
 go  up  every  Tear  to  the  Pajfover. 
 Chriji  at  it  years  of  Age  goes  up  with 
 them.  Bifputes  with  the  Dotlors  in 
 the  Temple.  His  Tarentsgo  back  with- 
 out him.  Return  and  find  him  with 
 the  Doftors.  He  returns  with  them  to 
 Nazareth. 
 
 2 
 > 
 H 
 H 
 
 X 
 
 trt 
 
 II 
 (?) 
 
 («) 
 
 («3) 
 
 (») 
 
 (39) 
 
 (4o) 
 
(   5  i  J-  ) 
 
 V   Hd 
 
 "SV^I 
 
 *,% 
 
 H  S* 
 
 o  m 
 
 8  S' 
 
 JL  O 
 
 p- « 
 
 P* 
 
 S5  § 
 
 Pti 
 
 p  s- 
 
 B 
 
 4o?i 
 
 474I 
 
 3789 
 
 28 
 
 Tiiri. 
 
 oaob. 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Oftob. 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangeiiits 
 
 Eptomizd. 
 
 lU.>-r*HE  f annus  fifteenth  Year  of 
 JL  Tiberius  begun.  The  Com- 
 mencing of  the  Gofpel,  by  the  Pub- 
 lick  Vreachmgand  Baptizing  of  'John, 
 and  the  Private  of  Jefus  himfelf foon 
 after.  A  Summary  of "John' $  Doclrine, 
 in  St.  Luke  till  his  lmprifonment . 
 Chrift  about  Thirty  years  old  at  this 
 his  fir ft  Preaching. 
 
 (x)  At  this  beginning  of  the  Gofpel, 
 cr  of  Chrift"  s  Mtntftry ,  His  own  Ge- 
 nealogy  by  the    Virgin    Mary    I  the 
 Daughter  of  Heli  in  the  "Talmud]  is 
 fet  down  by  St.  Luke. 
 From  Chrift  to  David  4  ?  Generations. 
 From  David  to  Abraham  14  Gene- 
 rations,    From  Abraham  to  Adam 
 ao  Generations, 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Kiflcu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 474* 
 it, 
 
 M 
 
 I 
 
 0) 
 
 (8) 
 
 (3)  St.  JohnV  Divine  Preface.  The 
 A«y®">  *  Divine  Perfon.  The  Crea- 
 tor of  all  things.  Tie  Light  of  all 
 Mankind.  Attefied  to  by  John  the 
 Baptift.  Re  jetted  by  his  own  People. 
 Wtllmake  all  his  Followers  Sons  of God 
 Becomes  Man.  Lives  on  Earth.  Is  the 
 Son  of  God. 
 
 (4)  The  Baptift  declares  the  Dignity 
 and  Preheminence  of  Chrift.  Priefts 
 and  Levites  of  the  Sett  of  the  P  hart- 
 fees  fent  to  Examin  the  Baptift.  He  dif- 
 claims  being  either  the  MeJJias,  Elias, 
 or  a  bare  Prophet.  Afferts  he  is  the 
 forerunner  of  the  Meffias.  Owns  his 
 inferiority  to  the  Meffias. 
 
 HI 
 CO 
 
 (10) 
 
 (38) 
 
 to 
 
 (h) 
 M 
 
 (28) 
 
( J'J 
 
 o  2 
 
 Tebetlv 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Ni&n. 
 
 3V 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 — ~~  '      Four  Evangelifts 
 Efitomizd. 
 
 January 
 
 Februa. 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 (?)  Chrifl  comes  to  Bcthabara,  be- 
 yond Jordan ,  where  John  was  Bap- 
 tizing. John  declares  him  to  be  the 
 Mejpas.  The  Defcent  and  Manfion 
 of  the  B.  Spirit  the  Signal  of  the 
 Mejpas.  John  having  feen  the  Signal, 
 is  ajjur'd  Jefus  is  He.  He  firmly  at- 
 tefis  the  fame  accordingly  to  all. 
 
 (6)  The  next  day  Jefus  walks  by. 
 John  and  two  of  his  Di/ciples,  An- 
 drew and  another  [St.  John]  fiand 
 and  fee  him  walking  by.  John  calls 
 him  the  Lamb  of  God.  The  two  Dif- 
 ciples  follow  Jefus.  Stay  with  him  all 
 day.  Peter  firft  brought  to  Chrifl. 
 Philip  and  Nathanael  firft  brought  to 
 him. 
 
 (■j)  A  Marriage-feaft  in  Cana  of 
 Galilee.  Mary  with  Chrifl  and  his 
 Difciples  invited  to  it  Wine  is  want- 
 ing for  the  Gwfls.  Mary  informs 
 Chrifl  of  it.  Chrifl  delays  for  fame 
 time.  Afterwards  turns  Water  into 
 Wine.  His  Difciples  believe.  Chrifl 
 abides  a  while  at  Capernaum. 
 
 IV.  f^Hrifl  goes  up  to  the  Pajfover 
 \^J  to  Jerufalem.  Drives  the 
 Buyers  and  Sellers  out  of  the  Temple. 
 Foretels  his  own  Refurreclion.  The 
 1  emple  built  forty  fix  Years.  Chrifl 
 works  Miracles  at  the  Feafl.  Many 
 fee  them,  and  believe  on  him.  Chrifl 
 trufls  nut  himj'elf  to  them. 
 
 T  t  t 
 
 g 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 X 
 
 (*-f 
 
(   5'4  ) 
 
 O    w 
 
 2-.0 
 
 3.1! 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 b 
 
 Jyar. 
 
 May 
 
 Sivan. 
 
 June 
 
 Tamuz 
 
 July 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Augufl: 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Augufl: 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Augufl: 
 
 j 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Eptomizd. 
 
 (x)  Nicodemus,  a  Ruler  of  the 
 Jews,  comes  to  Chrift  by  night.  Chrift 
 inftruEis  him  at  large.  The  Nature  of 
 Spiritual  and  Baptifmal  Regenera- 
 tion. Nicodemus  ts  amazed  at  his 
 DoBrine.  Chrift  inftruBs  him  farther. 
 Of  the  Preaching  and  Death  of  the 
 MeJJias.  Of  Faith  and  Good  Works. 
 
 (i)  Chrift  goes  into  the  Territory 
 of  Judaea.  He  Baptizes  there  by  the 
 Miniftry  of  his  Difciples.  John  Bap- 
 tines  in  Mxion.  near  Salim.  Is  in- 
 formed by  his  Difciples  of  the  Multi- 
 tudes baptized  by  Chrift  in  Judxa. 
 He  rejoices  at  it.  Proclaims  Chrift 's 
 Dignity. 
 
 V.  r^Hrift  leaves  Judxa  to  avoid 
 V^J  the  Defigns  of  the  Pharifees, 
 andgoesforGzlilee.  Hepajjes through 
 Samaria.  Is  weary  and  thirfty  with 
 Travelling.  Sits  down  on  Jacob'/  Well, 
 near  Sychar.  Difcourfes  with  a  Wo- 
 man. Of  the  Water  of  Life.  Of  the 
 Place  and  Nature  of  God's  Wor/hip. 
 He  is  the  Mefpas. 
 
 (i)  The  Woman  goes  to  the  City. 
 Informs  'em  of  Chrift.  Brings  a  great 
 Multitude  back  with  her.  Chrift' s 
 Meat  to  do  his  Father's  Will.  Seed- 
 time and  Harveft  clofe  together .  Ma- 
 ny believe  on  the  Woman's  Teftimony 
 concerning  Chrift.  Many  more  believe 
 upon  their  own  hearing  him.  Chrift 
 flays  at  Sychar  two  days. 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 K 
 
 w 
 
 3 
 
 si 
 > 
 
 * 
 
C    w 
 
 — 
 
 , 
 
 Elul. 
 
 '%& 
 
 3" 
 
 4033 
 
 o 
 
 379° 
 Tifri. 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 t 
 
 Tebeth. 
 
 & 
 
 It- 
 
 Septem, 
 
 Sbebat. 
 Adar. 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Februa, 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 (     515     ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Eptomtxd. 
 
 (3  )  A  Prophet  not  honoured  in  his 
 own  Countrey.  Chrift  therefore  had 
 ftaidfo  longmjudxa.  He  now  returns 
 into  Galilee.  1  he  Galileans  had  feen 
 his  Miracles  at  the  Pajfover.  They 
 therefore  receive  him  well.  He  comes  to 
 Cj.iu. While  he  is  there  he  heals  the  Son 
 of  a  Nobleman  fuk  at  Capernaum. 
 
 (4.)  Chrift  comes  to  John  the  Bap- 
 tift  to  Jordan.  Deftres  to  be  Bapti- 
 zed cf  him.  John  is  at  firft  unwil- 
 ling. Chrift  muft  fulfil  all  Righte- 
 oufnefs.  John  [as  the  conclufion  of 
 his  Office']  Bp.ptiz.es  Chrift.  Ihe  Holy 
 Ghoft  defends  on  Chrift.  A  Voice 
 from  Heaven  to  him. 
 
 (f)  Chrift  is  immediately  led  into 
 the  Wtldernfs  [o/Juda.J  Tafts  forty 
 days  and  forty  nights.  Is  tempted 
 by  the  Devil  there,  1.  To  difiruft  of 
 Cod's  Providence.  1.  To  Idolatry,  in 
 hcrft.ipping  the  Devil.  3.  "10  Pre- 
 f  mpticn,  in  throwing  hmfe'f  down 
 fri-mthe  Pinacle  of  the  j  emple,  Chrift 
 overcomes.  Ihe  Devil  departs  from 
 him.    Angels  minifter  to  him. 
 
 VI.  [  TOhn  is  inFrifonJ]  Chrift  goes 
 J  to  Jerilfelem  to  the  Feaft.  A 
 
 Cripple  atthePoolcfEetheidz.  Chrift 
 heals  him  <.n  the  Sabbath.  Bids  him 
 take  up  hit  Beda&d  walk  theft 
 jhe  ]t\  t  Ojueftion  hit/,  for  doing  fo. 
 Chrift  after tsthat  he  is  the  Son  cj  Lied, 
 ihe  J.  vS  charge  himwilh  B  ijpherr.y 
 and  Prof aM/^js,  Theyfeek  his  Life. 
 
 T  t  c  z 
 
 (+3) 
 
 k)-4) 
 
 (•3) 
 
 (17) 
 IV 
 
 (0 
 
 (9) 
 
 CO 
 
 03) 
 
 M 
 
 IV 
 
 CO 
 
 (13) 
 
 v 
 
 (0 
 
 (47) 
 
5i*  ) 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Jyar- 
 
 5S2 
 
 frf 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 Hhefva 
 
 Sivan. 
 
 June 
 
 Tamuz 
 
 Ab. 
 
 EluL 
 
 July 
 
 Auguft 
 
 Septem 
 
 4034 
 
 379i 
 Tifri. 
 
 oaob. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 -  Eptomizd. 
 
 (%)  Chrift  bears  a/John'*  Imprifon- 
 ment.  Being  in  danger  of  his  Life  in 
 Judcea,  he  departs  into  Galilee.  Begins 
 his  Pub.ick  Miniftry  there.  Preaches 
 and  works  Miracles  with  great  Ap- 
 laufe.  Comes  to  Nazare  th.  Reads  in 
 their  Synagogue.  Explains  a  Text  in 
 Ifaias.  Is  expell'd  from  Nazareth. 
 Goes  and  dwells  at  Capernaum. 
 
 ($)  Chrift  walks  by  the  Sea  of  Ga- 
 lilee. Sees  Simon  Peter,  and  Andrew 
 his  Brother  fijhing.  Bids  them  follow 
 him  [for  the  prefent.]  He  goes  a  little 
 farther.  Sees  James  and  John,  the 
 Sons  of  Zebedee,  mending  their  Nets. 
 Bids  them  alfo  follow  him  [for  the 
 Prefent.']  They  leave  their  Ships,  and 
 follow  him  accordingly. 
 
 (4)  Chrift  enters  Capernaum. 
 Preaches  in  their  Synagogue,  and  cafts 
 out  a  Devil.  Heals  Peter'*  Wives  Mo- 
 ther of  a  Feaver.  At  night  heals  vaft 
 Multitudes.  Retires  in  the  morning 
 into  a  defert  to  pray.  Simon  and  his 
 Companions  find  him  and  prefs  him 
 to  return.  He  preaches  and  cafts  out 
 Devils  through  Galilee. 
 
 (5-)  Chrift ftands  by  the  Lake  of  Gen. 
 nezareth.T&e  People  crowd  about  him. 
 He  fees  two  Ships  on  thefhore.  The  Fiflj- 
 ermen  are  waftiing  their  Nets.  Chrift 
 goes  into  SimonV  Ship  and  Teaches  the 
 People  out  of  it.  He  occafions  a  mighty 
 Draught  of  Fifties.  Calls  Andrew,  Pe- 
 ter, James  and  John.  They  leave  All 
 and  follow  him  [intirely.] 
 
 c«; 
 
 C'7) 
 (18; 
 
 (") 
 
 VIII 
 
 ('4) 
 
 f'7) 
 
 (14) 
 
 C'iO 
 
 (16) 
 
 (io) 
 
 (*0 
 
 (19) 
 
 ('4) 
 
 (5°) 
 
 (V) 
 
 (44J 
 V 
 
 (0 
 
 tu) 
 
O     en 
 
 .^ 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Tcbeth. 
 
 2?  si 
 
 9  S' 
 
 &4 
 
 Decern. 
 
 4744 
 January 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 March 
 
 April 
 
 (   5*7   ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (6)  Chrifi  is  in  a  certain  City.  A 
 Leper  begs  his  Afpfiance.  Profeffis  his 
 Faith  in  his  Power.  Chrifi  heals  him. 
 Enjoins  him  filence.  Sends  him  to  the 
 Priefi  according  to  the  Law  of  Moks. 
 Great  Multitudes  come  about  him.  He 
 retires  again  to  the  defert for  Devotion. 
 
 (j)  Chrifi  returns  to  Capernaum. 
 Vafi  Multitudes  crowd  to  hear  him. 
 A  Paralytick  let  down  through  the 
 Tiles.  Chrifi  ajfures  him  his  fins  are 
 forgiven.  The  Scribes  and  Pharifees 
 fay  'tis  Blafphemj.  He  confirms  that 
 invifible  Power  by  a  vifible  Miracle, 
 and  heals  the  Paralytick.  All  are 
 amx&'d  at  it. 
 
 (8)  Chrifi  goes  and  teaches  by  the 
 Sea.  Calls  Matthew  from  the  receipt 
 of  Cufiom.  Is  entertained  by  him. 
 Publicans  and  Sinners  fit  down  with 
 Chrifi.The  Scribes  and  Pharifees  mur- 
 mur at  it.  He  vindicates  himfelf.  Why 
 his  Difciples  don' tfafl.The  Brni egroom 
 yet  with  'em.New  Wine  for  newBottles. 
 
 2 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 X 
 
 (4) 
 
 IX 
 
 60 
 
 (8) 
 
 (9) 
 
 (•7) 
 
 !M 
 
 VII.  pTpHZ  Time  of  t.'.  -  Pajfover  XII 
 JL  at  Jerufalem.]  The  r«'/3- 1  (1) 
 /2ulov  Aiv\$(y<7!?a'(sv>  or  Firft  Sabbath, ' 
 after  the  Sheaf-offering  on  the  feco?id  j 
 Day  of  the  Pajfover.  Chrifi  walks 
 through  thefianding  Corn.  His  Difci- 
 ples rub  the  Ears  of  Com.  The  Jews 
 murmur.  He  vindicates  them  by  the 
 Examples  of  David  and  the  Priefis  in 
 the  lemple.  '    (8) 
 
 (4°)     0  0 
 
 tot)  (l6) 
 
 07) 
 
 (>3) 
 
 II 
 
 CO 
 
 (12)     (%6) 
 
 (")     (39) 
 
 VI 
 
 (0 
 
 (r) 
 
(     5**     ) 
 
 l  <■& 
 
 o  « 
 
 a.  ^ 
 
 Jyar. 
 Sivan. 
 
 Sivan. 
 Tamuz 
 
 SSI 
 o  S' 
 
 o 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomised. 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 a 
 
 (9) 
 
 IV 
 
 Or) 
 
 V 
 
 CO 
 
 VIII 
 
 (0 
 
 > 
 
 K 
 
 m 
 
 ' — 1 
 
 0 
 
 J25 
 
 May 
 June 
 
 June 
 July 
 
 (1)  On  another  Sabbath  Cbrifi  en- 
 ters into  a  Synagogue.     Heals  cm  of 
 a  Withered  hand  there.  Defends  what 
 he  had  done.    His  Deflruclio'n  fought. 
 He  retires  to  the  Sea.  Heals  vajl  Mul- 
 titudes.   Charges  \m  to  keep  all  pri- 
 vate.   Fulfills  thereby  a  Prophecy  of 
 Ifaias.  The  Multitudes fiill follow  him. 
 
 H 
 
 ( 
 1 
 
 0 
 
 (< 
 
 I 
 
 9) 
 
 0 
 
 (' 
 
 (■ 
 c» 
 
 (< 
 
 V 
 
 ( 
 ft 
 
 ) 
 0 
 
 tj 
 
 9) 
 0) 
 
 9J 
 
 11 
 
 0 
 
 0  i 
 
 VIII.  f^Hriflgoes  up  intotheMount. 
 V_^     t ay  sail  night  in  a  Qhap- 
 pel.     In  the  morning  calls  federal  of 
 his  Difciples  to  him.    Choofes  Twelve 
 for  his  Apoftles.    Defcends  from  the 
 Mount  to  the  Plain.    Vaft  Multitudes 
 attend  his  def cent. Wait  for  htsPreach- 
 ing  and  Cures.  Seek  to  touch  him  on- 
 ly.  Chrifi  heals  them  all. 
 
 ( 2)  The  famous  Sermon  by  theMcunt. 
 1  he  Bleffid.  The  Curfed.  He  compleats 
 the  Law. Of  Reconciliation  to  Brethren, 
 Divorce,  Swearing,  Love  to  Enemies. 
 Of  fecret  Alms,  Prayer  and  Fafiing. 
 Againfi  Sollicitude  and  rafh  Judging. 
 Ask  &have.Doas  we  would  be  done  to. 
 Enter  in  attheflraitgate.Atree  known 
 by  its  fruits,  ihe  bare  Hearer  condemn  d 
 
 V 
 
 1 
 
 t 
 
 VII 
 
 VIII 
 (f) 
 
 (■()  Chrifi  enters  into  a  Houfe  in 
 Capernaum.  The  People  crowd  about 
 him.  A  Centurion's  fervant  fick.  The 
 Centurion  fends  fir  ft  the  Elders  of  the 
 Jew?,  then  fome  Friends.    Comes  at 
 lafi  himfelf  Begs  of  Chrifi  not  to  ccme 
 himfelj.  Only  to /peak  the  word,  and 
 heal  hit  (ervant.  Chrifi  wond-rs  at  jots 
 extraordinary  Faiih, Heals  his fervint. 
 
 ( 
 
 ( 
 
 to) 
 
 id 
 
(   JU>  ) 
 
 Tamuz 
 
 Ab. 
 
 July 
 
 Au^uft 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Aueuft 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Auguft 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomized. 
 
 (4)  Chrift  goes  the  next  day  to  Nain. 
 A  Widows  only  Son  there  dead  :  car- 
 ried on  a  Bier  to  his  Funeral.  Chrift 
 meets  'em  at  the  Gate  of  the  City.  The 
 Bearers  fiand  ftill.  Chrift  touches  the 
 Bier,  and  raifes  the  dead  Child.  The 
 Multitude  are  amaz,ed  at  it.  Chrift' s 
 Fame  mightily  increases  upon  it. 
 
 (f)  John  the  Baptift  ftill  in  Vrifon. 
 Sends  two  of  his  Difciples  to  Jefus  to 
 know  whether  he  were  the  Chrift.  Je- 
 fus heals  all  forts  of  Difeafes  in  their 
 prefence.  Bids  'em  for  an  anfwer  tell 
 John  what  they  had  heard  and  feen. 
 He  magnifies  the  Baptift.  Complains 
 that  neither  John's  fevere,  nor  his  free 
 way  wins  'em. 
 
 (6)  Chrift  upbraids  the  Cities  where 
 his  Miracles  had  been  chiefly  wrought. 
 Wo  to  Chorazin,  Bethlkida,tf»</  Ca- 
 pernaum.  Better  for  Tyre,  Sidon,  and 
 Sodom  in  the  Day  of  Judgment.  God 
 hides  his  Truths  from  the  Frond.  Re- 
 veals them  to  the  Humble.  Chrift  blef- 
 fes  the  Divine  Wifdom  for  it.  His 
 Yoke  eafy. 
 
 (y)  Simon  the  Fharifee  invites  j 
 Chrift  to  a  Treat.  A  Woman,  who  was  \ 
 a  f inner,  wafties  his  Feet  with  Tears,  ■ 
 wipes  'em  with  her  Hair,  kiffes  them 
 and  anoints  'em  with  Ointment.  The  I 
 Fharifee  wonder  that  he  lets  her.  Two  j 
 Debtors  of  a  great  and  of  a  fmall  Sum  \ 
 forgiven.  Which  will  love  moft.  ' 
 
 XI 
 00 
 
 (19) 
 
 |:.(i.) 
 
 07) 
 (18) 
 
 (If) 
 
 (to) 
 
 (3°) 
 
 (36) 
 
 (f°) 
 
(   5">  ) 
 
 ■Y 
 
 ^ 
 
 Elul. 
 
 4035- 
 3791 
 Tint 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 2S* 
 
 Septem. 
 
 oaob. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (8)  drift  Trenches  all  about.  The 
 twelve  Apo files  and  fevcral  Women 
 in  his  Company.  He  cafts  out  a  De- 
 vil out  of  one  Blind  and  Dumb.  His 
 Sight  and  Speech  reftor'd  upon  it.  Is 
 accus'd  to  do  it  by  Beelzebub.  Me  vin- 
 dicates himfelf.  A  Kingdom  divided 
 cannot  ftand.  Jhe  Sin  againft  the  Ho- 
 ly Ghoft  unpardonable. 
 
 Novem.  (0)  The  Scribes  and  Pharifees  de- 
 I  fire  afign.  Muft  only  have  the  fign  of 
 the  Prophet  Jonas.  The  Ninivitcs  and 
 jQueen  of  Sheba  will  condemn  the 
 Jews.  An  Evil  Spirit  gone  out  and 
 returning  isworfe  than  before.  Chrift's 
 Mother  and  Brethren  Jeek  to  come  at 
 him  but  cannot  for  the  Prefs.  Who  are 
 his  Mother  and  Brethren. 
 
 Hhefva.   Novem. 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 Novem 
 
 (10)  Chrift  goes  the  fame  day  in- 
 to a  Ship.  Preaches  to  the  Multitudes 
 out  of  it.  The  Parable  of  the  Sower 
 on  different  forts  of  ground.  TheRea- 
 fon  of  Chrift's  ufe  of  Parables.  The  Pa- 
 rable of  the  Sower  expounded.  Jhe  Pa- 
 rable of  fares.  Of  a  Grain  ofMuftard- 
 feed.  Of  Leaven  hid  in  3  S^tdofMeal, 
 
 (11)  Chrift  leaves  the  Multitude. 
 Comes  into  an  Houfe.  Explains  the 
 Parable  of  the  Tares.  Defcribes  thence 
 the  Day  of  Judgment .  The  Parable 
 of  Treafurehidina  Field.  Of  a  Pearl 
 of  great  price.  Of  a  Net  gcthiritig 
 good  Fifty  and  bad.  TheDfaple:  un- 
 derfland  them  all  at  laft.  A  good 
 Scribe  of  the  Kingdom  of  God. 
 
 XII 
 
 (37) 
 
 (38) 
 
 (to) 
 
 XIII 
 
 CO 
 
 (3» 
 
 W) 
 
 (nl 
 
 c«) 
 
 — 
 M 
 
 M 
 
 IV 
 
 (0 
 
 (34) 
 
 VIII 
 
 CO 
 
 (3) 
 
 09) 
 
 £4 
 
 (4) 
 
 (18) 
 
(    511     ) 
 
 IS 
 
 Hhefva 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 Hhefva 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 4 
 
 3^ 
 
 Novem. 
 
 No  vera. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 Four 
 
 Efitomizd. 
 
 Evangelifts 
 
 ( r  3)  Chrifi  arrives  at  the  Coumrcy 
 of  the  Gadarcns.  Two  Dxmoniucks 
 exceeding  fierce  meet  htm.  A  Legion 
 of  Devils  in  'em.  Chrifi  fends  'em  cut 
 into  an  Herd  of  Swine.  '1  hey  run  head- 
 long into  the  Sea.  The  Gadarens  defire 
 him  to  begone.  T^eDsemoniacks^/V 
 to  go  home  and  tell  the  Miracles. 
 
 (14)  Chrifi  fails  back  to  Caper- 
 naum. A  certain  Scribe  ajfures  him 
 that  he  will  fellow  him  whither  foever 
 he  goes.  Chrifi  [  :ufi  expeU'd  from 
 GergafaJ  complains  he  has  not  where 
 to  lay  his  head.  Another  defires  leave 
 firfi  to  bury  his  Father.  Is  bid  to  fol- 
 low Chrifi  immediately. 
 
 (if)  J airus-  comes  to  Chrifi.  Says 
 his  Daughter  is  dying.  Begs  of  htm 
 to  come  and  heal  her.  Heroes  with 
 him.  A  Woman  troubledwtth  a  Bloody- 
 flux  1  r  years,  comes  and  touches  the 
 Border  of  his  Garment.  Is  cur'd  and 
 di/cover'd.  Jairus'^  Daughter  dead. 
 Chrifi  raifes  her  to  life.  Enjoins  Si- 
 lence. 
 
 V  v  v 
 
 (11)  At  Even  Chrifi  takes  Ship  fcr  VIII 
 the  other  fide.  A  great  Storm  of 
 Wind.  1  he  Ship  is  ready  to  be  drown- 
 ed. Chrifi  afieep  upon  a  Pillow.  They 
 awake  him.  He  fiills  the  Wind  and 
 the  Sea.  The  Pajfengers  are  exceed- 
 ingly amaz/d  at  it. 
 
 (•8) 
 8c 
 
 C>7) 
 
 (*8J 
 
 (34) 
 
 IX 
 
 (0 
 VIII  i 
 
 to; 
 
 in) 
 
 IX 
 
 (18) 
 
 (26) 
 
 (35")      (") 
 
 M 
 
 V 
 
 0) 
 
 (10) 
 
 M 
 
 (43) 
 
 to) 
 
 (*6) 
 
 (39) 
 
 (4o) 
 
 (*«> 
 
m 
 
 I* 
 
 M 
 
 C-  -h 
 
 ... 
 
 — - 
 
 k^ 
 
 ?i 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 47  4f 
 
 3* 
 
 Tebeth. 
 
 January 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 March 
 
 (   5*i  ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomized. 
 
 (i  6)  Two  Blind  men  follow  him  as 
 he  pajjes  thence,  B eg  his  affifinnce,and 
 believe  in  him.  Chrifi  heals  them.  En- 
 joins'' em  Silence.  A  Dumb  tnanpoffefs'd 
 •soith  a  Devil  brought  to  him.  Chrifi 
 cafis  out  the  Devil.  The  Dumb  /peaks. 
 The  Pharifees  afcribe  it  to  Beelzebub. 
 
 (i-j)  Chrifi  comes  to  Nazareth  a- 
 gain.  On  the  Sabbath  Preaches  in  their 
 Synagogue.  They  wonder  at  his  Do- 
 Brine  and  Miracles.  Yet  defpife  him 
 as  the  Son  of  a  Carpenter,  and  related 
 to  mean  people  among  'em.  A  Prophet 
 leafi  honour 'd  in  his  own  Countrey. 
 
 IX  f^Hrifi  Preaches  and  Heals  all 
 \^j  about  the  Countrey.  Bids 
 his  Difciples  pray  for  Labourers  in 
 God's  Harvefi.  The  Miffton  and  Tn- 
 firuclion  of  the  twelve  Apofiles.  ihcy 
 muftgo  to  ^Ifraelites  alone.  Preach 
 and  Heal.  Take  nothing  fuperfiuous 
 with' em.  Beware  of  Men.  Notbeftu- 
 dious  how  to  anfwer.  Expecl  Afflicti- 
 ons. Not  to  fear  Man.  Toforfake  all 
 for  Chrifi.  To  receive  them  is  to  receive 
 him.    2  hey  all  Preach  and  Heal. 
 
 (2)  A  Digreffion  concerning  the' 
 Death  of  the  Baptift  not  long  before. 
 His  Difciples  Bury  him  and  tell  Chrifi 
 of  it.  Herod  the  Tetrarch  hears  of 
 Chrifi' s  fame.  Various  Conjectures  in 
 his  Court  who  hefiiould  be.  Somefuf- 
 pecl  him  to  be  the  Baptifi  ri/en  again. 
 Herod  fears  the  fame. 
 
 M 
 
 (34) 
 
 XIII 
 
 (f8) 
 
 IX 
 (if) 
 
 XI 
 
 (0 
 
 XIV 
 
 0) 
 
 M 
 
 VI 
 
 (0 
 
 (6) 
 
 to) 
 
 (14) 
 
 09) 
 
 IX 
 
 CO 
 
 (7) 
 
 (9) 
 
(    5*3 
 
 it 
 
 Is, 
 
 &Y 
 
 .*-§> 
 
 Nifaa 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 £S* 
 
 4 
 
 April 
 
 April 
 
 April 
 
 April 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangeliits 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (  3)  The  twelve  Apofiles  return  and 
 give  Chrifi  an  account  of  their  Preach- 
 ing and  Miracles.  They  all  retire  to 
 the  Defert  of  Bethfaida  by  Sea.  The 
 Multitudes  follow  him  thither.  He  pi- 
 ties them.  Preaches  to  them,  and  Heals 
 their  Sick. [TheP  ajfover  being  at  hand.'] 
 
 (4)  Towards  night  he  feeds  5-000 
 with  $■  Loaves  and  2  Fijhes.  Twelve 
 Baskets  of  Fragments  remain.  The 
 Multitudes  will  make  him  King.  He 
 retires  to  a  Mountain.  Sends  his  Dif- 
 ciples  away  before.  He  fiays  mofi  part 
 of  the  night  at  his  Devotions. 
 
 (f)  1  he  Difciples fail  away.  Night 
 comes  on.  They  are  over-againfl  Ca- 
 pernaum. A  Storm  drives  them  from 
 the  City  farther  into  the  Sea.  About 
 break  of  day  Chrifi  walks  towards 
 them  on  the  Sea.  They  fear  he  is  a 
 Ghojl.  Peter  walks  on  the  Water. 
 Chrifi  comes  into  the  Ship.  Ike  Storm 
 ceafes.  They  come  afiiore.  Chrifi 
 Heals  all. 
 
 (6)  The  next  day  the  Multitudes 
 follow  Chrifi  and  find  him.  Chrifi 
 difcourfes  largely  of  Faith  in  himfclf 
 under  the  Figures  of  the  Bread  from 
 Heaven,  the  Bread  of  Life,  eating 
 his  Flefh  and  drinking  his  Blood.  Many 
 of  his  Difciples  murmur,  and  leave 
 him.  The  Twelve  (lay.  Judas  called 
 a  Devil. 
 
 V  v  v   2 
 
 2 
 
 H 
 9 
 
 03) 
 
 (^) 
 
 2 
 > 
 
 (30) 
 
 (if) 
 
 (46) 
 (47) 
 
 (10) 
 
 (11) 
 
 0^" 
 
 (*7) 
 
 VI 
 
 (0 
 
 (16) 
 7n) 
 
 W) 
 
 C70 
 
(    St4 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Jyar. 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 
 Sivan. 
 
 June 
 
 Tamuz 
 
 July 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomized. 
 
 X.  Q  Crimes  and  Pharifees  come  down 
 O  from  Jeruiilem.  Chrift's  Dif- 
 ciples  eat  with  un waft) en  H finds.  Are 
 accufed  of  breaking  the  Traditions  of 
 the  Elders.  Chrift  feverely  chides  the 
 Scribes  and  Pharifees  for  their  p>rni- 
 ciohs Traditions  if  or  Teaching  the  Com- 
 mandments of  Men  j  and  for  the  faying 
 Corban.  What  goes  into  the  Mouth 
 does  not  defile  a    Man. 
 
 (2)  Chrift  goes  to  the  Borders  of 
 Tyre  and  Sidon.  Comes  privately  in- 
 to an  Houfe.  A  Canaanitiih  Woman 
 '  ~s  his  help  for  her  Daughter  a  De- 
 moniac k.  Chrijfat  firfi  is  filent.  Pre- 
 fently  tells  her  he+s  notfent  but  to  the 
 loft  rfraelites.  Childrens  Bread  not  for 
 the  Dogs.  She  is  importunate.  Her 
 Daughter  cuf  d. 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 * 
 
 X 
 
 5s 
 
 m 
 
 f 
 
 XV 
 
 VII 
 
 W 
 
 (0 
 
 (20) 
 
 c»o 
 
 ^  (  3)  C^n/?  /w^j  through  the  mid  ft 
 of  the  Coafts  of  Decapolis.  Comes  to 
 the  Coaftof  the  Sea  of  Galilee.  Goer 
 up  and  fits  in  a  Mountain.  They  bring 
 to  him  a  deaf  and  almoft  dumb  per/on. 
 Chrift,  with  fom?  acltons  preceding, 
 cures  him  perfeclly.  Enjoins  filence  in 
 vain.    Multitudes  heal  J. 
 
 (4)  The  Multitudes ftay  with  Chrift 
 in  the  Defert  three  days.  Chrtft  pities 
 them.  Feeds  4000  with  7  Loaves  and 
 afewfmall  Fifties.  7  Baskets  of  Frag- 
 ments remain.  He  fends  the  Multi- 
 tudes away.  Goes  into  a  Ship.  Arrives 
 at  the  Parts  o/Dalmanutha. 
 
 (»8) 
 
 (23) 
 
 C*4) 
 
 (3°) 
 
 (v) 
 
 M    |(S7) 
 (32)    VIII 
 
 (l) 
 
 (39) 
 
 (10) 
 
O    w 
 
 Tamaz 
 
 Ab. 
 
 Ab. 
 
 7?  Si 
 
 July 
 
 Auguft 
 
 Au£uft: 
 
 Elul.        Septem 
 
 (   5M    ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomized. 
 
 (6)  Chrijl  comes  /oBethlaida.  7&ey 
 ^r/»^  «  £//»</  »za«  tt  £/';»  to  be  cur'd. 
 Chrift  takes  him  out  of  the  Town.  Spits 
 in  his  Eyes,  and  lays  his  Hands  on  him 
 The  Man  fees  confufedly.  Chrijl  puts 
 his  Hands  on  his  Eyes.  He  fees  perfect- 
 ly.     Chrijl  enjoins  himfecrecy. 
 
 (7)  Ghrift  goes  towards  Ccefarea 
 Pliilippi.  Enquires  of  his  Difciphs 
 mens  Opinions  of  him.  He  is  thought 
 to  be  either  John  the  Bapt.ft,  Elias, 
 feremias,  or  fome  other  of  the  Pro- 
 phets. Peter  owns  him  for  Chrijl  the 
 Son  of  God.  His  Anfwt  r  commended . 
 Chrijl  foretells  his  own  Death.  Life 
 to  be  loft  for  Chrijl. 
 
 ($■)  The  Pharifees  and  Sadducees 
 dfireafignfrom  Heaven.  Chrift  up- 
 braids 'em  with  knowing  the  Signs  of 
 the  Weather, and  not  of  the  Times.  Will 
 only  give  'em  the  Sign  of  the  Prophet 
 Jonas.  Departs  by  Sea  to  the  other 
 fide.  Bread  forgotten,  ihe  Leaven  of 
 the  Pharifees. 
 
 XI.  A  Bout  a  Week  after  Chrift  takes 
 A  Peter,  James  and  John  in- 
 to an  high  Mountain.  He  is  transfi- 
 gured before  'em.  Mofes  and  Elias  ap- 
 pear and f peak  cf  the  Death  of  Chrift. 
 A  yoice  from  Heaven.  1  he  next  day 
 Chrift  defcenJsfrom  ihe  Mount. Char- 
 ges 'em  to  keep  all  private  till  hisRe- 
 furrection.    ihe  Baptift  Elias. 
 
 . 
 
 % 
 
 1 
 
 « 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 fa 
 
 X 
 
 Pi 
 
 feri 
 
 3 
 
 XVI 
 
 00 
 
 CO 
 
 M 
 
 (*0 
 
 (Zl) 
 
 (16) 
 
 0 
 
 3) 
 
 (' 
 
 7) 
 
 (« 
 
 s) 
 
 (3 
 
 8) 
 
 XVII 
 
 IX 
 
 (I 
 
 ) 
 
 ( 
 
 0 
 
 ?•) 
 
 (1 
 
 2) 
 
 (18) 
 
 (vr) 
 
 (28) 
 
 (%6) 
 
(   5^   ) 
 
 II 
 
 S2 
 
 » 
 
 Elul. 
 
 Septem 
 
 Elul. 
 
 Septem 
 
 Elul. 
 
 Septem, 
 
 Elul. 
 
 Septem. 
 
 8 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (»)  The  Difciples  puzzled  in  the 
 ca fling  out  of  a  Devil.  Chrijl  reproves 
 their  Infidelity.  Cafts  out  the  Devil. 
 The  Difciples  enquire  why  they  could 
 not  cafl  him  out.  He  tells  'em  that 
 Prayer  and  Fafting  were  necejfary. 
 Goes  privately  through  Galilee.  Fore- 
 tells his  own  Death  again. 
 
 (3)  Chrift  comes  to  Capernaum, 
 The  Collectors  come  to  Pdler  to  know 
 whether  Chrift  pay'd  Tribute.  He  an- 
 fwers,  Yes.  Chrift  proves  that  he,  the 
 Son  of  God,  need  not  pay  Tribute.  Yet 
 fends  Peter  to  catch  a  Fiflo  with  a  She- 
 kel  in  its  mouth.  Fays  Tribute  there- 
 with. 
 
 (4)  The  Difciples  had  difputed  in 
 the  way  about  Priority.  Chrift  fets 
 a  young  Child  in  the  ?nidft.  Teaches 
 them  Humility  thereby.  One  forbid  to 
 work  Miracles  in  Chrift 's  Name,  be- 
 caufe  he  followed  not  Chrift.  He  is  not 
 to  6e  forbid.  Better  lofe  our  right 
 hands,  or  righ't  eyes,  dan  cjfznd  by 
 'em. 
 
 (5-)  Va  rious  Inftruclions .  Little  ones 
 nottobedefpis'd.  How  to  treat  an  Of- 
 fending Brother.  Hots  often  we  muft 
 forgive  him.  Parable  cfa  Debtor  for- 
 given 1 00 00  Talents,  and  exacting 
 100  Pence  of  his  fellow-fervant.  He 
 is  deliver' d  to  the  Tormentors.  Chrift 
 goes  beyond  Jordan. 
 
 (•4) 
 
 (*3) 
 
 (24) 
 
 (*7) 
 
 XVIII 
 
 (4 
 
 (9) 
 
 (to) 
 
 (3f) 
 XIX 
 
 (0 
 
 k 
 
 C'3) 
 
 (3») 
 
 (37) 
 
 (4f) 
 
 (33) 
 
 (46) 
 
 (49) 
 
 (f°) 
 
 X 
 
 1 
 
^3 
 
 o   « 
 
 tl  o 
 a-  -n 
 
 4036 
 
 3793 
 Tifri. 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 ^ 
 
 oa0b. 
 
 oaoh. 
 
 (  5i7  ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitornizd. 
 
 Oftob. 
 
 o&ob. 
 
 XII.  (~>Hrift  being  returned  to  Ga- 
 V_J  like,  fl?A<s  there  for  fear 
 of  the  Jews.  The  Feaft  of  Taberna- 
 cles approaches.  Chrift  perfwaded  by 
 his  Brethren  to  /hew  himfelf '  publickly 
 at  the  Feaft.  Chri/i's  time  not  yet 
 come.  He  ft  ays  behind  them  for  a  -while. 
 Afterward  goes  up,  but  privately. 
 
 (1)  The  Tear  for  the  Death  of  the 
 MeJJias  come.  Chrift  therefore  refolute- 
 ly  fets  forward  for  Jeruialem.  Sends 
 Mejfengers  before  to  prepare  for  him. 
 They  are  rejected  by  a  Samaritan  City. 
 James  and  John  for  calling  down  Fire 
 from  Heaven.  Chrift  rebukes  them.Re- 
 turns  anfwers  to  three  of  his  Followers. 
 
 (3)  The ]ewsfeek  him  at  the  Feaft, 
 and  are  divided  about  him.  Chrift 
 comes  to  the  Temple  in  the  middle  of 
 the  Feaft  and  Preaches.  The  Jews 
 wonder.  Chrifi's  Doctrine  from  God. 
 Chrift' s  Life  fought  for  his  Miracle  a- 
 bove  two  years  ago  on  theSabbatb.Cir- 
 cumcifton  done  on  the  Sabbath.  The 
 Jewsfeek  to  lay  hands  on  him,  tut  in 
 vain.   Many  believe  in  him. 
 
 (4)  The  Pharifeesfn.l  M  ffingers 
 to  apprehend  him.  The  Jews  ft) all 
 fcek  him,  but  not  find  him.  This  not 
 underftood.  Chrift  en  the  lr.fi  and 
 great  Day  of  the  Feaft  Preaches  of  the 
 EjfufioncftheH.Spirit.Divifionsagain 
 about  him.lhe  Mejfengers  return  wiih- 
 outhim.lhey  ©>Nicodemiis  T  lead  for 
 him.TheJcv/s  rejeel  him  as  a  Galilean. 
 
 VII 
 (0 
 
 (10) 
 
 (>-o 
 
 (62) 
 
 00 
 
 111 
 
 (n) 
 
5*8   ) 
 
 h 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Tifri 
 
 Tifri. 
 
 Hefvan 
 Hhefva. 
 
 2^ 
 
 1   s 
 
 «?-* 
 
 ^ 
 
 oaob. 
 
 oaob. 
 
 oaob. 
 
 oaob, 
 
 Novem 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (f)  Chrifi  goes  to  the  Mount  cf 
 Olives.  Returns  tn  the  Morning  to  the 
 Temple.  A  Woman  caught  in  the  Aci 
 cf  Adultery.  He  convicts  the  Accufers 
 of  the  fame  Crime  in  their  own  confci- 
 ence.  Does  not  Condemn  the  Woman. 
 Chrifi  the  Light  of  the  World.  Him- 
 felf  and  his  leather  tefiify  for  him. 
 Many  believe  in  him. 
 
 (6)  Chrifi  exhorts  thofe  who  be- 
 lieved on  him  to  perfeverance.  ihe 
 Truth  would  free  'em  from  Bondage. 
 The  Jews  take  it  ill  that  they  fliould 
 be  fuppos'd  in  Bondage.  Chrifi  f)ews 
 they  Imitate  the  Devil,  and  fo  are] 
 his  Children.  J  hey  fay  he  is  a  Sama- 
 ritan ,  and  has  a  Devil.  He  fceks  Cod's 
 glory  alone.  Was  before  Abraham. 
 Efcapes  fit 
 
 (j)  Chrifi  finds  one  Blind  from  his 
 Birth.  Makes  Clay  and  anoints  his 
 Eyes.  Upon  Wafliingin  Si  loam  he  re- 
 covers his  Sight.  He  is  fir  icily  examined 
 about  the  Cure.  It  was  the  Sabbath. 
 The  j  e  ws  enquire  cf  his  Barents .  If  ill 
 believe  fiill  that  Chrifi  ts  an  Impofior, 
 becaufe  he  brake  the  Sabbath.  Ihcy 
 Excommunicate  the  Alan. 
 
 (8)  Chrifi  choofes  y  o  Difciples.  Sends  j 
 them  by  two  and  two.  Gives  them 
 many  InfirucTtons.  Nothing fuperfin-\ 
 ous  to  be  taken  with  'em.  One  Houfe  ' 
 to  befiay'd  in.  Dufi  to  be  fliaken  off, 
 againfi  the  Incredulous.  T)re,Sidon  ! 
 f  and  Sodom  more  excufable. 
 
 •  « — i 
 
 o 
 
 X 
 2 
 
 VIII 
 
 (0 
 
 (30 
 
 (3 
 
 ) 
 
 (T9) 
 
 IX 
 
 (0 
 
 (34) 
 
 X 
 
 (0 
 
 (.6) 
 
(    Si?    ) 
 
 IS 
 
 ^ 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 2S* 
 
 If 
 
 Hhefva. 
 
 HhefvE 
 
 Novem, 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (o)  The  jo  return  with  joy.  Chrifi 
 enlarges  their  Commijfion  and  Infiru- 
 Hions.  Befl  occafion  of  joy  that  their 
 Names  an  writte  n  in  Heaven.  Chrifi 
 praifes  God  for  hiding  his  Myfteries 
 from  the  Frond,  and  revealing  'em  to 
 the  Humble.  Pronounces  his  Difciples 
 happier  than  the  ancient  Kings  and 
 prophets  in  knowing  thefe  Myjleries. 
 
 ( i  o)  A  Lawyer  requires  the  way  to 
 Eternal  life .  Chrifi  tells  him,  By  Love 
 to  God  and  his  Neighhour.  The  Lawyer 
 defires  to  know  who  is  his  Neighbour. 
 The  Parable  of  one  Travelling  from 
 Jerufalem  to  Jericho,  and  falling  a- 
 mongl  hieves.APriefi  and  Levitepafs 
 by.  A  Samaritan  takes  care  of  him. 
 The  Lawyer  mufigo  and  do  likewife. 
 
 (n)  Chrifi  comes  to  Bethany.  Is  en- 
 tertain'd  in  Martha'*  Houfe.  Martha 
 cumbred  with  much  ferving.  Mary 
 fits  at  Chrifi 's  feet  to  hear  him.  One 
 thing  necejfary.  Mary's  Choice  prefer' d 
 to  Martha*  j. 
 
 (li)  Chrifi  Praying  in  a  certain 
 place,  is  defir'd,  when  he  had  done,  to 
 teach  his  Difciples  a  Form  of  Prayer. 
 He  gives  'em  the  fame  Form-  he  had 
 longfince  given  'em,  The  Lord's  Pray- 
 er. Shews '  em  the  power  of  Importunity 
 in  Prayer.  The  Holy  Spirit  will  rea- 
 dily be  given  to  thofe  that  ask  him. 
 
 X  x  x 
 
 > 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 X 
 
 n 
 
 4 
 
 (17) 
 
 (H) 
 
 in) 
 (38) 
 
 XI 
 
 CO 
 
 (»3) 
 
(   53°  ) 
 
 3*3 
 
 £^ 
 
 o   « 
 2-  o 
 
 f.1 
 
 p.  ~* 
 
 &$ 
 
 2.1 
 
 2^ 
 
 •    a* 
 
 CaQcu. 
 
 Caflcu. 
 
 Cailcu. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Eptomizd. 
 
 (13)  Chrift  rafts  out  a  Devil.  Some 
 fay  tis  done  by  Beelzebub.  Others  de- 
 fire  a  fign  from  Heaven .  A  Kingdom 
 divided  againfi  it  felf  can't  ftand. 
 A  ftrong  Man  muft  have  one  ftron- 
 ger  than  him  felf  to  overcome  him. 
 Chrift" sMother  notfo  happy  us  one  that 
 keeps  God's  Law.  The  fign  of  Jonas. 
 Ninive,  &c.   will  condemn  'em. 
 
 (1 4. )  Chrift  Wafhes  not  before  Din- 
 ner. Woes  to  the  Pharifees.  They  want 
 inward  purity.  T 'ay J "mall  Tythes,  and 
 neglett  great  Duties.  Love  Preemi- 
 nence. Are  unfeen  Sepulchres.  Woes 
 to  the  Lawyers.  They  bind  Burthens 
 on  others  only.  Kill  the  living  Prophets. 
 Take  away  the  Key  of  Knowledge. 
 
 (1  f)  Chrift  gives  various  Inftrucli- 
 ons.  Nothing  to  be  covered.  Men  not  to 
 bzfear'd.  Chrift  will  not  divide  an  In- 
 heritance. Againft  Cov;toufnefs.  The 
 Parable  of  a  Rich  ?nan  building  larger 
 Barns.  He  dyes  that  night.  Againft 
 Sollicitude  for  this  life.  For  Watch- 
 fulnefs.  Contentions  will  follow  th: 
 Gofpel.     The  Signs  of  the  Times. 
 
 (1 6)  Of  the  Galileans  murder' d  by 
 Pilate.  All  muft  perift)  equally  with- 
 out Repentance.  A  Tower  kill'd  1 8  by 
 its  fall.  They  not  therefore  thegreateft 
 fimiers.  The  Parable  of  the  Pig-tree 
 barren  for  three  years.  It'sfpar'da 
 fourth  year.  After  that  doom'd  to  ut- 
 ter Excifion. 
 
 > 
 
 Cm) 
 
 (37) 
 
 (>-4) 
 XII 
 
 CO 
 
 (59) 
 
 XIII 
 
 (0 
 
 (9) 
 
M'    ) 
 
 Years  of 
 :he  World. 
 
 Julian 
 Period. 
 
 Si 
 
 4 
 
 Caueu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 Cafleu. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 i 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (iy)  A  Woman  crooked  and  bowed 
 down  for  iS  years.  Chrifl  wakes  her 
 fir  ait  on  the  Sabbath.  7  he  Ruler  of 
 the  Synagogue  is  very  angry.  Chrifl 
 •vindicates  himfelf.  A  Beaji  led  to 
 Watering  on  the  Sabbath  by  the  Jews. 
 The  Enemies  of  Chrifl  confounded. 
 The  T arables  of  a  Grain  of  Muftard~ 
 feed  and  of  Leaven.  Chrifl  goes  for 
 Jerufalem. 
 
 XIII.  f^Hrifl  hears  of  the  Excom- 
 \>_J  munication  of  him  that  was 
 cur'd  of  his  Blindnefs.  He  lights  upon 
 the  Man.  Declares  himfelf  to  be  the 
 Son  of  God.  The  Man  worfhips  him. 
 He  reproves  the  Blindnefs  of  the  Vha- 
 rifees.  Their  Opinion  of  their  own  dif- 
 cerning  increafes  their  Blindnefs. 
 
 (2)  Chrifl  profejfes  himfelf  the  Good 
 Shepherd:  The  Boor  of  the  flnepfold : 
 Will  give  his  life  for  his  flieep :  Many 
 of  his  (heep  not  within  the  foeepf  old  of 
 the  Jewifh  Church:  He  will  gather 
 them  and  make  all  one  Fold  as  he  is  the 
 fole  Shepherd :  He  lays  down  his  life 
 freely.  1  he  Jews  divided  about  him. 
 
 ( x)At  theFeafl  of 'Dedication  Chrifl 
 Preaches  in  Solomon'*  Cloiflers.  Ap- 
 peals to  his  Works.  His  flieep  believe 
 and  are  [afe,  He  and  his  Father  are 
 One.  T^ejews  attempt  toflone  him 
 for  Blafphemy.  Chrifl  (hews  that  per- 
 fans  commijflon'd  byGod  areflil'dGods, 
 much  more  may  he  claim  to  be  his  Son. 
 He  again  goes  beyond  Jordan. 
 
 X  x  x    z 
 
 > 
 
 (10) 
 
 («) 
 
 (if) 
 
 M 
 
 x 
 (0 
 
 I 
 
 (49) 
 
(   53*  ) 
 
 z* 
 
 Tebcth. 
 
 Decern. 
 
 4745" 
 32 
 
 Tebeth.   January 
 
 Tebeth. 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 January 
 
 January 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (4.)  One  enquires  whether  few  be 
 fav'd.  Need  of  great  and  early  care 
 about  it.  Many  from  all  quarters  (hall 
 fit  down  in  the  Kingdom  of  God.  Some 
 think  to  terrify  Chrift  with  a  threat- 
 ning  from  Herod.  He  is  unconcern' d 
 at  it.  Jerufalem ,  the  great  Murderer 
 of  the  Prophets,  /hall  not  fee  him  till 
 his  Triumphal  Entry. 
 
 (?)  Chrift  Eats  with  a  Pharifee  on 
 a  Sabbath.  Heals  one  of  the  Dropfy 
 the  fame  day.  Vindicates  the  fail.  The 
 I 'arable  of  'the  Guefts.  The  Lower  place 
 to  be  chofen.  The  Poor  and  Maimed 
 to  be  invited.  The  Parable  of  the 
 great  Supper.  The  Excufes  of  thofe 
 invited.    The  Poor  come  and  feaft. 
 
 (6)  A  Multitude  follow  Chrift.  He 
 ajfures  'em  they  muft  for  fake  all  and 
 take  up  their  Crofs  if  they  would  be  his 
 Difiiples.  The  Par  tble  of  a  Man  tha  t 
 Built  a  Tower.  Of  a  King  with  10000 
 going  to  War  againft  another  with 
 20000.  The  necejfity  of  confideration. 
 
 (j)  Many  Publicans  and  Sinners 
 among  Chrift 's  Auditors.  The  Scribes 
 and  Pharifees  murmur.  Chrift  an- 
 fwers  by  three  Parables.  Of  the  Loft 
 Sheep,  of  the  Loft  Groat,  and  of 
 the  Prodigal  Son.  The  great  joy  for 
 the  recovery  of  a  Loft  Sinner,  even 
 among  the  Angels. 
 
 (*3) 
 
 h 
 
 XIV 
 
 (0 
 
 04) 
 
 T7) 
 
 tlf) 
 
 XV 
 
 (0 
 
 ($4 
 
SI 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 3V 
 
 Februa. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 Shebat. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 (   533    ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd.- 
 
 (8)  The  I- amble  of  the  Unjuft 
 Steward.  His  Mafter  calls  him  to  ac- 
 count. Takes  away  from  him  his 
 Stewardflnp.  The  Steward  provides 
 for  his  future  'fubftftence.  The  Chil- 
 dren of  this  World  prudent  in  their 
 generation.  The  Covetous  Pharifees 
 deride  Chrift.    Divorce  unlawful. 
 
 (o)  The  Parable  of  Dives  and  La- 
 zarus. Dives f 'airs  Jumptuoufly  every 
 day.  Lazarus  lies  at  his  Gate  full  of 
 Sores.  Dejires  only  crumbs  from  hisTa- 
 ble.  Dives  dies.  Is  inTorment.  La- 
 zarus dies.  Is  in  Abraham'*  Bofom, 
 Dives  begs  for  Water  to  cool  his  tongue, 
 A  Gulf  between  'em.  Dives  de fires 
 Lazarus  may  be  fent  to  his  five  Bre- 
 thren. Moles  and  the  Prophets  fuffi. 
 cient. 
 
 (10)  Offences  muft  come.  Wo  to  the 
 Caufes  of  them.  Repenting  Brother  to 
 be  forgiven  feven  times  a  day.  The 
 Power  of  Faith.  A  Servant  after  his 
 d 'ay 's  work  muft  attend  hi sM 'after ;  let 
 not  to  be  1  hanked  for  it.  All  are  Un- 
 profitable Servants. 
 
 XIV.  "\  /[Any  believe  on  Chrift  be- 
 JLV1  yond  Jordan.  Lazarus  of 
 Bethany  is  very  pck.  His  Sifters  fend 
 Chrift  word  of  it.  He  tarries ftill  two 
 days  beyond  Jordan.  Prepares  to  re~ 
 turn  into  Judaea.  His  Difciples  think 
 it  dangerous.  Pie  tells  'em  Lazarus  is 
 dead.     Goes  for  Bethany. 
 
 XVI 
 
 (0 
 
 (■3) 
 («9) 
 
 (3  0 
 XVII 
 
 (0 
 
 (10) 
 
 (40 
 
(   534  ) 
 
 a  o 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar, 
 
 or 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 > 
 H 
 H 
 X 
 W 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 > 
 
 H 
 
 8 
 
 Februa. 
 
 ( i )  Chrifi  is  met  by  Martha.  Chrifl 
 ajfures  her  of  her  Brother's  Refurrecli- 
 on.  She  under/lands  him  of  that  at  the 
 1  aft  day.  Calls  her  Sifter  Mary.  2  hey 
 mourn  exceedingly.  Chrift  weeps.  Bids 
 'em  take  away  the  Stone.  Prays  to  his 
 Father.  Calls  h?.ziv\xs  forth.  He  comes 
 forth  with  his  Grave  cloths.  Is  loofed 
 and  let  go.  Many  fpstfators  believe. 
 
 Februa. 
 
 (3)  Some  go  and  inform  the  Phari- 
 fees.  The  SanheJrin  affemble.  Own 
 the  many  Miracles  of  Chrifi  to  be  true. 
 Fear  that  all  will  in  tune  believe  on 
 him.  J  hat  the  Rom  0  n  s  will  then  de- 
 fray them.  Kaiaphas  Prophecies  of  the 
 Death  of  Chrifi for  Jew  and  Gentile. 
 The  Sanhedrin  contrive  his  death. 
 Chrifi  retires  to  Ephraim. 
 
 March 
 
 (4)  Chrifi  begins  his  lafi  Journey  for 
 Jerufalem.  Pajfes  through  the  midfi  of 
 Samaria  and  Galilee.  Ten  Lepers  meet 
 him  and  beg  his  afiifiance.  He  heals 
 them  all.  One  of  them  only  returns  to 
 give  glory  to  God.  Chrifi  enquires  for 
 the  other  Nine  in  vain.  He  who  re- 
 turn'd  a  Samaritan. 
 
 March 
 
 (f )  7 he  Pharifees  enquire  when  the 
 Kingdom  of  God  will  come.  It  is  alrea- 
 dy among  them.  Chrifi' s  coming  fud- 
 den.Like  theFlood  in  the  days  o/Noah. 
 Like  the  deftruriion  of  Sodom  in  the 
 days  of  hot.  Remember  hois  Wife.  To 
 fave  life  is  to  lofe  it.  ihe  Roman  Ea- 
 \le  hinted. 
 
 ('7) 
 
 (45") 
 
 (46) 
 
 (f4) 
 
 («0 
 
 (17) 
 
(   535    ) 
 
 ^3 
 
 o   « 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Adar. 
 
 Q^ 
 
 March 
 
 March 
 
 March 
 
 Marcli 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (6)  Pray  always  and  not  faint,  l  he 
 Un'ufi  'fudge,  whofear'd  neither  God 
 norMan.Apoor  Widow  defires'fufiice. 
 Will  have  Hj  denial.  Wearies  him  out 
 with  importunity.  God  will  at  lafi  A- 
 venge  hisElecl.  1  he  Pharifee  and  Pub- 
 lican pray  at  theTemple.  The-  one  brags, 
 the  other  cms  for  Mercy.  The  latter 
 prefer' d.  The  Humble  fio  all  be  exalted. 
 
 >  , 
 
 H 
 
 X 
 
 XVIII  j 
 
 0) 
 
 04) 
 
 (j)  The  Pharifees  tempt  Chrifi  a- 
 bout  Divorce.  Chrifi  refers  them  to  the 
 firfi  Institution  of  Marriage.What  God 
 has  join'd  none  may  feperate.  Moies 
 allow  d  a  Bill  of  Divorce  only  for  the 
 hardnfs  of  their  hearts.  The  Difci- 
 ples  think  it  hard  to  Marry  without 
 Divorce.    All  cannot  live  (in<He. 
 
 (S)  Infants  brought  to  Chrifi.  The 
 Difcipl's  oppofe  it. Chrifi  receives  them 
 and  bl'ffes  them.  A  Rich  young  mzn 
 asks  the  way  to  Eternal  life.  None  good 
 but  God.  Keep  the  Commandments.  Sell 
 allf  r  Treafure  in  Heaven.  The  Young 
 man  forfakes  Chrifi.  The  Danger  of 
 Riches.  The  Reward  of  forfaking  all 
 for  Chrifi. 
 
 \(l) 
 
 0=0 
 
 (9)  The  Parable  of  the  Labourers 
 in  the  Vin.  yard.  A  Penny  a  day  at  the 
 firfi  hour  The  fame  at  the  %d,  9th  and 
 1  xlhhours.  he  firfi  Murmur  at  this 
 Inequality.  No  Tnjufiice  hereby  done 
 them.  The  Mafic  r  m^y  do  what  he  will 
 ■vith  his  own.  1  heir  Eye  evil,  becaufe 
 he  is  good.  1  he  la ft, firfi ,'and  the  firfi  laft. 
 
 0°) 
 
 0) 
 
 CsO 
 
 0°) 
 
 xx 
 0) 
 
 06) 
 
yf -< 
 
 £Si 
 
 %a 
 
 "  s 
 
 o    <» 
 
 5  S' 
 
 a  o 
 
 P-ss 
 
 p-  **" 
 
 *^ 
 
 s4 
 
 *  i; 
 
 & 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 March 
 
 ^ 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Nifan, 
 
 March 
 
 March 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 March 
 
 (   53*   ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 ( i  o)  Chrifi  continues  his  lafi  "Jour- 
 ney for  Jerulalem.  Tore  tells  bis  own 
 Death  and  Refurreclion  again  pri- 
 vately. James  and  John  fend  their 
 Mother  to  beg  the  highefi  Pofts  in  bis 
 Kingdom.  They  are  at  his  Father's 
 difpofal.  The  refi  are  very  angry  at 
 the  two  Brethren.  Preferment  in  his 
 Kingdom  not  definable. 
 
 (n)  Chrifi  paps  through  Old  Je- 
 richo. Blind  Bartirnsus  and  his  Com- 
 panion fit  Begging.  Cry  out,  Son  of 
 David,  have  mercy  on  us,  over  and 
 over.  Chrifi  calls  them  to  him.  Heals 
 their  Blindnefs.  They  fellow  him,  and 
 glorify  God.  All  the  F eople praifie  God. 
 
 (1  2)  Chrifi  enters  and  pajfes  through 
 New  Jericho.  Zacchxus  the  Publican 
 de fires  to  fee  him.  Gets  into  a  Sycamore- 
 tree.  Entertains  him  at  lis  Houfe.  All 
 prefient  murmur.  Zacchaeus  declares 
 his  Jufiue  in  a  fourfold  Refiitution, 
 and  Charity  in  giving  half  his  Goods 
 to  the  Poor.  He  is  a  Son  of  Abraham. 
 Chrifi  came  tofavefuch  as  are  lofi.Ten 
 Pounds  given  to  ten  Servants. 
 
 (13)  ThePafioverat  hand.  Many 
 go  to  Jerufalem  before-hand  to  purify 
 themfelves.  They  feek  Jefus  there. 
 Doubt  whether  Chrifi  will  come  up  to 
 the  Paffover.  The  Sanhedrin  purfue 
 their  former  Refolutions  to  defiroy  him. 
 Give  Orders  to  all  to  dij "cover  him. 
 
 07) 
 
 (28) 
 
 (32) 
 
 (30 
 
 (4J)     (34; 
 
 M 
 
 (4<y 
 
 (34)  (si) 
 
 (ST) 
 
 (43) 
 
 XiX 
 
 (0 
 
 (*8 
 
 ¥ 
 
 (f7) 
 
(  537  ) 
 
 O    OT 
 
 21? 
 a 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 March 
 (28) 
 
 Nifan. 
 (io) 
 
 March 
 (29) 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 March 
 
 .fa) 
 
 Nifan. 
 (12) 
 
 March 
 (3') 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 XV.  [Q Abbath-day.]  Chrift  comes 
 O  to  Bethany.  Sups  with  Mar- 
 tha. Lazarus/fo  down  with  him.Mz.ry 
 takes  a  Pound  of  Spikenard  worth  300 
 Pence.  Anoints  hisFeet,and  wipes  them 
 with  her  Hair.  Judas  clamours  at  this 
 Waft.  Chrift  jufttfies  her.  She  kept  mcfi 
 of  it  again  ft  his  Funeral.  A  Multitude 
 come  to  fee  him  and  Lazarus.  J  he 
 Jews  think  to  kill  Lazarus. 
 
 (2)  [Sunday.]  Chrift  approaches 
 the  Suburbs  of  Jerufalem.  Sends  two 
 of  his  Difciples  for  an  Afs  and  a  Colt. 
 The  People  ftrew  the  way.  Cry  Ho- 
 fanna  to  the  Son  of  David.  Chrift 
 weeps  over  and  enters  the  City.  Goes 
 up  into  the  Temple.  Cafts  the  Buy- 
 ers and  Sellers  out  of  the  Jews  Court. 
 God's  Houfe  a  Houfe  of  Prayer.  He 
 goes  out  to  Bethany  in  the  Evening. 
 
 (3)  [Munday.]  Chrift  returns  to  the 
 City  in  the  Morning.  Curfes  the  bar- 
 ren Fig-tree.  Goes  into  the  Court  of  the 
 Gentiles.  Cafts  the  Traders  out  thence. 
 Greeks  defiretofeehim.  A  Voice  from 
 Heaven.  1  he  jewsfeek  to  deftroy  him. 
 He  returns  to  Bethany. 
 
 (4)  [Tuefday.]  Chrift  returns  to  the 
 City.  The  Fig-tree  quite  withered.  The 
 Power  of  Faith.  Whether  John's  Bap- 
 tifm  was  from  Heaven  or  of Men.  Two 
 Sons  bid  to  Work  in  the  Vineyard.  A 
 Vineyard  lett  to  Husbandmen.  The 
 Marriage  of  the  King's  Son. 
 
 Y~Ty  " 
 
 XXI 
 
 (0 
 
 ('7 
 08) 
 
 (19) 
 
 (20) 
 
 XXII 
 (i4) 
 
 (") 
 
 09) 
 
 (20) 
 
 Xll 
 
 XII 
 
 (0 
 
 XI       (29) 
 
 (0 
 
 00 
 
 (46) 
 
 f47) 
 
 08) 
 
 XX 
 
 CO 
 
 (18) 
 
 (20) 
 
 (T°) 
 
(  538 
 
 o   « 
 
 f  3- 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 Nifan. 
 C'3) 
 
 Nifah. 
 
 9-  a 
 
 March 
 (3  0 
 
 March 
 (3  0 
 
 April 
 (0 
 
 April 
 (') 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 ur  Evange 
 
 Eptomizd, 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 (f)  [Tuelday.J  Render  to  Coefar 
 the  things  -which  are  CuCav's.  A  Wo- 
 man married  to  f  even  Brethren.  In 
 Heaven  no  Marriage.  The  Refurrelii- 
 on  prov'd  out  of  the  Law  of Mofes.  The 
 Firfl  Commandment  in  the  Law.  How 
 Chrifl  the  -ion  of  David.  Woes  to  the 
 Scribes  and  Phwifees.  The  Widows 
 two  Mites.     JerufalemV  Doom. 
 
 (6)  [Tuefday.]  The  Difciples fhew 
 Chriji  the  Glorious  Buildings  about  the 
 Temple. He  fits  on  the  Mount  of  Olives. 
 Foretells  its  utter  Ruin.  The  Signs  be- 
 fore that  deftruBion  of  the  Temple. The 
 Signs  before  the  lafi  Judgment.  All 
 fnufl  watch  againft  Chrijl's  coming. 
 The  Parable  of  the  Wife  &  Foolifh  Vir- 
 gins. The  Parable  of  Talents  intrufled 
 with  Servants.  The  Bay  of  Judgment . 
 
 (j)  [Wednefday.]  The  Pajfover 
 within  two  days.  The  Sanhedrin  meet 
 in  the  High  Priefts  Hall.  They  debate 
 how  tofeiz,e  Chrifl.  Agree  not  to  do 
 it  en  the  Pajfver-day.  Judas  comes 
 and  agrees  with  them  to  betray  him. 
 Watches  his  Opportunity.  Chrifl  enter- 
 tained at  Bethany  by  Simon  the  Leper- 
 
 (8)  [Wednefday.]  Chrifirifesfrom 
 Supper.  Takes  a  Towel  and  a  Bafon. 
 Wafhes  his  Difcip/esfeet.  Notes  Judas 
 by  the  By.  Recommends  Humility  by 
 his  own  Example.  Is  troubled  inspi- 
 rit. Ajfures  'em  that  one  of  them  would 
 betray  him.  The  Devil  enters  judas. 
 
 (*f) 
 
 XXIII 
 
 (39) 
 
 03) 
 
 XXIV 
 
 CO 
 
 XXV 
 (46) 
 
 XXVT 
 
 (0 
 
 0  6) 
 
 (40 
 
 XIII 
 
 (0 
 
 XIV 
 
 (0 
 
 00 
 
 (19) 
 
 XXI 
 
 (f) 
 
 (38) 
 
 XXII 
 
 (0 
 
 (6) 
 
 XIII 
 
 (0 
 
 (30) 
 
(    SIS'    ) 
 
 |  Years  of 
 the  World. 
 
 .It 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 2 
 
 > 
 
 > 
 
 0 
 
 H 
 
 feif 
 
 a 
 
 April 
 (*) 
 
 April 
 (*) 
 
 April 
 
 CO 
 
 April 
 (0 
 
 1  * 
 
 w 
 
 w 
 
 z 
 
 Nifan. 
 04)* 
 
 Nifan. 
 C>4) 
 
 Nifan. 
 C'4) 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 | 
 
 (9)  [Thurfday.]  After]ufcs  was 
 gone,  Qhrift  difcourfes  of  his  fudden 
 leaning  the  World ,  and  of  Charity. 
 Foretells  Peter's  Denial  before  the  next 
 Cock-crowing.  Goes  to  prepare  a  Man- 
 f en  for  his  Difciples.  Is  the  Way,  the 
 Truth  and  the  Life.    Yrayers  mufi  be 
 in  his  Name.    He  promijes  the  Para- 
 clete, who  will  teach  'em  all  things. 
 
 (I 
 
 X 
 
 h 
 
 y 
 ( 
 
 X 
 
 0 
 
 IV 
 
 0 
 
 (io)    [Thurfday.]    Chrijl  paffes 
 through  the  Mount  of  Olives.  Is  the 
 True  Vine.  His  Dtfciples  as  Branches 
 mnfl  abide  in  him,  and  bear  Fruit,  and 
 Love  one  another.     Are  his  Friends. 
 Will  be  hated  by  the  World,  arid  per fe- 
 cui  ed  for  his  fake.  He  is  hated  without 
 a  Caufe.  The  Scripture  foretold  it.  The 
 Far •delete,  and  they  his  Witneffes. 
 
 V 
 
 0 
 VI 
 
 (n)  [Thurfday.]  The  frfi  day  of 
 Unleavened  Bread  is  come.    Ihe  time 
 of  the  killing  of  the  Pafchal  Lamb  is 
 crme.  The  Difciples  enquire  where  they 
 fh all  prepare  the  Paffover.  Chrijl  fends 
 two  of 'em  to  one  bearing  a  Pitcher  of 
 Water,  jhey  light  on  him.    Hefhews 
 'cm  a  large  Upper  Room  furniflied. 
 7  hey  make  all  things  ready. 
 
 ( 
 U 
 
 (5 
 
 7) 
 
 9) 
 0) 
 
 t 
 
 0 
 
 (-' 
 
 0 
 
 2) 
 
 6) 
 
 7) 
 
 6) 
 
 ( 
 0 
 
 (1 
 ( 
 
 V 
 
 4) 
 
 XVI. [hpHurfday.]  AtEvenChrift 
 J_  come  swiihtheTwdve. Sits 
 down  to  Fat  the  Paffover.  Says  hefnall 
 neither  eat  the  Paffover,  nor  drink  the 
 Fruit  of  the  Vine  till  his  Refurreclion. 
 He  Infinites  theHoly  Sacrament.  Fore- 
 tells Judas  would  betray  him.    1 hey 
 fing  the  Hallel,  and  depart. 
 
 Y  y  y 
 
(f) 
 
 3  Si 
 
 h£ 
 
 (V 
 
 (9) 
 
 (10) 
 
 (    54°    ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd. 
 
 (i)  [Thurfday.]  The  Difciples  quar- 
 rel about  Preheminence.  Chrifl  affures 
 'em  again  Preferments  in  hi?  Church 
 will  be  but  Burdens.  They  muft  look  for 
 their  Reward  in  Heaven.He  tells  Peter 
 he  had  Pray'dfor  him.  Foretells  his 
 Denials  of  him  before  the  Cock-crow- 
 ing that  night.  Warns  'em  of  the  Dan- 
 ger at  hand. 
 
 00 
 
 (3)  [Thurfday.]  The  Difciples  had 
 argued  what  Chrijl  meant  by  thofe 
 words,  A  little  while  and  ye  fhall  not 
 fee  me,  <&c.  They  are  defirous  to  ask 
 him.  He  prevents  'em  by  his  Anfwer. 
 Their  hour  of  trouble  come,  but  will 
 befoon  over,  like  the  Pains  of  a  Woman 
 with  Child.  What  theyfliall  ask  in  his 
 Name  will  be  granted. 
 
 (4)  [Thurfday.]  Chrift  (the great 
 High  Priefl)  Confecrates  himfelfto  his 
 Office  by  Praying  (as  on  the  Great  Day 
 of  Expiation)  ( 1)  ForHimfelf  (z)His 
 Family,  the  Apo flies.  ( \ )  The  People, 
 All  Believers :  That  Himfelf  may  be 
 re-inflated  in  his  Primitive  Glory  with 
 God :  That  His  Apoflles  may  be  pre- 
 ferv'd  in  Unity  :  That  all  Believers 
 may  be  with  him  for  ever. 
 
 (f)[Thurfday.]r£<?y  pafs  the  Brook 
 Cedron.  Enter  the  Garden  o/Gethfe- 
 mane.  Chrifl  takes  Peter,  James  and 
 Johnwithhim.  Is  in  an  Agony.  Begs, 
 that  the  Cup  may  pafs  from  him.  Sub- 
 mits to  his  Father's  Will.  An  Angel 
 ftrengthens  him.   His  Difciples  fteep. 
 
 (v) 
 (is) 
 
 (36) 
 
 (46) 
 
 (>7) 
 
 iv) 
 
 (m) 
 
 39) 
 
 07) 
 
 (33> 
 
 XVII 
 
 (0 
 
 n») 
 
 (40) 
 
 C*6) 
 
 XVIII 
 
 CO 
 
 1(40      (46) 
 
o  *» 
 
 3V 
 
 (7) 
 (8) 
 
 (9) 
 
 (") 
 
 April 
 (*) 
 
 w 
 
 (4) 
 
 (J) 
 
 (   541    ) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Epitomizd, 
 
 (6)  [Thurfday.]  Judas  comes  with 
 a  Band  of  Soldiers.  Betrays  Chrifi  with 
 a  Kifs.  Chrifi  goes  towards  the  Band. 
 Asks  -whom  theyfeek.  They  fay  Jefus 
 of  Nazareth.  The  Soldiers  fall  to  the 
 ground.  They  feize  upon  him.  Peter 
 cuts  of  Malchus 's  Ear.  Is  reprov'dfor 
 it,  and  the  Ear  heal' d.  All  flee  away. 
 
 (f)  [Friday.]  Chrifi  led  to  Annas. 
 From  thence  immediately  to  Caiaphas 
 the  High  Pricfi.  Is  accufed  before  him 
 and  the  Sanhedrin.  They  feel:  falfe- 
 witnefs  againflhim;  but  in  vain.  Ad- 
 jure him  to  tell  whether  he  be  Chrifi  the 
 Son  of  God.  He  owns  it,  and  that  he 
 flail  come  to  judge  the  World.  He  is 
 condemn' d  by  them.  Peter  denies  him. 
 
 (8)  [Friday.]  Chrifi  is  brought  to 
 /AePmorium.  The  Sanhedrin  do  not 
 go  into  it  for  fear  of  Pollution.  They  go 
 home  and  Eat  the  Pajfover.  They  me?t 
 again  at  the  Temple.  Confirm  Chrifi' s 
 Condemnation.  Judas  comes  and  re- 
 pents. Throws  down  the  30  Pieces  of 
 Silver.  Goes  and  hangs  himfelf  Chrifi 
 accus'd  before  Pilate,  anfwers  not. 
 
 (9)  [Friday.]  Chrifi  appears  to  be 
 a  Gililean.  Is  therefore  fent  to  Herod. 
 Herod  abufes  him,and fends  him  back. 
 He  and  Pilate  reccuil'd.Baribhas  pre- 
 fer'd  before  Chrifi.  Pilate' s  Wife  fends 
 to  him  to  let  Chrifi  alone.  Chrifi  is 
 fcourged  and  abus'd.  Affirms  he  is  the 
 Son  of  God.  Pilate  thereupon  afraid. 
 
 (47) 
 
 (ft) 
 
 (n) 
 
 (is) 
 
 xxvii 
 (0 
 
 ('4) 
 
 0*0 
 
 (43) 
 
 (f*) 
 
 (5-3) 
 
 (7>) 
 
 XV 
 
 (') 
 
 (s) 
 
 W 
 
 (47) 
 
 to) 
 
 (6s) 
 
 (66) 
 
 XXIII 
 
 (0 
 
 (3) 
 
 W 
 
 ill 
 
 (  3) 
 
 "(*7) 
 
 08) 
 
 (13)      (14)     I(x0 
 
 (30 
 (33) 
 
 XIX 
 
(   54* 
 
 .s* 
 
 il 
 
 5P> 
 
 « 
 
 c«'o 
 
 (:6J 
 
 (i) 
 
 (?) 
 
 (*) 
 
 (s; 
 
 (?) 
 
 (9) 
 
 (4) 
 
 (io) 
 
 Is) 
 
 CO 
 
 (6) 
 
 fit) 
 
 (7) 
 
 CO 
 
 rs 
 
 CO 
 
 (?) 
 
 (3) 
 
 (IO) 
 
 (4) 
 
 (») 
 
 (f) 
 
 M 
 
 (6; 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 April 
 
 ('7) 
 
 fc> 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 Eptomizd. 
 
 (io)  [Friday  ]  Chrifi  is  Condemn' d 
 by  Pilate.  Abused  by  the  Soldiers.  Bears 
 his  Crofs.  Simon  the  Cyrenean  bears 
 a  part  of  it.  Is  led  out  of  the  City  to 
 be  crucify  d.  Comes  to  Golgotha. 
 Drinks  the  Bitter  Cup.  Is  crucify'd 
 between  t  wo  Thieves.  He  prays  for  his 
 Crucifiers.  A  Title  on  the  Crofs,  JeiiiS 
 of  Nazareth  the  King  of  the  Jews. 
 
 (ii)  [Friday.]  Chriftis  abas' d  by 
 theStanders-by.  The  Thieves  reproach 
 him.  One  of  them  is  penitent.  Chrifi 
 ajfures  htm  that  he  fliall  be  that  day 
 ■with  him  in  Taraciife.  The  Soldiers  di- 
 vide one  Coat.  Cafi  Lots  for  the  other. 
 S>.John  to  tafo  care  of  the  Virgin  Ma- 
 ry. A  Darknefs for  three  Hours.  Chrifi 
 gives  up  the  Ghofi. 
 
 XVII.  [TT'Riday.]  The  Veil  of  the 
 J?  Temple  rent  in  twain.  A 
 great  Earthquake.  The  Legs  of  the 
 Thieves  broken.  Chrifi' s  fide  pierced 
 with  a  "Spear.  Blood  and  Water  iffue 
 out.Jofeiph  o/Arimathxa  begs  Chrifi's 
 Body.  He  and  Nicodemus  Bury  it  in 
 a  New  Sepulchre.  A  Stone  roll'd  to  its 
 mouth  andfeald.    A  Watch  fet. 
 
 (a)  [Sunday.]  The  Women  fet  for- 
 ward  to  the  Sepulchre  very  early. 
 Chrifi  rifesfrom  the  Dead.  A  great 
 Earthquake.  An  Angel  (oils  away  the 
 Stone  from  the  Sepulchre.  Sits  upon  it 
 afterward.  The  Watch  are  affrighted 
 at  this  fight.    {They  all  flee  away.  ] 
 
 (H) 
 
 (38) 
 
 (39) 
 
 (So) 
 
 (TO 
 
 (66) 
 
 xxvm 
 
 (4) 
 
 ('/) 
 
 (2.8) 
 (*9) 
 
 (37) 
 (38) 
 
 (47) 
 
 XVI 
 
 CO 
 
 (+) 
 
 (*3) 
 
 (38)  t^r 
 
 (39) 
 
 (46) 
 
 (47) 
 
 (T6) 
 
 XXIV 
 
 (0 
 
 (*) 
 
Nifan. 
 (>7) 
 
 Nifan. 
 (-7) 
 
 (  543    ) 
 
 " '  ' 
 
 *y 
 
 2^ 
 
 *% 
 
 "  s. 
 
 O    °> 
 
 s  fir 
 
 £-0 
 
 .—  » 
 
 a.  -n 
 
 ■ 
 
 l# 
 
 .pV§i 
 
 P  5" 
 
 s 
 
 Nifan. 
 
 April 
 
 (I?; 
 
 (f) 
 
 (h) 
 
 Jyar. 
 26 
 
 April 
 
 April 
 if) 
 
 April 
 
 May 
 (H) 
 
 The  Harmony  of  the 
 
 ir  Evangel 
 
 Epitomize!. 
 
 Four  Evangelifts 
 
 (5)  [Sunday.]  !  be  Women  come  to 
 the  i.  epulchre  about  un-r;fmg.  Phey 
 go  into  it.  The  Bod/  is  gone.  Mary 
 Magdalene  runs  immediately  to  Peter 
 and  john.Tbe  refi  of  the  Women  are  tn- 
 form'd  oftheRefurreciion  by  the  Angel. 
 
 (4)  [Sunday  ]  The  Women  depart 
 with  the  News.  In  the  mean  while 
 Peter  and  John  go  to  the  Sepulchre, 
 and  return.  Mary  returns  to  the  Sepul- 
 chre. Sees  Chrift.  He  appears  to  the  reft 
 of  the  Women.  They  Worfhip  him.  Run 
 and  tell  the  Difciples.  Mary  runs  after 
 them.  The  Watch  report  all  to  the  San- 
 hedrin.  Are  bid  to  fay  the  Difciples 
 flole  the  Body  away  as  theyflept. 
 
 (,-)  [Sunday.]  Chrift  appears  to 
 S/.Peter.  Overtakes  two  Difciples go- 
 ing  to  Emm3us.  Difcourfeswith'em 
 ou  t  of  the  Old  Prophets.  Breaks  Bread 
 with'e?n.  They  return  fojerufalem. 
 Chrift  appears  to  the  10  Apofiles, Tho- 
 mas being  abfent.  Expounds  to  'em  the 
 Prophets.  CommiJJions  'em  to  Preach 
 and  Baptize.  Thomas  is  incredulous. 
 
 (6)  [Sunday  next.]  Chrift  appears 
 to  the  1 1  Apoftles,  Thomas  being  with 
 the  reft  His  Incredulity  conquer' d .  J  he 
 Difciples  go  into  Gal  Wee. Chrift  appears 
 there fir(l  to f even  of  them  at  the  Sea  of 
 Tiberias  (St.  John  to  tarry  tillChrift's 
 coming.)  Afterward  to  all  ofthem,and 
 f  00  other  Chrifttans.  To  Jam  es ;  and, 
 To  then  at  Bethany.  The  Afcenlion. 
 
 (h~) 
 
 (16) 
 
 1 
 
 (10) 
 
 (SJ 
 (S) 
 
 CO 
 
 08) 
 
 (3) 
 
 (8) 
 
 do) 
 
 a — 
 
 ()"o) 
 
 (n) 
 
 XXI 
 
The  Aftronomical  Canon 
 of  Ptolemy. 
 
The  Agronomical  Canon  of  Ptolemy. 
 
 A.N.\A.?.J. 
 
 Philippus  Aridaei— 
 Alexander  iEgus — 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Ptolemaeus 
 
 Dionyfius  — 
 
 Cleopatra--— 
 
 Auguftus 
 
 Tiberius 
 
 Caius 
 
 Claudius- 
 Nero 
 
 Vefpatianus- 
 
 Titus 
 
 Domitianus- 
 Nerva- 
 Trajanus  — 
 Hadrianus  • 
 Antoninus. 
 
 Lagi 
 
 Philadelphi— 
 
 Euergetes 
 
 Philopater — 
 Epiphanes — 
 Philometor-- 
 Euergetes  II. 
 Soter— — — 
 
 7 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 33 
 
 -5 
 
 J7 
 H 
 35 
 
 & 
 
 22 
 
 43 
 22 
 
 4 
 *4 
 
 *4 
 
 10 
 
 21 
 *3 
 
 (431 
 443 
 
 4*3 
 501 
 
 526" 
 
 543 
 
 5*7 
 6  oi 
 
 53i 
 
 66j 
 696 
 718 
 
 761 
 
 i5 
 787 
 
 801 
 815 
 8M 
 828 
 
 843 
 844 
 863 
 884 
 907 
 
 43S>7 
 4409 
 
 4429 
 
 44*7 
 4492 
 4509 
 
 4533 
 4568 
 
 4597 
 4*3  3 
 4552 
 
 4684 
 
 4727 
 4749 
 4753 
 47*7 
 4781 
 4791 
 
 4794 
 4809 
 
 4810 
 
 4829 
 
 4850 
 
 4873 
 
 12 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 2 
 
 on.  24 
 18 
 1 5 
 
 7 
 
 ^SV/tf.  29 
 
 2T 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 20 
 
 14 
 
 10 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 *5 
 
 20 
 
 z  z 
 
If  R    R  ATA. 
 
 PAg-  re-  Line  18.  add  Eliab  about  133.  1. 20.  marg.  add  "Extd*  6.  ao.  p.  15*. 
 1.  30.  marg.  for  1  a.  3.4.  r.  8.3.4.  p.  31.I.16.  r.  ioy.  p. 46. 1.  if.  r. ofalmoji 
 this  whole  Interval,  p.  fo.  1.  33.  T.ti^atLv.  p.  j6. 1.  3.  marg.  dele  31.  I.4.  marg.. 
 add  with  1 .  r.  1.  3 1 .  r.  jfa».  4.  p.  6f .  1. 1 4.  for  3  0.  r.  1  3 .  p.  69,  7  o,  7/,  dele  days 
 And  the  cyphers  under  it.  p.  74. 1.  7.  for  now  r.  a*  pre/em.  p.  78.  1.  17.  r.Ajher. 
 p.8j--l.  a6.  for  6^.  n«.  r. 7 j/.  7?«.  i.  27.  for  \y.  6m.  r.  o/.  10  a  p.  88. 
 J.  1 9.  r./fc/j.  p.oa.  1.  r  3.  delefe.  p.  1 00, 1.6.  for  thiswhole  Harmony ,r.  the  wholeHijlory 
 of  our  Saviour*  sMiniJIry.  p.io3.1.3j-.foro»r.^y.  p.  1 07. \.  i  $.r.  caution.!.!^  r.jec 
 that.ip.iogl.io.T.enter'd.  p.u^.l.if.T.byall.,p.iiiA.i6.r.^.Tp.i^j;.l.^.T.»6t)\inc{i. 
 p.  1 36. 1.  ult.r.  'Ap&pirev.  p.  1 «.  I.a7.  ddedater.  l.ap.r.j-.  p.  15-7.1. 14.  r.  was  that. 
 1.2  $.marg.r.Rabba.  p.  1 7  3.1. 1  f.toifojjibly  r.  probably,  l.i  7.  {gx  rather  rpoffib^.'p.iSi. 
 1.  penult,  for  rather r.  poffibly.  p.  1 84. 1. 1 6.  after  *£«/«/?  //,  addjlfay  J  w«y  /?//</, 7«  ™- 
 the r  thence  evident,  that  Abiathar  was  really  the  High  Prieft  at  that  time,  2  Sam.%.\  7. 
 p.aoi.l.i8.r.§.i.  p.2oo.l.i2.r.§.i.  p.  2 16.  Matt.  2.23.  is  fet  6  lines  too  high,  p.aoj-. 
 l.i6.r.§.ir.p.4oi.l.39.r.§.io.  p.444.fbrAf««.io.r.Af^/'/.2  3.p.496.1.6.i.§.  1^.5-09. 
 for  Ab  Augufi  r.  Elul September,  p. 5- 1  o.  for  J^r  May  r.  S7'iw»  y«»<?  twice,  p. $•  1 6.. 
 fort/.3o.r.v.3i.andfor'y.3i.r.^.32.p.j-25-.lor^.38.r.C^/>.o.T.for'y.i.r.x'.2.  for 
 v.n.  r.T.13.  for  f.ij.-r.f.^.  p.  5-26.  for  v.  49.  r.-v.yo.  p.  ^28.  r.Hhefvan. 
 
 Advertifement  to  the  Bookbinder. 
 
 <J  Place  the  Tate  of  Chronology  after  the  End  of  the  Chro- 
 oology,  pg§. 
 
'■■>3>     ^  33 
 
 >  >3>>  ;s» 
 
 .   ^XX.  j3Ql  3/3  »  o  x 
 
 >J  >   >3>  3  )»=2 
 >3   >3333T>^ 
 
 3  aro*  >3 
 
 0553R 
 
 3 
 
 )XM) 
 
 f>»i>.3 
 
 &> 
 
 )0):^3) 
 
 ")  ~5T5)  3J  3 
 
 > 
 
 3  35  3 
 
 J  ]jl))^3>,  ) 
 
 > 
 
 5  >>  a  3  j 
 
 _>    31))  U>   > 
 
 >•' 
 
 J333  J 
 
 y±      2ft  ^)  ^J>  jt" 
 
 V, 
 
 3  )3  3  } 
 
 D  >)>M 
 
 33  S>3 
 
 5   >3J>     > 
 
 3    »33>„ 
 
 >  3»;»  : 
 
 >  _»>os>  > 
 )     >>3>) 
 
 __»  JO  3 
 
 33^73  O 
 >3  3  )3i  3 
 33  3/^ 
 
 33v3>0  3 
 >5>    3jfc>     3 
 
 ^  33D  3 
 
 31>  33*3"  : 
 
 ->3>    3      3) 
 
 >  ~S>  .  7>         <  ^ 
 
 3333  3,   3 
 33  3)  3    3, 
 
 J3D33, 
 3  3  J)  3    3 
 
 333m    3 
 
 3  »3  3 
 >  3  >  B   3 
 
 £  2    < 
 
 *^    3 
 
 ?>   3 
 
 S    *"3pD  "S  '  33^>  ^#3  *  "36 n 
 
 v3",^'333  >i  353PD.3 
 
 >  >3>)  >)  TOK  i 
 
 IT))  3^  >3  33 3)  j 
 
 >33^;^. 
 
 3>  ->     >l>^i  J>»  3